Ee.

TT.

VIII.

CONTENTS.

PART I.—NovemBer, 1910.

Description of the Expedition (concluded) with Observations for Terrestrial

Magnetism and some Account of Bird and Denms Islands. By J. STANLEY

Garpiner, M.A., F.RS., F.L.S., Commander Boye T. Somervitte, R.N., and

J. C. F. Fryer, B.A. (Plates 1 & 2 and 3 Text-figures.) . . pages 1-20

Eight Months’ Entomological Collecting in the Seychelles Islands, 1908-1909.

By Hueu Scort, M.A., F.L.S., Curator of Zoology im the University of

Cambridge. : : : : : ‘ : : : 5 . 21-389

Trichoptera, von Georg Ulmer, Hamburg. (Mitgeteilt von Prof. J. STantey

Garpiner, V.A., F.RS., F.L.S.) (Tafeln 3 und 4.) . : : . 41-54

Embiidina und Neuroptera (Coniopterygide und Hemerobudae). Von Dr. GUNTHER

ENDERLEIN, Stettin. (Mitgeteilt von Prof. J. Srantey Garpiner, M.A., /LS.,

PIS), OVS ee ee Im Fat:

Diptera, Mycetophilide. Von Dr. GUNTHER ENDERLEIN, Stettin. (Mitgeteilt von

Prof. J. Srantey Garpiner, M.A., F.RS., FS.) (Mit 6 Text-figuren.) 59-82

. Isopoda from the Indian Ocean and British East Africa. By the Rev. Tuomas

R. R. Sressine, V.A., PRS, F.LS., F.Z.S., Hon. Fellow of Worcester College,

Oxford, and Hon. Memb. New Zealand Institute. (Plates 5-11.) . . 838-122

. Dermaptera. By Matcotm Burr, D.Sc, F.LS., FHS. (Text-figures 1-6.)

123-133

Isoptera. Von Nits F. Hotmaren, Ph.D., Dozent an der Hochschule in Stockholm.

(Mitgeteilt von Prof. J. Srantey GarvINneR, M.A., PRS, PLS.) . 135-148

Diptera, Anthomyide, mit den Gattungen Rhinia und Idiella. Von Prof. P. Svein

in Treptow a/R. (Preussen). (Mitgeteilt von Prof. J. Srantey GaRpINER, M.4A.,

PRS EES) +. ee Tere S Be it Spidey, wee rao ies

Pteropoda and Heteropoda. By Dr J. J. Tescu, Helder, Holland. (Com-

municated by Prof. J. Sranuey Garvrner, M.A., F.RS., PLS.) (Plates 12-14.)

165-189

S247

XII.

QUE

XIV.

XV.

KV I

XVII.

Qn ae

XIX.

XX.

Titlepages, Contents, and Index

Pavia

PART {i.—Jutry, 1911.

. Marine Brachyura. By Mary J. Ratusun, Assistant Curator, Division of

Marine Invertebrates, United States National Museum, Washington, U.S.A.

(Communicated by Prof. J. Srantey Garpiner, 1.A., E.RS., F.LS.) (Plates

15-20 and Text-figures 1, 2.) . : z 2 2 ? . pages 191-261

Tortricina and Tineina. By E. Meryricx, B.A., F.RS. (Communicated by

Prof. J. SrantEY Garpiner, WA, F.RS., PLS.) . : ; . 263-307

PART II].—Serrremper, 1911.

Hymenoptera, Cynipide. Par J. J. Kirrrer (Bitsch). Communqué par

Prof. J. Stantey Garpiner, W.A., F.RS., F.L.S.) : : . 3s09=3m3

Diptera, Cecidomynide, der Seychellen-Inseln aus der Sammlung von Mr H. Scott.

Von Prof. Dr. J. J. Kterrer (Bitsch). (Mitgeteilt von Prof. J. StaNLEY GARDINER,

M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.) (Mit 27 Text-figuren.) . : ; , . 3815-330

Diptera, Chironomide der Seychellen-Inseln, aus der Sammlung von Mr H. Scott.

Von Prof. Dr. J. J, Ktnrrer (Bitsch). (Mitgeteilt von Prof. J. STANLEY GARDINER,

M.A., F.RS., FDS.) (Tafel 21.) . : : : ; : . 331-366

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Seychelles and other Islands in the Indian

Ocean. By Rowianp E. Torner, F.Z.8., FES. (Communicated by Prof.

J. Stantey Garviner, V.A., F.RS., F.LS.). ; , : . 867-374

List of the Batrachians and Reptiles obtained by Prof. Stanley Gardiner on has

Second Expedition to the Seychelles and Aldabra. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

(Communicated by Prof. J. Stantey Garviner, J.4A., ERS., FdaS.) (Witte

3 Text-figures.) . 375-378

The Aranea, Opiliones and Pseudoscorpiones. By S. Hirst. (Published by

permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) (Communicated by Prot. J.

Sranuey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.) (With 11 Text-figures.) . 379-395

The Structure and Formation of Aldabra and Neighbouring Islands—With

Notes on their Flora and Fauna. By J.C. F. Fryer, B.A., Balfour Student

in the University of Cambridge. (Communicated by Prof. J. SrANLEY GARDINER,

M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates 22-29 and Text-figures 1-3.) . 3897-442

On Polytrema and some allied Genera. A Study of some Sedentary Foramani-

fera based mainly on a Collection made by Prof. Stanley Gardiner in the Indian

Ocean. By Svpney J. Hickson, F.R.S., Professor of Zoology in the University

of Manchester. (Communicated by Prof. J. STANLEY Garpiner, V.A., F.R.S.,

F.L.S.) (Plates 30-82 and one Text-figure.) é 5 3 . 443-462

PART ITV.—Marcg, 1912.

463-485

TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr J. STANLEY GARDINER

VotumeE III.

No. I—DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION (CONCLUDED) WITH

OBSERVATIONS FOR TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM AND SOME

ACCOUNT OF BIRD AND DENNIS ISLANDS.

By J. Stantey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., Commanper Boy e T.

SoMERVILLE, R.N., anp J. C. F. Fryer, B.A.

(Plates 1 and 2 and 3 Text-figures.)

Read 2nd December, 1909.

A. DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION.

By J. Srantey GaArpIner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

WHILE engaged in 1906 and 1907 in working up the collections obtained by the

Expedition of 1905 in the Seychelles Archipelago, it became obvious that a further

expedition would be necessary to those islands, to trace with a proper degree of

accuracy their relationship to the Indian and African Continents as well as to the

great island of Madagascar. I was not an entomologist nor was Mr Forster Cooper,

my companion in 1905. The weather during our visit was dry until the last fortnight

of our stay in the Seychelles. We were engaged on marine and other work, yet in the

intervals of these occupations during a visit of seven weeks we obtained a few boxes of

insects. These exactly doubled the previously known Hymenopteran fauna of the islands

according to Mr P. Cameron’s Report (vol. xii., pp. 69-86), while Mr W. L. Distant

{vol. xiii, pp. 29-47) found 23 species not previously recorded, six being referred to

new genera. It is true no new Dragonflies (see F. F. Laidlaw’s Report, pp. 87-89)

nor Ants (Prof. A. Forel’s Report, pp. 91-94) were obtained. Against these, Mr David

Sharp, who examined the beetles, found many apparently new forms, genera and species.

He considered it would be a waste of labour to examine them as they consisted of

odd forms from many different genera, the variation and identification of many of

which. might be doubtful and would require revision as soon as fresh collections might

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 1

2 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

be obtained. His conclusion was that the specimens before him indicated the existence

of a large insect fauna which was practically untouched by us or by any previous

collector, and he strongly advised sending a properly trained entomologist to the

islands. As Prof. Brauer had spent many months in the islands particularly investi-

gating their Coecilians (Gymnophiona), we naturally expected to find few or no new

Vertebrates. Yet Mr G. A. Boulenger (see Report, pp. 491-300) described two new

genera.

The botany of the Seychelles had been worked out by J. G. Baker in 1877 (Flora

of Mauritius and the Seychelles), from collections made by J. Horne in 1871 and 1874,

but many new species and genera had subsequently been described by Mr W. Botting

Hemsley mainly on collections and individual plants sent home by Mr H. P. Thomasset.

It seemed to us essential in considering the relationship of the group to other lands

to consider the plants geographically but there seemed to be such considerable un-

certainty as to the completeness of Horne’s colliections that a fresh investigation of

the flora seemed essential. A thorough account of the flora too is necessary to the

entomologist. For completeness also a further investigation of the geography and

rocks of the islands was advisable.

Considering all the above points we decided to undertake the land investigation

of the Seychelles as soon as possible. This was the more necessary as the jungle was

getting to be more and more constricted year by year owing to the planting of vanilla.

For this orchid a stretch of jungle is cleared, though not generally burnt. The vines

are placed a few feet apart and stakes, or stick-like cuttings, of various plants

stuck into the ground for their support. The plantation lasts for about 12 years

when it is either cleared for manioc (cassava) cultivation or more often allowed to go

back to jungle. Unfortunately this secondary jungle has a flora largely foreign as the

supports grown for the vanillas are mostly introduced trees and shrubs. Cinnamon

too, once planted but now wild, always enters, killing every thing under its pungent

leaves except the coarsest ferns. In such original jungle, too, as remained all the

larger timber trees were cut, or being cut. This produces an enormous change, light

being brought in to the smaller trees and herbs which cover the ground. Heat and

rain more easily reach the ground, and on steep hillsides this results in the formation

of bare patches of rock, ‘“glacis” as they are termed. An island naturally becomes

jungle-covered from the shore up to the highest peaks, while man plants from the

hills downwards. The lower slopes must be cleared for cultivation, and the salvation

of any island is to leave the upper slopes absolutely untouched as long as possible.

Their jungle is like a sponge which keeps all below it more or less moist in the

tropical heat. The hilltops at much expense may be planted again with other,

particularly leguminose, trees, but such artificial jungle is never the same thing and

it is questionable whether a fresh sponge-reservoir of water can be formed. It is

the destruction of its jungles which has turned St Helena into a desert, and the

same process is going on now in the Seychelles. This warning is perhaps the more

necessary to-day, as, not only in the Seychelles but in many other islands as well,

rubber lianes, cloves and cinnamon are being introduced as mountain plants. The

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION 3

former squeezes all the naturally occurring or indigenous trees out of existence, and

the pungency of the leaves of the latter trees is destructive to all plants and animals

around them, In any islands it is inadvisable to allow the destruction of the main

jungles on the hilltops, until some method of replanting them has been found to be

practically successful.

There were also certain islands requiring investigation which the ‘“Sealark” was

unable to visit in 1905. Chief of these were Aldabra, Assumption, Astove and

Cosmoledo, lying to the west of Farquhar on almost the same line of latitude. These

had been visited by Voeltzkow, and the Hon. Walter Rothschild had had collectors at

Aldabra. Beyond birds we practically know little of the fauna of that latter island

but that little indicates a number of peculiar species, There may be collections at

Thring but they have not so far as we are aware been examined. I also found

peculiar sand on produce from Aldabra, and accordingly judging it to be of more than

ordinary interest added it to our area for investigation.

We have already referred briefly to our previous work in the Seychelles (pp. 159-

162). The second time we were accompanied by Mr H. Scott, B.A., as Entomologist,

and Mr J. C. F. Fryer, B.A., as Zoologist, etc., to go to Aldabra. We left England

on June 23, 1908, arriving at Victoria, Mahé, on July 12. Unfortunately there was

some little smallpox in the native quarters at Aden, and, although all the people have

been vaccinated in accordance with the laws of the Colony, and there is, or should

hence be, no fear, we were placed for 10 days in quarantine at Long island. This

island is an oval granite mass of about 100 acres, 297 feet high. It is covered all

over with coconuts having coarse grass beneath, and around its shores a few screw

pines, and other of the commoner shore trees such as Hibiscus tiliaceus, Calophyllum

Inophyllum, Terminalia Catappa, Guettarda speciosa, Morinda citrifolia, and Hernandia

peltata. It stands on a reef with Cerf, Moyenne and Round islands, all parts of which

we visited without at that time going above tide-marks. We collected the insects of

the island thoroughly, getting little variety but a representative lot of the ordinary

forms which inhabit the areas of cultivation. We also secured a good series of the

Nemertean, Geonemertes arboricola, described by Punnett (pp. 57-62), which otherwise

we only obtained in the mountains of Mahé. The land plants were of course collected

as well as the seaweeds. The enforced detention was probably of peculiar value to

Fryer in view of his subsequent work on other coral reefs.

On July 23 the Governor, W. E. Davidson, Esq., C.M.G., from whom we received

throughout the greatest kindness and hospitality, placed the Government cutter ‘“‘ Wave”

at our disposal to take Fryer to Bird island. She then returned to Victoria, a fortnight

later visiting Fryer and bringing him to Dennis, whence he returned to Victoria on

Messrs Said and Co.’s trading ship on Aug. 17. These two islands had been seen by

us in 1905, but we only dredged between them without landing owing to lack of

time. They are both of coral formation and lie on the north edge of the whole

Seychelles bank, distant 60 miles from Victoria and 27 miles from one another (map,

fig. 46). Their particular interest rests on the fact that they are the only land and

surface reefs on the edge of the Seychelles bank, which is about 650 square miles in

1—2

4 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

extent, the other 27 islands, all of which are of granite, lying close together on its

centre. Fryer’s account of these two islands is appended to this article.

On August 22, Fryer left the Seychelles, after a two days’ visit to us in Silhouette,

on the brig “Charlotte,” Capt. Parcou, for Astove, Cosmoledo, Assumption and Aldabra.

A short report on the first three islands, at each of which he had a few days’ stay,

appeared in Nature of Dec. 17, 1908. He reached the Aldabra group on Sept. 13,

and remained on those islands until Jan. 24, 1909. M. d’Emmerez de Charmoy, the

enlightened owner, had given orders that every facility should be placed at Fryer’s

disposal and he was provided with a pirogue and six men while houses were built for

him in four situations so that he might examine the whole of the group. His work

during this, the summer season at Aldabra, must have been, as we know by our own

experience elsewhere, arduous in the extreme on an island of jagged coral, covered

with hard wooded Pemphis acidula, through which all paths had to be cut, and

having in the centre a stinking mangrove swamp literally alive with mosquitoes.

Even native labour dislikes going to Aldabra, which has an evil reputation second to

none in the world. Of course its unhealthiness and unpleasantness can undoubtedly

be to some degree cured by cultivation, etc., but to the naturalist the greater wildness

has peculiar charms. Mr Fryer’s discovery that Aldabra is an elevated coral reef and

that it has much phosphatised and peculiar rock with fossil vertebrate remains is of

great importance. His description will form a separate report. On his return Fryer

revisited Assumption and Cosmoledo, reaching Victoria on Feb. 12 and England on

March 28. We would pay a warm mead of praise to Mr Fryer’s energy and pluck

in carrying on his work in Aldabra in spite of its many unpleasantnesses and his own

consequent ill-health.

Meantime Scott and I left in the government tug “Alexandra” on July 24 for

Silhouette, a most precipitous island 2,467 feet high, lying 13 miles N.W. of Mahé.

It belongs to the Dauban family, of whom M. Edouard Dauban and his wife live on

the island; for the kindness and hospitality of this charming family we desire to

express our warmest thanks. The island itself is about 12 square miles in size, but

within this compass it includes 10 peaks of over 1,500 feet, all of which are still

clothed with indigenous jungle, the fauna and flora of which we desired to compare

with those of Mahé. Rather more than half the island attains a greater elevation

than 1,000 feet. Further, it seemed advisable to select a smaller island, the better to

investigate the causes which have been responsible for the cutting up of the granite

masses of the Seychelles into mountains and valleys, and to consider how far these

could have been responsible for cutting granite land down to sea level.

At first we camped at Mon Plaisir on the west side of Morne Pot-a-eau, the

central peak of Silhouette, at about 1,600 feet, absolutely in the indigenous jungle. For

days together it was an area of mist, but Scott remained here for a month, every day

obtaining new insects. Photography was impossible as well as plant drying so that

I moved with a few things to the north and leeward and hence dry side of the same

hills. Here is an open space, with a marsh known as the Mare aux Cochons, I had a

second house at about 1,300 feet. It was drier but photographic negatives and plants

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION 5

had to be sent down to the coast to be dried and the daily visits to look after them

after rough mountain work were very laborious. However, we visited every peak and

the head of every valley in the island, securing a large set of dried plants of all kinds

and specimens of the rocks. In this we were greatly assisted by M. Dauban himself

and his head forester, who twice took us through an untouched coastal timber reserve,

the only one at low level in the whole group, to the south of the island. We were

also visited by M. Dupont, Curator of the Botanic Gardens, who gave us the benefit

of his knowledge in the higher jungles. We returned to Victoria, Mahé, on Aug. 22,

when Mr Scott shifted to Mare aux Cochons, subsequently returning to Mahé on Oct. 2.

In Mahé I remained in Victoria for a week endeavouring to dry the Silhouette

collections and visiting the north of the island. In this part all the jungle has been cleared,

the hilltops being bare, or partly grass-covered, or sprinkled with introduced filao trees

(Casuarina equisetifolia). Immediately north of Victoria, it was interesting to see the

remains of the old French terrace cultivation of the eighteenth century, built up walls to

hold the earth for spice shrubs. On Aug. 28 I left for La Plaine on the west side of the

island having borrowed a house from M. Julian Lemarchand. The situation was a coral

flat close to the sea with many paths up to the highest ridge of the island, which

extends for three miles N.W. of Morne Seychellois at a minimal elevation of 2,200 feet.

There was, too, a second nearer ridge about 1,700 feet high, which was also almost

untouched in places. The main ridge was traversed for its whole length and most of

the other peaks were visited, several hundred sheets of plants being secured. The coast

too, was examined from N.W. Bay to Barbaron. We returned to Victoria on Sept. 11,

whence after great difficulties in plant drying we went with Mr Thomasset along the

coast to Anse Royale and Baie Lazare, spending nine days in the south of the island,

where we ascended the four hill masses, securing several new plants, and traversed the

coasts. It was not, however, a profitable visit, the hilltops having been cleared of jungle,

our new plants being only such as love the glacis. The animal life at all heights was

only such as one finds in cultivation, insects mostly introduced with only the more

robust indigenous varieties. We secured a large series of Ccecilians from different

localities, some having eggs*.

I then returned north to Cascade where I had a week with Mr Thomasset at his

place, which is situated some 600 feet above the sea and where he has a drying house,

equally good for vanilla and botanical specimens. The jungle on the ridge between

and around Mts. Harrison and Capucin was the best and most varied that we found

in the Seychelles, while Mt Sebert is the locality whence Mr Thomasset has obtained

many of his new plants, its summit being naturally bare glacis. After a week in the

jungles here, I returned to Victoria, whence I visited the islands off the same and

Mamelle, reaching England finally on Oct. 28.

After I left, Mr Scott remained in the Seychelles until March 1909. He had a

house under Morne Blanc at about 800 feet, from which he was able to visit the jungles

of Morne Seychellois. He also stayed at Mare aux Cochons, Mahé, at about 1,000 feet,

* We desire to thank Dr Bradley, the Commissioner of the South of Mahé, and M. Cauvin, for their

kindness and hospitality.

6 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

and did a great deal of collecting at Cascade, where he had the invaluable assistance

of Mr Thomasset. He further visited Felicité, Marianne, Praslin and other of the

outlying islands, throughout confining his attention for the most part to insects. Many

of these had to be pinned out at the time, but the firmer forms were sent home in sifted

sawdust and are only now being relaxed and set out into proper boxes. The method

is a most valuable one, as it allows large series of beetles, Rhynchota, Hymenoptera,

and Orthoptera to be kept, for which otherwise the services of one or two trained

attendants would be necessary in the field. Cardboard boxes of different sizes are used.

When the day’s catch is brought in, the bulk of the insects of the above groups are

sorted out into sizes, only a few being set. Then boxes are taken and into the bottom

of each are placed a few drops of crude carbolic acid. Then this is covered with sawdust,

which has been sifted through fine netting, all dust being thrown away. A layer of

insects is placed in and covered with sawdust, and then a second and a third layer

until the box is filled. The lid is then placed on and the box is tapped on the table

so that the sawdust passes in between the legs, etc., of the insects. Space always appears,

and more sawdust is added, a few drops further of carbolic perhaps being placed in the

lid. The latter is then pinned on to the box at either end. Different sized sawdust

is used for different sized insects, and the boxes should never be packed in tins. The

sawdust boxes can be sent home by post, and the setting out of the specimens can

proceed at home whilst the collector is still in the field. The results of Mr Scott’s

work will doubtless be seen in numerous reports in these volumes. I will only say here

that his work has revealed an insect fauna richer proportionately to the size of the

islands than that of the Hawaiian group, and possibly as interesting. Much, doubtless,

still remains to be done, but it appears certain that collections have now been secured

sufficiently large to work out the relationships of the Seychelles to other lands.

In conclusion, I have to thank the Sladen Trustees for their continued confidence

in me, and the Royal Society, the Managers of the Balfour fund, Cambridge University,

and the British Association, for grants in aid of my expedition of 1908. I have also

to thank the Governing Body of my College for leave of absence during term time. It

is almost invidious to mention any one in the Seychelles, where one and all, English,

French and Indian, deemed nothing of too much trouble if it ministered to our efficiency

or comfort. I only hope that the public lectures which we delivered on ‘Coconut and

Cassava Cultivation,” on ‘ Marine Fisheries” and on ‘Scale Insects” (Mr H. C. Scott),

as well as our discussion with the Chamber of Agriculture on ‘“ Reafforestation,” may

have proved of some aid to the Colony in its economic troubles. Besides those mentioned

above I must express my deep obligations to Mr H. A. Pare (Messrs Baty, Bergne

and Co.) for managing our banking arrangements, shipping our goods, searching out and

securing for us the best house, collecting, reef and jungle boys, and for many other things

too numerous to mention. Scientifically, we are under great obligations to Mr R. Dupont

and Mr H. P. Thomasset, while. the Governor placed every possible facility at our

disposal. From M. d’Emmerez de Charmoy, the owner of Aldabra, Assumption, Astove

and Cosmoledo we received every kindness, and we only trust that our explorations

may assist him in developing the resources of these wonderful islands.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPEDITION 7

To this Report is appended Capt. Somerville’s “Observations for Terrestrial

Magnetism.” The observations made at Funafuti appeared to us of considerable interest,

but we were unable to carry out similar work in any of the atolls we visited, only

indeed occasionally swinging the ship and getting a day ashore. It is generally believed

of course that there is no connection between the variation and the problems we were

investigating, but it is clearer day by day that all the sciences are becoming more and

more interrelated and the field worker must leave no stones unturned. The available

data relating to variation are very small. All that can be said at present is that the

ocean depths are relatively permanent as compared with the cyclical, annual and even

hourly changes in the variation. One may, we think, be quite certain that so enormous

a natural cause as terrestrial magnetism must have some equally large effect—it itself

being the result of a still more enormous cause—on the life that inhabits its field of

influence, while its effect on earth-movements must have been very great. The peculiar

behaviour of the curves of equal magnetic variation to the north of Madagascar, first

worked out by Capt. Somerville, is especially to be observed (fig. 1, p. 10), the line

from Seychelles to Madagascar being supposed to be that of an ancient land, com-

paratively recently submerged.

B. OBSERVATIONS FOR TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM.

By ComManvER Boyie T. Somervitye, Royal Navy,

commanding H.M.S. “ Sealark.”

Among the scientific observations of a practically useful character, made whilst

H.M.S. “Sealark” was conveying the Perey Sladen Trust Expedition through part of

the Indian Ocean in 1905, were those for Terrestrial Magnetism.

These may be conveniently divided into two headings; namely :

(1) Those taken afloat with the ship's Standard Compass: and

(2) Those taken ashore, with Absolute Instruments.

(1) Observations Afloat.

The actual method employed was by swinging the ship both ways and making

observations with the ship’s head on the points N., N.E., E., S.E., S., S.W., W., and

N.W., the eight-point swing as it is termed. It is necessary to keep the ship’s head

steadily on the point at which the sun’s bearing is to be observed for a period of about

five minutes ; for it is found that a compass needle does not immediately acquire all the

effect of local attraction, but has a tendency to lag behind, a peculiarity known as

hysterisis. In thirty double swings a difference was found on every occasion between the

variation resulting from the swing to starboard and that to port. This difference was

invariably in the same direction, the average being 20’, the variation from the swing

to starboard being the greater in Westerly Variation. The eight-point swing, both

ways, takes at least one hour and forty minutes. For the best results a smooth sea

8 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

and a clear sky are essential. The observations should be made in the morning or

evening when the sun’s altitude is less than 30°, since its motion in azimuth is then

less, thus rendering its observation more easy. In the “Sealark” the observations

were made at a Kelvin Compass with a card 10 inches in diameter. The ship’s speed

is of course reduced to as slow a rate as possible to lessen the vibration, and to

preserve the geographical position of the ship as nearly as possible.

(2) Observations Ashore.

Observations for Horizontal Force and Declination were taken with a Unifilar

Magnetometer by Elliot; and for Dip with a Barrow’s. Dip Circle by Dover.

Those accustomed to make these observations at instruments permanently erected

in a Magnetic Observatory will find that many practical difficulties arise when making

a travelling Magnetic Survey of the nature of that carried out in the “Sealark.”

This is perhaps not the proper place to consider these, but the order of the day’s

Magnetic Observations may be thus enumerated :

(1) Time, a.m. 6 to 7. Theodolite observation for True Bearing, immediately

after landing the instruments.

- » 7% to 8. Erection of tent, and setting up of Magnetometer.

Observations for Torsion, Declination, and Torsion.

9. A.M. observation for Error of chronometer. (Eq. Alts.).

10. Observation of Vibrations.

Observation of Deflections.

Fa SPiN 2. P.M. observation for Error of chronometer. (Kq. Alts.).

PP “a 3. Observations for Torsion, Declination, and Torsion.

53 + 4. Erection of Dip Circle, and Observation of Dip.

4 » 5 to 6. Removal of tent and magnetic instruments, and re-

erection of theodolite on site. P.M. observation for

True Bearing.

ee ee ee

(or) © bw

— “eS i ——"_— ‘a

—

—"

ao >

i=) (Ge) Wee) SS

—

In the above list it will be noticed that time is given for two observations, one

A.M. and one P.M. for Declination, and only one for Horizontal Force, and for Dip.

In southern magnetic latitude (Mauritius), Declination is at its maximum between

9 and 10 a.m., and again between 2 and 3 p.M.; and at these times is altering

most slowly in its daily curve.

The mean, therefore, of observations taken near these hours should give the

proper mean declination for the position; disregarding the annual movement.

Horizontal Force is at its maximum in these latitudes at about Noon, and at ~

its minimum at about 10 p.m. Its curve, however, when plotted, shows that it is

at its mean values at about 7 A.M. and 2 P.M.; but it is then altering most. rapidly.

Vertical Force is, like the Declination, greatest at 9 A.M. and least at 2 P.M;

and is at its mean value at about 11.30 a.m.

The best times for observing each element, if a mean value for the day ‘is

desired, derived from observations when it is greatest and least, will be seen, there-—

OBSERVATIONS FOR TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM 9

fore, somewhat to overlap: nor, indeed, would it be possible in the hours at disposal,

to get two separate observations of each element. It would be necessary, in such a

case, to observe on two or more days.

During the course of observations on the ‘‘Sealark’s” cruise, the declinational

element was considered to be of the greatest practical value: and as no more than one

day could be given to any set of magnetic observations ; and, further, as it established

an equality in the value of the whole results, the observations were made after the

sequence tabulated above; and at the hours stated, as nearly as could be managed.

It will be noticed that meals had to be interpolated when possible; and had,

indeed, to be ‘‘ moveable feasts” !

Observations for Variation (Declination) Afloat.

The following is a tabulation of the results obtained during the cruise of the

Expedition.

Note—The variation given at Farquhar Island on the appended Chart was deduced from several

bearings taken at anchor, and not from a regular observation from double “Swings”; and does not

therefore appear in this tabulation.

Date Latitude Longitude Variation (Declination) Direction Remarks

May 1905 4° 11'8. 70° 50’ EB. 3° 41’ Wie Mean of double swings

July ,, Grali7 69 52 3 43 5 ” oF

PACUS., 4; 1019 64 54 4 59 6 2 +

99 op 20 6 57 28 8 34 sp ” ry)

” 3 16 26 59 30 6 43 aS oF *

Sept. ,, 8 43 59 52 3 48 ” cf 3

0 cn 10 58 50 22 8 38 9 "9 3

Oct: |; 9 14 il 4 38 A 5 )

9 5 8 25 51 30 4 16 of Ah >

pe 7 10 52 53 2 58 » » »

Magnetic Observations Ashore.

The following is a general tabulation of the results for Declination, Dip and

Horizontal Force, obtained at various positions throughout the cruise of H.M.S.

“Sealark.” Of the two values given for Horizontal Force, the first is corrected for

«“ P”:; the second is uncorrected, or ‘“X’.”

| Horizontal Force

Place Date Latitude, S. | Longitude (Declination) | Dip

X x’

Salomon I., May 1905 | 5° 18’ 19” | 72° 15’ 6”| 3° 47’ 2” | 30° 40’ 20”| -32979 | °32839

Chagos

Archipelago

Diego Garcia, June ,, 7 18 58 |72 26 0 | 4 403 |34 24 18 | -31354 | 31268

Chagos

Coetivy I., Sey- | Sept. ,, | 7 9 46 |56 14 56 | 3 40 7 |35 58 42 | -30186 | °30103

chelles

Mahé,Seychelles| _ ,, ”

Cerf I., Pro- Oct. =-.,

vidence

I. des Roches,

Amirante Ids.

4 37.13 |55 27 35 | 2 45 1 |382 12 32 — “31144

9 31 40 |50 59 39 | 4 45 3 |41 5 12 | :28218 | -28142

33 34 55 | ‘30375 | :30292

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV.

10 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The accompanying chart shows the positions, both afloat and ashore, at which

observations were made; and the amount of magnetic variation found at each. There

are scarcely sufficient observations from which to protract the curves of the magnetic

elements which were observed on shore only; but those of equal declination, deduced

from the results obtained both at the fixed and floating positions, are shown; and

are of interest, pointing as they do, to the fact of considerable divergence from the

parallelism usually seen in general charts of these curves ;—due, of course, to in-

sufficiency of data.

2020

Biro I. 739

etree

3900.) 20 32

a eee 2200

SitHoveTTE L S77... + SEYCHELLE

Qiee

bai

ALPHONSE I.

292A) Yar 2°58'W.

jar 348 W. ip

GPO SAYA ve MALHA

A 60

h@ F

» paaal ‘

f 13773

hy id

52! 20 ig:

i eer

560

wi oF

619 160

Zz lp

Fig. 1. Chart showing curves of Equal Magnetic Variation (Declination).

There seems little doubt that, as information increases, so will the complexity

of the lines of equal variation.

The rapid change in variation in the area north of Madagascar is very notice-

able, and of great importance to the navigator. It will be seen that there is a

OBSERVATIONS FOR TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM ta

change of no less than 6° in only 200 miles,—that is to say, in 17 hours’ run for

a 12 knot ship.

It will be noticed that the variation at sea off Mauritius is 8° 34’ W., while

the mean declination for 1905 at the Royal Alfred Observatory, which was distant

5 miles from the position of the “swing,” was 9° 11’ 26" W., and for the time at

which the “swing” was made, was 9° 10°1’ W.

This difference is no doubt due to the local magnetic attractions in the grounds

of the Observatory, as reported by Mr T. F. Claxton, the Director, in 1905.

The “Sealark” swing should therefore more nearly indicate the true declination

of the locality.

For the benefit of any future expedition that may visit these localities, more

particular statements will now be given both of the magnetic elements, and of the

exact positions at which the “Sealark” observations were made on the various islands

visited.

At each island these particulars were made the subject of a letter to the

“ Administrateur” of the firm working the plantation on it; with a request that

the document might be retained in the Archives kept on each island, for the benefit

of future investigators; and were as follows:

Iles Salomon.

The Magnetic Observation Spot is in Latitude 5° 18’19"S., Longitude 72° 26’ 00" E.,

namely, on the beach, at the western extreme of the Ile de la Passe (see Admiralty

Chart No. 4, Principal groups of the Chagos Archipelago), just above high water

mark,

The exact position is marked by a cube of concrete about 15 inches each way,

and engraved on the top thus : , the central hole being the spot of observation.

73 |osN |

This cube was buried about 2 feet in the sand; but there were unfortunately no

near objects of a permanent nature to which its position could be referred.

On May 27th, 1905, the following magnetic elements were observed at this position:

Declination.

At 11h. 00m. A.M. 3° 48’ 59” W.

oye 2 i, Ona: PLM, S45 20: VW

Inclination.

From 2h. 51m. to 3h. 30m. p.M., —380° 45’ 20",

Horizontal Force.

From 0h. 37 m. to 1h. 39 m. P.M. X' = 0°32839 c.g.s.

Diego Garcia.

The Magnetic Observation Spot, of which the geographical position is Lat. 7° 13’ 58"S.,

Long. 72° 26’ 00" E., is at the beach end of a road leading to the lagoon, 400 yards to the

9.9

a-——4

12 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

northward of the trigonometrical station on Observatory Point (see Admiralty Chart

No. 920, Diego Garcia), beneath three or four coconut palms.

The position is marked by a flat coral slab, with 7X roughly cut in it, buried about

one foot deep in the ground, and covered with a small cairn. It is placed at the south.

side of the path, and at about six feet from the present landward edge of the sand.

From the position, the right extreme of the trees on Eclipse Point (in 1905), bears 8S.

68° 21’ 05" W. (True).

On June 12th, 1905, the magnetic elements found at this spot were as follows:

Declination.

At 9h. 30m. A.M. 4° 49' Al” W.

» oh, 45m. P.M. A° 32) 517 WW:

Inclination.

From 2h. 00m. to 2h. 45m. p.m., —34° 24’ 18”.

Horizontal Force.

From 11h. 20m. a.m. to 0h. 38m. P.M. X’ = 0'31268 c.g-s.

Coetivy Island.

The Magnetic Observation Spot, which is in Lat. 7° 09’ 46"S., Long. 56° 14’ 56" E.,

is about 300 yards south of the Settlement Flagstaff, and 20 yards in from the high

water line. A Casuarina tree (the local name is “ Filao”), with three trunks, stands on

the end of the slight outward bend of the beach at this point, and upon its southern

trunk a mark , is cut at five feet from the ground.

The exact position of the spot is marked by two large, faced coral blocks, mortared

one on top of the other, and buried about eighteen inches under the ground.

A is cut on the top of the upper block; the circular hole representing the precise

position; and the words ‘‘SEALARK, 1905” are cut on the side.

This stone is S. 48° E. (Magnetic) from the marked Caswarina tree, distant 52 ft. 0 in.

The ‘‘ Fixed Mark” used in the declination experiment was the centre line of the

Settlement Flagstaff. Its azimuth is N. 3° 09’ 29” E.

The following magnetic elements were observed on this position on September 11th,

1905:

Declination.

At 10h. 14m. a.m. 3° 40’ 45°6" W.

» 4h. 04m. P.M. 3 40037 9° W..

Inclination.

From 1h, 28m. to 2h. 23m. P.M. —35° 58’ 42”.

Horizontal Force.

From 11h. 22m. a.m. toO0h. 40m. P.M. X’=0'30103 eg.s.

OBSERVATIONS FOR TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM 13

Port Victoria, Mahé, Seychelles Islands.

The Magnetic Observation Spot, which is in Lat. 4° 37’ 13"S., and Long. 55° 27’ 35" E.,

is situated near the North-Eastern corner of Coral Island, a small artificial islet, built

chiefly of coral blocks lying off the south side of the centre of the pier, and used for

storing government coal.

The position is marked by a square block of concrete, raised about six inches above

the ground, and inscribed ‘OBSERVATION SPOT. H.M.S. SEALARK, 1905. VARN.

2. Ay W.”

The exact spot is shown by the head of a copper rod, which is flush with the

concrete, and has a small hole in the centre; where the plummet should rest.

There are several old rusted pieces of iron lying in the vicinity, but all are outside

the magnetic field of influence.

The “ Fixed Mark” employed is the pointed top of the outermost boulder off North-

East Point. Its azimuth from the Magnetic Station is N. 12° 02’ 43" E.

The magnetic elements observed at this spot on September 18th, 1905, were

as follows:

Declination.

At 9h. 26 m. A.M. Dao 15; WV

mechs 34m. PM 2° 40’ 55°5" W.

Inclination.

From 1h. 22m. to 2h. 24m. p.m, —32° 12’ 32”.

Horizontal Force.

From 10h. 19m. a.m. to Oh. 52m. P.M. X’=0°31144 cg.s.

Cerf Island.

The Magnetic Observation Spot, which is in Lat. 9° 31’ 40"S., and Long. 50° 59’ 39” E.,

is situated on the westernmost of the four tidal sand islets forming Cerf Island, and is

separated by a narrow channel, dry at low water, from the islet with the oldest coconut

palms (13 in number) and most bushes (1905).

There are a few bushes of Sce@vola on the observation islet, and a fairly large pool

of fresh water. The magnetic position is situated with the centre of this pool bearing

N. 15° W. (mag.), distant about 45 yards.

There are no very definite or permanent objects to mark the situation accurately ;

but the following true bearings may be given:

Southernmost coconut tree on near islet S. 48° 35’ E.

Northernmost - 55 - Ngee eels? ab),

Distant boulder on outer reef IN, 65° 27" Ei

eg ~ (near above) N. 54° 57’ E.

Single coconut tree, distant about 1 mile NL OLe W:

14 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

A large wooden peg, marked 7X on the top, and “SEALARK, 1905” on the side,

is driven into the sand to mark the exact spot, and is covered with sand to a depth

of two feet. The hole in the centre of the bench-mark is the position of observation.

The magnetic elements observed on this spot on October 3rd, 1905, were as follows:

Declination.

At 9h. 48m. A.M. 4° 48’ 19:4" W.

4, Sibi fb2ams ea 4° 42’ 00:2” W.

Inclination.

Fromothearm. to 2h, 23m. ew, —4i0 05 027

Horziontal Force.

From 10h. 56m. a.m. to 0h. 20m. p.m. X’ = 0°28142 c.g.s.

Iles des Roches.

The Magnetic Observation Spot, which is in Latitude 5° 41’ 14” S., and Longitude

53° 40’ 34" E., is situated about 800 yards south-westward from the Settlement, and

ten yards in from the edge of the beach, on the inside of the track running along the

island at this point.

A newly made plantation of coconut trees (1905) extends on both sides of the

position.

Two coconut trees, here leaning out over the beach, have each been marked 7X

on the trunk, at a short distance up from the ground and the magnetic position is

29 ft. 7ins. from that on the western palm, 44ft. 5ins. from that on the eastern.

A log of Casuarina wood has been marked 7& on one end; and buried upright

in the ground to a depth of 18 ins. at the spot, the circle in the centre of the bench-mark

being the exact position.

The following magnetic elements were observed at this spot on October 14th, 1905:

Declination.

At 9h. 10m. A.M. 3.101! 42:7" Wi,

4h. 16m. P.M. 2g 15°6 Wi

Inclination.

From 1h. 44m. to 2h. 46 m. P.M., — 33° 34’ 55”.

Horizontal Force.

From 10h, 46m. A.M. to NOON X' = 0°30292 c.g.s.

BIRD AND DENNIS ISLANDS, SEYCHELLES 15

C. BIRD AND DENNIS ISLANDS, SEYCHELLES.

By J. C. F. Fryer, B.A., Research Student of Gonville and Caius College,

Cambridge.

I. BIRD ISLAND. (Fig. 2.)

Bird island, or Ile aux Vaches, is the most easterly of two small islands, which

are unique in being the only islands existing on the edge of the Seychelles bank. At

present the name “ Bird island” is decidedly the most appropriate; but formerly there

is no doubt the island was the haunt of the species of dugong known as Vache Marine,

which unfortunately has long ceased to exist.

The island is small, having an extreme length of 1800 yards and width 1000 yards:

it is nearly uniform in level, the elevation above low water mark not exceeding 14 feet.

The composition of the island appears to be entirely of calcareous sand, on the

top of which there was formerly

a layer of guano: the best of this

has, however, been removed and

the phosphate, which now exists,

is all in the form of a surface

stratum of soft sandstone. This

sandstone, which is very friable,

seems to have been largely formed

by the agglomeration of the

calcareous sand particles by means

of the phosphoric acid in the

guano. Underneath the surface

stratum, which is brown in colour,

is a white, calcareous sand, which

in most places has been formed into

a soft sandstone rock, this having

been effected partly perhaps by

phosphoric acid but mainly by lime

deposited from solution in rain-

water. No doubt in the more

superficial layers the phosphoric

acid is neutralised by the lime,

and the carbon dioxide produced,

remaining in solution, helps to dis- Fig. 2. Bird Island.

solve more lime, which, redeposited

at lower levels, serves to cement the sand particles together. No particular stratification

was observed in the sand, but all observations were made from pits or wells, and possibly

a long trench would furnish further details. In no part of the island was either any

plutonic or true reef rock observed, which might form a basis for the sand to collect on.

Scale = 1 mile

(Se ed eee ee ee

16 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The shore is entirely sandy and is apparently in an unstable condition, 7.e. washing

away in some places and extending in others. The erosion seems to be greatest along the

northern part of the west coast, where much dead bush is standing on the present beach

between tide marks. (Plate 2, fig. 1.)

To the north (N. by E.) there is a small spit of sand, which is now growing out, but

this is only a temporary feature, since its dryer and more landward part is covered with

bush killed by the sea. It has evidently been increasing outwards for some seasons and

has not been submerged lately, as young Tournefortia seedlings are everywhere appearing

on its surface.

On the north-east the beach consists of a broad slope of sand, which in places is so

piled with dead Cymodocea, that it even forms small cliffs, the sand being matted

together by the long ribbon-like leaves*. Behind these cliffs is a ridge of sand,

sometimes double, and then a narrow sandflat covered with rushes, the depressions

between the ridges being piled full with dead Cymodocea leaves. The scrub on these

ridges is luxuriant and is extending out into the sandflatt. The beach round the rest

of the island shows little sign of alteration: the scrub is apparently flourishing, though

the sea at spring tides flows to the top of the beach, which is short and steep. In no

part was any beach sandstone found, a condition which according to Gardiner indicates

the absence of any continuous erosion on such beaches.

Considering the coast formations as a whole it seems reasonable to deduce that the

island is undergoing but little permanent change: evidences of quick erosion and quick

outgrowth are only found on the north-west and north-east, which coasts are unprotected,

as the reef only extends from the north-east round the south of the island to the south-

west. Consequently it seems probable that the rapid changes on the north-west and

north-east are either seasonal in character or else are due to a succession of storms,

and in either case merely transitional.

The curious distribution of the fringing reef is clearly visible in the chart. The reef

surface was very disappointing, and after a recent visit to some reefs near Port Victoria,

Mahé, seemed very dead and bare. The whole flat was composed either of sand

covered with growing Cymodocea or of broken coral fragments, usually slightly encrusted

with Lithothamnia, and a boulder zone can hardly be said to exist: the buttress zone on

the extreme seaward face was well defined but the channels were much filled with loose

sand. A little live coral was found in the channels, Millepora being most abundant,

though Heliopora, Pocillopora and Stylopora were also present. The whole reef was

very sandy but the north-east portions most so, and in those regions Cymodocea was

most abundant.

The vegetation of the island was poor in forms and at the time of my visit

(July 25—August 1) very dried up. Completely encircling the island was a zone ten

yards wide, of scrub, composed largely of bushes of Tournefortia argentea and Scevola

Koenigit. Inside this was a zone of varying breadth (15—50 yards wide) composed of

the same species and tangled weeds, most noticeable among which was a small creeping

plant, “ pagdéte,” with yellow flowers and very thorny seeds, the latter always forming an

* Compare “Description of the Expedition,” “Coetivy,” Trans. Linn, Soc. Ser. 1. Zool. vol. x11. (1907),

p. 138. 7 Plate 1, fig. 1.

BIRD AND DENNIS ISLANDS, SEYCHELLES 17

obstacle to bare feet. A Convolvulus was common climbing up the bushes, and “liane

sans fins” (Cassytha filiformis) in places bound all the bushes together into a dense mat

of vegetation: other plants included various low herbs and the ‘‘batatran” (Ipomea

Pescapre). The interior of the island was a large plain entirely occupied by an enormous

colony of wide-awake terns (Sterna fuliginosa). Practically no vegetation existed on it

at the time of my visit, the birds having destroyed everything. Across the centre of this

plain (east to west) a broad belt of coconuts has been induced to grow, while “‘ papaya”

trees have been planted round its outskirts and seem to flourish; lastly a few small

clearings in the same position produce fair crops of maize and tobacco. The only timber

tree on the island is the introduced Casuarina, which has been largely planted and is

common round the settlement, where also there is a large “ bois blanc” (Hernandia peltata).

As regards the fauna the birds are dominant, and indeed directly, and also by their

guano, govern both the fauna and flora of the island: it is quite impossible to give any

idea of the countless thousands which breed upon the island. Wide-awakes exclusively

occupy the central bare plain as a breeding ground. The confusion, noise and smell of

such a “fair” can only be realised by a visit, as any attempt at description would seem an

unpardonable exaggeration. Outside the wide-awakes is a colony of grey-headed noddies

(Anous leucocapillus): these birds make nests in the scrub, sometimes accumulating quite

a large erection of ‘sticks. When all available spaces on the bushes have been occupied,

they build on the ground underneath low bushes and masses of herbage. Besides the

above, there are a few small colonies of gannets (Su/a piscator) and one of shearwaters

(Puffinus sp.?). The former breed in small colonies, laying their pairs of eggs wherever an

open space can be found: when approached, they usually vomit their last meal and in

every way merit their local name of “fou.” The shearwaters nest in holes in the sandstone,

coming out at night only. Other birds are not numerous and comprise no species not

found on other Seychelles islands. The only true land birds noticed were the small

ground dove (Geopelia striata ?), the cardinal (Foudia madagascar), the white egret or

heron (Ardetta sp.?) and the moorhen (Gallinula sp.*).

Land vertebrates, in addition to birds, are limited to two geckos, one bright green

and usually found on the trunks of the coconut trees, and the other mottled grey,

nocturnal and usually found under lumps of sandstone. The invertebrates contain

nothing which calls for special mention here and will be represented in the lists for the

Seychelles islands as a whole.

Economically the island is mainly of value on account of its eggs, since the coconuts

for some reason do not flourish well. The season for the eggs extends from June to

August, and they are then collected and sold in Mahé, where they yield a fair profit.

According to the manager (M. George), in 1907 no less than 909,000 eggs were collected.

I was also informed that the programme of the wide-awakes is as follows: the birds begin

to arrive in the vicinity about March 3, and to sleep regularly on the island about

April 25; they commence to lay on May 18 and depart in September. The eggs collected

are nearly all those of wide-awakes, though no doubt a few noddies’ eggs, which are very

similar, are sold as well. As the birds produce a regular and increasing profit it seems a

doubtful policy to persist in planting coconuts which do not seem to be suited to the

island in its present state.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 3

18 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

II. DENNIS ISLAND. (Fig. 3.)

Dennis island lies about 25 miles east of Bird island and like it is situated on the

edge of the Seychelles bank. It is slightly larger than Bird, which broadly speaking

it resembles in topography and composition. The basis is calcareous sand, over which a

layer of guano has been deposited with the result that the sand has been phosphatised in

varying degrees. The greater part of the surface is a very soft brown sandstone, but in

places the sand has not been affected at all. In comparison with Bird the cementation

process has been carried less deeply. The changes of level over the island are not

conspicuous, but perhaps the highest portion (12 feet above low water mark) is in the

north and west. Wells dug in this latter part penetrate through nine or ten feet of pure

sand before reaching water (brackish or fresh). In various parts of the island are small

marshes: in some of these the water is almost fresh, but in others, especially those nearer

the sea, it is brackish and fluctuates with the tide.

The coast is more varied than the land, and is of interest as showing the various

conditions in a calcareous sand island being removed by wave action. These may be

outlined as follows:

(1) Sand beach sloping steeply, with a small sandflat on the top, bearing a little

vegetation (rushes, Jpomaa, etc.). The =

whole of the beach scrub growing luxuri-

antly.

(2) Sand beach uniformly gently

sloping; beach scrub (Scevola, Tourne-

fortia), with the outer bushes killed by

the sea.

(3) Beach formed almost entirely of

beach sandstone, having to the landward

only a few feet of sand and rubble followed

by the phosphatic sandstone of the island.

Scrub, containing much Pemphis acidula,

growing right down to the beach sandstone

but in process of being killed. (Plate 1,

fig. 2.)

(4) Beach sandy with honeycombed

cliffs of phosphatic sandstone; they over-

hang and are crumbling fast; dead coconuts

and other trees can be seen with their roots

exposed on the cliff face. (Plate 2, fig. 2.)

All these formations with the exception

of (1) point to rapid erosion. (1) is found

on the north-west opposite the settlement

and on part of the west coast, (2) occurs just south of west point and all round north

point, (3) is found from east point to south-east point; it is worth noting that the beach

Bek

Y Uy ere

ious us

‘“e 35

fr = cs

a»

Scale =1mile

{Le nn 8

Fig. 3. Dennis Island.

Percy Stapen Trust Expepitio. TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL, XIV. PL. 1.

Fic. 1. Bird Island, N.E. Coast. Sandy beach with Scevola, Tournefortia

and other plants.

Percy Stapen Trust Expepirion. TRANS. LINN SOGESERE Os ZOOL, VOL) XIV. PI-

Fic. 1. Bird Island, N.N.W. part. Bush killed by erosion of sea.

Fic. 2. Dennis Island, S.W. part. Cliffs formed of guano.

BIRD AND DENNIS ISLANDS, SEYCHELLES WY

sandstone, at its terminations just round the east and south-east points respectively, forms

small spits of rock projecting into the sea, its line pointing out across the two small

bays to the north-east and south of the island, thus showing that these bays are un-

doubtedly of very recent formation.

Small cliffs as in (4) are found all round south-west point and the loss of land must

be very considerable. A little beach sandstone occurs at various points under the cliffs.

The reef probably influences the distribution of these coast formations. As at Bird

island it only extends from the north-east southwards to the south-west. It is marked

by a sandy flat, absence of any considerable boulder zone and ill-defined buttress zone:

there is much Cymodocea but few colonies of growing coral. Possibly a further search

would show that it is not really so negative in character, for, during my visit, the

weather was very rough and squally at the only period of spring tides which occurred.

The island was undoubtedly once a breeding ground of birds and the vegetation is of

no interest, being all secondary in character and dependent on the coconut cultivation to

which its whole surface is devoted. The beach scrub is formed of rather larger bushes

than at Bird island and contains Hibiscus tiliaceus and Pemphis acidula, besides Scevola

and Tournefortia. Large trees are also more numerous: Casuarina have been planted over

the north-west of the island, two fine avenues of tall trees now existing. ‘ Takamaka”

(Calophyllum inophyllum), “bois blanc” (Hernandia peltata), “la fouche” (Ficus sp. 2)

“mapou” (Pisonsa Calpidia ?), and other trees are scattered about among the coconuts.

The herbaceous vegetation is more luxuriant than at Bird island, and contains several

other forms such as bulrushes (7ypha angustata) and a large fern (Asplenium sp. *)

in the marshes, while Vinca rosea gives the dryer ground the appearance of a garden

planted with flowers of red and white. All the vegetation under the coconut trees is

eut down periodically and the plantation as a whole kept remarkably clean. Bananas

and a few vanilla vines have been introduced, but are quite subsidiary to the coconut

cultivation.

Formerly it is probable that the guano was worth exploiting but now that the

coconut plantation is made and in full bearing it is extremely doubtful whether it

would pay to attempt to work it. The fauna calls for little remark: it is recorded

that dugongs, giant tortoises, and green turtles abounded: the dugongs are extinct,

the tortoises are represented by a few introduced specimens, and the green turtle

(Chelone mydas) is very scarce.

Land birds are more plentiful than at Bird island and include, in addition, a

Cinnyris and a turtle-dove (Turtur picturatus), the latter apparently being far from

common in the other islands of the Seychelles. The lizards are represented by two

geckos as at Bird, and in addition a skink. Invertebrates were commoner than at Bird,

but were represented by nearly the same forms, with the addition of several species of

insects. As in the case of Bird island the description of the various animals will be

incorporated with the report on the Seychelles islands as a whole. In conclusion it must

be pointed out that Dennis island must have once been in the same condition as Bird

island is in at present, all changes being due to the institution of coconut planting

and the consequent desertion by the birds.

3—2

20 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Ill. THE FORMATION OF BIRD AND DENNIS ISLANDS.

An examination of the sand of which Bird and Dennis islands are formed, shows

that it is composed of broken coral and Lithothamnia in about equal parts, with a small

proportion of foraminiferal (Orbitolites, etc.) and molluscan shells. The surface of the

sand grains is fairly smooth but not so much so as in those of dunes of wind formation:

it is also not so rough and jagged as in similarly constituted sand obtained from various

depths below low water mark. From these facts it can be reasonably deduced that the

sand (1) came from a reef on which Lithothamnia was very prevalent, and (2) was piled

up mainly by sea agency, but that wind also assisted after the surface had risen above

low water mark.

The ocean currents in this area of the Indian ocean are variable both in direction

and force and naturally break up still more irregularly over the shallow Seychelles bank.

While these might have been directly or indirectly the cause of the accumulation of

the material which formed the foundation of these islands even at some considerable

depth, the land can only have been affected by their surface movements and by the

wind. From the fact that Dennis island is washing away it appears that these surface

currents or the winds must have altered considerably since the piling up occurred.

The topography and surroundings of both islands are similar and suggestive:

(1) each island has a fringing reef only from the north-east southwards to the south-

west, (2) the unprotected (north-west) side of each island consists of a long slope of

sand, (3) the islands are situated on a rather deep (25—44 fathoms) part of the edge

of the bank.

The former two facts seem to suggest that the islands have been piled up from

the north-west and consist of débris washed up from the edge of the Seychelles bank,

together with pelagic foraminifera. On the other hand it is possible that the islands

were once larger and that erosion is taking place, chiefly from the south-east, the

material washed away forming the long sand slope on the north-west and swamping

any reef which formerly existed there. The reef, which, as we have pointed out, is

peculiar, possibly then represents the former contour of the land though it may itself

be washing away also. There is no evidence, indeed, from present facts, as to whether

the islands form part of a land which extended along the northern reefs of the Seychelles

bank, or whether they were separate formations. They may have had, in the past, a

basis on a reef of coral rock, or on a ledge of granite, and themselves have consisted of a

line or area of rock masses against which sand piled up. The rock was eroded away

perchance and now the sandy land is itself disappearing. It is idle, however, to

speculate; all we really know is that two sandy islands, which are built on sand-

covered banks, exist on the northern edge of the Seychelles plateau and that they are

the only surface banks which exist on the 650 miles or so of edge possessed by this

large shoal.

No. Il.—EIGHT MONTHS’ ENTOMOLOGICAL COLLECTING IN THE

SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909.

By Hueu Scort, M.A., F.L.S., Curator of Zoology in the

University of Cambridge.

Read 5th May, 1910.

I. INTRODUCTION.

THE object of this resumé is to give some account of nearly 8 months’ entomological

work in the Seychelles Islands, during a period extending from July 12, 1908, till March

10, 1909, the whole of which was devoted to the collecting and investigation of the insects

and other terrestrial Arthropoda of the archipelago.

It is not necessary here to enter into a general description of the islands, since

Professor Stanley Gardiner will publish such a description in this volume. It will be

enough to state that they are entirely of granitic formation and mountainous, rising to

heights of 2000—and in places of nearly 3000—feet. Erosion has taken place to an

enormous extent, carving out of the face of the land extremely steep slopes, narrow ridges,

and sharp peaks. One of the products of destruction of the granite is a hard red earth,

which forms a large part of the lower spurs and slopes of the mountains. The islands are

clothed from their coasts to their highest summits with verdure, consisting of the most

varying forms of vegetation. The lower slopes are covered with plantations of coconut

and other trees, and the cultivation of vanilla has been carried in places to heights of

1500 feet or more: but there still remain considerable expanses of the true native forest

in the higher parts of the mountains. It is a tropical rain-forest of extreme luxuriance

and beauty, and is highly interesting from the fact that it is composed to a very great

extent of plants belonging to genera and species which are peculiar to the islands.

During by far the greater part of the time, the scene of my work lay in the forests,

at elevations generally over 1000 feet, and often over 2000 feet, above sea-level ; since

it is in them that the great majority of the truly indigenous forms of insect-life are to

be found. Small though the land-area of the islands is—only about 150 square miles

altogether—there are well-marked distinctions between the entomological faunas of different

parts. That of the shady, moist mountain-jungles is very different from the fauna of the

more open and cultivated lands at lower levels. Not only so, but even within the limits

of the jungles, differences can be remarked between the insect-life of the highest dampest

peaks, and that of the lower forests. Very different, again, is the fauna of the coasts,

22 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

where the land is in many places bordered, just above the beach, by a fringe of trees and

other plants not peculiar to Seychelles, but characteristic of many a tropic beach in the

Western Indian Ocean.

Having passed over two months in the island of Silhouette, I spent the remainder of

my time in various parts of Mahé, with the exception of about a fortnight given to visits

to the islands of Praslin, Félicité, and Marie Anne. I have divided this account into

three sections, devoting the first to Silhouette, the second to Mahé, and the third to the

three other islands just mentioned. I have also maintained as far as possible a chrono-

logical sequence in dealing with the various phases of the work, discussing the various

localities for the most part in the order in which I visited them.

If. SILHOUETTE.

The stay in Silhouette (July 25—September 30, 1908) fell entirely within the season

of the south-east wind; that is to say, in the coolest and driest time of year. On the

whole the weather was fine, though broken by some wet spells, and often by short rain-

storms. In fair weather, lines of white clouds could often be seen passing across the blue

sky from the south-east; and on such days there was usually a haze in the distance,

rendering invisible the islands of Mahé and Praslin, 20 miles and more away.

Silhouette measures roughly about 4 miles by 3: it is sculptured by erosion into

extremely steep-sloping ridges, valleys, and peaks, and it rises at its highest point to over

2400 feet above the sea. During the whole period I had easy access to the high forests,

as I was camped at considerable elevations. Huts had been built for Professor Stanley

Gardiner in the mountains by the proprietor of the island, Monsieur E. Dauban, to whom

and to whose family I am extremely indebted, not for this only, but for their unfailing

kindness to me throughout my whole sojourn in Silhouette.

The first of these huts was situated at an elevation of about 1500 feet, at a spot called

Mon Plaisir, near a point where three of the principal mountain-ridges meet. The ground

on all sides was so rough and steep, that it had been necessary to dig in order to form

a level space on which to erect the hut. In every direction lay forest: beyond a steep-

sided valley-head rose a great granite precipice—the southern aspect of the highest ridge

of the island. The face of this precipice is bare, but its summit, which is a knife-edged

ridge only a few feet wide in places, is clothed with dense jungle composed largely of

capucin trees (Northea seychellarum). Being encamped in such a situation proved to

be an experience of great value: for since the loftiest summits and the narrow ridge

mentioned above were within easy reach of the hut, I was enabled to devote much time

to the fauna of the very highest and dampest forest-zone. However, I shall not deal

in detail with the work done during this time, much of which was necessarily spent in

learning how to find the insect-fauna. Though collecting in the tropics was entirely new

to me, I was so fortunate as to profit by the experience of others who had collected in

tropical islands. On first entering the forests, one is often liable to gain the impression

that insect-life is extremely scarce. At first sight, the fauna is quite the reverse of

evident. In such places as the Seychelles mountain-jungles, insects must be searched for

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 23

with persistence and often by peculiar methods: when found they are for the most part

small or minute, and obscure in appearance. As soon, however, as the nature of their

hiding-places and the necessary particular methods of search have been discovered, there

is revealed a number of individuals and a wealth of forms which seem quite out of

proportion to the small size of the islands.

On August 21 I moved to a second hut, at a place known as “la Mare aux Cochons,”

where I remained till September 29. This very beautiful locality proved to be excellent

in every way for insect-collecting. Towards the western end of the western and highest

range, at an elevation of 1000 feet or more, is a gap in the mountain-ridge. It has a level

marshy floor, about 500 yards long by 250 yards wide, which is the “plateau” of the

Mare aux Cochons. At either end of the gap a stream flows down the steep slope of the

range towards the sea, while on either side the mountains rise abruptly to the highest

parts of the ridge. The level floor is covered with a very dense vegetation about 4 feet

high, consisting of ferns and bushes, among which latter the bush-groundsel (Senecio

seychellensis Baker) and the pink-flowered Melastoma hold a prominent place. There are

rush-grown pools in places: round the edge of the plateau is an earth-track, bordered

by a vegetation of tall grasses, bushes, and low trees, the last often sprawled over by

a white-flowered bindweed, a species of Ipomaa. A few coconut palms are planted at

intervals among the wild vegetation of the plateau, which is almost at the upper limit

of their cultivation. On one side, dense native forest clothes the mountains down to the

edge of the plateau.

This plateau was extremely rich in insect-life. By sweeping the low thick vegetation

with a strong net, very numerous minute parasitic Hymenoptera, Homoptera, and Diptera

were obtained, as well as certain sinall Coleoptera. Small black fossorial Hymenoptera

were abundant on the paths, incessantly taking short low flights, settling and running

swiftly to and fro on the earth. I caused a narrow track to be cut across the plateau

through the thickest of the vegetation, and thus discovered several species of Micro-

lepidoptera, which appear to be especially characteristic of such localities, low down among

the stalks of the dense fern-growth. Several species of Seychelles butterflies frequented

this place: the fritillary Atella philiherti Joan. often settling on the flowers of a low tree ;

small Lyczenids (Zizera lysimon Hb.) flying low over the growth of low weeds at the

edges of the paths; and the handsome black and white Huplea mitra often to be seen

in copses of low trees at the plateau edge. A Hesperiid (Hagris sabadius Gray) dashes

swiftly and erratically round the tops of tall bushes and low trees, settling (but rarely)

with wide-expanded wings on the broad surfaces of big leaves. Melanitis leda L. was

found in shady places at the edge of the forest, as it is also in many other localities in the

Seychelles, in the lower parts of the mountain-forests. This last species was extremely

hard to secure, as it settles continually on the ground among brown dead leaves, where

it is very difficult to see, owing to its coloration ; and it almost always starts up and flies

off before one can come within reach.

My work in the forest above the plateau was representative of many of the kinds

of collecting employed in the Seychelles forests. Therefore it is well to attempt some

account of it, assuming that one is passing through the various types of jungle from the

24 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

level of the plateau (about 1200 feet) to the summit of the highest peak of the island,

some 1200 feet above. The forest is entered on the edge of the plateau, and, after first

climbing an extremely steep slope, one reaches a fairly level space, the top of a mountain-

spur about 150 feet above the starting-point. In the jungles of Silhouette and Mahé,

relatively level spaces are worth searching for and making good use of, for there are many

places where it is impossible to collect in a satisfactory manner, owing to the precipitous

slope of the ground affording no sure foothold, or to the confusion of roots, holes, fallen

stems, or great granite boulders, with which the earth is covered. On the level space

in question the forest consists of tall trees with very little undergrowth. Owing to its

relative dryness, epiphytic mosses and ferns are almost entirely absent, and the workings

of termites and ants are much in evidence in dead wood: these insects, particularly the

termites, while abounding in the low cultivated country and the lower stretches of forest,

become much less abundant in the highest and dampest mountain-jungles. The ground

between the tree-trunks is covered with large dead leaves, especially with those of the

“bois rouge” (Wormia ferruginea), and of Pandanus Horne, of which latter there are

several magnificent groups with straight stems 50 feet or more in height. When the dead

leaves are disturbed, they are found to be the hiding-place of several species of micro-

moths, only discovered in this kind of environment.

Passing on towards the summit of the mountain, a descent is made into a deep

gully, on the far side of which the collector pulls himself up a precipitous moss-grown glacis

of rock with the aid of the aerial roots of a screw-pine (Pandanus seychellarum), and

then gradually enters a second and somewhat damper type of forest. Here are occasional

patches of undergrowth of grass and fern, the abode of numerous insects—moths, flies,

Homoptera and parasitic Hymenoptera. One traverses stretches of jungle composed

almost exclusively of endemic palm-trees, particularly Stevensonia. This brings me to

a most important mode of collecting, the search for those creatures which are only found

between the bases of the leaves of palms and Pandani. A palm is felled, the head is cut

off the stem, and the thick broad leaf-bases are then chopped and pulled off one by one

beginning with the outermost and lowest: between them is a certain amount of muddy

slimy humus, the dwelling-place of a considerable fauna, some of the members of which

appear to inhabit these palm-heads only, not having been found by me anywhere else. In

this form of collecting Stevensonia gave most abundant booty ; the tall Verschaffeltia also

yielded several species; Roscheria on the other hand gave practically nothing, because its

leaf-bases are differently formed, wrapping round one another so tightly as to leave no

space for humus between them. In that very part of the Silhouette jungle at present under

consideration, on Sept. 22 I felled a Stevensonia about 15 feet high, and obtained from its

leaf-bases 80 or more small Coleoptera (little Lamellicorn beetles, a genus of Aphoduni,

of a kind scarcely found anywhere but in palm leaf-bases, small Staphylinide, and others)

and small earwigs. On other occasions numbers of small Forficulidee with white tegmina _

were found between the leaf-bases of Verschaffeltia palms. Many forms are also found

between the bases of the leaves of the Pandanz. On the same day (Sept. 22) and in the

same place I felled a large head of Pandanus Horne: and two heads of P. seychellarum,

and worked through them, cutting off the leaves one by one. Between the bases and on

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 25

the blades of the leaves the following were found :—earthworms; leeches; snails ;

woodlice ; Lepidopterous larve ; rat-tailed Dipterous larvee (? Hristalis sp.) ; Coleopterous

larvee ; Dytiscid beetles (Copelatus sp., a form only found in the moisture between

Pandanus leaves) ; a peculiar very flattened cockroach, a form apparently only inhabiting

Pandanus ; certain minute Coleoptera between the leaf-bases; lastly, small weevils and

a species of scaly-winged Psocid, higher up on the blades of the leaves.

When an elevation of 1500 feet is reached, one enters the dampest type of forest,

where undergrowth is abundant in places. Thick moisture-soaked beds of ferns, when

swept with a net, are found to contain numbers of small stick-insects (Phasmidze) and

various Hemiptera peculiar to such situations. One or two kinds of Homoptera appear

to have a special predilection for the bush-groundsel (Senecio seychellensis Baker), the

foliage of which they sometimes inhabit in such numbers, that when the bush is shaken,

the surrounding air is filled with a little cloud of flying and leaping insects*. Diptera are

present, of kinds never seen at lower levels. For the last few hundred feet before the

summit is reached, the slope is extremely steep. I often found such slopes to be a help

in collecting in the high forests: because, owing to the exceedingly sharp angle of the

surface of the ground, one is enabled to survey and reach the upper surface of the foliage,

and the tops of small palms and other trees which are rooted some feet below. Various

curious forms of Hemiptera, parasitic Hymenoptera, and Coleoptera are then seen, sitting

exposed to the light on the top of the green roof of foliage, especially on the leaves of the

small Roscheria palms so abundant in such places. Especially characteristic are certain

small elongated weevils, which appear as little dark linear objects with their long axes

parallel to the longitudinal ridges and crinkles of the palm-leaves. Thus I was occasionally

able to obviate to some extent that difficulty so often experienced in tropical forests,

namely, that so many of the living creatures are out of reach in the tree-tops overhead.

The actual summit of this highest peak of Silhouette is covered with capucin trees

(Northea seychellarum), whose trunks and branches bear epiphytic ferns and are hidden

by a shaggy coat of moss, several inches thick. These highest peaks are very often hidden

in mist. Thus on the occasion of my first visit to this one, though the sunlight could be

seen blazing on the magnificent expanse of close-packed tree-tops below, yet the peak

itself was continually wrapped in cool cloud, its soil was sodden and its vegetation dripping.

Altogether it is not surprising to have found certain forms of insects only on the actual

summit of this mountain and in one or two precisely similar localities in Mahé. A small

black Hydrophilid beetle lives in the layers of moisture between the large, smooth, dead

eapucin leaves, which were collected in little hollows on the ground. In the damp leaf-

mould, too, I found a form of Thysanura never seen elsewhere. It may be mentioned also

that there were many Campodea in this same humus, though they are found in many

places at lower levels. A species of Nepenthes grows in profusion on some of the highest

peaks, and the water in its pitchers swarms with Culicid larvae.

Before ceasing to speak of these jungles, something may be said of the collecting

of Coleoptera, etc. from dead wood: this will refer not to Silhouette only but to other

* Neither this plant nor the accompanying Homoptera are confined to the highest forest-zone; both

are also found in the lower forest down to about 1000 feet.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XIV. 4

26 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

parts of the Seychelles as well. Dead timber of the capucin tree is very abundant in the

Seychelles forests. Though this tree lives and flourishes on the tops of the mountains,

yet at lower levels very many capucins have been killed in some way, and their great

barkless bleached skeletons are a most conspicuous feature of the jungles. However,

T never found that this form of dead wood much repayed investigation. It is excessively

hard, and appears to be very seldom attacked by boring larve, with the exception of

those of the ubiquitous Callirhiphis (Rhipiceridz), which reduce parts of it to powder.

The cylindrical, hard, polished brown larve of this beetle abound in all kinds of dead

timber in all localities; in the cultivated low country, where they are met with in the

dead stems of the coconut, and at all elevations up to the mountain-tops. The case is

different when the dead capucin-wood retains its bark: in a number of small fallen

branches gathered from the highest forests (such as the summit described above), were

found many small Longicorn larvee, from which I bred two kinds of beetles apparently

quite confined to the highest and dampest forest-zone. Other kinds of softer timber also

often contain insects. Numbers of small Coleoptera and Hemiptera (Aradidee) are found

under the bark of various sorts of dead trees, at a certain stage in their decay. Dead

” (Wormia ferruginea) especially is worth investigating: its bark often comes

cleanly away from the wood, leaving a smooth damp surface abounding with small bark-

dwelling insects. The stems of the endemic palms in an advanced state of decay become

hollow, and are then found to be tenanted by cockroaches, by the larvee of certain

Lamellicornia, and by beetles (Fugulus, etc.).

Mention must also be made of the method of collecting by beating branches, ete.

over a beating-umbrella. This is not often easy in the tropical forest, as the leaves

and branches are usually out of reach far overhead. But in certain circumstances many

species may be obtained in this manner, some of which are not obtained otherwise. If

the dead but still hanging leaves of palms (and other trees) are beaten, or the fallen

leaves picked up and shaken hard over an umbrella, numerous insects are often secured,

Thysanura (Machilide), Blattidee and Coleoptera (Curculionidee, Anthribide, Anobiide,

etc.). A quantity of dead vegetable matter, often containing various Coleoptera, can

frequently be shaken from big epiphytic ferns (Aspleniwm mdus). Pieces of secondary

forest are often good places to visit with a beating-stick and umbrella, since the trees are

not tall and the foliage is therefore easily accessible. In such situations I beat many

interesting specimens from the green leaves, and by shaking the abundant dry fallen

Stevensonia leaves obtained numerous insects and Arachnida (Chernetidia, ete.).

Interesting forms were sometimes found by beating the thatch of houses. The hut at

the Mare aux Cochons (Silhouette) was roofed with a thick thatch of fresh-cut palm-

leaves, and by beating the edge of it I obtained large numbers of several small and

minute species, Psocide, Coleoptera and Hemiptera.

Night collecting in Silhouette during this season of the south-east wind gave very

little result. At both camping places in the mountains, there were a few species of

Microlepidoptera, which always came to the lamp in the hut: two kinds of beetles

(Scolytidee, Platypus sp., and another) also constantly appeared, possibly out of the

split palm-laths of which the walls were made. Winged ants and a kind of fig-insect

“bois rouge

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 27

(Proctotrypide) occasionally came to the light: also winged termites, which after

settling used vigorously to try and dispose of their wings, and finally to leave these

organs scattered near the lamp. A few specimens of other species were obtained at

light. At the Mare aux Cochons at about 9 or 10 p.m. I often examined the stems of

trees by the light of a lamp, and found various Coleoptera on them. In the same way,

I several times found considerable numbers of Coleoptera on the outside of the walls of

the hut, especially on rainy nights.

Ill. MAHE.

On September 30 I returned from Silhouette to Mahé, where I at first spent a week

in the town of Port Victoria, packing and preparing the material collected in Silhouette

for Prof. Stanley Gardiner to take to England. During this time Mr H. A. Pare, head

of the firm which owns the lighters used for cargo-lading, ete. in the harbour, called my

attention to the workings of a species of termite in the woodwork of some of the lighters.

I examined one lighter which was up on the stocks for repairs, and found that there were

in its bottom workings swarming with these insects, mostly between the ribs and planks.

Salt water to a depth of some inches collects in these lighters, so that the workings had

been submerged, as I was informed, for over a week at a stretch: only one very small

piece of them was above the level to which the water accumulates. This termite has

been determined by Dr Nils Holmgren as Coptotermes truncatus Wasmann: he considers

the fact of the sects being able to live thus, when the wood in which they are working

is submerged for prolonged periods, to be very interesting, and to affect possibly the

distribution of the species.

On October 10 I left Port Victoria and, crossing the mountain-backbone of Mahé,

took up my abode in an unoccupied planter’s house at an elevation of about 800 feet,

near Morne Blanc, on the western side of the island. Here I remained till November 25,

excepting for a few short visits to Port Victoria, from which Morne Blanc is distant about

6% miles. During this period the weather was on the whole fine and often calm, though

there were some very rainy days. Close to the house lay a considerable expanse of

vanilla-plantations, in which various native trees and other plants serve as supports for

the vanilla-vines. On either side of the road which leads back towards the central ridge

of the island were patches of bush of a mixed character, composed partly of endemic

vegetation and partly of introduced trees, among which latter the cinnamon-tree

(Cinnamomum zeylanicum Nees) predominates. Collecting with a beating-stick and

umbrella among this kind of vegetation was well repaid. By beating the trees in the

vanilla-plantations various Coleoptera (Coccinellidee, etc.), Hemiptera, lacewings

(Chrysopides), etc. were obtained. Moreover by beating both in the “ vanilleries” and

mixed jungle mentioned above, a large number of Psocidee were collected. They were

mostly minute scaly-winged forms of great beauty, and of which I found a considerable

number in the Seychelles. Some had already been obtained in Silhouette.

There was a marshy hollow near the house, of a kind frequently seen in Mahé. It

was filled with a growth of long grass and bushes, among which stood some of the native

4—2

28 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Stevensonia-palms and some planted banana-trees. Through the vegetation runs a small

mountain-stream forming several pools. Such hollows are excellent collecting-grounds

just at sunset, about 6 p.m. In this one might then be seen little groups of a caddis-fly

(Leptodermatopteryx tenuis Ulmer) dancing in the air a foot or two above the ground, and

a small mayfly, the first species of Ephemeride ever found in the Seychelles: there were

certain Tipulide hovering over the pools, and Psychodide sitting or running excitedly in

gyrations on the broad banana-leaves. The place was frequented also by another species

of caddis-fly*, and, needless to say, by dragon-flies.

It may be mentioned here that the very numerous mountain-streams of the Seychelles

are not tenanted, so far as I could discover, by a rich insect-fauna. There are a few

kinds of those Hemiptera which run on the surface of water, and in places considerable

numbers were obtained of a large Ranatra-like bug, of a Notonectid bug, and of a

Dytiscid beetle. There are also certain insects, including those mentioned in the

preceding paragraph, the earlier stages of which are passed in water. But the pools

in mountain-streams are almost always crowded with freshwater prawns, which possibly

exist there somewhat to the exclusion of aquatic insects.

Beyond Morne Blane the road which crosses the island in this district zigzags

steeply down to the west coast. It passes through a country with many rises and

hollows, covered with very varying types of vegetation. There are cultivated clearings,

patches of jungle, expanses almost devoid of soil, where the rock bears only a low dry

scrub, and great stretches of the fern Gleichenia dichotoma. This fern, which grows

so densely that large beds of it are penetrable only with considerable exertion, abounds

in Mahé and Silhouette, ranging up to great elevations, and covering patches of ground

to the complete exclusion of other plants. I often beat and swept in these fern-patches,

obtaining various insects from them: notably the only species of Coniopterygid found

hitherto in the Seychelles, identified by Dr Giinther Enderlein as Semidalis africana

Enderlein. This little creature abounds in the Gilezchenia, and appears to be quite

confined to the patches of this plant.

Several kinds of butterflies (Lampides boeticus and L. telicanus among the

Lycenide, Parnara spp. among the Hesperiide, and the wide-spread Danada

chrysippus) were numerous in waste pieces of ground overgrown with flowering weeds,

as was also a carpenter-bee (Koptorthosoma caffrum L.). Some of these waste patches

were covered with a low pink-and-white flowering plant (Vinca rosea L.), among which

a little bee (Halictus mahensis Cameron) was especially abundant. The sides of the

zigzagging road, also, were the habitation of many Hymenoptera. The metallic-blue

fossorial wasp Sceliphron madecassum Grib., might be seen hovering, often in groups

of a dozen or so, round projecting granite rocks in the blazing sun. A leaf-cutter bee,

Megachile seychellensis Cameron, might be seen entering holes in banks of red earth,

and two other species of the genus were found in the same locality. From these same

banks I also obtained an occasional Odynerus, though nearly all of these wasps which I

saw in the Seychelles, were hovering round the outside of houses in the town and other

* Herr Georg Ulmer (Hamburg) has worked out these Trichoptera, of which I obtained six species, all new.

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 29

places near the coast. It may be said here too that some other species of Hymenoptera

were only seen in and about houses: namely, a species of Trypoxylon observed to enter

nail-holes, etc. in inner walls, and the brilliant metallic-green Ampulex compressus

Fabr., which is often seen on verandahs, etc. Huwmenes alluaudi Pérez also frequently

builds its nest in rooms.

A kind of “firefly,” Zuciola sp., appeared near Morne Blane in some numbers on

many evenings. This species seems to be decidedly local in its distribution in Mahé.

In walking one Saturday afternoon from Morne Blane to Port Victoria, I met for the

first time with the Melolonthid beetle Perissosoma a@nescens Waterhouse. A number

of specimens were flying to and fro low over the road, swiftly and silently, settling

occasionally on the scented lemon-grass (Andropogon) which is planted by the wayside

to bind the soil together. The afternoon was very dull after much rain; as far as my

personal experience goes, this beetle seems to be most in evidence in wet weather.

The mountain-jungles were easily accessible from the house which I occupied.

A certain amount of collecting was done in the jungle on the summit of Morne Blanc

itself: but a far finer hunting-ground was in the forest covering the highest mountains

of the island, where Morne Seychellois, clothed with luxuriant jungles, with woods of

sombre capucin and brilliant green patches of fern, rises to almost 3000 feet, hidden as

often as not in mists. Several times I visited a summit adjoining Morne Seychellois,

which was spoken of as “Morne Pilot.” This peak was covered with an extremely

humid forest of capucin trees, and was in many respects like the highest peak of

Silhouette. On it were again found, between the dead capucin-leaves, numbers of that

same genus of small Hydrophilid beetles, which is only seen in very restricted areas on

these highest mountain-tops. Several other interesting and uncommon forms were

found in this place.

Not far below the actual summit was a comparatively level expanse of fine humid

forest, containing some hollows filled with a dense growth of large ferns. This, too,

proved to be an excellent collecting-place, and here particularly many species were

obtained from dead leaves on the ground. I used to fill the beating-umbrella with this

material, shake it sharply, and then, after flinging out the bigger leaves, I examined

carefully the débris left in the umbrella. Various Thysanura, Collembola, Coleoptera

(Scolytidee, Scydmzenide, etc.) and land-shells were found thus. The Coleoptera most

numerous among dead leaves were certain forms of weevils, with rather flattened broad

bodies: unfortunately it is impossible to say at present with any certainty to what group

they belong. Some larger species were found, in many places in the mountain-forests

of Mahé and Silhouette, on the concave inner surfaces of the bases of fallen and rotted

palm-leaves, and it was practically useless to search for them elsewhere. Occasionally

larvee or pupze of Coleoptera were discovered in the substance of these thickened

leaf-bases, where it is probable that the metamorphosis is gone through. In at least

one case an imago emerged in captivity from one of these pup, which was thereby found

to be that of a weevil. But lack of time prevented the investigation of the habits of

these insects in any detail.

A smaller but allied form of weevil is very abundant on large fallen leaves, on

30 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

those of the “bois rouge” particularly, and on those of the capucin. On the lower sides

of the “bois rouge” leaves the veins are sharply raised above the general surface, and

the little rather flattened weevils are frequently found on the sides of the raised midrib

and other veins, as well as on the flattened parts of the leaf. They are very similar in

colour, etc. to the dead leaf on which they rest, but as soon as one has learnt where to

search, they are found in great numbers in suitable patches of leaves: several specimens

often occur on a single leaf. Very few of them were obtained from July to September in

Silhouette, though this may be due in part to my having then had less experience.

They were very numerous in the Mahé forests in November. In the jungles behind

Cascade in January and February (1909) they were much scarcer, but some of a quite

different form of small weevil were found on the leaves. It is possible that in this case

something was seen of the seasonal changes among the insect population. The small

flattened weevils were often found in coitu, and probably they are connected with the

dead leaves throughout their life-cycle. On December 31 (near Cascade), when I was

surprised at the scarcity of these weevils, I noticed at the side of the midrib in many

leaves little holes each surrounded by a tiny pile of leaf-substance reduced to dust. These

had been seen before in several places on dead “ bois rouge” and capucin leaves, where the

weevils are found. However, on this day I saw a boring-beetle of another family entered

into one of these-holes head first: so it must remain uncertain whether the holes and

burrowing of the midrib have any connection with the weevils or not. At all events

it is likely that the thick substance of these large leathery leaves may be the habitat

and food of more than one species of Coleoptera in the larval state.

On one occasion (October 24) a number of beetles, including more than one kind

of Nitidulidaee and a Hydrophilid, were found in some fallen and decaying fruits of

Pandanus seychellarum, which smelt very strongly. This was in the forest on the

summit of Morne Blanc. Certain kinds of Staphylinidee, Hydrophilidee and Nitidulidee

swarm in decaying fruit at many elevations, teeming especially in rotten oranges and “jak”

(Artocarpus integrifolia).

On November 27 I left Mahé for a few days stay in Praslin, to be spoken of later.

On returning on December 3 to Mahé, I spent several days working in the high forest

between Morne Seychellois and the Trois Fréres mountains, on the north-eastern side

of the high mountain-mass which I had previously worked from the south-west. I

occupied an empty room in a house near the Trois Fréres over 1500 feet above the

town of Port Victoria, whence the climb to it is excessively steep. It was close to

the high woods, and at such an elevation that the early mornings and evenings felt

decidedly chilly. Near the house lay another of the marshy hollows, where groups

of the caddis-fly Leptodermatopteryx performed their air-dances about sunset. During

these days I worked in some of the finest stretches of high damp mountain-forest,

obtaining much valuable material of all kinds.

Embiide, since described by Dr Enderlein as a new species of Oligotoma, were found

in this locality twice, and on both occasions in rather curious situations. Their web-

tunnels were in patches of moss some way up the stems of small trees. In both cases

the trees were felled, but in the second case the branch bearing the Embiids was even

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 31

then several feet above the ground. There cannot be much doubt that the creatures had

established themselves up on the trees while the latter were still growing. Individuals of

this Oligotoma had previously been found in another locality, near the summit of Morne

Blane, but in a less remarkable situation, their web-tunnels being on the ground among

fallen leaves under a bush. One of the Olngotoma from the moss-patches, which showed

wing-rudiments, was placed with pieces of the bark and moss in a tightly-closed screw-

topped bottle, and left for some weeks, when the wings developed fully.

From December 14—18 I was again absent from Mahé, on a short visit to Félicité

island. On returning to Mahé, I went on December 21 as the guest of Mr H. P.

Thomasset to Cascade Estate, which was my headquarters till January 25, 1909. It is

hard to estimate how very much I am indebted to Mr Thomasset in every way, for his

constant kindness, and especially for the very large amount of help given by him in the

collecting of the insect-fauna. He worked with untiring energy, not only collecting all

kinds of insects in the field, but also at the more trying and much less pleasant task of

mounting and preparing great numbers of minute and delicate specimens. A large

proportion of the material amassed during this part of my stay in the Seychelles was

obtained by him. This statement refers especially to Diptera, on which order we largely

concentrated our attention, making a collection of considerable size, and pinning and

mounting almost all the specimens on the spot.

Cascade lies over four miles south-east of Port Victoria. To quote the words of

Professor Stanley Gardiner*, “it is an amphitheatre opening from a gorge extending

up 600 feet from the sea and spreading out into a circlet of hills, each with an almost

perpendicular face, but each at some point throwing out an earth-covered buttress.” On

the circlet of hills are expanses of most luxuriant endemic forest, while the earth-covered

spurs and the valleys between them are clothed with many kinds of wild and cultivated

vegetation. The locality was so rich in insects and the kinds of collecting so manifold,

that it is impossible to describe them in detail. Valuable material of the most varied

nature was obtained from the mountain-jungles. Abundance of small insects, parasitic

Hymenoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera, etc. were got in the plantations, by sweeping and

beating in long grass and patches of mixed vegetation. On some occasions when the

foliage of coffee-bushes was shaken, several fresh forms of Microlepidoptera flew out and

specimens of them were captured.

In one of the valleys between the earth-buttresses lay a swampy piece of ground, on

which much of a wide-ranging tropical plant, Juss7@a sp. (Onagracese) was growing.

By sweeping this marsh-vegetation numbers of certain Diptera and Hemiptera-

Heteroptera, characteristic of swampy places, were collected. In another direction were

some rocky and relatively dry pieces of land, covered—as such situations very often are in

the Seychelles—with a scrub composed of various endemic bushes and small trees such as

the “bois dur” (Plectronia bibracteata Baker), ‘bois doux” (Craterispermum microdon

Baker), and “café marron” (Randia sp., and Erythroxylon laurifolium Lam.). Certain

kinds of insects are especially numerous among vegetation of this sort, even though they

* J. Stanley Gardiner, “The Seychelles Archipelago”; from the Geographical Journal for February,

1907, p. 160; see this and the succeeding pages for a description of the Cascade jungle.

32 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

may not be absolutely confined to it, so that such places are tenanted by a fairly definite

fauna of their own. Another remarkable locality several times visited was the summit of

Mount Sebert. This consists in great part of bare granite, but it has patches of-a very

peculiar stunted forest growth, and it yielded valuable entomological material. x

Another excellent and often-visited collecting-ground was a valley in the forest, some

way above the Cascade house in the direction of Mount Harrison. It was an exceedingly

beautiful place, traversed by a clear mountain-stream, and filled with a thick wood of

native palm-trees bearing a luxuriant growth of epiphytes. Here were found many

small and minute Coleoptera, certain very minute and curious Hemiptera, ete., among

the dead and fallen palm-leaves; Diptera and other insects by sweeping ferns and other

undergrowth ; while over the stream flew mayflies and another new species of caddis-fly

(Hydromanicus seychellensis Ulmer).

At this time was experienced the worst spell of weather, and almost the only

successful night-collecting, during the whole of my stay in the islands. The season was

that in which most rain is expected, and from December 19 to December 30 the sun was

scarcely to be seen at all at Cascade. There was also heavy rain at other times, and

collecting was frequently rendered very difficult or temporarily impossible. The weather

was generally calm: on fine days the sea lay smooth as glass under a blazing sky, and a

great mass of white cloud hung motionless over each of the distant islands of Praslin and

La Digue. Although a large number of Lepidoptera had already been secured by diurnal

collecting, yet the night-flying species had not been obtained hitherto in any satisfactory

quantity. This defect was made good to a large extent during the wet weather at

Cascade. By placing a bright lamp and a sheet in the front of the verandah on dark

cloudy nights, we succeeded in getting a number of the larger moths, including many

species new to me. For example, on December 26 about 111 specimens were captured,

on December 27 about 40, and others on other nights. On clear and moonlight nights

none were obtained.

It has been mentioned that we largely concentrated our attention on Diptera.

During the wet weather especially, numerous small flies and other insects came into

the house and were caught on the window-panes (Drosophilidz, Phoride, Chironomide,

Psychodide, etc.). Moreover here as elsewhere Diptera were collected in the high

forests. Many flies were captured in the plantation, where certain species had the habit

of settling, in fine weather, on the leaves of various cultivated trees and bushes. Among

these last were certain metallic Dolichopide ; it could often be remarked that different

forms of these flies showed each a distinct predilection for a certain kind of spot on

which to settle. Thus, in the high forests there is a particular kind of Dolichopid

(Leptorhethrum sp.) constantly seen to settle on the broad upper surfaces of the leaves

of Curculigo or of small palms; while on the plateau of the Mare aux Cochons in

Silhouette a brilliant metallic-green form continually settled on the big leaves of the

climbing Ipomea, often in the blazing sunlight. It may be well, too, to mention here

a phenomenon several times seen in the mountain forests. There are small flies

(Limnobiidee, almost certainly Thrypticomyia sp.) which hang in rows to threads of web

fastened between bushes. Each fly clings to the thread by its two front tarsi: a dozen

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 33

or more may hang thus motionless in a row, close enough to one another for their

outstretched legs almost to touch. When disturbed they fly off and disperse, but some

generally return soon to the web. Large numbers of them may be sometimes seen thus

in a very small area. Their tarsi are white: and as the insects usually hang in rather

shady, dark, places, these tarsi catch the eye as a number of isolated white dots.

Leaving Cascade on January 25 for Port Victoria, I went the next day to the

district known as the “ Mare aux Cochons*,” where I stayed till February 3, occupying

a room in a house owned by a firm of Chinese merchants in Port Victoria. The Mare

aux Cochons is a very elevated and rugged part of the country, some miles north-west of

the district in which I had previously worked while staying near Morne Blanc. It has

several hill-streams, flowing in part of their course through what might almost be termed

gorges, and the mountains bear fine stretches of wild forest. The country is very rough

with extremely steep slopes, and highly fatiguing to traverse. It is of a type in some

respects unlike anything I had seen before, and well repaid entomological investigation.

It is somewhat to be regretted that time allowed only of a short stay there.

A number of trees of the “bois de fer” (Vateria seychellarum Dyer) grew near to

the house. The species is peculiar to the Seychelles, and I was informed that this is

the only locality where it still exists. Many insects were collected among these trees,

including a species of Longicorn beetle which, even if not actually confined to the ‘‘ bois

de fer,” had at any rate not been found by me in any numbers elsewhere. On two

afternoons I worked in a patch of secondary forest, finding interesting Coleoptera and

Homoptera on the leaves of the young palms, especially rather late in the afternoon.

Several excursions were made into the high forests, including a climb to the summit

of a peak standing above Anse Major. This peak is covered with a dense forest of living

capucin trees, and from the top of a great tabular rock lying among them one gets a most

curious view over the dense foliage of the tree-tops, an expanse of big, dull blue-green

leaves: one or two individuals of the butterfly Huplea mitra were flying over them. On

this summit the little black Hydrophilid beetles were again found among dead capucin

leaves on the ground, and many other interesting specimens were obtained.

In the marsh which is the Mare aux Cochons proper, at an elevation of 1500 feet or

more, specimens were obtained (among other things) of another new species of caddis-flyT.

In a swampy piece of ground where there were several small pools among fallen leaves of

Pandanus hornet, were found various flies of the families Tipulidze, Chironomide,

Culicidee and Psychodide. At about 4 o'clock on the afternoon of January 26, on

coming up the bed of the stream in a gorge a little below the house, I found the place

swarming with countless specimens of yet another new caddis-fly, a very small species

(Petrotrichia palpalis Ulmer): they were running rapidly to and fro on the rocks, or

hidden in overhanging bushes, or fluttering over the water. In part of this valley,

too, there was a considerable display of the ‘‘fireflies” (Zwciola sp.) on more than one

evening.

* Not to be confounded with the similarly-named locality in the island of Silhouette. In several cases

the same place-name is used in more than one island.

+ Hughscottiella auricapilla Ulmer.

SECOND SERIES— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 5

34 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Leaving the Mare aux Cochons district on February 3, I descended to the coast at

Port Glaud, on the western side of Mahé: then, reascending the hills by the road,

lodged again for two nights in the house near Morne Blanc. On the intervening day

(February 4) I made an excursion to Morne Seychellois, hoping to reach the actual

summit, not hitherto visited by me. Owing however to heavy clouds, which rolled up

early in the morning and quite concealed the whereabouts of the Morne, I had to be

contented at first with collecting in lower patches of jungle. But in the afternoon the

sky quite cleared, enabling me to ascend the precipitous slopes of the peak to within

a few hundred feet of the top, and to collect in the dense low vegetation of endemic

ferns, bushes, and small trees, with which this part of the slopes is clothed. I returned

in the evening to Morne Blanc, passing thence next day (February 5) to Port Victoria,

having made since January 26 a circuit of the most mountainous and forest-covered part

of Mahé.

Some days were then passed in Port Victoria, during which a certain amount of

collecting was done. Mr de Gaye, to whom I am much indebted for several suggestions

concerning collecting, had informed me that a beetle, Adoretus sp., is to be found in the

town at night among rose-bushes, the leaves of which it eats. Accordingly we went on

the evening of February 9 with a lantern to the Botanic Gardens, and obtained a fair

quantity of these beetles among the rose-bushes. As soon as the lantern is brought near

the bush the beetles fly to the light, and Mr de Gaye told me that very great numbers

can sometimes be taken in this manner. On another evening, which was rainy, a number

of moths and several specimens of a Rutelid beetle (Parastasia coquerelu Fairm.) came

to a bright lamp placed on the verandah of the house.

On February 15 I returned to Mr Thomasset’s house at Cascade, remaining there

till March 3, when the mountains were left for the last time a few days previous to de-

parting altogether from the Seychelles. During this second stay at Cascade, much collecting

was done, as before. More than once a locality at about 1500 feet elevation on a ridge

behind the estate was visited, where a good-sized area of ground is thickly strewn with

leaves fallen from a group of great Pandanus Horne:. Besides beetles and parasitic

Hymenoptera, there were present among these leaves certain flies of the family Chiro-

nomide, and also numbers of a kind of Culicid, which appears to be confined to such

localities. This same mosquito (as well as some Chironomidee) was obtained at the Mare aux

Cochons (Mahé) near small ponds among fallen Pandanus leaves. But in that place there

were pools of water, whereas in this locality behind Cascade the only standing-water

appeared to be that collected in the hollows of the leaves themselves, in which the aquatic

larvee of the flies possibly live. It may be added that there is a large species of Homoptera,

which I never found anywhere except among the fallen leaves under certain groups of this

Pandanus.

Before this section is closed, some reference must be made to entomological work

in parts of the low cultivated country of Mahé. Firstly, collecting was done on two

little coconut-planted islets lying each about 4 miles from the main island, namely Long

Island (July 12—22) and Anonyme Island (January 8 and 9). Among seaweed in both

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 35

places were found certain Coleoptera, a minute Histerid (? Halacritus sp.) and some

Trichopterygide. Certain small Diptera swarmed among masses of seaweed at Anonyme

Island. Other interesting flies were caught either on the beach itself, or in sandy places

overgrown with a creeping littoral [pomea and other plants just behind the shore.

Characteristic insects were also obtained among certain kinds of coast-bushes and trees

which are common to many islands in this region.

There are several marshy tracts on the small coastal plains, which lie between the

foot of the mountains and the sea in places along the shores of Mahé. By means of a

short expedition made (January 19-—21) to these plains towards the south of the island,

at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale, I was able to get a sample of their insect-fauna. The

plain at Anse aux Pins is for the most part covered with coconut-plantations ; but there

are some uncultivated swamps, overgrown with long rushes and other marsh-loving plants,

and in places with the yellow-flowered Jussi@a already mentioned as growing in some

swampy places in the mountains. At Anse Royale there are marshy pieces of ground and

ditches on the low-lying land, through which a river runs to the sea. At these places

several species of water-beetles, not previously taken by me in the islands, were found

in large numbers. The rank marsh-growth was found, when swept, to be very rich in

Diptera, including brilliant metallic-green Psilopinze and other Dolichopids, small Chloro-

pide with vivid yellow markings, and many more. These flies were obtained not so

much from rushes, ete., growing actually in the water, as from grasses and other rank

herbage near the water. Stomoxys was abundant in some swampy places: in a dense

expanse of Jussiwa at Anse aux Pins these flies were fairly numerous, while Diptera

in general seemed scarce.

In a number of places I swept the long grass and other coarse growth which is often

to be found growing among the coconut-palms in plantations. In all cases such vegetation

was found to contain very numerous small insects (parasitic Hymenoptera, Homoptera,

etc.). Certain kinds of dragon-flies were only seen quite near the sea-level, while others

extend their range to elevations of over 1000 feet. Lastly, on some occasions large

numbers of small Coleoptera were found under the bark of fallen trees in the low country.

The insect-fauna of the low-lying and cultivated country has in general a distinct character

of its own, since many of its species do not extend their range up into the mountain-forests,

while most of the forms inhabiting the latter do not descend to the cultivated lands.

IV. PRASLIN, FELICITE, AND MARIE ANNE ISLANDS.

In the nature of their high forests and in several other respects the islands of Mahé

and Silhouette are closely alike, so that much that has been said of the entomological

work in the one island would apply equally well to the other, and wice versd. This cannot

be said with regard to Praslin, in which island the general topography and the vegetation

differ in several important points from those of Mahé or Silhouette. The mountains are

lower, the highest being only 1260 feet. The scenery appears, especially to one newly

arrived in the island, to be of a quite fresh type, which is partly due to the great abundance

of the feathery Casuarina trees on the hills. The native jungles have been destroyed

5—2

36 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

to a very large extent: on the mountains exist areas which bear only a low dry scrub,

growing out of the hard red subsoil. Such patches of endemic forest as do remain are

of a highly peculiar nature, largely composed of the famous ‘‘ coco de mer” palm (Lodoucea

seychellarum), which in a wild state is confined to this one island.

Time allowed of only a very short trip to Praslin, which was made between Nov. 27

and Dec. 2 in the company of Mr R. P. Dupont, the Curator of the Botanic Station in

Mahé. We stayed in a house near Grande Anse: and were favoured throughout the time

with extremely fine weather. The best remaining piece of ‘“‘ coco de mer” forest, namely

that in the Vallée de Mai on the Cotes d’Or Estate, was easily accessible, and altogether

two days were devoted to collecting there. The route by which we went to it leads at

first along a valley, up a sun-baked red-earth path, on which were found numbers of a Cicin-

delid beetle (almost certainly a form of Cicindela melancholica F.): I had not previously met

with this insect, which appears to be the only member of the family found in the Seychelles.

Having arrived almost at the highest point of the path, beyond which it commences to

descend the other side of the hills, we turned to the left along the side of a marshy piece

of ground filled with rank vegetation over which were flying several fritillaries (Atella

philiberti Joan.). Then a fairly open piece of ground, in which “coco de mer” palms stand

at intervals, was traversed: here also were numerous young palms, and tufts of grass,

which swarmed with insects, parasitic Hymenoptera and Coleoptera. Finally, after a slight

descent, one enters the “coco de mer” jungle, one of the most beautiful pieces of forest

which I ever saw in the Seychelles. Those forms of vegetation which appear strangest to

the eyes of a European are here massed together, almost to the exclusion of more ordinary-

looking plants: great “cocos de mer” rear their crowns of leaves aloft, sometimes to heights

of 80 feet or more; there are tall slender Deckenia palms, Stevensonia, and big clumps of

Pandanus. Among the foliage overhead is heard at intervals the note of a dark brown

parrot (Coracopsis barklyi). As might be expected, such a place proved to be a rich

collecting-ground ; though it remains to be seen whether the insects as well as the palm

Lodoicea are peculiar to this one island. Interesting Coleoptera were found by shaking

the dead palm-leaves with which the ground is strewn, and certain beetles and Hemiptera

(Aradidze) were obtained in numbers from decaying logs. A moderately tall male ‘coco

de mer” tree was felled and a number of Coleoptera found between the bases of the leaves,

including at least one remarkable form (a Scydmzenid) which was quite new to me.

Some Acridiidse were caught in a dry, sandy, grass-grown place on the low-lying

coastal land at Grande Anse: and another member of the family was present in some

numbers in a rather similar situation in Feélicité Island. These grasshoppers almost

certainly belong to species which range over many of the islands in this part of the

Indian Ocean, and perhaps even more widely still. They are an example of a certain

section of the Seychelles insect-fauna, which is found only near the coasts of the big

islands and on small out-lying islets, and never in the endemic mountain-jungles. It is

a part of the fauna in no way peculiar to the archipelago, but common to it and to many

of the low-lying islands in the same region.

A short visit was made to each of the small islands of Marie Anne and Félicité,

which lie relatively near to Praslin. In the former, where I enjoyed the hospitality of

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 37

the owners, the Messieurs Choppy, time permitted of a stay only of one night (Dec. 2—3).

In Félicité I was enabled to spend four days (Dec. 14—18), through the kindness of

Mr H. aC. Bergne. Both these islands are largely given up to the cultivation of coconuts,

but considerable areas remain covered with wild forest, of a type of which hitherto I had

had little or no experience. Conspicuous among the trees, some of which are of great

size, are the “badamier” (Terminalia Catappa), the takamaka (Calophyllum Inophyllum),

the “bois de natte” (Imbricaria seychellarum), and several kinds of Ficus. Some of the

species (e.g. the Imbricaria) are peculiar, but there are many which (unlike those of the

endemic mountain-jungles in Mahé, ete.) range beyond the confines of the Seychelles.

Moreover these forests are very dry compared with the humid mountain-jungles, and their

insect-fauna appeared to be relatively scanty. Mosquitoes (Stegomyia) were abundant

and persistent ; and a number of insects of various other kinds were captured. Several

species of moths not met with before were found in Félicité. They were taken in one

particular spot, where, at the foot of a precipitous rock and in its crevices, lay piles of

fallen Pandanus leaves among which the creatures hid. On the whole, the quota of

material yielded by these two islands is by no means unimportant, including as it does

several forms which I did not obtain elsewhere. These may possibly prove not to be

peculiar to the archipelago, but to belong to that wider-ranging fauna which is established

round the coasts of the Seychelles, and to which allusion has already been made.

The last few days (March 3—10) of my stay were passed in Port Victoria, and I lett

the Seychelles for England early on March 11, 1909.

V. CONCLUSION.

At this early stage, while most of the material is still only being prepared and sorted,

it is not possible with any reliability to draw from it conclusions as to the general nature of

the insect-fauna of the Seychelles. That many new forms are contained in the collection

is, however, quite certain. Those groups which have already been cursorily examined,

or worked out, by specialists, show a considerable proportion of new species and in some

cases of new genera. There are some groups, such as the Trichoptera, of which no species

had previously been described or recorded from the archipelago. Of some other divisions,

such as the Diptera and small parasitic Hymenoptera, extremely few have hitherto been

obtained from the Seychelles: during the expedition which is the subject of this paper,

large numbers of specimens of these groups were obtained, including many forms new to

the islands, and to science. In the case of certain other orders (Orthoptera, Coleoptera) a

considerable number of species had already been collected by the well-known French

entomologist Monsieur Charles Alluaud, who visited the islands in 1892, and from the

results of whose expedition knowledge of the entomology of the Seychelles has been chiefly

drawn: but even in these cases, owing to the much longer time spent by me in the islands

and the great facilities for reaching the best collecting-grounds, there will doubtless be

large additions to the list of the Seychelles fauna.

38 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION ,

The total number of specimens collected can be only very roughly guessed at, but

is probably somewhere over 50,000. Many species are represented by large series of

specimens. It is intended to place a set of specimens, including types of new species, in

the British Museum, and to retain as complete a set as possible, with co-types whenever they

are present, in the Cambridge University Museum. The majority of the specimens were

got in the Seychelles, mostly from the mountain-forests, in the above described expedition

of 1908—9: but the collection includes some thousands of insects obtained by Mr J. OC. F.

Fryer in the coral-atoll of Aldabra (1908—9), and also a considerable number of specimens

collected by the H.M.S. “Sealark” Expedition under Professor J. Stanley Gardiner in

1905, in the Seychelles, Amirantes, and other islands in this region. Even a first glance

is enough to show that the insect-fauna of Aldabra presents a decidedly different facies

to that of the Seychelles, which might be expected from the very different nature and

geographical position of the two places.

The usual difficulties connected with the collecting and preservation of insects in

a hot and very damp climate were experienced. Large quantities of crude carbolic acid

had to be used, to keep away mould, Psocidve, ants, ete. Damp proved to be about the

worst enemy, mould even once appearing on some moths in a box which had already been

heavily carbolised, though not sufficiently for such a climate. Several instalments of

specimens were sent to England in advance, to get them sooner out of the climate. While

staying at Cascade I more than once placed storeboxes full of specimens for a short time

in the house which is used for drying vanilla and other spices grown on the estate: this

treatment seemed beneficial in warding off the evil effects of damp. Almost all the Dipterous

and Neuropterous insects, and many other specimens besides, were pinned in the islands,

pins of solid silver wire being employed in order to avoid the corrosion which sets in very

rapidly if ordinary entomological pins are used. The great bulk of specimens, including

almost all the Coleoptera, Hymenoptera and many Orthoptera, etc., were packed in

sawdust.

The collections made should be thoroughly representative of the insect-fauna of

the Seychelles. Many more species, however, doubtless remain to be discovered in this

archipelago, which, considering its small size and isolated position, appears to be so rich

in insect-life. Owing to the clearing of the lower forests and the great reduction of the

areas covered by endemic vegetation generally, many native insects have probably become

extremely rare or even extinct. The statement about the representative nature of the

material applies particularly to that collected in the endemic mountain-forests of Mahé

and Silhouette. They are by far the most important collecting-grounds, and to them

I devoted by far the greater part of my time, camping either in or very near to them,

going over the ground as thoroughly as possible, and in some cases returning often to the

same area and searching it minutely. It may be hoped that the entomological investigation

of these forests will be proved to approach somewhere near to completeness. The same

cannot be said with regard to the marshes near the coasts of Mahé, nor to the island

of Praslin. Time did not permit of my doing more than just touching on these places.

Praslin above all would probably repay richly minute investigation, both of the remaining

patches of its highly peculiar native forest, and perhaps also of certain marshy areas.

EIGHT MONTHS’ COLLECTING IN THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS, 1908—1909 39

Further search also might well be made in the forest on the islands of Félicité and Marie

Anne.

My stay in Seychelles extended through most of the year. From July till the end

of September it fell within the season of the south-east wind, the coolest and least wet

portion of the year: and it included the calmer, hotter, and often wetter, months from

October to March. But I missed April, May, and June, when there is, as I am informed,

an extremely hot and calm period preceding the commencement of the south-east wind:

it is possible that careful search might reveal the existence of some special forms of insect-

life appearing only at that season. The work of collecting allowed me scarcely any

leisure for examining into the life-histories and habits of the native insects: therefore it

is hardly necessary to add that in this direction a big field of enquiry lies almost untouched.

Lastly, it is a great pleasure to me to express my gratitude for the kindness of

the many people in the Seychelles, who have aided me in my task in different

ways. I am especially indebted to the Governor of the Colony, His Excellency W. E.

Davidson, C.M.G., for many facilities granted to me in my work, particularly in the

matter of passing from one island to another. I have already stated, in connection with

particular localities visited, how much I owe to Mr H. P. Thomasset, and to Monsieur

E. Dauban. My best thanks are also due to Mr R. P. Dupont, Curator of the Botanic

Station in Mahé, for acting as my guide and companion on more than one occasion, and

for much valuable information about the local flora: and to Mr H. A. Pare, Mr de Gaye,

and others who in various ways have contributed to render delightful my whole sojourn

in the Seychelles.

No. I1J.—TRICHOPTERA.

Von GeorG Utmer, HAmpBure.

(MirceTEILt von Pror. J. Stantey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(Tafeln 3 und 4.)

Gelesen den 2, Dezember 1909.

Mr Hueu Scorr hatte die Freundlichkeit, mir die von ihm auf den Seychellen

gesammelten Trichopteren zur Bearbeitung anzubieten. Gleichzeitig gab er mir von

seiner Reise und den von ihm besuchten Inseln einen kurzen, interessanten Bericht, von

dem das fiir die Trichopteren Wichtigste hier wiederholt sein mag.

Nachdem schon im Jahre 1905 Mr J. Stanley Gardiner*, Cambridge, die Seychellen

besucht hatte, unternahm dieser Herr im Jahre 1908 eine zweite liingere Expedition,

wihrend welcher er 3 Monate lang auf den Inseln hauptsiichlich botanisch und geologisch

titig war; sein Begleiter, Mr Hugh Scott, weilte sogar 8 Monate dort und sammelte

wahrend der ganzen Zeit die Insekten jener eigenartigen Insel-Fauna.

Die Seychellen bestehen aus Granit und sind sehr gebirgig; die Abhinge sind sehr

steil, und die Berge steigen bis auf 2000 Fuss und mehr iiber dem Meere auf; der héchste

Berg ist 2990 Fuss hoch. Die hodheren Bergregionen sind mit prichtigem Tropenwald

bedeckt, der fast giinzlich aus solchen Pflanzen besteht, die nur den Seychellen eigen sind,

sowohl der Species wie dem Genus nacht; so sind z. B. auf dieser Inselgruppe 5 Arten

Palmen gefunden worden, die jede eine besondere Gattung bilden und die nur _ hier

vorkommen. Die Bergwiilder sind ausserordentlich feucht, der Regenfall ist sehr gross ;

die héchsten Spitzen sind oft in Wolken und Nebel gehiillt. Die niedrigeren Regionen

bilden cultiviertes Land. So sind rings an den Kiisten und ins Gebirge oft mehrere

100 Fuss aufsteigend, Anpflanzungen der Cocospalme vorhanden ; noch héher hinauf' findet

sich z. B. die Vanille in Kultur, und noch viele Kulturpflanzen mehr sind von anderen

tropischen Liindern eingefiihrt worden; einige dieser Pflanzen, wie z B. der Zimtbaum

von Ceylon, sind verwildert und bilden jetzt einen Teil der gemischten Bestiinde des

Bergwaldes in den mittleren Regionen.

Die Trichopteren wurden siimtlich in den gebirgigen Partien der beiden Inseln

Mahé und Silhouette gesammelt—und zwar teils an sumpfigen Stellen, teils an Biichen

in Héhen von ca. 1000 bis 1500 Fuss. Genauere Angaben iiber die Lokalitiiten findet

man bei den einzelnen Arten.—War ich schon erfreut, tiberhaupt einmal von jener

* Mr J. Stanley Gardiner hielt iiber seine Reise vor der Royal Geographical Society einen Vortrag, der

in The Geographical Journal fiir Februar 1907 publiziert wurde. Mr Hugh Scott gab mir Gelegenheit,

diese Arbeit kennen zu lernen.

+ Ich fiihre diese Tatsache an, weil sich fiir die Trichopteren etwas Ahnliches herausgestellt hat.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 6

42 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Inselgruppe, die bisher noch gar keine Trichopteren fiir die Sammlungen geliefert hatte,

diese Insekten zu sehen, so war ich sogar iiberrascht, als ich mit der Bearbeitung begann.

Schon Mr Scott hatte das Material in Gruppen zusammengestellt, und bei der niheren

Untersuchung ergaben sich 6 Arten, simtlich unbekannt, ja noch mehr: diese 6 Arten

erwiesen sich als zu ebensovielen Gattungen gehérig, von denen 4 vollkommen neu sind

und ein ganz eigenartiges Gepriige aufweisen, wihrend nur 2 Genera (Hydromanicus

und Henomus) seit langem bekannt sind.

Hinsichtlich der genaueren Beschreibung verweise ich auf die folgenden Seiten,

ich méchte aber doch hier einige Bemerkungen, besonders tiber die neuen Genera

vorausschicken.

Wahrscheinlich ziemlich nahe stehen sich die beiden Gattungen Leptodermatopteryx

(n. g.) und Hughscottiella (n. g.); beide hiitte man zu den Leptoceride im weit. Sinne

(McLachlan) zu rechnen ; darauf weisen die langen Fiihler, die Maxillartaster, die diinnen

Beine, der Bau der Genitalorgane des ¢ hin; aber es ist recht schwierig, sie in unser

neues System, das die Leptoceridee (s.1.) ja in 4 Familien (Molannidz, Leptoceridee,

Odontoceridze, Calamoceratidee) trennt, einzuordnen; ohne weiteres scheiden die

Molanniden (wegen ihrer unregelmiissigen Nervatur etc.) und die Calamoceratiden (die —

eine Medianzelle im Vorderfliigel besitzen) aus. Von den Leptoceriden kommen die

zahlreichen Gattungen der Leptocerine nicht in Betracht, da sie u. a. nie eine

geschlossene Discoidalzelle im Hinterfliigel besitzen; entscheiden miisste man sich also

zwischen den Triplectidinze (Unterfamilie der Leptoceridsee) und den Odontoceride ; ich

méchte annehmen, dass die beiden genannten Gattungen den letzteren angehéren, und

zwar deshalb, weil in allen Fliigeln die Endgabel 2 vorhanden ist und weil wenigstens in je

einem Fliigelpaar (bei Leptodermatopteryx im Vorderfliigel, bei Hughscottiella im Hinter-

fliigel) der Radius in den ersten Apicalsektor miindet; allerdings spricht gegen die

Annahme der Zugehorigkeit zu den Odontoceriden die Tatsache, dass bei Hughscottiella*

die Nervatur in den Geschlechtern gleich ist, wiihrend die bekannten Odontoceriden-

Genera siimtlich sexuelle Differenzen in der Nervatur aufweisen. Leptodermatopterya

wiirde ganz gut in die Nihe von Marilia Fr. Mill. gebracht werden kénnen (vgl. besonders

die Beziehungen des Radius und des Apicalsector I zueinander und ferner die undeutliche

Analader unter der Thyridiumzelle, beides im Vorderfliigel); Hughscottiella dagegen

kénnte ich augenblicklich keiner bekannten Gattung an die Seite stellen ; der Entwickelung

der Nervatur nach miisste sie noch vor Marilia zu stehen kommen ; gewisse Ahnlichkeiten

in der Aderung zeigen sich bei Psilopsyche Ulm. und ferner bei einer Trichoptere

(Electropsilotes, n. g.) aus dem Baltischen Bernstein (K 3076, Coll. Klebs-Kénigsberg) ;

doch ist in diesen Gattungen die Nervatur viel reicher und teilweise auch in anderem

Sinne entwickelt.

Zu den Polycentropidee gehért ohne Zweifel die neue Gattung Cyrnodes, die ich

in die Nihe von Cyrnus Steph. stelle, die aber noch einfachere Nervatur besitzt und wohl

die kleinste bisher bekannte Art der Polycentropine darstellt ; héchst merkwiirdig ist das

Fehlen der Gabel 3 im Vorderfliigel, die sonst allen Genera der Polycentropiden eigen ist.

* Von Leptodermatopteryx ist kein @ in dem Material vorhanden.

ULMER—TRICHOPTERA 43

Und nun die in gewissem Sinne merkwiirdigste der 4 neuen Gattungen : Petrotrichia ;

dies Insekt ist dem Habitus nach vollstiindig eine Hydroptilide (aus der Verwandtschaft

von Mortoniella Ulm. und Protoptila Banks, hat auch wie diese beiden keine verdickten

Haare auf den Fliigeln), aber die $% besitzen dreigliedrige (!) Maxillartaster, die $9

fiinfgliedrige. Trotzdem méchte ich Petrotrichia zu den Hydroptiliden stellen—und in

diesem Zusammenhange daran erinnern, dass ein Limnophiliden-Genus (Thamastes Hag.)

in tihnlicher Weise ‘“‘contra leges naturee” (wie MacLachlan sagt) handelt; dort hat

niimlich das ¢ dreigliedrige Taster, obgleich die Fiinfgliedrigkeit hier im weiblichen

Geschlechte (wie bei den Hydroptiliden in beiden Geschlechtern) die Norm ist.—Die jetzt

noch nicht erwihnten letzten beiden Arten (Hydromanicus seychellensis, n. sp. und

Ecnomus insularis, n. sp.) bieten nichts Besonderes, zeigen aber wenigstens, dass die

Seychellen nicht nur endemische Gattungen aufweisen, sondern auch solche, die weite

Verbreitung besitzen.

Es wiire nutzlos, nach Beziehungen zu suchen zwischen den Trichopteren — der

Seychellen und denen niiher oder weiter entfernter Gebiete. Die 4 neuen Gattungen

stehen, wie erwiihnt, ganz isoliert da. Von den beiden anderen Gattungen, die noch durch

je eine Art vertreten sind, findet sich Hydromanicus mit zahlreichen Arten im indo-

malayischen—und mit einer Art im chinesisch-japanischen Gebiete ; Hcenomus findet sich

mit 2 Arten im eurasiatischen Gebiete und mit je einer Art im Kongostaate und auf Java.

Mr Hugh Scott méchte ich auch an dieser Stelle herzlichen Dank aussprechen fiir die

Erlaubnis, einen nicht unbetrichtlichen Teil seines Materials fiir meine Sammlung

guriickbehalten zu diirfen. Die Hauptmasse seiner Collection wird in den Museen von

Cambridge und London auf bewahrt werden.

Fam. Hydroptilide.

PETROTRICHIA, vn. g.

Spornzahl 0, 2, 4; Innensporne liinger als Aussensporne, besonders an der Mitteltibie ;

Subapicalsporne der Hintertibie etwa am Ende des zweiten Drittels; Beine kviiftig,

Hinterbeine am liingsten. Kopf mit einer medianen Lingsfurche und mit drei nicht

sehr grossen Warzen (je eine zwischen den Fiihlern und innen neben den Augen).

Ocellen fehlend. Fiihler so lang oder ganz wenig linger als der Vorderfliigel, stark

behaart, recht diinn, distal verschmiilert, nur das Basalglied, welches mindestens so lang ist

wie der Kopf, dicker (Fig. 1); Maxillartaster des ¢ dreigliedrig (Fig. la), das erste Glied

sehr kurz, das zweite etwa dreimal so lang, das dritte noch betriichtlich linger ;

Maxillartaster des ? (Fig. 1b) fiinfgliedrig ; das erste Glied kurz, das zweite am liingsten, das

dritte das kiirzeste, das vierte Glied etwas linger als das dritte, das fiinfte noch liinger ;

die beiden letzten Glieder, besonders das fiinfte, diinner als die tibrigen. Labialtaster kurz,

die drei Glieder an Liinge zunehmend; Behaarung aller Taster dicht, aber nicht lang.

Fliigel dicht behaart, aber recht glatt, ohne aufgerichtete verdickte Haare; Vorderfliigel

(Fig. 2, 3) lang und schmal, fast gleichbreit, am Apex stumpf vorgezogen ; die Nervatur

wird (ebenso wie am Hinterfliigel) erst nach Entfernung der Haarbedeckung sichtbar ;

Subcosta gegeniiber der Anastomose in den Costalrand miindend, Radius betriichtlich

6—2

44 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

linger. Discoidalzelle geschlossen, lang; Thyridiumzelle sehr lang, geschlossen ;

Anastomose vollstindig; nur Endgabel 1 vorhanden; Media nur einfach gegabelt ;

Cubitus beim ? ganz ungeteilt, beim ? gegabelt ; die erste Analader in der Anastomose-

Region mit dem Cubitus vereinigt ; keine Apicalzelle gestielt ; Zahl der Apicaladern beim

36, beim $7. Hinterfliigel (Fig. 2) kiirzer und noch viel schmiiler als der Vorderfliigel,

etwas spitzer, der Costalrand hinter der schwach vorgezogenen Mitte etwas concav ;

Subcosta und Radius von der Mitte an miteinander verschmolzen; Discoidalzelle und

siimtliche Endgabeln fehlend; Sector radii nur einmal gegabelt, Media und Cubitus

gar nicht ; Randwimpern des Vorderfliigels ungefiihr ? so lang, die des Hinterfliigels etwa

14mal so lang wie die Fliigelbreite. Genitalanhiinge des ¢ (s.w.u.) mit zwei grossen

Klauen.

1. Petrotrichia palpalis, n. sp.

Kopf graubraun, auf den Warzen schwarz und lang behaart, zwischen den Fiihlern

manchmal schneeweiss behaart. Fiihler schwarz, mit schwarzen Haaren, die am

Basalgliede (Fig. 1) recht lang sind. Taster gelb, manchmal hellgelb oder beim ? schwach

rétlich, mit gelben Hiirchen ; unter den Augen ein Biischel schwarzer Haare. Brust oben

heller oder dunkler braun, mit schwarzen Haaren; Unterfliiche der Brust heller,

gelbbriiunlich, beim ? oftmals rotlich; Hinterleib braun oder dunkelbraun mit rétlichem

Tone, beim ¢ ganz rot. Hiiften aller Beine wie die Brust gefiirbt (gelbbriiunlich bis

rotlich) ; Schenkel gelb, nur am Apex angedunkelt ; Schienen und Tarsen schwarzbraun,

schwarz behaart, doch sind am Mittelbein die ersten 2 bis 3 Tarsalglieder rein gelb, und die

Tarsalglieder des Hinterbeines sind an den Articulationen manchmal schmal gelb geringelt.

Fliigel grauschwarz ; die Vorderfliigel durch die dichtere und liingere schwarze Behaarung

etwas dunkler als die Hinterfliigel, mit drei schneeweissen oder silberweissen Haarflecken*

von denen der grésste eine breite Querbinde in der Anastomose-Region _ bildet,

den Hinterrand aber nicht erreichend ; die zweite Makel ist die kleinste und liegt am

Hinterrande in der Mitte, am Ende der Analader; die dritte Makel ist fast so gross

wie die erste, ist rundlich und liegt an der Fliigelbasis; Adern und Randwimpern schwarz;

nur dort, wo die erste Makel den Costalrand und die zweite den Postcostalrand beriihrt,

sind einige weisse Randwimpern.—Die Genitalorgane des ¢ sind nur nach Behandlung mit

Kali- oder Natronlauge und nach Aufhellung in Nelkendl deutlich erkennbar ; ohne diese

Manipulation sieht man an den Tieren ein Paar starker hakenférmig ventral gebogener

Klauen (Fig. 4a) und ein Paar seitlich davon stehender lappenartiger, stark behaarter

Anhiinge. Im mikroskopischen Priiparate (Fig. 4b) sind diese Teile durch den Druck des

Deckglases etwas verschoben; die starken Klauen ragen am weitesten vor; die

lappenartigen stark behaarten Anhiinge sind distal schwach keulenartig verdickt und

lateral gerichtet ; an ibrer Basis gehen sie in je einen ziemlich spitz endigenden Fortsatz

iiber, der distal gerichtet ist und am Ende eine Borste triigt ; diese beiden Fortsiitze sind

an der Basis verbreitert und dort miteinander verwachsen. Unter einer am Hinterrande

tief spitzwinklich ausgeschnittenen Membran liegt der breite gerade Penis.—Das Hinter-

* | Exemplar (No. 104, 3) zeigt diese weissen Haarflecke nicht; es ist wohl noch nicht ausgefarbt

oder aber abgerieben ; die Genitalien sind ohne Praparation nicht erkennbar.

ULMER—TRICHOPTERA 45

leibsende des ? ist stumpf und ohne Anhiinge. Am V. Segment bei und ? ein ventraler

Zahn. Kérperliinge des ¢ 2 mm., des ? 24 mm.; Fliigelspannung des ¢ 5 bis 6 mm.,

des ? 7} mm.

Material: 11 2%, 8 22; davon 4 $2, “Mahé, Cascade Estate about 800 feet, XII.

1908”; 7 #3, 8 29, “ Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet, I. 1909.” Von

diesen letzteren schreibt Mr Hugh Scott mir: Hunderte von Exemplaren liefen mit

erosser Schnelligkeit auf den Felsen eines kleinen tief eingeschnittenen Gebirgsbaches ;

sehr viele Stiicke wurden auch mit dem Netz von den Biischen gestreift, die iiber das

Wasser hinragten; die Zeit des Fanges war 4 h. Nachmittags.

Fam. Polycentropide.

CYRNODES, n. ¢

Spornzahl 3, 4, 4; Innensporne linger als Aussensporne; der Subapicalsporn der

Vordertibie steht basal von der Mitte; die Subapicalsporne der Mitteltibie stehen noch

weiter basal, etwa am Ende des ersten Drittels, und die der Hintertibie etwas distal

von der Mitte; Hinterbeine linger als Mittelbeine ; Tibie und Tarsen (diese schwicher) des

Mittelbeines beim ? deutlich erweitert. Kopf oben sehr dicht behaart ; nach Entfernung

der Kopfhaare sieht man in der hinteren Partie innen neben den Augen je eine grosse

dreieckige (basal verbreiterte) Warze und eine kleine Warze zwischen den Fiihlern; die

Kopfiliiche ist gew6lbt und durch die etwas vertiefte Mittelnaht geteilt. Ocellen fehlend.

Augen normal, klein. Fiihler so lang wie der Vorderfliigel, ziemlich diinn, innen nicht

gekerbt (héchstens am distalen Ende ganz schwach); die einzelnen Glieder der zweiten

Hilfte etwa doppelt so lang wie breit; das erste Glied kurz und wenig dicker als die

folgenden. Maxillartaster mit zwei sehr kurzen Grundgliedern ; das dritte Glied linger

als die beiden ersten zusammen, das vierte etwas kiirzer, und das fiinfte Glied etwas

linger als das dritte ; fiinftes Glied deutlich gegliedert. Labialtaster sehr klein, das dritte

Glied am lingsten, gegliedert. Fliigel (Fig. 5) schmal; Vorderfliigel apical kaum ver-

breitert, am Apex stark rundlich ; Costalraum breit (besonders basal von der deutlichen

additionellen Querader), Postcostalraum aber sehr schmal; Subcosta etwas geschwungen,

Radius ihr sehr nahe, beide Adern durch eine kurze Querader miteinander verbunden (der

Basis der Discoidalzelle gegeniiber); Discoidalzelle normal, so lang wie ihr Stiel,

geschlossen ; Medianzelle liinger und etwas schmiiler, viel weiter apical, aber nicht so weit

basal reichend wie die Discoidalzelle ; Thyridiumzelle viel linger als die Discoidalzelle, die

Basis der Medianzelle erreichend ; nur Gabeln 2, 4, 5 vorhanden; 8 Apicaladern; Gabel 2

kurz gestielt, Gabel 4 sitzend, aber spitz, Gabel 5 lang gestielt. Hinterfliigel kiirzer und

schmiiler als der Vorderfliigel; der Costalrand gerade (sehr schwach coneav), der

Costalraum sehr schmal; Subcosta und Radius miteinander verschmolzen; Discoidalzelle

offen, nur Gabeln 2, 5 vorhanden, beide gestielt; 7 Apicaladern; zwischen Media und

Cubitus keine Querader ; nur zwei lange Analadern. Genitalfiisse des 2 (s.w.u.) lang, am

Ende verbreitert ; ? ohne Legeréhre.

Die Gattung ist mit Cyrnus Steph. und Nyctiophylax Brau. am niichsten verwandt ;

von diesen und allen andern Polycentropiden unterscheidet sie sich durch das Fehlen der

46 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Endgabel 3 im Vorderfliigel und durch nur 2 Analadern im Hinterfliigel, der sonst

mindestens 3 lange Analadern aufweist.

2. Cyrnodes scotti, n. sp.

Kopf graugelb mit graugelben, teilweise etwas dunkleren Haaren. Fiihler gelb,

schwach dunkler geringelt. Taster dunkelgrau oder graubraun, ebenso behaart. Dorsal-

fliiche der Brust graugelb (etwas dunkler als der Kopf) oder (beim 2) briiunlich ; Behaarung

wie auf dem Kopfe; Ventralfliiche der Brust manchmal reiner gelb. Hinterleib dunkelgrau,

in der basalen Hiilfte (%) gelblich; beim ? ganz dunkel, mehr briiunlich. Beine gelblich,

die Schienen und Tarsen angedunkelt, besonders beim . _Membran der Vorderfliigel grau,

schwach irisierend, mit nicht sehr dichten grauschwarzen Haaren und ebenso gefirbten

Randwimpern ; die Adern kaum dunkler als die Membran; Hinterfliigel etwas heller

als die Vorderfliigel, etwas stiirker irisierend, weniger dicht behaart, die Adern etwas

deutlicher ; die Randwimpern grauschwarz, am Innenwinkel linger und heller.—Beim

fist das VIII. Tergit (Fig. 6) in der Mitte des Hinterrandes stark, fast halbkreisférmig,

vorgezogen ; die Riickenschuppe des X. Segments (Fig. 6) ist gross; die distale Hiilfte ist

durch je einen seitlichen scharfen Einschnitt von der bedeutend breiteren proximalen

Hiilfte, die in eine scharfe Ecke vorspringt, abgesetzt ; die distale Hiilfte ist lappenférmig,

stumpfdreieckig ; in Lateralansicht (Fig. 7) ist die Rtickenschuppe an der Basis sehr dick,

triigt dort einen kleinen ventralen, dorsal gebogenen Haken jederseits und ist am Ende

abwiirts gebogen ; die Mitte des Ventralrandes ist anscheinend in einen allmiihlich sich

verjiingenden, langen ventral gerichteten Fortsatz ausgezogen. Die Genitalfiisse (Fig. 6, 7)

sind lang und schmal, in Dorsalansicht (Fig. 6) am Ende deutlich beilformig verbreitert und

dort an der medianen Analecke mit einem langen Haarbiischel besetzt ; in Lateralansicht

(Fig. 7) erscheinen die Genitalfiisse ganz gerade, das Ende ist etwas verbreitert und schwach

ventral gebogen. Appendices praeanales fehlen wohl.

Korperliinge: 2 bis 2,3 mm. (¢), 3,8 mm. (?); Linge des Vorderfliigels beim ¢

3—3,8 mm., beim ¢ 4,1 mm.; Fliigelspannung des $ also ca. 7—8 mm., des 2 9 mm.

Material: 2 22,192: 12 und 1 &, “ Mahé, from a marshy hollow near Morne Blane,

about 800 feet, XI. 1908.” 1 2, “ Mahé Island, Cascade Estate, 800 feet, I.—III. 1909.”

—Siehe dazu die Fundorts-Bemerkung bei Hydromanicus (w.u.).

3. Henomus insularis, n. sp.

In Grésse und Firbung von den bisher bekannten vier Arten der Gattung Henomus

(E. tenellus Ramb., E. deceptor McLach., E. tropicus Ulm., E. obtusus Ulm.) nicht ver-

schieden, die Unterschiede liegen in den Genitalien des ¢ (s.w.u.). Kérper oben braun oder

gelbbraun, unten gelblich ; Hinterleib meist dunkler als Kopf und Brust ; Behaarung weiss-

gelblich. Fiihler gelb, braun geringelt, in der basalen Partie sind die Ringe schmal, nach

dem Ende hin oft breiter. Taster gelblich oder graugelb, aussen dunkler ; erstes Glied der

Maxillartaster sehr kurz, zweites linger, drittes liinger als das zweite, viertes Ghed noch

linger ; das fiinfte Glied ist so lang wie die vier ersten Glieder zusammen. Beine hellgelb,

aussen manchmal dunkel (braun); oft die Tarsen (und manchmal auch die Tibien) auf

hellem Grunde dunkel geringelt—oder der helle Grund ist bis auf schmale Ringe an den

Artikulationen durch dunkle Fiirbung fast ganz verdeckt. Vorderfliigel mit hellgrauer

ULMER—TRICHOPTERA 47

Membran, dunkelbraun behaart, dicht mit hellgoldigen Punkten, die zum Teil zusammen-

fliessen, besiit ; am Apicalrande und am Costalrande eme Reihe dunkler mit hellen Partien

abwechselnder Punkte ; Adern nicht dunkler als die Membran ; Randwimpern graubraun

oder braun, mit helleren Unterbrechungen. Hinterfliigel hellgrau (selten dunkler grau,

mit heller (oder dunkler) briiunlichen Adern und gelblichgrauen Randwimpern. Fliigelform

und Nervatur (siehe Fig. 8) wie bei den bekannten Arten; die Thyridiumzelle erreicht

nicht ganz die Medianzelle (bei allen 7 Exemplaren).—Beim ¢ ist der Hinterrand des

letzten sichtbaren Tergits (IX.?) halbkreisformig vorgezogen (Fig. 9); die Appendices

praeanales sind sehr gross, in Dorsalansicht (Fig. 9) mit lingerem Lateralrande, die laterale

Analecke also vorgezogen und der Analrand schief; die Mediankante triigt einige stiirkere

Borsten, die Lateralkante an der Basis einen kleinen stumpfen Hocker ; in Lateralansicht

(Fig. 10) erscheinen die Appendices etwas schmiler, distal schwach verengt ; die Genital-

fiisse sind den Appendices meist dicht angelegt (wie in den friiher bekannten Arten) ;

in Dorsalansicht werden sie von den Appendices verdeckt, sie sind also nicht linger als

diese; sie bestehen aus zwei deutlich voneinander abgesetzten Gliedern (Fig. 10); das

Basalglied verschmiilert sich distalwirts; das Endglied ist in dorsaler Richtung stark

verbreitert, etwa doppelt so lang wie breit, an der Basis aber nur so schmal wie das

Basalglied, von dort an mit aufsteigendem Dorsalrande ; beide Analecken abgerundet ; der

Analrand ist verdickt, etwas concav und rinnenartig vertieft ; die Innenfliche der Genital-

fiisse ist ausgehdhlt, besonders das Endglied; in Lateralansicht erscheint unter dem

Genitalfuss das Ende des auch in Dorsalansicht zwischen den Appendices sichtbaren

schmalen Penis.—An dem Hinterleibsende des ? hingt Laich in Form einer Kierschnur.

K6rperliinge : 3,3 bis 3,5 mm. (f), 4 mm. (?); Liinge des Vorderfliigels beim ¢: 4 bis

4,5 mm., beim ? 5 mm.; Fliigelspannung des ¢: 9 bis 10 mm., des ¢ 105 mm.

Material: 5 23,12: 3 2% und 1 9, “Silhouette, plateau of Mare aux Cochons, about

1000 feet, IX. 1908”; 2 a%: ‘“‘Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800 feet, I—III. 1909.” Die

Exemplare von Silhouette Island wurden bei Tage von Gras, Farnkriiutern und Biischen

mit dem Netz abgestreift; die Lokalitiit ist ein sumpfiges Plateau mit nur niedriger

Vegetation.

Fam. Hydropsychide.

4. Hydromanicus seychellensis, n. sp.

Kopf gelblich bis graugelb; Behaarung gelblich, auf den grossen Kopfwarzen aber

(eine zwischen den Fiihlern und zwei innen neben den Augen) mit liingeren schwarzbraunen

Haaren. Fiihler so lang wie der Vorderfliigel, beim ? etwas kiirzer als dieser; beim $

etwas dicker als beim ¢; gelb, an den Artikulationen schwarzbraun geringelt, beim

sehr kriiftig ausgepriigte Ringelung, beim ¢ recht unscheinbare. Maxillartaster graugelb,

mit dunkelgrauen bis fast schwiirzlichen Hiirchen ; nur am Ende des zweiten Gliedes nach

innen zu gelbe stiirkere Hiirchen; erstes Glied sehr kurz, versteckt ; die folgenden drei

Glieder etwa gleichlang, das vierte etwas linger als das dritte; fiinftes Glied gegliedert,

etwas linger als die vier vorhergehenden zusammen, Labialtaster so gefiirbt wie die

Maxillartaster, die drei Glieder an Linge zunehmend. Pronotum wie der Kopf gefiirbt

und behaart. Mesonotum und Metanotum braun, ersteres an den Seiten oft dunkler ;

48 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Behaarung des Mesonotum (an den Schultern und auf zwei Langsstreifen neben der

Mittelnaht) gelb, mit wenigen schwiirzlichen Haaren. Unterfliiche der Brust und

die Beine gelb oder graugelb; die Schienen, besonders der Mittel- und Hinterbeine

des ¢ (beim 2 weniger), aussen dunkel; Behaarung der Beine sehr kurz, gelb, auf den

dunklen Tibien aber schwiirzlich ; Spornzahl 2, 4, 4; Innensporne linger als Aussensporne ;

die Subapicalsporne der Mitteltibie stehen am Ende des ersten Drittels, die der Hintertibie

weit distal von der Mitte, fast am Ende des zweiten Drittels. Mittelbeine des ? nicht

erweitert (Tibien und erste Tarsalglieder kaum merkbar verflacht) ; Krallen des # normal.

Fliigel (Fig. 11) ziemlich breit und kurz ; Vorderfliigel apicalwiirts deutlich verbreitert, am

Apex stumpf; Membran grau bis dunkelgrau, dicht goldiggelb behaart (glatt) und mit

mehr oder weniger zahlreichen schwarzbraunen Punkten geziert, die wenn zahlreicher

vorhanden, meist in Querreihen angeordnet sind und dann teilweise zusammenfliessen ;

nahe dem Apicalrande sind diese Punkte, wenn sie im tibrigen auch fast alle fehlen,

stets vorhanden ; die ?? sind im allgemeinen weniger gefleckt als die $¢, doch ist ein ?

(Mahé, 120) genau so gezeichnet wie die $f desselben Fundortes ; die Randwimpern sind

kurz, gelb, am Apicalrande schwarzbraun und gelb abwechselnd ; die Adern treten nicht

hervor. Hinterfliigel kiirzer und etwas schmiiler als der Vorderfliigel ; mit dunkelgrauer

bis schwiirzlichgrauer Membran, schwiirzlichen Haaren, Randwimpern und Adern ; letztere

treten deutlich auf der Membran hervor; die Behaarung ist am Apex und am Hinterrande

am dichtesten. Im Vorderfliigel (Fig. 11) ist keine additionelle Costalquerader vorhanden ;

zwischen Subcosta und Radius eine kurze Querader; ebenso zwischen Radius und Dis-

coidalzelle, diese geschlossen, die Querader sehr schief; Medianzelle so gross wie die

Discoidalzelle, etwas weiter basal liegend, Thyridiumzelle sehr lang, bis fast zur Mitte

der Medianzelle reichend; alle fiinf Endgabeln vorhanden, Gabel 1, 3, 5 gestielt; im

Hinterfliigel (Fig. 11) sind Subcosta und Radius vor ihrem Ende (kurz hinter der Dis-

coidalzelle) miteinander verschmolzen ; die Subcosta ist dem Costalrande (der Discoidalzelle

gegeniiber) sehr nahe ; Discoidalzelle geschlossen, auch hier die Querader ‘schief; Median-

zelle nicht geschlossen ; Gabeln 1, 2, 3, 5 vorhanden; Gabel 1 ausserordentlich kurz (sehr

lang gestielt), so dass man bei fliichtiger Betrachtung die Gabel sogar tibersehen kénnte ;

Stiel der Gabel 3 so lang wie die Gabel selbst ; Gabel 5 erreicht fast die Querader, ist also

sehr lang.—Hinterleib schwiirzlich, mit grauem Schimmer, die postsegmentalen Riinder .

und die Seitenlinie etwas heller; beim ? ist das Abdomen mehr briiunlich, aber auch sehr

dunkel. Genitalanhiinge des ¢ grésstenteils gelb; die Grenzlinie zwischen dem VIII.

(noch schwarzen) und IX. (schon gelben) Tergite verliuft unregelmiissig (Fig. 12); in der

Mitte zwischen beiden liegt eine querelliptische schiisselférmige flache Vertiefung; der

Hinterrand des IX. Tergits verliiuft bogenformig (convex) und ist in der Mitte in eimen

langen schmalen Fortsatz ausgezogen, der wie ein Kiel auf der Basis des X. Tergits

(Riickenschuppe) liegt, womit er fest verwachsen ist (Fig. 12); dieser kielformige Fortsatz

des IX. Tergits ist am Ende gerade (fast senkrecht) abgeschnitten (Fig. 13) und geht mit

einer rundlichen Ausbuchtung (die nicht immer so tief ist wie in der Figur gezeichnet) in

das X. Tergit iiber; dieses letztere (Fig. 12, 13) ist sehr breit, hat kurz hinter der Basis

je einen grossen rundlichen lateralen Ausschnitt und sein Hinterrand ist winklig einge-

schnitten, so dass die beiden Analecken vorragen ; die distale Hilfte der Riickenschuppe

ULMER—TRICHOPTERA 49

ist wiederum schiisselartig ausgehohlt, fast hiutig, wiihrend die Seitenrinder, besonders in

der basalen Partie, dicker bleiben; die ganze Riickenschuppe ist ventral geneigt. Die

Genitalfiisse sind sehr lang, zweigliedrig, im ganzen etwa S-formig gekriimmt; das

Basalglied ist ktirzer und etwas dicker, dorsal gebogen (Fig. 13); das Endglied ist lateral

(Fig. 13) so breit wie das Grundglied, dorsal (Fig. 12) aber sehr schmal; sein Ende ist

stumpf abgeschnitten und concav, so dass 2 kleine Ziihne entstehen, von denen der

ventrale etwas grésser ist als der dorsale; die distale Hiilfte des Endgliedes ist

geschwiirzt und innen mit einer schwarzen Haarbiirste versehen (Fig. 12); der Penis

ist kriftig und ragt vor; in Dorsalansicht (Fig. 14) ist er vor dem Ende etwas ein-

geschniirt; am Apex ist er gespalten; in Lateralansicht (Fig. 13) endigt er stumpf,

rundlich.

Korperlinge: 443—5 mm. (2), 54—64 mm. (?); Liinge des Vorderfliigels beim ¢:

7—7,8 mm., beim ¢: 8—10 mm.; Fliigelspannung des #: 15—16 mm., des ¢:

17—214 mm.

Material: 10 23, 5 22; davon 10 23, 4 29, ‘ Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet,

I.—III. 1909”; 1 9, “ Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet, I. 1909.” Die

Exemplare von Cascade Estate flogen iiber einem Gebirgsbache im dichten Walde,

wiihrend des Tages; doch war die Lokalitiit schattig infolge des dichten und hohen

Pflanzenwuchses.

Fam. Odontoceride.

LEPTODERMATOPTERYX, ». g.

Spornzahl 0, 2, 2; Innensporne linger als Aussensporne ; Beine diinn, Hinterbeine

am liingsten. Kopf mit einer haarbesetzten Warze oben zwischen den Fiihlern und mit

zwei langen kielartigen Warzen, die von der Mitte der Augen in schriiger Richtung anal

verlaufen, sich auf dem Hinterhaupte fast berithrend ; der Raum zwischen den Kopfwarzen

glatt, von der vertieften Medianlinie geteilt. Fiihler doppelt so lang wie der Vorderfliigel,

sehr diinn; nur das erste Glied, das kiirzer ist als der Kopf, dick. Ocellen fehlend.

Augen klein, aber prominent. Maxillartaster zart, fiinfgliedrig; das erste Glied sehr

lang, das zweite ebenso lang (oder ganz wenig kiirzer), das dritte Glied etwa % so lang

wie das zweite, das vierte Glied kaum liinger als das dritte, und das fiinfte Glied etwas

linger als das vierte, aber kiirzer als das zweite ; das fiinfte Glied ist biegsam, aber nicht

gegliedert ; die Taster sind ziemlich dicht, kaum zottig, behaart. Labialtaster kurz und

zart ; das erste Glied sehr kurz, die beiden folgenden linger, unter sich gleich. Prothorax

klein; Mesonotum mit drei (einer medianen und zwei mehr lateralen) schwachen

Lingsfurchen. Fliigel (Fig. 15) sehr zart, lang und schmal; beide apicalwiirts stark

verschmiilert ; Vorderfliigel in der Arculus-Region, die von dem stark vorgezogenen

Apex weit entfernt liegt, am breitesten; der Postcostalrand bis zum Arculus concav ;

der Apicalrand convex, aber sehr schief; der Apex stumpfspitzig ; Discoidalzelle geschlos-

sen, liinglich, schmal, die erste Apicalzelle sehr kurz, die Discoidalzelle daher mit viel

lingerer costaler Begrenzung ; Stiel der Discoidalzelle fast doppelt so lang ; Thyridiumzelle

mehr als doppelt so lang und viel breiter als die Discoidalzelle, geschlossen, am distalen

Ende fast spitz, in der Mitte am breitesten, Media und Cubitus gebogen ; Endgabeln 1, 2,

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 7

50 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

4, 5 vorhanden; Zahl der Apicaladern 9 ; Gabel 1 sehr schmal, der erste Sektor nimmt

ungefihr in seiner Mitte den Radius auf; die Apicalzelle IV ist gestielt ; alle tibrigen

sind sitzend ; basal von der Gabel 5 bildet das Ende der (schon nahe der Basis vereinigten)

Analadern eine Gabel: iiber und nahe dieser Analader liiuft eine lange undeutliche Ader

(in der Figur punktiert) ; Fliigelbehaarung nicht sehr dicht, Randwimpern nur in der

Arculus-Region linger. Hinterfliigel viel kiirzer und ziemlich viel breiter als der

Vorderfliigel, mit stumpfspitzigem Apex ; Discoidalzelle auch geschlossen, kiirzer als im

Vorderfliigel ; nur Endgabeln 2, 5 vorhanden; Zahl der Apicaladern 7; wie im Vorder-

fliigel geht von der ersten Apicalader eine schiefe Querader zum Radius; die Subcosta ist

im Hinterfliigel mit dem Radius vor der genannten Querader vereinigt ; Apicalzelle IV

sehr kurz, also lang gestielt ; Gabel 5 an der Basis fast spitz; Behaarung des Hinterfliigels

ziemlich spiirlich, Randwimpern linger als im Vorderfliigel, besonders am Hinter- und

Innenrande.—Hinterleib diinn ; Genitalanhiinge des ¢ (s.w.u.) kurz, nur die Genitalfiisse

ziemlich lang.—? unbekannt ; wahrscheinlich wird das ? (wie das in der Fam. der

Odontoceriden immer* ist) eine etwas andere Nervatur (niimlich mehr Apicaladern)

besitzen._—Der niichste Verwandte ist vielleicht Marilia Fr. Mill.

5. Leptodermatopteryx tenuis, n. sp.

Der ganze Kérper oben hellbriiunlichgrau, das Ende des Hinterleibes dunkler, die

postsegmentalen Riinder des Abdomen wieder etwas heller; Unterfliiche des Kérpers

gelb, das Hinterleibsende wie auf der Dorsalfliiche. Behaarung auf Kopf und Brust

spirlich, grauweiss bis weisslich; auf dem Mesonotum stehen die Hiirchen in zwei

Reihen, zwischen der Mittellinie und den lateralen Furchen. Fiihler weisslichgelb, sehr

breit dunkelbraun geringelt (bis zum Apex hin); im allgemeien ist die proximale

Hiilfte jedes Gliedes hell, die distale dunkel ; doch nimmt die Grundfarbe vieler Glieder

einen geringeren Raum ein als die dunkle Ringelung. Taster gelblich, weisslich

behaart. Beine gelblich, die Hinterbeine etwas mehr grau, die Spitzen der Schienen

und Tarsalglieder (aller Beine) schwiirzlichbraun, die Tarsen im tibrigen weisslich ;

Hintertibien und die ersten zwei bis drei Tarsalglieder des Hinterbeines mit langen

weisslichen Haaren; diese Haare sind auf den Tibien am lingsten und stehen an der

Basis derselben zweizeilig. Membran aller Fliigel sehr zart, hellgrau, irisierend; Vorder-

fliigel mit zerstveuter gelber Behaarung ; Adern etwas dunkler als die Membran, schwach

briiunlich, die Adern der Anastomose deutlicher; Randwimpern grau, bei gewisser

Beleuchtung weisslichgrau, vom Apex bis zur Mitte des Hinterrandes ziemlich lang ;

Hinterfliigel noch weniger behaart, mit mehr grauen Haaren; Adern und Randwimpern

wie im Vorderfliigel gefiirbt ; Randwimpern vom Apex nach dem Innenwinkel hin immer

linger werdend.—Der Hinterleib des ¢ ist an den letzten Segmenten etwas verschmiilert,

die Genitalanhiinge sind klein. Vom IX. Tergit ist der Dorsalbogen kaum entwickelt,

sehr schmal (Fig. 16), die seitlichen Partien aber ragen vor. Die appendices praeanales

liegen nahe beieinander und sind schmal dreieckig, lang behaart (Fig. 16, 17); darunter

liegt der gerade Penis (Fig. 16, 16a), der vor seiner etwas verschmilerten Mitte ein Paar

(dorsal gesehen, Fig. 16a) diimner herabhingender und am Ende median gebogener

* Vol. aber Hughscottella !

ULMER—TRICHOPTERA on

Anhiinge besitzt; in Lateralansicht (Fig. 17) scheinen diese Anhiinge aus dicker Basis

sich zu verschmiilern ; die Genitalftisse sind etwas liinger als die appendices praeanales,

zweigliedrig (Fig. 16, 17); das zweite Glied ist ungefiihr ebenso lang wie das erste, aber

diinner, schwach median und dorsal gebogen, und zugespitzt; das Basalglied triigt lange

Haare.—? unbekannt.

K6rperlinge : 34—4 mm.; Linge des Vorderfliigels: 7}—9 mm.; Fliigelspannung :

154—184 mm.

Material: 30 $2, davon 13 ff “Mahé, Forest near Trois Fréres, 1500 feet, XII.

1908; from a marshy hollow containing banana trees”; 11 22, “ Mahé, from a marshy

hollow near Morne Blanc, about 800 feet, XI. 1908”; 2 2, ibidem; 4 #32, “ Mahé, Mare

aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet, I. 1909.” Diese Tiere erschienen bei Sonnenunter-

gang (um 6" abends) und tanzten z. T. in kleinen Gruppen in der Luft, etwa 2 bis

3 Fuss tiber dem sumpfigen, mit langem Gras, Bananenbiiumen und einer wilden Palme

(Stevensonia) besetzten Boden.

HUGHSCOTTIELLA, nu. g.

Spornzahl 2, 4, 4; der Aussensporn der Vordertibie ist nur dornférmig (sehr kurz) und

an den meisten Exemplaren nicht sichtbar; Innensporne auch der anderen Beine viel

linger als Aussensporne; die Subapicalsporne der Mitteltibie stehen dicht hinter der

Mitte, die der Hintertibie am Ende des zweiten Drittels; Beine lang und diinn, die

Tarsen schwach bedornt ; Hinterbeine nur so lang wie die Mittelbeine, da die Schenkel

der Hinterbeine kurz sind; Kopf mit einer Warze zwischen den Fiihlern, einer kleinen

je hinter der Fiihlerbasis, zwei grossen rundlichen innen neben den Augen und zwei

schmalen hinter den runden Warzen; Medianlinie des Kopfes nicht vertieft. Ocellen

fehlend. Augen des ? klein, normal, prominent, die des ¢ betriichtlich grésser, so dass

die Dersalfliiche des Kopfes beim f kleiner ist als beim ?. Fiihler fast 24mal so lang wie

der Vorderfliigel, sehr diinn, nur das Basalglied, das etwa halb so lang ist wie der Kopf,

dick. Maxillartaster ziemlich kriiftig, die beiden ersten Glieder kurz, das zweite etwas

linger als das erste Glied, das dritte noch liinger, das vierte Glied am liingsten (fast

doppelt so lang wie das dritte), das fiinfte (etwas biegsame, nicht gegliederte) Glied

wenig kiirzer als das vierte; Behaarung dicht und zottig, aber nicht lang. Labialtaster

klein, das erste Glied kurz, die folgenden an Linge zunehmend. Prothorax klein,

Mesonotum schwach gefurcht. Fliigel (Fig. 18) liinglich ; Vorderfliigel apicalwiirts kaum

verbreitert, mit schwach gerundetem Apicalrande und kaum vorgezogenem, stumpfem

Apex; Subcosta und Radius beide lang, nicht vereinigt, letzterer nicht mit dem ersten

Apicalsektor verbunden ; Discoidalzelle kurz, geschlossen ; ihr Stiel mehr als dreimal so

lang wie sie; die obere Begrenzung an der Stelle, von welcher die Querader zum Radius

entspringt, schwach gebrochen ; Thyridiumzelle sehr lang, schmal, am distalen Ende am

breitesten, Media und Cubitus nicht gebogen; nur Gabeln 1, 2 vorhanden, Zahl der

Apicaladern 7; die 4 Analadern sind in Gruppen von je 2 angeordnet, da je zwei der

Adern schon nahe der Basis zusammenfliessen; die beiden so entstehenden Hauptiiste

vereinigen sich kurz vor dem Fliigelrande und senden einen kurzen Ast zum letzten

ir .

7—2

52 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Apicalsektor (gleichsam eine falsche Gabel 5 bildend); Gabel 1 ist entweder sitzend,

spitz, oder kurz gestielt. Behaarung dicht und fein; Randwimpern kurz, nur am

Apicalrande und am Arculus etwas linger. Hinterfliigel kiirzer und etwas breiter als

der Vorderfliigel, mit stumpfem Apex: Subcosta und Radius vereinigen sich kurz vor

ihrem Ende und senden einen kurzen Ast zum Costalrande und einen anderen in den

ersten Apicalsektor hinein ; Discoidalzelle auch geschlossen, etwas kiirzer als im Vorder-

fliigel ; nur Gabeln 2, 5 vorhanden, Zahl der Apicaladern 6; alle Apicalzellen sitzend ;

Gabel 5 lang; Behaarung nicht sehr dicht ; Randwimpern des Hinterrandes und besonders

des Innenrandes recht lang.—Genitalanhiinge des ¢ (s.w.u.) kriiftig, die Genitalfiisse

zweigliedrig; der ziemlich robuste Hinterleib des ? mit lappenartigen appendices

praeanales.

6. Hughscottiella auricapilla, n. sp.

Oberfliiche des Kopfes graulichgelb, beim ? ganz hell gelb; Ventralfliche des

Kopfes gelblich; goldige Hiirchen bilden zwei Lingsstreifen dicht neben der Mittellinie

und lingere goldige Haare sitzen auf den Kopfwarzen. Fiihler gelb, seidenartig schim-

mernd infolge dichter iiusserst feiner und kurzer Behaarung, an den Artikulationen kaum

sichtbar dunkler geringelt; das Basalglied goldig behaart. Maxillartaster graubraun,

schwarzbraun behaart; Labialtaster gelblich oder graugelblich, braun (kurz) behaart.

(Beim ? ist die Farbung der Taster und Fiihler etwas heller, letztere ziemlich deutlich dunkel

geringelt ; doch riihrt diese Verschiedenheit nur davon her, dass das ? stark abgerieben

ist, wihrend die vorliegenden ff sehr gut erhalten sind). Prothorax gelb, Meso- und

Metathorax mehr graubraun; Mesonotum an den Seiten noch dunkler; doch ist beim ¢

die ganze Brust gelb; Behaarung von Pro- und Mesonotum goldig. Beine gelb, wie die

Fiihler seidenartig schimmernd ; die Hiiften dunkler, auch die Vorderbeine etwas dunkler

als die iibrigen, ferner die Aussenseite der Schienen (Mittelbein) manchmal schwach

dunkler gelb. Membran der Vorderfliigel hellgrau (fast farblos) mit schwach gelblichem

Tone, dichter goldiggelber Behaarung und grauschwarzen Punkten, deren Farbung teils

von Flecken in der Membran, teils von schwirzlichen Haaren herriihrt*; diese dunklen

Punkte finden sich in folgender Anordnung: ein Punkt an der Fliigelbasis an der medio-

analen Querader; ein zweiter auf dem Cubitus; zwei weitere (und zwischen ihnen ein

undeutlicher dritter) bilden eine Querreihe vom Sector radii zum Cubitus; ein Punkt an

der Basis der Discoidalzelle ; eine schiefe Querbinde in der Anastomose (von Gabel 1 bis

zum Cubitus) und eine etwas kiirzere schiefe Querbinde gegeniiber dem Arculus im

Bereiche der schiefen Querader zwischen Cubitus und Analadern; endlich ein dunkler

Schatten, der die Apicalzellen TV und V fast ganz ausfiillt ; der Vorderrand des Fliigels

ist wenigstens an der Basis angedunkelt und mit schwarzlichen Randwimpern besetzt ;

im iibrigen sind die Randwimpern goldig; die Adern sind gelb und treten deshalb

nicht hervor. Hinterfliigel mit schwiirzlichgrauer Membran, irisierend, mit zerstreuten

schwarzen Haaren, deutlich hervortretenden dunklen Adern und schwarzen, am Innen-

* Die beiden, wie es scheint, stark abgeriebenen, 9? (und ein ebensolches ¢, No. 105) zeigen keine

dunkle Zeichnung, auch nicht in der Membran selbst; 1 ¢ (No. 104, Mahé) hat den apicalen Lingsstreif

iiber die Anastomose hinaus bis fast zur Fliigelbasis hin (basal sich verschmiilernd) verlangert.

ULMER—TRICHOPTERA 53

winkel etwas purpurn schimmernden Randwimpern. Hinterleib oben braun, unten etwas

heller, mit grauen postsegmentalen Riindern. Der Hinterrand des IX. Tergits ist in der

Mitte stark stumpfdreieckig vorgezogen (Fig. 19); die appendices praeanales sind gross,

dorsal gesehen ziemlich breit, am Ende etwas verschmiilert und gerundet (Fig. 19); in

Lateralansicht (Fig. 20) erscheinen sie schmiiler, und sind in der Mitte gedreht, so dass

in der distalen Hiilfte die Unterfliche (Innenfliiche) zam Vorschein kommt. Darunter

erblickt man eine breite flache Riickenschuppe, deren Hinterrand in der Mitte etwas

vorgezogen ist (Fig. 19, 20); der Penis ist nicht sichtbar; die Genitalfiisse sind nur

so lang wie die appendices preeanales, zweigliedrig ; das Basalglied ist in Lateralansicht

(Fig. 20) linger und dicker als das Endglied, in der Ansicht von oben und hinten her

erscheint das Basalglied verkiirzt infolge seiner dorsalen Richtung; das Endglied ist

lateral ziemlich schmal, zugespitzt, dorsal (Fig. 19) und besonders ventral (Fig. 20a) aber

breit, beilférmig, mit vorspringender basaler Innenecke, die besonders bei Betrachtung

von unten her scharf hervorspringt ; der Innenrand ist mit kleinen Dérnchen und mit

Hiarchen besetzt, im iibrigen sind die ganzen Genitalfiisse (und auch die appendices

praeanales) lang behaart. Beim ? trigt das IX. Tergit 2 grosse warzenartige Auf-

treibungen und 2 lappenartige, starke appendices praeanales (Fig. 21).

KGrperlinge : 5—6 mm.; Liinge des Vorderfliigels: 8—9 mm.; Fliigelspannung :

17—19 mm.; ¢ und ? an Grésse etwa gleich. 2

Material: 6 $3, 2 22; davon 1 3, ‘‘ Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800 feet”; 1 ¢, 1 2,

“Mahé, cultivated country, about 1000 feet, XII. 1908”; 4 22, 1 9, “ Mahé, Mare aux

Cochons district, about 1500 feet, I. 1909.”

Diese Art fand sich teils in offenem, halbkultiviertem Geliinde, wo die Tiere nahe an

Bichen von langem Gras etc. mit dem Netz abgestreift wurden, teils auch in sumpfigem

Terrain und wurden dort durch Schlagen aus den Biischen herausgescheucht. Der Fang

geschah tagsiiber.

ERKLARUNG DER ABBILDUNGEN.

Tafel 3.

Fig. 1. Petrotrichia palpalis, n. sp. Kopf mit der Basis der Fiihler; a. Maxillartaster des ,

b. Maxillartaster des @.

Fig. 2. Petrotrichia palpalis, n. sp., Fliigel des ¢.

Fig. 3. Petrotrichia palpalis, n. sp., Vorderfliigel des §.

Fig. 4. Petrotrichia palpalis, n. sp., Genitalanhiinge des ¥, dorsal; a. hakenformige Klaue, starker

vergréssert, lateral.

Fig. 5. Cyrnodes scotti, n. sp. Fliigel des .

Fig. 6. Cyrnodes scotti, n. sp., Genitalanhiinge des ¢, dorsal.

Fig. 7. Cyrnodes scotti, n. sp., Genitalanhiinge des ¢, lateral.

Fig. 8. Ecnomus insularis, n. sp., Fliigel des .

Fig. 9. Ecnomus insularis, n. sp., Genitalanhinge des ¢', dorsal (Genitalfiisse nicht sichtbar).

Fig. 10. Henomus insularis, n. sp., Genitalanhinge des ", lateral.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Tafel 4.

. 11. Hydromanicus seychellensis, n. sp., Fliigel des ¢.

. 12. Hydromanicus seychellensis, n. sp., Genitalanhiinge des ¢*, dorsal (Penis nicht sichtbar).

. 13. Hydromanicus seychellensis, n. sp., Genitalanhinge des , lateral.

. 14. Hydromanicus seychellensis, n. sp., Penis, dorsal.

. 15. Leptodermatopterya tenuis, n. sp., Fliigel des 1.

. 16. Leptodermatopterya tenuis, n. sp., Genitalanhinge des ¥, dorsal; a. Penis, dorsal.

. 17. Leptodermatopteryx tenuis, n. sp., Genitalanhinge des ¢, lateral.

. 18. Hughscottiella auricapilla, n. sp. Fliigel des ¥.

. 19. Hughscottiella auricapilla, nu. sp., Genitalanhinge des ¢, dorsal (und etwas vou hinten).

20. Hughscottiella auricapilla, n. sp. Genitalanhiinge des , lateral; a. Distales Ende des

Genitalfiisses, ventral.

. 21. Hughscottiella auricapilla, n. sp., Genitalanhiinge des $, dorsal.

Percy SiapENn Trust ExPepITIon.

(Umer)

TRANS, ELNN ysOGs SER! 2° ZOOL. VOL. XIV. PL, 2

cae)

TRICHOPTERA FROM SEYCHELLES

PERCY ance eae EXPEDITION. TRANS LINNEESOG. SE Rae) ZOOL. VOL, Xive Pla 4.

(ULMER)

TRICHOPTERA FROM SEYCHELLES

No. IV.—EMBITDINA UND NEUROPTERA (CONIOPTERYGIDAE UND

HEMEROBIIDAE).

Von Dr Ginter ENDERLEIN, STETTIN.

(Mitcerertr von Pror. J. Srantey Garpryer, M.A., E.R.S., F.L.S.)

Gelesen den 17. Februar 1910.

Aus der Ausbeute von Herrn Hugh Scott von den Seychellen gebe ich in folgendem

die Embiidinen, die Coniopterygiden und die Hemerobiiden bekannt.

EMBIIDINA.

Fam. Oligotomide.

1. Oligotoma scottiana, nov. spec.

é. Kopf missig gross, Seitenrand hinter den Augen fast geradlinig, ziemlich stark

nach hinten zu convergierend ; Hinterhauptsrand schwach gebogen, Seitenecken ziemlich

stark abgerundet. Kopflinge ca. 14 mm., Kopfbreite dicht hinter den Augen 1 mm.

Augen gross, ziemlich stark gewélbt, von oben ungefihr zur Hiilfte sichtbar. Fiihler lang,

miissig diinn (unvollstiindig), von den 12 vorhandenen Gliedern (die zusammen ca. 4 mm.

lang sind) ist das erste etwas dicker als die iibrigen und so lang wie dick, das zweite diinn

und so lang wie dick, das dritte ca. 3-mal so lang wie am Ende dick, das vierte ca.

17-mal, das fiinfte ca. 14-mal so lang wie dick, das sechste und siebente doppelt so lang

wie dick, die tibrigen fast 3mal so lang wie dick. Endglied des Maxillarpalpus schlank,

fast 3mal so lang wie dick.

Pronotum schmal, Seiten fast geradlinig und ziemlich stark nach vorn convergierend ;

Querfurche sehr kriftig am Ende des ersten Viertels, Medianfurche fein aber deutlich.

Mesonotum an der breitesten Stelle ca. 14 mm. breit. Metatarsus der Vorderbeine

miissig schlank. Metatarsus der Hinterbeine dick und so lang wie das diinne dritte Glied.

Abdomen sehr flach, ein wenig mehr als 1 mm. breit. Kérperpubescenz lang und dicht.

Abdominalspitze des : Anhang des linken Teiles des zehnten Tergites in Form einer

langen schmalen sehr schwach S-férmig gebogenen Lamelle. Anhang des rechten Teiles

des zehnten Tergites sehr lang stilettférmig, Spitze wenig spitz, kurz vor derselben aussen

ein kleiner spitzer nach hinten zu gerichteter Zahn. Der Anhang des neunten Sternites

(ast9) ist kegelformig, am Ende abgestutzt und auf der rechten Ecke mit zahnartig

zugespitzter Ecke. Der linke Cercusbasipodit so lang wie der linke Anhang und am Ende

spitz haakenartig nach aussen umgebogen. Rechter Cercus gedrungen, Verhiiltnis der

Glieder ca. 1:14. Erstes Glied des linken Cercus miissig schlank, nach dem Ende zu

allmihlich verdickt, die Glieder ungefiihr gleichlang.

56 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fliigel schlank, besonders der Vorderfliigel, der 44mal so lang wie breit ist.

Radialgabel im Vorderfliigel ca. 14, im Hinterfliigel ca. 24mal so lang wie der

Stiel. Radiussaumlinien miissig kriiftig. Zwischen c und 7, im Vorderfliigel ca. 4, im

Hinterfliigel ca. 2 sehr undeutliche Queradern. 7, flachbogig in 7,,, miindend ; zwischen

beiden Adern im Vorderfliigel ca. 2, im Hinterfliigel ca. 4 kriftige Queradern. Unscharf

sind 7,,, ohne das Basalviertel, m, und cw,

Tiefschwarz, Ko6rperpubescenz dunkelbraun. Fliigel schwarzlich braun, Radiussaum-

linien braéunlichrot, Adern dunkelbraun, Intervenallinien miissig fein und _farblos.

Membran speckig glinzend mit sehr schwach ritlichem Ton.

Korperlinge 8 mm. Abdominalliinge ca. 44 mm. Vorderfliigelliinge 6} mm. Hinter-

fliigellinge ca. 5 mm. Vorderfliigelbreite ca. 1 mm. Hinterfliigelbreite ca. 14 mm.

?. Gross und schlank. Fiihler kurz, ca. 24 mm. lang; ca. 18—19 gliedrig ; das erste

Glied etwas dicker als die tibrigen und ca. 14mal so lang wie dick; das zweite so lang

wie dick, das dritte ca. 14mal so lang wie dick, das vierte kaum so lang, das fiinfte so

lang wie dick, die tibrigen bis zu ca. 1}mal so lang wie dick. Grésste Thorakalbreite

ca. 14 mm. Abdominalbreite ca. 1 mm. An das Pronotum legt sich beim ? meist die

grosse Apotom-Platte* des Mesonotum an, so dass es hiiufig scheint, als gehérte diese

noch zum Pronotum. Hinterschenkel relativ sehr breit. K6rperfarbe dunkelbraun, Beine

mehr dunkelrostbraun. Kérperliinge 9—103 mm. Abdominallinge 4—5 mm.

Larven. Dunkelbraun mit rostgelben bis rostbraunen Beinen, die jiingeren Larven

auch mit rostgelben Kopf (bei einer Kérperliinge von ca. 44 mm.).

Fundorte. Seychellen. Mahé: Hochwald bei den Trois Fréres, Dec. 1908, 1 2, 1 2,

2 Larven, gefunden in gewebten Roéhren in Moospolstern auf der Rinde eines gefiillten

Bilimbi marron Baumes (Colea pedunculata) ; das miinnliche Individuum wurde noch mit

unentwickelten Fliigeln gefunden, und in eine Biichse mit Rinde und Moos einige Wochen

gebracht und die Fliigel entwickelten sich vollstindig ; Gebirgsbischung nahe vom Gipfel

des Morne Blanc, 30 Oktober, 1908, 39 und 1 Larve aus gewebten Réhren unter diirren

Bliittern am Boden unter einem Busch; Cascade Estate, ungefiihr 800 Fuss hoch und

mehr, Oktober, 1908 und Januar, 1909, 2 2 gesammelt von H. P. Thomasset und

H. Scott; Dichtes Gebiisch zwischen Trois Fréres und Morne Seychellois, ungeftihr 1500—

2000 Fuss hoch, December 1908, 2 Larven ; Spitze des Berges Sebert, 1800 Fuss hoch und

mehr, diirre Waldvegetation, Januar 1909, 1 Larve; 2 Larven aus gewebten Réhren

in Moospolstern an Rinde, einige Fuss tiber dem Boden am Ast eines gefillten Baumes.

Cargados Carajos Gruppe: Siren Insel, 27, 8, 1905, 1 9. Typen im Museum von

Cambridge, Stettin und im Britischen Museum. Gewidmet wurde diese Species dem

Sammler, Herrn Hugh Scott.

2. Oligotoma latreille: (Ramb. 1842).

Embia latreidlec Rambur, Hist. nat. Neur. 1842, p. 312. (Mauritius, Madagascar, und

Indien.)

Embia latreiller Rambur, Lucas, Bull. Soc. ent. France (6) m1. 1883, pp. Xxvi., evi.

* vergl. G. Enderlein: “ Uber die Segmental-Apotome der Insekten und zur Kenntnis der Morphologie

der Yapygiden,” Zoolog. Anzeiger, Bd. 31, 1907, pag. 629—635, 8 Figuren.

ENDERLEIN—EMBITDINA UND NEUROPTERA 57

Oligotoma saunders: Westw. p.p. Hagen, Canad. Entomologist, xvi. 1885, p. 144.

Embia hova Saussure, Bull. Soc. Ent. Suisse, vol. 1x., 1896, p. 354, fig. 14 (Madagascar).

Embia hova Saussure, Verhoeff. Nov. Act. Leop. Carol. Akad. Bd. 82, 1904, p. 202.

Embia hova Saussure, Friedrichs, in Voeltzkow, Reise in Ost-Afrika, Stuttgart, 1907,

pp. 51—53 (Ost-Africa).

Oligotoma latreillec (Ramb.) m.

Fundort. Aldabra-Insel; 12 2, 29, 1 Larve. Gesammelt von J. C. F. Fryer, Nov.

1908.

Linge, $ 7—8 mm. in Alkohol, 6—8 mm. trocken, 2? 10} mm. in Alkohol.

Breite des Abdomens, ¢ 1 mm. in Alkohol, 1 mm. trocken, ? 14. mm. in Alkohol.

Die ¢ kamen besonders in den letzten Wochen des Novembers, Abends an die Lampe,

die (fltigellosen) Weibchen wurden unter Steinen gefunden.

NEUROPTERA.

Fam. Coniopterygide.

Subfam. Coniopterygine.

3. Semidalis africana Enderl. 1906.

Semidalis africana Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrb. Syst. 23 Bd. 1906, p. 214, Fig. 14,

41 und 42,

Diese aus Deutsch Ost-Africa beschriebene Species liegt in zahlreichen Stiicken

von den Seychellen vor. Die Querader zwischen Media und Cubitus 1 miindet meist

in die Basis vom m,, selten in den Gabelungspunkt (wie I.c. abgebildet) und noch seltener

in den Gabelstiel ganz dicht am Gabelungspunkt. Sehr characteristisch ist der hyaline

Randsaum des Vorderfliigels.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Silhouette: Hochgelegene Gegend nahe Mont Pot-d-eau,

ungefiihr 1500 Fuss hoch, August 1908, 13 Exemplare (trocken) ; Wald oberhalb von

Mare aux Cochons, 2 September 1908, 2 Exemplare (trocken) ; iiber 2000 Fuss, September

1908, 2 Exemplare (trocken); Ebene von Mare aux Cochons, 1000 Fuss, September 1908,

10 Exemplare (trocken). Mahé: Cascade Estate, ungefiihr 800—1500 Fuss hoch, Oktober

1908—Januar 1909, 28 Exemplare trocken und 24 Exemplare in Alkohol, gesammelt von

H. P. Thomasset et Hugh Scott.

Alle Exemplare wurden immer an dem Farn Gleichenia dichotoma gefunden, der

in sehr ausgedehnten und dichten Bestiinden grosse Distrikte bedeckt.

Fam. Hemerobiide.

4. Micromus timidus Hag. 1853.

Micromus timidus Hagen, Hagen, Ber. Kénigl. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin,

1853, p. 481.

Micromus timidus Hagen, in Peters, Reise nach Mozambique, vol. U1. 1862, p. 91,

Taf. 5, Fig. 2.

Die Stiicke von den Seychellen stimmen vollig mit der sehr bezeichnenden Original-

diagnose und mit Exemplaren aus Ost-Afrika im Stettiner Zoologischen Museum iiberein.

SECOND SERTIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 8

58 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Zwei vorliegende Puppengespinnste bestehen aus einem sehr losen Cocon aus

gelblichen ziemlich dicken Faden, das durch ein weisses ziemlich dichtes und aus etwas

feineren Fiiden bestehendes Gespinnst auf die Oberseite je eines Blattes befestigt ist ;

letzteres breitet sich auf dem Blatte in ziemlich grossem Umfange um das Cocon aus,

diesem dicht anliegend. Durch das Cocon hindurch ist die Puppe selbst leicht sichtbar,

Liinge des Cocons 5—6 mm., Breite 24—24 mm.

Hagen, 1. c. 1862:

‘““M. fuscus, antennis flavescentibus, articulis duobus basalibus et apice fuscis, pedibus

pallidis ; alis anticis subcinereo hyalinis, basi et margine postico cinereo variegatis, octo

sectoribus, seriebus venarum gradatarum (11; 7) parallelis fuscis.

Long. c. alis 8 millim.; exp. alar. ant. 15 millim.; long. antennae 5 millim.”

Hagen, 1. c. 1853:

“Von der Grosse des Hem. humuli; Form der Fiihler, Taster, Fiisse, Fliigel durchaus

wie bei der Gattung Micromus Ramburs, besonders wie bei M. intricatus Wesm.

Braun, weiss behaart ; Gesicht glinzend, Scheitel geballt. Taster briiunlich, das letzte

lang, zugespitzt. Fiihler etwa bis zur Mitte der Oberfliigel reichend, blassgelb, die beiden

Grundglieder und die Spitze (10 Glieder) braun. Friisse blassgelb, genau von der Form und

den Verhiiltnissen, die Rambur fiir die Gattung angibt. Leib sehr zerstért. Die Form

und das Geiider der Fliigel zeigt die Abbildung genau. Das Randfeld ist an der Basis

eingebuchtet, der Vorderfliigel zeigt 8 Sectoren, in der ersten Reihe 7, in der zweiten

11 Stufenadern. Sie sind leicht aschfarbig, die Basis und die Hinterhilfte etwas

marmoriert. Die Adern und ihre diinne Behaarung sind blassgelb, die Sectoren sind

an ihrem Ursprunge, an ihren Verbindungen, und im ganzen Verlauf braun gefleckt ;

die Stufenadern und ihre Verbindungen sind ganz dunkelbraun, Die glashellen Hinter-

fliigel fiihren in der ersten Reihe 6, in der zweiten 5 Stufenadern, die letzteren sind nebst

ihren Verbindungen dunkelbraun.

Vaterland. Ein Stiick aus Mossambique. Es gehért diese Art unbezweifelt zu

Micromus, da sie in keiner Hinsicht Abweichungen zeigt. Sie unterscheidet sich leicht

von den drei bis jetzt bekannten Arten durch die betriichtliche Zahl der Sektoren, und

steht M. intricatus niiher als M. paganus und variegatus durch den geniiherten und

parallelen Verlauf der Stufenadern.”

Fundorte. Seychellen. Silhouette: Ebene von Mare aux Cochons, 1000 Fuss, Sept.

1908, 4 Exemplare; nahe Mont Pot-a-eau, 1500 Fuss hoch, August 1908, 3 Exemplare.

Mahé: Bebaute Gegend ungefiihr 1000 Fuss hoch, November bis December 1908, 1

Exemplar ; Wald zwischen Trois Fréres und Morne Seychellois, ca. 1500—2000 Fuss hoch,

December 1908, 1 Exemplar; Cascade Estate, ca. 100 Fuss und mehr, 2 Exemplare ;

Gegend des Forét Noire, Oktober bis November 1908, 1 Exemplar; nahe bei Morne

Blane, Oktober bis November 1908, 1 Exemplar; Umgebung von Mare aux Cochons,

ca. 1500 Fuss hoch, 26. Januar bis 2. Februar, 1909, 1 Exemplar; Cascade Estate, ungefiihr

800—1500 Fuss, 1909, 5 Exemplare; Port Victoria, Februar 1909, 8 Exemplare und 2

Puppengespinnste.

No. V.—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILID.

Von Dr GUNTHER ENDERLEIN, STETTIN.

(Mircerertt von Pror. J. Stantey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.)

(6 Textfiguren.)

Gelesen den 21. April 1910.

Dit Mycetophiliden-Ausbeute von Herrn Hugh Scott in Cambridge (England)

umfasst 17 neue Species, die sich auf 10 Gattungen verteilen, von denen 4 noch

unbekannt waren. Da die Sammlungen vom Juli 1908 bis Miirz 1909 ausgefiihrt worden

sind und zahlreiche von den verschiedensten Lokalitiiten stammende Exemplare (168 Ex.)

umfassen, so ist, wenn man ganz besonders noch beriicksichtigt, mit welch seltener Sorgfalt

auch die allerkleinsten Formen gesammelt worden sind, die Mycetophilidenfauna der

Seychellen als ganz ungewoéhnlich arm zu bezeichnen. Haben wir doch hier in

Deutschland eine reiche Fiille von Gattungen und zahllose Arten.

Um eine Erkliirung dieser eigenartigen Tatsache zu versuchen, verweise auf meine

faunistische Moor- und Diinen-Studien*, aus welcher Publikation ich von pag. 63

folgendes citiere :

“Hine héchst eigenartige, bisher noch giinzlich unbekannte Methode, Pilzmiicken

(Mycetophiliden) in grosser Menge in bequemster Weise zu fangen, mache ich in

folgendem bekannt.

Im Buchenwalde siidlich von Werblin (Westpreussen) tummelten sich im Schatten,

besonders an den dunkelsten Stellen (vor allem in einer schmalen steilufrigen Bach-

schlucht unter tiberhiingenden Biischen), relativ grosse Schwirme von Pilzmiicken. Da

mir aber die iiusserst gewandten Tierchen meist fast alle wieder aus dem Netze entwichen,

so dass ich froh war, wenn ich von vielen Tieren im Netze ein einziges erwischte,

versuchte ich ihre Lebhaftigkeit dadurch etwas zu schmiilern, dass ich sie, indem ich

den Insekteninhalt durch Schwenken des Netzes in den untersten Zipfel brachte,

diesen dann mit einer Hand umhiillte und dann kriiftig einige male durch diese hohle

Hand den ausgestossenen Atem hindurchtrieb. Der Erfolg war ein vollig unerwarteter.

Sdmmtliche Pilzmiicken waren tot, wihrend alles tibrige Lebende schleunigst das Weite

suchte. Spiiter konnte ich konstatieren, dass nur ein einmaliges kriiftiges Hindurch-

Hauchen durch die Hand den gleichen iiberraschenden Erfolg hatte.

Eine Erkliirung dieser eigentiimlichen Erschemung wiire auf zweierlei Weise

denkbar. Der den Sauerstoff ermangelnde und an Kohlensiiure reiche ausgestossene

* G. Enderlein, “ Biologisch-faunistische Moor- und Diinen-Studien,” 30. Ber. Westpr. Bot.-Zoolog. Vereins,

Danzig 1908, pp. 54—238; mit 1 Karte und 6 Abb. im Text.

8—2

60 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Atem koénnte die zarten Tierchen erstickt oder vergiftet haben. Diese Erklirung

halte ich jedoch fiir wenig wahrscheinlich. Vermutlich werden dagegen die das Licht

und die Wiirme iingstlich fliehenden Tierchen, die sich nur an kiihlen und sehr

schattigen und dunklen Stellen aufhalten, durch die Eimwirkung der Wirme des Atems

getotet.”

Uber die Zusammensetzung dieser Schwiirme citiere ich noch aus gleicher Arbeit

von pag. 142:

“Die Schwirme waren aus den verschiedensten Arten und Gattungen zusammen-

gesetzt, grosse und kleine Formen scheinen sich so zu einem gemeinsamen Schwarm

zu vereinigen.”

Bei dieser Gelegenheit erwiihne ich noch eine reiche Sammelausbeute aus sub-

tropischem Gebiete, niimlich aus Santa Catharina in Siid-Brasilien hier im Stettiner

Zoologischen Museum, die ebenfalls sehr umfangreich an Minutien ist und die ebenso

relativ wenig Arten enthilt, die zum Teil in grosser Individuenzahl vertreten sind.

Leider sind die tropischen Mycetophiliden noch ausserordentlich wenig bekannt, so dass

weitere Daten nicht herangezogen werden kénnen.

Aus dem Vorstehenden ist aber der Schluss berechtigt, dass die Mycetophiliden kiiltere

Zonen bevorzugen und dass sie in den Tropen stark zurticktreten. Aus den genauen

Notizen von Herrn H. Scott ist zudem ersichtlich, dass sie auf den Seychellen die

héchsten Punkte und hier wieder die dichtesten Wilder und die feuchtesten Stellen

bevorzugen.

Die interessanteste Form ist die Gattung Mesochria, nov. gen., die allen bisher

bekannten Mycetophiliden dadurch gegeniibersteht, dass die ausserordentlich vergrés-

serten runden Augen in der Kopfmitte hinter den Ftihlerwurzeln breit zusammen-

stossen. Bemerkenswert ist ferner die im Geiider ausserordentlich abgeleitete mit

Silbenschuppen bedeckte Gattung Scottella, nov. gen.

Die Sciariden habe ich in dieser Publikation ausgeschlossen und werde sie spiter

besonders bearbeiten.

Mycetobiine.

ScorrELLA, nov. gen.

Typus: Se. argentosquamosa, nov. spec.

Kopf klein, so breit wie der Thorax. Augen gross. Gesicht und Scheitel breit.

3 Ocellen, die in einer geraden Linie liegen, die diusseren ziemlich weit vom Augenrand

entfernt. Riissel kurz, Maxillarpalpus lang, vorn mit einzelnen kurzen senkrecht

abstehenden Bérstchen, 4-gliedrig, das erste lang, das 2. und 3. kiirzer, das 4. sehr

lang und schlank; das 2. und 3. bilden einen halbkreisférmigen Bogen. Fiihler ca.

doppelt so lang wie die Kopfhéhe; 2+14-ghedrig. Thorax ziemlich lang, nicht sehr

stark erhéht. Scutellum als flache Platte die miissig hoch absteht, sehr breit ist, hinten

fast gerade abgestutzt und an den Hcken abgerundet; am Hinterrand mit 4 oder 5

kiirzeren Borsten. Postscutellum etwas bogig gewélbt, an den Seiten werden sie von den

stark bogig gewélbten Metapleuren nach hinten zu etwas tiberragt. Abdomen etwas

dorsoventral zusammengedriickt. Coxen schlank, etwa so lang wie der Thorax. Schienen

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA 61

oben mit 2 Reihen Borsten, die beim Vorderbein kiirzer als der Schienendurchmesser

sind. Auf Thorax und Abdomen finden sich an verschiedenen Stellen Schuppen (Fig. 1),

die am Ende zugespitzt sind, und an den Seiten flache blasenartige Beulen tragen.

Fig. 1.

a2Lo

Scottella argentosquamosa Enderl. Schuppen Scottella argentosquamosa Enderl. 9. Fligel.

vom Thorax. Vergr. 560: 1. Vergr. 20:1.

Fliigel miissig schlank. Subcosta miindet etwas ausserhalb des ersten Viertels

geradlinig in die Costa. Basalquerader fehlt. Die Costa endet an 7,,;. Die Media

ist von der Basis bis zur Querader deutlich, aber dicht an den Radius gedringt ;

ausserhalb der Querader verblasst sie sehr bald und feine Linien deuten m, und m,

an (von letzterer fehlt die Basis) oder die beiden Aste sind spurlos reduciert (Sc.

formosana). Die Basis des Radialraums ist mit der Media verschmolzen ; die Ursprungs-

stelle auf r scheint reduciert. Cubitusgabel mit kurzem Stiel bis zur Querader nach der

Media. 7,,, als Querader zwischen 7,,,; schriig nach vorn und basalwiirts gerichtet.

Der Radius und Radialramus sind autfillig dick und mit miissig langen, dicken, in der

Mitte fast schuppig verbreiterten, anliegenden Borsten ziemlich dicht mehrreihig besetzt.

Die Analis als feine Linie. 2 Axillaradern entwickelt.

Diese Gattung steht innerhalb der Subfamilie Mycetobiinae besonders durch die

auffiillige Reduction der Media, der auffiilligen Verschmiilerung der Zelle R bis fast zur

volligen Reduction, sowie durch die Miindung der Querader zwischen m und cw in

den Stiel der Cubitalgabel sehr isoliert.

Gewidmet wurde diese Gattung dem Sammler, Herrn Hugh Scott in Cambridge,

England.

1. Scottella argentosquamosa, nov. spec. (Fig. 1 u. 2.)

$9. Kopf klein, seitlich gesehen oval, so breit wie der Thorax. Augen gross.

Gesicht in der hinteren Hilfte parallelseitig und 14-mal so lang wie breit ; die vordere

Hiltte verbreitet sich sehr stark nach vorn. Die 3 Ocellen am Hinterrande des hier

steil abfallenden Scheitels in gerader Linie; die seitlichen missig gross, der mittlere

kleiner; Abstand vom mittleren etwas mehr als 1 Ocellendurchmesser, vom Augenrand

ca. 14 Ocellendurchmesser. Vor dem mittleren Ocellus eine scharfe Medianfurche bis

zwischen die Fithlerwurzeln. Maxillarpalpus schlank und lang, das erste Glied etwas

dicker. Fiihler ca. doppelt so lang wie die Kopfhéhe, relativ gedrungen, Enddrittel

schwach zugespitzt ; die beiden Basalglieder miissig dicht mit langen, kriiftigen schwarzen

Borsten besetzt, erstes etwas liinger, zweites so lang wie dick; Geisselpubescens micro-

62 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

scopisch fein, kurz und dicht. Geisselglieder eine Spur breiter wie lang, im Spitzendrittel

etwas linger als breit, die beiden letzten Glieder doppelt so lang wie breit. Hinterrand

und Seiten des Scheitels, Schliifen und Wangen mit sehr langen kriiftigen Borsten

besetzt.

Thorax ziemlich lang, missig gew6lbt ; an den Seiten (sehr kurz behaart) Mesonotum

hinten mit einer Querreihe von 4 langen Borsten, die beiden mittelsten dicht neben

einander. In der Medianlinie eine kaum erhabene, wenig deutliche Linie, jederseits

davon nicht weit abgeriickt Spuren von je einer weiteren solchen Linie. Scutellum

sehr plattgedriickt, miissig lang, breit, nach hinten und oben gerichtet, hinten missig

stark gerundet, in der Mitte an der Spitze schwach abgestutzt und an den Ecken

je eine lange Borste. Postscutellum kurz und sehr breit, an den Seiten etwas ge-

schwollen und auf diesen Beulen ein Biischel nach den Seiten gerichteter langer Borsten,

sonst unpubesciert. Abdomen walzig, oben abgeplattet ; die 6 ersten Segmente nahezu

gleich lang; das 7. Segment beim ? sehr kurz und wenig behaart, beim ¢ etwas linger

als die itbrigen Segmente, gew6lbt conisch zugespitzt und dicht und lang behaart. Coxen

miissig schlank, so lang wie der Thorax. Schenkel ziemlich schlank, besonders der Vor-

derschenkel. Schienen oben mit 2 Reihen miissig kriiftiger und miissig langer Borsten,

die beim Vorderbein kiirzer als die Schiendicke sind. Schienenendsporne lang und

kriiftig, unpubesciert, der liingere ungefiihr 3 des 1. Tarsengliedes; am Vorderfuss

nur 1 Sporn.

Vorderdrittel und Hinterrandsaum des Riickenschildes, sowie dreieckige Flecke die

Vorderhilften der Seiten des 2.—5. Abdominaltergites einnehmend dicht mit blaulich

silberweissen Schuppen besetzt ; ebenso ein in der Mitte unterbrochener Querstreifen auf

dem 1. Tergite. Die Form der Schuppen ist in Figur 1 abgebildet.

Fliigel (Fig. 2) schlank, etwas liinger als das Abdomen, Spitze abgerundet. Die

Subcosta miindet ausserhalb des Endes des ersten Fliigelviertels geradlinig in die Costa ;

die Querader zwischen se und r ziemlich weit von der Miindung abgeriickt. Die Costal-

zelle sehr schmal. Die Subcostalzelle relativ breit. Die Randstrecke der Cubitalgabel

24-mal so lang wie die der schmalen Mediangabel. Mediangabelstiel ungefahr doppelt

so lang wie die Querader zwischen 77 und m. Die Media ist fast im ganzen Verlauf,

wenn auch im Apikalteil sehr undeutlich, erkennbar; nur der Basalteil von m, fehlt

vollig. Halterenknopf breiter wie lang, am Ende breit und gerade abgestutzt, nach dem

Stiel zu zugespitzt ; Stiel kurz und dick.

Gesicht und Mundteile rostgelb mit silbergrauem Ton. Scheitel und Hinterkopf

schwarz, silbergrau bereift. Thorax und Abdomen schwarz, Vorderdrittel und Hinter-

randsaum des Riickenschildes mit bliiulich silberweissen Schuppen besetzt. Von den

ebenso beschuppten dreieckigen Flecken des 2.—5. Tergites sind die des 4. und 5.

Tergites gross, die iibrigen klein; ein in der Mitte unterbrochener Querstreifen auf

dem 1. Tergite ebenso beschuppt. Cerci rostgelb. Coxen blass weisslich gelb, mit

weisslich gelber Pubescenz; die Basis und Spitze schmal schwarz. ‘Trochanter und die

iusserste Basis der blass weisslich gelben Schenkel blass, Enddrittel letzterer schwarz ;

Hinterschenkel ganz schwarz. Schienen braun, die Vorderschienen vorn mit ockergelb-

lichem Lingsstreif. Tarsen schwarzbraun. Beborstung schwarz. Schienenendsporne

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA 63

weisslich gelb, die der Vorderbeine braun. Fliigel grau hyalin, Spitzendrittel schwiirzlich.

Adern schwarzbraun, Queradern gelbbraun. Membran sehr lebhaft in allen Farben

irisierend. Halteren gelblich weiss.

Korperlinge 3,5—53 mm. (sowohl beim ¢ als auch beim 2).

Fliigelliinge 3, 3—4,7 mm.

Fiihlerliinge 1,5—1,6 mm.

Thorakalliinge 1,3—1,9 mm.

Abdominalliinge 2,7—3,6 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels 2,1 mm.

,» der Hinterschiene 1,9 mm. bei einem grésseren Exemplar.

» des Hintertarsus 2,7 mm.

Fundorte: Seychellen. Silhouette: Ebene von Mare aux Cochons, September 1908,

1 2; Wald oberhalb von Mare aux Cochons, ungefiihr 1400 bis tiber 2000 Fuss, September

1908, 5 2; in Nihe von Pot-i-eau, ungefihr 1500 Fuss, August 1908, 1 ?. Mahé: in

der Niihe von Morne Blanc, Oktober bis November 1908, 1 2; Cascade Estate, ungefihr

800—1500 Fuss, Oktober 1908 bis Marz 1909, 4 ¢, 26 ¢; Mirz 1909, 10 3, 8 2;

davon 1 Piirchen in Copula.

Typen im Zoologischen Museum von London, Stettin und Cambridge (England).

Diese Species findet sich besonders an den feuchtesten Stellen des héchsten Urwaldes.

2. Scottella formosana, nov. spec. (Fig. 3.)

Als Einfiigung zur Gattung Scotte/la beschreibe ich hier eine 2. Species aus Formosa :

?. Kopf klein, seitlich gesehen fast oval, so breit wie der Thorax. Augen gross.

Gesicht und Scheitel breit ; ersteres nach vorn zu ziemlich stark verbreitert, dreimal so

Fig. 3.

Scottella formosana Enderl. ¢. Fliigel. Vergr. 20: 1.

lang wie hinten breit und doppelt so lang wie vorn breit. Ocellen in einer geraden

Linie, Abstand von einander ca. 1. Ocellendurchmesser, Abstand vom Augenrand ca.

14 Ocellendurchmesser ; vor dem mittleren Ocellus eine scharfe Medianfurche. Maxillar-

palpus fast so lang wie die Kopfhihe. Fiihler doppelt so lang wie die Kopfhéhe,

relativ dick, Enddrittel etwas zugespitzt. Die beiden Basalglieder miissig dicht mit

langen kriiftigen schwarzen Borsten besetzt, erstes etwas liinger, zweites so lang wie

dick ; Geissel microscopisch fein und kurz pubesciert. Geisselglieder so lang wie dick, im

Spitzendrittel etwas linger, die 2 letzten doppelt so lang wie dick. Scheitelseiten und

-hinterrand, Schliifen und Wangen mit einigen langen dicken Borsten besetzt.

64 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Thorax ziemlich lang, hinten ein wenig erhéht; nur am Rand kurz behaart ; etwas

gliinzend ; in der Medianlinie eine kaum erhabene wenig deutliche Linie, jederseits davon

vorn nicht weit abgeriickt Spuren von je einer weiteren solechen Linie. Abdomen auf der

Oberseite stark abgeflacht ; lang, vorn und hinten etwas verjiingt, in der Mitte ein wenig

breiter als der Thorax. Pubescenz ziemlich dicht, kurz und anliegend. Coxen ziemlich

schlank, von Thorakalliinge. Schenkel ziemlich schlank, besonders der Vorderschenkel.

Schienen oben mit 2 Reihen miissig kriftiger und miissig langer Borsten, die beim

Vorderbein kiirzer als die Schienendicke sind. Schienenendsporne lang und kriftig,

unpubesciert (mit dem Microscop ist eine diusserst kurze und dichte Pubescenz erkennbar),

der lingere ungefiihr ¢ des 1. Tarsengliedes, beim Vorderfuss nur 1 Sporn.

Nur auf dem Vorderende des Thorax finden sich einige Schuppen; auf dem Abdomen

scheinen sie abgerieben zu sein.

Fliigel miissig schlank, etwas linger als das Abdomen, Spitze abgerundet. Die

Subcosta miindet etwas ausserhalb des Endes des ersten Viertels geradlinig in die Costa ;

kurz vor der Spitze die Querader zu 7,. Die Costalzelle sehr schmal. Die Subcostalzelle

relativ breit. Die Randstrecke der Cubitalgabel 23-mal so lang wie die sehr schmale

Mediangabel. Mediangabelstiel ungefiihr doppelt so lang wie die Querader zwischen

rr und m. Die verschwindende m endet in der Mitte der Zelle R,, Gabeliiste véllig

verschwunden. Halterenkopf breiter als lang, am Ende breit und gerade abgestutzt,

nach dem Stiel zu zugespitzt, Stiel kurz und dick.

Gesicht dunkelrostgelb, Scheitel und Hinterkopf schwarz. Mundteile und Maxillar-

palpus blass ockergelblich. Thorax und Abdomen schwarz, auf letzterem nimmt eine

ockergelbe Querbinde die Vorderhiilfte des 4. Tergites ein, das 3. und 4. Sternit mit Aus-

nahme je eines schmalen Hinterrandsaumes ganz ockergelb. Cerci ockergelb. Coxen blass

ockergelblich, die sehr feine Pubescenz silberweiss, an der Endspitze schwarz behaart.

Trochanter schwarz mit schwarzer Behaarung; Schenkel blass ockergelb, Spitzendrittel

der Vorderschenkel braun, der Mittelschenkel schwarz, Endhilfte der Hinterschenkel

schwarz (ebenso die Pubescenz). Schienen dunkelbraun, die der Vorderbeine vorn ockergelb

pubesciert. Tarsen schwiirzlich. Beborstung der Schienen und Tarsen schwarz ; Schienen-

endsporne weisslichgelb, der Vorderbeine briunlich. Fliigel grau hyalin, Spitzendrittel

schwiirzlich. _Adern schwarzbraun, Queradern gelbbraun. Membran lebhaft in allen

Farben irisierend. Halteren weiss.

Korperlinge ca. 5 mm.

Fliigelliinge 4,8 mm.

Fiihlerliinge 1,5 mm.

Thorakallinge 1,9 mm.

Abdominallinge 3,8 mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 2,1 mm,

, der Hinterschienen 2,2 mm.

, des Hintertarsus 3 mm.

Fundort: Formosa: Kyukokado, 6. Januar 1908, 1 ? gesammelt von H. Sauter.

Type im Stettiner Zoologischen Museum.

Diese Species unterscheidet sich von Sc. argentosquamosa durch die stiirkere

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA 65

Beschuppung, durch die ockergelbe Abdominalzeichnung und besonders dadurch, dass der

Hinterschenkel nicht véllig schwarz, sondern die Basalhiilfte blass ockergelb ist.

MesocHria, noy. gen. (Fig. 4.)

Typus: M. scottiana, nov. spec.

Diese Gattung steht der Gattung Mycetobia Meig. 1818 nahe und unterscheidet

sich von ihr durch folgendes :

Fiihler 2+14-gliedrig, die Endhilfte des letzten Gliedes in Form einer langen

diinnen Spitze. Die Augen stossen hinter den Fiihlern eine lange Strecke zusammen ;

die 3 Ocellen bilden ein kleines Dreieck in dem entstandenen Augenwinkel. Abdomen

dorso-ventral zusammengedriickt. 7, und 7,,, laufen kurz vor dem Ende zusammen und

bis zum Ende dicht neben einander und sind auf dieser Strecke stark verdickt. Die

Media ist ausserhalb der Anastomose sehr verblasst und ziemlich undeutlich: die

Basalhilfte von m, fehlt giinzlich; innerhalb der Anastomose ist sie nur als oanz

farblose faltenartige Linie angedeutet. cw, ist in der Mitte geknickt und triigt hinten

eine Spur eines Héckers. Die Randader geht nicht tiber 7,,, hinweg.

. 3, Mesochria scottiana, nov. spec. (Fig. 4.)

¢. Kopf kurz, breit und hoch, kugelealottenartig ; so breit wie der Thorax. Scheitel

hinter den Augen sehr kurz. Gesicht wenig breit, doppelt so lang wie breit. Schlifen

und.Wangen von den Augen villig verdriingt. Die Augen nehmen fast den ganzen Kopf

Fig. 4.

—

Mesochria scottiana Enderl, 9. Filiigel. Vergr. 123: 1.

ein; die Strecke der Verschmelzung fast die Hiilfte der Kopfliinge ; die Fiihlerbasis wird

von dem Augenrand kreisférmig umschlossen und ist nur nach dem Gesicht zu offen; das

hinten zwischen dem hinteren Augeninnenrand entstehende Scheiteldreieck wird von dem

kleinen Ocellendreieck gerade ausgefiillt ; alle Ocellen beriihren also den Augenrand.

Gesicht unbehaart, Scheitel und Hinterkopf kurz behaart. Fiihler kurz und gedrungen,

kiirzer als der Thorax, alle Glieder so lang wie dick; Endglied (16.) fast 3-mal so

lang wie dick, Endhiilfte griftelformig verdiinnt. Riissel fast 4 der Kopfhohe. Palpen

wenig liinger, Endglied in eine haardiinne Spitze ausgezogen.

Thorax linger wie hoch, 23-mal so lang wie breit. Spirlich und miissig lang behaart,

Riickenschild hinten mit einigen liingeren diinnen Haaren. Scutellum sehr kurz, breit,

hinten sehr flach gewélbt, Hinterrand mit einigen langen diinnen Haaren. Postscutellum

miissig steil abfallend, miissig hoch und etwas gewélbt. Abdomen stark dorsoventral

SECOND SERTES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XTV. 9

66 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

plattgedriickt ; ein wenig breiter wie der Thorax, Seiten fast parallel, vorn schwach

hinten stirker abgerundet. Cerci sehr klein. 1.—7. Tergit fast gleichlang, ziemlich

breit und kurz, 8. Tergit sehr kurz; 1. Tergit in der Mitte bis zum Hinterrand

breit und tief ausgehéhlt ; in diese Héhle wird das Postscutellum eingefiigt, wenn das

Abdomen gehoben wird. Coxen relativ kurz und gedrungen, halb so lang wie die

Schenkel; Vordercoxe lang und sehr schlank, ~ so lang wie der Schenkel. Vordercoxen

ziemlich weit von den Mittelcoxen getrennt, zwischen ihnen ist das Sternum stark kugelig

gewolbt. Schienen véllig ohne Borsten. Schienenendsporne auffillig klein und zart, ca.

zy der Liinge des 1. Tarsengliedes. Fussbérstchen fehlend.

Fliigel sehr breit, linger als der ganze Korper. sc miindet vor der Fliigelmitte in

die Costa. Costalzelle schmal. Zwischen sc und rv keine Querader. Urspung von 7r

stark basalwiirts geriickt, wenig ausserhalb des Endes des 1. Fliigelviertels. Die Randader

sehr dick, sie geht nicht iiber 7,,, hinweg. Randpubescenz kurz und sehr dicht. Halteren

schlank spindelférmig ; Stiel diinn, so lang wie der Knopf.

Kopf braun, Augen schwarz, Ocellen braun. Riissel und Palpus hellbraun. Fiihler

schwarzbraun. Thorax braungelb, besonders an den Seiten mit rétlichem Ton. Abdomen

dunkler, Spitze heller. Beine sehr blass briiunlich gelb; Coxen in der Mitte braun ;

Trochanter am unteren Hinterrand dunkelbraun, Endfiinftel der Hinterschienen schwarz-

braun, 2.—5. Tarsenglied briiunlich. Hinterschenkel zuweilen schwach angebriiunt.

Fliigel hyalin mit grauem Ton, Adern hell graubraun. Membran sehr lebhaft in allen

Farben irisierend. Halteren rostgelb, Stiel blass gelblich.

KG6rperliinge 3,1—3,8 mm.

Fliigelliinge 3,7—4,1 mm.

Fiihlerlinge 0,8—1,2 mm.

Thorakalliinge 1,3—1,4 mm.

Abdominallinge 1,9—2,4 mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 1,8 mm.

,. der Hinterschiene 1,8 mm. | bin erésseren Exemplar.

» des Hintertarsus 2,4 mm.

Fundort. Seychellen. Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss hoch, Januar bis

Mirz 1909, 2 2? gesammelt von H. Scott.

Typen im Museum von London und Stettin. Gewidmet wurde diese sehr interessante

Species dem Sammler, Herrn H. Scott.

Ceroplatine.

PratyurA Meig. 1804.

4. Platyura aallariger, nov. spec.

a. Kopf klein und kurz. Augen gross, lang gestreckt, Pubescenz sehr kurz.

Ocellen klein. Gesicht schmal, fast doppelt so lang wie breit. Scheitel miissig breit und

ziemlich kurz. Behaarung ziemlich kriftig und miissig dicht. Fithler ziemlich rundlich,

nach der Spitze zu sehr wenig verdiinnt, erst das letzte Glied zugespitzt; die beiden

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA 67

Basalglieder wenig linger als breit, die Geisselglieder abgesehen von der Fiihlerspitze

so lang wie breit. Palpus miissig lang.

Thorax ziemlich hochgewélbt, besonders vorn, etwas liinger als hoch, doppelt so lang

wie breit ; miissig dicht mit kraftigen miissig langen Haaren besetzt. Scutellum ziemlich

klein, hinten kreisf6rmig gerundet aber ziemlich kurz; hinten mit einigen borstigen

Haaren. Postscutellum sehr schwach gewélbt und flach abfallend. Abdomen stark

dorsoventral, beim ? etwas weniger, abgeflacht und nach hinten verbreitert, besonders

beim ¢; dicht und miissig lang behaart. Die kleinen Haltezangen des ? mit kurzen

kriftigen Haaren besetzt. Beine schlank, Schienendornen sehr kurz und spiirlich, Fuss-

bérstchen kurz und dicht. Lingerer Hintertibiensporn 4 des 1. Tarsengliedes.

se miindet proximal der Basis von ir in den Vorderrand. Die Verschmelzung von 7

und m ist sehr kurz, wenig linger als die Dicke dieser Ader. Mediocubitalquerader wenig

linger als letztere und doppelt so lang wie der Basalabschnitt von rr. 7,,, miindet etwas

proximal von der Mitte zwischen 7, und 7,,,. Die Costa erreicht fast das Ende des 2.

Drittels zwischen 7,,, und m,. 7,,, etwa 4 von 7,,,. Radialgabelzelle breit. Mediangabel-

stiel 14 des Basalabschnittes von 77. Mediangabel missig schmal, Aste fast gerade und

allmihlich divergierend. Cubitulgabel am Ende stark verbreitert, Basalabschnitt von

cu, etwas linger als der Basalabschnitt von 77. Analis scharf, Endfiinftel fehlt. A-xillaris

scharf, erreicht fast den Hinterrand.

Kopf gelbbraun, Augen schwarz. Palpen briunlich. Fiihler briunlich rostgelb,

beim ¢ meist schwarzlich mit gelblichem Ton. Scheitelbehaarung schwarz. Thorax

rostgelb, Behaarung schwarz. Abdomen braungelb, Spitze dunkel gelbbraun, iusserste

Spitze ockergelblich, die Zangen des Mannchens schwiarzlich. Beine hell ockergelb,

Schienen gelblich graubraun, Tarsen schwiirzlich, Tibienendsporne schwarz. Fliigel blass

braiunlich gelb, Adern gelbbraun. Halteren dunkelbraun, Stiel blass gelblich. Membran

sehr lebhaft in allen Farben irisierend.

Korperlinge 3,1—34 mm.

Fliigelliinge 2,9—3,1 mm.

Fiihlerlinge 0,9 mm.

Thorakallinge 1 mm.

Abdominalliinge 2,1 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels 1,2 mm.

» der Hinterschiene 1,6 mm.

» des Hintertarsus 2,5 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Silhouette: Wald oberhalb von Mare aux Cochons.

September 1908, 2 g. Félicité Insel: 14.—18. Dezember 1908, 1 ¢: Mahé: Cascade

Estate, ungefihr 800—1500 Fuss Oktober 1908—Miirz 1909, 1 2, 1 2; in der Nihe von

Morne Blanc, Oktober bis November 1908, 1 9.

5. Platywra levis, nov. spec.

?. Kopf klein, so breit wie der Thorax, kurz; Augen gross, langgestreckt, Pubescenz

sehr kurz. Scheitel missig breit und kurz, Pubescenz sehr fein und kurz, an dem

Augenrand einige kriftige Haare. Fiihler diinn, nicht zugespitzt, die beiden Basalglieder

9—2

68 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

so lang wie breit, die Geisselglieder etwas linger als breit, das erste Geisselglied 13-mal

so lang wie breit. Gesicht so lang wie breit. Palpen miissig lang.

Thorax stark gewolbt, doppelt so lang wie breit und so lang wie hoch; Riickenschild

poliert glatt, dicht mit feinen und kurzen Haaren besetzt, an den Seiten und hinten sind

die Haare ein wenig linger; ohne Borsten. Scutellum klein, hinten gerundet und mit

einigen liingeren Haaren. Postscutellum miissig gew6lbt. Abdomen ziemlich lang, stark

dorsoventral plattgedriickt, nach hinten verbreitert, Behaarung dicht und miissig lang.

Beine sehr lang und diinn, von den Schienendornen finden sich nur vereinzelt ganz kurze

Reste. Liingerer Hinterschienensporn 4 des 1. Tarsengliedes. Fussbérstchen verein-

zelt und sehr kurz.

se miindet ein Stiick proximal der Basis von vv in den Vorderrand. Die Verschmelzung

von 77 und m ist lang, etwas liinger als der Basalabschnitt von 77. Mediocubitalquerader

ca. + des letzteren. 7,.,, endet fast am Ende des 2. Drittels zwischen 7, und 7,,,,

Radialgabelzelle sehr schmal, 7,,, sehr kurz, etwa + von 7,,,. Mediangabelstiel etwa

doppelt so lang wie der Basalabschnitt von rr. Cubitalgabelzelle am Ende ziemlich stark

verbreitert. Basalabschnitt von cu, 14 der Mediocubitalquerader und 4 des Basalabschnittes

von 77. Analis scharf, Enddrittel fehlt. A-xillaris fehlt vollig.

Kopf und Fiihler schwarzbraun, die beiden Basalglieder hellbraun, Augen schwarz.

Thorax hell briiunlich gelb, Riickenschild glinzend tiefschwarz, Scutellum briiunlich.

Abdomen hell braungelb, Spitzenviertel dunkelbraun, Hinterrainder der Tergite schmal

schwarzbraun. Beine blass ockergelblich, Schienen grau, Tarsen grauschwarz, Tibiensporne

schwarz. Fliigel gelblich hyalin, Adern dunkelbraun. Halteren schlank, braun, Stiel hell

briunlich gelb. Membran sehr lebhaft in allen Farben irisierend.

Korperliinge 2,6—2,8 mm.

Fliigellinge 2,9—3 mm.

Fiblerliinge 0,8 mm.

Thorakallinge 0,9 mm.

Abdominalliinge 2—2,1 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels 1,2 mm.

,» der Hinterschiene 2 mm.

,» des Hintertarsus 2,9 mm.

Fundort. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, ungefiihr 800—1500 Fuss, Oktober

1908—Miirz 1909, 4 9.

APHANIZOPHLEPS Enderl. 1910.

6. Aphanizophleps flavipes, nov. spec.

Diese Species unterscheidet sich von A. coxata Enderl. aus Siidbrasilien durch

folgendes :

Korper grésser und kriiftiger. m, erstreckt sich weiter basalwirts, und zwar liegt

der Anfang hinter der Miindung von 7,. Die schmale Zelle zwischen ¢ und rr ist linger

und noch schmiiler.

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILID 69

Der Thorax und das Abdomen sind schwarzbraun. Die Hinterschenkel sind am

Spitzendrittel nicht braun, sondern gleichfalls ockergelb; dagegen haben Mittel- und

Hinterschenkel an der Basis unten einen schmalen braunen Lingswisch.

Kéorperlinge 2,4—2,5 mm.

Fliigellinge 2,2 mm.

Fiihlerliinge ca. 1,7 mm.

Thorakallinge 0,8 mm.

Abdominallinge 1,4 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels 1,2 mm.

, der Hinterschiene 1,5 mm.

, des Hintertarsus 1,9 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Silhouette: Wald oberhalb von Mare aux Cochons, 1400—

2000 Fuss hoch, September 1908, 1 ¢. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss hoch,

Oktober 1908 bis Mirz 1909, 12, 12; in der Nihe von Morne Blanc, Oktober bis

November 1908, 1 2.

Lea Meig. 1818.

7. Leva maculicoxa, nov. spec.

Scheitel matt, mit langen struppig abstehenden Haaren und Borsten. Augen gross,

microscopisch fein grau pubesciert. Die seitlichen Ocellen miissig gross und den Augenrand

berithrend ; der mittlere Ocellus verschwindend klein. Gesicht 14-mal so lang wie breit.

Fiihler ziemlich diinn, wenig zugespitzt, so lang wie der Thorax, 1. Glied 14-mal so lang

wie breit, 2. zweimal so breit wie lang, beide am Endrande lang behaart, 2. Ghed nur mit 1

Reihe rings um den Rand, von diesen die oberste sehr lang und borstenformig ; Geissel-

glieder 14-mal so lang wie breit, erstes 14-mal, letztes doppelt so lang wie breit. Palpus

lang.

Thorax 14-mal so lang wie hoch und 1?-mal so lang wie breit, hoch gewolbt ;

Riickenschild wenig glatt, mit miissig kurzer und miissig dichter Pubescenz, vorn an den

Seiten mit langen und ziemlich dichtgestellten Haaren, ebenso am Hinterrand, Scutellum

breit und miissig lang, gleichmiissig gerundet, ziemlich diinngedriickt, Hinterrand mit 6

Borsten, die beiden seitlichen kurz und + der sehr langen mittleren beiden. Postscutellum

fast eben, nur hinten gerundet, sehr flach abfallend, unbehaart. Metapleuren stark

gerundet, mit feinen langen Haaren dicht besetzt. Abdomen walzig, oben abgeflacht ;

6 Tergite gross, das 7. nur ganz kurz sichtbar. Pubescenz missig kurz, dicht und etwas

anliegend. Lingerer Hintertibienendsporn # des 1. Tarsengliedes. Fussbérstchen

spirlich und sehr kurz. Coxen schlank, nicht ganz so lang wie der Thorax, Vordercoxen

etwas kiirzer.

rr fast gerade, Zelle R, relativ breit. m, ziemlich gerade, m, von der Mitte aus nach

vorn gebogen, so dass die Mediangabelzelle von der Basis bis zur Mitte verbreitert, nach

dem Ende zu ziemlich stark verschmilert und am Ende halb so breit wie in der Mitte ist.

Mediangabelstiel 14-mal so lang wie die Breite der Gabel in der Mitte. cw, gleichmiissig

sehr schwach gebogen an der Basis ziemlich breit unterbrochen, cu, schwach wellig gebogen.

70 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ax endet wenig distal der Basis von cu,. cu, beginnt wenig proximal von der Basis des

Mediangabelstieles.

Kopf briunlich ockergelb ; Fiihler hell braiunlich gelb, das Enddrittel jedes Geissel-

gliedes, bei den 5—6 letzten die Endhiilfte, schwarzbraun. Palpen hell gelblich, erstes

Glied braungelb. Augen schwarz, Ocellen hellgelblich. Thorax hell braunlich ockergelb,

Scutellum etwas mehr gelblich. Riickenschild vorn mit 1 ganz undeutlichem Mittelstreif,

hinten mit 2 ebensolchen seitlichen Streifen, die hiufig fehlen. Pubescenz und Beborstung

hell braungelb. Postscutellum dunkelbraun. Abdomen hell ockergelb, hintere Halfte

des 1.—6. Tergites schwarzbraun ; diese schwarze Zeichnung erweitert sich meist in der

Mitte nach vorn, so dass eine winklige Grenzlinie entsteht, die zuweilen den Vorderrand

beriihrt. Auf dem 1—6. Sternit ist an den Seiten von der Hinterecke aus je ein

schriiggestelltes wenig schmiileres dunkelbraunes Band bis zum Vorderrand. 7. Tergit

schwarz. Genitalsegment briiunlichgelb. Beine hell ockergelb, die Enddrittel der Coxen

auf der Aussenseite schwarzbraun. Trochanter briiunlich. Schenkel mit brauner iiusserster

Basis, Mittel- und Hinterschenkel ausserdem im Basal- und Enddrittel unten mit braunem

Liingsstreifen, die Hinterschenkel ausserdem noch an der diussersten Spitze schwarz und

lings des ganzen oberen Randes mit schmalem hellbraunen Liingsstreifen. Endachtel der

Mittel- und Hinterschienen schwarzbraun. ‘Tarsen sehr schwach gebriiunt. Tibienend-

sporne hell ockergelb, an der Spitze leicht gebriaunt.

Halteren gelblichweiss. Fliigel hyalin, graugelblich getriibt, Adern gelbbraun.

Membran sehr lebhaft in allen Farben irisierend.

Korperliinge 3,3—4,1 mm.

Fliigelliinge 3,2—3,7 mm.

Fiihlerliinge 1,4—1,6 mm.

Thorakalliinge 1,4—1,6 mm.

Abdominallinge 2,2—3 mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 1,6 mm.

,, der Hinterschiene 24 mm. beim grésstem Exemplar.

, des Hintertarsus 2,5 mm. |

Fundorte. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss, Oktober 1908 bis

Miirz 1909, 32179; Gebiet von Forét noire, Oktober und November 1908, 2 9; in der

Niihe von Morne Blanc, Oktober und November 1908, 2. Anonyme Insel, von Gras

und Farnen, Januar 1909, 19. Praslin, November und Dezember 1908, 1 9.

8. Leia seychellensis, nov. spec.

g. Diese Species unterscheidet sich von Leia maculicoxa durch folgendes :

Abdominaltergite nur an den Seiten vorn mit dreieckigen ockergelben Flecken,

Coxen, Trochanter einfarbig hell ockergelb, nur die iiussersten Endspitzen der Coxen und

die tiussersten Endspitzen des Hinterschenkels schwarz. Grasse viel kleiner.

Korperliinge 2,7—2,8 mm.

Fliigellinge 2,6—3 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Silhouette: in der Nihe von Mont Pot-i-eau, ca. 1500 Fuss,

August 1908, 1 ¢. Mahé: Cascade Estate, ca. 1000 Fuss und héher, 1 g. Félicité Insel :

14.—18. Dezember 1908, 3 &.

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA: 71

PHrontA Winn. 1863.

9. Phronia flabellipennis, nov. spec.

49. Kopf so breit wie der Thorax, Scheitel miissig lang, matt, missig dicht mit

miissig langen nach vorn gekiimmten Haaren besetzt, Schliifen miissig lang. Ocellen sehr

klein, dicht am Augenrand, der mittlere Ocellus nicht erkennbar. Stirn vorn gerade

abgestutzt. Gesicht doppelt so lang wie hinten breit, nach vorn verschmiilert. Fiihler

kurz, etwas kiirzer als der Thorax, erst das Endviertel stark verdiinnt und grau

pubesciert ; 1. Glied 14-mal so lang wie am Ende breit, 2. so lang wie breit, Geisselglieder

durchschnittlich so lang wie breit. Augen gross, microscopisch fein pubesciert. Palpen

miissig kurz.

Thorax 1}-mal so lang wie hoch und fast doppelt so lang wie breit ; fein und ziemlich

dicht pubesciert und spiirlich mit kurzen Bérstchen besetzt, hinten und an den hinteren

Seiten mit einigen Borsten. Scutellum halbkreisformig, kurz behaart, hinten mit 2

langen Borsten. Postscutellum abgerundet stumpf kegelf6rmig. Abdomen stark lateral

zusammengedriickt, kurz pubesciert ; das 7. Segment beim ¢ 4 so lang wie das 6. und

weniger hoch, beim ¢ so lang wie das 6. und ebenfalls weniger hoch. Hinterrand des 6.

Tergites des ¢ mit 8 langen Borsten und in der Mitte mit einer kleinen héckerartigen

Verliingerung ; beides fehlt beim ?. Coxen wenig verbreitert, schlank, so lang wie der

Thorax, Vordercoxe wenig kiirzer. Alle Schenkel schlank. Mittelschiene oben mit sehr

kurzen Borstchen ; Hinterschiene mit 2 Reihen Borsten die etwas liinger als der Schienen-

durchmesser sind. Liingerer Hinterschienenendsporn etwas linger als die Hiilfte des 1.

Tarsengliedes. Fussbérstchen sehr kurz und spiirlich.

Die Costa geht nicht tiber 77 hinaus. 7, gerade. vr nur unter der Miindung von 7,

etwas nach hinten umgebogen, sonst gerade. Zelle FR, sehr schmal, wenig divergierend.

Die Querader zwischen 77 und m 4-mal so lang wie der Mediangabelstiel, letzterer ein

wenig liinger als der Basalabschnitt des Radialramus. Cubitalgabelung ziemlich weit

distal der Mediangabelung, Stiel doppelt so lang wie cv,, Gabel breit, Randstrecke

fast 14 der Randstrecke der schmalen Mediangabel. Die Analis erreicht fast die

Cubitalgabelung. 2 Axillaradern; aw, etwas kiirzer als an, aa, erreicht fast den

Hinterrand. Der iiber die Basalquerader iiberstehende Teil der Subcosta ist nicht

linger als diese.

Kopf braun, Augen schwarz, Ocellen dunkelbraun, Fiihler schwiirzlich, grau pube-

sciert, die beiden Basalglieder ockergelb, Kopfpubescenz hell ockergelb. Thorax hell

gelbbraun, Pubescenz und Beborstung schwarz. Abdomen schwarz, ockergelb ist die

Unterseite, und ein sich nach den Seiten verbreiternder Vorderrandsaum auf jedem

Segment; das 1. Tergit ganz ockergelb, ebenso die hinter dem 7. Segment gelegenen

Sexualorgane. Coxen, Trochanter und Schenkel blass weisslich gelb. Alle Schenkel

oben mit braunem Liingsstreifen, Hinterschenkel an der Spitze braun. Schienen grau,

Tarsen schwarz, Tibienendsporne schwarz. Halteren braun mit gelbem Stiel. Fliigel

briiunlich hyalin, Adern braun.- Membran sehr lebhaft in allen Farben irisierend.

Kérperliinge ¢ 3,5 mm. ? 4,5 mm.

Fliigellinge ? 3 mm. ? 3 mm.

12 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fiihlerlinge ? 1,2 mm.

Thorakallinge ¢ 1,3 mm. ? 1,4 mm.

Abdominallinge 2,6 mm. ? 3,2 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels $ 1,5 mm. 2 1,6 mm.

» der Hinterschiene ¢ 1,9 mm. ? 2,2 mm.

, des Hintertarsus # 2,6 mm. ? 2,9 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Mahé: Gegend von Mare aux Cochons, 1500 Fuss hoch,

26. Januar bis 2. Februar 1909, 1 3%; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss hoch, Januar

bis Mirz 1909, 1 9.

Typen im Museum von London und Stettin.

10. Phronia silhouettensis, nov. spec.

?. Kopf so breit wie der Thorax, Scheitel ziemlich kurz, Schliifen kurz. Scheitel mit

kurzer nach vorn gekiimmter Pubescenz. Augen sehr gross, microscopisch fein pubesciert.

Ocellen gross, dicht am Augenrand, mittlerer Ocellus winzig klein. Stirn vorn gerade

abgestutzt. Gesicht doppelt so lang wie breit, in der Mitte etwas verengt. Fiihler

miissig kurz, ein wenig liinger als der Thorax ; gleichmiissig nach der Spitze zugespitzt ;

die beiden Basalglieder 14-mal so lang wie breit ; Geisselglieder 1}-mal so lang wie breit,

Endglied linger; Geisselpubescenz iiusserst kurz und erscheint nur als grauer Reif.

Palpen lang und schlank.

Thorax 14-mal so lang wie hoch und 24-mal so lang wie breit, miissig gewdlbt.

Pubescenz kurz und gleichmiissig, an den Seiten und hinten mit einigen Borsten.

Scutellum lang, tiberhalbkreisférmig, in der Mitte des Hinterrandes 2 lange Borsten.

Postscutellum breit gewélbt. 7. Segment des Abdomens so lang wie das 6. aber schmiiler.

Coxen schmal, schlank, so lang wie der Thorax, Vordercoxe ein wenig ktirzer. Alle

Schenkel schlank und schmal. Mittelschiene oben mit einigen verschwindenden Borsten-

stummeln, Hinterschiene oben mit 2 Reihen kurzer Borsten, die nicht viel linger sind als

der Schienendurchmesser. Liingerer Hinterschienensporn halb so lang wie das 1. Tarsen-

glied, das fast so lang ist wie die iibrigen 4 Tarsenglieder zusammen, Fussbérstchen fast

fehlend.

Die Costa geht nicht iiber rv hinweg. 7, gerade, 77 am Ende des 1. Viertels etwas

nach vorn, am Ende des 3. Viertels etwas nach hinten umgebogen. Zelle AR, nur im

Basalsechstel sehr schmal; bis dorthin stark verbreitert. Die Querader zwischen 77

und m 13-mal so lang wie der Mediangabelstiel, dieser mindestens 3-mal so lang wie der

sehr kurze Basalabschnitt des Radialramus. Cubitalgabel ziemlich weit distal der

Mediangabelung, Stiel 23-mal so lang wie cu,; cu, gerade, cu, schwach gebogen; Gabel

breit und so breit wie die nicht schmale Mediangabel, die kurz vor dem Ende etwas

erweitert ist. Die Analis geht noch ein Stiick tiber die Cubitalgabelung hinweg ;

2 Axillaradern; die vordere (ax,) sehr blass, % der Analisliinge; ax, ebenso lang und

erreicht fast den Hinterrand. Der iiber die Basalquerader reichende Teil von se ist

doppelt so lang wie diese und beriihrt fast den Radius.

Kopf hell rostgelb, Augen schwarz, Ocellen dunkelbraun, fein schwarz gesiiumt,

Fiihler grau, weisslich grau bereift, die 3 ersten Glieder ockergelb. Kopfpubescenz

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA 73

schwarz. Thorax rostgelb, an den Seiten des Riickenschildes ein silberweisser miassig

breiter Lingsstreifen, der an beiden Seiten schwarz gesiiumt ist; Medianlinie des

Riickenschildes mit einem schmalen braunen Liingsstreifen, der im vorderen Drittel

eine schmale Gabel bildet. Scutellum braun, Hinterrand und Medianlinie ockergelb.

Abdomen hell ockergelb, der obere Rand (ein schmaler Medianstreif in der Mitte des

Tergits), ein schmaler Vorderrandsaum auf dem 3.—6. Tergit und das 7. Tergit schwarz-

braun. Beine mit den Coxen hell ockergelb, Schienen grau briiunlich gelb. Tarsen und

Tibienendsporne schwarz. Halteren rostgelb. Fliigel briiunlichgelb hyalin; Adern gelb-

braun. Membran intensiv in allen Farben irisierend.

Kérperlinge 4 mm.

Fliigellinge 2,5 mm.

Fiiblerlinge 1,4 mm.

Thorakallinge 1 mm.

Abdominalliinge 3,2 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels 1,3 mm.

, der Hinterschiene 2 mm.

is des Hintertarsus 2,3 mm.

Fundort. Seychellen. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, September 1908, 1 .

Type in Museum von London.

11. Phronia areolata, nov. spec.

f. Kopf sehr breit und gross, ein wenig breiter als der Thorax. Augen sehr Toss,

Pubescenz kurz und ziemlich kriftig. Ocellen klein, dicht am Augenrand, der mittlere

Ocellus sehr klein. Stirn vorn gerade abgestutzt. Scheitel kurz, Pubescenz kurz, an den

Seiten einige Borsten. Schlifen kurz. Fiihler kurz, gedrungen, so lang wie der Thorax,

nicht zugespitzt. 1. Fithlerglied 14-mal so lang wie breit, 2. eine Spur breiter als lang,

am Ende mit einigen liingeren Haaren; 1. Geisselglied 13-mal so lang wie am Ende

breit, die iibrigen so lang wie breit. Palpen schlank.

Thorax so lang wie hoch, sehr stark gewélbt, 1% mal so lang wie breit; sehr dicht

und sehr fein grau pubesciert, vorn an den Seiten und hinten einige schwarze Borsten.

Scutellum breit fast halbkreisformig, fein pubesciert, hinten mit 2 langen Borsten ; es liegt

dem Postscutellum bis zum Ende dicht auf, das dann fast rechtwinklig und ziemlich

hoch senkrecht abfillt. Abdomen stark lateral zusammengedriickt; das 2. Segment am

lingsten, das 7. 1/3 so lang wie das 6.; Legerohr und Cerci sehr zart und klein. Coxen

sehr lang, wenig verbreitert, Vordercoxen so lang wie der Thorax, die iibrigen etwas

linger. Schenkel sehr schlank, Hinterschenkel miissig verbreitert. Die Borsten auf der

Oberseite der Mittelschiene sind sehr kurz, die der Hinterschiene fast so lang wie der

Schienendurchmesser. Liingerer Hinterschienensporn 2/3 des 1. Tarsengliedes. Fuss-

bérstchen spirlich und kurz.

e geht nicht iiber 77 hinweg. 7, ist sehr schwach gebogen. 77 vor dem Ende des 2.

Drittels etwas nach hinten gebogen. Zelle FR, ziemlich breit, an der Basis schmal, ziemlich

stark divergierend. Der Mediangabelstiel 2/3 der schriiggestellten Querader zwischen rr

und m und 3-mal so lang wie der Basalabschnitt von 77. Mediangabelzelle ziemlich breit,

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 10

74 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

im ersten und dritten Drittel divergierend, im zweiten parallel. Cubitalgabel kurz und

missig breit, Stiel 3-mal so lang wie cuv,; cu, gerade, cu, nahe der Basis gebogen. Die

Enden von m,, ™,, cu, und cu, verblasst. Der tiber die Basalquerader iiberstehende Teil

von sc ist kaum linger als diese und beriihrt fast 7. Nur eine Axillarader und zwar

die hintere. ;

Kopf braun, Gesicht briunlichgelb. Augen schwarz, Ocellen gelblich. Fiihler

schwarz, grau pubesciert, die 2 ersten Glieder und die Basis des 3. ockergelb, das 3. und 4.

Glied braun. Kopfpubescenz graugelblich, Borsten schwarz. Thorax gelbbraun, Pubescenz

gelblich, Borsten schwarz. Abdomen schwarzbraun, die beiden ersten Sternite und die

Hinterhiilften der zwei folgenden hell ockergelb, hinten zieht sich bei diesen 4 Segmenten

die gelbe Farbe etwas auf die Seiten der Tergite hinauf. Coxen blass ockergelb, Spitze

briiunlich. Trochanter und Schenkel braungelb, die dichte Pubescenz schwirzlich.

Schienen etwas dunkler, Tarsen und Tibienendsporne schwarz. Halteren schwarzbraun,

Stiel hell briunlich gelb. Fliigel grau hyalin, Adern braun. Membran sehr stark in allen

Farben, am Aussenrand intensiv blau irisierend.

Korperliinge 3 mm.

Fliigelliinge 24 mm.

Fithlerliinge 0,9 mm.

Thorakalliinge 0,9 mm.

Abdominallinge 2,2 mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 1,3 mm.

, der Hinterschiene 1,5 mm.

, des Hintertarsus 2,3 mm.

Fundort. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss, Januar bis Mirz

1909, 19.

Type im Museum von London.

12. Phronia subvenosa, nov. spec.

22. Diese Species hat Ahnlichkeit mit der Phr. areolata und unterscheidet sich von

ihr durch Folgendes :

Scheitel und Schliifen dunkelbraun, Pubescenz silberweisslich. Thorax rostbraun.

Schildchen schmiiler und linger, ungewohnlich schmal. Thorax hell bis dunkel rostbraun,

Scutellum ziemlich dunkelbraun. Abdomen schwarz, die 5 ersten Sternite hell ockergelb,

selten dunkler ; bei einigen Stiicken (5 ¢) sind die Vorderdrittel des 3.—5. Tergites hell

ockergelb. Abdominalspitze hinter dem 7. Segment rostgelb bis braunlich. Coxen

einfarbig blass ockergelb. Spitzenachtel der Hinterschenkel schwarz. Halteren weisslich

bis hell ockergelb.

ce geht nicht tiber 77 hinweg. 7, gerade, 77 am Ende des 3. Viertels sehr schwach

gebogen. Zelle FR, sehr schmal, sehr schwach divergierend. Mediangabelstiel kurz, } oder

noch weniger von der Querader zwischen rr und m. Der Basalabschnitt von 77 sehr kurz,

kaum linger als dick. Mediangabel ziemlich schmal und ziemlich parallel. Cubitalgabel

kurz, etwas schmiiler als die Mediangabel. Die Enden von m,, m,, cu, und cu, fehlen

vollig. an sehr blass. Nur die hintere Axillarader vorhanden.

“NI

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILID 4

Korperliinge 2,9—3,1 mm.

Fliigellinge 2,4 mm.

Fiihlerlinge 0,9 mm.

Thorakalliinge 1,1 mm.

Abdominalliinge 2+ mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 1,2 mm.

, der Hinterschiene 14 mm.

,, des Hintertarsus 2 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen, 5 3, 89. Silhouette: Ebene und Sumpf nahe bei Mare aux

Cochons, August 1908, 1 ?; Mare aux cochons, September 1908, 1 ¢; Wald oberhalb von

Mare aux cochons, September 1908, 1 ¢; Hochwald, 2000 Fuss, September 1908, 1 2.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss, Januar bis Miirz 1909, 3 $ 2 9. Anonyme Insel,

von Gras und Farn abgekiitschert, Januar 1909, 1 3; moorige Gegend in der Nihe der

Seekiiste, Cascade, 20. Februar 1909, 1 2. Félicité Insel, 14.—18. Dezember 1908, 1 9.

Typen im zoologischen Museum von Cambridge, Stettin und London.

var. tricincta, nov.

5 2 unterscheiden sich von der Stammform dadurch, dass das Vorderdrittel des 3.—5.

Abdominaltergites hell ockergelb ist.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Mahé: Wald von ziemlich verkriippelten Capucin-Biumen

(Northea), auf dem Gipfel von ‘“‘Montagne Anse Major,” 2000 Fuss, Februar 1909, 1 2;

Umgebung von Mare aux cochons, 1500 Fuss, 26. Januar bis 2. Februar 1909, 1 ¢.

Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss, Januar bis Mirz 1909, 1 ?. Silhouette: Hochwald

oberhalb Mare aux cochons, September 1908, 2 9.

Macropracuius Dziedzicki 1889.

13. Macrobrachius brevifurcatus, nov. spec.

$. Kopf so breit wie der Thorax. Scheitel miissig kurz. Schliifen kurz. Scheitel-

pubescenz kurz und dicht, an den Seiten und vorn einige Borsten. Ocellen sehr klein,

dicht am Augenrand, mittlerer Ocellus nicht zu bemerken. Stirn vorn mit einem langen

keilformigen Fortsatz, der zwischen der Basis der beiden Fiihler endet und in der Mitte

ee tiefe Liingsfurche besitzt. Gesicht ungefiihr so lang wie breit. Augen gross,

microscopisch kurz pubesciert. Fiihler etwas liinger als der Thorax, 1. Glied 14, 2. Glied

so lang wie breit, 2. oben mit einem langen Haar. Geisselglieder etwas liinger als breit,

1. Glied 13-mal so lang wie breit. Palpen miissig schlank.

Thorax fast so hoch wie lang, stark gew6lbt ; fast doppelt so lang wie breit ; dicht und

kurz pubesciert, ausserdem zerstreute kurze Borsten, an den Seiten ziemlich viel hinten

einige lange Borsten. Scutellum ziemlich gross, halbkreisférmig, mit 4 langen Borsten.

Postscutellum flach gewélbt und ziemlich steil. Abdomen stark lateral zusammengedriickt,

Pubescenz dicht und miissig lang; 1. Segment sehr kurz. Coxen miissig schlank, fast so

lang wie der Thorax, Vordercoxe etwas kiirzer. Schenkel ziemlich schlank und schmal.

Borsten der Oberseite der Mittel- und Hinterschienen so lang wie der Schienendurch-

messer. Fussbérstchen dicht aber sehr kurz.

10—2

76 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Die Costa geht + der Entfernung zwischen rr und m, tiber rr hinweg. 7, kriiftig und

gerade. 77 gerade, nur hinter dem Ende von 7, etwas nach hinten gebogen. Zelle R,

breit und parallelseitig, erst hinter dem Ende von 7, etwas verbreitert. Stiel der

Mediangabel ein wenig liinger als die Querader zwischen 77 und m, diese doppelt so lang

wie der Basalabschnitt von rv. Mediangabel gleichmiissig und ziemlich breit divergierend.

Cubitalgabel kurz und ziemlich breit, der Stiel 4-mal so lang wie cv,. Randstrecke der

Mediangabel fast doppelt so lang wie die der Cubitalgabel. Die Analis reicht bis zur

Cubitalgabelung. Nur die hintere Axillarader vorhanden, diese kurz und erreicht nur die

Hiilfte der Entfernung bis zum Rand. Radialzelle R ziemlich breit.

Kopf und Palpen gelbbraun, Gesicht briiunlichgelb, Augen schwarz, Ocellen

gelblich. Vorderer Stirnkeil ockergelblich. Kopfbehaarung schwarz. Thorax hell

ockergelb, ein schmaler vorn sich sehr schmal gabelnder Medianstreif und nahe seitlich

davon je ein breiterer Liingsstreif schwarzbraun. Behaarung (Pubescenz und Borsten)

schwarz. Scutellum braun, in der Mitte ockergelb. Postscutellum in der Mitte braunlich-

Abdomen schwarz, die 4 ersten Sternite hell ockergelb, diese Fiirbung zieht sich an

der Vorderseite des 2.—4. Tergites ein Stiick in die Hohe und bildet 3-eckige Keilflecke.

Beine mit Coxen hell ockergelb, Schienen braungelb, Schienenendsporne und Tarsen

schwarzbraun. Schienenendspitzen der Mittel- und Hinterbeine schwarz. Enddrittel des

Hinterschenkels schwarzbraun. Basaldrittel des 1. Hintertarsengliedes hell ockergelb.

Halteren braun, Stiel hell ockergelb. Fliigel hyalin, ziemlich dunkel rauchbraun.

Adern dunkelbraun. Membran sehr lebhaft in allen Farben irisierend.

Kérperlinge 2,8 mm.

Fliigelliinge 2,7 mm.

Fihlerlinge ca. 14 mm.

Thorakallinge 1,2 mm.

Abdominallinge 1,8 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels 1,5 mm.

, der Hinterschiene 1,8 mm.

,» des Hintertarsus 2 mm.

Fundort. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss, Januar bis Mirz

1909, 1 @.

Type im Museum zu London.

PLatuRocypTa, nov. gen. (Fig. 5.)

Typus: Pl. lumbatifenur, nov. spec. (Seychellen).

Dieses Genus unterscheidet sich von Hpicypta Winn. 1863 durch den stark dorsoventral

abgeplatteten Hinterleib (bei dieser lateral zusammengedriickt).

Nur 2 sehr kleine Ocellen sind erkennbar, die dicht am Augenrand liegen.

14. Platurocypta limbatifemur, nov. spec. (Fig. 5.)

22 Kopf gross, unten abgeplattet, so breit wie der Thorax, dicht dem Thorax

anliegend. Scheitel lang und breit, Schliifen lang; beide poliert glatt und ziemlich dicht

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA We

mit sehr feiner und kurzer Pubescenz besetzt, die nach vorn zu gekiimmt ist ; am Augen-

rand einige Borsten. Die beiden Ocellen sebr klein, dicht am Augenrand, ziemlich

gewoélbt. Augen nicht gross, rundlich, mit sehr feiner Pubescenz. Fiihler linger als Kopf

und Thorax zusammen, 1. Glied fast 3-mal so lang, 2. 14-mal so lang wie dick, beide oben

am Ende mit einem Biischel lingerer Haare, besonders das 1.; Geissel gleichmissig dick,

erst an der Spitze schwach zugespitzt, die 14 Geisselglieder schliessen dicht aneinander,

so dass sie ziemlich schwer einzeln erkennbar sind; jedes Geisselglied ca. 14-mal so lang

wie breit. Palpus lang und ziemlich schlank.

Fig. 5.

Platurocypta limbatifemur Enderl. Fliigel. Vergr. 20: 1.

Thorax 24-mal so lang wie hoch und 2}-mal so lang wie breit ; poliert glatt, ziemlich

dicht, sehr fein und kurz pubesciert. Scutellum breit und miissig lang, Hinterrand gleich-

miissig gerundet und mit 4 langen Borsten ; flach auf dem am Ende des Scutellum steil

abfallenden Postscutellum liegend. Abdomen flach, besonders oben, miissig breit, poliert

glatt, ziemlich dicht und ziemlich kurz pubesciert; nach hinten und ‘vorn zu etwas

verschmiilert, besonders nach hinten zu. Sexualorgane im relativ grossen letzten (6.)

Segment verborgen, die Cerci des ? sehr diinn und schlank (gelblich) und ragen ein wenig

hervor. Coxen miissig breit, die vorderen etwas schmiiler und kiirzer, die hinteren etwas

linger als die mittleren. Hinterschenkel gross und breit, Vorderschiene oben mit einer

sehr kurzen Borste, Mittel- und Hinterschenkel oben mit 2 Reihen langer kriftiger

Borsten, Mittelschenkel unten ausserdem mit 3 Borsten liings des mittleren Drittels, die 2

vordersten sehr lang, etwa ? der Linge des Tibienspornes. Liingerer Hintertibiensporn

14, der Linge des 1. Tarsengliedes. Fussbérstchen dicht und lang.

Fliigel miissig breit. 7, und vr véllig gerade und sehr schwach divergierend ; Zelle RF,

miissig schmal. Radialgabelstiel 2 der Querader zwischen 77 und m. Cubitalgabelung

genau unter der Mediangabelung. Die Costa reicht bis zum Ende des 2. Fiinftels der

Entfernung zwischen rr und m,.

Kopf und Augen schwarz, Ocellen gelb, Pubescenz grau, Gesicht rostbraun. Fiihler

hell graubraun, die 4—6 ersten Glieder ockergelb. Thorax schwarz, Pubescenz braun,

Borsten schwarz. Abdomen schwarz, Pubescenz dunkelbraun. Beine mit den Coxen hell

ockergelb, Borsten schwarz; der ziemlich stark gebogene obere Rand der Hinterschenkel

schmal schwarz gesiiumt. Tarsen braun, Behaarung schwarz. Tibienendsporne schwarz-

braun. Halteren gelblich weiss. Fliigel grau hyalin, Vorderrandsaum etwas dunkler

grauschwiirzlich. Adern dunkelbraun, c, 7, und rr schwiirzlich. Fliigel intensiv besonders

blau bis rotviolett irisierend.

Kéorperliinge 2,4—3 mm.

Fliigelliinge 2,1—2,7 mm.

Fiihlerliinge 1,1 mm.

78 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Thorakallinge 1,2—1,3 mm.

Abdominallinge 1,6—1,8 mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 1 mm.

, der Hinterschiene 1,2 mm.

, des Hintertarsus 1,6 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Silhouette: Mare aux cochons und Sumpf in der Nihe

davon, August 1908, 12; Ebene von Mare aux cochons, ca. 1000 Fuss hoch, September

1908, 1 g. Mahé: Hochwald von Morne Blane und Pilot, Oktober bis November 1908,

1g; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss hoch, Oktober 1908 bis Mirz 1909, 3 3, 2 9,

gesammelt von H. P. Thomasset und H. Scott.

PLATYPROSTHIOGYNE, nov. gen. (Fig. 6.)

Typus: Pl. metameromelina, nov. spec. Seychellen.

Geiider ahnlich wie bei Zygomyia Winn. 1863, nur geht die Costa weit tiber den

Radialramus (77) hinweg, der Fliigelrand ist am Ende von cw stark ausgeschnitten und

vr, ist etwas kiirzer.

Fiihler 2+14-gliedrig. Palpen lang und schlank. Nur 2 Ocellen dicht am Augen-

rand. Kopf nach unten gedriickt. Abdomen stark dorsoventral zusammengedriickt.

Das 3., 4. und 5. Glied des Vordertarsus beim ? miissig stark seitlich zusammengedriickt

und etwas verkreitert.

Eine sehr kleine Species.

Sceptonia Winn. 1863 unterscheidet sich von dieser Gattung durch folgendes.

Radialramus (77°) gebogen, die Zelle 2, schmal, Fliigelrand unausgeschnitten, 3 Ocellen.

Abdomen lateral zusammengedriickt. Vordertarsus des ? nicht verbreitert.

Fig. 6.

Platyprosthiogyne metameromelina Enderl. Fliigel. Vergr. 40: 1.

15. Platyprosthiogyne metameromelina, nov. spec. (Fig. 6).

$?. Kopf etwas linger als breit, und so breit wie der Thorax, etwas flach gedriickt ;

er kann nach unten herumgeklappt werden und legt sich dann dicht dem Thorax an.

Die beiden Ocellen klein und flach, nicht sehr deutlich, dicht am Augenrand. Augen

nicht gross, rundlich, microscopisch kurz pubesciert. Scheitel lang und breit, poliert

glatt, mit ganz vereinzelten kurzen Hiirchen. Schlifen sehr lang, poliert glatt, spiirlich

behaart. Wangen fehlen; die Unterseite des Kopfes eben, mit scharfen Seitenraindern,

die an den Schliifen eine scharfe Kante bilden und den Augenunterrand tangieren.

Gesicht sehr kurz und ziemlich breit. Fiihler so lang wie das Abdomen, lang, miissig

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA 79

diinn, Geissel gleichmissig dick, nicht zugespitzt. 1. Basalglied fast doppelt so lang wie

breit, 2. so lang wie breit und am Ende oben mit einigen lingeren Haaren; Geissel-

glieder im Basaldrittel ca. 25, in der Mitte ca. 2, im Enddrittel ca. 14-mal so lang wie

breit, 16. Glied (Endglied) 24-mal so lang wie breit. Palpen lang und schlank.

Thorax doppelt so lang wie hoch und 24-mal so lang wie in der Mitte breit ; poliert

glatt und mit sehr diinner und kurzer Pubescenz miissig dicht bedeckt. Scutellum

miissig gross, halbkreisf6rmig, Hinterrand mit 2 langen Borsten; dicht auf dem Post-

seutellum liegend und dieses verdeckend. Abdomen poliert glatt, beim ? stark dorso-

ventral zusammengedriickt und etwas verbreitert, beim ¢ wenig stark und nicht ver-

breitert. Die minnlichen Genitalien verborgen, das weibliche Legerohr aus dem kriiftigen

letzten (6.) Segment hervorragend und sehr zart mit winzigen Cercis. Coxen sehr gross

und breit, Vordercoxen sehr schmal und schlank, kaum kiirzer als die iibrigen. Schenkel

zart und schlank, Hinterschenkel lang, kriiftig und etwas verbreitert. Mittelschiene oben

mit einigen sehr kurzen Borsten, die nicht liinger sind als der Schienendurchmesser,

Hinterschiene oben mit 2 Reihen langer kriiftiger Borsten, die innere mit 3 die iiussere

mit 6 Borsten. Liingerer Hintertibienendsporn so lang wie das 1. Tarsenglied. 2.—4. Vor-

dertarsenglied beim ¢ seitlich zusammengedriickt und etwas verbreitert. Fussbérstchen

dicht und lang.

Fliigel schlank. Zelle R sehr schmal und schlank. Zelle f, relativ breit. rv fast

3-mal so lang wie 7,. Mediangabelstiel 1% der Querader zwischen m und 7v; letztere

fast 3-mal so lang wie der Basalabschnitt von 77. Mediangabel am Ende stark verbreitert.

eu vollie gerade. Randeinschnitt am Ende von ew kriiftig. an kurz, ax ziemlich lang.

Randbehaarung relativ lang. Die Costa geht iiber die Mitte der Entfernung zwischen

rr und m, ein Stiick hinweg. Adern ziemlich gleichmiissig dick, m,, m, und cu am Ende

etwas verdiinnt. Kopf, Augen und Ocellen tief schwarz, Pubescenz grau. Fiihler braun,

die 6 ersten Glieder hell ockergelb, Pubescenz dicht und grau. Thorax und Abdomen

tief schwarz, Pubescenz graubraun. Coxen hell ockergelb, Basalviertel der Mitteleoxen

und Basaldrittel der Hintercoxen schwarz. Trochanter und Schenkel hell ockergelb,

Hinterschenkel mit Ausnahme des Basaldrittels schwarz. Schienen briiunlich gelb, Tarsen

und Tibienendsporne braun. Halteren lebhaft gelblich weiss. Fliigel grauhyalin, Vorder-

randsaum in 4 der Fliigelbreite mit Ausnahme des Spitzenviertels dunkelbraun (Grenze

nicht sehr bestimmt), ein schmaler Saum an der Vorderseite von aa braun. Membran

ausserordentlich lebhaft in allen Farben, an der Fliigelspitze blau bis violett irisierend.

Koérperlinge 2,1—2,2 mm.

Fliigelliinge 1,7 mm.

Fiihlerliinge 1,4 mm.

Thorakalliinge 0,9 mm.

Abdominalliinge 1,3 mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 0,9 mm.

, der Hinterschiene 0,9 mm.

,» des Hintertarsus 1,3 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800 Fuss hoch und mehr, Oktober

1908 bis Miirz 1909, 2 ¢ und 3 ?, gesammelt von H. P. Thomasset und H. Scott.

80 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

MyceropHita Meig. 1804.

16. Mycetophila seychellensis, nov. spec.

49. Kopf so breit wie die Thoraxmitte ; lang. Scheitel lang, poliert glatt, Pubescenz .

fast fehlend. Schlifen sehr breit. Kopfunterrand scharf und stutzt den Augenunterrand

breit ab. Gesicht so lang wie vorn breit, nach vorn schwach verbreitert. Ocellen sehr

klein, dicht am Augenrand. Erstes Fiihlerglied doppelt so lang wie breit, 2. 14-mal so

lang wie breit, beide oben am Ende behaart, 2. mit einer lingeren Borste; Geissel im

Enddrittel allmiihlich zugespitzt; 1. und 2. Gled 14 so lang wie breit, die tibrigen

doppelt, das letzte 3-mal so lang wie breit. Palpus miissig schlank.

Thorax 2-mal so lang wie hoch, 24-mal so lang wie breit, stark gewélbt, poliert glatt,

sehr kurz und dicht pubesciert, hinten mit 6 Borsten. Scutellum breit halbkreis-

formig, Hinterrand mit 4 sehr langen Borsten. Die Unterseite liegt dicht auf der oberen

Seite des kegelférmig zugespitzten Postscutellums, das unter dem Hinterende des

Scutellums spitz endet und dann hoch itiberhiingend abfillt. Metapleure wenig erhaben.

Abdomen dicht und kurz behaart. Anhiinge des ¢ lang und sehr diinn, meist zum Teil

herausragend, die Cerci des ? sehr gedrungen und meist verborgen. Coxen lang und

sehr breit, Vordercoxe etwas kiirzer. Hinterschenkel stark verbreitert. Vorderschiene

oben mit einigen kurzen Borsten, Mittel- und Hinterschiene oben mit 2 Reihen langer

Borsten; Mittelschiene unten in der Mitte mit 2 sehr langen Borsten, davor eine

kiirzere. Liingerer Hinterschienenendsporn so lang wie das 1. Tarsenglied. Fussbérstchen

lang und dicht.

Stiel der Mediangabel sehr kurz, so lang wie die Querader und wie der Basalab-

schnitt von 77. Cubitalgabelung ziemlich weit proximal von der Mediangabelung. 7,

und rr schwach gebogen. Zelle R, sehr schmal und sehr wenig divergierend. Medianiiste

fast parallel.

Kopf und Augen schwarz, Ocellen gelblich braun. Friihler hell ockergelb, Spitzen-

hilfte braun. Gesicht matt braun. Thorax schwarz, Pubescenz gelblich grau, Borsten

dunkelbraun. Abdomen schwarz, Pubescenz gelbbraun, miinnliche Genitalanhiinge hell

ockergelb, die weiblichen hell briunlich gelb. Beine mit den Coxen hell ockergelb,

Schienen briiunlich ockergelb, Tarsen gelbbraun, Tibienendsporne braun ; Borsten schwarz.

Halteren hell ockergelb. Fliigel briiunlich hyalin, Vorderrandsaum ein wenig dunkler,

Fliigelwurzel hell ockergelb. Adern dunkelbraun. Membran sehr lebhaft in allen

Farben irisierend.

Korperliinge 2,5—2,9 mm.

Fliigellinge 2,3—2,4 mm.

Fiihlerliinge 1,2 mm.

Thorakallange 1,1 mm.

Abdominalliinge 1,9—2,1 mm.

Liinge des Hinterschenkels 0,9 mm.

der Hinterschiene 1,2 mm.

bed

, des Hintertarsus 1,7 mm.

ENDERLEIN—DIPTERA, MYCETOPHILIDA® 81

Fundorte. Seychellen, 8 ¢, 3 9. Silhouette: Wald oberhalb von Mare aux Cochons,

1400—2000 Fuss, September 1908, 3 3,19. Mahé: Hochwald in der Nihe von Morne

Blane, Oktober bis November 1908, 1 ¢; Wald von ziemlich verkriippelten Capucin-

Biiume (Northea), Gipfel von Montagne Anse Major, 2000 Fuss hoch, 1. Februar 1909,

12; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 Fuss hoch, Januar bis Miirz 1909, 4 2, 1 2.

17. Mycetophila collaris, nov. spec.

49. Diese Species ist der M. seychellensis itihnlich und unterscheidet sich von ihr

durch einen miissig breiten ockergelben Vorderrandsaum am Riickenschilde und durch die

ockergelbe Unterseite des Abdomen. Der liingere Hintertibiensporn ist eine Spur liinger

als das 1. Tarsenglied. Kérpergrésse durchschnittlich grésser.

Korperliinge bis 3,2 mm.

Fliigellinge bis 2,7 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen, 15 3,19. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, September 1908,

1 g; Wald oberhalb von Mare aux Cochons, 1400—2000 Fuss, September 1908, 2 2.

Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800 Fuss und héher, Oktober 1908 bis Miirz 1909, 5 3, 1 @.

Umgebung von Mare aux Cochons, ungefiihr 1500 Fuss, 26. Januar bis 2. Februar 1909,

3 4; Moor an der Kiistenebene bei Anse aux Pins und Anse Royale, 12.—21. Januar

1909, 3 4.

18. Mycetophila luridiceps, nov. spec.

$?. Diese Species unterscheidet sich von M. seychellensis durch folgendes: Fast das

ganze vordere Viertel des Riickenschildes ockergelb. Der ganze Kopf ockergelb. Die

Unterseite des Hinterleibes, dreieckige Flecke vorn an den Seiten der Tergite und

zuweilen auch diese verbindende schmale Vorderrandsiiume auf allen Tergiten ockergelb.

Wesentlich grésser.

Kérperlinge 3,2—3,5 mm.

Fliigelliinge 2,7—2,8 mm.

Fiihlerliinge 14 mm.

Thorakalliinge 1,3 mm.

Abdominalliinge 2,2—2,3 mm.

Linge des Hinterschenkels 1,2 mm.

» der Hinterschiene 1,2 mm.

, des Hintertarsus 1,9 mm.

Fundorte. Seychellen, 1 ¢, 6 3. Silhouette: Wald oberhalb von Mare aux Cochons,

ungefiihr 1400—2000 Fuss, September 1908, 3 ?. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500

Fuss, Januar bis Marz 1909, 1 2, 3 @.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 11

No. VL—ISOPODA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN AND BRITISH

EAST AFRICA.

By tHe Rev. THomas R. R. Srepsine, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Hon. Fellow

of Worcester College, Oxford, and Hon. Memb. New Zealand Institute.

(Plates 5—11.)

Read 16 December, 1909.

In two of the earlier reports specimens collected by Mr Cyril Crossland in British

East Africa have been discussed in combination with those obtained by Mr Stanley

Gardiner from the Indian Ocean in 1905. This procedure, in itself by no means un-

satisfactory, I am following not quite by intention. The report on Mr Crossland’s Isopoda

from the Red Sea was already out of my hands before I became aware that specimens

which he had collected on a previous expedition at Zanzibar and Wasin in 1901—2 were

included with those due to the voyage of the ‘“Sealark.” Though the distances are

considerable between some of the collecting stations of the three expeditions, there is

probably little to interfere with the wide distribution either of the free-swimming Isopoda

or of those partially parasitic on fishes. It is reasonable, therefore, when circumstances

permit it, to group together in a single survey the gatherings from the extensive area

with which these exploring agencies have been concerned.

Only four out of the thirty-four species here under discussion are of relatively

important size. Many of them are rather perplexingly small. Several are represented

in the collections by single specimens.

The diversity, however, is not only specific, seeing that they are spread over five

tribes, thirteen families, and no fewer than twenty-nine genera. Four of the genera and

fourteen of the species are set forth as new. Among these Kalliapseudes makrothrix

from Wasin, Pontogelos aselgokeros from Mauritius, representatives of new genera, and

the new species Apanthwra xenocheir from Egmont Reef, have rather striking peculiarities

which will repay attention.

Besides the Isopoda Mr Crossland’s collection included one gathering of Leptostraca.

At Wasin from a depth of ten fathoms he obtained six specimens of Paranebalia longipes

(v. Willemoes Suhm). By Professor Sars in the “Challenger” Reports, vol. xix., 1887,

and by Dr J. Thiele in the “ Valdivia” Reports, vol. vili., 1904, this member of the family

Nebaliidee has been treated with admirable fullness of description and illustration. As

the Wasin specimens comprised none of the rare males, there is no need here to add

anything further to the literature of the subject.

11—2

84 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ISOPODA ANOMALA.

Tribe CHELIFERA.

Family Apseudide. |

Collected at By

Apseudes sp. ? juv., p. 85. Wasin. Crossland.

Kalliapseudes, nu. g., p. 86.

Kalliapseudes makrothria, n. sp., p. 86, pl. 5. Wasin. Crossland.

Parapseudes hirsutus, n. sp. p. 89, pl. 6B. Egmont Reef. Gardiner.

Family Tanaide.

Heterotanais anomalus (?) Sars, p. 90. Zanzibar. Crossland.

ISOPODA GENUINA.

Tribe FLABELLIFERA.

Family Anthuride.

Cyathura pusilla juv.(?) Stebbing, p. 91. Wasin. Crossland.

Calathura sladeni, n. sp., p. 91, pl. 7A. Cargados Carajos and Saya de Gardiner.

Malha.

Apanthura xenocheir, n. sp., p. 94, pl. 7 B. Egmont Reef. Gardiner.

Family Eurydicide.

Eurydice truncata (Norman), p. 95. 8. of Saya de Malha Bank. Gardiner.

Eurydice humilis, n. sp., p. 96, pl. 8a. Off Salomon Atoll. Gardiner.

Pontogelos, n. g., p. 97.

Pontogelos aselgokeros, n. sp., p. 97, pl. 8B. Mauritius. Gardiner,

Cirolana minuta, Hansen, p. 98. Praslin Reef, Coetivy, Diego Garcia. Gardiner,

Family Corallanide.

Alcirona maldivensis, Stebbing, p. 99. Cargados Carajos. Gardiner.

Family Argathonide.

Argathona reidi, nu. sp., p. 100, pl. 9a. Zanzibar. Crossland.

Family Aigide.

iiga ommatophylax, Stebbing, p. 101, pl. 9B. Mauritius. Gardiner.

Rocinela orientalis, Schiddte and Meinert, p. 101. Zanzibar. Crossland

Family Cymothoide.

Nerocila trichiwra (Miers), p. 102. Great Chagos. - Gardiner.

Cymothoa eremita (Briinnich), p. 102. Zanzibar. Crossland. —

Meinertia carimata (Bianconi), p. 103. Seychelles. Gardiner.

Family Spheromide.

Cymodoce pubescens (Milne-Kdwards), p. 104. Zanzibar, Wasin. Crossland,

Cymodoce zanzibarensis, n. sp., p. 105, pl. 9 v. Zanzibar, Wasin. Crossland.

Cymodoce bicarinata, Stebbing, p. 106. Zanzibar. Crossland,

Cilicea latreillii, Leach, p. 106. Wasin, Crossland.

Paracilicea, n. g., p. 106.

Paracilicea hanseni, n. sp., p. 107, pl. 9c. Zanzibar. Crossland. «

STEBBING—ISOPODA 85

Tribe VALVIFERA.

Family Idoteide.

Collected at By

Idotea metallica, Bose, p. 108. Between Saya de Malha and Gardiner.

Coetivy.

Tribe ASHLLOT A.

Family Jeride.

Janira crosslandi, Stebbing, p. 108, pl. 6a. Egmont. Gardiner.

Family Stenetriide.

Stenetrium chiltoni, Stebbing, p. 110. Amirante. Gardiner.

Tribe HPICARIDEA.

Family Bopyride.

Kepon halimi, n. sp., p. 112, pl. 10. Cargados Carajos. Gardiner.

Dactylokepon, n. g., p. 113.

Dactylokepon richardsone, n. sp., p. 113, pl. Llc. Seychelles, Gardiner.

Dactylokepon catoptri, n. sp., p. 1138, pl. 108, Amirante. Gardiner.

Trapexicepon amicorum (Giard and Bonnier) with Amirante. Gardiner.

parasite, p. 114, pl. 118.

Ergyne savignyi, n. sp., p. 115, pl. 10a. Cargados Carajos. Gardiner.

Cancricepon sp., p. 116. Amirante. Gardiner.

Gigantione rathbune, un. sp., p. 117, pl. 11a. Salomon Atoll. Gardiner.

Cryptoniscian larve; pp. 97, 115. Off Salomon Atoll and Amirante. Gardiner.

LEPTOSTRACA.

Family Nebaliide.

Paranebalia longipes (v. Willemoes Suhm) Preface. Wasin. Crossland.

1880.

1886.

ees

1895.

1896.

1901.

1905.

1814.

Tribe CHELIFERA.

Family Apseudide.

Apseudide, Sars, Arch. Naturv. Christian., vol. vii, p. 6.

Apseudidee, Sars, Arch. Naturv. Christian., vol. xi., p. 265.

Apseudidee, Norman and Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xii, pt. 4,

Apseudidee, Hansen, Plankton Exp., Tanaidacea, vol. il, G. ¢., p. 49.

Apseudide, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii, p. 5.

Apseudidee, Whitelegge, Mem. Australian Mus., vol. iv., pt. 3, p. 204.

Apseudidee, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 37.

Gen. APSEUDES, Leach.

Apseudes, Leach, Edinb. Encyel., vol. vii., p. 404.

1, Apseudes sp. ?juv.

At Wasin from a depth of ten fathoms Mr Crossland obtained a specimen of this

genus only 2 mm. in length. The important first gnathopods were unfortunately missing

86 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

and the uropods imperfect. The outer branch of the latter in being four-jointed agrees

with Hansen's description of his Apseudes intermedius, though his figure represents this

branch as five-jointed. The Wasin species has the telsonic segment parallel-sided, without

the two blunt processes on each side that occur in Hansen’s species. Our specimen has

a six-jointed flagellum to the second antennz, and respectively one, three, and four spines

on the fourth, fifth, and sixth joints of the second gnathopods. Hansen founded his

species on two female specimens with half developed marsupium, their length being

2°3 mm., flagellum of second antenne four-jointed, spines one, two, and four on the

above-named joints of the second gnathopods. Though the very small size suggests

specific identity between the Cape Verde specimens and the present form from East Africa,

details of structure do not warrant their union.

KALLIAPSEUDES, n. g.

Plumose setz extensively developed on large fourth joint of second antenne, on fifth

joint of first gnathopods, and on palps of mandibles and maxillipeds. Maxillipeds with

the terminal sixth joint the longest. Finger of second gnathopods not apically narrowed,

its round end encircled by sete. Fingers of first and second pereeopods very elongate,

curved, acute, of third and fourth short, straight, apically blunt, of fifth like those of the

first and second pairs, but much shorter. Pleopods with inner ramus much longer and

broader than the outer.

The generic name is compounded of «déAdos, beauty, and Apseudes, the designation’

of the closely allied genus, from which it is however strikingly distinguished by the group

of characters above given. It is possible that others may be added, whenever opportunity

offers for a more satisfactory examination of the mouth-organs, but the palps of the

maxillipeds are of themselves sufficient to mark a new genus.

2. Kalliapseudes makrothria, n. sp. (Plate 5.) ®

Cephalic segment areolated, front obtuse, lateral angles without eyes or separated

eye-lobes. Penultimate and antepenultimate segments of perzeon the longest, pleon not

much narrower than person, its first five segments with rounded setiferous lateral margins,

these and the perzeon segments furnished each with a medio-ventral spine. The telsonic

segment broader than long, the lateral margins convex to the insertion of the uropods,

then narrowing to a bluntly triangular area, a little more than a third of the total

length.

First antennez. The large first joint more than twice as long as the two successively

smaller following joints combined ; flagellum not more than half as long as peduncle, its

first joint common to the two flagella, but more produced on the inner than the outer side,

the outer flagellum with six, the inner with three, additional joints.

Second antenne. These just reach the flagella of the first pair, by the broad bases

of which their peduncles are almost completely concealed. The first joint is produced on

the inner side to a setiferous process, possibly an epipod in coalescence. A corresponding

process is found in some species of Apseudes, but apparently less developed than here.

The second joint, broader than long, has on the outer side a narrow exopod bearing four

STEBBING—ISOPODA 87

sete. The third joint is extremely short, while the fourth is exceptionally long and

provided with a fringe of very long plumose setze, the fifth joint is short, and might pass

for a member of the five-jointed flagellum, which by its help would just equal the length

of the fourth joint of the peduncle.

The mandibles proved to be exceedingly brittle, but most of their characters could

be made out. They have the long narrow trunk and strongly projecting molar as in

Apseudes. Each has a pellucid curved strap-like plate, strongly projecting and carrying

apically four to five spines, representing the spine-row. Between this and the stout

dentate cutting edge one mandible has a delicate slightly denticulate accessory plate,

which is not represented on the other mandible, where the cutting edge is surmounted

by a rather conspicuous tooth on the upper margin. The palp, which is a very distinctive

feature, was unfortunately in each case broken, so that the jointing remained obscure.

Possibly there is a coalescence of the first and second joints, with a third joint about

half the length of these two combined. In any case the palp is very large and closely

fringed on the inner margin with very long plumose setz, a feature not found in other

members of the family.

The first and second maxille were not very clearly made out, except as regards

the outer plate, which in each is distally widened, in the first maxillee carrying some

eleven short apical spines, in the second short apical sete.

The maxillipeds are six-jointed, with a large epipod, the plate of the second joint

fringed on the inner and distal margin with short spines, the third joint short, the three

following rather long, successively longer and all three closely fringed with long plumose

sete, the longest at the apex of the last joint. The latter characters make these

appendages apparently unique in this family, so far as at present known.

The first gnathopods are of the usual pattern, the second joint carrying a very small

two-jointed setiferous exopod, the third and fourth joints coalesced, short, the fifth very

long, fringed with closely set plumose set of great length, an exceptional feature, the

two following joints forming a chela, with the thumb broader than the movable finger,

their acute apices crossing when their straight denticulate inner margins are closed together.

The front margin of hand and finger is convex, and near to that of the hand there is

an open fringe of plumose setz. Hind margin of hand sinuous.

Second gnathopods stouter than first ; exopod of the stout second joint apparently

a single-jointed rudiment, third joint short, fourth nearly as long and stout as the second,

fifth short, with two stout spines on hind margin, sixth joint shorter than fifth, broader

than long, with four stout spines on hind margin and one on apex of front, these spines

being minutely pectinate on both edges; the finger nearly as long as the hand, slightly

curved, broader at the rounded apex than at the pellucid base, and apically surrounded

by a bush of setiform spines or spiniform setze, presenting as a whole a very singular

character.

First and second perzeopods closely alike, distinguished from the others by the great

length of the slender, curved finger, which is twice as long as the sixth joint, that and

the bulkier fifth having each four conspicuous but slender spines on the hind margin.

Third and fourth perzeopods closely alike, the finger narrow, straight, blunt-ended,

88 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

less than half as long as the sixth joint, tipped with a spine and sete; the sixth joint

as long as the fifth, carrying various spines chiefly on the distal half, and having on the

outer margin near the base the plumose cilium spoken of by Professor Sars as an auditory

appendage characteristic of these limbs; high up on the outer margin of the second joint

there are two similar but much smaller cilia.

Fifth pereeopods. These have the finger shaped as in the first and second pairs, but

very much shorter, with a little distinct nail preceded by a setule; the sixth joint, scarcely

so long as the finger and shorter than the preceding joint, has four conspicuous curved

spines on the inner margin, which is fringed with a row of spinules.

The five pairs of pleopods are uniform in character, the second joint of the peduncle

having its inner margin and the branches of their free margins, except the broad base of the

inner one, fringed with plumose setz; the outer branch not longer than the peduncle,

but the inner much longer and broader than either, with a long plumose spine, bent at

the base and tipped with two setules, issuing from the top of the inner margin.

The uropods have a peduncle reaching the end of the telsonic segment, supporting

a short slender three-jointed ramus, of which the first two joints are very small, and

a long inner ramus of twenty-two joints varying in length and all together about equal

to the length of the pleon.

The specimen, not including antennz or uropods, measured 5°25 mm. in length.

Locality. Wasin, E. Africa, 10 fathoms, mud.

The specific name, from the Greek paxpd0p.é, long-haired, alludes to the luxuriant

development of setze on several of the appendages.

Along with this specimen there was an Apseudes, 2 mm. long, and a Cyathura,

3mm. long, both probably not adult.

Gen. PARAPSEUDES, Sars.

1880. Parapseudes, Sars, Arch. Naturv. Christiania, vol. vii., p. 16.

1886. Parapseudes, Sars, Arch. Naturv. Christiania, vol. xi., p. 303.

1905. Parapseudes, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 47.

The earlier forms assigned to this genus are the little P. latifrons (Grube), scarcely

more than 3 mm. long, from the Mediterranean, and P. goodez, Richardson, of which the

length is not mentioned, from Bermudas. It is said to have a close resemblance to

Grube’s species.

In the amended definition of 1886 Sars gives the following characters :—Body short,

depressed, broadest anteriorly. Carapace without definite sculpture; rostral lamina not

delimited at the base. Eye-lobes definitely separated, with well developed visual elements.

First antennze with the two flagella subequal in length; the second with the lamellar

appendage very small. Mandibular palp very small and sparingly furnished with setz.

Chelipeds about as in Apseudes, but scarcely differing in the two sexes. Fossorial feet

[second gnathopods] with coxal joint simple, lamellar, without process. Perzeopods

comparatively very strongly developed, not very different from the fossorial feet, and, like

these, armed with numerous strong spines on the inner margin. Pleon with only four

STEBBING—ISOPODA 89

pairs of pleopods, these having the outer branch two-jointed; the fifth segment without

appendages. The uropods as in Apseudles.

The principal change consists in the omission of the statement that the first and

second gnathopods were devoid of a rudimentary epipod, Sars having found on renewed

investigation that these rudiments were in fact present in the new genus as in the

old.

The specimen now to be described is unfortunately devoid of the first gnathopods,

and the presence of a rudimentary epipod on the second could not be definitely determined.

The solitary specimen at command was still smaller than P. Jatifrons, which Sars speaks

of as the least member of the present family, and this minuteness has left me uncertain

whether the characters of the pleopods suit the requirements of the genus. I think that

they do so, at least in regard to the fifth pair being absent. The agreement of the

armature of the first and second peraeopods with that of the second gnathopods is well

marked.

3. Parapseudes hirsutus, n. sp. (Plate 6 B.)

Head with rostral lamina produced into an apical point and slightly delimited at the

base. General shape strongly tapering from broad head to narrow pleon. First five

segments of pleon very short, first overlapped by lateral corners of last perseon segment,

second and fifth horizontally produced into small lateral processes, the telsonie segment

widened near the base, below the tuberculiform widening descending squarely to the

insertion of the uropods, the remainder forming an equilateral triangle which reaches the

end of the peduncle of the uropods. Three pairs of plumose sete are arranged on the

back of this segment, the whole animal being dorsally decorated with such sete in a very

conspicuous manner.

The first antennz have a long setose first joint, followed by two short ones; the

principal flagellum of seven joints and the not much shorter accessory of five joints are

not nearly so long as the peduncle. The first joint of the principal flagellum is apparently

in coalescence with that of the accessory, which in turn is not very distinctly marked off

from the next following joint. The much shorter second antenn are wide apart, being

inserted just under the first pair. They have a small narrow scale or exopod on the second

joint ; the three-jointed flagellum is much shorter than the peduncle. The eyes are dark,

the lobes ending in a pointed apex.

The mouth-organs, as will be seen by the figures, are in substantial agreement with

those known for the genus Apseudes. The mandibular palp shows no falling off in setose

armature, and the second joint is unusually broad. Between the palp and the cutting

edge of the mandible the upper or outer margin shows a fine denticulation. On one

member of the pair the cutting edge and the accessory plate are equal.

The second gnathopods have four stout spines on the inner margin of the fifth joint

and six on that of the sixth joint; upon the apex of this joint there are some microscopically

serrate spines.

The first two pereeopods are very similar in their armature to the second gnathopods.

In the three following pairs the strength of the marginal spines is less conspicuous, but

SECOND SERTES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XTV. 12

90 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

about the apex of the sixth joint in the third peropods the serrate spines are more

numerous. The third and fourth pairs have a minute character bringing the species into

accord with P. latifrons. In that species Professor Sars notices, in speaking of the third

and fourth pereopods, that “the auditory cilium characteristic of these feet is inserted

in advance of the middle of the sixth joint’s outer margin and less strongly developed than

in the genus Apseudes.” His figures of the third perzeopod of Apseudes robustus show

that the cilium in question is there very near the base of the joint. In our Parapseudes

it will be seen that, though varying in position on the different limbs, it is always at a

considerable distance from the base of the sixth joint.

The presence of the pleopods could not be made out.

Both branches of the uropods appear to begin with an ill-defined minute joint, perhaps

only a cuticular fold, followed in the inner branch by eight unequal but fairly long joints,

and in the outer by three such joints, most of the joints carrying long setee.

Length, in bent position, 2mm. Hansen’s Apseudes intermedius measured 2°3 mm.,

for females with half-developed marsupium, therefore perhaps not full-grown. Our specimen

contained eight large eggs in the marsupium, and was probably fully adult. It resisted

efforts to straighten it out for exact measurement.

Locality. Egmont, breakers on reef edge.

The specific name alludes to the prominence of its setose furniture.

Fam. Tanaide.

Gen. HETEROTANAITS, Sars.

1880. Heterotanais, Sars, Arch. Naturv. Christian., vol. vil., p. 28.

4, (?) Heterotanais anomalus, Sars.

1880. Heterotanais anomalus, Sars, Arch. Naturv. Christian., vol. vi, p. 30.

An ovigerous specimen, a little under 2 mm. in length, was taken at Zanzibar by

Crossland. As no male accompanied it, the identification with the Mediterranean species

ean only be regarded as conjectural.

Tribe FLABELLIFERA.

Fam. Anthuride.

1814. Anthuride, Leach, Edinb. Encyel., vol. vii., p. 433.

1900. Anthuride, Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. 5, p. 618.

1901. Anthuridee, Whitelegge, Mem. Australian Mus., vol. iv., pt. 3, p. 216.

1904. Anthuride, Stebbing, Gardiner’s Maldive and Laceadive Arch., vol. i., pt. 3,

p- 699.

1904. Anthuride, Stebbing, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. i1., pt. 5, p. 8.

1905. Anthuridz, Stebbing, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish., pt. 4, Rep. 23, p. 8.

1905. Anthuride, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 62.

Under the last reference and that for 1900 a sufficiently full account will be found

of the bibliography of this family.

STEBBING—ISOPODA 91

Gen. CYATHURA, Norman and Stebbing.

1886. Cyathura, Norman and Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xii., pt. 4,

p. 121.

1904. Cyathwra, Stebbing, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. ii., pt. 5, p. 9.

5. Cyathura pusilla ? juv. Stebbing.

1904. Cyathura pusilla, Stebbing, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. ii., pt. 5, p. 9, pl. 6B.

A specimen, measuring only 3 mm. in length, obtained by Mr Crossland at Wasin

from ten fathoms depth, fairly agrees with the Ceylon species, except that it has evident

dark eyes. It exhibits the organs near the base of the telson described by Thienemann as

statocysts (Zool. Anzeig., vol. xxvi., p. 406, figs. 1, 2, 1903). It has, I think, been already

pointed out that the species to which they are attributed is not really Anthura gracilis

(Montagu). In re-examining Cyathura pusilla from Ceylon, I find that the dissected

specimen now shows them very conspicuously, in full agreement with Thienemann’s

illustration.

Gen. CALATHURA, Norman and Stebbing.

1886. Calathura, Norman and Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xii., pt. 4,

p. 122.

1887. Calathura, H. J. Hansen, Vidensk. Meddel., p. 181.

1897. Calathura, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. i, pt. 3, p. 44.

1900. Calathura, Stebbing, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. v., p. 18.

1901. Calathura, Whitelegge, Mem. Australian Mus., vol. iv., pt. 3, p. 225.

1901. Calathura, H. Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxiii., p. 509.

1901. Calathura, Oblin, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. xxvi., No. 12,

p. 17.

1904. Calathura, Stebbing, Gardiner’s Maldive and Laccadive Arch., vol. iv., pt. 3,

p. 700.

1905. Calathura, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 71.

To the four species of this genus which I distinguished in 1904 should have been

added the Australian C. gigas, Whitelegge, nearly the largest of all, since it attains a

length of 42 mm., while for its northern rival, C. brachiata (Stimpson), next to it in size,

the greatest length recorded by Hansen in 1887 was 40°5 mm., but in 1901 Ohlin met

with a specimen 43 mm. in length. Ohlin regards C. brachiata as quite blind, and

Whitelegge says of C. gigas, “eyes undistinguishable, destitute of pigment.” The new

species about to be described will not compete with either of these giants in size, and

its eyes are beyond dispute. By the shape and much greater length of the masculine

appendix in the second pleopods it is well separated from C. borradailei, and by the

acutely ending telson from C. crenulata, Richardson, in which the telson is round-ended.

6. Calathura sladeni, n. sp. (Plate 7 a.)

The antero-lateral corners of the head are well rounded, the head itself about two-

thirds as long as the first segment of the pereon. The second segment of the permon is

elongate urn-shaped, with a tuft of sete at each front corner. The fourth, fifth and

12—2

92 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

sixth segments have sete at or near the hind corners, the seventh segment is much the

shortest. Following upon six distinct, moderately short, pleon segments, the telson is

of long narrowly oval form, ending acutely, with serrate distal margins, set with setz

of various lengths, the largest pair not actually at the apex, though near it.

The eyes are dark, round, near the front corners of the head.

The first antennze form a leading feature, the first joint longer than second and

third combined, the third rather longer than the second; the flagellum is composed of

nineteen joints, ten of them stout and furnished with a great bush of long hair-like setz,

from which emerges the slender remainder of the lash, carrying short setee. The second

antennze have a very stout second joint, the next longest being the fifth, which is only

half as broad; the moderately setose flagellum of nineteen joints is rather shorter than

the peduncle.

The mandibles end in a long simple tooth; the three joints of the palp are nearly

equal in length, rather stout, the curved third being bordered with a neat row of about

13 short spines with a long one at the apex.

The lower lip appears to agree very nearly with the description which Whitelegge

gives for that organ in the large Calathura gigas, where no doubt the details would be

more easy to make out. He says, ‘The lower lip is keeled externally on the proximal

half and exhibits a tuft of hairs on either side internally which arise from near the base

and reach almost to the apex.” In our species the hairs or setze appear to arise at some

distance from the base.

The first maxille have the normal character, the lancet-like head widening a little

just below the apex and the inner margin forming a dozen teeth to the backward-directed

serrature. The second maxille were not clearly made out. The maxillipeds have a

small epipod adjacent to a slight concavity in the outer margin of the long second joint —

at its base, this joint being outdrawn on the inner side so as to overlap the first and part

of the second joint of the palp. The triangular plate thus formed carries one seta near

its apex; the first joint of the palp has four very unequal setz on its inner margin, and

the longer second ten such on its apex.

The first gnathopods have the third joint rather longer than the second but less

broad, the fourth almost semicircular, by its transverse position helping the fifth joint to

form a wrist, the long massive hand resting upon them, the basal process of its inner

margin strongly projecting, and the whole inner margin being closely beset with little

spines and longer sete, the former chiefly planted on the convex border, the latter

projecting from lines of origin on the surface. The finger, distally much curved, fits over

the convex border into the hollow between this and the basal process.

The second gnathopods have the third joint rather shorter than the second, both

slender, the fourth not longer than broad, wrist like, the fifth very small, triangular,

under-riding the sixth, which is two and a half times as long as its greatest breadth,

fringed on inner margin with long setee and six well-defined spines, the finger slightly

curved, not nearly so long as the hand, ending in a very small nail.

The first perseopods resemble the second gnathopods, but have the, fourth joint

rather longer, the sixth more slender.

STEBBING—ISOPODA 93

The second to the fifth pereeopods agree together in general structure, though the

relative lengths of the joints vary a little. The second and fifth pairs are subequal in

length, the third and fourth pairs longer than these. All the joints are slender, the fifth

longer than the fourth, and neither overlapped by that nor under-riding the sixth; the

finger rather short and a little curved. The second pleopods have both branches narrow,

equal in length, both distally fringed with plumose setw, and the inner having the

masculine appendix (its second joint) attached at some little distance from the base, but

far above the middle, and descending far below the distal border of the first joint, a

narrow straight bar as far as the apex which curves slightly inward.

The uropods reach a little beyond the telson, the upper ramus very long, reaching

slightly beyond the long peduncular part which supports the inner ramus at its end,

a plate about half the length of the peduncle, fringed with plumose sete.

Length 10 mm.

Localities. Cargados Carajos, from 28 fathoms, and Saya de Malha, from 26 fathoms.

At the latter station the specimen obtained is also about 10 mm. long; the eyes larger;

the first antenne without the thickening and hairy furniture of the flagellum, which is

eighteen-jointed ; second antenne with Hagellum twenty-two-jointed ; fifth pereopods

notably shorter than the preceding pairs; second pleopods showing no masculine

appendix.

The specific name is given out of respect to the memory of the late Percy Sladen.

Gen. APANTHURA, Stebbing.

1900. Apanthura, Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. 5, p. 621.

This genus was defined as follows :

“Pleon with segments distinct. Mouth-organs as in Anthura, except maxillipeds,

which have a three-jointed palp, of which the middle joint is much the largest. The

last four pairs of perzeopods, as well as the preceding pairs of perzeon appendages, have

the fifth joint under-riding the sixth.”

From the character of the perzeopods, it seems desirable that Anthelura abyssorum,

Norman and Stebbing, should be transferred, along with Anthelura uffinis, Richardson,

to the present genus. With the original species dpanthura sandalensis and the new one

about to be described, there will then be four species, distinguishable as follows :

First gnathopods with small finger closing within apical tooth of the sixth joint,

1 1. A. xenocheir, n. sp.

First gnathopods without apical tooth to sixth joint, finger conspicuous. 2.

5 { Eyes absent; telson apically subacute. 2. A. abyssorwm (Norman and Stebbing).

Eyes present; telson apically rounded. 3.

First gnathopods with strong hand and finger; upper branch of uropods apically

9 | emarginate. 3. A. sandalensis, Stebbing.

First gnathopods with small hand and short finger; upper branch of uropods not

apically emarginate. 4. A. uffinis (Richardson).

94 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

It is possible that the New Zealand species Anthura affinis, Chilton, 1882, may be

properly referable to this genus, in which case Miss Richardson’s species would require to

be renamed, but Dr Chilton’s species makes a still nearer approach perhaps to Cyathura

carimata (Kroyer).

7. Apanthura xenocheir, n. sp. (Plate 7 B.)

The lateral corners of the head are well rounded; its rostral point is acute. The

segments of the pereon are not very elongate, the third, fourth, and fifth longer than the

others. The first six segments of the pleon are short, with their lines of separation not

by any means conspicuous, partly owing to the pattern of irregular dark brown spots,

with which the whole of the back is diversified; the corners of the fifth segment exhibit

each an outstanding tuft of five plumose sete. Eyes round, dark, close to rounded

corners of the head.

First antenne short, first joint the largest, third a little longer but narrower than

the second, flagellum shorter than the third joint of peduncle, three-jointed, the last two

joints minute. Second antennz a little longer than the first, second joint of peduncle the

largest, the small flagellum setulose, perhaps three-jointed.,

The mandibles ending bluntly in two transparent teeth or lobes, the palp with a

stout middle-joint, the third joint much smaller, fringed with five spines. First maxilla

with serrature of three denticles at the apex. Other mouth-parts not well made out,

but maxillipeds seemingly in agreement with those of A. sandalensis.

The first gnathopods are the distinctive feature of this species. The second joint is

as usual distally widened, the third nearly as long as the second, the fourth in coalescence

with the fifth forming a small cup-like wrist, the sixth joint or hand massive, the hind

margin produced into a strong tooth fringed on its inner side with four spinules, a

little cavity being left between it and the circular lobe which covers the base of the

finger. Into this cavity the strongly curved but very small finger closes down. In

Chilton’s Anthura affinis the hand has a small apical tooth, but the finger closes over the

tooth to meet a setiferous process of the fifth joint produced along the inner margin of the

sixth joint. This is also the case in Cyathura carinata (Kréyer).

The second gnathopods and the five pairs of pereopods are all almost exactly alike,

the second gnathopods and first pereeopods confronting the others and having a little

advantage in robustness, but this is chiefly over the fifth pereeopods. In the second

gnathopods the fourth joint with its outer apex actually reaches the sixth joint, in the

following limbs there is a small but successively increasing interval. In all these limbs,

however, the small fifth joint has the quality of under-riding the sixth joint at its base.

The four pairs of marsupial membranes enclosed in this specimen thirty-three large eggs.

The first pleopods have a large distally widened outer branch, rather longer than the

narrow inner branch which has plumose sete on its rounded apex; the plumose setee of

the outer branch begin at its greatest breadth on the outer margin and are carried a very

short distance up the inner.

The uropods have serrate margins, carrying plumose sete, to the large upper branch

which is partially unfolded on the outer side, and a little exceeds the peduncular part

STEBBING—ISOPODA 95

of the inner branch. The terminal joint of the latter is also strongly plumose except

on the straight proximal part of its inner margin; it widens a little from the base, and is

more than half as long as the peduncle.

The oval telson is broadly rounded at the end, which carries centrally two pairs

of rather long setze beset with some short ones.

Length about 5 mm.

Locality. Egmont, breakers on reef edge.

Specific name from évos, strange, and yetp, hand, in allusion to the unique character

of the hand and finger in the first gnathopods.

Fam. Eurydicide.

1905. Eurydicidz, Stebbing, in Herdman’s Rep. Ceylon Pearl Fish., pt. 4, Rep. 28,

p- 10.

Gen. HURYDICE, Leach.

1815. Hurydice, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xi., p. 370.

8. Eurydice truncata (Norman).

1868. Cirolana truncata, Norman, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. ii, p. 421, pl. 23,

figs. 12—15.

1869. Cirolana truncata, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report for 1868, pp. 255, 288.

1882. Hurydice truncata, Norman, Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1881-2, p. 683.

1890. Hurydice truncata, H. J. Hansen, Vid. Selsk. Skr., ser. 6, vol. v., pl. 3,

pp: 366, 375.

1895. Eurydice truncata, H. J. Hansen, Isopoden, Cum, u. Stomat. der Plankton

Exp., p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 5—5 h.

1905. Eurydice truncata, Tattersall, Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, m. [1905],

p. 45, pl. 11, figs. 5—8.

The broad telsonic segment has the lateral margins finely crenulate and the truncate

distal margin cut into twelve teeth, of which the outermost but one at each end is

conspicuously the largest. This character apparently distinguishes the species from all

others of the genus hitherto described. The segment is quite pellucid, except for a band

of colour at the base. Under high magnification it is seen to be covered with scale-like

markings. The truncate uropods are likewise pellucid, the outer plate much smaller than

the inner, this latter in our specimens being considerably larger than shown in the figure

of Norman’s North-Atlantic specimen. ‘The first antennze have also a longer first joint to

the flagellum than in his figure, but this feature is doubtless variable within the lifetime

of the individual*. The flagellum of the second antennze may have as many as twenty-

seven joints, and is sometimes as long as the whole animal. ‘The first gnathopods in the

Eastern specimens are in exact agreement with Norman’s figure. In the second pleopods

the masculine appendage is attached a little above the middle of the inner plate’s inner

margin, and extends beyond both plates. It is thickest at each extremity, but the

* See on this subject Tattersall’s observations, which corroborate my supposition and give further

information.

96 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

apex forms a little tooth, which, however, may not be invariably present, as it is not

shown in Hansen’s figure of this appendage ; the hairy inner margin is slightly concave.

The mouth-organs are almost exactly as figured by Hansen for HL. elegantula. The

horn of the clypeus is narrow, a little emarginate at the tip. The colour dorsally is

brown, with stellate markings on the peron, only the telsonic segment being colourless

except at its base.

The length of the specimen measured was 4°5 mm.

Locality. §. of Saya de Malha Bank, in surface net (m).

9. Hurydice humilis, n. sp. (Plate 8.)

This species, founded on a single specimen, an adult male, is distinguished by its

small size, its poorly furnished limbs, the shape of the telsonic segment, and the form of

the male appendix in the second pleopods. The species to which it makes the nearest

approach are H. achata (Slabber), EH. inermis, Hansen, and EH. convewa, Richardson. The

first two, like most species of this genus, have the telsonic segment more or less truncate,

in the third it is denticulately rounded at the apex, but on each side there is a tooth

separated by an interval from the apical dentation. In the present species there are five

apical teeth on the narrowly rounded apex, preceded on each side by a short space of

faintly perceptible serration.

The eyes are large and dark. The first antenne reach about to the end of the

third joint of the second pair, in which the fourth joint is not twice as long as the

third, supporting a flagellum of twenty-one joints with a long apical seta.

The upper lip is furnished with six little dark spinules fringing the emargination

of its distal border.

The mandibles have the cutting-edge divided into three teeth on one member and

four on the other, there are six spines in the spine-row, and about fourteen teeth on

the blade which represents the molar. The second joint of the palp is much the longest,

and carries a single seta; the third joint is tipped with five sete. The other mouth-

organs, so far as could be seen, did not depart from the usual type.

As will be seen from the figures the gnathopods and perzeopods are content with

few spines and sete. The first and second gnathopods and first pereeopods are nearly

alike in size and structure. The last four pereeopods agree in structure, but the second

pair is much the smallest, and the fourth notably larger than the third or fifth. The male

appendages on the ventral part of the seventh perzeon segment are short and cylindrical.

The second pleopods have three spines on the inner margin of the peduncle. The

male appendix or second joint of the inner ramus is attached a little above the middle

of the first joint, descending considerably below it as a straight narrow rod, with a little

point turned outward at the apex, without any deep incision such as is noted for

E. achata (commonly called £. pulchra). The uropods have the outer branch much

shorter than the inner, and do not nearly reach the apex of the telsonic segment.

Length 3 mm., apparently smaller than any other record for an adult male in

this genus.

STEBBING—ISOPODA OG

Locality. At anchor off Salomon Atoll, in surface net (Q). Several eryptoniscian

larvze were obtained on the same occasion.

PONTOGELOS, n. g,

Only the male known. Flagellum of first antennze of extraordinary length; mandibles

as in other Eurydicidee with the molar part elongate-triangular, laminar, serrate on the

front margin, but with second joint of palp unusually long; second maxille with the

middle lobe much narrower than either of the others and carrying a single seta;

maxillipeds with hooks on the plate of the second joint; uropods with peduncle very

moderately produced on the inner margin, the outer of the membranaceous rami much

the smaller.

The generic name is formed from zovtos, sea, and yédws, laughter, a joke, or,

colloquially, a lark, im allusion to the name of the exploring vessel.

10. Pontogelos aselgokeros, n. sp. (Plate 8B.)

To the generic characters above given might possibly be added the comparative size

of the pleon which equals in length the anterior part of the animal, but nearly the same

proportion is attained in EFwrydice elegantula, Hansen. As will be seen from the figure

I have given of the lower lip, that part differs greatly from the form generally found

in this family. My dissection, however, did not afford an entirely satisfactory view of

it, so that I cannot lay much stress on the representation.

The head is rather strongly produced, with the rostral point bent over towards

the frontal lamina which is spatulate with flattened distal margin. The person and

pleon are nearly parallel-sided. The first perzeon segment has the produced front corners

rounded. The side-plates of the six following segments are neither deep nor acute. The

large telsonic segment has a length equal to its breadth at the base, from which it

presently widens, then curves to a subrotund ending. For rather more than its distal

third its finely serrulate margin is fringed with sete of moderate length, the central

point having a couple of setules, and about midway of the fringing a scarcely perceptible

angle is formed. The segment itself, except at the base, like the uropods, is pellucid.

The eyes are large, roughly rounded, in spirit light orange-brown.

The first antennz have a stout, almost round, first joint, followed by a much

smaller joint which is probably the true third, unless that is represented by what

looks like the first joint of the slender, monstrously elongated, flagellum. This with its

ninety joints extends considerably beyond the telsonic segment. It is true that Hansen

in his conspectus of this family speaks of some genera having numerous joints in the

first antennze, but what has hitherto been considered as long is a flagellum of fifteen

joints reaching the hind margin of the third person segment, as in Cirolana chiltoni,

H. Richardson, 1905.

The second antenne are here contrary to custom much shorter than the first, yet

absolutely they are of unusual length, having a flagellum of fifty joints. The fifth joint of

the peduncle is about once and a half as long as the fourth.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 13

98 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The mandibles have the cutting edge strongly tridentate, the spine row consisting of

seven or more short spines, the teeth of the molar saw twelve to fourteen, the palp set

much further back than usual in this family, its first joint a little more than a quarter as

long as the second, shorter but much stouter than the third, which is fringed with

graduated spines, increasing in size towards the apex. The distal two-fifths of the second

joint are spiniferous.

The first maxillee have three plumose setze on the inner plate and eleven unequal

spines, of which two are obscurely denticulate, on the outer.

The second maxillz have five setz on the inner, four on the outer, and a single seta

on the little median lobe.

The maxillipeds have a broad second joint, not much longer than broad apart from

its produced plate, which is tipped with two sete and carries certainly one hook and

apparently three others. The sixth and seventh joints are not very large, the fourth and

fifth are broad.

The limbs of the perzeon are of the usual pattern, but not powerful, the first three

pairs short, the last four very slender, and of these only the two hinder pairs elongate.

The ventral male appendages of the seventh perzeon segment are short, parallel-sided.

The pleopods have setose fringes on the rami, excepting the inner ramus of the fifth

pair. In the second pair the peduncle is broader than long, furnished with three hooked

spines and a plumose seta on its inner border. The second jomt of its inner ramus,

constituting the masculine appendix, is affixed nearly at the base of the ramus. The

structure is rather peculiar. The inner margin for about two-thirds of the length is

setuliferous and sinuous, widest at the top, rather abruptly narrowing below, the last

third being quite narrow, ending in a little slightly inward turned point, beyond which

the body of the ramus is prolonged for a short distance. In at least the first four pairs of

pleopods the inner upper corner of the inner ramus is overhung by a lappet which curves

first inward and then a little outward.

The outer ramus of the uropods is much narrower and shorter than the inner, both

are round ended, and setiferous on both margins.

Length of specimen in slightly curved position 7 mm.

Locality. Mauritius, 5 miles W. of Black River, in surface net (d).

The specific name, from the Greek doedyoxépas, signifying a creature with outrageous

horns or antennze, is applied to this species as one which by its antennze is in violent

conflict with the custom of its family.

Gen. CIROLANA, Leach.

1818. Cuirolana, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xi, p. 347.

11. Cirolana minuta, H. J. Hansen.

1890. Cirolana minuta, Hansen, Vid. Selsk. Skr., ser 6, vol. v., p. 347, pl. 3, fig. 5,

pl. 4, fig. 1.

1900. Cirolana minuta, Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. 5, p. 634.

Hansen distinguishes this species from his Cirolana parva principally by its smaller

STEBBING—ISOPODA 99

size, its rather more slender legs, its differently shaped masculine appendix to the second

pleopods of the male, and above all by the possession of an acuminate horn on the base of

the frontal lamina.

The specimens from the Seychelles agree closely in size with Hansen’s measurements,

which are 4°3 mm. for the male, and 4°8 mm. for the female, though I cannot pretend to

the same nicety in determining the fractions of a millimetre. Also, they have the

masculine appendix, not incurved as in C. parva, but quite straight, ending acutely much

(in one case very much) beyond the other part of the ramus. But the hinder perseopods

do not show the special slenderness of the second joint which Hansen figures, and I

cannot perceive the required horn on the frontal lamina of either of the two males

dissected.

Localities. Praslin Reef and Coetivy. A female specimen, 5 mm. long, from Diego

Garcia, carried numerous young ones in an advanced stage of development. Its first

antenne have a nine-jointed flagellum, and its second one of twenty-two joints.

Fam. Corallanide.

1904. Corallanide, Stebbing, Gardiner’s Fauna Maldive and Laccadive Arch.,

vol. u., pt. 3, p. 703.

Gen. ALCITRONA, Hansen.

1890. Alcirona, Hansen, Vid. Selsk. Skr., ser. 6, vol. v., p. 285.

12. Alewrona maldivensis, Stebbing.

1904. Alcirona maldivensis, Stebbing, Gardiner’s Fauna Maldive and Laccadive

Bren vol. u., pt..3, p. 708, pl. 518.

The present specimen is larger but proportionally narrower than that originally

described. It is likewise a female with young, which, as in the other case, are far

advanced.

Length 7°5 mm. Breadth 3 mm.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, where the “Sealark” obtained it from a depth of

30 fathoms.

Fam. Argathonide.

1905. Argathonidee, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fish., Suppl. Rep. 23, p. 16.

In the single species for which this family was founded the fourth and fifth joints of

the maxillipeds are fused into one. Another species has now come to light, in which the

distinctness of these two joints is clearly manifest. This might be regarded as an

important generic difference, were it supported by any other character of equal weight.

But that is not the case. In all other respects features than can fairly be allowed generic

value appear to be the same for both species.

Gen. ARGATHONA, Stebbing.

1905. Argathona, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fish., Suppl. Rep. 238, p. 17.

The statement that the maxillipeds are six-jointed through fusion of the fourth and

fifth joints must be excluded from the definition alike of the family and the genus, as

13—2

100 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

inapplicable to the new species, which is well separated from its predecessor by the

absence of this fusion. The two are separated further by more easily observable

characters as follows:

Without upturned rostral process; dorsal surface strongly spinulose. 1.° A. norman,

Stebbing.

With strongly upturned rostral process; dorsal surface smooth. 2. A. reid, n. sp.

13. Argathona reidi, n. sp. (Plate 9a.)

The rather small head is scarcely half as long as broad. The rostral process is

upturned so as to present in profile a flat top, its curvature over-arching a shaded

hollow, behind which the distal part of the head forms a raised triangle, with a faintly-

marked tubercular swelling at each end of its base. The eyes are wide apart, tending to

reniform, diverging to touch the lower margin outside each tubercle. The width of the

perzeon increases from the first segment, which is slightly the longest, to the fourth.

The three following segments are shorter. The side-plates are diagonally furrowed. The

first pleon segment is completely hidden. The four following are short. The telsonic

segment is wider at the base than its length and forms a broadly round-ended triangle,

not reaching quite so far back as the inner ramus of the uropods. Like them it has

a close fringe of not over-long plumose setz, interspersed with little horny spines.

The first antennze reach the middle, of the last joint of the peduncle of the second.

Both pairs are in close agreement with those of A. norman. The flagellum of the first

pair has twelve joints, most of them carrying filaments. In the second pair the flagellum

is composed of twenty-nine to thirty joints.

The frontal lamina is pentagonal, not very large. The epistome, emarginate at the

top, has widely divergent arms, embracing a rather small area for the upper lip. The

latter and also the lower lip were not clearly made out.

The mandibles are very massive at the base, near to which the palp is implanieel

having its second joint much the longest, this and the third being armed with serrate

spines. That which I have spoken of as a feeble blade, of quasi molar homology, in the

other species, appears to be present here also, but so entangled in a transparent

membrane, that I feel little confidence in its interpretation for either species.

The first maxillee agree with those already described, except that the inner plate

is apically more squarely truncate.

In the maxillipeds the sixth joint is more robust than in the other species.

The limbs of the perzeon are also very near to those of A. normanz, the superior

robustness of the pereeopods being no doubt related to the superior size of the new form.

The second pleopods have the male appendix of the same shape as in the other species,

but not reaching the end of either ramus instead of extending a little beyond both.

The peduncle of the uropods is much produced. The inner ramus is much broader

than the outer, and produced considerably beyond it, though in actual length it does

not greatly exceed it. Both are round-ended.

Length 22 mm. Breadth about 10°5 mm.

STEBBING—ISOPODA 101

Locality. The single specimen, a male, was taken by Mr Crossland at Zanzibar in

1901.

The specific name is given out of respect to Mr J. T. Rennie Reid, the Edinburgh

lithographer, who during the past five and twenty years or more has faithfully reproduced

on stone the majority of my drawings of Crustacea.

Fam. Adgide.

Gen. 4GA, Leach.

1815. Avga, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xi., p. 369.

14. Aga ommatophylax, Stebbing. (Plate 9B.)

1905. Aiga ommatophylax, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fisheries, Suppl. Rep. 23,

p. 21, pls. 4; 5a.

To this species I refer a specimen from Mauritius, which agrees in all essential

particulars with that which I have described and figured (loc. cit., p. 28, pl. 5 a) as the

female or a younger form. The two pairs of antenne and the shape of the telsonic

segment perfectly agree, and the great black eyes in like manner stretch all across the

head and fold under. But the size of the specimen is considerably smaller. Its greatest

breadth is at the fifth perzeon segment, with the two following segments shorter than

the others, the seventh being completely concealed in dorsal view and furnished with

a pair of legs devoid of spines and much smaller than the fourth pereopods. It is

interesting to notice that this youthful characteristic is retained in a specimen otherwise

so fully developed. But in the pleon also only four segments are conspicuous in advance

of the telsonic segment, instead of five as in the adults.

Length 7°5 mm. Breadth at widest part 3 mm.

Locality. Mauritius, station A 2, from a depth of 100 fathoms.

Gen. ROCINELA, Leach.

1818. Rocwmela, Leach, Dict. Sci. Naturelles, vol. xi, p. 349.

15. Rocinela orientalis, Schiddte and Meinert.

1879. Rocinela orientalis, Schiddte and Meinert, Naturhist. Tidsskr., ser. 3, vol. xii.,

p- 395, pl. 13, figs. 1, 2.

1905. Rocinela orientalis, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fisheries, Suppl. Rep. 23,

p24, pl. 6o.

A single specimen, of the female sex, obtained by Mr Crossland in 1901 at Zanzibar,

measures 17 mm. in length by 8 mm. in breadth. There is a longitudinal dorsal depression

between the rather large dark eyes. The telsonic segment is well rounded distally.

Fam. Cymothoide.

1881. Anilocridee + Saophridee + Cymothoidee, Schiddte and Meinert, Naturh.

Tidsskr., ser. 3, vol. xiii., pp. 1, 281, 286.

1890. Cymothoidee, Hansen, Vid. Selsk. Skr., ser. 6, Naturv. Afd. v., n. 3, pp. 316, 406.

102 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1900. Cymothoide, Stebbing, South African Crustacea, pt. 1, p. 55.

1905. Cymothoide, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 215.

Gen. NEROCILA, Leach.

1818. Nerocila, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xii., p. 351.

1829. Ichthyophilus, Latreille, La Regne Animal, vol. iv., p. 133.

1902. Nerocila, Stebbing, South African Crustacea, pt. 2, p. 55.

1905. Nerocila, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 219.

The species which Koelbel in 1878 separated from Nerocila as Kimphylia ctenophora

was united to the earlier genus by Schiddte and Meinert.

16. Nerocila trichiura (Miers).

1847. Andlocra trichiura, White, List of Crustacea in Brit. Mus., p. 108 (nomen

nudum).

1877. Amnilocra trichiwra, Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 677, pl. 69, figs. 6, 6 a.

1881. Nerocila trichiura, Schiddte and Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskr., ser. 3, vol. xii1.,

pi) Seyiply Veosod,: 2.

In this species the outer ramus of the uropods greatly exceeds the inner in length.

The side-plates of the hinder perseon segments end obtusely, contrary to what is usual

in the genus.

Locality. A single specimen was obtained at Great Chagos. It is attached by the

mouth and front claws at an angle to the underside at the base of the wing fin of a flying-

fish, Hxocatus evolans.

Gen. CYMOTHOA, Fabricius.

1793. Cymothoa (part) Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. i., p. 503.

1883. Cymothoa, Schiddte and Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskr., ser. 3, vol. xiv., p. 223.

1905. Cymothoa, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 247.

17. Cymothoa eremuta (Briinnich).

1775. Oniscus estrum, Spengler, Besch. Berl. Ges. Naturf. Fr. i, p. 312, pl. 7,

figs. I—K.

1783. Oniscus eremita, Briinnich, Vid. Selsk. Skrift. Nye Saml., vol. ii., p. 319.

1857. Cymothoa stromater, Bleeker, Crust. Ind. Archip., p. 35, pl. 2, fig. 13.

1883. Cymothoa eremita, Schiddte and Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskr., ser. 3, vol. xiv.,

p- 259, pl. 7, figs. 3—18.

The references, but not the dates, are borrowed from Schiddte and Meinert. The

first two dates are due to Sherborn’s ‘Index Animalium,” which, however, does not

mention Spengler’s Oniscus wstrum, perhaps from the opinion that it was identical with

the species so named by Linnzus. The western species is now named Cymothoa wstrum

(Linn.), distinguished by no very strongly divergent characters from Briinnich’s, which

inhabits the Pacific and Indian Oceans. Spengler’s statement that his species was found

attached to whales on the coast of Greenland is regarded by Schiddte and Meinert as

STEBBING—ISOPODA 108

quite untrustworthy. The specimen roughly figured by Briinnich, fig. 5 on the plate

illustrating his “ Entomologia,” 1764, as a typical Oniscus, is probably intended for the

present species. It attains a large size, sometimes making a near approach to two inches,

with great breadth. The head is very deeply sunk within the verrucose first segment

of the perzeon.

The specimens were obtained by Mr Crossland at Zanzibar in 1901.

Gen. MEINERTIA, Stebbing.

1893. Meimertia, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 354.

18. Meinertia carinata (Bianconi).

1869. Cymothe carinata, Bianconi, Memorie della Accademia delle Scienze dell’

Istituto di Bologna, fasciculus xvi., p. 210, pl. 2, figs. 2a, b.

1869. Cymothoa (Ceratothoa) carinata, Hilgendorf, Von der Decken’s Reisen in

Ost-Afrika, vol. i, p. 846.

1883. Ceratothoa carinata, Schiédte and Meinert, Naturh. Tidsskr,, ser. 3, vol. xii,

Pacer, pl 13, figs. 1, 2.

In cataloguing this species Hilgendorf mentions that Bianconi’s memoir appeared in

two forms with different pagination. Thus Hilgendorf’s reference to p. 344 answers to

p. 210 in the “Memorie” above cited. Bianconi’s Cymothe may be intended for a

correction of Cymothoa Fabricius, or it may be an error caused by Milne-Edward’s use

of the French form along with the Latin. As I have elsewhere explained, Schiddte

and Meinert in instituting the genus Glossobius allotted to it precisely the two species

for which Dana had established Ceratothoa, of which G'lossobius consequently became

a synonym, the name Meinertia being then substituted as generic name for the species

which the two authors had assigned to Ceratothoa. Between the latter in the true sense

and Meinertia the distinction drawn is that Ceratothoa has the fingers unequal, those

of the third pair largest of all, while in Meznertia the fingers are all equal or subequal.

As Bianconi’s Latin description of this rare species is excellent and not easily

accessible, it may be convenient here to translate it.

“ A Cymothce with the person anteriorly and the pleon carinate. Telsonic segment

very broad, with curved sides, distal margin deeply excavate. Head of moderate size,

subtriangular, obtuse in front, on either side very sloping. First antennze bent back,

their second joint large. Margin of seventh pereeon segment without any tubercle.

Head broad at the base, but narrowed towards the obtuse apex; at the sides it is so

much depressed that the head also itself appears carinate in the middle. The first

antenne, short and thick, strongly flattened, are bent back laterally, at their third joint,

over the head. First segment of the perseon of moderate size, strongly carinate in the

middle, narrowing anteriorly, and there extending forward on each side, to reach the

insertion of the second antennz; these processes end in a fairly sharp point directed

forward, from a swollen base. The second and third segments are in like manner carinate.

Hind margin of fifth pleon segment sinuate ; it shows two shallow concavities, which divide

the margin itself into three sections. Sixth segment large, very broad ; its marginal lines

104 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

at the sides rather convex. Its hind margin deeply excavate in the middle, not extending

further back than the rami of the uropods.

“This species is very near in some characters to Cym. gaudichaudii, but in others

to Cy. trigonocephalam.

“Length 38 mm. Greatest breadth 14 mm.”

The specimen described by Schiddte and Meinert in the “virgo” stage differs

apparently from the ovigerous female as described by Bianconi and as seen in our specimen

by having the whole length carinate, the first perzeon segment much the longest, and

especially by having the uropods much longer than and extending much beyond the

telsonic segment. In our specimen the uropods scarcely reach the distal margin of the

telson, which is 12mm. broad by 4mm. long at the centre and nearly 6 mm. at the longest

part of the lateral surfaces. It should be noticed that the carination besides being partial,

is nowhere sharp.

Length of specimen to centre of telsonic segment 28°5 mm. Breadth at sixth pereeon

segment, where it is widest, 13°5 mm.

Locality. Seychelles, 34 fathoms.

Fam. Spheromide.

1905. Spheeromidee, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fisheries, Suppl. Rep. 23, p. 29.

1905. Spheromide, Hansen, Quarterly J. Microsc. Sci., vol. xlix., pt. 1, p. 69.

Gen. CYMODOCE, Leach.

1814. Cymodoce, Leach, Edinb. Encyel., vol. vii, p, 433.

1905. Cymodoce, Hansen, Quarterly J. Microsc. Sci., vol. xlix., pt. 1, p. 120.

19. Cymodoce pubescens (Milne-Edwards).

1840. Spheroma pubescens, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 1i1., p. 209.

1881. Cymodocea pubescens, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S$. Wales, vol. v., p. 473,

ply, figs: (lal

1905. Cymodoce pubescens, Hansen, Quarterly J. Microsc. Sci., vol. xlix., pt. 1, p. 122.

Mr Crossland’s specimens warrant the specific name by being covered dorsally with

a kind of velvet pile, consisting of pellucid, short, club-shaped sete, much like those

which I have described on the South African Dromiid crab Dynomene platyarthrodes.

The remarkable metamorphosis of the mouth-parts in the female of this genus, to which

Hansen has called attention, is exhibited in the present species, and its pleopods also

satisfy the requirements of the Cymodicini, one of Hansen’s sections of his group

Spheerominze hemibranchiatz. An easily observed character of the species is the

strongly marked notch on the outer margin of the outer ramus of the uropods. In the

specimen dissected the first antennz have a flagellum of seventeen joints, the first

being much the longest; the second antennz have an eighteen-jointed flagellum. As

in C. pilosa, figured by Hansen, the first joint of the mandibular palp is the longest,

but in the maxillipeds the plate of the second joint differs a little, being obliquely

truncate on the distal margin which is beset with a few spinules. The first gnathopods

STEBBING—ISOPODA 105

have six sharp serrate spines on hind margin of the fourth joint, five on the fifth, and

five on the sixth, the fourth in the last set being longer than its successor. The finger

has a strong spine at apex of hind margin and a strong unguis.

Length about 11 mm. One specimen is slightly longer, but not approaching an inch,

the measurement of Haswell’s longest specimen. Milne-Edwards gives the length as ten

lines*. :

Localities. Zanzibar channel, from 10 fathoms depth, taken by Mr Crossland in 1901,

and at Wasin in 1902.

20. Cymodoce zanzibarensis, n. sp. (Plate 9D.)

This species is nearly allied to Cymodoce pilosa, Milne-Edwards, first described from

the Mediterranean, to the Australian C. aculeata, Haswell, and to C. longistylis, Miers,

from Thursday Island and Singapore. It agrees with the disposition of the hairiness and

granulation of the body and with the characters of the uropods assigned by Milne-Edwards

to his species. It would be almost superfluous here to describe the mouth-organs because

they correspond so thoroughly with the figures which Hansen has given for those parts

in the male of C. pilosa (Quarterly J. Microse. Sci., vol. xlix., pt. 1, pl. 7, figs. 1 a—f).

But the ornamentation of the pleon is as follows,—at the base on either side is a large

flat lobe fringed with setze ; between these lobes runs a curved row of teeth, of which the

submedian are the largest ; flanking this pair to the rear is a much more conspicuous pair,

behind which again is a pair of deeply bifid well separated processes, of length about equal

to the breadth; the ends of their teeth reach a circular rose-coloured boss, fringed with

setules but almost smooth at the top. It is interesting to note that in all our three

specimens which have been in preservative liquid for seven or eight years the colouring

of this boss has remained constant, but whether it was the same in the living animal

I have no means of knowing. Behind the boss what may be described as a quadrate

emargination is occupied by a broad setose apical piece, which narrows near the end to

a feebly bifid or in one specimen a feebly trilobed termination, reaching a little beyond the

bluntly pointed setose lateral apices. The uropods agree nearly, not only with those of

C. pilosa, but also with Haswell’s description of those in C. aculeata, at least as modified

by Whitelegge (Mem. Australian Mus., vol. iv., pt. 4, p. 262, 1902), though in each case

there are small differences, such as might be explained away, were there no other

divergences between the species. In C. longistylis Miers records that ‘the rami of the

uropoda are narrow, entire, nearly straight, and rather densely hairy; the outer rather

shorter than the inner ramus, and more acute at its distal extremity; the inner long,

projecting by about half its length beyond the terminal segment” (Zoological Collections

of the “Alert,” p. 306, pl. 33, fig. c, 1884). The figure of the inner ramus represents

it as much curved, but both figure and description agree in giving it a relative prolongation

which will not agree with our species.

With regard to the masculine appendix in the second pleopods of C. aculeata,

Whitelegge describes it as ‘‘a slender stylet about one third longer than the ramus ;

in its basal two-thirds the stylet is fusiform, and the terminal third is cylindrical, and

* Twelve lines equal one inch in the old measurement.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. I4

106 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

bears numerous hairs, which become more evident as the acute apex is approached.”

In the present species it will be seen that this appendix is not nearly a third longer

than the ramus, and that its terminal part is free from hairs.

In all the above remarks the comparison is instituted between male specimens.

Length of specimen figured 11 mm. CC pilosa described by Milne-Edwards was about

6 lines long, C. aculeata, Haswell, 9/16ths of an inch, C. longistylis, Miers; 9 mm.

Localities. Taken by Mr Crossland at Zanzibar in 1901 and at Wasin in 1902.

21. Cymodoce bicarinata, Stebbing.

1904. Cymodoce bicarinata, Stebbing, Gardiner's Fauna, Maldive and Lacead.

Archip., vol. i, p. 718, pl. 528.

1905. Cymodoce bicarinata, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fisheries, Suppl. Rep. 23,

p. 42, pl. 10;

Locality. Zanzibar, obtained by Crossland in 1901.

Gen. CILICAA, Leach.

1818. Cilicewa, Leach, Dict. Sci. Naturelles, vol. xii., p. 342.

1905. Cilicea, Hansen, Quarterly J. Microsc. Sci., vol. xlix., pt. 1, p. 122.

1905. Cilicwa, Stebbing, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, Suppl. Rep. 28, p. 33.

22. Cilicea latreilli, Leach.

1818. Crlicea latreillii, Leach, Dict. Sci. Naturelles, vol. xii., p. 342.

1905. Cilicea latreillei, Hansen, Quarterly J. Microse. Sci., vol. xlix., pt. 1, p. 122.

1905. Cilicea latreilli, Stebbing, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, Suppl. Rep.

23, p. 36, pls. 3B, 8.

This genus and this species have been so fully discussed recently by H. J. Hansen

and contemporaneously by myself that I refrain from adding further comment, except

to note that in minute points of detail specimens show some variation, which may or

may not be due to the age or local circumstances or personality of the individual.

Locality. At Wasin Mr Crossland in 1902 obtained specimens of both sexes from

a depth of 10 fathoms and between 6 and 9 fathoms, and one male between 7 and

10 fathoms. ;

PARACILICHA, nu. gen.

This genus belongs by its pleopods to Hansen’s Sphzerominz hemibranchiate,

even the narrowly triangular endopod of the first pleopods by their breadth at the base

conforming to his measurement, “Endopod of plp. 1 at least rather broad, scarcely ever

half again as long as broad.” It agrees also with his section Cymodicini, but cannot be

assigned to any of the genera (or in his view sub-genera) which he distinguishes in that

section. The uropods in agreement with Ciliceaa exclude it from Cymodoce, The want

of any medio-dorsal process on the anterior part of the pleon excludes it from Cilicea, —

The presence of a median lobe in the terminal notch of the pleon excludes it from

STEBBING—ISOPODA 107

Ciliceopsis. The median prolongations in front and rear which distinguish Ceratocephalus*

are wanting here, and in Cassedinella the outer ramus of the uropods is very short, whereas

here it is very long.

23. Paracilicea hansen, n. sp. (Plate 9c.)

The single specimen, a male, has the sides of the perzeon setose, and the hind borders

of its segments raised, the granular ornamentation of these ridges with a sub-median pair

of denticles becoming successively more distinct. The very setose pleon is strongly

depressed below the very convex perseon, giving it in perspective an appearance differing

from that which it has when detached. Near the base of the telsonic segment are a pair

of widely separated teeth. Below these are a pair of large obliquely truncated processes,

which while the specimen is somewhat bent hide from view the short inner rami of the

uropods. The latter in fact extend a little beyond the three level points afforded by the

apices of the segment, the strong, slightly curved, outer rami being in almost their whole

length clear of these apices.

The eyes are dark, wide apart, not very large.

The first antenne have the usual stout basal joint which appears to be composite,

followed by a joint not longer than broad, presumably the third. In the fourteen-jointed

flagellum the first joint is much the longest, the last two are very small, the ten joints

preceding the last are furnished with filaments. In the second antenne the fifth joint

is a little longer than the fourth, the flagellum sixteen-jointed.

The mouth-organs agree very closely with those of Cymodoce pilosa and Cymodoce

bicarinata.

In the first gnathopods the fourth, fifth, and sixth joints are margined respectively

with five, four, and four spines. The elongate third joint of the fifth pereeopods is without

spines, but carries some minute spinules, on its frout margin. There the three following

joits have several slender spines, in pairs on the fourth and fifth joints, but in single file

on the sixth.

The inner ramus of the first pleopods has a breadth at the base compared with the

length in the proportion 6: 8. Apically it is almost acute. In the second pleopods the

masculine appendix is somewhat fusiform in the proximal half, the distal half narrow,

reaching some way beyond the supporting plate, to the base of which it is attached. At

the end it abruptly narrows to a slender terminal setulose on both margins.

Length of specimen about 5 mm., or including the uropods 6°5 mm., with a breadth

of about 3°5 mm.

Locality. Zanzibar, obtained by Mr Crossland in 1901.

The specific name is designed to call attention to Dr H. J. Hansen’s important treatise

on the Sphzromide, referred to in the generic definition given above.

* Ceratocephalus grayanus, Woodward, was published in the Encyclopedia Britannica in 1877. Its

synonym Bregmocerella tricornis, Haswell, in 1885.

14—2

108

figs,

p. 50.

Richardson quotes Miers under the date 1883, the date given on the title-page of the

Linnean Journal, Zool., vol. xvi. but the following page explains that the several numbers

were issued during the years 1881, 1882, 1883. The important paper by Miers belongs

to the first of those years.

September, 1905, between Saya de Malha and Coetivy. The head is wide, the telsonic

segment almost straight truncate with rounded corners, the colour dorsally as usual very

dark with a light border. Tattersall remarks that “J. metallica may be distinguished

from I. emarginata very readily by the presence of a small supplementary segment between

the cephalon and the first segment of the thorax.” Miers says, “near the posterior margin

of the head is a deeply impressed arcuated transverse furrow.” It is likely that this furrow

marks off the coalesced segment which carries the maxillipeds, but it would be rather

confusing to regard it as an independent segment.

meee pl gee

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Tribe VALVIFERA.

Fam. Idoteide.

Gen. IDOTEA, Fabricius.

1798. Idotea, Fabricius, Supplementum Ent. Syst., p. 302.

24. Idotea metallica, Bose.

1802. Idotea metallica, Bose, Hist. Nat. des Crustacés, vol. ii., p. 179, pl. 15, fig. 6.

1881. Idotea metallica, Miers, J. Linn. Soc., vol. xvi., p. 35.

1895. Idothea metallica, Hansen, Plankton-Exp., Isop., p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 3.

1905. Idothea metallica, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 84, p. 362,

392, 393.

1905. Idotea metallica, Tattersall, Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1904, um. [1905],

In her valuable above-cited ‘‘ Monograph on the Isopods of North America” Miss

A specimen of this species only 6 mm. long was taken at the surface on the 9th of

Tribe ASELLOTA.

Fam. Jeride.

1897. Ianiridee, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii., pt. 5, p. 98.

1905. Janiride, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fish. Rep., pt. 4, No. 23, p. 48.

1905. Parasellidze (part), Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1904, pt. 2, p. 315.

1905. Janiride, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 448.

1910. Jzride, Stebbing, J. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. xxxi., No. 207, p. 224.

Gen. JANIRA, Leach.

1814. Janiva, Leach, Edinb. Encyel., vol. vii., p. 434.

1905. Janira, Stebbing, Herdman’s Pearl Fish. Rep., pt. 4, No. 23, p. 49.

1905. Janira, H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 468.

25. Janira crosslandi, Stebbing. (Plate 6 A.)

1910. Janira crosslandi, Stebbing, J. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. xxxi., No. 207,

STEBBING—ISOPODA 109

It is not without anxiety that I distinguish this species from that which in Professor

Herdman’s Pearl Fishery Report I named Janira? nana, from the Gulf of Manaar. On

re-examining the details of that minute form I find some inaccuracies in my former account.

The right mandible has no accessory cutting plate, the bidentate appearance spoken of

being due to two closely approximate spines. The first pleopods of the male were said

to end in two pairs of overlapping shortly lanceolate lobes, and these are figured as of

equal length. The fact, however, is that the outer lobe is produced beyond the inner,

this inner one having on its sharp apex and outer margin several setz, some of which

gave the impression of a prolongation of the lobe itself. The first correction brings the

two species into harmony, the second is concerned with a feature by which the two forms

seem sharply distinguished. A third form, Janira minuta, H. Richardson, from Bermudas,

is evidently in close relationship to the other two. The new species has the following

characters.

In the male the head is without conspicuous rostrum, the fourth and fifth segments

of the perzeon are the shortest and the sixth is the widest. The pleon is almost smooth-

rimmed.

The eyes are prominent, lateral. The first antenne have the first joint stout,

followed by two successively much smaller, with a flagellum of nine joints, each of the

last five carrying a filament. The first four joints of the second antenne are short, the

third the longest, with a small cylindrical exopod. The two following joints of the

peduncle are missing from all the adult specimens, but that these are at least moderately

long and carry a many-jointed flagellum may be inferred from the condition of these

appendages in the marsupial young, where the flagellum is already eight-jointed.

The upper lip is longer in proportion te its breadth than in J. nana. The cutting

plate of the mandibles is divided into five teeth on the left and seven on the right member,

the accessory plate on the left has seven teeth; there are six spines in the spine-row.

The first maxille have four fine sete on the inner plate. The second maxille and

maxillipeds are in practical agreement with those of J. nana.

The first gnathopods have the fifth joint in the male with its hind margin produced

into a strong tooth, the interval between this and the finger hinge being occupied by

a shorter tooth, which is however produced a little beyond the outer one. In J. nana

the structure is nearly the same, but the two teeth are much less conspicuous. In J.

minuta there is a much longer outer tooth produced much beyond two shorter intermediate

teeth. In all the three species the narrow sixth joint is capable of folding down along

the whole length of the fifth, and ends in a minute finger or nail-tipped seventh joint.

The first gnathopod of the female is not known for J. nana, but, from the analogy of

J. minuta, it may be supposed that it has the fifth joint fusiform, not distally dentate,

and this is the case in the female of J. crosslandi. The other limbs of the perzeon follow

the custom of the genus. In the present species the fifth perseopods appear to be decidedly

the longest.

The first pleopods of the male show marks of separation so decided between the

upper part and the part below the constriction that I think this lower part should be

regarded as constituted by one or both of the rami; its convex outer margins are produced

110 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

to a sharp apical tooth, while the inner margin is rounded off distally in each division to

meet the base of the tooth, not obliquely truncate as in the specimens originally described,

nor produced to the end of the tooth as in Jamra maculosa, Leach, the general

appearance both here and in J. nana being suggestive of a coalescence of two long rami.

As will be seen, the inner setiferous terminals in the two species are strikingly different.

The second pleopods of the male have the characteristic sharply pointed masculine

appendix, but the outer plate is here squared below, not narrowly rounded as in J. nana,

nor somewhat acute-angled as in J. maculosa.

The almost circular opercular plate constituted by the first pleopods of the female,

instead of being distally truncate as in J. maculosa, is here emarginate.

The uropods were missing from all the seven adult specimens, but one of the two

females had young ones in an advanced stage of development in her marsupium. These

indicated the general character of the second antenne and of the uropods, the latter

having as might be expected a fairly long peduncle supporting two setiferous rami, of

which the inner is the longer.

The colour of all the specimens was claret red.

Length 2mm. J. nana, also described from an adult male, measured 15mm. The

length of J. minuta is not stated, but the specific name implies that it is very small.

Locality, Egmont. Along with two males and an ovigerous female in the

same tube there was an antenna, consisting of a long penultimate peduncular joint,

followed by another joint rather longer, and a flagellum of nearly a hundred very small

joints. It is not improbable that this appendage had become detached from one of the

male specimens. The female specimen, carrying large eggs, had one of the first

gnathopods still attached.

Fam. Stenetriide.

1905. Stenetriide, H. J. Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1904, pt. 2, p. 315.

Gen. STENETRIUM, Haswell.

1881. Stenetrium, Haswell, Pr. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. v., p. 478.

26. Stenetrivm chilton, Stebbing.

1905. Stenetrium chiltoni, Stebbing, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish., Rep. 23,

p. 54, ph 12a.

A specimen only 2mm. long, with antennze broken, and uropods missing, which

seemingly belongs to this species, was taken at Amirante, station E9, from a depth of

34 fathoms.

Tribe EPICARIDEA.

1825. Epicarides, Latreille, Fam. Nat, du Régne Animal, p. 291.

1882. Epicarida, G. O. Sars, Forh. Selsk. Christian., No. 18, p. 18.

1893. Epicaridea, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 392.

1898. Epicarida, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii., pt. 11, p. 193.

STEBBING—ISOPODA 111

1905. Epicaridea, H. Richardson, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 497.

1909. Epicarides, Gilson, Bull. Sci. France-Belgique, vol. xlii., p. 78.

The bibliography of this tribe given by Dr Gilson extends from 1722 to 1909 and

contains 279 references.

Miss Richardson gives Bopyroidea as an alternative name for the tribe, less significant

than that proposed by Latreille, which alludes to the circumstance that the members of

it are parasitic on other crustaceans, though with the disadvantage that eventually fresh

members may be found on non-crustacean hosts, and that actually many crustaceans

parasitic on other crustaceans do not belong to the Epicaridea.

Fam. Bopyride.

1853. Bopyride, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pt. 2, p. 793.

1867. Bopyridz, Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust., vol. i1., pt. 16, p. 209.

1887. ‘Bopyriens,’ Giard and Bonnier, Travaux Lab. Zool. de Wimereux, vol. v.

1893. Bopyride, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 408.

1895. Bopyride, Hansen, Plankton Exp., Isop., p. 18.

1898. Bopyride, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. 1, pt. 11, p. 195.

1900. Bopyride, Bonnier, Travaux Lab. Zool. de Wimereux, vol. viii.

1904. Bopyridee, Stebbing, Gardiner’s Maldive and Laccadive Arch., vol. i, pt. 3,

p. 715.

1905. Bopyride, H. Richardson, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 54, p. 497.

1906. ‘Bopiridi,’ Nobili, Atti R. Accad. Sci. Torino, vol. xli. (extract).

1908. Bopyride, Stebbing, S. A. Crust., pt. 4, p. 56, in Annals 8S. African Mus.,

vol. 6.

To this family, in which the genera are already rather perplexingly numerous, I have

felt it necessary to add a new one, containing two new species. Three species are added

to older genera. Some notes are offered on Trapezicepon amicorum (Giard and Bonnier),

the specimen being derived from a different host from that on which the typical example

occurred. The new specimen is further worthy of note for containing, in place of eggs,

an obscure but remarkable parasite apparently of the same tribe. A very small species of

the genus Cancricepon is left unnamed for reasons assigned further on.

In 1906 the late Professor Giard was able to announce that after prolonged efforts

M. Edm. Bordage at Réunion had discovered the host of AKepon typus, Duvernoy, in the

agile crab Grapsus strigosus (Herbst). For some reason unexplained in place of

Duvernoy’s generic name Kepon Giard adopts the name Grapsicepon, previously regarded

as distinct. He promises a much needed revision of Duvernoy’s statements, but this

promise his lamented death has prevented him from keeping, thus leaving this particular

branch of the subject for the moment in some confusion.

Gen. KEPON, Duvernoy.

1841. Kepon, Duvernoy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. xv., p. 10.

1855. Cepon, Leidy, J. Ac. Sci. Philad., p. 51.

112 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1893. Kepon, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, Iaternat. Sci. Ser., vol. Ixxiv., p. 412.

1900. Cepon, Bonnier, The Bopyride, p. 250.

1906. Grapsicepon, Giard, Comptes rendus Soc. de Biologie, vol. Ixi, p. 704.

Dec. 22, 1906.

Several other references will be found in the late M. Bonnier’s great work above

cited.

The species which I venture to assign to this genus agrees with Kepon typus,

Duvernoy, but not with Cepon? nazi, Bonnier, in having no medio-dorsal protuberances

on the pereeon. In the pleon the first five segments have prolonged side-plates and carry

double-branched pleopods, all of tuberculate foliaceous character, and the single-branched

uropods have a similar appearance, all these points showing agreement with the type-

species. On the limbs Duvernoy could not perceive any finger, but rightly surmised

that it was not really absent.

27. Kepon halimi, n. sp. (Plate 10.)

The typical species, derived from an unknown crab of Mauritius, since identified as

Grapsus strigosus (Herbst), offers scarcely any points for exact comparison with the

present form. The size, however, differs very considerably. The adult female of Kepon

typus attains a length of 12 mm., whereas the specimen here dealt with measured only

about 3mm., or at full stretch might have been 4mm. long. The head, however, was

forced towards the pleon by the enormous globe of eggs in the marsupium, in such a way

that the earlier perzeon segments were not dorsally visible. This condition of affairs,

while introducing a difficulty into the measurement, made it fairly certain that the female

was fully adult. The lateral bosses of the early perzeon segments, though large, do not

show that peculiar verrucosity described by Duvernoy, on which Bonnier lays stress as an

exceptional character of much importance, and the existence of which has been recently

endorsed by Giard.

In the present species the limbs of the perzeon are all provided with a small apical

seventh joint or finger as usual. The fifth perseopod is rather remarkable from the shape

of the second joint, the front margin of which is produced into a large oval excrescence

above and a small circular one below. This limb on the left side (right of ventral view)

was lying closely adpressed to the pleopods, bearing a puzzling resemblance to one of

their branches. In Ergyne hendersoni (Giard and Bonnier) the fifth perzeopod has an

oval excrescence on the lower part of the front margin. The maxillipeds have the narrow

apical lobe common to all the neighbouring genera. It showed no setules. The secondary

lamellee of the cephalic lamina are small, sub-equal, almost simple.

The male, which according to Bonnier has not hitherto been recognised for this genus,

was enclosed along with the eggs in the last marsupial plate of the female of this species.

In shape it agrees with that figured for Cancricepon elegans (Giard and Bonnier) except

that I could not see any medio-ventral bosses. The eyes are dark and reniform, much

longer than wide. I could not make out more than two joints in the first antenne and

four in the second, but a minute apical joint might in each case be present.

Locality. This species was taken from the left branchial cavity of Halimus sp. nov. 4,

as identified by Miss M. J. Rathbun, at Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

STEBBING—ISOPODA 113

DACTYLOKEPON, n. g.

This genus agrees with Trapezicepon, Bonnier, in having no medio-dorsal bosses on

the person, but the inner branches of the pleopods in the adult female are long and

irregular. Also it differs from that genus in having the lateral bosses of the peraeon

small and discontinuous, and in regard to the hind lamina of the head, which, instead of

two simple pointed secondary lamellee at each corner, here has those lamelle more or

less digitate.

The generic name compounded of Sdxrvdos, finger, and kepon, alludes in the first

part to the digitate processes of the head, which find a parallel in the species Orbione

penei, Bonnier. The second portion of the name, based on Aepon, Duvernoy, refers to its

close alliance with that genus and with those which have been named with a similar

termination by Giard and Bonnier.

28. Dactylokepon richardsone, n. sp. (Plate 11¢.)

The single specimen for which this species is instituted contained a vast multitude of

eggs in the earliest epicaridian stage, but no male could be found. Miss Rathbun’s

notification that it was found in the left branchial cavity of Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst)

suggested an expectation that it would prove to be Trapezicepon amicorwm (Giard and

Bonnier), but this was negatived by the characters mentioned for the genus. The

present species is much larger than that just named, having a length of 6 mm. instead of

3mm., and it was taken, not at the Friendly Isles, but the Seychelles.

The anterior lamina of the head is unusually narrowed forward, but as this part

of the organism is very soft, its shape might easily be altered by accidental circumstances

of pressure in the branchial cavity of the host. The leading characteristic of the species

is the strongly digitate form of the outer lamella in the hind lamina of the head. The

inner lamella is also somewhat digitate. The maxilliped has the narrow curved extremity

following an emargination, in agreement with Bonnier’s description and figure of the

maxilliped in 7. amicorum. The side-plates of the pleon, the outer branches of the

pleopods and the uropods are all long and digitate as in that species, but the uropods are

decidedly narrower. The inner branches of the pleopods could not be at all clearly made

out in the confusing mass of digitations to which they lie closely adpressed.

The species is named out of respect to Miss Harriet Richardson, who has done so

much valuable work in this and other groups of the Isopoda.

29. Dactylokepon catoptri, n. sp. (Plate 108.)

The present small species agrees with the preceding species in the generic characters,

but the outer lamella of the cephalic lamina is poorly instead of strongly digitate. The

maxillipeds have the palp-like apical process more produced and narrower than in the

preceding species. It has three minute setules on the apex. The second joint of the

fifth pereeopod is without excrescences of the front margin,

Length of specimen about 3 mm.

Locality. Extracted from the left branchial cavity of Catoptrus nitidus, A. Milne-

Edwards, ¢, as identified by Miss M. J. Rathbun. Taken at Amirante, from a depth of

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 15

114 ; PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

30 fathoms. The young were all in the epicaridian stage, in which the fifth pair of

perzeopods is still undeveloped.

Gen. TRAPEZICEPON, Bonnier.

1900. Trapezicepon, Bonnier, Les Bopyride, p. 269.

This genus is distinguished by its author from Cancricepon and Grapsicepon by

the absence of the medio-dorsal bosses on the hinder peraon segments, and from

Portunicepon by the rudimentary condition of the inner branches of the pleopods, in

the adult female.

All the three genera were instituted by Giard and Bonnier in 1887, Portunicepon

being evidently a synonym of Hrgyne, Risso, 1816. This last has the medio-dorsal bosses,

and the other two genera have the rudimentary inner branches of the pleopods, so that

the differential characters of Trapezicepon might well have been considered as of specific

rather than generic value. The four genera may be tabulated as follows :

Without medio-dorsal bosses on the perseon. Trapezicepon.

| With medio-dorsal bosses on the perzeon. 2.

Inner branches of pleopods not rudimentary, Hrgyne.

{ Inner branches of pleopods rudimentary.

Last four segments of perseon with medio-dorsal bosses. Cancricepon.

{ Only last two segments of perzeon with medio-dorsal bosses. Girapsicepon.

It may be added that in Hrgyne one species has the last three, and a second the

last two perseon segments raised into median processes.

30. Trapezicepon amicorum (Giard and Bonnier). (Plate 118.)

1888. Grapsicepon amicorum, Giard and Bonnier, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sciences,

July 2, p. 2.

1900. Trapezicepon amicorum, Bonnier, Les Bopyride, p. 269, pl 16:

The present specimen agrees in general appearance with that figured and described

by Bonnier, but differs in some details. The inner branch of the pleopods is not apically

pointed but obtuse in the female, and the uropods are less elongate and with little

approach to digitation. In the male the medio-ventral tubercle could only be dis-

tinguished on the first three perzeon segments, instead of occurring plainly on each

segment of the peraon and the first of the pleon.

The length of the female was only a little over 2 mm., instead of 3 mm.

The host was not Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst), but Actwmnus tomentosus, Dana, %,

as identified by Miss M. J. Rathbun. Position of parasite in left branchial cavity of host.

Locality. Amirante, 34 fathoms.

As I was withdrawing the specimen from the tube, there fell from its well-developed

marsupium what I supposed to be a mass of eggs, but it proved to be a bladder-like

organism, showing no actual segmentation and no appendages unless a minute process

might pass for one. It was of a size to fairly well fill the marsupium of its host. It

is reminiscent of the species Cyproniscus cypridine, Sars, and the genus Asconiseus,

ee OE EEE

STEBBING—ISOPODA 115

Sars. His species, A. simplex, is parasitic on Boreomysis arctica (Kroyer), and he remarks

that in all instances of its capture “the marsupial pouch of the host was fully developed,

and it thus seems that the parasite must have entered the pouch immediately after the

young of the host had escaped: several male specimens were found with the female, and

in one instance two or three females of different development were found in the same

host” (Crustacea of Norway, vol. il., pp. 233, 238, 1899). It seems possible that in these

eases the marsupial plates develop round the parasite which usurps the place of eggs. In

the tube with the Trapezicepon there were no eggs, but a Bopyrus-form which I have

regarded as the male of 7. amicorum, and, in addition to this, four specimens of a

eryptoniscian larva, slightly larger than the Bopyrus-form, not very greatly differing from

the male of Asconiscus simplex as figured by Sars. There was also present a very much

smaller cryptoniscian larva, and a very small duplicate of the bladder-like organism. The

relative sizes of these creatures may be judged from the plate, wherein they are drawn to

the same scale. If I am right in supposing that the specimens which have lost all clear

traces of segmentation belong to Asconiscus or some closely allied genus, it will be,

I believe, a novelty to find one of the Epicaridea parasitic on one of its own tribe, though

there are well-known instances of Epicaridea parasitic on other parasites. Zeuxo

longicollis, described by Kossmann in his Zool. Ergebnisse einer Reise in die Kiistenge-

biete des rothen Meeres, first part of second half, p. 124 (1880), as figured in his pl. 11,

fig. 8, is very like in shape to the occupant of our Trapezicepon’s marsupium, but with a

comparatively long ‘tap-root” instead of a short one.

Gen. ERGYNE, Risso.

1816. Hrgyne, Risso, Crustacés des environs de Nice, p. 150.

1887. Portunicepon, Giard and Bonnier, Travaux Lab. Zool. Wimereux, vol. v.,

p- 73.

1893. Hrgyne, Stebbing, History of Crustacea, Internat. Sci. Ser., vol. Ixxiv., p. 413.

1900. Portunicepon, Bonnier, Les Bopyride, p. 276.

The hind lamina of the head has at the outer corners two simple lappets. The

perzon carries medio-dorsal bosses. The inner branches of the pleopods are more or less

lobed, like the outer branches and the lateral extensions of the segments.

Risso’s original species, H. cervicornis, was transferred to Cepon by Kossmann in

1881. The species of the genus may be distinguished as follows:

Sixth and seventh segments of perzeon raised into median bosses. 1. EH. hendersona

(Giard and Bonnier).

Fifth, sixth and seventh segments so raised. 2. E. cervicornis, Risso.

A slight carina rising from the first segment to strongly developed bosses on the

last three. 3. HE. savignyi, n. sp.

31. EHrgyne savignyi, nu. sp. (Plate 104.)

Female. Head very broad; in the hind lamina the outer lappet is much longer than

the inner, both are microscopically beset with minute setules. The centre of the person

is slightly angled on the first three segments, more decidedly on the fourth, while each of

15—2

116 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

the three following segments rises into a very decided prominence, which is a little tip-

tilted on the seventh segment.

The maxillipeds have the narrow anterior lobe bordered with eight well separated

sete. Between the lobes a fine membrane projects ending in an emargination between

two blunt, not widely separated, apices. This is apparently the lower lip, firmly attached

to the maxillipeds.

The outer branches of the five pairs of pleopods are strongly tuberculate on both

margins and at least some of them on the surface, the first pair long and broad, and

all tending to conceal the inner branches from a dorsal view, and the lateral prolongations

of the segments from a ventral view. These prolongations and the inner branches except

in size agree much in character with the outer branches. The uropods are single-branched,

with the edges moderately incised.

Male. The first antennz are three-jointed, with four short filaments on the little

apical joint. The second antennz have a setule on the second joint and five short

filaments on the fourth, which is the apical joint. In the ventral view of the pleon

processes will be seen which appear to represent single-jointed pleopods. Judging by

the figures which Bonnier gives of the young male (Bopyrus stage), which shows such

processes, and of the adult male without them, in Cancricepon elegans, it may be

supposed that the male in our specimen is not fully adult.

Length of female about 4 mm.

The host was identified by Miss M. J. Rathbun as Actaa savignyt (A. Milne-

Edwards) in which the parasite occupied the left branchial cavity.

Locality. Cargados Carajos, 30 fathoms.

Gen. CANCRICEPON, Giard and Bonnier.

1887. Cancricepon, Giard and Bonnier, Travaux Lab. Zool. Wimereux, vol. v.,

p- 172.

1900. Cancricepon, Bonnier, Les Bopyridee, p. 257.

32. Cancricepon sp.

To this genus I refer two specimens, one from the right, the other from the left

branchial cavity of a crab identified by Miss M. J. Rathbun as Pilumnus longicornis ?

Hilg., taken on the 18th of October, 1905, in a depth between 22 and 24 fathoms at

Amirante. The specimens were alike, both loaded with eggs. The one that was

measured only attained a length of 1°5 mm. The medio-dorsal upheaval is faint on the

fourth segment of the pereeon, but well expressed on the three following segments. The

apical lobe of the maxillipeds is rather strongly emarginate and furnished with four or

five setules on the concave margin. The secondary lamellz at the corners of the cephalic

lamina are simple, the outer the larger. The uropods are smooth.

The preparation of these small specimens was not sufficiently successful to enable me

to give satisfactory figures. I have therefore abstained from giving a specific name.

As compared with Cancricepon elegans (Giard and Bonnier), which attains a length

of over 9mm., the small size of the present form adds to the probability that it is

specifically distinct.

STEBBING—ISOPODA 117

Gen. GIGANTIONE, Kossmann.

1881. Gigantione, Kossmann, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. xxxv., p- 655.

1887. Gugantione, Giard and Bonnier, Travaux Lab. Zool. Wimereux, vol. v

pp. 18, 74, ete.

1900. Gigantione, Bonnier, Les Bopyridx, p. 276.

In the female all the segments of perseon and first five of pleon are laterally

produced, the extensions on the right side being very considerable. First antennz of

female having the first joint developed into a large pad, against which the two following

joints appear to be flattened about at the middle, the third joint very small. The second

antennee five-jointed in the female, six-jointed in the male. Maxillipeds of the female

with principal lobe nearly circular, fringed with setules, showing no palp-like prominence.

Limbs of the perzeon with finger well developed in the male but almost obsolete in the

female. Pleopods of the female two-branched, diminishing in size successively from the

first to the fifth, with varying development of fringing lobules. Pleopods of the male

simple, ovoid, diminishing in size from first to fifth. Uropods in the female very small,

but with distinct peduncle and two branches, in the male each consisting of a single

piece larger than the preceding pleopod.

Gigantione moebui, Kossmann, for which the genus was founded, measured in the

female 15mm. It was taken at Mauritius from the branchial cavity of Riippellia

umpressa, de Haan. The pleopods of the male are figured more than twice as long

as broad.

Gigantione bouviert, Bonnier, measures in the female scarcely 3 or 4mm. It was

taken off the Azores from the branchial cavity of Pilwmnus hirtellus (Linn.), var. inermis,

A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier. The branches of the uropods in the female are described

as cylindrical, slender at the free extremity.

33. Gigantione rathbune, n. sp. (Plate 11.)

This species agrees very closely with the preliminary description of G. bowviert, which

is unfortunately not accompanied by illustrative drawings. Its size, in the female not

quite 4mm., agrees with that of Bonnier’s species. Both differ in one respect from

Kossmann’s generic account, in that the last pleon segment is not produced into lateral

lobes, but on that point Kossmann’s own figures do not appear to be in accord with his

statement.

In the new species eyes are visible, not only in the male, but also in the female.

In Pseudione hoylei, the visibility of the eyes in a female 12 mm. long is regarded by

Bonnier (Op. cit., p. 309) as an indication that the specimen was not yet quite adult.

In the present case that inference can scarcely be drawn, since a multitude of young

ripe for discharge were in the Epicaridean stage.

The characters of the antennze, mouth-organs, and other appendages, so far as they

could be made out, will be best understood by the figures. With one or two exceptions

they do not appear to offer any solid specific characters. Concerning the uropods of the

female Bonnier says that in his species they are in accord with the generic character,

118 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

having a broad, perfectly distinct peduncle, which carries two little cylindric branches,

slenderly drawn out (eflilées) at their free extremity, and almost equal. In the new

species these branches are of equal breadth all along. The uropods of the male are a

broad oval, closely adjacent, extending beyond the sixth pleon segment, each nearly

equalling it in size.

Locality. The species was obtained from the left branchial cavity of Acteaa polya-

cantha (Heller), at the Salomon Isles, and forwarded to me, with subsequent determination

of the host, by the distinguished carcinologist, Miss Mary J. Rathbun, after whom I have

the pleasure of naming it. The male was lying transversely across the end of the pleon.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE 5.

Kalliapseudes makrothrix, n. g. and sp.

ns. Line indicating length of specimen figured below.

C.V.,a.s. Ventral view of head (distal margin) supporting the first antenna and one of the second

antenne.

at. Second antenna.

Per. s. 7., prp. 5., Pl., uwrp. Dorsal view of fifth person segment and the pleon, with fifth peraeopod

and the smeeyaaci in position.

m., m., mx.1., ma, 2., map., map. The mandibles (much broken), the first and second maxille (not

very distinctly seen), the maxillipeds (detached one from the other).

gn. 1., gn. 2., prps. 2, 3, 4,5. First and second gnathopods, second, third, fourth, and fifth peraopods.

The fingers of all but the first gnathopods and some spines and sets are separately given

on the same scale of enlargement as the mouth-organs, which is higher than that of the

other detail figures.

plp.1. First pleopod.

PLATE 6.

A. Janira crosslandi, Stebbing.

ns. f. Line indicating actual length of male specimen figured below in lateral view (Z), and in

dorsal view, minus the head (D).

S., dt, dt. ju. First and second antenne with higher magnification, only the first four joints

of second antenne from the adult, but this appendage complete from the marsupial young.

l.s., 1. Upper and lower lips.

My md, ma. 1. mx.2, mxp. The mandibles, first and second maxille, and maxillipeds (in part).

gn. 1., gn.2., prp.5. First and second gnathopods and fifth peropods, to the same scale as the

antenne.

plps. 1, 2, 3. First, second, and third pleopods of the male, on the same scale of magnification as

the mouth-organs, higher than that of the gnathopods,

operc. $. Opercular plate (first pleopods) of female, to the same scale as dorsal view of the male.

urp. Uropod of marsupial young, to the same scale as separate gnathopods of male.

B. Parapseudes hirsutus, n. sp.

ns. Line indicating length of specimen in curvature as in the lateral view below.

C.V., as.,a.%. Ventral view of head with first pereeon segment, the eyes and one each of the first

and second antenne in position.

Pl. wrp. Dorsal view of pleon and part of seventh perzon segment; uropods in position, outer

branch on right imperfect.

a ee

STEBBING—ISOPODA 119

m., m., li., mx.1, mxp. Mandibles, lower lip (in part), first maxilla, and maxillipeds.

gn.2., prps. 1, 2,3, 4,5. Second gnathopod and the five persopods, but only terminal part of the

third pereopod drawn, and that on a higher scale of magnification, agreeing with the mouth-

organs and the higher enlargement of the distal parts of the second gnathopod and the second

peropod.

PLATE 7.

A. Calathura sladeni, un. sp.

ns. Line indicating actual length of the specimen figured below in dorsal and lateral view.

as. at. First and second antenne.

Li, m., mz.1., map. Lower lip, mandible, first maxilla, and maxillipeds, these parts magnified on

a higher scale than the other details,

gn. 1., gn.2., prps. 1,5. First and second gnathopods, first and fifth peraeopods.

plp. 2, urp., T. Second pleopod, uropod and telson.

B. Apanthwra xenocheir, n. sp.

ns, Line indicating actual length of the specimen figured below in dorsal and lateral view.

C.,a.s. Head, with first antenna on the right in position.

ai. Second antenna.

m.,m.,mx.1. The mandibles and first maxilla, magnified on a higher scale than the other details

except the distal portion of the first gnathopod.

gn. 1., gn. 2., prp.5. First and second gnathopods and fifth peraopod.

Pl, urp. urp. Dorsal view of pleon with the uropods.

PLATE 8.

A. Eurydice humilis, n. sp.

ns. Line indicating length of male specimen figured below in three-quarter view.

C.,as8.,a.1. The head, with first and second antenne much more enlarged.

Pl. Part of pleon, enlarged to the same scale as the preceding and other detail figures, with

the exceptions subsequently mentioned.

Ls. Upper lip.

mm. The mandibles.

gn. 1., gn. 2., prps. 1, 2, 3, 4,5. The two gnathopods and five persopods in order.

plp.2. The second pleopod, with higher magnification of the male appendix, to the same scale

as the mouth-organs.

urp. One of the uropods.

B. Pontogelos aselgokeros, n. g. and sp.

ms. Line indicating real length of specimen in lateral view on left of plate.

C.D., C.V. Dorsal view of head more enlarged with basal parts of first and second antenn ;

and ventral view of head with frontal lamina and first peraon segment.

P1.D., urp. Dorsal view of pleon (in part) with the uropods.

as. at. First and second antenne.

m., m. The mandibles. The third joint of palp missing in one and its apex broken in the other.

Li, ma.1., mx. 2., map. Lower lip, first and second maxillz and maxillipeds, all the mouth-organs

magnified on a uniform scale.

gn. 1., gn. 2., prps. 1, 2, 3, 4,5. First and second gnathopods and first to fifth peropods.

plps. 1, 2,3. First to third pleopods, the masculine appendix of the second pair more enlarged,

on the same scale as the mouth-organs, which is much higher than that of the other details.

120 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

PLATE 9.

A. Argathona reidi, n. sp.

n.s. Dorsal view of specimen, natural size.

C., Per. s.1., ai. Dorsal view of head and first pereon segment magnified, with first and second

antennz of left side in situ. Profile view of detached head on the right.

T., urp. Telsonic segment and uropod of left side to the same scale as the preceding figure and

as the detail figures of antenna, limbs, and pleopod.

as. at. First and second antenne.

ep. Epistome, with frontal lamina. This and the mouth-organs are magnified to a higher scale

than the preceding figures.

m., m., mex.1, ma. 2. map. The mandibles, first and second maxille, and maxillipeds.

gn.1., prp. 5., plp.2. First gnathopod, fifth peraeopod, and second pleopod. The spines besetting

the distal margin of the pereeopod’s fifth joint are separately shown on a higher scale than

any of the other figures.

B. ga ommatophylax, Stebbing.

ns. Line indicating natural size of the juvenile specimen figured above in dorsal aspect.

prp. 4, prp. 5. Fourth and fifth persopods.

C. Paracilicwa hanseni, n. sp.

ns. Lines indicating natural size of specimen figured in dorsal aspect.

Ls. Epistome and upper lip.

as. First antenna.

plp.2., m.a. Second pleopod, with much higher magnification of the separated masculine appendix.

T., urp. Telsonic segment in dorsal view, with the uropods in situ. All the details are drawn

to the same scale, except the separated appendix.

D. Cymodoce zanzibarensis, n. sp.

ns. Lines indicating natural size of specimen figured in dorsal aspect.

plp. 2., m.a, Second pleopod, with much higher magnification of the separated masculine appendix.

T., urp. Telsonic segment with right uropod in situ. The details, except the separated appendix,

are drawn to the same scale.

PLaTE 10.

A. Ergyne savignyt, n. sp.

n.s. Lines indicating natural size of female specimen figured in dorsal, lateral, and ventral positions,

marked respectively D, L, and V.

1.C., map. Maxillipeds in conjunction with hind lamina of the head.

Pil.V. Ventral view of pleon, showing on the left only the inner branch of the last three pleopods

and the uropod, this and the preceding figure more highly magnified than the figures of the

complete specimen.

ns. f. Line indicating actual length of male specimen in dorsal view below.

g.V. Ventral view of male more highly magnified, limbs of person omitted, except first gnathopod.

as. f, at. f, gni. f. First and second antenne and first gnathopod of male more enlarged, on

the same scale as the tip of the head’s lateral lappet and the front lobe of the maxilliped

of the female.

STEBBING—ISOPODA 121

B. Dactylokepon catoptri, n. sp.

ns. $. Line indicating length of female specimen figured below.

Pl.V. Ventral view of pleon much more highly magnified.

LC. Part of hind lamina of the head.

map. A maxilliped.

prp. 5. Fifth perzopod.

C. Kepon halimi, n. sp.

ns. $. Line indicating length of female specimen figured below in dorsal view.

Pi.V. Ventral view of pleon, more enlarged, with higher magnification of some inner branches

of the pleopods, those on left of the figure being closely curled.

LC., map. gn.1. A figure showing together in situ the hind lamina of the head, the maxillipeds,

and one of the first gnathopods with part of its marsupial plate. Also gn. 1 more enlarged.

prp.5. Fifth perzeopod of female, this and the preceding figure on the same scale as the ventral

view of the pleon.

g. The male magnified to the same scale as dorsal view of female, and above much more

enlarged ventral view of male, without limbs of the perwon, except one first gnathopod.

CD. f., CV. ff. Dorsal and ventral views of head of male, more enlarged.

gn.1. f. First gnathopod of male more enlarged.

PLATE 11.

A. Gigantione rathbune, n. sp.

ms. ?. Lines indicating natural size of female in dorsal view, not including in the width the

marsupial plates.

ns. f. Line showing real length of male specimen figured below on the same scale as figure

of female. A much more enlarged figure of the male on the left.

as., a.1. First and second antenne of the female.

os., m.m. Mouth, showing the mandibles, not covered by the first antenne or maxillipeds.

prp. One of the hinder pereopods of the female, with lateral lobe of segment.

Pl.V. Ventral view of pleon of female, with its five pairs of pleopods, and the uropods; part

of first pleon segment not shown.

CV. gf. Ventral view of head of male, showing between the eyes the maxillipeds, flanked by

the rudimentary second maxille, and, above, the mandibles projecting between the first

antenne, which are placed between the second antenne.

gn.l. f, prp.5, f. First gnathopod and fifth perszeopod of male.

plps. 2, 3, 4, 5, f. Second to fifth pleopods of male.

The ventral view of the female pleon is less highly magnified than the other details, which

are on the same scale for male and female.

B. Trapezicepon amicorum (Giard and Bonnier).

ns. $. Lines indicating natural size of female figured below.

Pl.V. Ventral view of pleon, more enlarged.

PI.D. Dorsal view of pleon (part).

urp. Uropod.

ns. f. Line showing length of male specimen figured below.

ai. f., gn.l. f. Greatly enlarged figure of male in ventral view, second gnathopod and _ five

perzopods omitted from right hand of the figure, the first and second antenne and first

gnathopod separately more enlarged.

x. «, Supposed females of unknown species, drawn to the same scale as the figures above them,

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 16

122 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

cr. Cryptoniscian form, of which the ventral view is shown in much higher magnification, the

last four pairs of pereopods being omitted except one member of the last pair, and all five

pairs of pleopods except one member of the first pair.

prp. 5., plp.1. The fifth perzeopod and first pleopod of the last-mentioned figure shown separately

more enlarged.

cr’. Smaller cryptoniscian form, magnified on the same scale as the upper one, the separate

figure of the uropod being enlarged to the same scale as the uropod in the figure below.

The six figures of complete specimens in the upper part of the plate are all of uniform

enlargement.

C. Dactylokepon richardsone, n. sp.

ns. Line showing actual length of specimen figured, from which the pleon is detached.

P1.V., urp. Ventral view of pleon more highly magnified than the figure showing dorsal view

of head and perzon.

1.C., mep. The maxilliped in conjunction with hind lamina of the head, of which the digitate

lateral lobes are shown separately in higher magnification,

Percy SLADEN TRusT EXPEDITION ‘TRANS. Linn Soc. Ser.2.Zo0l.VolXIV PL 5.

() VEBBING) W

ERS)

J.TRENNIE REID LITH EDIN®

KALLIAPSEUDES MAKROTHRIX n.g. et. sp.

;

| Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION Trans.Liw. Soc. Ser.2.Zool. Vol. XIV Pl 6.

is re (STESBING)

J. TRENNIE REID LITH. EDIN®

B. PARAPSEUDES HIRSUTUS n sp.

wi ~

ee ee ee? oe ee

« nae

Pea See ee

7 - Percy SLADEN Trust Expepition Trans. Linn. Soc. S8R.2 Zool. Vol XIV Pl.7

’ (STEBBING) aoa a

J.T RENNIE REID.UITH EDIN® ;

SLADENI,n sp. B. APANTHURA XENOCHEIR, n sp. :

Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION TRANS. LINN. Soc, SER.2. ZOO]. VOI_XIV P18.

a (STEBBING) :

J TPRENNIE REID UTH EDIN®

B. PONTOGELOS ASELGOKEROS, n. sp.

Percy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

(STEBBING)

A. ARGATHONA

1%,

+ a 5

_—_

wo - + e- -- - -- = + - H - H- - --p--

Trans. Linn. Soc. SER.2. Zool VoLXIV P19.

’ Ui iN ny}

JIT Rename Reid, Lith. Edin®=

REIDI n.sp. B. AIGA OMMATOPHYLAX, Stebbing

PARAGILIGASA HANSENLn.sp. D. CYMODOCE ZANZIBARENSIS, n. sp.

———_—_

J.T. Rennie Reid, Lith. Edin®

Trans LINN. Soc. SER.2. Zool. Vol XIV PLO.

C. KEPON HALIMI, nsp.

A. ERGYNE SAVIGNYI, n sp.

B. DACTYLOKEPON CATOPTRI, n sp.

(STEBBIN G)

‘al

Percy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

J.T Rennie Reid, Lith Edm

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER 2 Zool Vol XIV Pill

; A. GIGANTIONE RATHBUNA, n sp. .

B. TRAPEZICEPON AMICORUM (G.&B) C.DACTYLOKEPON RIGHARDSONA, n. sp.

Percy SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION.

(STEBBING)

No. VIL—DERMAPTERA.

By Maucotm Burr, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

(Text-figures 1—6.)

Read 21st April, 1910.

Our knowledge of the Dermaptera of the Seychelles has hitherto been confined. to

a brief paper by de Bormans (Ann. Soc. ent. Fr., 1895, pp. 387, 388) upon the material

obtained there by M. Charles Alluaud. Only four species are recorded, which must be

reduced to three, since we now sink one of them as a synonym of another, and that is

a cosmopolitan species. On this meagre material, the author was able to state that the

Seychelles Dermaptera-fauna has more in common with Ceylon than with that of Africa.

This conclusion is not vitiated by the incorrect determination of one of the three remaining

species, since de Bormans mistook one Singalese species for another inhabiting the same

island. His fourth species is also probably incorrectly determined, but is certainly purely

Oriental.

The Gardiner-Scott collection consists of twelve species. From a zoogeographical

point of view, we may omit three of these, namely Labidura riparia Pall, which is

cosmopolitan, Labia curvicauda Motsch., which is nearly so, and Chelisoches morio

Fabr., of which a single specimen was brought from the Farquhar Atoll; it is moreover

abundant throughout the Oriental Region, and the Pacific islands; it is still artificially

extending its distribution, since it appears to have obtained foothold on the coast of

East Africa, and has been transported by shipping even to England.

Another species, Borellia stali Dohrn, is distributed throughout the Oriental Region

from Java to India, is common in Madagascar, and has also obtained a foothold on the

East Coast of Africa.

The three new species may be, I think, safely regarded as peculiar to the Seychelles,

as they appear to occur under purely natural conditions, and one at least, Brachylabis

scott, is a member of an archaic apterous group which is represented throughout the

tropical world by isolated species.

Of the remaining species, Labia alluwaudi and Echinosoma bolivari are known only

from the Madagascar group of islands; Platylabia thoracica Dohrn is a truly Oriental

species. There remain two, Psalis dohrni Kirby, and Labia pilicornis Motsch.: of these

the former is only known from Ceylon and Travancore and the latter is supposed to be

peculiar to Ceylon.

So we see that de Bormans’ conclusions, though based on totally insufficient evidence,

are not far wrong.

16—2

124 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

LABIDURIDA. ECHINOSOMATIN A

Gen. ECHINOSOMA, Serville.

1839. Orth. p. 34.

1. Echinosoma bolivari, Rodz., var. ;

Echinosoma bolivari, Rodz., 1897, Wien, Ent. Zeit. xvi. p. 154.

The true EF. bolivari, from Madagascar, is a large species, with plain black pronotum,

elytra and femora, and plain orange wings. The specimens from the Seychelles are of the

same size, but the pronotum is dusky brown, the wings have a large, central dusky spot,

and the femora are dirty yellow.

These features are quite as good as any which have yet been used to separate the

various species of Echinosoma, but as I am at present endeavouring to arrange the genus

on structural grounds, I refrain from describing this as new, although it is every bit as

distinct as are the several so-called African and Oriental species from each other. Very

probably it will be necessary to sink as mere colour-varieties several of these so-called

species, and I have not hesitated to fuse two Oriental ones in a recent work.

These specimens from the Seychelles differ in the structure of the antennze and in

size from the Singalese £. parvulwm Dohrn: they differ totally in pattern, coloration and

stature from EH. congolense Bor. (W. Africa), and E. sekalavum Borm. (Madagascar) ; also

from E. forbesi Kirby (New Guinea) in the structure of the abdomen; also from the

abundant Oriental HF. swmatranum Haan (=. westermannt Dohrn) in size, coloration

and distribution: they differ from H#. concolor Bor., and HE. fuscum Bor., and EH. afrum

Beauv. (W. Africa), in the spotted wings; from #. yorkense Dohrn (N. Australia) in the

brown elytra and other features; they differ entirely in coloration, and in the entire

penultimate ventral segment of the male, from 4. occidentale Borm. (W. Africa); from

E. wahlbergi Dohrn (E. Africa) in the uniform dull brown pronotum and narrow pygidium

of the female, and from EH. insulanwm Karsch (Madagascar) in the all brown pronotum

and yellow legs.

Possibly EZ. insulanum, E. bolivari and this species must be united.

Locality. Seychelles. Silhouette: near Mt Pot-a-eau, VIII. 1908, 1 ¢; Mare aux

Cochons, forest and plateau above, 2 3, 1 ¢, IX. 1908.

PSALIN &.

Gen. PSALIS, Serville.

1831. Ann. Soc. Nat. xxii. p. 34.

2. Psalis dohrm, Kirby.

Nannopygia dohrni, Kirby, 1891, Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool. xxii. p. 508.

Nannopygia dohrni, Borm., 1900, Forf. p. 11.

Labidura femoralis, Dubr., 1879, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xiv. p. 353 (err., non Dohrn).

BURR—ORTHOPTERA, DERMAPTERA 125

Psalis femoralis, Borm., 1895, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 387 (err., nec Burr).

Carcinophora ceruleipennis, Borm., 1900, Forf. p. 40.

Carcinophora dohrni, Burr, 1901, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. p. 328, pl. B, fig. 8.

Carcinophora dohrni, Kirby, 1904, Cat. Orth. i. p. 15.

Psalis dohrni, Burr, 1910, Derm. Ind. p. 76, fig. 19.

Since de Bormans confused this species with the true P. femoralis of Dohrn, writing

under the name of Dubrony in 1879, I feel convinced that he made the same error in 1895,

in his paper on Seychelles Earwigs, when he reports P. femoralis from Mahé, and I

accordingly add this reference to the synonyms of P. dohrii. Corroborative evidence is

afforded by a female from Coetivy which I cannot distinguish from undoubted Singalese

specimens of P. dohrni.

Locality. Coetivy, 1 ?, 1 larva; and probably referable here 1 young larva from

Mahé, Cascade Estate, about 1000 ft., Il. 1909.

Gen. BORELLIA, Burr.

1909. Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. p. 325.

3. Borellia stali, Dohrn.

Forcinella stali, Dohrn, 1864, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 286.

Anisolabis stali, Borm., 1900, Forf. p. 45.

Anisolabis stali, Burr, 1907, Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika, p. 56.

Borellia stali, Burr, 1909, op. et loc. cit., id. Derm. Ind. p. 88.

This species is widely distributed from the Malay Archipelago to East Africa. It

was taken by Voeltzkow in Madagascar and the Comoro Islands.

Localities. Seychelles, Mahé: low country, 1 ?; near Morne Blane, 1 2%, 1 9, X. 1908;

Port Victoria, 1 ¢#,2 9, XII. 1908; Cascade, 1500 ft., 1 2, 1 9, I. 1906; marshes on coastal

plain at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale, 19—21, I. 1909, 1 larva; Long Island, 4 larve,

12—22. VII. 1908. Bird Island, VII. 1908, 1 larva (J. C. F. Fryer). Dennis Island, VIII.

1908, 2 larve (J. C. F. Fryer). Cosmoledo, 4 3, 2.9, 2 larvee, 1907 (H. P. Thomasset).

Aldabra: Takamaka, 1 3, 1907 (H. P. Thomasset). Amirante Islands: Eagle Island, 2 2,

1 2, 4 larvee, X—XII. 1905; d’Arros Island, 1 g, 1 9, 1 larva, 12. X. 1905; Desroches

Island, 1 larva, V—XII. 1905. Farquhar Atoll, 3 ¢, 3 2, 7 larvee, V—XII. 1905. Carga-

dos Carajos Islands, 9 3, 5 2, 4 larve, 1905. Chagos Islands: Egmont Island, 1 ¢, 2

larvee, 1905.

Immature specimens of the above species are practically indistinguishable from those

of the cosmopolitan and abundant Anisolabis annulipes Luc.; but as all the adult

specimens quoted above are of Borellia stali, I have referred the larve to them also.

126 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

LABIDURIN 4.

Gen. LABIDURA, Leach.

1815. Edinb. Ene. ix. p. 118.

4. Labidura riparia, Pall.

Forficula riparia, Pallas, 1773, Reise Russ. 1. Anhang. N. 727.

All the specimens are rather small, and the two points of the last dorsal segment

of the male are missing, so that they approach the var. inermis Br., abundant in

India. In most instances the wings are very small, and scarcely protrude beyond the

elytra. The species is excessively variable and absolutely cosmopolitan.

Localities. Assumption, 1 ?, IX. 1908 (J. C. F. Fryer). Cargados Carajos Islands,

16 g, 11 9, 9 larve, 1905. Chagos Islands, 1 g, 1 larva, 1905.

BRACHYLABIN &.

Gen. BRACHYLABIS, Dohrn.

Brachylabis scotti. g. x10. Brachylabis scotti. x 30.

1864. Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 297.

5. Brachylabis scotti, sp. n. |

Statura minore, sat robusta; oculi parvi, anteriores ; antennz segmentis 10, elongatis

conicis ; mesonotum obtuse carinatum; abdomen dilatatum ; forceps paullo arcuatus.

Long. corporis 6 mm.

Long. forcipis 1°5 mm.

BURR—ORTHOPTERA, DERMAPTERA 127

Small, black ; head and thorax reddish ; the whole body finely punctulate.

Head smooth, tumid, globose ; eyes small, anterior.

Antenne with 10 segments; first not strongly clubbed; third and fourth about

equally long, conical; the rest longer and stouter, all conical.

Pronotum slightly longer than broad, parallel-sided, the sides reflexed, with a distinct

median suture and an impression on each side of the prozona.

Mesonotum ample, with a distinct, but not very sharp keel which dies out before

reaching the posterior margin.

Legs long and slender ; the femora blackish, passing to yellowish at the knees ; the

slender tibiz compressed ; tarsi yellowish.

Abdomen narrow at the base and gently dilated to about the sixth segment and then

gently narrowed again ; lateral tubercles on the fourth segment distinct.

Last dorsal segment transverse, short with a faint median sulcus.

Forceps with the branches remote, cylindrical, tapering, feebly arcuate.

2 unknown.

This species is more nearly related to Nannisolabis willeyi Burr, and D. philetas

Burr, from Ceylon, than to Metisolabis malgacha Burr, from Madagascar, which has large

and lateral eyes. The keel, however, of the mesonotum, though neither long nor sharp,

is quite distinct, so we cannot place the species in Nannisolabis. The presence of this

keel, at the same time as the normally situated small eyes make it necessary for us

to place it in the genus Brachylabis, which should be retained for the typical Chilian

species, B. chilensis Blanch. This arrangement is unnatural, and must be regarded as

provisional, for the system will probably be modified considerably when more material has

been accumulated and more species known of this curious and interesting group.

I take pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr Hugh Scott.

Locality. Seychelles. Silhouette: from high forest near Mt Pot-d-eau, 1 , VIII. 1908.

Praslin: Coco-de-Mer forest in the Vallée de Mai, 1 larva, 28. XI. 1908.

LABIIDA,, LABIINE.

Gen. LABIA, Leach.

1815. Edinb. Ene. ix. p. 118.

6. Labia alluaudi, Burr.

Labia alluaudi, Burr, 1904, Tr. ent. Soc. p. 297.

This handsome species was discovered by M. Charles Alluaud in Madagascar at Diego

Suarez; it is also recorded from Nossibé.

Locality. Seychelles. Silhouette: marshy plateau of Mare aux Cochons, about 1000 ft..

1 g, 27. VIII. 1908; Mare aux Cochons, on or quite near the plateau, 1 3, IX. 1908.

7. Labia curvicauda, Motsch.

Forfiscelia curvicauda, Motsch., 1863, Bull. Soc. Moscou, xxxvi. p. 2, pl. IT. fig. 1 (¢).

Labia curvicauda, Dohrn, 1864, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 428.

Labia curvicauda, Borm., 1895, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 388 ; 1900, Forf. p. 70.

128 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Labia curvicauda, Burr, 1909, Derm. Ind. p. 118, fig. 38.

Platylabia dimidiata, Dohrn, 1867, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxviii. p. 348.

Platylabia dimudiata, Borm., 1895, Ann, Soc. Ent. Tr. p. 387 ; 1900, Forf. p. 74.

Platylabia dinudiata, Borelli, 1907, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (3), iii. p. 382.

Platylabia guineensis, Dohrn, 1867, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxviii. p. 348.

Platylabia guineensis, Borm., 1900, Forf. p. 75.

Platylabia dimidiata, Dohrn, var. guineensis, Dohrn, Borelli, 1907, 1. ¢.

Platylabia camerunensis, Borg, 1904, Ark. f. Zool. 1. p. 570, Fab. 26, fig. 4 (2).

Platylabia dimidiata, Dohrn, var. camerunensis, Borg, Borelli, 1907, 1. ¢.

De Bormans treated P. ywineensis as a synonym of P. dimidiata in his paper on the

Dermaptera of the Seychelles in 1895, noting that some of his specimens had the pronotum

and legs yellow, that the larger specimens approached the P. dimidiata form, the smaller

ones P. guineensis, while others formed the transition: he adds that only the distance

between the originally quoted localities led Dohrn to separate them, the intermediate

localities not yet having been discovered. But he separated them again in his monograph

in 1900, noting that the former only differed in the stronger pubescence and slightly

different forceps of the male. Borg in 1904 described as new, under the name

P. camerunensis, a form having the forceps of the male more feebly arcuate, with an

obtuse tooth rather than a rectangular dilatation, and the almost equally long third and

fourth antennal segments. In 1907 Borelli reduced P. guineensis Dohrn and P. camerunensis

Borg to the rank of varieties.

In a recent work on the Dermaptera of India (1910), I have sunk all these names as

synonyms of Labia curvicauda Motsch., as I can find no characters which satisfy me as

to their specific rank, although I admit that I have not examined the types of any of these

species.

But I have examined a great many specimens from various localities, and continually

find all extremes together from one place. Thus, in this collection, there are fourteen

males, in some of which the forceps are almost straight, but feebly dilated at the base,

whereas in others, these organs are strongly dilated to form an almost rectangular lobe at

the base, and then abruptly bowed inwards almost at a right angle; in others, again, they

are strongly arcuate. There are gradations between every form.

Most of the specimens are more or less pubescent, and in some the pronotum is yellow,

whereas in most it is blackish brown.

This confirms my previously formed opinion that all these forms are mere variations

of one and the same species, and I shall continue to regard them as mere varieties of

Labia curvicauda.

It is a small species which might be easily transported artificially, and I see in its

extremely wide distribution no objection to my opinion in favour of their identity; it

appears to be as abundant. in West Africa as in Ceylon, Burma, Madagascar, Java and in

my own collection I possess specimens from Brazil and the West Indies.

Localities. Seychelles. Mahé: near Morne Blane, from leaf-bases of growing Steven-

sonia palm, 1 3, IX—X. 1908. Long Island, 2 3,1 9, 12—22. VII. 1908. Silhouette:

Pointe Etienne, low coconut-planted country near the coast, 3 3, 17. IX. 1908; near

BURR—ORTHOPTERA, DERMAPTERA 129

Mt. Pot-i-Eau, 1 g, 2 9, VIII. 1908; Mare aux Cochons, 1 3, 1 2, 1 larva, IX. 1908;

the forest above, 7 3, 5 ?, 3 larvee, IX. 1908; the plateau and jungle near by, 2 ¢, 2. VIII.

1908; under the bark of stem of Dracaena, 2 $, IX. 1908. Praslin: Coco-de-Mer forest

in the Vallée de Mai, 1 $, 28—29. XI. 1908. Obtained by Alluaud on Mahé and La Digue

Islands.

8. Labia pilicornis, Motsch.

Forfiscelia pilicornis, Motsch., 1863, Bull. Soc. Moscou, xxxvi. p. 2 (2).

Labia pilicornis, Borm., 1900, Forf. p. 72 (2).

Labia pilicorns, Burr, 1909, Derm. Ind. p. 120, fig. 40 (¢ and 2).

This is a small, rather obscure species, strongly resembling L. minor L. It is common

in Ceylon, and has not hitherto been recorded from any other locality. It is possibly

widely distributed through the Oriental Region.

Localities. Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 ft., 1 2, II. and III. 1909.

9. Labia fryeri, sp. n.

Statura minore; colore fusco-castaneo, forcipe rubrescenti ; caput globosum; pronotum

parallelum; pygidium ¢ depressum, dilatatum, apicem versus sensim angustatum, apice

ipso leviter emarginato; forcipis bracchia ¢ elongata, sensim arcuata, prope basin intus

denticulata.

Fig 3. Fig. 4.

Labia fryeri. 3. x10. Labia fryeri. x 30.

Long. corporis 3°5—4 mm. 3°75—4 mm.

,», forcipis 1°5—1.75 mm. 1—1°75 mm.

Size small ; general colour dark blackish brown, the forceps and legs reddish ; more or

less pubescent.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 17

130 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Antenne with 13—14 segments, blackish, the apical segments paler; third and

fourth short, almost cylindrical and equal in length, the remainder a little longer and

stouter, passing from cylindrical to ovate.

Head. globose, smooth, shining black.

Pronotum about as wide as the head or a trifle narrower, almost square, shining

black.

Elytra rather short, truncate apically, dull black, with a fine greyish pubescence.

Wings long, of the same colour and texture as the elytra (in the three females examined

the wings scarcely protrude ; in the two males they are almost as long as the elytra).

Legs yellowish ; the femora dusky and rather thick.

Abdomen parallel-sided in the 3, slightly dilated about the middle in the 9, black,

shaded with yellowish towards the apex.

Last dorsal segment ¢ transverse, shining black, smooth with a median depression,

rectangular; in the ¢ gently narrowed.

Pygidium g depressed and dilated, nearly as broad as long, gradually narrowed

towards the apex, which is emarginate; in ¢ the pygidium is very short, scarcely |

discernible, obtuse and truncate.

Forceps with the branches in the ¢ remote at the base and elongate, feebly arcuate,

relatively stout and rather depressed in the basal quarter, yellowish in colour, and

clothed with many long fine hairs, with a few denticulations on inner margin in the

basal quarter; in the ¢ less remote, stouter and straighter, the inner margins sharply

serrate.

This species is characterised by the pygidium of the male, which has the form of a

broad spear-head, with the point itself emarginate; in general structure it resembles

L. minor and L. pilicornis.

The description is based on two males and one female. It is dedicated to Mr J. C. F.

Fryer.

Localities. Seychelles. Silhouette: 1 ¢, Type, 2 9, from high forest, VIII—IX.

1908; Mare aux Cochons and forest above, 1 ?, [X. 1908. Praslin: Coco-de-Mer Forest in

the Vallée de Mai, 1 3, 28—29. XI. 1908.

SPARATTIN &.

Gen. PLATYLABIA, Dohrn.

1867. Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxxvill. p. 347.

10. Platylabia thoracica, Dohrn, 1867, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxviil. p. 348.

This is a widely distributed Oriental species, recorded from Burma, Ceylon, and the

Malay archipelago. De Bormans records, in his paper in 1895, P. major from the

Seychelles; this only differs from P. thoracica in the non-protruding pygidium. But

all the specimens brought back by the Expedition have the very distinct prominent

pygidium of P. thoracica. I am inclined to believe that de Bormans made a mistake,

and that the specimens from Mahé should be referred to P. thoracica.

‘

BURR—ORTHOPTERA, DERMAPTERA 131

I think it is quite possible that it was a specimen of P. thoracica that Karsch

described, under the name of Chetospania inornata, from Madagascar (1886, Berl.

Ent. Zeit. xxx. pp. 87 and 88), as the description and figures agree, save only that the

pygidium is not referred to in the text and the drawing may well be faulty.

Localities. Seychelles. Silhouette: from the high forest, over 1500 ft., 2 2, 2 9,

1 larva, VIII. 1908 ; from leaf-bases of felled and decayed Verschaffeltia palm, 4°3;,1 9,

VIII. 1908; Mare aux Cochons, 3 2, 2 ?, 1 larva, [X. 1908; same locality, under bark of

stem of Dracena, 2 , 1 larva, IX. 1908. Mahé: high, damp forest between Trois Fréres

and Morne Seychellois, about 1500—2000 ft., 1 ¢, 9—10. XII. 1908.

Gen, SPARATTA, Serville.

1839. Orth. p. 51.

11. Sparatta gardineri, sp. n.

Colore rufo-castaneo, elytris pallidis ; pronotum quadratum ; abdomen ¢ subdilatatum ;

pygidium breve, depressum, lateribus excavatis, margine postico truncato, angulis ipsis

acutis ; forcipis bracchia ¢ basi remota, recta, ante apicem fortiter incurva, margine interno

dente acuto armata.

Fig. 5.

Sparatta gardineri. x 16.

Sparatta gardinert. . x10.

Long. corporis 5—7 mm. 5°5—8 mm,

» forcipis 1°25—1'75 mm. ~=—-1°5—2 mm.

132 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Small and depressed; general colour dark chestnut, or red and black, the elytra

always pale; covered with long, fine, pale hairs.

Antenne with 12 segments, all slender and cylindrical, third and fourth about equally

long, the apical segments longer; basal segment black, 2—5 yellowish, 6—9 black,

10—12 whitish.

Head shining dark chestnut or black, smooth and depressed.

Pronotum rectangular, a little longer than broad, shining black, shading to yellowish

at the sides.

Elytra pale straw-coloured, with a narrow dusky border.

Wings prominent, black.

Legs not very long; femora dusky, pale at the knees ; tibize and tarsi yellowish ; the

latter rather short, the third segment a little shorter than the first.

Abdomen depressed, brick-red or dark chestnut, very finely punctulate, slightly dilated

about the middle in the 2, as well as in the ?; lateral tubercles on third and fourth segments

feeble. |

Last dorsal segment 3, rectangular, smooth and transverse with a median depression

and feebly tumid elevation over the roots of the forceps; similar in the ?, but a little

narrower.

Pygidium ¢ depressed, short and broad, the posterior margin truncate, the angles

themselves forming sharp points as the sides are concave ; in the ? very short and tumid.

Forceps with the branches in the ¢ remote at the base and quite straight, with a

sharp tooth in the middle of the inner margin, then, before the apex, abruptly bowed

inwards almost at a right angle. By variety, the tooth is sub-obsolete and the curvature

very weak. In the ¢ the branches are stouter, trigonal, less remote, stronger, scarcely

arcuate, except at the tips themselves, with a depressed obtuse tooth just before the

middle.

This is a very distinct species; the form of the forceps recalls Palex sparattoides

but the pygidium is free and the antenne have a different structure; the forceps

in their strong curvature approach those of S. brunnert Borm. from Australia.

I know of no other species in this group of genera having the forceps quite of

this form, and the pygidium is also characteristic. In most specimens it is scarcely

discernible, being but feebly protruding, the upper surface being nearly vertical, so that

the posterior margin is inferior. In one specimen, however, it is projecting and the outline

perfectly distinct.

The contrasted coloration is also unusual in this group; the variegated antenne, pale

elytra, black pronotum and wings, red abdomen, must give it a handsome and very distinct

appearance when alive, and even in dried specimens the contrast is quite noticeable. In

life, the elytra are conspicuously white. There seems to be a certain amount of perma-

nence in the diverse coloration of the antennal segments, but it is improbable that the

colour of each individual segment is stable.

The rectangular pronotum really forbids its inclusion in the genus Sparatta, but

until the confusion that reigns in this group is cleared up, it may as well be placed

BURR—ORTHOPTERA, DERMAPTERA 133

here together with the allied S. brwnnert and some other species for which at least one

new genus must be formed.

It is a handsome little species, and I have pleasure in dedicating it to Professor

J. Stanley Gardiner, originator of the Seychelles Expeditions of 1905 and 1908.

It appears to be common in the Seychelles, and it is surprising that it was unknown

to de Bormans. Being found only in native mountain forests, it is probably peculiar to

the islands.

There is a certain amount of variation in the curvature and armature of the forceps in

both sexes. ,

Localities. Seychelles. Silhouette: highest forest, over 1500 ft., 2 3, 2 9, VIII.

1908; about 1500 ft., from leaf-bases of felled and decayed Verschaffeltia palm, 2 2, 3 2,

VIII. 1908; forest near Mare aux Cochons, 2 ?, IX. 1908. Mahé: high damp forest

between Trois Fréres and Morne Seychellois, about 1500—2000 ft., 2 3, 1 ?, 9—10. XII.

1908; forest above Cascade Estate, 1 2, I. 1909; near Morne Blanc, from leaf-bases of

growing Verschaffeltia and of Stevensonia palms, 13 3, 12 2, 1908 ; Cascade Estate, forest,

1000—2000 ft., 1 3, II. 1909, and from leaf-base of growing Stevensonia palm about

1000 ft., 5 $ (Type), 1 2, XII. 1908.

FORFICULIDA. CHELISOCHIN A.

Gen. CHELISOCHES, Scudder.

1876. Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. xviii. p. 292.

12. Chelisoches morio, Fabr.

Forficula morio, Fabr., 1775, Syst. Ent. p. 270.

This species is abundant in the islands of the Pacific Ocean and is spreading artificially

to the East coast of Africa and even to England.

Locality. Farquhar Atoll: 1 2, 1905.

No. VIII.—ISOPTERA.

Von Nits F. Hotmeren, Pu.D., Dozent an der Hochschule in Stockholm.

(MirrceTerLt von Pror. J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

Gelesen den 17. Februar 1906.

Die Kenntnis des madagassischen Faunengebietes hat immer und mit Recht grosses

Interesse beansprucht und man kann wohl sagen dass es faunistisch recht wohl bekannt

geworden ist. Auch die Termitenfauna dieses Gebietes ist einigermassen studiert

worden, ist aber jedoch verhiiltnismiissig wenig erforscht geblieben. Die ersten aus-

fiihrlichen Mitteilungen tiber die Termiten Madagaskars verdanken wir dem unermiid-

lichen Ameisen- und Termitenforscher Pater E. Wasmann, der von diesem Gebiet zehn

Arten beschrieben hat. Spiiter hat Sjéstedt die Faunakunde mit sieben neuen Arten

vermehrt. Dazu kommen dann noch zwei von mir beschriebene Arten und der wohl

nicht mehr identificierbare Calotermes pallidus (Ramb.). Ausserdem kénnen hierzu

Termes bellicosus Smeath. und Termes natalensis Hav. gerechnet werden, welche jedoch

wohl von Afrika eingeschleppt sind. Die Mehrzahl der echt madagassischen Arten ist auf

der madagassischen Haupt-Insel gefunden. An den kleineren Inselgruppen in der

madagassischen Region sind nur folgende Arten angetroffen. Auf Aldabra: Hutermes

salebri thorax Sjést. und Microcerotermes subtilis Wasm. Auf Mauritius: Calotermes

hova Wasm., Calotermes pallidus (Ramb.) und Hutermes mauricianus Sjést. Von diesen

letzterwihnten Arten kommen folgende ausserdem auf Madagaskar vor: Calotermes

hova, Microcerotermes subtilis und Eutermes salebrithorax.

Aus dieser Ubersicht geht also zweifellos hervor wie erwiinscht eine Erweiterung

unsrer Kenntnis des fraglichen Faunengebietes ist. Besonders die kleineren mada-

gassischen Inselgruppen waren bis jetzt in termitologischer Hinsicht wenig untersucht

worden. Die von Mr Hugh Scott auf den Seychellen und von Mr J. C. F. Fryer auf

Aldabra zusammengebrachte Sammlung muss deshalb von grossem Interesse sein,

besonders weil sie von den nordlichsten der Inselgruppen, den Seychellen und den

Admiranten grésstenteils stammt, von denen noch keine Termiten bekannt waren.

Die Sammlung enthilt 9 Arten und Unterarten, von denen 5 neu sind. Von den

frither bekannten, wird die Kenntnis von 3 durch Entdeckung von den friiher unbekannten

Geschlechtsindividuen komplettiert.

1. Calotermes laticollis, n. sp. Imagines, Soldaten.

2. My (Procryptotermes) fryeri, n. sp. Imagines, Soldaten, Larven.

3. . (Glyptotermes) scotti, n. sp. Imagines, Soldaten, Larven.

4, és (s. lat.) Jongus, n. sp. 2 Soldaten.

5. Arrhinotermes canalifrons (Sjést.) Neotenen, Soldaten, Arbeiter.

136 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Coptotermes truncatus Wasm. Nymphen, Soldaten, Arbeiter.

Microcerotermes subtilis Wasm. Imagines, Soldaten, Arbeiter.

Eutermes nigrita Wasm. Imagines, Nymphen, Soldaten, Arbeiter.

Eutermes nigrita subsp. mahéensis, n. subsp. Nymphen, Soldaten, Arbeiter.

COND

Hinsichtlich des Verhiiltnisses des madagassischen Faunengebietes zu dem kon-

tinentalafrikanischen scheinen die Termiten kein bestimmtes auszusagen. Die meisten

madagassischen Gattungen sind auch in Afrika vorhanden, aber gemeinsame Arten fehlen

in grosser Ausdehnung, und wenn solche Arten vorhanden sind, so sind sie wahrscheinlich

eingeschleppt. Interessant ist jedoch dass die Calotermes-Untergattungen Procryptotermes

und Glyptotermes noch nicht in Afrika angetroffen sind, ebenso dass die Gattung Arrhino-

termes da noch nicht endeckt ist.

Das Subgenus Procryptotermes kommt aber in Ost-Indien mit der Art P. domesticus

(Hav.) vor. Das damit nahe verwandte Subgenus Cryptotermes gehért Amerika zu, wo

Banks ein Cryptotermes cavifrons von Florida beschrieben hat. Ausserdem befinden sich in

meiner Sammlung und im Berliner Museum zwei noch unbeschriebene Arten aus Brasilien,

gesammelt von W. Miiller. Vielleicht ist auch Calotermes brevis Hagen aus Brasilien ein

Procryptotermes. Calotermes braveri Frogg. aus Australien gehért auch vielleicht diesem

Verwandtschaftskreis an.

Das Subgenus Gilyptotermes kommt ausser in dem madagassischen Gebiet auch in

Indien mit einigen Arten, z. B. G. borneensis Hav. vor. Aus Australien sind vier Arten

von Froggatt beschrieben worden, und in Siid-Amerika habe ich eine noch unbeschriebene

Art entdeckt.

Die Verbreitung dieser beiden Subgenera scheint somit ungefihr dieselbe zu sein.

Arrhinotermes, die von Wasmann aufgestellt wurde, kommt ausserhalb Madagascar

auch in Vorderindien mit A. hemi Wasm., auf die Jaluit-Atolle (eine noch unbeschriebene

Art), auf den Cocos-Inseln zwischen den Galapagos Inseln und Costa Rica mit A. oceanicus

Wasm., und in Costa Rica (eine noch unbeschriebene Art) vor*.

Arrhinotermes besitzt also wahrscheinlich eine iihnliche Verbreitung wie die beiden

obigen Subgenera.

Bemerkenswert ist es, dass die madagassischen Gattungen, welche in kontinen-

talen Afrika vertreten sind, auch in Indien vorkommen wie: Calotermes, Capritermes,

Microcerotermes, Mirotermes, Coptotermes und Eutermes (und Microtermes ?).

Hingegen scheinen die in sowohl Afrika wie Indien vertretenen Gattungen

Hodotermes, Rhinotermes, Leucotermes, Synacanthotermes, Acanthotermes, Termes,

Hamitermes, Eurytermes, auf Madagascar zu fehlen.

Noch ist es zu friih irgend welche positive Schlussfolgerungen aus den oben

erwihnten Verhiltnissen zu ziehen. Die Tatsachen scheinen aber darauf hinzudeuten,

dass die madagassische Termitenwelt mehr mit dem indischen iibereinstimmt als mit dem

afrikanischen. Dass Afrika und Madagascar gemeinsame Gattungen besitzen lisst sich so

erkliren, dass eine Einwanderung vom Norden (Indien) aus sowohl nach Afrika wie nach

Madagascar einst stattgefunden hat, und dass diese nicht ganz gleichzeitig gewesen. Aber

* Hierzu kommt eine als Prorhinotermes, n.g., bezeichnete Art, welche Silvestri neuerdings aus Samoa

beschrieben hat.

HOLMGREN—ISOPTERA 137

auf dem heutigen Standpunkt unsrer Kenntnis bleiben diese Erwigungen nur vage

Hypotesen.

Jedoch trigt Scott’s Sammlung ohne Zweifel dazu bei, die tiergeographischen

Verhiltnisse des madagassischen Faunengebietes zu kliiren.

Die hier unten benutzte systematische Aufstellung ist aus einem noch _ nicht

publicierten,, neuen Termitensystem, dass ich spiiter verdffentlichen werde, herausge-

oriffen.

Bei Identificieren der Arten habe ich ausser meiner eigenen Sammlung auch die

Sammlungen des hiesigen Reichsmuseums benutzt. Fiir das diesbeziigliche Entgegen-

kommen des Museum-Priifekts, Herr Professor Y. Sjéstedt, spreche ich hier meinen

besten Dank aus. Ebenso ist es mir eine angenehme Pflicht, dem Herrn Professor

J. Stanley Gardiner (Cambridge), deshalb herzlich zu danken, weil er mir in der Lage

versetzt hat, diese interessante Seychellen-sammlung zu bearbeiten. Ebenso danke ich

Herrn Hugh Scott hier auch fiir Mitteilung von zahlreichen indischen Termiten-Arten,

welche als werthvolles Vergleichmaterial bei den vorliegenden Studien gedient haben.

Fam. Protermitide, nov. fam.

Vorldéufige Diagnose: Fontanell mit Fontanelldriise fehlt immer. Praefrons kurz,

dreieckig, Antennale bandfo6rmig sich quer tiber dem Kopf streckend. Malpighische

Gefiisse 8. Hinterdarmsabteilung 1.—11. kurz.

Diese neue Familie umfasst foleende Subfamilien: Mastotermitinee Desn., Hodo-

termitine, n. subfam., Stolotermitins, n. subfam., und Calotermitinee, n. subfam.

Subfam. Calotermitine, n. subfam.

Gattung CaLoTterMES Hagen.

Untergattung : Calotermes (s. str.) Holmgr., nov. subgen.

1. Calotermes laticollis, n. sp.

Imago: Gelb-rotbraun. Hinterleib hell geringt, Unterseite weissgelb. Letzte

Sternite braun. Fliigel graubraun mit dunkleren Randrippen.

Kopf, Pronotum und Beine sehr diinn behaart. Abdominaltergite und Sternite mit

Behaarung besonders auf ihrer hinteren Hiilfte.

Kopf ziemlich dick, breit eiférmig, hinter den Augen beinahe halbcirkelférmig

abgerundet, vor den Augen ein wenig verschmiilert. Facettaugen mittelgross, ein

wenig dorsal gelagert. Ozellen ziemlich gross, unmittelbar an den Augen gelegen.

Kopfniihte deutlich, fein. Vorderrand des Transversalbandes schwach konkay. Basal-

teil des Clypeus kurz, Apicalteil linger. Oberlippe stark geneigt, schalenférmig.

Antennen 20—21-gliedrig. 2. Glied so lang wie 3.; 4. bedeutend kiirzer. 5. ein wenig

linger als 4.

Pronotum bedeutend breiter als der Kopf zwischen den Augenspitzen, nicht so lang

wie die halbe Breite. Vorderrand breit konkavy; Hinterrand konvex, in der Mitte

schwach ausgerandet. Meso- und Metanotum mit beinahe geradem Hinterrand.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 18

138 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Die Subcosta der Vorderfliigel streckt sich ttber den inneren Drittel des Fliigels und

besitzt einen kurzen, basalen Ast. Radius einfach, streckt sich ein wenig iiber die Mitte

des Fliigels. Radius sector erstreckt sich zu der Fliigelspitze, parallel mit und dem

Radius ziemlich genihert. Er besitzt 6 Zweige zu dem Vorderrand des Fliigels. Von

diesen sind die 4 inneren lang (der 1. der liingste und die iibrigen von abnehmender

Linge). Die Mediana liuft, stark markiert, parallel mit dem rad. sector bis zu der

Spitze des Fliigels und ist mit diesen vermittelst 12—14 kurzen Querrippen vereint.

Die Fliigelmembran ist zwischen der Mediana und dem Cubitus reticuliert. Cubitus

mit ungef. 12 Asten zu dem Hinterrande des Fliigels, von denen jedoch nur die 6 4 7

inneren deutlich markiert sind.

Die Mediana der Hinterfliigel entspringt vom rad. sector, ein wenig von seiner Basis.

Die Distanz zwischen den parallelverlaufenden Rippen ist linger als gewohnlich bei

Calotermes. Tarsen je mit einem wohl entwickelten Onychium,

Liinge mit Fliigeln 19mm.

» Ohne Fliigeln 12—13mm.

» des Kopfes mit Oberlippe 2°4mm.

» des Kopfes zu dem Vorderrande des Transversalbandes 1°7 mm.

Breite des Kopfes 2*1mm.

Soldat. Kopf gelbbraun, vorn ein wenig dunkler. Mandibelbasis braun ; Mandibeln

im tibrigen schwarz. Kérper strohgelb.

Kopf, Thorax (und Beine) diinn behaart. Abdominaltergite und Sternite mit zwei

transversalen Borstenreihen, eine mittlere und eine hintere.

Kopf gross, Kopfseiten schwach abgerundet. Augen klein, rudimentir. Antennleisten

mit einer schwachen ohrformigen Verbreitung. Mandibelkondylen gross. Clypeus zieml.

schmal, kurz; Spitzteil unbedeutend. Oberlippe kurz. Antennen 16-gliedrig; 3. Glied

ein wenig liinger als 2., dunkler als die tibrigen Glieder. 4. Glied unbedeutend kiirzer als 2.

Mandibeln kriiftig, gleichformig gekriimmt. Die‘linke mit 5 kleineren Zihnen innerhalb

der Spitze ; die rechte mit einem grossen dreieckigen Zahn an der Mitte und mit einem |

kriftigen Basalzahn.

Pronotum (bedeutend) breiter als der Kopf, viel kiirzer als die halbe Breite.

Vorderrand winkelig konkav ; Hinterrand beinahe gerade. Mesonotum und Metanotum

bedeutend schmiiler als Pronotum. Cerci kurz; Styli wohl entwickelt. Klauen und

Tibialdornen braun.

Korperlinge 12—13mm.

Liinge des Kopfes mit Mandibeln 6mm.

Breite des Kopfes 3mm.

Linge der Mandibeln 2mm.

Nymphe: Linge des Kérpers 11mm.

» der Fliigelscheiden 4mm.

Larve nut kleinsten Fliigelscheiden (arbeiterihnlich) :

Linge des Koérpes 8mm.

Fliigelscheiden kaum mehr als angedeutet.

HOLMGREN—ISOPTERA 139

Larve mit mittelgrossen Fliigelscheiden :

Linge des Korpers 10°5mm.

» der Fliigelscheiden 1°5mm.

Larve nut grossen Fliigelscheiden (N ympheniihnlich) :

Linge des Koérpers 8mm.

» der Fliigelscheiden 3mm.

* Arbeiter.”

Linge des Kérpers 11mm.

Ohne Fliigelscheiden.

Bemerkungen: Diese Art ist durch ihren breiten Prothorax und vielgliedrigen

Antennen sehr charakteristisch. Keine der bereits bekannten Calotermesarten besitzen

so viel wie 21-gliedrige Antennen.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Mahé; nahe Morne Blanc, ungef. 800 Fuss Héhe, von

einem Nest in einem gefallenen Baumstamm, X. 1908 (alle Stiinde) ; Long Island, VII.

1908 (alle Stiinde). Silhouette: Wald oberhalb Mare aux Cochons, mehr als 1000 Fuss

o. M., aus einem gefallenen Ast, IX. 1908 (Soldaten und Larven).

Untergattung Procryprorermes Holmgr., nov. subgen.

2. Calotermes (Procryptotermes) fryeri, n. sp.

Imago: Hell graubraun.

Sehr kurze Haare an der Stirn, am Vorder- und Hinterrande des Pronotums, an

den Hinterriindern der Abdominalplatten. Abdominalsterniten hinten mit einer Reihe

von liingeren Borsten.

Kopf ziemlich breit, oval, hinter den Augen halbcirkelférmig abgerundet. Augen

ziemlich gross, wenig ausstehend. Ozellen mittelgross, unmittelbar an den Augen

gelegen. Vorderrand des Transversalbandes ziemlich gerade. Clypeus mit wenig

entwickeltem Basalteil; Spitzteil deutlich, hyalin. Oberlippe stark geneigt und

gewolbt. Antennen 16-gliedrig. 2. und 3. Glied ungef. gleich lang. 4. Glied kiirzer

und so lang wie 5.; 6. so lang wie 3.

Pronotum so breit wie der Kopf zwischen den Augenspitzen. Vorderrand schwach

konkav ; Seitenriinder schwach bogenférmig ; Hinterecken stark abgerundet ; Hinterrand

in der Mitte schwach eingebuchtet. Meso- und Metanotum hinten beinahe gerade.

Fliigel diinn, hyalin. Costa und subcosta, radius und radius sector stark markiert,

briiunlich. Radius sector ist mit dem Radius mittelst 4 ziemlich langen, schiefgestellten

Asten verbunden. Die Mediana vereint sich, bogenférmig, mit dem radius sector in dessen

dusserer Hiilfte. Der Cubitus ist iiusserst schwach markiert, kaum sichtbar. Tibien mit

drei Spitzdornen.

Korperliinge mit Fliigeln 9—10mm.

_ ohne Fliigel 5—6mm.

Linge des Kopfes, mit Oberlippe 1°16mm.

= . - vom Vorderrande des Transversalbandes 1:05mm.

Breite des Kopfes 1:05mm.

18—2

140 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Soldat. Kopf gelbbraun, vorn dunkler; Oberkiefer pechschwarz. Korper strohgelb

mit rostgelblichem Farbenton.

Behaarung in der Hauptsache wie bei der Imago. Kop#f- und Hinterleibseiten jedoch

dichter und linger behaart.

Kopf rectanguliir mit abgerundeten Hinterecken und geradem Hinterrand. Augen

rudimentiir. Von den Augen aus verschmiilert sich der Kopf ein wenig. Von der Seite

gesehen ist der Kopf wie schief abgeschnitten. Vorderteil der Scheitel ist deutlich

rinnenférmig vertieft. Die Rinne erweitert sich nach vorn. Stirnteil (Transversalband)

des Kopfes flasch vertieft.

Vorderecken der Antennleisten sind ausserhalb der medialen Mandibelkondylen

processenartig stark hervorgezogen. Die Kopfseiten ausserhalb der lateralen Mandibel-

kondylen sind auch processenartig. Clypeus bandférmig mit schwachem Spitzteil.

Oberlippe ganz kurz. Mandibeln basal auf der iiusseren Seite deutlich aufgetrieben,

lang, ziemlich gerade, mit eingebogenen Spitzen. Nur basal giebt es schwach ange-

deutete Ziihne. Antennen sehr kurz, 10-gliedrig. 3. Glied mehr als doppelt so lang

wie 2., basal schmal, apical stark aufgetrieben, mehr als doppelt so dick wie basal. 4.—10.

Glieder ganz kurz, schmiiler als die vorhergehenden. 10. Glied eiférmig, schmiiler als die

vorhergehenden.

Pronotum sehr unbedeutend breiter als der Kopf Vorderrand stumpfwinkelig

konkay ; Seitenriinder beinahe parallel; Hinterrand schwach abgerundet, in der Mitte

undeutlich eingebuchtet.

Linge des Kérpers 6mm.

5 » Kopfes mit Mandibeln 3mm.

* _ ohne Mandibeln 1:8mm.

Breite des Kopfes 1:24mm.

Nymphe. Kérperlinge 6mm. Linge der Fliigelscheiden 3mm.

Larve mit kleinsten Fliigelscheiden. L. 5mm. Fliigelscheiden kaum mehr als

angedeutet.

“ Arbeiter.” Kérperliinge 4,5mm. Ohne Fliigelscheiden.

Bemerkung. Wie ich schon in der Einleitung bemerkt habe, kommen die niichsten

Verwandte dieser Art in Indien und zwar bei Singapore und Sarawak (Haviland) vor.

Die indische Art (C. domesticus) ist aber viel mehr specializiert als C. fryert und nihert

sich sehr betriichtlich der amerikanischen Untergattung Cryptotermes (Banks).

Fundort. Aldabra: Takamaka, Fryer 6. X. 1908 (alle Stinde).

Untergattung GLypToTeRMES (Frogg.).

Syn. Gattung Glyptotermes Froggatt.

Calotermes part, Desneux, Haviland.

3. Calotermes (Gilyptotermes) scotti, n. sp.

Imago. Dunkelbraun mit hellerer Unterseite. Oberlippe gelblich. Beine graubraun.

Fliigel braun mit beinahe schwarzen Randrippen, narbig, irisierend. . Antennen braun,

mit helleren Basalgliedern.

HOLMGREN—ISOPTERA 141

Mit ‘iusserst schwacher Behaarung. Kopf und Thorax mit sehr diinnem Haarkleid.

Abdomen besonders an den Hinterriindern der Segmentplatten mit Haaren oder Borsten.

Kopf dick, von oben gesehen rectangulir mit abgerundeten Ecken. Vorderrand des

Transversalbandes gerade. Kopfnihte nicht sichtbar. Facettaugen ziemlich klein, flach.

Punktaugen klein, nahe zu den Facettaugen gelegen. Clypeus kurz, beinahe giinzlich

hyalin. Oberlippe gewélbt, stark geneigt. Antennen 12-gliedrig, nach aussen verdickt,

von den Seiten ein wenig zusammengedriickt. 2. Glied ein wenig unbedeutend linger

als 3.; 3. ungefiihr so lang wie 4. 12. Glied am liingsten; 11. am dicksten. Palpen

kurz. Oberkiefer verhiiltnismiissig schwach.

Pronotum so breit wie der Kopf, vorn breit konkay; Seitenrinder nach hinten

schwach konvergierend, abgerundet. Hinterrand schwach abgerundet, in der Mitte

héchst unbedeutend eingeschnitten. Hinterrand des Mesonotums gerade, des Metano-

tums schwach eingebuchtet.

Fliigel relativ kurz; Membran dicht mit ziemlich grossen braunen Warzen oder

Stacheln besetzt. Radius sector und mediana parallel ohne Seiten-isten. Cubitus

adusserst schwach hervortretend, mit zahlreichen Asten sowohl zu dem Hinterrande des

Fliigels wie zu dem radius sector. Letztere besonders undeutlich. Die Aste sind nur

durch die Lage der Stacheln angedeutet. Cerci kurz; Styli nur bei dem ?# vorhanden.

Linge mit Fliigeln 8—8-2mm.

» Ohne Fliigel 5mm.

» des Kopfes vom Vorderrande des Transversalbandes 1mm.

Breite _,, 2) DO 9mm:

Soldat. Kopf gelbbraun, vorn ein wenig dunkler. Kiefer rotbraun, mit schwarzer

Spitze. Kérper strohgelb.

Behaarung wie bei der Imago. Abdominaltergite mit einer mittleren Borstenreihe,

und einem hinteren Hiirchensaum. Sternite reichlicher aber unregelmiissiger behaart.

Kopf rectangulir, beinahe cylindrisch, mit schwach abgerundeten Seiten und stark

abgerundeten Hinterecken. Stirn ziemlich stark geneigt. Kopfniihte deutlich. Die

Transversalniihte bilden medial einen deutlichen Winkel. Augen sehr klein, rudimentiir.

Mandibelkondylen deutlich, ein wenig von den Vorderecken der Antennleisten entfernt.

Basalteil des Clypeus ziemlich schmal, sehr kurz. Spitzteil hyalin, wohlentwickelt.

Oberlippe stark abgerundet, in der Mitte am breitesten. Antennen 11(?)-gliedrig.

1. Glied so lang wie die drei folgenden zusammengenommen; 2. so lang wie 4.; 3.

kiirzer. Mandibeln kurz, kriftig. Die linke mit zwei sehr schwachen, stumpfen

Zihnen ein wenig vor der Mitte und mit einem kriiftigen Basalzahn. Die rechte mit

einem ziemlich kleinen, stumpfen Zahn an der Mitte und unmittelbar dahinten mit einem

adusserst schwachen Zahn.

Pronotum von der Breite des Kopfes, so lang wie seine halbe Breite; vorn breit

ausgerandet ; Seitenrainder abgerundet, nach hinten ein wenig konvergierend ; Hinterecken

stark abgerundet ; Hinterrand in der Mitte schwach eingebuchtet. Meso- und Metanotum

in der Mitte eingeschnitten, Mesonotum mit schwachen Fliigelansitzen. Hinterleib schmal.

Beine kurz.

142 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Liinge des Korpers 7 mm.

Pn: » Kopfes mit Mandibeln 2°6 mm.

Breite des Kopfes 1 mm.

Nymphe: nicht vorhanden.

Junge Larve: Ohne Fliigelanlagen. Kérperlinge 2°5—3 mm.

Larve mit Fliigelscheiden : Fliigelscheiden seitwiirts ausstehend. Kérperliinge 3°5 mm.

Larve mit Fliigelscheaden : Fliigelscheiden schief nach hinten gerichtet. Kéorperlinge

4°5 mm.

Larve mit Fliigelscheiden: Fliigelscheiden kaum mehr als angedeutet. Kérperlinge

5 mm.

Larve mat Fliigelscheiden : Fliigelscheiden ziemlich lang (mehr als 1 mm.). K6rper-

linge 6°5 mm.

“ Arbeiter.” Obne Fliigelscheiden. Kérperlinge 6 mm.

Bemerkungen. Die niichsten Verwandte dieser Art kommen in Indien, Australien

und Siid-Amerika vor. Die Australischen Arten wurden von Froggatt zu einer eigenen

Gattung Gilyptotermes gefiihrt. Diese Gattung zusammen mit Heterotermes* fihrte er zu

einer eigenen Subfamilie Glyptoternutinae. Immerhin ist Glyptotermes morphologisch mit

Calotermes so nahe verwandt, dass eine Trennung von dieser Gattung kiinstlich sein muss.

Hingegen ist es auch kaum motiviert die (Glyptotermes-Gruppe ganz einfach mit den

iibrigen Calotermes einzumischen, wie Desneux es gemacht hat.

Fundort. Seychellen. Silhouette: im Walde oberhalb Mare aux Cochons, mehr als

1000 Fuss oberhalb des Meeres, aus einem vermodernden gefallenen Palmenstamm,

IX. 1908 (alle Stiinde).

4. Calotermes (Glyptotermes ?) longus, n. sp.

Soldat. Kopf gelbbraun, vorn unbedeutend dunkler. Mandibeln schwarz, basal

kaum heller. K6rper strohgelb.

Kopf und Thorax diinn behaart. Hinterleib mit zwei transversalen jedoch nicht

scharf ausgepriigten Reihen von Borsten und Haaren an jeder Platte.

Kopf lang, parallelseitig, mit den Mandibeln beinahe dreimal linger als breit, beinahe so

hoch wie breit. Stirn ziemlich stark geneigt. Vorderecken rechteckig. Facettaugen sehr

klein. Kopfnihte deutlich. Die Transversalnaht ist hinten bogenférmig konvex. Clypeus

trapezformig, mit grossem, vorn geraden Spitzteil. Oberlippe breit zungenférmig, stumpf.

Antennenleisten ziemlich stark divergierend, mit einer schwach entwickelten, hinteren,

ohrenférmigen Verbreitung. Antennen ?-gliedrig. 2. Glied unbedeutend linger als 3. und

dicker als dieses; 3. Glied kurz, basal verschmiilert ; 4. ungefiihr so lang wie 3. aber ein

wenig breiter; 5. ein wenig linger. Mandibeln relativ kurz, aber kriftig. Die linke

mit zwei deutlichen Ziihnen vor der Mitte. Von diesen ist der hintere absatzformig

ausgezogen. Basalzahn gross, schneidefirmig. Die rechte mit einem sehr kraftigen Zahn —

ungefihr in der Mitte oder unbedeutend hinter der Mitte. Basalzahn kriiftig.

* Spater wurde fiir Heterotermes die Subfamilie Heterotermitine aufgestellt. Ich glaube jedoch dass

Heterotermes ganz einfach ein Leucotermes mit fehlenden Ozellen ist. (Bei Z. tenuis fehlen Ozellen oft !)

HOLMGREN—ISOPTERA 143

Pronotum einwenig breiter als der Kopf, transversal gewélbt, ein wenig linger als die

halbe Breite, Vorderrand stumpfwinkelig konkav ; Hinterrand unbedeutend eingebuchtet,

Meso- und Metanotum schmiiler als das Pronotum. Hinterleib lang, ziemlich schmal,

gleich breit. Cerci klein. Styli wohl entwickelt. Beine ziemlich kurz.

Liinge des Koérpers 8 mm.

y » Kopfes 3°7 mm.

Breite des Kopfes 1:4 mm.

Hohe des Kopfes 1:2 mm.

Bemerkungen. Ein relativ unbeschidigtes und ein sehr beschiidigtes Exemplar

vorhanden. Die Stellung dieser Art is sehr unsicher. Auf Grund der kurzen Oberkiefer

habe ich sie zu Gilyptotermes provisorisch gefiihrt.

Fundort. Aldabra: Takamaka, 6. X. 1908, zusammen mit Procryptotermes fryert

von Fryer gefunden.

Fam. Mesotermitide, nov. fam.

Vorldufige Diagnose: Fontanell mit Fontanelldriise bei Imagines und Soldaten

vorhanden. Arbeiter mit Fontanell und Fontanellplatte. Praefrons dreieckig, Antennale

in zwei Lateralhiilften geteilt. Malpighische Gefiisse 8. Hinterdarmabteilung 1.—11., kurz.

Diese neue Familie umfasst folgende Subfamilien : Serritermitinee, Termitogetonine,

Coptotermitine, Leucotermitinze und Rhinotermitinz, alle mit Ausnahme der Rhino-

termitinze neu.

Subfam. Coptotermitine, n. subfam.

Gattung ARRHINOTERMES Wasm.

5. Arrhinotermes canalifrons (Sjést.).

Syn. Termes? canalifrons Sjést. Monograph. Nachtrag p. 47, 1904.

Procoptotermes canalifrons Holmgr. Termitenstudien, 1909.

Neotenisches Geschlechtsindividuum. Gelb, glinzend.

Beinahe vollstiindig unbehaart.

Kopf von oben beinahe cirkelrund. Fontanell gross, breit eif6rmig. Kopfnihte als

feine, weisse Linien sichtbar. Clypeus wohl entwickelt, ziemlich aufgetrieben ; Hinterrand

ziemlich stark konvex; Vorderrand schwach konvex. Basalteil liingsgefurcht. Spitzteil

schwach. Oberlippe stark geneigt, schalenformig. Mandibeln wie bei Rhinotermes und

Coptotermes. Antennen wahrscheinlich 22-gliedrig*. 2. Glied so lang wie 3. und 4.

zusammengenommen. 3.—7. Glieder simmtlich kiirzer als 2., quer ; 8. beinahe kugelrund.

Vom 5 an werden die Glieder allmihlich linger.

Pronotum vorn schwach konkav, halbcirkelférmig, ein wenig schmiiler als der Kopf.

Mesonotum bedeutend breiter als Pronotum, mit sichelformigen, ziemlich grossen

Fliigelansiitzen. Metanotum ein wenig schmiiler. Hinterleib wenig breiter als Mesonotum,

von normaler Grisse.

* Auf einem Exemplar waren 21 Glieder vorhanden, ohne dass die Antenne jedoch vollstiindig war.

144 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Liinge des Kérpers 6 mm.

K » Kopfes 1,5 mm.

Breite des Kopfes 1,24 mm.

By » Pronotums 1,1 mm.

Linge des Pronotums 0,6 mm.

Soldaten und Arbeiter stimmen gut mit den Beschreibungen Sjésted?’s tiberem. Sie

besitzen jedoch beide Facettaugen, oft mit deutlichen Facetten.

Bemerkungen. Dureh die Entdeckung der Neotenen dieser Art wurde ihre

systematische Stellung bestimmt. Die Gattung Arrhinotermes wurde von Wasmann

auf nur gefliigelten Individuen gegriindet. Die Soldaten wurden von Sjdstedt als Termes ?

canalifrons beschrieben, dessen Imagines unbekannt blieben. Fiir diesen Soldaten,

welche unmoglich als Termes gelten kénnten, schuf ich vorliufig die Gattung

Procoptotermes. Durch Scott's Entdeckung dieser Neotenen wurde die Synonymie

nachgewiesen, so dass Termes? canalifrons Sjist.=Procoptotermes canalifrons (Sjést.)

Holmer. = Arrhinotermes canalifrons (Sjést.) Holmgr. Die Gattung Arrhinotermes steht

Coptotermes nahe, wie schon Desneux gegen Wasmann hervorgehoben hat, aber besitzat

auch deutliche Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen zu Fhinotermes, wie es Wasmann aus-

gesprochen hat. Am besten kann man sich die Beziehungen dieser drei Gattungen

vorstellen, wenn man annimmt, dass Arrhinotermes der gemeinsamen Stammform der

beiden Sub-Familien Rhinotermitine und Coptotermitine nahe steht. Arrhinotermes

gehért aber deutlich der Subfam. Coptotermitin, nimmt aber innerhalb dieser eine

niedere Stufe ein.

Fundorte. Seychellen. Mahé: VII. 1908, Long Island (mit Neotenen). Praslin,

XI. 1908 (Scott). Amiranten: Poivre, 10. X. 1905. Aldabra, 1908 (Fryer). Friiher aus

Tamatave, Madagascar bekannt (Mathiaua) *.

Gattung CoprorermMEs Wasm.

6. Coptotermes truncatus Wasm.

Syn. Termes (Coptotermes) truncatus Wasmann, 1897 ; Desneux, 1904.

Eutermes truncatus (Wasm.) Sjéstedt, 1900, 1904.

Coptotermes truncatus Wasm., Holmgren, 1909.

Nymphen, Soldaten und Arbeiter liegen vor.

Bemerkungen. Mit dem Coptotermesindividuen liegt folgende Angabe vor: “ From

the bottom of a lighter (barge) in the harbour at Port Victoria (Mahé): the workings of

the Termites were mostly between the cross-beams and planks at the bottom of the

lighter, and they had been submerged under several inches of salt water (which collects in

the lighters) sometimes for more than a week at a time. Only one small part of the

workings was above the level of the salt water.” Dieser Bericht ist interessant aus dem ,

Gesichtspunkt der Verbreitungsbiologie der Art. Wenn so kriiftige Kolonien, wie die

fragliche (in der Kollektion giebt es Massen von Tieren von verschiedenen Kasten) in einer

* Nach Sjostedt: Monographie, Nachtrag, 1907.

ot A pes tp entaget

HOLMGREN—ISOPTERA 145

Barke vorkommen kann, so ist nattirlich eine Verbreitung durch Menschen von einer

Lande zu einer anderen mit der Schiffsfahrt nicht ausgeschlossen Wenn diese Méglichkeit

schon vom Beginn der Schiffsfahrt vorhanden war und eine Verbreitung mit Treibholz auch

méglich sein muss, so muss es verwundern, dass thatsiichlich so wenige Termitenarten

zu den resp. Liindern eingeschleppt sind. Dies kann, glaube ich, nur dadurch erklirt

werden, dass die Termiten in der Regel fiir plotzlich verinderte tiussere Lebensbedingungen

wenig widerstandsfiihig sind. In diesem Verhiiltnis findet man vielleicht die Erklirung,

dass Madagaskar und der naheliegende afrikanische Kontinent im Ganzen keine gemeinsame

Termitenarten besitzen, obschon es wohl vorausgesetzt werden muss, dass Termitenaustausch

wihrend langen Zeiten zwischen den beiden Lindern vorkam. Und jedoch sind bisjetzt

nur drei gemeinsame Arten bekannt: Termes bellicosus und natalensis und Calotermes

madagascariensis. Bemerkt muss jedoch werden, dass die Termitenfauna von den

nichst liegenden Teilen Afrikas nur sehr wenig bekannt ist.

’ Fundort. Seychellen. Mahé: X. 1908.

Fam. Metatermitide, nov. fam.

Vorldufige Diagnose: Fontanell mit Fontanellplatte bei Imagines und Arbeitern

vorhanden. Soldaten mit Fontanell und Fontanelldriise (mit wenigen Ausnahmen),

Preefrons hinten gewohnlich verbreitet. Antennale in zwei Lateralhiilfte geteilt.

Malpighische Gefiisse 4—2. Hinterdarmabteilung 1.—x1. lang.

Diese Familie umfasst allen iibrigen Termitengattungen, und kann in drei Serien

oder Subfamilien vorldufig eimgeteilt werden: Microcerotermitinze, Termitine, und

Eutermitine.

[Subfam. Microcerotermitine, n. subfam. |

Gattung MicrocerorerMEs Silvestri.

7. Microcerotermes subtilis Wasm.

Syn. Termes subtilis Wasmann, 1897.

Eutermes subtilis (Wasm.) Sjéstedt, 1900, 1909, Desneux, 1904.

Microcerotermes subtilis Wasmann, 1903.

Imago: Die von Wasmann gegebene Beschreibung ist etwas unvollstindig. Ich teile

deshalb eine neue Beschreibung mit.

Kleine Art. Schwarzbraun, braun behaart. Clypeus gelbbraun. Mund und Kérper-

unterseite sowie die zwei basalen Glieder der Antennen rostgelb. ‘Tibien in der Mitte

graubraun. Fliigel schwarzbraun.

Kopf und Thorax sowie Abdominaltergite und Sternite ziemlich dicht behaart.

Sternite ausserdem mit einer hinteren Borstenreihe.

Kopf breit oval, linger als breit. Facettaugen ziemlich klein, ein wenig ausstehend.

Ozellen klein, von den Augen um einem Diameter entfernt. Fontanell sehr undeutlich.

Clypeus hinten stark konvex. Basalteil gross, ziemlich aufgetrieben, vorn gerade,

gerandet, an den Seiten abgerundet. Spitzteil deutlich, hyalin. Oberlippe zungenformig.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 19

146 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Antennen 14-gliedrig, 3. Glied diusserst kurz; 4. kiirzer als 2.; 5. ein wenig linger als 4.

beinahe so lang wie 2., breiter als dieses.

Pronotum deutlich schmiler als der Kopf ohne den Augen, so lang wie % der Breite.

Vorderrand gerade; Hinterrand ziemlich stark ausgeschnitten. Meso- und Metanotum

hinten bogenformig, schwach, ausgerandet.

Vordere Fliigelschuppen ein wenig grésser als die hinteren. Fltigel dreimal linger

als breit, dicht mit kleinsten braunen Stacheln besetzt. Radius sector kriftig markiert.

An den Vorderfliigeln entspringt die mediana von der Schuppe, an den Hinterfliigeln von

dem radius sector. Sie ist an den Vorderfliigeln einfach, an den Hinterfliigeln gewohnlich

zweigeteilt. Cubitus mit 10—12 langen Zweigen.

Linge mit Fliigeln 9 mm.

» ohne Fliigel 5—6 mm.

,, des Kopfes 1 mm.

Breite des Kopfes mit Augen 0,9 mm.

5: ~ » ohne Augen 0,8 mm.

3 , ,Prothorax 0,66 mm.

Liinge des Prothorax 0,4 mm.

Kémgin. Linge des Korpers 17 mm.

Breite des Kérpers 5 mm.

Soldaten und Arbeiter sind friiher gut beschrieben. Vergl. Wasmann (1897) und

Sjéstedt (1900, 1904).

Bemerkungen. Microcerotermes gehort zu den am weitesten verbreiteten Termiten-

gattungen. Sie kommt in Afrika mit 3 (—4) Arten, von denen eine M. palearcticus

(Sjost.) sogar in Algier vorkommt, vor. Die iibrigen M. parvus und fuscotibialis (Sjost.)

scheinen eine grosse Verbreitung zu haben. Auf Madagascar giebt es 2 Arten: M. subtilis

und sicore. In Indien treffen wir M. cylindriceps, und hemi Wasm., distans, dubvus und

serratus Havil. Australisch sind M. serratus und turneri Froggatt. Aus Neu-Guinea

stammt M. birdi Desn., aus Siid-Amerika M. struncki Sér und Bouviert Desn. Nur die

beiden Gattungen Calotermes und Hutermes konnen eine so weite Verbreitung aufweisen,

Fundort. Seychellen, Mahé: VII. 1908, Long Island, K6nigin und andere Stiinde in

einem vermoderndem (gefallenen) Kokostamm VII. 1908.

[Subfam. Eutermitine, n. subfam. |

Gattung Evrermes (Hag) Fr. Miiller.

8. Hutermes nigrita Wasm.

Nymphen, Soldaten und Arbeiter sowie Larven liegen vor.

Fundort. Seychellen. Silhouette, 1908, von einem Baumnest, ungefiihr 2 Fuss

oberhalb des Bodens (Scott). Praslin, XI. 1905, 5 getrocknete Soldaten. Friiher aus

Tanerive, Madagascar bekannt.

Mit wenig Reservation fiihre ich die folgende Imago zu dieser Art : Imago: Kopf und

Hinterleib dunkel pechschwarz. Thorax viel heller braun. Clypeus und Basalglieder der

HOLMGREN—ISOPTERA 147

Antennen sowie die Mandibeln heller. Oberlippe, Rest der Antennen und Beine

graubraun. Fliigel schwarzbraun.

Kopf ziemlich dicht behaart; Nacken ohne Haaren. Pronotum besonders an den

Vorderecken und Seitenrindern ziemlich dicht behaart. Fliigelschuppen und Randrippen

dicht mit ziemlich langen Haaren besetzt. Behaarung des Hinterleibes ziemlich dicht.

Kopf ziemlich gross, flach gewélbt, breit oval mit grossen ziemlich ausstehenden

Facettaugen. Ozellen mittelgross, mit ein wenig ausstehenden Riindern, um ihren halben

Durchmesser von den Augen entfernt ; zwischen den Ozellen liuft ein niedriger Wall.

Kopfnihte nicht sichtbar. Fontanell sehr undeutlich, spaltformig. Transversalband

verhiltnismissig lang. Basalteil des Clypeus kurz und breit, erreicht jedoch nicht den

Seitenecken des Transversalbandes; Hinterrand ziemlich stark konvex; Vorderrand

gerade; Seitenrinder abgerundet; mit medialer Furche; Spitzteil wohl entwickelt,

Oberlippe zungenformig. Antennen 15-gliedrig. Basalglied dick. 2. Glied so lang wie 3. ;

4. unbedeutend kiirzer ; 5. ein wenig unbedeutend kiirzer als 4. ; 6. so lang wie 4. Vom 5.

nehmen die Glieder schwach in Linge zu.

Pronotum so breit wie der Kopf ohne Augen, so breit wie die doppelte Linge.

Vorderrand gerade; Vorderecken stark niedergedriickt, abgerundet ; Seitenriinder stark

nach hinten divergierend: Hinterrand ziemlich tief ausgeschnitten. Hinterrand des

Mesonotums ein wenig tiefer und breiter ausgeschnitten als Metanotum.

Fliigel ziemlich lang, dicht mit kleinsten Stacheln besetzt. Die mediana verliuft viel

niher dem cubitus als dem radius sector und besitzt in der Spitze ein paar kurze Zweige.

Cubitus mit 10—12 schief gestellten Asten, von denen die 7—8 inneren kriftiger sind als

die tibrigen. Der dritte Zweig ist oft gabelig gespalten.

Linge mit Fliigeln 15—16 mm.

» Ohne Fliigel 9 mm. (getrocknet 7,5 mm.).

» des Kopfes 1,9 mm.

Breite des Kopfes 1,73 mm.

Liinge der Vorderfliigeln 12—13 mm.

Bemerkungen: In der Sammlung kommen 4 getrocknete Individuen vor, welche

derselben Art angehéren. Von diesen sind 2 von Gardiner auf Praslin, Seychellen 1905

gesammelt und 2 von der Seychellen Expedition auf Silhouette gefunden. Ferner kommen

in der Sammlung 5 getrocknete Soldaten von Eutermes nigrita vor, welche von

Gardiner 1905 auf Praslin gesammelt wurden, wihrend auch von Kutermes nigrita

Soldaten, Arbeiter und Nymphen aus Silhouette vorliegen. Dies macht es nun sehr

wahrscheinlich, dass die Praslin-[magines zu den Praslin-Soldaten und die Silhouette-

Imagines zu den Silhouette Individuen gehéren. Diese Wabhrscheinlichkeit wird nun

zu beinahe vollstindiger Gewissheit gesteigert, wenn wir den Korperbau der Imagines mit

demjenigen der Nymphen vergleichen. Die Form des Kopfes, Lage der Ocellarflecke,

Form des Prothorax ist dieselbe. Die Augen der Nymphen sind schon so gross, dass sie,

wenn ausgewachsen, zu der Grdsse derselben der Imagines gelangen miissen. Die

unvollstindige Firbung der Nymphen mit schon relatif dunklem Kopf, dunklen Fliigel-

scheiden und beginnender Ausfiirbung des Hinterleibes obschon das Thorax noch beinahe

19—2

148 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ungefirbt ist, deutet an, dass die Imagines, welche aus diesen Nymphen hervorgehen, die

Firbung der fraglichen Imagines annehmen miissen.

‘undorte. Seychellen. Silhouette, 1908, Scott (2 Ex.). Praslin, XI. 1905 (2 Ex.).

9. Hutermes nigrita, subsp. mahéensis, n. subsp.

Soldat : unterscheidet sich von HE, nigrita hauptsiichlich in der Firbung, indem der

Kopf rotbraun mit heller Nase und der Kérper rostgelb-rostbraun ist. Der Kopf ist auch

oft ein wenig grésser als bei nigrata und auch verhiiltnismiissig breiter. Das Pronotum

ist vorn in der Mitte nicht eingeschnitten. (Bei nigrita kommen aber nach Sjéstedt

(1904) Exemplare vor, die ganzrandiges Pronotum besitzen.)

Arbeiter : Firbung im Ganzen wie bei den Soldaten. Kopf réthlich braun ; K6rper

rostgelb-rostbraun. Der Kopf ist méglicherweise ein wenig breiter als bei H. mgrita. Die

Antennen sind ihnlich gebaut, méglicherweise ein wenig kiirzer.

Bemerkungen. Ich habe diese Individuen zufolge ihrer Fiirbung als selbstandiger

Subspecies aufgefasst. Uber die Stellung von Hutermes nigrita nebst subsp. mahéensis

unter den Eutermes-Arten will ich mich hier nicht naher aussern, obschon es mir scheint,

als hiitte die Art Ankniipfungspunkte zu der matangensis-Gruppe unter den indischen

Termiten.

Fundort. Seychellen. Mahé, Long Island, VII. 1908.

LITERATUR.

Banks, N. Two new Termites. Entomol. News, Bd. xvii. 1906.

DesNnEUX, J. Isoptera, Fam. Termitidie in: Wiitsman, Genera Insectorum, 1904.

Froceatt, W. W. Australian Termitide, Parts 1—3, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1895—97.

Havitanp, G. D. Observations on Termites, etc., Journ. Linn. Soc., London, Zool., v. xxvi. 1898.

Hormcren, N. Madagassische Termiten gesammelt von Valter Kaudern. Arkiv for Zoologi, Bd. v.

No. 13, 1909.

— Termitenstudien, Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., Bd. xliv. No. 3, 1909.

SséstepT, Y. Monographie der Termiten Afrikas, Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., Bd. xxxiv. No. 4, 1900.

— Nachtrag, Ibid. Bd. xxxvi. No. 4, 1904.

WasMANN, E. Einige neue Termiten aus Ceylon und Madagascar, etc, Wien. entomol. Ztg., 1893.

— Termiten von Madagascar und Ost-Afrika. Abh. Senckenb. naturf. Ges, Frankfurt, v. xxi. 1897.

— Termiten, Termitophilen und Myrmekophilen, gesammelt auf Ceylon, etc., Zool. Jahrb, Abth.

fiir Syst., Bd. xvi. 1903.

No. [IX.—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYIDA, MIT DEN GATTUNGEN RHINIA UND

IDIELLA.,

Von Pror. P. Stem in Treptow A/R. (PReEussEN).

(MiregeTertr von Pror. J. STANLEY GaARpINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

Gelesen den 21. April 1910.

Musca, Linn., Fauna suecica, 439 (1763).

1. Musca niveisquama Thoms, Eugenies Resa, Dipt. 547. 175 (1868).

Mehrere Piirchen.

Fundorte. Seychelles: Mahé, Cascade Estate 800-1000 feet, 1908-9; Silhouette,

near Coast, 1908; Dennis Island, VIII. 1908. Coetivy, I. 1905. Amirantes Is. : D’Arros

and Poivre Is., 1905. Cargados Carajos Is., 1905. China, Manila, Malacca.

2. Musca fasciata, sp. nov. $ §.

Oculis intime cohzrentibus, antennis et palpis nigris; thorace nigro, leviter cinereo-

pollinoso, vittis 4, intermediis postice abbreviatis, lateralibus fere confluentibus, nigris

nitidis: abdomine ovato, dilute cinereo-pollinoso, vitta dorsali lata versus apicem attenuata,

segmento primo et marginibus posterioribus segmentorum 2 et 3 anguste nigris; pedibus

nigris ; alis hyalinis, squamis albis, halteribus albido-flavis.—Femina fronte lata, thoracis

lineis 4 distinctis, abdominis segmentis 1 et 2 fere totis nigris differt. Long. 3—4,5 mm.

Augen fast den ganzen Kopf einnehmend, oben aufs engste zusammenstossend, Stirn

und Wangen nur in feiner Linie vorragend, Backen schmal, siimtliche Teile fast silbergrau

bestiiubt, Stirn iiber den Fiihlern mit schmaler schwarzer Strieme, so dass die Orbiten auch

hier beinahe zusammenstossen, Fiihler und die fadenformigen Taster schwarz, Borste lang

behaart. Thorax grau bestiiubt mit 4 glinzendschwarzen Liingsstriemen, von denen die

mittleren hinter der Naht abgebrochen sind, wiihrend die seitlichen nur durch eine feine

graue Linie von ihnen getrennt, bisweilen ganz mit ihnen zusammengeflossen sind ; Dor-

socentralborsten (de) hinter der Naht 4, nach vorn an Grésse abnehmend; Schildchen

glinzend schwarz, nur sehr diinn graulich bereift. Hinterleib linglich eiformig, ziemlich

hellgrau bestiubt, der 1. Ring, eine breite nach der Spitze zu schmiiler werdende

Riickenstrieme und schmale Hinterrandsbinden auf Ring 2 und 3 schwarz; bisweilen

greift die schwarze Firbung der Hinterriinder etwas auf die Vorderriinder der folgenden

Ringe iiber. Beine schwarz, Pulvillen und Klauen kurz; Mittelschienen hinten mit 3

150 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

kurzen Borsten, Hinterschienen aussen dem Kérper abgewandt der ganzen Liinge nach

mit kurzen, ziemlich locker stehenden Bérstchen. Fliigel glashell, Spitzenquerader nach

der Beugung etwas mehr nach innen gebogen als bei unsern bekannten Muscaarten,

hintere Querader deutlich geschwungen, Schiippchen weiss, Schwinger kaum etwas

gelblich.— Die Stirn des Weibchens ist breit, die Thoraxstriemen schmiiler, weniger

intensiv schwarz und alle vier deutlich getrennt und die beiden ersten Hinterleibsringe

fast ganz schwarz, indem nur der zweite an den Seiten einen grauen Fleck trigt, wiihrend

bisweilen die schwarze Fiirbung auch noch auf den Vorderrand des 3. Ringes tibergeht.

Fundorte. Seychelles: Mahé, near Morne Blane about 800 feet, Cascade Estate,

about 800—1500 feet, marshy ground near sea-level at Cascade, marshes on coastal plain

at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale, I. 1909.

Stomoxys, Geoffroy, Hist. des Insectes, i. 538 (1764).

3. Stomoxys glauca Griinb. Zool., Anzeiger xxx. 88 (1906).

Auf die vorliegenden zahlreichen Stiicke, die auf Mahé (Cascade Estate) Ende 08 und

Anfang 09 erbeutet sind, passt die Griinberg’sche Beschreibung so gut, dass ich vorliufig

den Namen fiir die Art beibehalte. Die Firbung der Fiihlerborste, die Grinberg regel-

miissig in seinen Beschreibungen angibt, ist ohne jede Bedeutung, da dieselbe bei derselben

Art sehr wechselt. Der Thorax ist hell schiefergrau, meist aber hell gelblichgrau bestiubt

und die seitlichen Thoraxstriemen fliessen auch hinter der Naht nicht zusammen, sondern

sind bei reinen Stiicken bis hinten hin, wenn auch nur sehr schmal, deutlich getrennt. Der

Hinterleib ist wie der Thorax gefiirbt und triigt beim Minnchen eine schmale braune

Riickenlinie, die nur ganz schriig von hinten gesehen einigermassen deutlich ist und

sich selten auch auf den letzten Ring erstreckt; der 1. Ring ist hinten schmal braun

gerandet, wiihrend die beiden folgenden Ringe hinten eine etwas breitere Binde tragen,

die aber héchstens halb so breit ist als der Ring lang und die aus 2 flachen, zu beiden

Seiten der Mittellinie liegenden Kreissegmenten zusammengesetzt ist. Die Hinter-

leibszeichnung des Weibchens wechselt mehr. Entweder ist sie ebenso wie beim

Mannchen, nur die Binden etwas breiter, oder die Segmente sind zu grossen, fast

kreisrunden Flecken umgewandelt, die dem Hinterrand anliegen, wahrend zugleich die

Riickenstrieme auffallend breit und am Hinterrand der Ringe abgekiirzt ist und auch am

Vorderrand deutliche, zu einer Querbinde sich vereinigende Flecken auftreten ; der letzte

Ring trigt, wenn man ihn senkrecht von oben betrachtet, oft auch noch 2 dunkle Flecken,

die unter der Bestiiubung verschwinden, wenn man ihn ganz von hinten ansieht. Die

Beine sind in beiden Geschlechtern schwarzbraun, die Basis simtlicher Schienen gelblich.

Fundorte. Seychelles: Mahé, near Morne Blanc, about 800 feet, forest behind

Trois Fréres, about 2000 feet; Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, marshes on coastal plain

at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale. Kamerun und Togo.

ee ee

a” Saas

STEIN—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYIDA 151

ALLUAUDINELLA, Giglio-Tos, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxiv. 363, (1895).

4. Alluaudinella binttata Meq., Dipt. exot. 1. (3° part.), p. 162, tab. 22, fig. 1

(1843, Aricia): Giglio-Tos, Le.

Ich habe von dieser Art in der Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. li. 42. 8 (1906) eine nach dem in

der Bigot’schen Sammlung befindlichen Stiick angefertigte genaue Beschreibung gegeben

und will hier nur erwiihnen, dass es ungemein schwierig ist, die beiden Geschlechter zu

unterscheiden. Die Stirn ist bei beiden vollstiindig gleichbreit, der Hinterleib hat

dieselbe breite, ziemlich flach gedriickte Form und die Pulvillen scheinen auch beim

Miinnchen nicht verliingert zu sein. Unter den 14 mir vorliegenden Stiicken zeigen die,

welche ich fiir Mannchen halte, eine etwas weiter ausgedehnte durchscheinende Fiirbung

des Hinterleibs und der letzte Hinterleibsring ist am Hinterrand breiter abgestutzt,

wiihrend er beim Weibchen, das bei einigen Stiicken an der vorragenden Legeréhre

sicher als solches zu erkennen ist, mehr zugespitzt ist. Giglio-Tos hat in den Ann.

Soc. ent. France lxiv. 363 (1895) auf die vorliegende Art die Gattung Alluaudinella

errichtet, die ich gern annehme. Die Bildung des Kopfes, der in beiden Geschlechtern

breite, etwas flach gedriickte Hinterleib und die auffallend breiten Fliigel unterscheiden

die Gattung von allen andern. Die von mir beschriebenen Spilogaster phasiaeformis,

gigas, arguta Karsch, evanescens, lativentris u. albivitta (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. li. 36—41,

1906) gehéren zur selben Gattung.

Fundorte. Seychelles : zahlreiche Stiicke, die auf Praslin XI. 1908 und Mahé (Cascade

Estate und Forét noire district X., XI. 1908) gefangen sind. Mauritius.

Myp#a, Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myodaires, 479. 2 (1830).

5. Mydea compressipalpis, sp. nov. f 2.’

Oculis fere cohzrentibus, in femina late disjunctis, nudis, antennis nigris, articulo 2

cinereo, seta longe plumata, palpis nigris, in mare apice paullo, in femina distincte dilatatis

et compressis ; thorace flavido-cinereo pollinoso, quadrilineato ; abdomine oblongo, flavido-

cinereo pollinoso, binis maculis rotundis segmentorum 2—4 apicem versus magnitudine

decrescentibus, distinctis, nigro-fuscis; pedibus nigris, pulvillis et unguibus in mare

paullo elongatis; alis subflavidis, spinula fere nulla, squamis albis, halteribus flavidis.

Long. 7mm.

Augen hoch und schmal, den ganzen Kopf einnehmend, so dass Stirn und Wangen

gar nicht vorragen, oben so wenig getrennt, dass die schmalen, silberweiss bestiiubten

Orbiten sich beriihren oder nur durch eine haarfeine schwarze Linie getrennt sind ;

Frontoorbitalborsten bis zum Scheitel verlaufend, in der ersten Hilfte stark und lang,

in der zweiten kurz und fein. Fiihler wenig kiirzer als das Untergesicht, schwarz,

2. Ghed dicht grau bestiubt, Borste lang gefiedert, Taster an der Spitze kriftig, aber

nur wenig erweitert. Thorax und Schildchen dicht graugelb bestiubt, 2 feine Mittel-

linien auf dem ersteren, die in der Mitte zwischen Naht und Schildchen aufhéren, recht

deutlich, wahrend die Seitenstriemen nur durch einen Fleck vor der Naht angedeutet sind

und hinter der Naht kaum wahrgenommen werden kiénnen ; (de) hinter der Naht 3 starke

und fast gleichlange, zwischen der vordersten und der Naht noch ein kurzes, aber

152 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

deutliches und fiir die Art characteristisches Bérstchen, Prealarborste (pra) sehr kurz,

Sternopleuralborsten (st) 1, 2, im iibrigen der Thorax mit zahlreichen sehr kurzen,

anliegenden Borstchen besetzt. Schildchen wie der Thorax bestiiubt, an der Basis mit

deutlichem braunen Fleck; es ist auf der ganzen Fliiche etwas linger, aber zerstreuter

behaart als der Thorax. Hinterleib liinglich, ebenfalls dicht graugelb bestiiubt, die

3 letzten Ringe mit je einem Paar fast kreisrunder, nach dem Ende zu schnell kleiner

werdender schwarzbrauner, scharf begrenzter Flecke, wihrend der 1. Ring nur eine

schwache Andeutung davon zeigt. Der ganze Hinterleib ist gleichfalls mit anliegenden

Bérstchen besetzt und erst vom Hinterrand des 3. Rings an abstehend beborstet ;

Hypopyg vollstindig im letzten Ring versteckt. Beine schwarz, die iiusserste Basis

der Vorderschienen schwach geblich, Pulvillen und Klauen etwas verlingert ; Vorder-

schienen borstenlos, Mittelschienen hinten mit 2, Hinterschienen aussen und aussen abge-

wandt mit je 1 ziemlich kurzen Borste, Hinterschenkel unterseits abeewandt nur vor der

Spitze mit 2—3 lingeren Borsten. Fliigel fast glashell, Randdorn sehr klein, 3. und 4.

Lingsader parallel, aber die 1. Hinterrandzelle an der Spitze etwas schmiiler als davor,

hintere Querader schief und etwas geschwungen, Schiippchen weisslich, Schwinger

gelblich.—Das Weibchen hat eine breite Stirn und die Taster sind an der Spitze

deutlich verbreitert und zusammengedriickt; im iibrigen gleicht es vollstindig dem

Minnchen.

Fundorte. Seychelles: mehrere Piirchen, die auf Mahé (Long Island, VIT. 1908, Forét

noire district, X.—XI. 1908, Cascade Estate, IIT. 1909) gefangen sind; einige Stiicke

stammen aus Silhouette VIII. 1908.

6. Mydea mediana, sp. nov. f 9.

Oculis vitta frontali nigra et angustissimis orbitis paullo, sed distincte separatis,

antennis nigris, seta longe plumata, palpis filiformibus nigris; thorace flavido-cinereo

pollinoso, lineis duabus mediis, inter setas dorsocentrales sitis et saepe fere con-

fluentibus, distinctis et macula laterali utrinque post suturam posita fuscis, scutello

immaculato; abdomine subconico, flavido-cinereo pollinoso, binis maculis segmentorum

1—3 et macula media satis magna segmenti 4 fuscis; pedibus nigris, pulvillis et un-

guibus paullo elongatis; alis subhyalinis, spinula distincta, squamis albidis, halteribus

flavidis.— Femina oculis late disjunctis et maculis abdominis paullo fasciformibus differt.

Long. 5—6 mm.

Augen nicht so hoch wie bei der vorigen Art, oben durch eine deutliche schwarze

Strieme getrennt, die an der schmalsten Stelle fast halb so breit ist als die Fiihler lang

sind, und von ganz feinen, fast linienartigen, grau schimmernden Orbiten eingefasst wird ; -

Frontoorbitalborsten gewoéhnlich 4, sich von der Fiihlerbasis nur bis zur Mitte der

Entfernung zwischen Fiihler und Scheitel erstreckend. Stirn und Wangen etwas vor-

ragend, letztere neben der Fiihlerbasis mit schwarz schillerndem Fleck, Backen 4—% so

breit, als die Fiihler lang sind, letztere in der Mitte der Augenhdhe eingelenkt, etwas

kiirzer als das Untergesicht, scharz, 2. Glied grau schimmernd, Borste lang gefiedert,

Taster fadenformig, schwarz. Thorax gelbgrau bestiiubt, 2 ziemlich breite, innerhalb

der Dorsocentralborsten liegende, bisweilen fast zusammenfliessende und nach hinten bis

STEIN—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYID/ 153

zur letzten Dorsocentralborste sich erstreckende Mittelstriemen scharf begrenzt braun, ein

hinter der Naht liegender, unmittelbar an die Fliigelbasis stossender Seitenfleck von der-

selben Fiirbung; de 3, pra ganz fehlend, st 1,2, die Grundbeborstung im itibrigen wie bei

der vorigen Art; Schildchen gelbgrau bestiubt, ohne Basalfleck. Hinterleib fast kegel-

férmig, vom Hinterrand des 2. Ringes an mit allmihlich linger werdenden abstehenden

Borsten besetzt; auch an der Basis des 2. Ringes finden sich schon einige kurze

abstehende Borstchen. Er ist wie der Thorax bestiiubt und triigt auf den 3 ersten

Ringen scharf begrenzte, rundlich dreieckige, braune Flecken, von denen die des 1.

Ringes etwas kleiner und heller sind, wiihrend der 4. Ring einen nach hinten sich

verbreiternden, braunen Mittelfleck trigt; Hypopyg nicht vorragend. Beine schwarz,

die Basis der Schienen bisweilen briiunlich durchscheinend, Pulvillen und Klauen etwas

verlingert ; WVorderschienen borstenlos, Mittelschienen hinten mit 2, Hinterschienen

aussen abgewandt mit 2, innen abgewandt mit 1 Borste. Fliigel fast glashell, mit

deutlichem, doppeltem Randdorn, 3. und 4. Liingsader parallel, hintere Querader ziem-

lich steil und kaum geschwungen, Schiippchen weisslich, Schwinger gelblich.—Das

Weibchen hat eine breite Stirn und die Hinterleibsflecke erweitern sich hinten oft

bindenartig, sonst gleicht es dem Miinnchen.

Fundorte, Seychelles: Mahé, die Art scheint hiufig und weit verbreitet zu sein,

da sie sich in der Sammlung in zahlreichen Stiicken findet, die an den verschiedensten

Stellen die ganze Zeit tiber gefangen sind, Mare aux Cochons district, over 1000 feet,

Long Island, etc. ; Silhouette (near coast); Praslin, XI. 1908.

7. Mydea fasciculifera, sp. nov. $ .

Oculis intime cohzrentibus, antennis et palpis nigris, seta longe plumata; thorace et

scutello sordide flavis, nitidis, subpellucidis; abdomine ovato, subdepresso, nigro-piceo

nitido, segmento primo, basi segmenti secundi, ventre flavis pellucidis; pedibus flavis,

tibiis fuscis, tarsis nigris, femoribus posticis subtus in latere versus corpus directo ante

apicem setis 5—6 dense confertis instructis ; alis subflavidis, squamis sordide albidis,

anguste nigro-marginatis, halteribus flavis.—Femina fronte lata et femoribus posticis

subtus nudis differt. Long. ca. 7mm.

Augen hoch und schmal, den ganzen Kopf einnehmend und oben aufs engste

zusammenstossend, die vordern und obern Facetten grésser als die hintern und untern ;

Fiithler wenig kiirzer als das Untergesicht, schwarz oder schmutzig braun, Borste lang

gefiedert, Taster an der Spitze ganz schwach verbreitert, schwarzbraun. Thorax und

Schildchen schmutzig gelb, gliinzend, schwach durchscheinend, Brustseiten ein wenig

heller, ohne jede Striemung; de 3, Acrostichalborsten (a) vor dem Schildchen gewéhn-

lich 2 Paar, pra fast halb so lang als die folgende Supraalarborste (sa), st 1,2, im tibrigen

der Thorax mit ziemlich dichten, abstehenden, kurzen Hiirchen besetzt. Hinterleib breit

eiférmig, kaum so lang wie Thorax und Schildchen zusammen, glinzend gelb, durchscheinend,

die 3 letzten Ringe mit so ausgebreiteten pechschwarzen Querbinden, dass sie fast ganz

pechschwarz erscheinen, wihrend ein linienartiger Vorderrandsaum des dritten und ein

etwas breiterer des zweiten Ringes durchscheinend gelb ist; bisweilen ist auch der 2. Ring

mit Ausnahme eines feinen Hinterrandsaumes und der Vorderrand des 3. Ringes zu beiden

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 20

154 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Seiten durchscheinend gelb. Durch die iusserst kurzen, anliegenden Bérstchen erscheint

der Hinterleib fast nackt und ist nur vom Hinterrand des 3. Ringes an mit langeren

abstehenden Borsten besetzt. Beine gelb, simtliche Schienen verdunkelt, Tarsen

schwarz, Pulvillen und Klauen kurz; Vorderschienen borstenlos, Mittelschienen hinten

mit 2, Hinterschienen aussen abgewandt mit 1 stiirkeren und langen, innen abgewandt

mit 2—3 kiirzeren und feineren Borsten, Mittelschenkel unterseits fast ganz nackt,

Hinterschenkel unterseits zugekehrt unmittelbar vor der Spitze mit etwa 5 dicht

gedriingt stehenden, ziemlich langen und an der Spitze etwas gekriuselten Borsten,

abgewandt vor der Spitze mit 3—4 lingeren Borsten, die aber weitliufig stehen.

Fliigel blassgelb, 3. und 4. Liingsader divergierend, so dass die 1. Hinterrandzelle an

der Spitze sehr breit offen ist, hintere Querader schief und kaum geschwungen,

Schiippchen schmutzig weiss mit feinem, schwirzlichem Saum, Schwinger gelb.—Die

Augen des Weibchens sind durch eine Strieme getrennt, die iiber den Fiihlern

gemessen etwas schmiiler ist als ein Auge, die pechschwarze Farbung des Hinterleibs

ist ausgebreiteter als beim Minnchen, wiihrend der Bauch wie bei diesem ganz

durchscheinend gelb ist, und die Hinterschenkel sind unterseits zugekehrt ganz nackt.

Alles iibrige wie beim Miannchen.

Fundorte. Seychelles: Mahé, mehrere Minnchen und zahlreiche Weibchen an ver-

schiedenen Stellen der Insel, Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, Morne Seychellois, over

1500 feet, ete.; Silhouette, forest over 1000 feet ; Félicité I. XII. 1908.

Opnyra, Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myodaires, 516, 16 (1830).

8. Ophyra nigrisquama, sp. nov. 2.

Tota ceruleo-viridis, nitida; oculis intime coherentibus, antennis et palpis nigris ;

pedibus nigris, femoribus intermediis subtus prope basim setis rigidis duabus instructis,

tibiis posticis intus biseriatim pilosis; alis fere hyalinis, squamarum superiore sordide

albida, inferiore nigrescente, halteribus nigris. Long. 5,5 mm.

Die Art gleicht im ganzen Bau vollstindig der O. leucostoma Wied., enescens Wied.,

chalcogaster Wied. und den iibrigen echten Ophyraarten. Die Firbung des ganzen

Korpers ist schwarzblau mit deutlichem, griinem Schimmer, stark gliinzend. Die Augen

stossen oben aufs engste zusammen und nehmen den ganzen Kopf ein, die schmalen

Wangen sind wie bei den tibrigen Arten neben der Fiihlerbasis mit gliinzendem, tief-

schwarzem Fleck versehen, Fiihler und Taster schwarz; (dc) 4, die beiden vorderen

etwas kleiner, a zweireihig, kurz, dazwischen noch kiirzere Bérstchen; Hinterleib mit

sehr kurzer, nach hinten zu etwas lingerer, abstehender Behaarung. Beine schwarz,

Pulvillen und Klauen kurz; Vorderschienen borstenlos, Mittelschenkel unterseits in der

Niihe der Basis mit 2 nicht sehr langen, aber kriaftigen, senkrecht nach unten gerichteten,

fast dornartigen Borsten, Mittelschienen hinten mit 2 Borsten, Hinterschenkel unterseits

abgewandt vor der Spitze mit 5 anfangs langen, dann schnell an Grésse abnehmenden

Borsten, Hinterschienen aussen abgewandt kurz gewimpert mit 1 etwas lingeren Borste

dazwischen, innen abgewandt wie zugekehrt vom Beginn des 2. Drittels bis zur Spitze mit

5—6 feinen und ziemlich langen Borstenhaaren. Fliigel glashell, 4. Liingsader von der

STEIN—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYID AS 155

hintern Querader an sich ganz allmiihlich, aber nicht stark der 3. niihernd, hintere

Querader etwas schief und geschwungen, liinger als ihre Entfernung von der kleinen

Querader, das obere Schtippchen schmutzigweiss, das untere geschwiirzt, Schwinger schwarz.

Fundort. Seychelles: Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1 Minnchen.

9. Ophyra chalcogaster Wied., Zweifl. Ins. ii. 427. 11 (1830, Anthomyia).

Fundorte. Seychelles: Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1909, 2 Piirchen. Java, Neu-Guinea,

Singapore.

FanniA, Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myodaires, 567, 9 (1830).

10. Fannia leucosticta Mg. ?

& Anthonymia leucosticta Mg., Syst. Beschr. vii. 328. 31 (1826).

Leider finden sich nur einige auf Mahé gefangene Weibchen in der Sammlung, von

denen ich nur mit Sicherheit sagen kann, dass es Fanneaarten sind, die in die allernichste

Verwandtschaft von leucosticta Mg. gehéren. Sie weichen nur insofern von den leucosticta-

Weibchen meiner Sammlung ab, als die Hinterschienen innen abgewandt gegen die Spitze

zu mit 3 Bérstchen versehen sind, wihrend sich bei leucosticta an dieser Stelle nur eine

befindet ; ob sie trotzdem mit letzterer identisch sind, lisst sich nur nach Kenntniss des

zugehérigen Mannchens entscheiden.

Fundort. Seychelles: Mahé, Cascade Estate.

LimnopHora, Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myodaires, 517, 18 (1830).

11. Lnmnophora fasciolata, sp. nov. f .

Affinis LZ. notate Fall. Oculis vitta frontali nigra et orbitis angustissimis distincte

separatis, antennis sat longis et palpis filiformibus nigris, seta brevissime pilosa; thorace

albido-cano, duabus maculis anticis et fascia transversa post suturam posita nigris, scutello

nigro, apice cano; abdomine oblongo, apice acuto, cano, basi segmenti primi, binis maculis

triangularibus, postice fasciformibus segmentorum 2 et 3, et macula media triangulari

segmenti 4 atris; pedibus nigris, pulvillis et unguibus brevissimis ; alis hyalinis, spinula

nulla, venis long. 3 et 4 paullo convergentibus, squamis albis, halteribus flavidis.—Femina

fronte latiore et segmento primo abdominis toto nigro differt. Long. 4mm.

Augen hoch und schmal, durch eine Strieme getrennt, die an der Fiihlerbasis gut

halb so breit ist wie ein Auge an derselben Stelle, Orbiten linienférmig, weissgrau

bestiiubt, Stirn an der Fiihlerbasis nur wenig und in sehr stumpfem Winkel vorragend,

Wangen linienformig, Backen schmal. Fiihler ganz wenig tiber der Augenmitte

eingelenkt, den untern Augenrand erreichend, schwarz, 2. Glied grau schimmernd,

Borste bei starker Vergrésserung kurz behaart, Taster fadenformig, schwarz. Thorax

weissgrau, 2 rundliche Vorderrandflecke, die sich ganz vorn beriihren und hinten bis

zur 2. Dorsocentralborste erstrecken, eine Querbinde unmittelbar hinter der Naht, die

genau halb so breit ist wie die Entfernung der Naht vom Schildchen, und dieses

selbst mit Ausnahme des Spitzendrittels tiefschwarz; de 3, a kurz, anniihernd vierreihig.

Hinterleib fast kegelformig, weissgrau, der 1. Ring mit Ausnahme des Hinterrandes

20—2

156 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

schwiirzlich, je 2 dreieckige Flecke auf Ring 2 und 3, die sich nach hinten zu

Querbinden erweitern und hier fast bis auf den Bauch itbergehen, wihrend sie vorn an

den vorhergehenden Ring anstossen, und ein dreieckiger, die ganze Linge des Ringes

einnehmender Mittelfleck des letzten Ringes tiefschwarz; vom Hinterrand des 3. Ringes

an ist der Hinterleib mit ziemlich kriiftigen abstehenden Borsten besetzt ; Hypopyg im

letzten Ring versteckt, mit deutlicher Lingsfurche. Beine schwarz, Pulvillen und Klauen

sehr kurz; Vorderschienen borstenlos, Mittelschienen hinten mit 2, Hinterschenkel unter-

seits abgewandt vor der Spitze mit 2 Borsten, Hinterschienen aussen abgewandt und

innen abgewandt mit je 1 Borste. Fliigel glashell, ohne Randdorn, 3. und 4. Lings-

ader ganz schwach convergierend, hintere Querader steil und etwas geschwungen,

Schiippehen weiss, Schwinger gelblich Die Augen des Weibchens sind _ breiter

getrennt, die Orbiten nicht so schmal wie beim Minnchen und in ihrer obern Hilfte

verdunkelt, die Vorderrandflecke des Thorax etwas grésser und schirfer begrenzt, und

der 1. Hinterleibsring ganz schwarz. Alles tibrige wie beim Miénnchen.

Fundorte. Seychelles: zahlreiche Stiicke, beiderlei Geschlechts aus Silhouette

(Plateau of Mare aux Cochons IX. 1908) und Mahé (Long Island VII. 1908 und Cascade

Estate 1909). ”

Anm. Die Art ist der L. notata Fall. nahe verwandt. Um sie von dieser und einer

Anzahl ihnlicher zu unterscheiden, gebe ich bei dieser Gelegenheit eine kurze Bestim-

mungstabelle fiir beide Geschlechter.

Médnnchen.

1. Dorsocentralborsten hinter der Naht 3. : : ; : : . 2

Dorsocentralborsten hinter der Naht 4. : : , 2 : : B}

2. Borste deutlich gefiedert, Flecken des Hinterleibs rundlich, Pulvillen deutlich.

L. notabilis Stein.

Borste ganz kurz behaart, Flecke des Hinterleibs bindenartig bis auf den Bauch

iibergehend, Pulvillen sehr kurz. L. fasciolata, sp. nov.

3. Die 2 Flecken am Vorderrand des Thorax kaum angedeutet, Hinterschienen innen

abgewandt mit 2—3 Borsten L. procellaris W1k.

Die 2 Flecken am Vorderrand deutlich, Hinterschienen innen abgewandt mit

1 Borste . ; : 3 ; : f 3 : : : ‘ 4

4, Stirn an der schmalsten Stelle iiber doppelt so breit, als die Breite eines Fihlers

betriigt, Hinterschenkel unterseits abgewandt vor der Spitze mit 4—5 Borsten.

L. Osten-Sackeni Jaenn.

Stirn an der schmalsten Stelle kaum breiter als ein Fiihler, Hinterschenkel

unterseits vor der Spitze mit 2, selten 3 Borsten . : : : 5

5. Die schwarze Thoraxbinde durch eine braune Mittelstrieme mit dem Schildchen

verbunden. L. notata Fall.

Zwischen Thoraxbinde und Schildchen keine Mittelstrieme.

L. obsignata Rond.

oo. >

STEIN—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYIDA 157

Weabchen.

1. Dorsocentralborsten hinter der Naht 3 5 : ‘ : 5 ; 2

Dorsocentralborsten hinter der Naht 4 } : § . : : , 3

2. Thorax ohne schwarze Querbinde hinter der Naht. L. notabilis Stein.

Thorax hinter der Naht mit schwarzer Querbinde. L. fasciolata, sp. nov.

3. Thoraxbinde hinter der Naht in Flecke aufgelést. L. notata Fall.

Thoraxbinde hinter der Naht vollstiindig . : : ‘ : ; 2 4

4, Hinterschienen innen abgewandt mit 2—3 Borsten. L. procellaris Wik.

Hinterschienen innen abgewandt mit 1 Borste . : ‘ : : : 5

5. Orbiten in der Hinterhiilfte schocoladenbraun gefiirbt, Vorderrandflecke des

Thorax gross, vorn zusammenhingend, hinten durch eine ziemlich schmale

graue Linie getrennt, Hinterschenkel unterseits vor der Spitze mit 2 Borsten.

L. obsignata Rond.

Orbiten rein weissgrau, Vorderrandflecke des Thorax kleiner und durch eine

ziemlich breite, bis vorn reichende Strieme getrennt, Hinterschenkel unter-

seits vor der Spitze mit 3 Borsten. L. Osten-Sackeni. Jaenn.

ATHERIGONA, Rondani, Prodrom. dipt. ital., i. 97, 18 (1856).

12. Atherigona bimaculata, sp. nov. f 2.

Vitta frontali atra opaca, orbitis angustis nigris nitidis, antennis longis atris, seta fere

ad apicem incrassata, nigra, basi flavida, articulo secundo elongato, palpis nigris ; thorace

et scutello nigris subnitidis, levissime cinereo-pollinosis, lineis tribus angustis aegre dis-

tinguendis nigris, humeris et thoracis lateribus flavis ; abdomine brevi, subovato, apice acuto,

flavo pellucido, nitido, binis maculis rotundis, magnitudine decrescentibus, segmentorum

2— 4 atris; pedibus flavis, dimidio apicali femorum anticorum, tibiis anticis extrema basi

excepta, tarsis atris, tibiis posticis plus minusve obscuratis; alis hyalinis, extrema basi

alarum et apice cellulae subcostalis leviter fuscomaculatis, squamis albidis, halteribus

flavidis.—Femina differt a mare antennarum seta tenui, basi paullo incrassata, femoribus

anticis fere totis et tibiis posticis distinctius nigris et alis immaculatis. Long. ca. 3,5 mm.

Stirnmittelstrieme tief schwarz, Orbiten vorn nebst den schmalen Wangen weissgrau

bestiiubt, hinten gliinzend schwarz, Fiihler lang, wenig kiirzer als das Untergesicht, schwarz,

Borste bis fast zur Spitze verdickt, wahrscheinlich durch iusserst dichte, anliegende kurze

Pubescenz, schwarz, an der Basis gelblich, 2. Glied verlingert, Taster wie bei allen

Atherigonaarten schwach sichelformig gebogen, kaum etwas verdickt, schwarz. Thorax-

riicken und Schildchen gliinzend schwarz, mehr oder weniger graulich bereift, so dass man

auf ersterem deutlicher oder undeutlicher 3 schmale dunkle Liingslinien erkennt, von denen

die mittlere iiber die Acrostichal-, die seitlichen iiber die Dorsocentralborsten laufen,

Schulterbeulen und Brustseiten gelb, letztere ganz schwach seidenartig weiss bestiiubt.

Hinterleib von der gewohnlichen Form der Atherigonaminnchen, glinzend honiggelb, zum

gréssten Teil durchscheinend, der verliingerte 1. Ring ungefleckt, die 3 letzten Ringe mit

158 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

je einem Paar runder, tiefschwarzer Flecken, die anfangs recht gross sind, aber schnell an

Grésse abnehmen; gegen die Spitze zu ist das Gelb des Hinterleibs etwas verdunkelt.

Beine gelb, die Spitzenhiilfte der Vorderschenkel, die Vorderschienen mit Ausnahme der

dussersten Basis und die Tarsen schwarz, Hinterschienen mehr oder weniger gebraunt.

Fliigel glashell, durch die gelblichen Adern schwach gelblich erscheinend, die dusserste

Wurzel der Fliigel und die Spitze der Subcostalzelle mit durchsichtig briéunlichgelbem

Fleck, Schiippchen weisslich, Schwinger gelblich.—Das Weibchen hat eine diinne, nur an

der Wurzel schwach verdickte Fiihlerborste, die Brustseiten sind dicht weisslich- bis

graulichgelb bestiiubt, so dass die gelbe Grundfarbe fast verdringt wird, die Hinter-

leibsflecke sind grésser und dadurch, dass die Grundfarbe des Hinterleibs ein mehr dunkles

Honiggelb ist, weniger scharf begrenzt, die Flecke des letzten Ringes zu einem zusam-

mengeflossen, die Vorderschenkel ganz schwarz, die Hinterschienen deutlicher geschwirat

und die Fligel ungefleckt.

Fundorte. Seychelles : Ziemlich zablreich auf Silhouette VIII. 1908 und Mahé (Morne

Blanc, X., XI. 1908, Cascade Estate, I. 1909).

13. Atherigona scutellaris Stein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin ii, 110, 155 (1903).

Fundorte. Seychelles: 1 9 auf Mahé (Cascade auf sumpfigem Boden nahe am Meere,

20. II. 1909). Egypt.

AcritocHatTA, Grimshaw, Fauna Hawaliensis, ili. 41 (1901).

14. Acritocheata maculipennis, sp. nov. f .

Vitta frontali nigra, plus minusve rufescente, orbitis, genis, toto capite flavis, fere

aureis, antennis nigris, articulo tertio lato, seta flava, basi paullo incrassata, articulo

secundo vix elongato, palpis flavis; thorace et scutello flavis, fere aureis, tribus vittis

longitudinalibus, intermedia angustiore, nigris, sat distinctis; abdomine melleo, sub-

pellucido, subnitido, binis maculis rotundis segmentorum 2—4 atris, maculis duabus

segmenti 1 et vitta media paullo obscurius flava aegre distinguendis ; pedibus flavis, tarsis

vix obscuratis, femoribus anticis supra ante apicem paullo incisis et brevissime nigro-

barbatis, tarsis anticis subtus pilosis; alis hyalinis, apice macula parva nigra instructis,

venis long. 3 et 4 valde convergentibus, squamis flavidis, superiore sordide flavo, halteribus

flavis.—Femina palpis apice plus minusve obscuratis, abdominis maculis 8 et vitta media

distinctis, omnibus femoribus, tibiis anticis et posticis basi excepta, tarsis anticis et posticis

nigris et alarum extremo tantum margine apicis leviter infuscato differt. Long. ¢ 4,5,

2 5,5 mm.

Orbiten, Wangen, das Untergesicht, kurz der ganze Kopf dicht goldgelb bestiiubt,

Stirnmittelstrieme schwarz, mehr oder weniger rotlich, Fiihler fast so lang wie das

Untergesicht, schwarz, 3. Glied sehr breit, Borste gelb, bis zur Mitte ganz allmiihlich etwas

verdickt, ausserst kurz pubescent, Taster fadenformig, gelb, an der Spitze schwach

verdunkelt. Thorax und Schildchen ebenfalls goldgelb bestiiubt, 3 Striemen auf dem

ersteren, von denen die mittlere etwas schmiler ist und die seitlichen iiber die Dorsocentral-

STEIN—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYID Ai 159

borsten laufen, schwarz und recht scharf begrenzt. Hinterleib gelb, gegen die Spitze

zu etwas gesiittigter, gegen das Licht gehalten nur an der Basis schwach durchscheinend,

mit geringem Glanz, die 3 letzten Ringe mit je einem Paar scharf begrenzter runder,

schwarzer Flecke, welche dem Hinterrand fast anliegen und allmiihlich an Grésse abnehmen,

von denen der erste aber liingst nicht so gross ist als bei der vorigen Art. Betrachtet man

den Hinterleib ganz schriig von hinten, so sieht man auf dem ersten Ring ein Paar noch

grosserer Flecke, die sich aber dadurch, dass sie nur etwas dunkler gelb sind als die

Grundfarbe, nur ganz schwach von derselben abheben; von gleicher Fiirbung ist eine

Riickenlinie, die gewéhnlich nur auf Ring 2 und 3 etwas deutlicher ist. Beine gelb,

Hinterschienen kaum etwas dunkler, Tarsen mehr oder weniger gebriiunt ; Vorderschenkel

oberseits vor der Spitze, etwas dem Kérper zugekehrt, mit einem seichten Ausschnitt und

im vordern Teil desselben mit zahlreichen, dicht stehenden Hiirchen kurz bewimpert,

Vordertarsen unterseits mit einer Reihe feiner und ziemlich langer, aber nicht sehr dicht

stehender Hiirchen. Fliigel glashell, Adern gelblich, die iiusserste Spitze mit einem

kleinen schwarzen Fleck, 3. und 4. Lingsader stark convergierend, hintere Querader etwas

schief und deutlich geschwungen, Schiippchen gelblich, das obere etwas schmutziger,

Schwinger gelb.—Der Hinterleib des Weibchens trigt auf allen 4 Ringen paarige Flecke,

die aber mehr eckig sind und grésser als beim Minnchen, wiihrend auch eine Riickenlinie

auf allen Ringen deutlich zu bemerken ist ; siimtliche Schenkel und Vorder- und Hinter-

schienen mit Ausnahme der Basis sind schwarz, Vorder- und Hintertarsen gebriunt, an der

Fliigelspitze ist nur der diusserste Saum schwach gebriiunt, und die 3. und 4. Lingsader

convergieren nicht so stark. Alles tibrige wie beim Minnchen.

Fundorte. Seychelles: zwei Piirchen auf Mahé.(Long Island VI. 1908 und Cascade

Estate, 1909).

Anm. Die von Grimshaw in seiner Fauna Hawaiiensis i. 41 (1901) aufgestellte

Gattung Acritocheta ist eine echte Atherigona und unterscheidet sich von ihr im miinn-

lichen Geschlecht nur durch die in der obigen Beschreibung erwihnte Bildung und

Beborstung der Vorderschenkel, die Grimshaw in seiner Diagnose ganz unberiicksichtigt

laisst. Zu derselben Gattung oder Untergattung geh6rt auch die von mir in den Termesz.

Fiizet. xxiii. 157. 4 (1900) beschriebene A. tralineata, deren Miinnchen ich erst’ vor

kurzem aus Java kennen lernte und die wahrscheinlich mit der Grimshaw’schen pulvinata

identisch ist.

15. Acritocheta trilineata Stein.

Atherigona trilineata Stein: 3, Termesz. Fitz. xxiii. 157. 4. 1900: g, Tijdschr. v.

Ent. lii. 258, 3 (1909).

Fundorte. Seychelles: Mahé, Cascade Estate 1909 (1 Miannchen). Neu-Guinea,

Java, Krakatau I.

Lispa, Latr., Prée. d. Caract. gén. Ins., 169 (1796).

16. Lispa pectinipes Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin ii. 113, 161 (1903).

L. lateralis Stein, Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. li. 70. 3 (1906).

160 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fundorte. Aldabra, 1 3? (J. C. F. Fryer, 1908).

Die Art ist weit verbreitet. Becker hat sie auf den Canarischen Inseln und in

Egypten gesammelet ; ich kenne ein Weibchen von der Delagoa-Bai (Siidafrika), und

ein Piirchen aus Semarang (Java).

AntHomyiA, Meigen, Illiger’s Magazine, i. 281 (1808).

17. Anthomyia amena Msq., Dipt. exot. Suppl. iv. 261. 4 (Spzlogaster).

Ich habe von dieser Art, die mit A. pluvialis L. nahe verwandt ist, in der Berliner

Ent. Zeitschrift li. 74. 1 (1906) eine kurze Beschreibung gegeben und dabei erwiihnt, dass

sie wabrscheinlich mit A. oculifera Big. zusammenfallt. Obwohl ich augenblicklich beide

Arten vor mir habe, wage ich doch nicht mit Sicherheit zu entscheiden, ob sie wirklich

verschieden sind oder nur Abiinderungen. Die geringen Unterschiede, die ich bemerken

kann, sind folgende. Die mir vorliegenden, aus Ithaca (N.Y., U.S.A.) stammenden Stiicke

von oculifera sind grésser, etwas schmutziger grau, die Augen stossen aufs engste zusam-

men, die Vorderrandflecke des Thorax sind bis vorn hin deutlich getrennt und die Fliigel

sind gelblichgrau. Amana Mcq. ist kleiner, weissgrau, die Augen sind oben durch die

sich beriihrenden, silberweiss bestiiubten Orbiten ganz wenig getrennt, die Vorderrand-

flecke des Thorax hiingen vorn ziemlich breit zusammen, und die Fliigel sind fast glashell.

Die Behaarung der Fiihlerborste scheint bei amana ein klein wenig linger zu sein als bei

oculifera. Aus Ostafrica liegen mir noch 2 weitere Arten vor, die sich ebenfalls nur in

geringer Weise von den vorhergehenden unterscheiden.

Fundorte. Seychelles: Mehrere Piirchen auf Mahé (Cascade Estate 800’, X. 1908—

I. 1909). Aldabra (1908—9, J. C. F. Fryer). Antananarivo, Madagascar.

Canosta, Meigen, Syst. Beschr. v. 210, 761 (1826).

18. Cenosia pallipalpis, sp. nov. ¢ 9.

Oculis vitta frontali flava separatis, antennis longis flavis, seta longe plumata, dimidio

apicali nuda, palpis apice paullo dilatatis, fere albis; thorace et scutello flavido-griseis,

lineis duabus angustis obscurioribus ; abdomine elongato, sat robusto, fere cylindrico,

flavido-griseo, linea dorsali angusta cinerea, binis maculis rotundis segmentorum 1—4

et segmenti basalis hypopygii nigris, hypopygio distincte prominente; pedibus flavis,

pulvillis et unguibus elongatis ; alis, squamis, halteribus vix subflavidis, venis long. 3 et 4

parallelis—Femina abdomine apice acuto et pulvillis brevibus differt. Long. 5,5—6,5 mm.

Augen hoch, oberhalb der Mitte breiter als unterhalb, so dass der Hinterkopf unten

gepolstert ist, oben durch eine Strieme getrennt, die an der Fiihlerbasis fast so breit ist als

ein Auge; Stirnmittelstrieme blass rétlich, nach oben sich etwas verschmiilernd, schwach

leierf6rmig, hinten nur wenig ausgeschnitten, Stirn etwas vorragend, Wangen linienférmig,

Backen sehr schmal, Fiihler etwa in der Augenmitte eingelenkt, bis zum untern Augenrand

reichend, blassgelb, Borste lang gefiedert, in der Endhiilfte nackt, Taster schwach keulen-

formig, fast weiss, an der Spitze kurzborstig, Thorax und Schildchen hell gelblichgrau,

STEIN—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYIDA 161

ersterer mit 2 feinen tiber die Dorsocentralborsten laufenden dunkleren Lingslinien, a kurz

zweireihig. Hinterleib linger als Thorax und Schildchen zusammen, ziemlich kriiftig, fast

walzenformig, von der Farbe des Thorax, eine feine, auch auf den ersten Abschnitt des

Hypopygs sich erstreckende Mittellinie grau, je 2 runde Flecke auf allen Ringen, die

anfangs kleiner sind und allmihlich grésser werden, und ein Paar Flecke auf dem ersten

Abschnitt des Hypopygs schwarz und namentlich von hinten gesehen scharf begrenzt ; die

paarigen Flecke sind ziemlich weit von der Mittellinie entfernt und der 3. Ring trigt

ausserdem noch jederseits einen kleinern und nicht so dunkeln Fleck; Hypopyg von

der Seite gesehen deutlich vorragend, beide Abschnitte iiber einander liegend, der Hinter-

rand des 4. Ringes und der Basalabschnitt des Hypopygs abstehend beborstet, im tibrigen

der Hinterleib nur mit anliegenden Bérstchen besetzt. Beine gelb, auch die Tarsen,

die Hiiften an der Basis graulich, Pulvillen und Klauen kriftig und verlingert ; Vorder-

schienen mit 1 langen Borste, Mittelschienen hinten mit 2, Hinterschenkel unterseits

abgewandt mit etwa 3, zugekehrt auf der Mitte mit meist 2, Hinterschienen aussen und

aussen abgewandt mit je 2, innen abgewandt mit 1 Borste. Fliigel nur sehr schwach

gelblich, ohne Randdorn, 3. und 4. Lingsader vollstindig parallel, hintere Querader steil

und grade, die ungleichen Schiippchen und Schwinger weisslichgelb.—Die Stirn des

Weibchens ist genau so breit wie beim Miinnchen. Es unterscheidet sich nur dadurch von

demselben, dass der Thorax jederseits nach aussen von den beiden Mittellinien dunkler

gefirbt ist, so dass er scheinbar 2 sehr breite Liingsstriemen triigt, dass die 3 letzten

Hinterleibsringe ausser den gewéhnlichen Flecken noch jederseits davon einen Fleck tragen

und dass die Pulvillen und Klauen kurz sind.

Fundorte. Seychelles: 2 ¢ und mehrere ? auf Mahé (Forét Noire district, X.—XI.

1908, Cascade Estate, und Anonyme Island, I. 1909).

19. Canosia exigua, sp. nov. 2 .

Flavido-grisea ; antennis epistomate brevioribus, mox flavidis, mox obscuratis, articulo

secundo albido-pollinoso, seta tenuissima, nuda aut brevissime pubescente, palpis tenuibus,

flavis; thorace flavido-griseo, linea media obscuriore satis distincta; abdomine oblongo,

subeylindrico, flavido-griseo, vitta media, maculis duabus minimis segmenti 1 et binis

maculis rotundis sat magnis segmentorum 2—4 obscure cinereis; pedibus tenuibus,

elongatis, pallide flavis, longe setosis; alis levissime flavidis, spinula nulla, squamis albis,

halteribus flavidis.—Femina antennis cinereis, abdomine acuto, maculis abdominis minoribus

differt. Long. 2,5 mm.

Augen oberhalb der Mitte breiter als unterhalb, Stirn iiber den Fiihlern 3—? so

breit als ein Auge, bis zum Scheitel gleichbreit bleibend, Mittelstrieme aschgrau, ebenfalls

bis zum Scheitel gleichbreit, hinten tief und schmal ausgeschnitten, die schmalen Orbiten

und die iibrigen Teile des Kopfes hellgrau bestiiubt ; Stirn tiber den Fiihlern nur wenig

vorragend, Wangen kaum sichtbar, Backen fast ganz fehlend, Mundecke nur wenig vor

den Augen sichtbar, Fiihler in der Mitte der Augenhdhe eingelenkt, etwas iiber halb

so lang als das Untergesicht, 3. Glied entweder gelb oder aschgrau, 2. Glied weisslich

bestiiubt, Borste haarformig, an der Basis ganz schwach verdickt, nur mit starker Lupe

kurz pubescent, Taster ziemlich kurz, sehr diinn, gelb. Thorax und Schildchen gelblich-

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 21

162 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

grau, ersterer mit ziemlich deutlicher, bis zam Ende verlaufender, dunkelgrauer Mittelstrieme,

a kurz zweireihig. Hinterleib etwas linger wie Thorax und Schildchen zusammen

linglich, bisweilen fast walzenformig, die 3 letzten Ringe mit einer oft nicht ganz

vollstiindigen Reihe von Discalborsten ; er ist wie der Thorax gefirbt und trigt eine fast

ununterbrochene dunkelgraue Mittellinie und auf Ring 1 ein Paar sehr kleiner, auf Ring

2 und 3 je ein Paar ziemlich grosser, runder, schwarzer Flecke; Hypopyg deutlich

entwickelt, aber von der Seite gesehen nur ganz wenig aus dem letzten Ring vorragend.

Beine ziemlich lang und diinn, blassgelb, Pulvillen und Klauen sehr kurz; Vorderschienen

mit 1 recht langen Borste, Mittelschienen aussen vorn und aussen hinten mit je 1 ebenfalls

ziemlich langen Borste, von denen die letztere etwas kiirzer ist, Hinterschienen aussen

1 vor der Spitze, aussen abgewandt auf der Mitte und innen abgewandt ebenfalls auf der

Mitte mit je 1 Borste, von denen die zweite recht auffallend lang ist, Hinterschenkel

unterseits abgewandt wie zugekehrt mit je einigen liingern Borsten. Fliigel ganz schwach

gelblich, ohne Randdorn, 3. und 4. Liingsader etwas divergierend, hintere Querader steil

und grade, 6. Lingsader kurz, Schtippchen weisslich, Schwinger gelblich.—Das Weibchen

hat wohl stets dunkle Fiihler, der Hinterleib ist zugespitzt, seine Flecke kleiner und

die Riickenlinie diinner ; alles iibrige wie beim Mannchen.

Fundorte. Seychelles: 3 $ und 1 ? auf Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800 ft., und auf

sumpfigem Boden nahe am Meere.

Pycoruora, Schiner, Novarareise, Zool. Theil, ii. 1. 295 (1868).

20. Pygophora lobata Stein, Termesz. Fiizet. xxiii. 147. 3. (1900).

Fundorte. Seychelles: 1 ¢ auf Mahé (Cascade Estate, 1909). Singapore, Neu-

Guinea.

Raria, Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myodaires, 422, 24 (1830).

21. Rhinia apicalis Wied., Aussereurop. zweifl. Ins. ii. 354. 10 (1830, Idia).

6 Stiicke, die vollstindig mit den von Becker auf den Canarischen Inseln

gefangenen Stiicken tibereinstimmen.

Fundorte. Chagos Islands, 1 ? (1905). Amirantes Islands, 1 ¢ (1905). Seychelles:

Mahé 4 ? (1908—9, Cascade Estate, 800 ft.).

22. Rhinia scottr, sp. nov. fo ¢.

Simillima Rh. apicali Wied., differt antennarum articulo tertio longiore et nigro,

thorace et scutello nigro-viridibus, tibiis omnibus prorsus nigris, alis obscurius flavis, apice

distinctius infuscatis.

Die Art hat in Grésse und allgemeiner Zeichnung die grésste Ahnlichkeit mit

Rh. apicalis Wied., ist aber durch eine Reihe constanter Merkmale leicht und sicher

von ihr zu unterscheiden. Die Fiihler sind in beiden Geschlechtern ganz schwarz und das

3. Glied mindestens dreimal so lang als das 2., waihrend sie bei apicalis namentlich im

weiblichen Geschlecht schmutzig gelbbraun gefirbt sind und das 3. Glied nur wenig iiber

doppelt so lang ist als das zweite. Thorax und Schildchen sind bei Minnchen und

Weibchen tief schwarzgriin, bei apicalis ziemlich hell erzfarben, im iibrigen in derselben

ones

15 gee

wwneen tees, Bie ee ne i he a ee >

S TEIN—DIPTERA, ANTHOMYIDA 163

Weise mit zahlreichen schwarzen Piinktchen besetzt, auf denen kleine Borstchen stehen.

Die Farbung der hintern Backenhilfte, der breiten Lingsstrieme auf den Brustseiten

und des Hinterleibs ist bei scott: ein reines Goldgelb, bei apicalis mehr messinggelb ; die

Schiippchen und Fliigel, letztere namentlich an der Basis, sind mehr angeriiuchert gelb und

die schwiirzliche Fiarbung an der Fliigelspitze viel intensiver. in sicheres Unter-

scheidungsmerkmal bieten aber die Schienen, die bei der neuen Art ganz schwarz sind,

wihrend bei apicalis héchstens die dusserste Spitze etwas gebriunt ist.

Fundorte. Seychelles: Silhouette (Mare aux Cochons, 1000 feet, IX. 1908); Mahé

(near Morne Blanc, 800 feet, Cascade Estate, 800 feet); “hovers in shade under large

trees, etc.” (Scott). Aldabra: Takamaka, XI. 1908, “hovering in jungle” (Fryer).

IpreLLA, Brauer und Bergenstamm, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, lvi. 154 (1889)

und lx. 177 (1898).

23. Idiella cyanea sp. nov.

Endlich findet sich in der Sammlung noch ein Parchen einer Jdiella, die vielleicht

identisch ist mit der von Rob. Desv. in den Myod. 421. 5 (1830) beschriebenen Idia

rostrata. Da Wiedermann bereits eine rostrata beschrieben hat, nenne ich die Art cyanea.

Bau des Kopfes und Farbe und Linge der Fiihler wie bei der vorigen Art. Vordere

Halfte der Backen gliinzend schwarz, hintere grau bestiubt. Thorax und Schildchen

tief schwarz, mit einem schwachen Stich ins Bliuliche, ersterer iiusserst diinn graulich

bereift, so dass man 3 breite, dunklere Liingsstriemen nur sehr undeutlich wahrnimmt, die

Brustseiten mit einer nur schmalen, hellgrau behaarten Lingsstrieme. Hinterleib einfarbig

schwarz mit bliulichem Stich, der letzte Ring, soweit sich erkennen lisst, weisslich

bestiiubt. Beine schwarz. Die Fliigel sind ziemlich intensiv angeraiuchert.—Das Weibchen

gleicht dem Minnchen, die Lingsstrieme auf den Brustseiten ist etwas breiter, die

Striemung auf dem Thorax noch undeutlicher und der Hinterleib einfarbig dunkel

veilchenblau, mit schwachem Glanz, letzter Ring nicht bestiiubt, die Hinterschienen etwas

briunlich.

Fundort. Seychelles: Mahé, 1 Stiick von Cascade Estate, 1 Stiick von Forét Noire

District, XI. 1908.

No. X.—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA.

By Dr. J. J. Tesco, HELDER, HoLLAnp.

(Plates 12—14.)

(ComMuUNICATED BY Progr. J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

Read 21st April, 1910.

I. PTEROPODA.

THE Pteropoda, collected by the Perey Sladen Trust Expedition in the Indian

Ocean, were few in species. The Gymnosomata indeed were not represented. This

may be attributed to two principal causes, viz. (1) the region explored lay wholly in

warm tropical waters, and did not extend to areas of cooler temperatures, so that a great

diversity of forms, as Meisenheimer* has particularly pointed out, could not be expected ;

and (2) only few hauls were made in the open sea, the characteristic dwelling-place of the

Pteropoda, as the members of the expedition devoted themselves chiefly to exploration in

the neighbourhood of reefs.

The area of the Indian ocean, in which the Sealark worked, was also explored

to some degree by the Valdivia Expedition. We are thus enabled to compare the

results of the two expeditions. It is a remarkable fact that not only the Gymnosomata

Chionopsis grandis, Notobranchea valdivie and Halopsyche gaudichaudi were not caught

by the Sealark, but also that Peraclis moluccensis, which was repeatedly found by the

German naturalists, did not occur among the spoils, submitted to me, from the same

regions. On the other hand I feel justified in describing a species of Desmopterus as new.

1. ENUMERATION OF THE SPECIES.

A. EUTHECOSOMATA.

Limacinide.

Limacina Cuvier.

1. Limacina inflata (dV Orbigny).

Stat. P (124+), Q (2), Chagos Archipelago; u (3), v (1), Farquhar.

* Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer “ Valdivia,” 1898—1899,

Pteropoda, 1905.

+ The figures in brackets indicate the number of specimens. A full list of the stations will be found

in Trans. Linn, Soc. Ser. 2. Zool. vol. xii. pp. 170-4; they are indicated by letters.

166 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

2. LInmacina trochifornis (d’Orbigny).

Stat. P. (3), Chagos Archipelago; n (1), Saya de Malha Bank; dd (1), Amirante

Group.

3. Lamacina bulimoides (d’Orbigny).

Stat. P (13), Chagos Archipelago.

Peracuis* Forbes.

4. Peraclis reticulata (d’Orbigny).

Stat. u (1), Farquhar.

Cavoliniide.

CRESEIS.

5. Creseis virgula Rang.

Stat. A (1), F (2), N. of Chagos Archipelago; d (1), Mauritius; e (1), Mauritius—

Cargados Carajos; dd (13), nn (1), Amirante Group.

6. Creseis acicula Rang.

Stat. P (1), Chagos Archipelago; u (3), Farquhar; x (3), Providence ; kk (6), nn (4),

Amirante Group.

SrytioLta Lesueur.

7. Styliola subula (Quoy et Gaimard).

Stat. e (1), Mauritius; n (1), N. of N. Saya de Malha Bank.

Hyaocyiix Fol.

8. Hyalocylix striata (Rang).

Stat. A (1), B (2), N. of Chagos Archipelago; H (1), L (4), Chagos Archipelago ;

e (1), Mauritius—Cargados Carajos; n (8), N. of N. Saya de Malha Bank; v (1),

Farquhar ; kk (4), mm (1), Amirante Group.

CuvVIERINA Boas.

9. Cuvierina columnella (Rang).

Stat. N (2), Chagos Archipelago; mm (1), nn (1), Amirante Group.

* With regard to the recent paper of Meisenheimer (Die Pteropoden der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition,

1901—1903, 1906) in which a chapter occurs on the genus Peraclis, I am doubtful about the specific

distinctness of his species P. apicifulva and another form, described almost simultaneously, by Pelseneer,

P. brevispira (Biscayan Plankton collected during a cruise of H.M.S. “Research,” 1900, Part vi1., Mollusca

(excluding Cephalopoda), Vrans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. x. Part 5, February 1906). The general shape

of the shell is somewhat the same, differing only in the fact that in P. apicifulva there are 4 coils,

whereas in Pelseneer’s species there are only 24. The opercula agree closely, especially in the striated

portions around the central coils of the nucleus. The small rim-like elevations, perpendicular to the

suture on the last whorl, in P. apicifulva occur also in P. brevispira in the form of “petites lamelles

rayonnantes, surtout visibles au dernier tour.” Finally the sculpture seems to be alike in both species.

ee a

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 167

Curo Linné.

10. Cho pyramidata Linné.

Stat. C (8), N. of Chagos Archipelago; N (1), P (3), Chagos Archipelago; ¢ (3),

d (3), Mauritius; e (1), Mauritius—Cargados Carajos; n (5), Saya de Malha Bank ;

q (8), Farquhar; y (1), Providence; aa (4), N. of Providence; ee (1), kk (1), Il (10),

mm (7), nn (13), Amirante Group. Dredging Stat. C 20 (3), Saya de Malha Bank.

11. Cho cuspidata (Bosc).

Stat. C (7), N. of Chagos Archipelago; N (1), Chagos Archipelago. Dredging

Stat. C 20 (2), Saya de Malha Bank.

Cavouinia Abildgaard.

12. Cavolinia tridentata* (Forskal).

Stat. e (1), Mauritius—-Cargados Carajos; x (3), Providence; kk (2), Amirante

Group.

13. Cavolinia longirostris (Lesueur).

Stat. F (2), N. of Chagos Archipelago ; x (2), Providence; dd (1), mm (3), nn (1),

Amirante Group.

14. Cavolinia uncinata (Rang).

Stat. C (1), N. of Chagos Archipelago ; ee (2, 1 empty), Amirante Group. Dredging

Stat. C 16 (2, empty), C 20 (4, empty), Saya de Malha Bank.

15. Cavolinia gibbosa (Rang).

Dredging Stat. C 16 (3, empty), C 20 (4, empty), Saya de Malha Bank.

16. Cavolinia globulosa (Rang).

Stat. C (2), N. of Chagos Archipelago; aa (1+), N. of Providence ; ll (10), mm (1),

Amirante Group. Dredging Stat. C 16 (2, empty), Saya de Malha Bank.

17. Cavolinia inflexa (Lesueur).

Stat. p (1), Farquhar.

Dracria Gray.

18. Diacria trispinosa (Lesueur).

Stat. C (5), N. of Chagos Archipelago; nn (1), Amirante Group. Dredging Stat.

C 16 (3, empty), Saya de Malha Bank.

19. Diacria quadridentata (Lesueur).

Stat. u (3), Farquhar; mm (2) Amirante Group. Dredging Stat. C 16 (7, empty),

Saya de Malha Bank.

* All specimens were in a young stage (Plewropus longifilis Troschel).

+ This specimen was also in a young stage (/yalea rotwndata Boas).

+ All specimens were young (Cleodora pygmea Boas) ; it is, however, not quite certain whether this form

really should be referred to Liacria quadridentata.

168 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

B. PSEUDOTHECOSOMATA.

Cymbuliide.

Cympuia Péron et Lesueur.

20. Cymbulia sp.

Stat. B (3), C (47), F (4), N. of Chagos Archipelago; L (1), W. of Chagos Archipelago ;

d (2), Mauritius; 1 (1), Nazareth Bank; p (1), q (2), Farquhar; x (1), Providence ;

aa (2), bb (2), N. of Providence; nn (1), Amirante Group.

At many stations representatives of the genus Cymbulia, apparently mostly young

forms, were obtained. They all possessed in a more or less advanced stage of growth

a ventral lobe to the fin, and the larger specimens seemed to agree in all essential features

with Cymbulia siboge Tesch, which has already been recorded by Meisenheimer* from the

Chagos Archipelago and from the Seychelles. Unfortunately none of my specimens

possessed a concha; a clear determination was not therefore possible.

DersmoptTerus Chun.

21. Desmopterus papilio (Chun).

Stat. A (10), B (8), F (4), N. of Chagos Archipelago; Q (1), Chagos Archipelago ;

x (1), Providence ; kk (2), Amirante Group.

The specimens had lost all pigment; the tentacular process on the fins was always

more or less broken off.

22. Desmopterus gardineri, n. sp. (Plate 12, figs. 1, 2.)

Stat. B (1), N. of Chagos Archipelago.

The general form of the body is about the same as in D. papilio, on the whole

cylindrical ; proximally, however, it becomes gradually more slender and forms a short

proboscis, almost perpendicular to the axis of the trunk ; distally, it bears a ventral groove,

composed of large glandular cells. The very thin, transparent integument is provided with

a great many unicellular, but rather large, roundish glands. Similar glands have also been

described by Meisenheimert+ in D. papilio, though they are here much smaller. The

musculature of the fins forms the most prominent character of the new species; this

musculature is composed of rather broad bands, all distinctly separated, and running

in two main directions, the one at right angles to the other. Distally a few bands only of

the horizontal system, after passing into the inner ventral lobe of the fin, take an opposite

direction and form part of the vertical bands. The whole system is very much like that of

D. papilio except for the much broader and clearly separated bands ; there accordingly

exists in the musculature of the fins a similar difference like that of Cymbulia compared

with Corolla, The knob-like, small agglomerations of glands, described by Meisenheimer{

on the fins of D. papilio I also found in D. gardineri.

The only specimen obtained was in the ¢ stage, as is shown by the presence of a

distinct penis, invaginated at the right side of the head (fig. 2, p). The gonad (fig. 1, gon)

* Pteropoden der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition, p. 38. + Le. p. 209, Pl. xiv. figs, 8, 13.

fle. p. 209, Pl. xiv. fig. 6.

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 169

occupies the hinder part and a great deal of the left side of the visceral mass. At

the right side is situated an accessory gland (fig. 1, acc. gl), the rather advanced stage of

development of which shows, according to Meisenheimer’s investigations*, that the

specimen will soon pass into the ? sexual stage.

As to the other organs, they are quite like those of the previously described species.

On the head, close to the buccal mass (fig. 2, bm) two small tentacles are visible (t) and a

pair of salivary glands. The very short cesophagus opens directly into a very wide and

large, thin-walled stomach (fig. 1, s¢), from the right upper corner of which issues a thin in-

testine (int), which passes over to the left side and opens distally at the ventral margin of

the hinder glandular groove. The heart and kidney are situated distally from the accessory

sexual gland, the heart with its ventricle directed forwards.

Diameter across the fins 5 mm.

I have dedicated this species to its discoverer, Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner.

2. LIST OF THE STATIONS, FROM WHICH PTEROPODS HAVE

BEEN RECORDED.

A. PLANKTON STATIONS.

Stat. A, May 16, 2.58—3.43 p.m. 3°31'S., 72°27’ E.

25—0 fms. Creseis virgula (1), Desmopterus papilio (10).

125—0 fms. Hyalocylix striata (1).

Stat. B, May 17, 2.20—2.55 p.m. 4°16'S., 71°53’ E.

75—0 fms. Cymbulia sp. (1), Desmopterus papilio (1).

125—0 fms. Hyalocylix striata (2), Cymbulia sp. (2), Desmopterus papilio (2),

Desmopterus gardineri (1).

Stat. C, May 17, 3.30—6.30 p.m. Same position.

1200—0 fms. Clio cuspidata (7), Clio pyranudata (8), Cavolinia uncinata (1),

Cavolina globulosa (2), Diacria trispinosa (5), Cymbulia sp. (47).

Stat. F, May 18, 2.10—3.10 a.m. Same position.

Surface. Creseis virgula (1), Desmopterus papilio (4).

25—0 fms. Creseis virgula (1), Cavolinia longirostris (2), Cymbulia sp. (4).

Stat. H, May 18, 3.58—5.40 p.m. Same position.

Surface. Hyalocylix striata (1).

Stat. L, June 6, 8.40—9.40 p.m. N.E. Gt Chagos Bank.

75—0 fms. Hyalocylix striata (1).

125—0 fms. Hyalocylix striata (3), Cymbulia sp. (1).

Stat. N, June 30, 12—12.40 p.m. Peros Atoll.

600—0 fms. Cho cuspidata (1), Clio pyramidata (1), Cuvierina columnella (2).

* Lc. pp. 216, 217, Pl. xv.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV.

170

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Stat. P, June 30—July 1, 6.30 p.m.—6.30 a.m. Salomon Atoll.

10—0 fms. Limacina inflata (124), Limacina trochiformis (3), Iamacina

bulimoides (13), Creseis acicula (1), Clio pyramudata (3).

Stat. Q, July 4—5, 7.15 p.m.—7.15 a.m. Same position.

Surface. Limacina inflata (2), Desmopterus papilio (1).

Stat. c, Aug. 22, 4.40—5.20 p.m. Mauritius.

250—0 fms. Styliola subula (1), Clio pyramidata (3).

Stat. d, Aug. 22—23, 7 P.M.—5) A.M. Same position.

Surface. Oreseis virgula (1), Clio pyramidata (3), Cymbulia sp. (2).

Stat. e, Aug. 25, 1.30—3 P.M. 18° 9) So 58e21 EB.

150—0 fms. Cavolinia tridentata (2, “ Plewropus longifilis”).

200—0 fms. Creseis virgula (1).

300—0 fms. Creseis virgula (3), Hyalocylix striata (1).

400—0 fms. Clio pyramidata (2).

Stat. 1, Sept. 2, 11.45 a.M.—12.30 P.M. 14738 S.,.60) of ob:

250—0 fms. Cymbulia sp. (1).

Stat. n, Sept. 8. N. of N. Saya de Malha Bank.

Surface. Limacina trochiformis (1), Styliola subula (1), Hyalocylix striata (8),

Clio pyranudata (5).

Stat. p, Sept. 27, 7—9.30 a.m. 10° 27S) olan

300—0 fms. Cavolinia inflexa (1), Cymbulia sp. (1).

Stat. q, Sept. 27, 7—9.30 a.m. Same position.

1000—0 fms. Clio pyramidata (3), Cymbulia sp. (2).

Stat. u, Sept. 29—30, 7 p.M.—7 A.M. Farquhar.

Surface. Limacina inflata (3), Peraclis reticulata (1), Creseis acieula (3),

Diacria quadridentata (3, “ Cleodora pygmea”).

Stat. v, Sept. 30—Oct. 1, 7 P.M—5 a.m. Same position.

Surface. Limacina inflata (1), Hyalocylia striata (1).

Stat. x, Oct. 2—3, 8 p.M.—6 a.m. Providence.

Surface. Creseis acicula (3), Cavolinia tridentata (3, “Plewropus longifilis”),

Cavolinia longirostris (2), Cymbulia sp. (1), Desmopterus papilio (1).

Stat. y, Oct. 4—5, 8 p.M.—6 a.m. Same position.

Surface. Clio pyramidata (1).

Stat. aa, Oct. 6, 11.30 aA.m.—1.30 p.m. 8°16’ S., 51° 26’ EB.

900—O0 fms. Clio pyramidata (4), Cavolinia globulosa (1, “Hyalea rotundata”),

Cymbulia sp. (2).

Stat. bb, Oct. 6, 3—-3.30 p.m. Same position.

140—0 fms. Cymbulia sp. (2).

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA ial

Stat. dd, Oct. 7, 4—5.30 p.m. Alphonse Island.

Surface. Limacina trochiformis (1), Creseis virgula (13), Cavolinia longi-

rostris (1).

Stat. ee, Oct. 7—8, 9 p.M.—6 A.M. 10 miles S.E. of Alphonse Island.

Surface. Cho pyramidata (1), Cavolinia wncinata (2, 1 empty).

Stat. kk, Oct. 16, 8—9.30 a.m. Desroches Atoll.

50—0 fms. Hyalocylix striata (4).

100—0 fms. Hyalocylix striata (2), Desmopterus papilio (2).

150—0 fms. Creseis acicula (6), Hyalocylia striata (3).

300—0 fms. Cho pyramidata (1), Cavolinia tridentata (2, “ Plewropus

longifilis ”).

Stat. Il, Oct. 16, morning. Same position.

750—0 fms. Cho pyramidata (10), Cavolinia globulosa (10).

Stat. mm, Oct. 16, noon. Same position.

400—0 fms. Hyalocylix striata (1), Cuvierina columnella (1), Clio pyramidata

(7), Cavolima longirostris (3), Cavolinia globulosa (1), Diacria quadri-

dentata (2, 1 “ Cleodora pygmaea”).

Stat. nn, Oct. 16, afternoon. Same position.

200—0 fms. Creseis virgula (1), Creseis acicula (4), Cuvierina columnella (1),

Cho pyranidata (13), Cavolinia longirostris (1), Diacria trispinosa (1),

Cymbulia sp. (1).

B. Drepcine STATIONS.

Stat. C16, Sept. 6. Saya de Malha Bank, 26 fms. Dredge triangular.

Diacria trispinosa (3), Diacria quadridentata (7), Cavolinia uncinata (2),

Cavolima globulosa (2), Cavolinia gibbosa (3). Only empty shells.

Stat. C 20, Sept. 7. Saya de Malha Bank, 331—500 fms. Trawl.

Cho pyramidata (3), Clio cuspidata (2), Cavolinia uncinata (4, empty), Cavolinia

gibbosa (4, empty). —

3. VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION.

As closing nets were used by the expedition only a few times, and no Pteropods were

brought up by them, we are obliged to restrict ourselves to the results of the vertical hauls

with open nets. Though for our special purpose their results are more vague and not

quite so decisive as that of closing nets, they can be taken into account, as the exact hour

of catch is nearly always given.

Now, as is well known, the Pteropoda make daily migrations in a vertical direction.

At day-time they remain in deeper layers; as soon as it is getting dark, however, they

rise to the surface. This seems especially to be the case with Euthecosomata and

99__9

an -

172 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Pseudothecosomata*, although we can as yet give no sufficient explanation of these

periodical migrations.

Looking over the foregoing list we may remark that the following species were caught

at or near the surface down to 10 fms.

Limacina inflata, Stat. P, Q, u, v.

Limacina trochiformis, Stat. P, n, dd.

Limacina bulimoides, Stat. P.

Peraclis reticulata, Stat. u.

Creseis acicula, Stat. P, u, x.

Creseis virgula, Stat. F, d, dd.

Styliola subula, Stat. n.

Hyalocylia striata, Stat. H, n, v.

Clio pyranidata, Stat. P, d, n, y, ee..

Cavolinia longirostris, Stat. x, dd.

Cavolinia uncinata, Stat. ee.

Cavolinia tridentata (“Pleuropus longifilis”), Stat. x.

Cymbulia sp., Stat. d, x. /

Desmopterus papilio, Stat. F, Q, x.

From this list, if compared with Prof. Stanley Gardiner’s list, it may be seen that

all these species with the exceptions of Creseis virgula, Hyalocylix striata and Cavolina

longirostris, were caught during the night+; they thus afford another proof of the general

rule mentioned above.

The bathymetric occurrence of Peraclis is worth mentioning: it was found during

night at the surface. Formerly I noted a similar circumstance}, though here the exact

hour could not be given. More than any other genus of the Thecosomata, Peraclis seems to

belong to the mesoplankton. Miss Anne L. Massy§ mentions seven specimens of

P. triacantha (Fischer) from a depth of 0—5 fms, off the S.W. coast of Ireland; we

have here another of the rare instances of the epiplanktonic occurrence of this genus.

Il. HETEROPODA.

The number of species of this group of pelagic Mollusca is likewise small. By far the

greater number of the specimens belong to the Atlantide or to Firoloida, other genera

being very scantily represented, a result which seems to agree with that of the Siboga

Expedition.

Though no new species were obtained, the material enables me to contribute somewhat

to our knowledge of little-known species.

* See for instance Meisenheimer, /.c. pp. 97—-99.

+ The hour on which Stat. n was made is not recorded in the list of stations.

t The Pteropoda of the Leyden Museum, Notes Leyden Museum, vol. xxix. p. 202.

§ The Pteropoda and Heteropoda of the coasts of Ireland, Fisheries Ireland Sc. Inv. 1907, ii. (1909),

p. 26.

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA Was

1. ENUMERATION OF THE SPECIES.

Atlantide.

Oxyeyrus Benson.

1. Oxygyrus rangi (Souleyet). (Plate 12, fig. 3.)

Stat. N (1), Chagos Archipelago.

The only specimen has been figured here in order to show the extension of the chalky

part of the shell with the spiral undulating lines, which part is very distinctly separated (at

the under side of the shell at least) from the horny part. The shell, with a maximum

diameter of 15 mm. without the keel, represents a stage of growth, immediately following

that figured by Macdonald*. As to further particulars I may refer to my former

publications on this subjectt.

ProtaTLANTA Tesch.

2. Protatlanta souleyet. (EK. A. Smith).

Stat. n (14), N. of N. Saya de Malha Bank.

Contrary to my former statement} about Souleyet’s specimens, I may remark that the

shell is quite chalky and not at all horny, as has been rightly pointed out by E. A. Smithé.

This difference may possibly be ascribed to the very long conservation of Souleyet’s

specimens, though they looked quite well preserved. Except for this difference, I have

nothing to add to my former investigations. All the specimens had lost their keel,

which, as is well known, is very liable to be detached.

This is the first record of this species from the Indian Ocean, all former notes

mentioning it as occurring in the Atlantic.

ATLANTA Lesueur.

3. Atlanta peront Lesueur.

Stat. N (1), P (8), Chagos Archipelago; q (2), u (1), Farquhar; hh (1), mm (1),

Amirante Group.

4, Atlanta lesueuri Souleyet.

Stat. L (1), E. of Chagos Archipelago; n (21), N. of N. Saya de Malha Bank ; u (1),

Farquhar ; mm (1), Amirante Group.

5. Atlanta inflata Souleyet.

Stat. n (132), N. of N. Saya de Malha Bank.

* On the anatomy and classification of the Heteropoda, 7’rans. Roy. Soc. Edinb, vol. xxiii. 1862. The

figure here referred to has been copied by me (Die Heteropoden der Siboga-Expedition, Siboga-Expeditie,

Monogr. li, Leiden, 1906, Pl. vit. fig. 5.

7 Especially to; Systematic monograph of the Atlantidw, etc., Votes Leyden Museum, vol. xxx. pp. 6, 7.

PCAipsied. § Challenger Report, \xxii, (Heteropoda), 1888, p. 44.

174 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

6. Atlanta helicinoides Souleyet.

Stat. u (1), Farquhar.

7. Atlanta turriculata VOrbigny.

Stat. P (1), Chagos Archipelago.

8. Atlanta imelinata Souleyet.

Stat. N (1), Chagos Archipelago ; q (2), u (3), Farquhar; nn (2), Amirante Group.

9. Atlanta gibbosa Souleyet.

Stat. u (2), Farquhar.

Carinariidz.

CaRiInARIA Lamarck.

10. Carinaria sp.

“Investigator” specimens: 12° 20’ N., 85° 8’ E., 1803 fms, one small broken shell ;

7 miles S.E. by E. of Ross Island, 265 fms, 1 sp.

This last specimen, of a length of about 30 mm., had lost nearly all its shell, only a

few broken fragments adhering to the visceral nucleus, which itself was greatly damaged ;

the actual form of the shell could not be made out. The animal was preserved in weak

alcohol and was consequently very liable to damage by any manipulation. It showed

a huge proboscis and a small rounded fin with a sucker at the usual place in Carinaria,

viz. at the distal margin, near the base. The eyes had the general shape of those of

Pterotrachea s.s., a character not previously, so far as | know, met with in Carinaria, the

left eye exhibited a small tentacle at the inner side. The visceral nucleus, or rather its

remnants, was highly elevated.

The shell from the other locality showed in the form and disposition of the spire some

resemblance to C. cithara Benson, recorded from the Indian Ocean, but it could not

be determined with certainty.

PreRosoma Lesson.

I take this opportunity of rectifying some mistakes in my former notes about the

history of this genus*, the literature of which I had no opportunity of studying at that

time.

; The genus was established by Lessont and a few years later redescribed by the same

author{ in a manner which clearly shows his opinion about its affinity to Pterotrachea,

as is proved by the following passage: “un animal fort remarquable, trés voisin des

firoles§.”. The damaged condition of his specimens did not enable Lesson to give an

accurate description and reliable figures, so it is not at all astonishing that only about forty

* Die Heteropoden der Siboga-Expedition, Siboga-Hapeditie, Monogr. li. 1906, p. 21.

+ Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, t. 3, p. 414, Pl. x. fig. A, 1827.

{ Voyage autour du monde de la “Coquille,” Zool. par M. Lesson, T. ii. pp. 254256, Pl. ut. fig. 3, 3 dis.

§ So I have been wrong (/.c.) in stating that Lesson had not recognized the true systematic affinity of

Pterosoma with other Heteropods.

ESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 175

years later Cuthbert Collingwood*, who collected some specimens of Pterosoma in the

channel of Formosa and ascribed them to the same species as that of Lesson, should never-

theless have been somewhat doubtful about his determination. He did not however give

any further information about his specimens, only stating that they belonged in fact to

the Heteropods.

Under these circumstances it is easy to understand how Moseley fell into the error, on

the suggestion of von Willemoes Suhm, of identifying Lesson’s Pterosoma with a pelagic

Nemertean that he was describingt. Moseley’s opinion has been adopted by Fischer.

It was not before the year 1895, when Whitelegge was fortunate enough to collect some

specimens, cast ashore by an easterly gale at Mavoubra Bay near Sydney, and handed over

his specimens to Hedley, that the doubts about the mysterious genus Pterosoma were

definitely removed.

Hedley§ showed the true nature of Pterosoma, described the general characters of the

body, fin, proboscis and shell from the only intact specimen at his disposal, and gave the

first figure of the radula, thus showing its affinity to the Heteropods in general. He did

not express his conviction that his species and that of Lesson, Pt. plana (strictly speaking,.

planum, as has been rightly advanced by Crosse||) were identical, though this seems

to result from his description.

I myself‘ lately recorded Pterosoma among the material of the Challenger Expedition

and felt justified in bestowing a new name, Pt. challengeri, upon it. After further study

of Hedley’s figures I think, however, that no true specific difference exists, and it is for

this reason that I readily give up my new species, being now convinced that it is the same

as Pt. planwm.

I now describe the species more accurately than former circumstances permitted me.

11. Pterosoma planwm (Lesson). (Plate 18, figs. 1—5.)

Stat. kk (1), Desroches Atoll (Amirante Group). Only one specimen (%) was

caught, fortunately without any injury, except to the shell.

As previous authors have mentioned, the animal is remarkable for its broad, wing-like

expansions at either side of the body. These are produced by the strong development of

the cutis, which is very thick on the body and beyond this forms the large wings, gradually

thinning out at the margins**. The thickening of the cutis begins just at the transition

between proboscis and body, before the eyes ; distally from the visceral nucleus it becomes

thinner, finally almost disappearing on the tail (fig. 2). Seen from above (fig. 1) the

animal is broadly heart-shaped, with a small emargination between the eyes, ending

* Rambles of a Naturalist, 1868, p. 54.

_ + On a young specimen of Pelagonemertes rollestoni, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), vol. xvi. pp. 377—382,

Pl. x1. 1875.

{ Manuel de Conchyliologie, p. 537, 1883—1887.

§ Pterosoma Lesson claimed as a Heteropod, Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol. i. 1895, pp. 333—335,

figs, 1—4, The author was apparently not acquainted with Moseley’s hypothesis, else he would not have

indicated Fischer’s opinion as ‘‘a mere conjecture.”

|| Note sur le genre Pterosoma Lesson, Jowrn. de Conchyliologie, vol. xliv. pp. 207—212, 1896.

4 lc. pp. 22, 23, Pl. 11. fig. 75.

** According to Hedley (/.c. p. 334) the wings are not thinner at the margins.

176 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

distally in a rather long, slender tail. The proboscis is short and stout. In the centre of

the disc is placed the visceral nucleus. A side view (fig. 2) shows the fin, with rounded

edges, situated somewhat more distally than the visceral nucleus; a sucker is visible

at the hinder margin, near the base of the fin.

The animal measures from tip of the proboscis to end of the tail 12 mm., the breadth

of the disc is 6 mm. Lesson* gives for the length about 80 mm., for the breadth 40 mm.

This seems to be a quite extraordinary size, as Hedley* notes 30 mm. and 13 mm.

respectively, the first measurement being taken from the eyes to the end of the tail. The

specimen of the Challenger, which I described{, was about as long as the animal now

under consideration.

The disc, as has been said above, exhibits a heart-shaped form, slightly emarginated

at the anterior edge. The whole cutis, of which the disc is formed, consists of a gelatinous,

but tough, wholly transparent substance, which, on microscopical examination, proves

to originate from small branching cells, widely scattered within the gelatinous material,

thus forming a tissue such as is found in pelagic animals, and especially in such forms

as Carinaria, Pterotrachea, etc. Numerous nerve-threads and -cells are distinctly visible

in the cutis. The most conspicuous feature however consists in the differently shaped

opaque dots, which are distributed all over the surface of the cutis, also on the proboscis,

though lying beneath the outer epithelium. These dots have already been noted by

Lesson and Hedley ; I myself described them in Cardiapoda§ and in Carinaria macro-

rhynchus Tesch ; here in Pterosoma they exhibit essentially the same structure, so I have

thought it superfluous to figure them again. Whether these dots are glandular or not

seems to be uncertain ; I could never detect any efferent duct, and the constituent elements

of the agglomeration have not the aspect of unicellular glands. The close resemblance,

however, of these speckles with those described and figured by Vayssiére||in Carinaria

pseudorugosa, called by the author “corpuscuies glandulaires” and examined under a very

strong magnification, pleads for a similar nature in Pterosoma. At the margins and in the

middle the dots are small, very elongated and situated in a longitudinal direction, except

distally from the visceral nucleus, where they are placed transversely (fig. 1). Between the

two regions named above the dots assume a rounded shape and are a trifle larger. Here

and there, especially on the proximal half of the disc, some few tubercles are scattered

about.

The great development of the cutis and the formation of a disc, eminently adapted to

a pelagic habit, renders powerful muscles superfluous. In fact the whole musculature on the

body has been diminished in the extreme, and is scarcely visible through the cutis. Near

the mouth, the usual muscles for moving the buccal mass and the radula are present,

in the same way as in Cardiapoda ; distally, on the proboscis, and on the body within the

cutis, only a very faint longitudinal musculature exists ; on the proboscis this is crossed by

a few transverse fibres. On the tail there are some rather strong longitudinal muscular

* Voyage de la “Coquille,” Zool. T. ii. p. 255, Pl. mi. figs. 3, 3 bis.

t le. p. 333, ii Ucwpyncos § lc. pp. 73, 76, Pl. x. figs. 49, 52,

|| Mollusques Hétéropodes provenant des campagnes des yachts Hirondelle et Princesse Alice, Camp.

Sc. Albert I. de Monaco, Fasc. xxvi. p. 21, Pl. vi. figs. 82—84, 1904.

oO —

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA WATE

bands. The fin on the other hand exhibits very clearly the two crossing systems (figs. 2, 4),

generally met with in Carinaria; it is composed of two plates, slightly converging from

the base of the fin towards the undermost margin. Each of these plates consists of a

system of parallel, separate muscular bands, stretching vertically from the base of the

fin towards the margin, and in their course gradually becoming thinner, some towards the

end dividing into two tiny branches. In the proximal part of the fin these bands are

directed somewhat forward. Beneath this system lies another, constituted of stronger

bands, which are fewer in number than those of the first system, all running across from

the base and directed distally. I have not been able to make out whether this last system

is double, like the first ; it seemed to me as if it was not double. These bands do not

branch towards the extremity, but anastomose now and then or are forked at their origin.

At the hinder margin of the fin, near the base, is placed a small sucker (fig. 4, s), from the

convex side of which radiate some tiny muscles.

So the whole structure is very like that of the fin in Carinaria, and in Pterosoma the

same delicate network of crossing muscular bands is also a striking character of the

swimming organ.

The eyes are rather large, with a broad base and the same distribution of areas devoid

of pigment, as in other Carinariidee. At the front margin of the eye, somewhat nearer to

the median line, is situated a tentacle. Now it is a curious fact, that I have again to

record the total absence of the right tentacle, of which no trace could be detected, while

the left was clearly developed (fig. 1,¢). Perhaps this is a constant character, generic

or specific, as on a former occasion* a right tentacle was not found by me in this species.

The mouth is surrounded by an annular musculature, in the same manner as in

Cardiapoda. Two salivary glands (fig. 1, sg), of a rather long, cylindrical shape, open

into the buccal cavity dorso-laterally, and are sharply bent ventrally towards their blind

endings. In the mouth itself, the two longitudinal folds situated at the dorsal roof and

slightly converging distally indicate the beginning of the cesophagus; the folds are

toothless, as in other Carinariidee. The radula, at either side of which a cartilaginous

attachment for the radula-muscles is found, as formerly described by met in Atlanta

(indeed they occur in all Heteropoda), consists of 35 transverse rows, all of the usual

formula 2.1.1.1. 2. The plates agree in most respects with those of Carinaria and

Cardiapoda; the intermediate plate has the typical crest (fig. 5a, 7p){, the first and

second lateral plates (1st lp, 2nd Jp) are of nearly equal length and elegantly curved,

while the central plate (fig. 5, cp) exhibits the usual three cusps. In the proximal rows

of the radula, these cusps of the central plate are very unequal, the middle one being by

far the largest. I have figured such a plate of the 6th row (cp’). More distally the lateral

cusps of the central plate become larger, though remaining slender and perfectly straight,

till in about the 27th row their ends are slightly curved outwards (cp represents the

central plate of the 31st row).

* Lc. p. 22, Pl. m1. fig. 75. Moreover the same feature has been noted by me (p. 73) in Carinaria

macrorhynchus. Hedley (l.c. p. 335), however, ascribes two tentacles to Pterosoma,

(UCHR ERIE ae bir cele

{ This crest was not noted by Hedley (/.c. p. 335, fig. 3).

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 23

178 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The course of the intestine from the buccal mass to the visceral nucleus is the usual

one (fig. 1). The rather stout cesophagus gradually widens out into an elongate swelling,

which seems to act like a crop, in which food is preliminarily stored. Afterwards the

intestine becomes a slender thin-walled tube, entering finally into the visceral nucleus

(fig. 3, n). Here it is joined by the liver, enlarges into the stomach, and leaves the

visceral nucleus at the left side of the foremost portion of the last named organ, bends

over to the right side and forms an anus (fig. 1, a) beneath the thickened margin of the

mantle.

The visceral nucleus, composed of the liver and the gonads, exhibits an elongated

shape (figs. 1—3), and is placed in the centre of the disc, in a broad, longitudinal groove

of the cutis; at the posterior pole two spiral turns of the gonad, indicating the former

position of the shell, are visible, at least as seen from the right side (fig. 2). As has been

already mentioned the shell itself was not present in my specimen. According to Hedley’s

statement*, it is much like a very depressed Carinaria shell, with a small spiral portion

of 24 whorls, “at right angles to which extends the adult, boat-shaped shell, white, glassy,

shining, most brittle, ornamented by a double, lamellar keel, running from the embryonic

shell along its periphery ; from keel to margin curved growth lines undulate the side of

the shell.” From this description it may be inferred that the shell is like that of

Carinaria, though, judging after the general shape of the visceral nucleus, one would

rather think that the shell must resemble that of Cardiapoda.

The nucleus is enclosed within the very thin mantle, showing at its foremost part a

thickened margin (fig. 3, mr, fig. 1). Perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the nucleus,

a parallel row of about eight tiny gills (fig. 3, g), of the same structure as in Cardiapoda,

extends downwards, accompanied at the left side of the base by a much elongated

osphradium (os). Dorsally to this is situated the heart (fig. 1, at, v), with the atrium

turned forward towards the gills, and receiving from them the aerated blood. On

examining the mantle from above, we may also, through its thin walls, detect the kidney

(fig. L, &), lying proximally and close to the rectum, on the median line. Its structure is

likewise the same as in Cardiapoda, showing the same complicated structure of its walls.

I could not observe the opening to the exterior, nor the renopericardial passage.

Finally we may note, at the right side of the base of the fin, the small penis (fig. 4, 7).

As in all Heteropods, the copulating apparatus consists of two parts, (1) the penis properly

so called with a very deep seminal groove, and (2) distally from this a somewhat larger

accessory apparatus probably to ensure copulation, though I could not observe the

glandular structure, so distinct in Carinaria, the mucous secretion of which is ob-

viously a help in copulating.

As to the place of Pterosoma in the system, we may safely say that it is nearly

related to Carinaria, as is indicated by the visceral nucleus and the shape of the shell,

also by the separate muscles in the fin. It occupies a position intermediate between

Carinaria and Cardiapoda, but is distinct from both genera by its broadly expanded body.

Pterosoma planum was first found, about 90 years ago, by Lesson, between the

Moluccas and New Guinea, afterwards by Cuthbert Collingwood in the Channel of

Formosa, by Hedley near Sydney, by the Challengert on the route between the

2 TH joy, Gialsy, sahes PE t+ Recorded by me, /.c. p. 23.

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 79

Admiralty Islands and Japan. By the Sealark it is now recorded from the Amirante

Group *.

Carprapopa d’Orbigny.

12. Cardiapoda trachydermon Tesch.

Stat. hh (1), N. of Darros Island (Amirante Group); one specimen (?) of about

30 mm. from tip of the proboscis to end of the tail. ‘‘ Investigator” specimen: 40° 13’ N,

93° 40’ E. 370—419 fms.; one specimen (?) with a total length of 28 mm.

I have very little to add to my former accountt of this species. I have found

tubercles, cutaneous glands, tentacles, tail, fin, and radula quite similar to those of the

Siboga specimens. The right tentacle is somewhat smaller than the left, and both are

innervated by a small nerve, issuing from the top of the central ganglia, as will be

described in the following species. Here I must state that my former figure of the eye

of this species is not quite sufficient, as the distribution of pigment and the general shape

of the eye, as it was designated by me, needs some rectification, which will be given in the

figure of the next species.

I think the Carinaroida placenta Souleyet{ must be the same as this species, judging

from the general shape of the body and the length (35 mm.), though it is almost impossible

to obtain absolute certainty, without renewed investigation of the type-specimens. These

were found in the tropical Atlantic and near the Sandwich Islands.

13. Cardiapoda sublevis Tesch. (Plate 12, figs. 4, 5.)

Stat. y (1), Providence; mm (1), Desroches Atoll, Amirante Group. At the first

station was found a ?, at the second a ¢, each with a total length of 13 mm.

As I pointed out in my former paper§, this species closely resembles C’ trachydermon.

The general appearance is exactly the same, and the only difference consists in the total

absence of tubercles on the skin, and perhaps in the three cusps of the central plate in the

radula being of equal length, whereas in C’., trachydermon the lateral ones are smaller than

the median. Yet the specific distinctness of the two species may seem to be not sufh-

ciently established, as perhaps the presence of tubercles is due to advanced age (the

specimens of C. trachydermon measured from 30 to 35 mm., those of C. sublevis from

12 to 25 mm.).

I have figured (fig. 4) the eyes which are of the same general shape as in the

Carinariide. They are rather large, much depressed, with a round lens (le) and the

usual distribution of pigment in the hinder part. The retina extends along the whole

distal margin of the eye, and is connected with the cerebral ganglion by a strong but

short optic nerve (ne), showing elongated swellings at both ends. The eye itself is

surrounded dorsally and laterally by the skin which is considerably raised, thus forming

* After the above description had been written, I became acquainted with a short note by Raff. Issel on

“ Aloysia phyllosoma” (Un nuovo genere di Molluschi Eteropodi, Monitore Zool. ital. Anno XVIII, No. 7,

pp. 174—176); this A/oysia, as may be inferred from the description and the accompanying figure, is a young

Pterosoma, as indeed the author himself communicated to me by a letter. (Note added during press.)

+t lc. p. 77, Pl. x. fig. 52, Pl. x1. figs. 53—56.

$¢ Voyage de la “ Bonite,” Zoologie, T. ii. p. 353, Pl. xvi. figs. 1—10.

§ lc. p. 78, Pl. x1. figs. 57—59.

180 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

a kind of large chamber, around the eye ; at the proximal margin issues the tentacle (¢), with

a broad, membranous base, the right being again slightly smaller than the left. On the base

some longitudinal muscular fibres are visible (mt) and a tiny nerve (nt) proceeds from the

top of the cerebral ganglion and innervates the tentacle. The cerebral ganglia (cg), to

the under side of which the pleural ganglia are attached, are juxtaposed, longitudinally

elongated, the right being very slightly larger than the left, and give rise to numerous

nerves, only a few of which are shown in the figure.

The visceral nucleus (fig. 5) is compressed, elongated, showing at the ventral pole two

coils which are (in the only undamaged specimen) covered by the minute, delicate shell.

This shell is apparently very brittle, as I have not been able to see it, even in fragments,

in my specimens. ‘The nucleus is, except for the coils, completely enveloped in the cutis,

forming here a large mantle, with an opening at the proximal side of the nucleus. I have

already described* the various organs within the mantle cavity, and now restrict myself

to giving a figure of the nucleus and its surrounding parts. Most conspicuous are the

gills (g) and, within the mantle cavity, the kidney (k), the walls of which show the same

structure as in Pterosoma. The osphradium, situated near the left margin of the mantle

opening, outside the row of small gills, exhibits a similar elongated shape.

It may be noted here that the Cardiapoda placenta mentioned by E. A. Smitht

from Arron Island most likely is the same as my C. sublevis, though Smith’s specimen is

much larger (77 mm.). I found this suggestion merely on the radula, investigated by

mej, of the Challenger specimen, the central plate of which shows three exactly equal

cusps, just as in C. sublevis; moreover this last species may prove to be identical with

C. trachydermon. The same perhaps is to be said about the Cardiapoda placenta

recorded by André§ from Amboina. The only information the author gives is a figure

of the radula, which shows the same character as mentioned above.

14. Cardiapoda acuta Tesch.

Stat. mm (1), nn (1), Desroches Atoll, Amirante Group. Two specimens, both females,

one of 20, the other of 55 mm. length.

I have scarcely been able to discover further characteristic features of this species,

formerly described by mel]. Both specimens, which seemed to be badly preserved,

possessed a stout proboscis and a long, slender tail, without any appendage; this tail

is longer in my specimens than the stalk carrying the visceral nucleus, around which are

placed nearly 20 gills. ‘Tubercles are found especially on the dorsal side; they give a

rather rough appearance to the body. Gland-like spots of various shape are found all

over the body, in the same way as in the previous species. Yet it is distinguished at first

sight by its tail being devoid of appendages, and by its yellowish colour. Thus the animal,

though preserved in the same fluid (formol), forms a striking contrast with the tiny,

wholly transparent C. trachydermon and C. sublevis. I observed a similar difference in

the Siboga specimens of Cardiapoda.

* Lc. pp. 75, 76. + Challenger Report, \xxii. Heteropoda, p. 26, fig. 2.

at (a, SOs PA)

§ Mollusques d’Amboine, Revue Suisse d. Zool. T. iv. p. 405, Pl. xvur. fig. 2.

|| Zc. p. 79, Pl. x1. figs. 60—63.

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 181

Pterotrachea placenta Lesson™ is probably the same as this species, as the author

emphasizes the fact of the tail having “ni nageoire & sa pointe, ni chapelet & sa suite” ;

moreover the animal is described to be “ d’aspect tuberculeux.” Lesson found a specimen,

of a length of 50 mm., off the coast of New Guinea.

Notwithstanding some difference in the shape of the fin and the position of the

sucker, I suppose Cardiapoda pedunculata d’Orbignyt is also to be classed with the

species under discussion, as no appendages at the tail have been recorded. d’Orbigny’s

specimens (length 30—40 mm.) were taken in the tropical Atlantic Ocean.

Pterotracheide.

PrerorracHEea Forskal.

Subgenus Pterotrachea s. s. Tesch.

15. Pterotrachea (s. s.) sp.

Stat. kk (1), Desroches Atoll, Amirante Group.

It is impossible for me to determine this species with any certainty, as the only

specimen is a female, and so the relative size of the sucker at the fin cannot be measured.

The animal has a total length of 33 mm., of which the proboscis measures 6 mm., the

tail 8 mm. ; the maximum breadth of the fin is 5mm. There are no spines before the

eyes. At the left side of the visceral nucleus, which is slender and pointed as in all

species of this subgenus, four gills, two of which are very inconspicuous, are to be seen.

The middle plate of the radula bears a central cusp, which is rather long, pointed and

very slender ; at either side follow five or six shorter ones, somewhat curved inwards. On

the dorsal roof of the buccal cavity two longitudinal muscular folds, leading into the

cesophagus, show some chitinous teeth, five at either side, the proximal ones being very

small.

I have not ventured to name this specimen, which, though beyond doubt belonging

to the above named subgenus, does not exhibit any characteristic feature. To give it

a name would only serve to increase the already great confusion in the nomenclature

of the Pterotrachea species.

16. Pterotrachea (s. s.) microptera? Tesch.

Stat. a (1), Mauritius; k (1), Nazareth Bank.

Both specimens were females; the determination to my regret therefore cannot be

regarded as quite certain. They were of nearly the same size, the first specimen of

a total length of 21 mm., the second, in which the tail and also the fin are torn away,

of 23mm. The proboscis in both measures 6 mm., and is slender and pointed. In the

first specimen the fin is extremely small, its maximum diameter being only 2 mm. _ It is

mainly on account of this small fin that I have referred the specimens, which in general

aspect are very much alike, to the species mentioned above. The skin is without any

* Voyage de la “Coquille,” Zoologie, T. ii. p. 253, Pl. mt. fig. 2.

+ From this we may conclude that Souleyet and also E. A. Smith were wrong in identifying their

species with that of Lesson.

t Voyage dans [Amérique méridionale, T. v. p. 156, Pl. x1. fig. 5,

182 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

tubercles, neither are there spines before the eyes. At the left side of the very slender

visceral nucleus three or four minute gills are present.

The middle plate of the radula, investigated by me in the only intact specimen,

exhibits a short, broad central cusp, at either side of which extends a row of four or

five smaller ones. The palatinal teeth number four in each row.

17. Pterotrachea (s.s.) scutata (Gegenbaur). (Plate 14, figs. 1—3.)

Stat. 1 (1), Nazareth Bank. Dredging station D 5 (1), Providence. Two specimens,

both females, were caught, with a total length of 52 and 76 mm. respectively.

The most remarkable character of this species is the considerable development of the

cutis on the proximal half of the body (figs. 1, 2). It is true that in all intact specimens

of Pterotrachea, if rightly preserved, the cutis on the first part of the body, especially at

the ventral side, is somewhat thickened, leaving a kind of gular groove ventrally ; here,

in Pt. scutata however this character is much more accentuated. Seen from above (fig. 2)

the body is much broadened out at its proximal half by the thick cutis, exhibiting at the

ventral side a rather deep groove, into which the proboscis can be bent back. The whole

cutis is perfectly transparent, and of a tough, semi-cartilaginous nature, as in Pterosoma.

Also in other respects a comparison with this genus may be allowed as in Pt. scutata the

foremost margin of the cutis projects beyond the eyes and forms a slight emargination.

Distally the thick envelopment of the body is soon reduced, though it remains very tough.

Everywhere spines and tubercles are found, especially on the dorsal side, where some

indistinct longitudinal rows are formed (fig. 2), at either side of the gular groove, in the

region of the visceral nucleus (which is surrounded, proximally and distally, by two longi-

tudinal, minutely toothed crests), and on the tail where the lateral rows follow exactly the

second and third muscular bands. There are no spinules on the proboscis nor any denticles

in front of the eyes, except those on the anterior margin of the thickened cutis.

The proboscis is rather weak, measuring only } of the total length of the animal.

The rounded fin, without sucker in my female specimens, is situated half-way between the

eyes and the visceral nucleus (fig. 1) and is very small. The visceral nucleus is elongated,

slender, with about eight gills at its front and left side. The tail ends in a pair of

horizontal, unusually tiny fins.

I have no doubt this species is the same as that described by Gegenbaur*, who

particularly emphasizes the existence of the thickened cutis between the eyes and the

region of the fin, in the following words: ‘der Vorderteil ist...durch eine betrichtliche,

vorziiglich nach der Seite hin ausgedehnte Masse der glashellen Bindesubstanz aus-

gezeichnet, und unterscheidet somit diese Art leicht von den iibrigen bekannten Arten.

Diese Ausbreitung der Leibeshiille beginnt vorn an der Basis der Riissels, setzt sich in

sanfter Wélbung...iiber den Anfangsteil des Riickens fort, schligt sich an beiden Seiten

in Form starker Wiilste nach unten und begrenzt dort eine vorn schmale und tief nach

hinten zu sich erweiternd auslaufende Grube, in welche der Riissel sich teilweise einlagern

kann. Gegen die iibrige Kérperoberfliche ist diese kapuzenartige Wulstung tiberall scharf

abgesetzt.”

* Untersuchungen tiber Pteropoden und Heteropoden, p. 185, Pl. vin. figs. 19, 20, 1855.

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 183

Gegenbaur notes in his specimens ten to twelve gills; I myself found no more than

eight.

The rounded whitish spots with a filament in their centres, as they are generally

found in Pterotrachea, and also mentioned by Gegenbaur in this species, seemed to be

quite absent in my specimens, as I found no trace of them.

Recently a new species, Mirola gegenbawri, has been described by Vayssitre* which

in my opinion is identical with Gegenbaur’s species ; indeed Vayssiére himself, though

denying the identity, alluded to the close resemblance of the two forms, on account of

the cutis on the anterior part forming at either side a large lobe, hanging down from the

body, without being connected to that of the opposite side; moreover toothed crests in

the region of the visceral nucleus and denticles on the tail are particularly mentioned as

characteristic features. The same is shown in fig. 1. It is remarkable that Vayssiére

notes no less than twenty-two gills.

To confirm my suggestion that Pt. scutata and Pt. gegenbawii are identical, I have

prepared the radula and sought after the palatinal teeth. As to the first, I counted

30 rows (25 according to Vayssiére), with the usual formula 2. 1. 1. 1. 2. All plates in

a transverse row quite agreed with those represented in Vayssiére’s figuret. The breadth

of the central plate I found three times the length of the same; the measurements of this

plate in the 5th row are 3 of the corresponding one in the 16th row; on account of this

exact agreement with Vayssiére’s statements, I have thought it superfluous to figure the

radula again.

The peribuccal teeth (fig. 3) form a very remarkable character of this species ; they

also have been mentioned by the French author. On the large muscular fold at the roof

of the buccal cavity I noted six palatinal teeth, the proximal ones very inconspicuous

(Vayssiére found five such teeth at either side). The peribuccal teeth are very numerous,

situated at the lips, chiefly crowded together at the dorsal and ventral halves. A single

somewhat larger tooth is placed dorsally, just on the median line. On the dorsal side there

are three indistinct rows; laterally the teeth are more scanty ; towards the ventral half

they even entirely disappear, but form on the ventral region an isolated small group. All

these teeth are slender and feebly curved. Here again I must mention a difference between

my observations and Vayssiére’s description, according to which the peribuccal teeth are

most numerous dorsally and laterally. This curious armature of the buccal cavity has as

yet been found only in this species and in Pt. talismani Vayssiére.

Subgenus Huryops Tesch.

18. Pterotrachea (Euryops) mutabilis Tesch. (Plate 14, fig. 4.)

Stat. kk (1), Desroches Atoll, Amirante Group. A single specimen (¢) with a total

length of 40 mm.

The excellent preservation induces me to give a figure, to complete my former descrip-

* Mollusques Hétéropodes de “l’Hirondelle” et de la ‘“ Princesse Alice,” Résult. Camp. Scient. Albert I” de

Monaco, Fasc. xxvi. pp. 39-42, Pl. 1. figs. 45—50.

+ Viz., his figure 50; fig. 49 represents probably a central plate of an abnormal character, as Vayssidre

himself also believes.

184 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

tion*. The body is cylindrical, enveloped in a thin, but inflated cutis, forming at the

throat at either side a fold, such as generally occurs in Pterotrachea. On the fold some

minute spinules are to be found, the only structure of the kind in this species, as I

observed none elsewhere, neither on the body, nor before the eyes. The proboscis is

stout, measuring 4 of the total length. Fin large, rounded ; sucker conspicuous. Visceral

nucleus inflated, short, bearing about nine gills at its proximal and left side. Tail high,

owing to accidental contraction ; the muscular bands and the horizontal fins do not exhibit

any characters worth mention except for a row of spines on the third muscular band. In

the region of the fin the characteristic circular glandular organs of Pterotrachea are

scattered about ; on the anterior part of the body and on the proboscis occur numerous

pale spots, likewise of a glandular nature, and similar to those occurring in the

Carinariidee.

The eyes of this species have the characteristic shape on account of which I founded +

the subgenus Huryops. They are figured very accurately by Hessef.

One of the specimens of this species in the Siboga material exhibited a few indistinct

purpureous spots on the body. For this reason, and because of the lack of spines before

the eyes, I think it not improbable that my species is identical with Pt. mutica Gegenbaur,

Keferstein, Carus, nec Lesueur, Vayssiére. The great confusion however in the nomen-

clature, especially of the Pterotracheidee, does not warrant any certainty about the truth

of my surmise, and a renewed and thorough review of this group of animals, notably from

the Mediterranean, would be a valuable task for any naturalist.

Frrotorpa Lesueur.

19. Firoloida kowalewskyt Vayssiere.

Stat. A (2), N (1), Chagos Archipelago ; a (6), ¢ (2), Mauritius; x (2), Providence ;

aa (2), bb (1), N. of Providence; dd (12), ee (1), kk (3), ll (1), mm (2), Amirante Group.

This species was found at 12 stations, especially from the Amirante Group, with

a total number of 36 specimens. It is remarkable for its distinct sexual dimorphism,

pronounced (1) in the presence or absence of a sucker and of tentacles, (2) in the different

form of the tail, (3) in the unequal development of the very small gills. To my former

statements§ I can add that I found this last character somewhat modified, as in some

female specimens the gills are very inconspicuous, or even altogether wanting.

I am much inclined to suppose all the so-called different species of Mvrolovda described

by various authors will prove to be the same species, identical with F. kowalewsky:. All

Firoloida specimens I have examined exhibited essentially the same features. Even

F. desmaresti, as figured recently by Vayssiére||, notwithstanding the accurate descrip-

tion, does not differ in the main from the species now recorded from the Sealark. The

male of F. kowalewskyt agrees in all respects with that of F. desmaresti, judging from

Vayssiére’s account, except for the caudal filament, which is not always provided with

* Le. p. 88, Pl. xin. figs, 86—89. + Le. pp. 83, 84.

¢t Die Augen einiger Mollusken, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. xviii. 1900, Pl. xxtx. figs. 57, 58.

§ lc. pp. 90—95, Pl. xiv.

|| Zc. pp. 43—45, Pl. rv. figs. 66—68, Pl. v. figs. 69, 70, 76.

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 185

small swellings at equal distances, but in some cases has a somewhat articulated appear-

ance, as in the female of Vayssiére’s F’. desmaresti. I would emphasize the fact that

I cannot explain, in this author’s figure, the curious arrangement by which the two little

lobes, in which the body ends, and the caudal appendage are both inserted on the proximal

part of the visceral nucleus*. This peculiarity is not alluded to in any way in the text,

though it differs largely from all that is known about the tail of Firoloida. However, if

any error may be assumed to be excluded and the figure is taken from a normal specimen,

this character indeed is wholly different from that of F. kowalewskyi.

2. LIST OF THE STATIONS, FROM WHICH HETEROPODS HAVE

BEEN RECORDED.

A. PLANKTON STATIONS.

Stat. A, May 16, 2.58—3.43 p.m. N. of Chagos Archipelago.

Surface. Firoloida kowalewskyi (2 234).

Stat. L, June 6, 8.40—9.40 p.m. Peros—Diego Garcia.

100—0 fms. Atlanta lesueuri (1).

Stat. N, June 30, 1—2.45 p.m. Peros Atoll.

600—0 fms. Oxygyrus rangi (1), Atlanta peroni (1), Atlanta inclinata (1).

Stat. P, June 30—July 1, 6.30 p.m.—6.30 a.m. Salomon Atoll.

10—0 fms. Atlanta peroni (3), Atlanta turriculata (1).

Stat. Q, July 4—5, 7.15 p.M.—7.15 a.m. Same position.

Surface. Firoloida kowalewskyi (1 2).

Stat. a, Aug. 22, 1.43—2.30 p.m. Mauritius.

25—0 fms. Pterotrachea (s. s.) sp. (1 2), Firoloida kowalewskyi (4 29).

50—0 fms. Firoloida kowalewskyi (2, 3, 2).

Stat. c, Aug. 22, 4.40—5.20 p.m. Same position.

200—0 fms. Firoloida kowalewskyi (1 2).

275—0 fms. Firoloida kowalewskyi (1 2).

Stat. k, Sept. 2, 10.30—11.20 a.m. Nazareth Bank.

300—0 fms. Pterotrachea (s.s.) sp. (1 2).

Stat. 1, Sept. 2, 11.45—12.30 a.m. Same position.

250—0 fms. Pterotrachea (s. s.) scutata (1 ?).

Stat. n, Sept. 8, hour? N. of N. Saya de Malha Bank.

Surface. Protatlanta souleyeti (14), Atlanta lesueuri (21), Atlanta inflata (132).

Stat. q, Sept. 27, 7—9.30 a.m. 8. by E. of Farquhar.

1000—0 fms. Atlanta peroni (2), Atlanta inclinata (2).

* Ic. fig. 67. Here Vayssitre depicted the visceral nucleus, and the neighbouring parts, of the female

of F. desmaresti.

+ Within brackets is indicated the number of specimens caught.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 24

186

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Stat. u, Sept. 29—30, 7 p.M.—7 a.m. Farquhar.

Surface. Atlanta peroni (1), Atlanta lesuewri (1), Atlanta inclinata (3), Atlanta

helicinoides (1), Atlanta gibbosa (2).

Stat. x, Oct. 2—3, 8 p.M.—6 a.m. Providence.

Surface. Firoloida kowalewskyi (1 2).

Stat. y, Oct. 4—5, 8 p.M.—6 a.m. Same position.

Surface. Cardiapoda sublevis (1 2).

Stat. aa, Oct. 6, 11.30 A.m.—1.30 p.m. Between Providence and Alphonse.

900—0 fms. Firoloida kowalewskyi (2 22).

Stat. bb, Oct. 6, 3—3.30 p.m. Same position.

140—0 fms. Firoloida kowalewskyi? (1, head only).

Stat. dd, Oct. 7, 4—5.30 p.m. S. of Alphonse Island.

Surface. Firoloida kowalewskyi (12, 10 $2, 2 ??).

Stat. ee, Oct. 7—8, 9 p.M.—6 a.m. S.E. of Alphonse Island.

Surface. Furoloida kowalewskyi (1 2).

Stat. hh, Oct. 12—13, 8 p.m.—6 a.m. Amirante, N. of Darros Island.

Surface. Atlanta peroni (1), Cardiapoda trachydermon (1 3).

Stat. kk, Oct. 16, 8—9.30 a.m. Amirante, Desroches Atoll.

50—0 fms. Pterosoma planum (1 $), Firoloida kowalewskyi (2 33).

100—0 fms. Firolorda kowalewsky: (1 2).

200—0 fms. Pterotrachea (s. s.) sp. (1 2).

250—0 fms. Pterotrachea (Euryops) mutabilis (1 ¢).

Stat. ll, Oct. 16, morning. About same position.

750—0 fms. Firoloida kowalewskyi (1 2).

Stat. mm, Oct. 16, about noon. About same position. ;

400—0 fms. Atlanta peroni (1), Atlanta lesuewrt (1), Cardiapoda sublevis (1 $),

Cardiapoda acuta (1 ¢), Firoloida kowalewskyi (2 $2).

Stat. nn, Oct. 16, afternoon. About same position.

200—0 fms. Atlanta inclinata (2), Cardiapoda acuta (1 3).

B. DreEpGInG STATIONS.

Stat. D5, Oct. 4, Providence, 230 fms. Dredge rectangular.

Pterotrachea (s. s.) scutata (1 $).

C. “INVESTIGATOR” SPECIMENS.

12° 20’ N., 85° 8’ E., 1808 fms., Carinaria sp. (one small broken shell).

7 miles 8.E. by E. of Ross Island, 265 fms., Carinaria sp. (1, beyond recognition).

(Stat. 235), 40° (2) 18’ N., 98° 40’ E., 370—419 fms. ; Cardiapoda trachydermon (1 ).

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 187

3. DISTRIBUTION.

Horizontal distribution. As has been repeatedly pointed out, the Heteropods are

typical inhabitants of tropical and subtropical waters. Like many other pelagic organisms

they seem to extend within these regions over vast areas and some species are almost

universally distributed. The occurrence of Protatlanta souleyeti in the Indian Ocean may

first be mentioned ; this species had been hitherto only observed in the Atlantic*. All

other Atlantide here recorded were already known to inhabit the area explored. Among

the Carinariidee Pterosoma, which was found off the coasts of New Guinea, in the Channel

of Formosa, between the Admiralty Islands and Japan, near Sydney, and in the gulf

of Bengal, has been obtained by the Sealark from the western part of the Indian

Ocean ; further the three species of Cardiapoda of the Siboga Expedition were caught

in this same region. As to the Pterotracheide the most noteworthy fact is the catch of

Pterotrachea (s.s.) scutata, a species known to inhabit the Mediterranean (Gegenbaur,

Oberwimmer) and also the eastern part of the Atlantic (Vayssiére under the name Firola

gegenbauri). Pterotrachea (Euryops) mutabilis has been recorded recently by the Siboga

Expedition from the Malay Archipelago. Finally Firoloida kowalewskyi, which not only

inhabits the seas around the Canaries and the Malay Archipelago, seems to be abundant

in the tropical Indian Ocean.

It is remarkable that most of the Heteropods were found during the second part of

the expedition, and especially in the Amirante Group. To what cause this must be

ascribed, is difficult to say. The hydrographical conditions of the area do not seem to

differ essentially from other parts of the Indian Ocean visited by the Sealark. Whether

perhaps we may explain the fact by some particular method of pelagic fishing we shall

now try to find out.

Vertical distribution. So far as I know, Oberwimmer was the first to impose upon

the Heteropods a similar rule as had been erected by many naturalists already for the

Pteropods, viz. migrations to the surface as soon as darkness begins and disappearance at

daybreak}. According to this author both groups of organisms were most plentiful at the

surface from 6.45 P.M. to 8.45 p.m., afterwards became rarer, and showed from 3.45 A.M. to

5.30 A.M. another though smaller maximum, whereas surface-fishing during the day gave

only poor results.

From the foregoing list of the stations from which Heteropods have been recorded it

may be inferred that the following species were caught at or near the surface down to

25 fms.

Protatlanta souleyeti, Stat. n.

Atlanta peron, Stat. P, u, bh.

Atlanta lesueuri, Stat. n, u.

Atlanta inflata, Stat. n.

* See my recent publication: Monograph of the Atlantide, with description of the species in the

Leyden Museum, Notes /rom the Leyden Musewm, vol. xxx. p. 29, 1908.

{ Heteropoden und Pteropoden, Sinusigera, gesammelt von 8.M. Schiff “ Pola,” 1890—1894, Denkschr.

Kais. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Mathem.-Naturwiss. Cl., Band 65, 1898, pp. 574, 575.

24—2

188 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Atlanta helicinoides, Stat. u.

Atlanta turriculata, Stat. P.

Atlanta inclhinata, Stat. u.

Atlanta gibbosa, Stat. u.

Cardiapoda trachydermon, Stat. hh,

Cardiapoda sublevis, Stat. y,

Firoloida kowalewskyi, Stat. A, Q, a, x, dd, ee.

Of the stations here named, only A, a and dd were worked during the daytime*.

Firoloida kowalewskyi was the only species taken during these hours, whilst all other

species were obtained exclusively at night or by heaving in the pelagic nets from a depth

of 50—1000 fms. Oberwimmer’s experience in the Mediterranean seems therefore to refer

to a fairly general rule, according to which the Heteropods eftect daily vertical migrations

like the Pteropods and other pelagic organisms. It is clear, however, that we must wait

for much more information before forming our conclusion. Only it may be supposed

perhaps that the richer catches of Heteropods in the Amirante Group are due to a

frequently employed method of pelagic fishing during many hours of the night; at least

we cannot think that the waters around these islands should be richer in Heteropods than

other parts of the ocean.

As to the normal depth to which the Heteropods descend we know as yet very little.

The Sealark caught species of Atlanta and Firoloida if the pelagic net was sunk down to

a depth of 1000—900 fms. and heaved in to the surface, but of course it is impossible to

say at which depth the specimens got in the net, as no closing nets were used. Further

we have some notes about the bathymetrical occurrence of Carinaria mediterranea oft

the coast of Irelandt+t, where this species is recorded to live at depths of 768, 550, 450, 345

and 100 fms. The temperature in such depths of more than 700 fms. we may assume to

be rather unsuitable for such typical warm-water organisms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 12—14.

PLATE 12.

Fig. 1. Desmopterus gardineri, n. sp., from the hind side. x 16.

Fig. 2. Head and part of fins of same, proximal view. x25. Explanation of letters in figs. 1 and 2.

accgl. accessory sexual gland; 6.m. buccal mass; gon, gonad; h.gl. hinder gland; int. intestine ;

m.o. mouth opening; nephr. kidney; o.int. opening intestine; p. penis; st. stomach; ¢. tentacle.

Fig. 3. Oxygyrus rangi, from the left side; animal withdrawn within its shell. x 40.

Fig. 4. Cerebral ganglia and eyes of Cardiapoda sublevis. x18. cbg. nerve to the buccal mass;

cg. cerebral ganglion; Je. lens; mt. muscles to the tentacle; ne. optic nerve; not. nerve to the

otocyst; nt. nerve to the tentacle; ot. otocyst; ¢. tentacle.

Fig. 5. Visceral nucleus of same, from the right. x 35. a. anus; g. gills ; ind. intestine ; &. kidney ;

ok, opening kidney to the exterior; vg. visceral ganglion; vn. visceral nucleus.

* Unfortunately the hour of Stat. n has not been recorded. Yet it would be most interesting to know

it, as here a great many specimens, apparently a swarm, of Atlanta were obtained. [6—8 am. J. 8. Gj

+ Miss Anne L. Massy, The Pteropoda and Heteropoda of the Coasts of Ireland, Fisheries, Ireland,

Sc. Invest. 1907, ii. (1909), pp. 50, 51.

TESCH—PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA 189

PuaTE 13.

Fig. 1. Pterosoma planum, seen from above. x12. a, anus; at. atrium of the heart; e. eye; &. kidney;

sg. salivary gland; ¢. tentacle ; v. ventricle of the heart ; un. visceral nucleus.

Fig. 2. The same, seen from the right side. x 12.

Fig. 3. Visceral nucleus of the same, seen from the left. x 24. at. atrium of the heart; g. gills;

int. intestine; mr. thickened margin of mantle; . visceral nucleus; os. osphradium.

Fig. 4. Fin and its neighbourhood, from the right. x 30. f fin; p. penis; s. sucker.

Figs. 5, 5a. Transverse row (31st) of radula of same. x 320. Fig. 5 central plate; fig. 5a inter-

mediate and lateral plates. cp. central plate ; cp’. central plate of 6th row; zp. intermediate plate ;

1st Up. 2nd lp. first and second lateral plate.

PuatE 14.

Fig. 1. Pterotrachea scutata, from the left. x 3.

Fig. 2. Head and proximal part of trunk of same, another specimen, from above. x 34.

Fig. 3. Mouth of same, from within, cut open ventrally, and spread out to show the peribuccal

teeth. x 20. dg. dorsal group of peribuccal teeth; Jg. lateral group; vg. ventral group.

Fig. 4. Pterotrachea (Euryops) mutabilis, from the right side. x4. a#. atrium of the heart

k. kidney ; ok. opening kidney to the exterior; v. ventricle of the heart.

i y

‘

A .

- '

. ‘

‘

y : 1

‘

{

)

‘

i -

‘

{

‘P

Percy SbaDEN TRusT EXPEDITION Trans. Linn. Soo, Ser. 2. Zoon Vou.XlV. Pula.

( TEscH)

8. Wilson, Cambridge

J.J. Tesch, del.

PTEROPODA AND HETEROPODA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

Percy SLapeNn Trust EXPEDITION Trans. Linn. Soc, Ser.2. Zoot Vou.XIV. Pu.13

(TuscH)

=, 4)

Sod

<q]

o~—

SY},

BE. Wilson, Cambridge

PTEROSOMA PLANUM FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

’

: TAY

Prracoy SLADEN TRusT EXPEDITION Trans. Linn. Soo, Ser. 2. Zoon Vou.XIV. P14

( TEscH)

E Wilson, Cambridge

J.J.Tesch,del. . 2

PTEROTRAGHEA FROM THE INDIAN OCBAN

; ; eer tele we)

4 ie Gn f

Neat wes ary

1 el a oe

No. XI.—MARINE BRACHYURA.

By Mary J. Ratupun, Assistant Curator, Division of Marine Invertebrates,

United States National Museum, Washington, U.S.A.

(Plates 15—20 and Text-Figures 1, 2.)

(CommunicaTeD BY Pror. J. Stantey GaArpINeER, M.A., F.RS., F.LS.)

Read 2nd February, 1911.

THE collection of crabs is a large one, comprising 245 species and subspecies; of these,

33 species and 3 subspecies are new to science, and for 3 of the species new genera are

constructed.

The majority of the previously described species ave entered in the works by Alcock,

Laurie or Borradaile on the Brachyura of India, Ceylon and the Maldives, or form part

of the Indo-Pacific fauna. Among the exceptions are three species from the Seychelles

which have been recorded hitherto only from the Red Sea, or Persian Gulf, or both, viz. :

Atergatopsis signata, Actumnus bonniert and Humedonus granulosus. Another Red Sea

form, Actumnus globulus, was taken by the ‘“Sealark” at the Chagos Archipelago.

The results of the expedition show no connection with the West African fauna. The

genus Callinectes, it is true, is found for the first time in the Indian Ocean. This genus

reaches its greatest abundance both as to species and individuals, in temperate and

tropical America, and is fairly abundant on the west coast of Africa. The Indian species,

however, is similar to, if not identical with, that lately recorded from the ‘ Albatross”

collection in the South Pacific.

Most numerous among the ‘‘Sealark” crabs are the small oval Xanthids, as Actea,

Carpilodes, Pilumnus, etc. To the same family belongs a new and widely divergent type

with a stridulating mechanism, which has been named Gardineria in honour of the leader

of the expedition. A different arrangement for producing sound is presented by a new

species of Manella; it is the first occurrence of the sort noted among the Palicide. There

is an entire absence of Pinnotheridz and, save for one species of Typhlocarcinops, of those

hemispherical forms of the Gonoplacidee which were so abundant in Dr Mortensen’s

collection in the Gulf of Siam*.

* K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., 7 R., n.—m., Afd. v. 4, 1910, pp. 303— 368, text-figs. 1-44, pls. 1-2, 1 map.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 25

192 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

List of species, subspecies and varieties in the collection.

Dromidia cranioides de Man.

Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson.

" pentagonalis Hilgendorf.

op ornata, sp. nov.

Homalodromia coppingeri Miers.

Dynomene hispida Desmarest.

re predator A. Milne Edwards.

5 pugnatriz brevimana, subsp. nov.

os spinosa, sp. nov.

Latreillia pennifera Alcock.

Dorippe dorsipes (Linneus).

Calappa calappa (Linneus).

- hepatica (Linnzus).

. gallus (Herbst).

- bicornis Miers.

% alata, sp. nov.

Mursia spinimanus Rathbun.

Oreophorus reticulatus Adams & White.

Heteronucia ingens, sp. nov.

Prebebalia extensiva, gen. et sp. nov.

Persephona fugaa (Fabricius).

0 brevimana (Alcock).

A darnleyensis (Haswell).

Leucosides jecusculum, sp. nov.

5 angulata, sp. noy.

Pseudophilyra melita de Man.

Nursilia dentata Bell.

Parathranites orientalis Miers.

Caphyra rotundifrons (A. Milne Edwards).

> hemispherica, sp. nov.

Lnssocarcinus polybioides Adams & White.

S orbicularis Dana.

Portunus (Achelous) petreus (Alcock).

5 (Achelous) granulatus (Milne Edwards).

x (Achelous) orbitosinus, sp. nov.

55 (Achelous) orbicularis (Richters).

3 (Xiphonectes) longispinosus (Dana).

‘ (Xiphonectes) macrophthalmus Rathbun.

Callinectes alexandri Rathbun.

Charybdis erythrodactyla (Lamarck).

3 paucidentata (A. Milne Edwards).

_ hoplites (Wood-Mason).

i sp.

Thalamita crenata Latreille.

‘ dance Stimpson.

s prymna (Herbst).

: poissonit (Audouin).

. admete (Herbst).

is margaritimana, sp. nov.

quadrilobata Miers.

x integra Dana.

5 investigatoris Alcock.

Thalamita exetastica macrospinifera, subsp. nov.

gardineri Borradaile.

sealobata Miers.

cooper: Borradaile.

bouwviert Nobili.

oculea Alcock.

Lupocyclus rotundatus Adams & White.

‘3 quinquedentatus Rathbun.

Carupa leviuscula Heller.

Kraussia integra (de Haan).

4 nitida Stimpson.

Carpilius convexus (Forskal).

Carpilodes tristis Dana.

op sayademalhensis, sp. nov.

stimpsonit A. Milne Edwards.

s pediger Alcock.

% vaillantianus A. Milne Edwards.

3 cariosus Alcock.

5 virgatus Rathbun.

e monticulosus A. Milne Edwards.

5 pallidus Borradaile.

Liomera cinctimana (White).

., granosimana A. Milne Edwards.

Lioxantho latifrons, sp. nov.

Atergatopsis signata (Adams & White).

Platypodia cristata (A. Milne Edwards).

8 semigranosa (Heller).

5 anaglypta (Heller).

Zosimus ceneus (Linneus).

Lophozozymus dodone (Herbst).

re pulchellus A. Milne Edwards.

Euxanthus rugosus Miers.

5 herdmani Laurie.

Hypocolpus diverticulatus (Strahl).

Xantho impressus (Lamarck).

Leptodius exaratus (Milne Edwards), var.

55 sanguimeus (Milne Edwards).

* molokaiensis Rathbun.

3 nudipes (Dana).

PA gracilis (Dana).

cavipes (Dana).

3 cristatus Borradaile.

Medeus simplen A, Milne Edwards.

oH ornatus Dana.

Cycloxanthops angustus Rathbun.

Etisus dentatus (Herbst).

» levimanus Randall.

Etisodes electra (Herbst).

Actea tomentosa (Milne Edwards).

» remota Rathbun.

» tessellata Pocock.

» hirsutissima (Riippell).

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 193

Actea rufopunctata Milne Edwards.

garretti. Rathbun.

obesa A. Milne Edwards.

» afinis (Dana).

5 speciosa (Dana).

> ruppellii (Krauss).

acies, Sp, nov.

suffuscula, sp. nov.

variolosa Borradaile.

hellerit A. Milne Edwards.

savignyi (Milne Edwards).

» oletaria, sp. nov.

nodulosa White.

» flosculata Alcock.

5, polyacantha (Heller).

spinosissima Borradaile.

» perspinosa Borradaile.

», cavipes (Dana).

» Oanareias, sp. nov.

Daira perlata (Herbst).

Xanthias lamarckii (Milne Edwards).

on alcocki Rathbun.

” Sp.

as tuberculidens, sp. nov.

5 minutus (Rathbun).

Chlorodiella niger (Forskal).

# levissima (Dana),

33 barbata (Borradaile).

Phymodius ungulatus (Milne Edwards).

3 nitidus (Dana).

- sculptus (A. Milne Edwards).

= laysani Rathbun.

Chlorodopsis spinipes (Heller).

3 woodmasoni Alcock.

os scabricula (Dana).

a venusta Rathbun.

- melanospinis, sp. nov.

Pilodius pawmotensis Rathbun.

Cymo andreossyi (Audouin).

», melanodactylus de Haan.

» quadrilobatus Miers.

Pseudozius caystrus (Adams & White).

Epixanthus corrosus A. Milne Edwards.

Lydia tenax (Riippell).

Dacryopilumnus eremita Nobili.

Pilumnus longicornis Hilgendorf.

cf andersoni de Man.

43 hirsutus Stimpson.

> orbitospinis, sp. nov.

cr tahitensis de Man.

ay teeniola Rathbun.

= turgidulus, sp. nov.

ES trichophoroides de Man.

- alcocki Borradaile.

Actumnus setifer (de Haan), var.

Actumnus setifer amirantensis, subsp. noy.

A bonniert Nobili.

rs globulus Heller.

. obesus Dana.

5) simplex, sp. nov.

A levigatus, sp. Noy.

Eriphia sebana (Shaw).

si scabricula Dana.

Maldwwia gardineri, sp. nov.

Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst).

oF] 5 JSerruginea Latreille.

” on intermedia Miers.

or 58 maculata (MacLeay).

% rufopunctata (Herbst).

a digitalis (Latreille).

Tetralia glaberrima (Herbst).

Quadrella coronata Dana.

o maculosa Alcock.

Polydectus cwpulifer (Latreille).

Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet.

Lybia tesselata (Latreille).

5, pugil (Alcock).

Gardineria canora, gen. et sp. nov.

Bucrate crenata de Haan.

Pilumnoplax acanthomerus, sp. nov.

Catoptrus nitidus A. Milne Edwards.

5 inequalis (Rathbun).

Typhlocarcinops piroculata, sp. nov.

Palicus jukesti (White).

», whiter (Miers).

Manella gardineri, sp. nov.

Grapsus longitarsis Dana.

Pachygrapsus plicatus (Milne Edwards).

> minutus A, Milne Edwards.

5 longipes Rathbun.

Plagusia depressa tuberculata Lamarck.

Percnon planissimum (Herbst).

5 abbreviatum (Dana).

Hapalocarcinus marsupialis Stimpson.

Elamena gracilis Borradaile.

Macropodia formosa, sp. nov. -

Lambracheus ramifer Alcock,

Acheus lorina (Adams & White).

» brevifalcatus, sp. nov.

inimicus, Sp. NOV.

» eadelli Alcock.

Acheopsis thompsoni (Norman), var.

Oncinopus aranea de Haan.

Apinus indicus (Alcock).

Pseudocollodes complectens, gen, et sp. nov.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus White.

Sphenocarcinus cuneus (Wood-Mason).

Huenia proteus (de Haan).

Simocarcinus simplex (Dana).

Menethius monoceros (Latreille).

”

194 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Scyramathia pulchra (Miers).

Halimus inermis, sp. nov.

elongatus Ortmann.

borradailet Rathbun.

5 uncifer (Calman).

5 tenuicornis (Pocock).

Nawxioides mammillata (Ortmann).

5 hirta A. Milne Edwards.

Macroceloma nummifer Alcock.

Micippoides angustifrons A. Milne Edwards.

Parthenope (Parthenope) longimanus (Linnzeus).

”

(Rhinolambrus) longispinis (Miers).

FP, turriger (Adams & White).

(Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus (Adams &

White).

(Pseudolambrus) calappoides (Adams &

33 spinigera Borradaile. White).

Hoplophrys oatesii Henderson. $5 (Pseudolambrus) harpax (Adams & White).

Tylocarcinus styx (Herbst). D 5 plana, sp. nov.

Chlorinoides longispinus (de Haan). 9 6 erosa (Miers).

Schizophrys aspera (Milne Edwards). Daldorfia horrida (Linneus).

Cyclax suborbicularis (Stimpson). ”

Ophthalmias cervicornis (Herbst).

investigatoris (Alcock).

Cryptopodia pan Laurie.

Micippa margaritifera Henderson. Eumedonus granulosus MacGilchrist.

Cyphocarcinus minutus A. Milne Edwards.

ANNOTATED LIST.

Dromiide.

1. Dromidia cranioides de Man.

Dromia cranioides Alcock (5)*, p. 138,

Cargados Carajos, 24 fms., Sta. B47; 1 ? juv. without chelipeds ; C. 1.1 7% mms

C. b. 6°8 mm.

Amirante, 28 fms., Sta. E 6; 2 ¢; C. 1. 13°6 mm., C. b. 13°4 mm.

2. Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson.

Dromia (Cryptodromia) canaliculata Alcock (5), p. 142.

Salomon; 1. Praslin, reef; 1 2.

3. Cryptodromia pentagonalis Hilgendorf.

Dromia (Cryptodromia) pentagonalis Hilgendorf, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss, Berlin,

Nov. 1878 (1879), p. 815, pl. 2, figs: 1—2.

Peros, Coin; 1 juv. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 17; 1 ¢ ovig. Amirante,,

29 fms., Sta. E1; 1 2: 20—25 fms. Sta. E13; 1 $. Seychelles, 39 fms. Sta. F 3;

1 ¢ ovig.: 34 fms., Sta. F7; 1 ¢, under sponge.

* This and similar citations refer to the issues of the following work:

A. Alcock, Materials for a Carcinological Fauna of India. No. 1, “The Brachyura Oxyrhyncha,” Jour.

Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv. pt. 1, No. 2, 1895; No. 2, “The Brachyura Oxystoma,” op, cit., lxv. pt. 11, No. 2, 1896;

No. 3, “The Brachyura Cyclometopa,” pt. 1, “The Family Xanthide,” op, cit., lxvii. pt. u, No. 1, 1898; No. 4,

“The Brachyura Cyclometopa,” pt. 1, “The Families Portunide, Cancride and Corystide,” op. cié., Ixviil. pt. 11,

No. 1, 1899; No. 5, “The Brachyura Primigenia or Dromiacea,” op. cit., Ixviii. pt. 11, No, 3, 1899; No. 6, ‘The

Brachyura Catometopa or Grapsoidea,” op. cit., xix. pt. 11, No. 3, 1900.

7 A list of the stations will be found in vol. xii. of these Transactions, p. 163 e¢ seg. They are indicated

throughout by capital letters as above.

{ The abbreviations indicating measurements are those employed by Laurie, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl

Fisheries, pt. v, Suppl. Rept. xl. Brachyura, 1906, p. 350.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 195

The largest of these specimens (Sta. E.1) measures, C. 1. 6°8 mm., C. b. 7°2 mm.

In most respects they agree with Hilgendorf’s figures; the distance between the

supraorbital and postorbital angles is greater than is represented by him, being nearly as

great as the distance from the supraorbital angle to the lateral tooth of the front. The

tooth behind the branchial groove is not developed. The ‘“Sealark” specimens are all

smaller than the type. The carapace is so convex as to be hemispherical.

4. COryptodromia ornata, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 1).

Saya de Malha, 125 fms. Sta. C5; 1 $ type. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 7; 1 9.

4, C. 1. 21°6 mm., C. b. 26°8 mm., antennal peduncle about 12 mm.

Carapace and appendages covered with a very short vesicular tomentum which does

not conceal the coarse, crisp granulation. A few longer, fine hairs. Regions plainly

marked ; protogastric regions convex ; 2 convex bosses on the branchial region. Front

and upper orbit with a laminar margin; front tridentate, teeth thin, lateral teeth the

larger. A small inconspicuous preorbital tooth. Outer angle of the orbit non-dentiform.

Lateral margin winged, continued anteriorly downward to the level of the front margin

of the buccal cavity, then upward to the lower tooth of the orbit; it is cut into 3 large

denticulate teeth in front of the cervical suture, and 3 or 4 smaller teeth behind that

suture. A tooth at the buccal angle. Efferent ridge strong; epistome with a deep

triangular cut on either side of the ridge.

Chelipeds equal, rough with granulated tubercles, tomentose inside ; palm very thick,

especially in the upper half, and twice as long as fingers, measured in the middle line,

prehensile teeth fitting close together; only the extremities of the fingers are smooth and

naked, white and polished.

First and second legs rough like the chelipeds; third and fourth pairs subequal in

length and chelate, but the third is broader and rougher and in its general appearance

resembles the preceding legs.

Sternal grooves of female far apart, ending opposite the first ambulatory legs.

This species resembles Petalomera except in having non-cristate legs. Of the species

of Cryptodromia, it approaches C. gilesti Alcock*, but it is readily distinguished by the

alate lateral border extending nearly its full length, and the chelate subdorsal legs.

5. Homalodromia coppingeri Miers.

Lasiodromia coppingert Alcock, Cat. Indian Dec. Crust., pt. 1, fase. 1, 1901, p. 57,

pee tll, figs. 15, 15 a.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E2; 1 2: 25—80fms., Sta. E11; 1 2, soft shell: 30 fms.,

Sta. HE 21; 2%. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 9.

estan a s, ©. I: 9°5 mm,, C. b. 9-2 mm.

Dynomenide.

6. Dynomene hispida Desmarest.

Dynomene hispida de Man, Archiv. fiir Naturg., liii. pt. 1, 1888, p. 408.

Salomon; 19. Coetivy; 1 2.

* Catal. Indian Dec. Crust., pt. 1, fase. 1, 1901, p. 54, pl. 3, fig. 13.

196 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

7. Dynomene predator A. Milne Edwards.

Dynomene predator de Man, Archiv. fiir Naturg., li. pt. 1, 1888, p. 409.

Coetivy; 1 2.

8. Dynomene pugnatrix brevimana, subsp. nov.

Providence, 50—78 fims., Sta. D 4; 2 $ ovig.

Type, C. 1. 4°8 mm., C. b. 6°3 mm.

These specimens are a little smaller than de Man’s type of D. pugnatrix* and show

some differences. They are a little wider, the palm is shorter in relation to the fingers,

has a few spinules on its upper edge, while the wrist and the chela are both provided

with a few hairs.

9. Dynomene spinosa, sp. nov. (Plate 17, fig. 1).

Coetivy ; 3 ¢.

Type 3, C. 1. 19°6 mm., C. b. 24:7 mm.

Carapace and appendages covered with a thick tomentum of club-shaped sete; and

at regular intervals with bunches of long slender hairs, arising from elevations which are

granular or bear a single spine, as on the antero-lateral region and on the dorsal surface

of chelipeds and legs. Carapace subcircular, regions plainly marked; 5 antero-lateral

teeth, each tipped with a strong spine, of which the fourth is most produced. Front

broadly triangular, deeply grooved. Upper margin of orbit with two notches, outer angle

not dentiform, lower margin armed with 3 or 4 spines or teeth. Chelipeds subequal,

stouter and longer than the legs; lower margin of propodus and distal half of fingers bare ;

fingers deeply spooned, edges dentate, gaping when closed, the tips also dentate, their

teeth fitting neatly together, 2 teeth of the dactylus into 3 of the immovable finger,

Dactyli of first 3 legs armed with long slender spines on the posterior margin ; last leg

less than one-third as long as the preceding.

In the largest specimen, type, the claws have the appearance of being normal and the

tips of the dactyli of the legs are light brown. In a smaller specimen, 17°5 x 21°9 mm.,

the claws are relatively much smaller and unequal, and the whole surface of the dactyli,

excepting the hairs, is black. In the smallest specimen, 8°8 x 11°3, the chelipeds are equal,

resembling those of the type, the dactyli of the legs are dark brown for their distal half.

This species can be distinguished from all others by its numerous spines.

Latreilliide.

10. Latreillia pennifera Alcock.

Latreillia pennifera Alcock (5), p. 168; Cat. Indian Dec. Crust., pt. 1, fase. 1, 1901,

p- 71, pl. 7, fig. 27—27 6.

Saya de Malha, 125 fms., Sta. C 4; 1 ? ovig. Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 331

ovig.: 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 2 ¢.

Largest specimen, Sta. F 3, C. 1. 14°5 mm., C. b. 8 mm.

There are 3 cardiac tubercles forming a triangle, the median tubercle behind the

pair.

* Zool. Jahrb. Syst., iv. 1889, p. 444, pl. 10, fig. 13.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 197

Dorippide.

11. Dorippe dorsipes (Linnzeus).

Dorippe dorsipes Alcock (2), p. 277.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B15; 1 ¢: 29—30 fms., Sta. B7; 1 f juv.

Calappide.

12. Calappa calappa (Linneus).

Calappa fornicata Alcock (2), p. 142.

Praslin, reef; 1 young ?, 33 mm. long.

In specimens of this size the anterior half of the carapace is covered with flattened

tubercles.

13. Calappa hepatica (Linneus).

Calappa hepatica Alcock (2), p. 142.

Farquhar, atoll lagoon; 3 ¢ small. Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2; 1 ¢ small.

14. Calappa gallus (Herbst).

Calappa gallus Alcock (2), p. 146; Laurie, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Fisheries,

pt. v, Suppl. Rept. xl. Brachyura, 1906, p. 354.

Salomon; 1 ?, of the (A) type described by Laurie.

15. Calappa bicornis Miers (Plate 17, fig. 8).

Calappa gallus var. bicornis Miers, Rept. Zool. Coll. “Alert,” Crust., 1884, p. 550,

Providence Island, 19 fms.

Calappa wood-masoni Alcock (2), p. 148, pl. 6, fig. 2, south of Ceylon, 34 fms.;

Illus. Investigator, Crust., pt. v, 1897, pl. 28, figs. 2, 2a.

Seychelles, 34 fms.; Sta. F 8; 2g (1 adult, 1 juv.).

Dimensions.—f, C. 1. extreme 41°38 mm., C. b. just before the expansion 41°4 mm.,

C. b. extreme 50°5 mm.

The adult has the same form as C. gallus, from which species it is probably derived.

Compared with a male gallus of equal size, extreme length greater than width at sinus in

front of clypeiform expansion ; in gallus, length distinctly less than width. Tubercles of

carapace and chelipeds high and conical. Clypeiform expansions narrower and _ their

posterior teeth shorter (along their posterior margins). Hepatic cavity shallower. Front

deeply divided, the median sinus reaching back to level of lateral teeth of the front.

Antenne 2 as long as carapace. Upper and lower margins of orbit denticulate. The

sixth segment of the abdomen is as wide at its distal as at its proximal end, which is not

the case in gallus, and the terminal segment is considerably longer than in that species,

being 1% times longer than the sixth segment. In both species the sixth segment is

the longest of the seven, the last segment excepted. I think that the abdomen described

and figured by Alcock is that of a young ? rather than @.

A young male 15 mm. long is more quadrangular than the adult, and its tubercles

sharper; antenna % as long as carapace.

198 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

16. Calappa alata, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 2).

Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 2 @.

Dimensions.—?, apparently adult, C. 1. extreme 17°9 mm., C. b. between sinuses just

in front of clypeiform expansions 18°4 mm., C. b. extreme 21°8 mm.

A narrow species; width, exclusive of expansions, a little greater than length.

Surface depressed; anterior 2 covered with granulated tubercles arranged somewhat

in longitudinal lines and separated by granules; posterior 2 crossed by transverse

granulated lines, sparsely edged with fine hairs, and separated by almost smooth spaces.

Front, 15 times as wide as either orbit, formed of two oblique lobes deeply separated

by a notch rounded at the base. Intersutural lobes of the orbital margin shallow.

Antero-lateral margin slightly arched, separated from the clypeiform expansion by a

distinct re-entering angle, and cut into 11 shallow but well defined teeth. Greatest

transverse width of clypeiform expansion % as great as the extreme dimension in an

inwardly oblique antero-posterior direction, and cut into 9 teeth, there being three notches

on posterior margin. Antennze twice as long as width of orbit. Endostomial septum

extending vertically from the level of the front to the mouth, thickening posteriorly,

anterior edge convex.

Crest at distal end of arm faintly four-lobed ; upper surface of wrist and outer surface

of palm granulate, and with a few tubercles, an oblique line of regular granules on lower

part of outer surface of palm. Sixth segment of abdomen of male a little wider than long;

seventh segment as long as sixth is wide.

This species is very near C. depressa Miers* from the south Australian coast, 2 to

10 fathoms, which differs in its relatively narrower and more triangular carapace, the

wings following the antero-lateral outline ; obscure antero-lateral teeth ; nearly transverse

frontal lobes; in having two regular lines of granules on lower half of outer surface of

palm.

17. Mursia spinimanus Rathbun (Plate 15, fig. 5).

Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, Bull. U. 8. Fish Comm. for 1903, pt. mm, 19067,

p. 888, pl. 16, fig. 1, text-fig. 41.

Saya de Malha, 125 fms., Sta. C 2; 1 juv.

Dimensions.—C. |. extreme 17°2 mm., C. b. at anterior base of spines 19°7 mm., 1. of

spine on anterior margin 4°7 mm.

This specimen is rougher, as to granules and tubercles, than typical sponamanus ; the

3 posterior teeth are about as prominent as in the very much larger type specimen,

but they are more prominent than in young Hawaiian spinimanus of somewhat larger

and smaller sizes.

* Challenger Rept., Zool., xvii. 1886, p. 287, pl. 23, fig. 2.

+ For the sake of brevity, this report will be referred to further on as “Rathbun, 1906.”

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA Whe

Leucosiide.

18. Oreophorus reticulatus Adams and White (Plate 15, fig. 4).

Oreophorus reticulatus Alcock (2), p. 174.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 17; 1 ? ovig. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9;

1 ovig. Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C15; 1 $ ovig. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8 ;

1 ? ovig.

Dimensions.—?, Amirante: C. |. (entire) 11°4 mm., C. b. 15°6 mm. $, Saya de

Malha: C. 1. (entire) 12°3 mm., C. b. 17:1 mm.

The first two specimens agree in most respects with Alcock’s description. The

granules are flat-topped, in the intestinal-cardiac channel they are mostly stalked. The

edge of the front is truncate. The pterygostomian prominence is very protuberant, large

and blunt. The two lobes just above the posterior margin are well marked. The sternum

on either side of the penultimate segment of the abdomen is very prominent. The palms

are a little longer than wide (contrary to Alcock’s description), and the fingers are not

twice as long as palm. The lower margin of the immovable finger and the upper margin

of the dactylus, have throughout their whole length a thin laminate margin with a

erenulated edge.

The last two specimens are a little larger than the preceding and of so different an

aspect that one might easily consider them a distinct form. They are probably older,

better developed specimens of the same species, though all are ovigerous females. The

specimen from the Seychelles is coated everywhere except on the legs with a whitish

(in alcohol) nullipore, but so far as the characters are in evidence they agree with those

of the Saya de Malha specimen. In both, the granules are rounded off, confluent, and the

pitting and reticulation is more obscure. The median groove of the front is continued to

the edge, bilobing it. The pterygostomian prominence is small, tuberculiform. The two

lobes above the posterior margin are small and inconspicuous. The sternum is not pro-

tuberant above the abdomen. The palms are more swollen and a little wider than long,

the fingers about twice as long as palm; the outer edges of the fingers are less thin.

19. Heteronucia ingens, sp. nov. (Plate 17, fig. 2).

Amirante, 35 fms., Sta. E14; 1 2 adult.

Dimensions.—-?, C. 1. to tip of frontal teeth, 10 mm., C. b. 10°8 mm.

?.—Entire surface except of fingers and dactyli of legs covered with close-set

vesiculous granules, which are coarser on the abdomen and arms. On each lateral margin

are 7 tubercles or teeth; 1 below the orbit, at angle of buccal cavity and projecting

forward beyond the front, 1 less advanced, on the pterygostomian region, 4 on the

branchial region, the second of which marks the widest point of the carapace, and 1 faintly

indicated at the extremity of the posterior margin. About 5 smaller lower tubercles

either side of the dorsal surface besides one on the hepatic region. Intestinal region a

little elevated above the surrounding area; a shallow groove each side of mesogastric

region. Front broadly bidentate, neither the maxillipeds nor the margin of the buccal

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 26

200 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

cavity (except the tubercles at the outer corners) projecting beyond it in a strictly dorsal

view.

Cheliped (only the right is present) very little longer than the carapace; merus

swollen at distal end; palm narrowing distally, slightly longer than fingers; fingers

similar, longitudinally grooved, intervening ridges granulate; a narrow slit between fingers

when closed. The first (and longest) leg is a little shorter than carapace.

This species is considerably larger than any yet described. In the quality of the

granulation, it resembles H. vesiculosa Alcock*, but in that species the marginal spines

are strong, the chelipeds and fingers much longer. HH. venusta Nobilit has a tooth on the

inner border of each lobe of the front, and the arm has a conical tubercle on its posterior

and its anterior border. H. mesanensis Rathbun{ has a much more uneven surface, and

no tubercle at the angle of the buccal cavity.

PR#HXBEBALIA, gen. Nov.

(Prebeo, to reach out; Hbalia.)

Distinguished from Ebalia chiefly by its very long chelipeds, more than three times

as long as carapace, with slender, prismatic palms, twice as long as fingers.

Carapace wider than long, exclusive of the two posterior spines, less uneven than in

Ebalia; hepatic and intestinal regions well marked. Extremity of maxillipeds and buccal

frame projecting beyond front, and pterygostomian region beyond hepatic region. Orbits

very open ; two open fissures above, a broad U-shaped fissure below. Merus of maxilliped

2 as long as ischium, measured on inner margin. Legs unusually long and slender.

Sutures in coalesced abdominal segment (8rd, 4th and 5th) of g visible.

Type, Prebebalia extensiva, sp. nov.

20. Prabebalia extensiva, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 5).

Saya de Malha, 125 fms., Sta. C 4; 4 ¢. Providence, 125 fms., Sta. D 8; 1 $ type.

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F7; 1 3, 1 2.

Dimensions.—f, C. 1. entire 12°7 mm., C. 1. middle 11°3 mm., width 13 mm., Ch. 1.

about 46 mm.

Type ¢.—Extreme length of carapace nearly equal to extreme width; shape sub-

circular, antero-lateral and postefo-lateral distances subequal; frontal region separated

by a depression from rest of carapace ; surface finely and closely granulate with coarser

granules behind and below the front; intestinal and hepatic regions conical, tipped by

a tubercle; an interrupted furrow either side of cardiac region; 2 posterior spines sub-

conical, acuminate ; a tooth at lateral angle of carapace. Front bilobed by a deep furrow,

edge truncate in dorsal view, with small U-shaped median emargination. Of the two

upper orbital fissures, the inner is wider and deeper than the outer; lower sinus deeply

U-shaped, with a tuberculiform tooth at inner angle; inner gap of orbit not completely

* Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixv. 1896, p. 177, pl. 8, fig. 1.

+ Bull. Mus. hist. nat., 1906, No. 5, p. 260. t Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxii. 1909, p. 107.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 201

filled by the antenna which reaches sideways to the outer angle of the orbit. The basal

segment of the antennule is furnished with a hard plate with spinulous edges and a brush

of hairs underneath, which does not close the antennular aperture.

Margin of pterygostomian region coarsely granulated and obtusely angled. The roof

of the efferent branchial channels ends in a broad smooth lamina with finely granulated

edge; distal half of maxillipeds spinulous; a spinule tips the merus of the endognath,

while the largest spinules are at the proximal third of the merus and near the distal end

of the ischium. Abdomen more finely granulate than sternum; 6th segment slightly

wider than long.

Chelipeds four times as long as carapace exclusive of spines; slender, finely frosted ;

merus cylindrical, swollen at articulation with carpus; carpus and hand prismatic, the

latter widening a little distally, and more than twice as long as fingers, which are equal,

grooved, and meet along their denticulated edges except for a narrow gape at the base.

The legs diminish noticeably in length from first to fourth ; the first reaches nearly to end

of arm, the last is about 3 as long as first; a fringe of soft hair on upper margin of

dactyli.

In smaller specimens the granulation is more visible to the naked eye, and the

pterygostomian region is bordered by slender club-shaped spinules; the posterior and

lateral spines are longer, the tip of the intestinal region is prolonged in a spine; the

chelipeds are shorter, 34 times as long as carapace (in $ about 28 times), the palm not

twice as long as fingers.

21. Persephona fugax (Fabricius).

Myra fugax Alcock (2), p. 202.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 8, B15, B16, B17; 1? immature, 10 juv.

These 11 specimens are similar, and vary from 18°3 mm. wide (hinder part broken)

to 93mm. wide. The fine granulation is rather evenly distributed over the carapace ;

there is no tooth or denticle on the postero-lateral margin or on the antero-lateral margin

behind the branchio-hepatic sinus; the teeth at the ends of the posterior margin are

rectangular, blunt; the median is short, stout, acute.

22. Persephona brevimana (Alcock).

Myra brevimana Alcock (2), p. 206.

Persephona brevimana Rathbun, 1906, p. 891.

Seychelles, 44 fms., Sta. F 6; 1 ovigerous §.

The median carina is scarcely evident.

23. Persephona darnleyensis (Haswell).

Myra darnleyensis Alcock (2), p. 207.

Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 3; 1 ¢ without chelipeds: 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 ¢.

In the smaller of the specimens, 10°8 mm. wide (from F 8) the “cruciform constella-

tion” of granules is plainly visible; in the larger one, 11°8 mm. wide, it is very faintly

indicated.

‘ 26—2

202 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

24, Leucosides jecusculum, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 7).

Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E9; 1 ? ovigerous.

Dimensions.—$, C. 1. 10°2 mm., C. b. 9:7 mm.

A smooth, shining species. Carapace very little longer than broad, with a short,

projecting front, separated by a hollow from the slightly convex hepatic region. Margin

of front trilobed, middle lobe truncate with oblique sides; outer lobes truncate in front,

oblique on outer side. Antero-lateral margin, up to the branchio-hepatic sinus, nearly

straight, ornamented with 6 sharpish spaced granules; lateral rounded angle of carapace

with a rim of smaller, close-set bead granules. The thoracic sinus has no definite anterior

border, is covered with a mat of short hair which conceals a short line of granules along

the lower margin. The whole of the epimeral edge is visible in dorsal view ; it is bordered

with a raised line of very fine granules continued on the posterior margin ; surface below

the latter smooth.

Arm bordered by large bead granules ; two converging lines of the same on proximal

half of upper surface ; two lines of similar but smaller granules along inner edge of lower

surface and a few large granules at base of inner surface ; a patch of spongy hair at base

of upper and inner surface. Width of hand equal to outer length ; a line of fine granules

above, just within inner margin and coarser on basal lobule. Fingers slender, longer than

palm, with a narrow gape which diminishes regularly to the crossed tips, the dactylus

considerably overreaching the immovable finger.

The merus joints of the legs are flattened, have two rows of fine granules below and

one row above except in the first lez where there are two; propodal joints with sharp

crests above and below, dactyli long and slender.

Colour.—The anterior 3 of the carapace is reticulated with light brown (in alcohol),

a spot of same colour either side of intestinal region, and another near postero-lateral margin

above first ambulatory leg; a band of yellow across middle of fingers and across merus of

legs.

This species belongs to the same group as L. cumingi, L. hilaris and L. sima, the

distinctive characters of which are given by Nobili in Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, xl.

1906, p. 102. In order to compare our species with those three, I give below a summary

of the above description to correspond with his table:

1. Front rather prominent, trilobate.

Hepatic region slightly inflated.

Postero-lateral borders granulate as far as the first pair of feet.

Thoracic sinus not defined anteriorly.

Posterior border not prominent in the $, rather wide.

Hand with a line of granulations; fingers longer than palm.

Meropodites of ambulatory feet granulate above and below.

25. Leucosides angulata, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 8).

Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2; 1 % type.

Dimensions.—f, C. 1. extreme 12°4 mm., C. b. 11°8 mm.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 203

Carapace high in the middle, smooth; a little longer than broad; front prominent,

flattened above, anterior margin 4-lobed, lateral margin forming an obtuse re-entering

angle with hepatic margin, which is obscurely granulate; a pronounced hepatic angle ;

hepatic region not dorsally swollen ; postero-lateral margin with a fringe of short hair and

a slight concavity behind the lateral angle ; thickened epimeral edge visible in dorsal view

throughout its extent and continuous with the prominent posterior margin, both granulated ;

oblique surface below the latter smooth.

Thoracic cavity deep ; defined anteriorly by the smooth, convex, overhanging margin

of the pterygostomian region ; covered with a mat of short spongy hair except on a large

suboval tubercle or lamina which projects outward from the base of the cavity. The

sternum bears a strong curved tooth directed outward, downward and forward at the outer

angle of the ischium of the endognath.

Merus of chelipeds widens distally, its margins armed with large pearly tubercles,

three of which on the inner margin are larger and dentiform; at the base there are one

or two large tubercles and some spongy hair above and inside, and a few granules below.

The palms are a little longer than wide, outer margin cristate, inner margin swollen, a few

obscure granules on basal lobe. Dactyl slightly longer than palm ; both fingers grooved,

separated to a point where they cross some distance from the tips, a small tooth near base

of immovable finger.

The legs have two granulated crests below, the first leg two rows of granulations

above, the third and fourth legs one row above; second leg absent. Propodi cristate on

both edges.

Colour.—A spot of orange-brown on postero-lateral margin above first leg, a small spot

near posterior angle, two tiny spots near middle of posterior margin. Underside of body

and chelipeds sparingly speckled with same colour; touches of same on articulations of legs,

on top of merus-joints and about the middle of dactyli.

This species comes in Alcock’s key to the Indian species of Lewcosia (op. cit., p. 211)

next to L. elata (p. 214), but is strikingly differentiated by the angular hepatic margin,

four-lobed or toothed front, and large tubercle in the thoracic sinus.

26. Pseudophilyra melita de Man.

Pseudophilyra melita Alcock (2), p. 253.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B13; 1 juv. 4 mm. long, 3°6 mm. wide.

The general features are those of the adult, but the outer lobe of the orbit is more

independent, and there is a slight nick in the buccal wall just below the orbit.

27. Nursilia dentata Bell (Plate 15, fig. 6).

Nursilia dentata Alcock (2), p. 260.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 15; 2 ? (1 ovig.): B 16; 1 ? ovig.: B17; 2 9

(1 ovig.). Seychelles, 44 fms., Sta. F 6; 1 ¢ juv.: 34 fms, Sta. F7; 1 ¢.

In these specimens there is a fourth median spine just above the posterior margin ;

the ends of the latter are as distinctly dentiform in the $ asin the g. The abdomen of

the male appears to have the first and second segments free, the first being partially

hidden by the carapace.

204 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Portunide.

28. Parathranites orientalis Miers.

Parathranites orientalis Alcock (4), p. 17.

Salomon Bank, 60—120 fms.: 19. C.1. 13 mm., C. b. 18°7 mm.

29. Caphyra rotundifrons (A. Milne Edwards).

Caphyra rotundifrons Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv. 1907, p. 60, pl. 1,

fig. 4.

Praslin, reef; 1 9 ovig.

30. Caphyra hemispherica, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 9).

Coetivy, 32 feet, by diver; 1 ¢.

C. 1. 3°5 mm., C. b. 3°7 mm., thickness 2 mm.

Carapace hemispherical, smooth to the naked eye, microscopically granulous on

anterior third; 2 fine transverse ridges, one at the middle running across the carapace,

with two interruptions, and curving forward, to the last lateral tooth; the other further

forward on the gastric region. Front truncate, a minute median notch, and indications

of a shallow lobe on each side of it; outer angles rounded off and separated by a large

triangular notch from the subacute but less advanced preorbital angle. Four small antero-

lateral teeth, including the post-orbital angle, and diminishing in size from first to fourth.

One cheliped and 2 legs only are present; inner, lower margin of ischium and

proximal half of merus armed with slender spines; hand with a blunt superior marginal

line; the dactyli of the legs are strongly curved and taper rapidly to a long, slender spine

which occupies nearly half their length.

Allied to C. levis A. Milne Edwards (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., ix. 1873, p. 178,

pl. 4, fig. 2) and to C. natatrix Zehntner (Rev. Suisse Zool., ii. 1894, p. 162, pl. 7,

fig. 10) but differs in the greater convexity, in the front being less cut up into teeth, in

the fewer and smaller antero-lateral teeth, in the unarmed wrist and palm.

31. ILnssocarcinus polybioides Adams and White.

Inssocarcinus polybioides Alcock (4), p. 19.

Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2; 1 small 2.

32. Inssocarcinus orbicularis Dana.

Inssocarcinus orbicularis Alcock (4), p. 20.

Salomon; 1 ¢, 1 ovig. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B23; 19. Saya de Malha,

55 fms., Sta. C15; 1 9.

33. Portunus (Achelous) petreus (Alcock).

Neptunus (Amphitrite) petreus Alcock (4), p. 37; Hus. Zool. Investigator, Crust.,

pt. vil, 1900, pl. 46, fig. 2.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 3; 1 ¢: 30 fms., Sta. B 17; 1 ¢. Providence,

39 fms: Stan, ets 1

g, Sta. D1, C. 1. 17°6 mm., C. b. (incl. spines) 27°3 mm.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 205

The sinuses between the frontal teeth are deeper than in the figure cited ; the last

lateral spine is about twice as long as the preceding. In a smaller specimen (C. 1.

12°8 mm.), the lateral spine is 24 times as long as the preceding.

34. Portunus (Achelous) granulatus (Milne Edwards) (Plate 15, fig. 10).

Iupea granulata Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i. 1834, p. 454.

Neptunus (Achelous) granulatus Alcock (4), p. 45 (part); not Amphitrite gladiator,

var., de Haan, 1837, pl. 18, fig. 1.

Portunus (Achelous) granulatus Rathbun, 1906, p. 871, pl. 12, fig. 2.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B3; 13, 1 2.

Two closely allied forms have been combined by myself and others under the specific

name “granulatus.” The true ‘ granulatus,” I believe, is that figured in my Hawaiian

bulletin (/oc. cit.), while the other species is that figured by de Haan, Fauna Japonica,

Crust., pl. 18, fig. 1, as a variety of Amphitrite gladiator. The shape of the chelipeds,

maxillipeds and legs is the same in both, and that of the carapace nearly the same.

The chief differences are as follows:

(1) In granulatus, the granules cover nearly the whole of the carapace, the smooth

sulci between the areoles being narrow; in orbitosinus the granules are in patches separated

by broad smooth areas.

(2) In granulatus, the sinus between the first antero-lateral tooth (the orbital

tooth) and the next tooth is as wide as the succeeding sinus ; in orbitosinus the first sinus

is much smaller than (usually half as wide as) the second sinus. This is well shown in

de Haan’s figure.

(3) In granulatus, the suborbital sinus is narrow and very deep, much deeper

than its greatest width; in orbztosinus the sinus is shallower, approximating an equilateral

triangle.

(4) In granulatus, the abdomen of the ¢ is triangular, after the 3rd segment*;

in orbitosinus the margins of the abdomen after the third segment are strongly

sinuous and the 6th segment is widest at its middlef.

35. Portunus (Achelous) orbitosinus, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 11).

Amplutrite gladiator, var., de Haan, Fauna Japon., Crust., 1837, p. 65, pl. 18,

fig. 1.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 15; 1 ¢, 1 2: 30 fms., Sta. B17; 13, 1 9: 30 fms.,

eb 23; 22,29. Amirante, 32 fms., Sta. E 5; 19: 33 fms. Sta. E 8; 19: 34 fms.,

Sta. E9; 2 juv. Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2; 1 juv.: 44 fms., Sta. F 6; 19: 34 fms.,

Sta. F 8; 1 2: 37 fms., Sta. F9; 1 2.

For description, see under preceding species.

This appears to be a larger species than P. granulatus, and also a commoner one

in the western Indian Ocean. ¢ Sta. B 23, C. 1. 22°6 mm., C. b. 33°3 mm. The largest

P. granulatus handled is an ovigerous ? from the Caroline Islands, measuring 17 x 24 mm.

(A. Milne Edwards, loc. cit., gives 19 x 28 mm.).

* As stated by A. Milne Edwards, Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., x. 1861, p. 344.

+ The abdomen accompanying de Haan’s fig. 1, pl. 18, though labelled “¢,” is that of a 9.

206 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

36. Portunus (Achelous) orbicularis (Richters).

Neptunus (Achelous) orbicularis Aleock (4), p. 47.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B3; 1 3, 2 juy.

4, C. 1. 27 mm., C. b. 34°2 mm.

37. Portunus (Xiphonectes) longispinosus (Dana).

Neptunus (Hellenus) longispinosus Alcock (4), p. 40.

Salomon, 1 2, with the appearance of having been in a fish stomach. Providence,

39 fms., Sta. D1; 12,29. Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F2; 29: 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 24.

38. Portunus (Xiphonectes) macrophthalmus Rathbun.

Portunus (Xiphonectes) macrophthalmus Rathbun, 1906, p. 871, text-fig. 31, pl. 12,

fig. 5.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms.*, Sta. B 9; 19. Seychelles, 31 fms. Sta. F 2; 2 ¢.

39. Callinectes alexandri Rathbun (Plate 17, fig. 4).

Callinectes alexandri Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv. 1907, p. 61, pl. 2

fig. 1, pl. 9, figs. 3, 3a, 3b.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B23; 12small, but mature. C. 1. 25°3 mm. (approx.),

C. b. 53°3 mm.

This species was based on two young specimens from Tahiti and Fiji; the specimen

from the Indian Ocean is considerably larger, without being full grown, and, when taken,

was about to moult. It presents some differences from the type, differences which it

seems best to regard as due to age until more material is available.

(1) The carapace is narrower and the lateral spine shorter. (Compare pl. II, fig. 1,

loc. cit., with the figure given here.)

(2) The granulation on the carapace is denser.

(3) The lateral teeth are blunter and less like saw-teeth. Teeth 2 to 6, inclusive,

are similar, their posterior margins about 15 times as long as their anterior margins,

tips blunt; tooth 7 has the posterior margin about 14 times as long as the anterior,

tip blunt; tooth 8 is narrower, sharp, anterior margin deeply concave, and having the

same length (across the chord) as the posterior margin ; lateral spine 34 times as long as

the preceding tooth, its axis transverse.

(4) The last two segments of the abdomen are a little more elongate than in

pl. IX, fig. 3 a, loc. cit. The appendages of the first segment (which were undeveloped in

the type) have straight extremities and reach to the terminal fourth of the sixth segment.

40. Charybdis erythrodactyla (Lamarck).

Charybdis erythrodactyla Rathbun, 1906, p. 872, pl. 4.

Salomon; 1 ¢. Amirante; 1 ¢.

41. Charybdis paucidentata (A. Milne Edwards).

Goniosoma paucidentatum A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, x.

1861, p. 381, pl. 35, fig. 3.

* May have been swimming at the surface.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 207

Coetivy ; 1 $ immature. ; .

C. 1. 28°6 mm., C. b. 37°77 mm. The chelipeds and the first leg on the right side

are represented only by thin soft appendages of small size. The specimen has a much

more Thalamta-like aspect than a larger f, 47°6 x 63°2 mm., taken at Aldabra by

Dr. W. L. Abbott.

42. Charybdis hoplites (Wood-Mason).

Charybdis (Goniohellenus) hoplites Alcock (4), p. 66.

Saya de Malha, 47 fms., Sta. C 11; 1 ¢. C. 1. to tip of teeth, 27°5 mm., C. b.

43°6 mm.

Not typical, because the posterior lateral spine is very little longer than the teeth

which precede it. The specimen is larger than that noted by Alcock. Compared with

a specimen still smaller, received from the Indian Museum, the angles of the posterior

margin are scarcely eared, though prominent; the short ridges on the anterior gastric

region are single lines of granules. I am not able to say whether these are age variations,

or represent a subspecies.

43. Charybdis, sp.

Amirante, 25 fms., Sta. E 3; 1 ¢ juv., without chelipeds. C. 1. 4:8 mm., C. b.

6°5 mm., f. orb. b. 5°4 mm.

Belongs to the ‘‘ Gonioneptunus” division of the genus, in which the lobular external

process of the basal joint of the antenna is not in contact with the front.

Front advanced, arcuate, 8-toothed, submedian pair of teeth a little wider than

median pair, two outer pairs subequal and a little smaller than median pair; teeth

subtruncate. The two orbits together are nearly as wide as front.

Postero-lateral corners rounded.

Antero-lateral margin making a very slight angle with the axis of the crab; 6 teeth

subequal, the 2nd and 5th slightly reduced ; 3rd to 6th inclusive sharp.

Granular ridges of dorsal surface prominent and arranged as in C. subornata

(Ortmann)*, that is a ridge between the teeth of the last pair, three ridges in front of it,

the two foremost of which are broken in two, a ridge on the cardiac region, three short

ridges, one behind the other, on the branchial region.

Merus of last foot more than twice as long as broad and armed with a strong spine ;

posterior margin of propodus spinulous.

44, Thalanuta crenata Latreille.

Thalanuta crenata Alcock (4), p. 76.

Praslin, reef; 3 2.

45. Thalanuta dane Stimpson.

Thalamita dane (4), p. 77.

Egmont, reef; 1 3g, 1 $.

* Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vii. 1893, p. 79, pl. 3, fig. 9.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 27

208 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

46. Thalamita prymna (Herbst),

Thalamita prymna Alcock (4), p. 78.

Egmont, reef; 1 g juv. Cargados Carajos, reef; 2 3, 1? juv. Coetivy; 1 3, 1 &.

47. Thalamita poissonii (Audouin).

Thalamita poisson Alcock (4), p. 81.

Peros, Coin; 2 g, 2 2 immature. Saya de Malha, 150 fms, Sta. C. 1; 1%

immature.

Largest specimen (¢), C. 1. 10°8 mm., C. b. 16 mm.

The tip of the 5th lateral tooth forms a regular curve with a line connecting

the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd teeth; all the teeth, except in some cases the Ist, are spiniform.

The posterior border of the propodite of the last pair of legs is armed with 4 to 6 spinules.

The teeth on the anterior border of the arm are acute.

48. Thalamita admete (Herbst).

Thalanuta admete Rathbun, 1906, p. 874.

Salomon; 2 g. Egmont, reef; 17, 29. Amirante, 29 fms. Sta. E1; 12 juv.:

29 fms., Sta. H 2; 2 $ (1 ovig.). Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2; 3 juv.: 34 fms., Sta. F 8;

1 #juv., 1 2juv. Coetivy; 1 ¢.

49. Thalamita margaritimana, sp. nov. (Plate 15, fig. 12).

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 2; 2 ¢(1 is type), 2 ? ovig. Seychelles, 34 fms.,

Sta. F'7; 1 juv.: 34 fms., Sta, Bes 2-3.

Type g, C. 1. 15°8 mm., C. b. 26 mm.

Differs from 7. auwawensis Rathbun (Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1903, part m1, 1906,

p. 874, pl. 12, fig. 1) (1) in having the fifth lateral spine longer, being produced as far

as the third tooth; (2) in the great roughness of the whole surface of the hand; it is

covered with flattened bead granules, and the ridges are strong and formed by a row

of bead granules.

Near 7. granosimana Borradaile (Fauna Maldives, i. 1902, p. 202) in which the

fourth side tooth is small but not vestigial as in this new form.

———

50. Thalamita quadrilobata Miers.

Thalamita quadrilobata Alcock (4), p. 84.

Cargados Carajos, 20—25 fms., Sta. B17; 1 3 juv. i

The basal joint of the antenna bears four slender sharp spines. ;

51. Thalamita integra Dana.

Thalamita integra Alcock (4), p. 85.

Diego Garcia, lagoon; 1 $: barachois; 3 g (1 soft shell), 1 9, 3 juv.

52. Thalamita investigatoris Alcock.

Thalamita investigatoris Alcock (4), p. 85; Ilus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. VIII,

1900, pl. 47, figs. 1, la.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 209

Providence, 29 fms., Sta. D 3; 1 2 juv.: 50—78 fms., Sta. D 4; 1 ¢. Amirante,

34 fms., Sta. E 9; 1 2 juv.: 20—25 fms., Sta. E13; 1 ¢ soft shell: 35 fms., Sta. E 14;

1 ¢ ovig.: 39 fms., Sta. E16; 2 9 soft shell: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 2 ¢, 19. Seychelles,

34 fms., Sta. F 8; 4 3, 6 2 (2 ovig.), 4 juv.: 37 fms., Sta. F 9; 1 ¢.

Largest specimen, ¢, Sta. E 21, C. 1.9 mm., C. b. 13°3 mm.

In large specimens the fifth lateral tooth is larger, in proportion to the first three

teeth, than in smaller specimens. There are 3, 4 or 5 spines on the palm: in adults 3

or 4; in young specimens 4 or 5.

538. Thalamita exetastica macrospinifera, subsp. nov.

Providence, 50 fms., Sta. D 11; 1 juv. Amirante, 39 fms., Sta. E16; 1 3 type.

ac. |. 10:2 mm.,’C. b. 14°3 mm.

Combines the characters of 7. ewetastica spinifera Borradaile and 7. exetastica

macrodonta Borradaile*, that is:

1. There are spines along the hinder edge of the propodite of the last leg.

2. The last side-tooth is nearly as large as the third and projects somewhat more

than the rest. Fourth tooth rudimentary.

3. The median frontal lobes are only a trifle narrower than the submedian

(as 8 : 9).

In No. 1 it resembles spinifera, in No, 2 it resembles macrodonta, in No. 3 it is

typical exetastica.

Our subspecies resembles Borradaile’s specimens in having the granulation of the

cheliped more dominant than the squamiform markings.

54. Thalamita gardineri Borradaile.

Thalamita gardineri Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna Maldive and Laccadive Arch., i.

1902, p. 205, text-fig. 36.

Coetivy; 2 3, 3 $ (2 ovig.).

Largest specimen (¢), C. 1. 14°38 mm., C. b. 23 mm.

Agrees with points i to iv of Borradaile’s description. The chelipeds of the adult ¢

(larger than his type) are distinctly unequal; the upper surface of the arm beyond the

carapace is covered with squamiform markings, as is also, but faintly, the lower part

of inner surface of palm. There are from five to seven spines on the hinder edge of

the last propodite.

55. Thalamita sexlobata Miers.

Thalamita sexlobata Alcock (4), p. 87.

Amirante, 28 fms., Sta. E 6; 1 ¢: 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 1 ¢: 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11;

1g: 20—25 fms., Sta. E 13; 19. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 ¢. Praslin, from

weed ; 1 juv.

* Gardiner, Fauna Maldive Arch., i. 1902, p. 203.

—ra OS

BCS AS gs

‘ See me:

[ BSO® “S

ra aires

Ly LIBRARYi=x

210 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The largest specimen (?) is only 4°7x7 mm. In all the specimens the median and

submedian frontal teeth are incompletely separated from each other; the 4th or rudi-

mentary lateral tooth is sometimes indistinguishable. In the smallest specimen (Praslin)

the 3rd and 4th teeth are nearly obsolete.

56. Thalamita cooperi Borradaile.

Thalanuta cooperi Borradaile, Fauna Maldive and Laccadive Arch., i. 1902, p. 206,

text-fig. 37.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 2; 1, 1 2 ovig.: 25—80 fms., Sta. EH 11; 5 4, 49:

30 fms., Sta. E 21; 6 ¢ (1 with Rhizocephalid parasite), 4 §.

The edge of the front is less convex than in the figure cited.

57. Thalamita bouviert Nobili.

Thalanuta bouviert Nobili, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1906,-p. 7.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B13; 29%. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 1 juv.

Mature °, C. 1. 7°5 mm., C. b. 11°2 mm.

The antero-lateral lines are nearly parallel to each other; the postero-lateral

margins strongly convergent. The posterior margin of the propodus of the last leg is

spinulous.

58. Thalamita oculea Alcock.

Thalamita oculea Alcock (4), p. 91; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. vi, 1900,

pl. 48, figs. 3, 3 a.

Saya de Malha, 26 fims., Sta. C 16; 1 ? ovig. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 1 ? juv.

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 4 3, 8 ? (6 ovig.).

Largest specimen, Sta. C 16, ?; C. 1. 13 mm., C. b. 20 mm.

In this series the frontal notch, though small, is visible to the naked eye; the 5th

lateral tooth, while very small, is a little larger than the 4th; there are four teeth on the

palm, the tooth at the middle of the outer crest of the upper surface being usually, but

not always, well developed.

59. Lupocyclus rotundatus Adams and White.

Impocyclus rotundatus Alcock (4), p. 23

Saya de Malha, 47 fms. Sta. C 12; 1 ¢. Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 3; 1 @

immature.

The ¢ is of unusual size, C. ]. 17°2 mm., C. b. 23 mm.

60. Lupocyclus quinquedentatus Rathbun.

Lupocyclus quinquedentatus Rathbun, 1906, p. 869, text-fig. 28, pl. 12, fig. 7.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B9; 19. Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; i: juv.

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 ¢.

61. Carupa leviuscula Heller.

Carupa leviuscula Alcock (4), p. 26.

Salomon; 2 3. Coetivy; 5 ¢, 29; one of the females, immature, has the 6th and

7th lateral teeth much longer than usual, and actually spiniform: 32 feet, by diver;

1 juv.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 211

Atelecyclide.

62. Kraussia mtegra (de Haan).

Kraussia integra Alcock (4), p. 97.

Salomon; 1 2 and half of another.

63. Kraussia nitida Stimpson.

Kraussia nitida Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxix. 1902, p. 132, plate,

fig. 13.

Amirante, 20—25 fms., Sta. E13; 1 $ juv.

Xanthide.

64. Carpilius convexus (Forskal).

Carpilius convecus Alcock (3), p. 80.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; 1 2 juv.: 20—25 fms, Sta. E 13; 1 9 juv.

Coetivy; 4 ¢, 3 9, all small.

65. Carpilodes tristis Dana.

Carpilodes tristis Alcock (3), p. 82.

Salomon; 2 ¢, 59. Peros, Coin; 1 ¢. Egmont, reef; 392. Coetivy; 3 3.

In most of the specimens the chelipeds (in alcohol) are a light reddish colour, and

the legs have a few broad bands of the same.

* 66. Carpilodes sayademalhensis, sp. nov. (Plate 17, fig. 5).

Saya de Malha, 26 fms., Sta. C 16; 1 $.

oe! 9-5 mm., C. b. 15 mm.

Carapace granulate, granules very fine except on the anterior and antero-lateral

portions, where they are coarsest in the depressions between the lobules. Posterior

third not lobulate; besides the narrow groove next the hind margin there is another

broad shallow furrow between that margin and 3 M; 4 M narrow and ill-defined; 2 M

partly divided by a shallow groove anteriorly; 1 M well marked, nearly as long as wide ;

of the marginal lobes, D is scarcely developed, E and N are shallow lobes, fused with 1 L

and 3 L respectively ; 2 L anteriorly emarginate; grooves in front of T and § continued

inward halfway to the gastric region. Edge of front convex, faintly emarginate, a

sharp groove leading back to 3M; O divided into three lobules by two supraorbital

grooves.

Chelipeds and legs granulate; arm denticulate above, wrist nodulous; hand with

a longitudinal groove below upper margin; fingers grooved, toothed, moderately gaping.

Legs with a groove on the dorsal surface of carpus and propodus. Body a mixture of pink

and green, in alcohol, legs banded with pink and white.

In form, resembles C. levis A. Milne Edwards*, but is rougher and has more

numerous furrows.

* Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat.; ix. 1873, p. 179, pl. 5, fig. 3.

212 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

67. Carpilodes stimpsonii A. Milne Edwards.

Carpilodes stimpsoni Alcock (3), p. 82.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 1 juv.: 30 fms., Sta. E21; 1 3, 1 2 immature.

Coetivy ; 1 ? ovig.

This species has a very deep transverse furrow on the hepatic region, not extending

quite to the gastric region.

68. Carpilodes pediger Alcock.

Carpilodes pediger Alcock (3), p. 83; Hus. Zool. Invest., Crust., part vm, 1899,

pl. 36, fig. 4.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. H2; 19: 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; 8 ¢ (1 with Rhizocephalid

parasite), 8 9 (2 ovig.): 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 2 2 (1 deformed). Seychelles, 34 fms.,

Stabs 28:

Largest specimen, ¢, C. 1. 7°5 mm., C. b. 11°3 mm.

Most of the specimens are light red, except for the fingers, and a touch of light at the

articulations of the legs and just above the horny tip of the dactyls.

69. Carpilodes vaillantianus A, Milne Edwards.

Carpilodes vaillantianus Alcock (3), p. 85.

Salomon; 1 g. Coetivy; 1 3, 2 2, 4 juv.

Species variable as to coarseness and amount of granulation.

70. Carpilodes cariosus Alcock.

Carpilodes cariosus Alcock (3), p. 86. .

Salomon; 29. Saya de Malha, 29 fms., Sta. C19; 1% juv. Providence, 29 fms.,

Sta. D3; 2g, 12 juv. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E9; 22 juv. (1 with Rhizocephalid

parasite): 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 1 ¢: 30 fms., Sta. E21; 1g. Coetivy; 2.

Largest specimen (Coetivy) C. 1. 6°6 mm., C. b. 10°8 mm.

71. Carpilodes virgatus Rathbun.

Carpilodes virgatus Rathbun, 1906, p. 843, pl. 8, fig. 3.

Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta.C 15; 1¢. Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 73, 32

(1 with Rhizocephalid parasite): 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 2.

72. Carpilodes monticulosus A. Milne Edwards.

Carpilodes monticulosus Alcock (3), p. 86.

Salomon: 1°71 9. Peros; Come It 1 9.

73. Carpilodes pallidus Borradaile.

Carpilodes pallidus Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, p. 586, pl. 40,

figs Vt

Egmont, reef; 19 juv. C.1.4mm,, C. b. 6°7 mm.

74. Inomera cinctimana (White).

Inomera cinctimana Alcock (3), p. 88.

Salomon; 1 g, 29. Coetivy; 2 4, 3 $.

Neen eee een en ee

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 213

The carapace in alcohol is either red, reddish-white, or red with a white band

at the extremity of each side; chelipeds and legs red, with distal portion of dactylus

(above the horny tip) of each leg white. An exception is a small dark coloured

specimen, carapace dull greyish-green, under side still darker, chelipeds and legs yellowish-

brown.

75. Liomera granosimana A. Milne Edwards (Plate 17, fig. 6).

Tiomera granosimana A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, i.

Boo, p. 222, pl. 11, figs. 5, 5a.

Coetivy; 1 g. C.1.10 mm.,, C. b. 15°3 mm.

The carapace, while appearing smooth and polished to the naked eye, under the lens

shows distant puncte, and a fine pavement of flattened granulation. Certain of the

furrows are well marked; that between first and second lateral lobes is continued

transversely to gastric region; that between second and third lobes bends forward

to join the preceding furrow; anterior part of mesogastric region well defined ; proto-

gastric lobes anteriorly with a longitudinal groove ; it joins the submarginal groove which

follows the line of the front, orbits and first lateral lobe; this lobe shows a faint trace

of subdivision into two.

Legs thick, flattened; merus-joints with anterior edges roughened with fine, blunt

denticulations.

76. ILnoxantho latifrons, sp. nov. (Plate 16, figs. 1, 2).

Salomon; 1 2.

Not a typical Liowantho, because the fronto-orbital breadth is more than half as

great as width of carapace. Carapace flat in posterior half, convex anteriorly, smooth,

punctate. Regions (save the hepatic) faintly indicated, fronto-orbital region marked

off by a groove ; a groove passes inward from the notch between second and third lobes

of antero-lateral margin, two-thirds of the distance to the gastric region. Antero-lateral

margin divided into four lobes, the first two slightly marked and almost coalescent, the

third and fourth projecting a little as small, blunt teeth.

Front bilobed, lobes separated by a broad emargination, and fused with the supra-

orbital angles. Width of front a little more than one-third width of carapace.

Chelipeds nearly equal in female, obscurely and finely granulate; an obtuse sub-

terminal tooth on arm; wrist bluntly angled within; a shallow longitudinal groove on

hand just below upper margin; fingers furrowed and pointed, as long as upper margin

of palm. Legs smooth; dactylus and distal half of propodus furrowed.

Abdomen of female from third to seventh segments triangular.

Dimensions of 2 in mm.: C. 1. 4°8, C. b. 7°9, F. orb. b. 4°8, F. b. 2°7, R. Ch. 1. 9°5,

i, Ch. J. 9-9.

This species is very much like Z. punctata (Milne Edwards)*, from which it is

distinguished at a glance by the greater width across front and orbits; the carapace

is also smoother and more shining.

* Alcock (3), p. 91.

214 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

77. Atergatopsis signata (Adams and White) (Plate 17, fig. 7).

Atergatopsis signatus A, Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1. 1866,

p. 253.

Coetivy; 1 ¢, 1 2, 2 juv. (1 soft shell, the other much broken).

Male, C. |. 31:3 mm., C. b. 46°3 mm., F. b. 10°8 mm.

The male resembles in all essentials the figure of a much larger specimen given

by the original describers (Adams and White, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Crust., pl. 10, fig. 1).

In the specimen in hand, the third, fourth and fifth abdominal segments are only partially

fused, the proximal of the two sutures being best marked. Frontal lobes oblique, well

separated by a V-shaped notch. On the outer surface of the palm, a smooth longitudinal

ridge just below the middle divides the upper rugose portion from the lower, nearly

smooth portion. Three large teeth on immovable finger; three or four smaller teeth

on the movable finger.

78. Platypodia cristata (A. Milne Edwards).

Lophactea cristata Alcock (3), p. 100.

Diego Garcia, lagoon; 1 $: barachois; 1 ¢ ovig.

79. Platypodia semigranosa (Heller).

Lophactea semigranosa Alcock (3), p. 101.

Salomon; | juv. Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., Sta. B 20; 1 ?, 1 juv. Amirante, 25—

80 fms., Sta. E11; 1 ¢.

The young specimens (5 mm. wide and less) have the dorsal surface of the carapace

almost smooth; there are only a few low granules near the antero-lateral teeth.

80. Platypodia anaglypta (Heller) (Plate 17, fig. 3).

Lophactea anaglypta Alcock (3), p. 102.

Peros, Coin; 1g. Salomon; 19. Coetivy; 7 %, 2 ?.

81. Zosimus eneus (Linneus).

Zozymus eneus Alcock (3), p. 104.

Peros, Coin; 1¢. Salomon; 1 3,19. Egmont, reef; 1¢. Coetivy; 1 g, 3 2.

82. Lophozozymus dodone (Herbst).

Lophozozymus dodone Alcock (3), p. 108.

Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., Sta. B 20; 1 ¢. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E93; 42°¢3 eee

30 fms., Sta. E21; 19. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 2 juv. Coetivy ; 2 3.

83. Lophozozymus pulchellus A. Milne Edwards.

Lophozozymus pulchellus A. Milne Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France (4), vii. 1867,

p. 273; Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, ix. 1873, p. 205, pl. 7, fig. 3.

Egmont, reef; 1 $. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 2 9.

Anterior of the three lateral teeth obsolescent, indicated merely as the anterior end of

the marginal crest. Network of lines embracing the whole of the dorsal surface except in

the immediate neighbourhood of the lateral teeth ; network much finer on the Seychelles

individuals than on that from Egmont Reef.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 25

84. Huaxanthus rugosus Miers (Plate 18, fig. 1).

Euxanthus exsculptus var. rugosus Miers, Zool. Alert, Crust., 1884, p. 527.

Salomon ; 2 ? (1 ovig.). Peros, Coin; 1g. Coetivy; 2 3, 3 2, mostly small.

Carapace, chelipeds and sternum rugose and granulate; ventral surface of carapace

and maxillipeds granulate ; lobules rougher and more convex in the adult than in the

young. Antero-lateral borders cut into five tuberculiform teeth ; interspaces increasing in

width from front to back.

A large nodule on the outer surface of the wrist ; 3 longitudinal rows of granules on

the lower half of outer surface of palm. Fingers coarsely granulate, titting close together ;

brown colour of immovable finger running well back on the palm, especially on lower margin

and inner surface.

This species, for such I believe it to be, is distinguished easily by its roughness from

E. exsculptus (Herbst), which also has the second and third teeth of the lateral margin

not tuberculiform.

85. Huxanthus herdmani Laurie.

Euxanthus herdmani Laurie, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, pt. v, Suppl. Rept.

xl. 1906, p. 400, pl. I, figs. 9, 9 a—e.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; 1 ? juv.

Celes-3imm., ©. b: 11mm.

Surface of carapace not only pitted, but covered with very fine flattened granules.

86. Hypocolpus diverticulatus (Strahl).

Cancer sculptus Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., i. 1834, p. 376. Not C. seulptus

Herbst, 1794.

Melissa diverticulata Strahl, Arch. f. Naturg., xxvii. Bd. 1, 1861, p. 103.

Hypocelus sculptus A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, i. 1866,

p- 295.

Cargados Carajos, reef; 2 4.

87. Xantho impressus (Lamarck).

Xantho impressus Alcock (3), p. 115.

Coetivy; 19. Praslin; 1 3.

88. Leptodius exaratus (Milne Edwards), var.

Xantho (Leptodius) exaratus Alcock (3), p. 118.

Praslin, reef; 1 fjuv. Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C 15; 1 ¢juv., 1 2 juv.

These specimens are not typical exaratus. The specimen from Praslin, 8°5 mm. long

and 11°7 mm. wide, has the lateral teeth narrow, prominent, the last 2 tipped with a sharp

spine; the front shows no sign of subdivision into 4 lobes. The specimens from Saya de

Malha show even greater divergence in the same directions from typical exaratus ; carapace

still narrower, ¢, 8'°8mm. by 12°2 mm., teeth narrower, the last 3 tipped with a sharp

spine, front the same. This form approaches L. molokaiensis.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 28

216 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

89. Leptodius sanguineus (Milne Edwards).

Xantho (Leptodius) sanguineus Alcock (3), p. 119.

Peros, Coin; 1 3,3 2. Salomon; 1 3,29. Coetivy; 1 3, 5 2. Praslin ; 1 ¢, 1 juv.

90. Leptodius molokaiensis Rathbun.

Leptodius molokaiensis Rathbun, 1906, p. 847, pl. 9, fig. 1, text-fig. 10.

Salomon; 2 ¢. Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 4,1 2.

A male from Salomon is much larger than type; C. 1. 13 mm., C. b. 19°5 mm. The

areolets of the carapace are more plainly marked; the four lobes of front more deeply

separated ; two stout spines at inner angle of wrist.

91. Leptodius nudipes (Dana).

Leptodius nudipes Rathbun, 1906, p. 848, pl. 9, fig. 3.

Peros, Coin; 1 3,19. Praslin, reef; 1 ¢.

Length of ¢, Praslin, 14°6 mm., breadth 22°8 mm.

92. Leptodius gracilis (Dana).

Leptodius gracilis Rathbun, 1906, p. 848, pl. 9) aigi 2!

Salomon; 1 ? ovigerous.

93. Leptodius cavipes (Dana) (Plate 18, fig. 10).

Xantho (Leptodius) cavipes Alcock (3), p. 122.

Peros, Coin; 2 2; 5 9:

94. Leptodius cristatus Borradaile (Plate 17, fig. 9).

Leptodius (Xanthodius) cristatus Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna Maldives, i. pt. m1,

p. 252, text-fig. 51.

Peros, Coin; 2 g,49. Coetivy; 1 ¢.

? (Coin) C. 1. 5mm., C. b. 7°6 mm.

There is considerable variability in the depth and definition of the troughs on the legs

and chelipeds. The ¢ from Coetivy has these cavities very deep and their borders very

thin and sharp.

95. Medeus simplex A. Milne Edwards.

Medeus simplex de Man, Abh. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., xxv. Heft 1m, 1902, p. 603.

Coetivy ; 1 g juv.

C. 1. 4:7 mm., C. b. 6°2 mm. Compared with ¢, from Hilo, Hawaii, 13°4 x 20°2mm.,

the tooth next to the outer orbital tooth does not lie so distinctly below the antero-lateral

margin, the accessory denticles are proportionately smaller, the upper surface of hands and

wrists are more deeply pitted.

96. Medeus ornatus Dana.

Medeus ornatus Rathbun, 1906, p. 849, pl. 9, fig. 5.

Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C 15; 1 2%. Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11a

113,72: 30 fms. Sta. E21; 29, 1juv. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 23,32

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 217

97. Cyclocanthops angustus Rathbun.

Cycloxanthops angustus Rathbun, 1906, p. 849, pl. 9, fig. 6, text-fig. 13.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 13,29: 16 fms., Sta. E 23; 1 2.

Lighter in colour than Hawaiian specimens, being ecru in alcohol, with the fingers a

little darker. The antero-lateral teeth are more distinctly separated from one another, the

outer surface of the large palm is clearly granulate quite to the lower edge, there are few

sharp granules on the upper margin of the carpal joints of the legs.

98. Etisus dentatus (Herbst).

Etisus dentatus Alcock (8), p. 129.

Coetivy ; 1 S small, 1 ? adult.

2, C. 1. 59°6 mm., C. b. (approx.) 88°5 mm.

In both specimens there is a longitudinal row of 5 or 6 granules on the upper half of

the outer surface of the palm; also a transverse row of smaller granules at the distal end

of the palm at the origin of the dactylus, one or two granules reaching over on to the

immovable finger.

99, Htisus levimanus Randall.

Etisus levimanus Alcock (3), p. 131.

Diego Garcia, barachois; 1 ? juv.

100. Htisodes electra (Herbst).

Etisodes electra Alcock (3), p. 133.

Kemont, reef; 19. Praslin, reef; 1 3.

101. Actea tomentosa (Milne Edwards).

Actea tomentosa Alcock (3), p. 140.

Praslin, reef; 4 %,19. Coetivy; 1 3,1 §.

102. Actea remota Rathbun.

Actea remota Rathbun, op. cit. 1907, p. 48, pl. 1, fig. 9, pl. 7, fig. 1.

Salomon; 1? juv. Coetivy; 1?; C. 1. 5°8mm., C. b, 8°4 mm.

The mesogastric region shows a tendency to divide into 3 lobules; cardiac region

heart-shaped. Middle part of margin of front nearly straight, not emarginate in the

larger specimen, minutely so in the smaller specimen. Chelipeds equal and similar ;

fingers brown with white tips, the brown of the immovable finger not spreading on the

palm, but ending in an oblique line.

103. Actea tessellata Pocock (Plate 16, fig. 3).

Actea tessellata Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), v. 1890, p. 74.

Coetivy; 19. C.1.78mm., C. b. 11:5 mm.

The mesogastric region is composed of 5 lobules ; instead of a single transverse posterior

lobule as in Pocock’s type, there are two, one behind the other and very small, composed

of 10 granules. The cardiac region is divided longitudinally into 2 separate lobules ; in

282

218 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

the space between the cardiac and intestinal regions there is a small group of 4 granules

in the form of a curve, arched forward. Upper surface of wrist indistinctly nodulous,

lacking the strong nodule at articulation with hand, which is present in A. rufopunctata ;

outer surface cut by transverse grooves into 3 long transverse lobes, exclusive of a granular

area at the proximal end. The fingers cross at tips and do not gape, although they do

not fit evenly together; the colour is white in the specimen preserved in alcohol.

104. Actea hirsutissima (Riippell).

Actea hirsutissima Alcock (3), p. 141.

Salomon; 1 g. Egmont, reef; 19. Coetivy; 43,49.

105. Actea rufopunctata Milne Edwards,

Actea rufopunctata Alcock (3), p. 142.

Egmont, reef; 1 ¢ (a) 1¢(b). Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 2 2 (c, d) small.

In ¢ and d (the larger, c, C. 1. 7°5 mm., C. b. 10°8 mm.) the middle of the 3 meso-

gastric lobules is much more extensive than in @ and 6, and lies partly between the 2

lateral mesogastric lobules ; in a, 16°3 x 24°5mm., and b, 13°2 x 19°3mm., the very small

median islet is entirely in advance of the postero-lateral lobules of the mesogastric region.

In ec the immovable finger is more arched and the gape correspondingly wider than in @;

colour of the lobules in ¢ red, interspaces dark; a and b light-coloured, with a few

definitely placed red spots, which do not correspond in the two specimens; they are more

numerous and relatively smaller in b. In d, 5 x 7-2 mm., the colour is patchy and the fingers

do not gape. The species is most variable and a large assemblage of specimens might

indicate distinct varieties.

106. <Actea garretti Rathbun.

Actea garrettt Rathbun, 1906, p. 852, pl. 9, fig. 8.

Actea rufopunctata var. retusa Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (9), iv. 1906, p. 253.

Salomon; 1%. Praslin; 1 9.

107. Actea obesa A. Milne Edwards (Plate 16, figs. 4, 5).

Actea obesa de Man, Abh. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., xxv. 1902, p- 612.

Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 ¢ young.

Chl, 4:3 mm. °C. b. 7am

Carapace very broad, covered, as also chelipeds and legs, with sharp granules.

Grooves narrow. Hairs scanty, not noticeable without a lens, of varying length.

Lobules few and low; mesogastric region not subdivided; protogastric regions partially

and faintly divided longitudinally. Lateral margin divided by 3 furrows into 4 lobes of

which the 3 posterior are prominent, rounded, their lobules continued inward to the large

area known as 5 L. The areolets 1 M and 2 F are marked off from the orbital region, but

incompletely separated from 2 M and from each other.

Front vertical, the main lobes separated by a V-shaped sinus, and separated from the

outer lobes by an acute angle. Three orbital grooves faint. Lower surface of carapace

granulate, crossed by grooves proceeding from the lateral margin as above.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 219

The outer angle of the basal antennal joint is less advanced than the lobe at the inner

angle of the orbit.

Wrists faintly divided into 3 or 4 flat lobules. The granules of the hand show a

tendency to a longitudinal arrangement. Fingers broad with sharp edges, grooved, not

gaping ; dactylus with spinules on basal half of upper margin, a large shining tooth at base

of cutting edge, succeeded by 2 denticles; 2 denticles on basal half of immovable finger ;

tips crossing, that of the dactylus within the other and curving inward. Granules on the

legs sharper than on the carapace; hairs more numerous ; carpopodites longitudinally

grooved. According to previous descriptions, antero-lateral lobes are less strongly marked

in large specimens.

108. Actea affinis (Dana).

Actea affinis Rathbun, 1906, p. 852.

Peros, Coin; 1 $, 1 ?. Salomon; 5 3, 2 $. Egmont, reef; 3 3, 3 2. Coetivy;

mee.

109. Actea speciosa (Dana).

Actea speciosa Laurie, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, pt. v, 1906, p. 402.

Peros, Coin; 1 3, 2 ? (1 mature, 1 immature), all small. Salomon; 1 ? large. Egmont,

reef; 1 large. COoetivy; 1 ¢, 1 $ ovig., both small.

These specimens agree with Laurie’s description.

110. Actea ruppelliv (Krauss).

Actea ruppellii Alcock (3), p. 144.

Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., Sta. B 20; 1 g, 1 2 ovig. Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21;

12. Coetivy; 1 ¢.

111. Actea acres, sp. nov. (Plate 16, figs. 8, 9).

Saya de Malha, 26 fms., Sta. C 16; 1? juv. Salomon; 1 ? ovig. Egmont, lagoon,

6—7 fms. ; 1 ¢ type.

¢ type, C. 1. 11:8 mm., C. b. 17°1 mm.

Carapace moderately convex, posterior third flat ; antero-lateral margin much longer

than postero-lateral, which is concave. Surface broken into many small granulated lobules

separated by smooth, naked interspaces; from each granule arise several long, soft, yellow

hairs forming a coat which only partially conceals the areolation. Mesogastric region

divided into 6 lobules, the largest is the anterior, which is wider than customary in Actea

and somewhat diamond-shaped ; on each side of its posterior end there is a small lobule ;

behind each of these, another ; and behind these a transverse lobule. Protogastric region

divided by a longitudinal curved furrow into a large inner lobule twice as long as the

small outer one. Cardiac region divided longitudinally in two. Intestinal region covered

with many small islets, the limits of which are not always well defined. Antero-lateral

margin divided into 4 lobes besides the orbital angle; first two small, third longer than

the sum of first and second, fourth small. Two transverse grooves in front of the

posterior margin. Middle lobes of front narrow, rounded, separated from each other by a

220 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

large V-notch and from the acute outer lobes by rectangular sinuses. Two closed fissures

above the orbit, none below.

Chelipeds and legs long, hairy and granulous ; the granules save on the wrist are

more scanty than on the carapace. Wrist divided into 3 areas. On the hand the

granules are somewhat large and arranged mainly in lines, especially on the middle third ;

on the lower third the granules become squamiform and the hairs are short. Fingers very

broad, smooth and shining, brown except for the white tips, the brown running back a

little on the palm, especially in the male; tips acute when crossed, leaving a minute gape

at base of fingers ; fingers finely dentate in the proximal part of their sharp cutting edges,

with a large truncate tooth at the basal third of the immovable finger ; proximal half of

upper surface of dactylus granulous and hairy; immovable finger with 2 longitudinal

grooves; the lower one on the proximal half only, the upper one at the level of the

truncate tooth. The carpal joints of the legs have a deep groove on the outer surface.

Near A. ruppellii, but distinguished by its longer antero-lateral margin, finer areola-

tion of carapace, broad, flat fingers.

112. Actea suffuscula, sp. nov. (Plate 17, figs. 10, 11).

Salomon; 1 ?. Coetivy; 1% (type), 1 soft-shell and shapeless, which seems to belong

here.

Typed, C. 1. 65 mm., C) b..9:5anmm.

Of the form of A, ruppellii; lobules of carapace low, covered with a short fur which

partially obscures the granules; a few scattered, longer hairs. Mesogastric region with a

transverse lobule posteriorly, remainder showing a tendency to divide in three. Proto-

gastric region divided longitudinally, but not clearly so, the outer portion longer and

wider than the inner; in front of the outer portion there is a tiny islet of 2 or 3 granules.

2F,1M,1L,21L,31L,4L, 5 Land 6 Lare distinct; 5 L is little larger than 6 L, and

has an emargination in its anterior border. Posteriorly the areolation is more obscure.

Of the 4 lateral lobes the first is fused with the orbital angle and is inconspicuous, the rest

are prominent and bluntly dentiform. Two supra-orbital fissures obscure, suborbital one

V-shaped. Frontal lobes obliquely truncate, separated from each other by a large

V-notch and from the orbital angle by the downward prolongation which joins the inner

angle of the basal antennal joint.

Wrists nodulous, hands scarcely so. Chelipeds and legs covered with felt like the

carapace but long hairs more numerous. Fingers long, pointed, meeting along their

dentate (4 or 5 teeth) edges, light brown, this colour spreading in the ¢ from the

immovable finger over a great part of the palm. Carpal joints of legs grooved. Abdomen

of ¢ unusually slender. -

Can be told at once from A. ruppellii by the lack of many long hairs on the carapace,

by the truncate lobes of the front and the slender fingers which are a light brown, whence

the specific name.

113. Actewa variolosa Borradaile.

Actea variolosa Rathbun, 1906, p. 853.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 2; 1 juv., 2°8x 4:2 mm.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 221

114. Actea hellerii A. Milne Edwards (Plate 18, fig. 2).

Actea hellerii Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (9) iv. 1906, p. 256.

Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 g. Coetivy, 32 feet, brought up by diver; 1 4,

1 juv.: reef; 2 $ 4 juv.

g (diver), C. 1. 10°4 mm., C. b. 15°3 mm. The other 3 males are nearly the same size ;

the young are very small, the largest 2'8 mm. long, 4°2mm. wide. In all the specimens

there is a transverse groove extending inward from the antero-lateral margin at about %

the distance from the orbit to the widest part of the carapace. The grooves limiting the

gastric region and its divisions are well marked ; the groove subdividing each protogastric

lobe does not extend quite to its posterior border; a groove limits the intestinal region

anteriorly. The smaller granules of the carapace are very many; the larger ones much

less numerous, and absent from the cardiac region and the posterior fourth of the

carapace.

115. Actea savigny: (Milne Edwards).

Actea granulata Alcock (3), p. 151.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B3 ; 19 with isopod parasite in the branchial cavity :

30 fms., Sta. B 8; 1 ¢: 30 fms., Sta. B9; 1 juv.: 30 fms., Sta. B10; 19: 28 fms., Sta.

Bei9; 1 ¢: 28 fms., Sta. B 20; 1 $ juv. Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C 15; 1 ¢

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 1; 1 3,22; 29 fms., Sta. E 2; 13,29. Seychelles, 31 fms.,

Sta. F 2; 1 ¢ with Rhizocephalid parasite, 1 juv.: 34 fms., Sta. F 7; 19 juv.: 34 fms.,

Sree 8; 1 9.

116. Actea boletaria, sp. nov. (Plate 18, figs. 3, 4).

Saya de Malha, 29 fms., Sta. C19; 1% type. Amirante, 29 fms. Sta. E2; 1 4,

2 juv.: 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 3 2 juv., one with Rhizocephalid parasite. Seychelles,

pms, Sta. 2; 1 ¢: 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 ¢ juv.

Type g, C. 1. (total) 12°2 mm., C. b. 18 mm.

Carapace % as long as broad, posterior half flat ; antero-lateral margin much longer

than postero-lateral, which is concave. Surface nearly naked and closely covered with

tubercles formed of crowded granules largely fungiform, the interstices giving the whole

surface an eroded or pitted appearance. Furrows deep; either side of the median furrow

there is a longitudinal furrow leading from the margin of the front to the anterior angle of

the mesogastric region; antero-lateral margin 4-lobed behind the orbit, lobes ill defined

and sub-divided. Front 4-lobed, outer lobes small.

Ornamentation of chelipeds similar to that of carapace but lower and more fungiform,

fingers elongate, deflexed, grooved, rough at base, not gaping, prehensile teeth fitting

neatly together, tips crossing, colour running back on palm inside and out in male. The

ambulatory legs are sparsely fringed with hair; their tubercles along the anterior margin

are sharp.

Near A. nodulosa but antero-lateral margin longer, tubercles more depressed, fingers

longer, black colour on palm of male less extensive.

222 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

117. Actea nodulosa White.

Actea nodulosa Alcock (3), p. 148.

Providence, 50—78 fms., Sta. D4; 1 2, 1 2.

In these specimens all the tubercles are formed of confluent granules. In the ¢ the

brown colour of the immovable finger is extended over the greater part of the palm within

and without, only one row of tubercles distant from the wrist. The sternum and abdomen,

save the first segment, are not granulate but eroded.

ft. C.1. 11°8 mm., C. b. 18*8amme:

2-°C, 1. 12°92 mm., ‘©. b: 20mm:

118. Actea flosculata Alcock.

Actea flosculata Alcock (3), p. 151; Illus. Zool. Invest., Crust., vi. 1899, pl. 37,

fig. 4.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; 19: 20—25 fms., Sta. E13; 1 3,19: 39 fms.,

Sta. E16; 1 &

119. Actea polyacantha (Heller) (Plate 18, figs. 5, 6).

Chlorodius polyacanthus Heller, S. B. math.-naturw. Cl. Akad. Wiss., Wien, xl.

1 Abth., 1861, p. 339, pl. 3, fig. 21.

Actea polyacantha Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (9), iv. 1906, p. 259.

Salomon ; 1 ? with Bopyrid parasite. Coetivy; 1 g, 1 9.

This species is intermediate between A. peronti Milne Edwards, Alcock (3), p. 150, and

A. spinosissima Borradaile (infra). From the former it differs in having the marginal

and submarginal projections of the carapace, and all the projections of the chelipeds, stout,

pointed spines, instead of rounded, flat-topped tubercles ; the armature of the legs consists

entirely of true spines; the median sinus of the front is narrower and the divisions of the

frontal margin are well marked little lobules instead of crenulations. In A. spinoszssuma,

all the spines are slenderer, the front is edged with spines. From both the allied species

A. polyacantha is at once distinguished by the short mesogastric region which is not

continued forward between the protogastric regions, and is therefore broader than long.

120. Actea spinosissima Borradaile.

Actea spinosissima Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna Maldive Arch., i. part 3, 1902,

p. 256, text-fig. 55.

Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., Sta. B20; 1 juv.¢. C.1 4:9 mm.; C. b. 6°8 mm.

On the narrow part of the mesogastric region are 4 petaloid tubercles, instead of two

in Borradaile’s specimen.

121. Actea perspinosa Borradaile.

Actea perspinosa Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna Maldive Arch., i. part 3, 1902,

p. 257, text-fig. 56.

Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 3, 1 juv. C. 1]. 2°2 mm., C. b. 2°8 mm.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 223

122. Acta cavipes (Dana).

Actea cavipes Alcock (3), p. 147.

Salomon, lagoon, 12 fms.; 1 ¢. Egmont, reef; 1%. Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21;

123. <Actea banareias, sp. nov. (Plate 18, figs. 7, 8).

Salomon, 10—14 fms.; 1 ? ovig. Egmont, lagoon, 6—7 fms.; 1 ¢ (type).

oee.l 6:3 mm., C: b. 9:7 mm.

Entire surface, excepting lobes of front, fingers and horny tips of dactyls of legs,

concealed by a thick, shaggy coat; on the greater part of the carapace and the dorsal

surface of the chelipeds, the coat consists of fine, rather long, dark hairs; but on hinder

and lower parts of the crab and in regular tufts on the carapace it is composed of longer

light-coloured tubular hairs. When the hair is removed, the carapace is seen to be

moderately convex, the posterior half flat, regions distinctly marked, but not lobulate ;

irregularly placed, conical granules scattered over the surface. Antero-lateral margin

divided into 4 ill marked teeth, besides the orbital angle, all of which are granulate.

Orbital margin granulate, a larger granule above near outer angle; no emarginations ;

a distinct gap below outer angle; a thick subacute tooth at inner angle. Front narrow,

a little more than 4 as wide as carapace, lobes deflexed, separated from each other and

from the narrow, prominent blunt outer tooth, by a broad V. Chelipeds equal ; arm with

a small, subdistal tooth above; wrist and palm granulate; the granules cover the outer

surfaces of the palm and the larger ones are arranged somewhat in rows; the granules as

well as the hair are continued a short way on the fingers; the latter are flat and brown,

the colour extending back half the length of the palm; a longitudinal groove near upper

margin of dactylus. Legs short and broad, dactyli long and very slender.

This species is distinguished by its shaggy coat, quite different from that of any other

Actea and resembling that of Banareia ; it also differs from typical Actea in lacking lobules

or subdivisions of regions. In many respects it resembles B. armata A. Milne Edwards

(Ann. Soc. Entom. France (4), ix. 1869, p. 168, pl. 8), but lacks the deep excavations

in the edge of the buccal cavity (which is said to be an unstable character in B. armata),

the areolations of the carapace, and the bare space in the palms.

124. Daira perlata (Herbst).

Alcock (3), p. 155.

Salomon; 1 g. Coetivy; 1 9, 1 juv.

125. Xanthias lamarckw (Milne Edwards).

Xanthodes lamarckiu Alcock (3), p. 187.

Peros, Coin; 2. Salomon; 7 $,6¢. Egmont, reef; 1,39. Coetivy; 2 3, 2 ¢.

Praslin, reef; 1 2.

126. Xanthias alcocki Rathbun.

Xanthias alcockt Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxix. 1902, p. 128, plate,

figs. 9—10.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 29

224 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Saya de Malha, 29 fms., Sta. C 19; 19. Providence, 39 fms., Sta. D1; 1 ¢ ovig.:

29 fms., Sta. D 3; 2 ?: 50 fms., Sta. D 11; 1 2 not typical. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9;

1 g,22: 25—80 fms, Sta. HE 11; 3 $: 20—25 fms., Sta. Hse fs 30 fms: Staataoiee

19: 20—44 fms., Sta. E25; 19. Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2; 1 ¢: 34 fms., Sta. F8;

Pare ayn {IL onaler)y

a Sta. E11, Col 4-4imme@eb. 6-7 mm.

In the largest specimen, considerably larger than the type, the carapace is not so

rough as in small specimens. Chelipeds of 3 very unequal; fingers of large chela broad,

pollex not deflexed ; prehensile teeth large; tips crossing and no gape when fingers are

closed. Abdomen of % constricted at the suture between 5th and 6th segments; last

2 segments each broader than long; last segment subtriangular.

The ¢ from Sta. D 11 varies from the type in having the Ist and 4th teeth of the

lateral margin larger and yet not nearly so large as the 2nd and 3rd.

127. Xanthias sp.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B10; 1 &. C. l. 4:1 mm., C. b. 6°2 mm.

This specimen (the carapace of which is broken) is allied to X. cwmatodes

(MacGilchrist) (Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., xii. pl. 79, fig. 1). The carpal joints

of the legs, instead of having 2 humps on the dorsal margin, are simply spinulous. The

first of the 4 antero-lateral teeth is nearer the orbit and slightly in advance of the

subhepatic spinule.

128. Xanthias tuberculidens, sp. nov. (Plate 18, fig. 9).

Saya de Malha, 125 fms., Sta. C5; 1 ¢.

A Xanthias with rough surface, subtruncate front, and prominent, tuberculiform

side teeth.

Carapace distinctly hexagonal, % as long as broad, deeply areolated, rough with sharp

granules ; 4 prominent antero-lateral teeth, with narrow rounded tips, besides the small

tooth at the outer angle of the orbit; first tooth smallest, third most prominent; a

subhepatic tubercle between first tooth and orbit ; postero-lateral margins nearly straight.

Front little convex, a tooth at outer angle, a narrow median notch, edge crenulate. Inner

angle of orbit dentiform ; two equal, separated teeth below, the outer one separated from

the supra-orbital tooth by a large V-shaped notch. Flagella of antennz 24 times as long

as width of orbit.

Lower surface of crab granulate. Merus of maxillipeds with outer angle strongly

produced laterally. Male abdomen short, broad at base; last two seements broader than

long.

Chelipeds unequal in ¢, very rough with granules which form irregular bunches on

the wrist and some longitudinal lines on the hand. Arm with a few spinules above; an

obtuse tooth at inner angle of wrist, with a very small one at its base. Fingers granulate,

deeply grooved, brown, edges irregularly toothed and meeting.

Legs granulate, upper margin spinulous, last 2 segments hairy, a strong distal tooth

on merus, carpus cristate, with a truncate, proximal tooth.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 225

Dimensions of $ type in mm.: C. 1]. 12, C. b. 18:2, Exorb. b. 9°75 Beabwia:7, ke Ch. |,

24) H. |. (above):7, H. h. 7:1, Prop. 1. 13°6, Dact. 1. 7-1, W. L. 1 21:2, W. L. 2 (tip broken),

See, 3. 21°3, W. L, 4. 17°8.

Allied to X. cumatodes (MacGilchrist), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xv. 1905, p. 258;

Illus. Invest., Crust., xii. pl. 79, figs. 1, 1 a, from which it differs in the shorter antero-

lateral margin with more projecting teeth; presence of a tooth at outer angle of front,

more highly ornamented legs, and very different form of merus of maxilliped.

129. Xanthias minutus (Rathbun).

Xanthias minutus Rathbun, 1906, p. 855, pl. 9, fig. 14, text-fig. 16.

Salomon; 2 g. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 2 3, 2 9: 25—30 fms, Sta. E 11;

6g, 39. Seychelles, 37 fms., Sta. F9; 1 2.

The largest specimen (¢?, Salomon) measures, C. 1. 10°9 mm., C. b. 17:3 mm.

130. Chlorodiella niger (Forskal).

Chlorodius niger Alcock (3), p. 160.

Salomon ; 5 , 2¢. Diego Garcia, lagoon; 5 2, 7 ? (2 ovig.). Praslin, reef; 1 9.

Moetivy; 1g, 2 2.

131. Chlorodiella levissima (Dana).

Chlorodius levissimus Alcock (3), p. 161.

Salomon; 1 7,19. Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., Sta. B19; 1 juv. Saya de Malha,

55 fms., Sta. C15; 19: 29 fms, Sta.C 19; 53,49. Amirante, 29 fms. Sta. E2;1 92:

eo 80 fms., Sta. E11; 9 g, 11 2: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 8 gf, 12 9. Coetivy, 3 4, 7 2:

Coetivy, by diver, 32 feet; 1 9.

132. Chlorodiella barbata (Borradaile).

Chlorodius barbatus Borradaile, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, part 11, p. 587,

pl. 41, figs. 4—4 ¢.

Salomon, lagoon, 12 fms.; 2 ¢: 10—14 fms.; 1 3,19: reef; 13,19. Egmont, reef;

24,39: lagoon, 6—7 fms.; 1 9.

133. Phymodius ungulatus (Milne Edwards).

Phymodius ungulatus Alcock (3), p. 162.

Salomon; 19. Egmont, reef; 1 2,2 juv. Diego Garcia, lagoon, 10 fms.,1 2: 12 fms.;

14. Cargados Carajos, reef; 1 juv.: 28 fms., Sta. B19; 1 juv. Coetivy; 14 3, 13 9.

134. Phymodius nitidus (Dana).

Pilodius mitidus Dana, Crust. U. 8. Expl. Exped., pt. 1, 1852, p. 218; atlas, 1855,

pl. 12, fig. 7.

Praslin, from weed; 1 juv. Coetivy; 1 3, 1 2.

135. Phymodius sculptus (A, Milne Edwards).

Phymodius sculptus Alcock (3), p. 164.

Salomon; 19. Praslin, reef; 2 g, 2 9.

29—2

226 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

136. Phymodius laysant Rathbun.

Phymodius laysant Rathbun, 1906, p. 858, pl. 12, fig. 8, text-fig. 19.

Salomon ; 1 2.

Cy 8 mm., © b: 1173 mm:

This specimen is larger than the type, the interlobular furrows are deeper and the

areolee are more subdivided. There are two grooves between the posterior margin and

the gastric region ; the posterior lobule thus formed projects forward at the middle; the

lobule in front of it is broken in two at the middle; the cardiac lobule has a small lobule

separated from it at either end; the inner branchial lobule is subdivided into three

tubercles. The median sinus of the front is broadly U-shaped and the lobes either side

are correspondingly narrower than in the type.

137. Chlorodopsis spinipes (Heller).

Chlorodopsis spinipes Alcock (3), p. 169.

Salomon; 2 ?. Egmont, reef; 2. Diego Garcia, lagoon; 1 3, 19. Coetivy; 1 2.

138. Chlorodopsis woodmasoni Alcock.

Chlorodopsis wood-masoni Alcock (3), p. 170; Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust.,

pi vir, 1899, pl. 37, tie. 7.

Salomon; 3 g, 2¢: lagoon, 12 fms.; 2 ¢. Egmont, reef; 1 ¢, C. 1. 11°3 mm.,, C. b.

18'4 mm. Praslin, reef; 1 ? ovig. Coetivy; 2 3, 19. Peros, Diamant, with swabs,

16 fms.; 1 9.

139. Chlorodopsis scabricula (Dana).

Chlorodopsis scabricula Rathbun, 1906, p. 859.

Coetivy ; 2 ¢ immature.

140. Chlorodopsis venusta Rathbun.

Chlorodopsis venusta Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv. 1907, p. 49, pl. 1,

fig. 5.

Salomon ; 1 3, 3 2 (1 ovig.). Peros, Coin; 1g. Egmont, reef; 1 3,19. Coetivy ;

49,49 (largest ¢, C. 1 7°5 mm., C. b. 12°6 mm.).

141. Chlorodopsis melanospinis, sp. nov. (Plate 18, fig. 11).

Saya de Malha, 26 fms., Sta. C16; 2 ¢: 29 fms., Sta. C19; 1 type, 3 2, 11 juy.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E2; 1 2.

g type, C. 1. 11°2 mm., C. b. 17mm.

Carapace, chelipeds and legs covered with long fine, yellow hairs, which do not conceal

the areolation. Entire dorsal surface of carapace lobulate; the three lobules, 3 L, 4 L, 1 R,

are each armed with a spine. All the spines of body and appendages are stout and of a

dark brown colour. Antero-lateral spines 5, including the one at the orbit ; tooth N has

a supplementary spine, nearly as long, behind it; while N, T, S may have 1 or 2 small

neighbouring spines on the same lobule. Front with a U-shaped median notch; outer

tooth triangular; edge granulate. Orbit with 3 distinct notches, upper edge spinous,

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA PINE

lower edge granulate. Chelipeds of ¢ very unequal, spinous; upper and inner edges of

merus spinous; outer surface of wrist and palm spinous, spines of palm very unequal,

lower fourth of palm smooth ; fingers light brown with white tips, widely gaping, those

of large claw each with a single tooth; dactyli spinous outside for half their length ; one

row of spines runs from the palm on to the immovable finger; dark colour extending very

little on the palm; tips of fingers broad and deeply hollowed. Upper margin of merus

joints of legs armed with a row of spines ; upper surface of carpal and propodal joints with

3 rows of spines.

In the females the chelipeds are nearly equal; fingers black with light tips.

This species is more strongly spinous than any other Chlorodopsis. In form and

general appearance, it resembles Pilodius flavus Rathbun (1906, p. 860, text-fig. 21),

which is less deeply areolated and devoid of spines on the dorsum and on the upper

margin of the orbit. —

142. Pilodius paumotensis Rathbun.

Pilodius paumotensis Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv. 1907, p. 52, pl. 8,

figs. 2, 2 a, 2b.

Salomon; 1 ?. Peros, Coin; 1 2.

The ~ resembles closely the type; the 2 has a dark green colour, and is slightly

wider than the ? cotype, approaching Chlorodopsis melanochira A. Milne Edwards ; in

P. paumotensis, there is no narrow lobule cut off from the posterior end of the mesogastric

region.

143. Cymo andreossy: (Audouin).

Cymo andreossyi Alcock (3), p. 173.

Coetivy, 32 feet, taken by diver; 1 ? ovig.

144. Cymo melanodactylus de Haan.

Cymo melanodactylus Alcock (3), p. 174.

Coetivy; 2 9.

145. Cymo quadrilobatus Miers.

Cymo quadrilobatus Alcock (3), p. 175.

Salomon ; 2 3, 2¢. Egmont, reef; 1 ?. Praslin; 1 2.

Length of largest specimen (%, Salomon) 17°3, breadth 19 mm.

146. Pseudozius caystrus (Adams & White).

Pseudoxus caystrus Alcock (3), p. 181.

Diego Garcia, lagoon; 19. Coetivy; 13 2%, 11 %.

147. Epixanthus corrosus A. Milne Edwards.

Epixanthus corrosus A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist., Paris, ix. 1873,

p. 241, pl. 9, figs. 1, 1a. De Man, Arch. f. Naturg., lil. 1888, p. 292, pl. 11, fig. 3.

Ports, Com; 1 7, 19.

eee eeu 2mm, @C. |b; .9*8iamm.

228 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

148. Lydia tenax (Rippell).

Ozius (Huruppellia) tenax Alcock (3), p. 187.

Coetivy ; 1 ? juv.

149. Dacryopilumnus eremita Nobili (Plate 16, figs. 6, 7).

Dacryopilumnus erenita Nobili, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1906, p. 264.

Peros, Coin; 1 adult .

C1. 4:2 mm., C. b. 64 mm

The ¢ is a little wider than the ¢ described by Nobili. Orbits wholly dorsal. The

convergent lateral margins are interrupted by the granulate marginal line of the anterior

half turning inward on the carapace. Supra-frontal lobes not strongly marked. Area

between orbit and frontal margin flat, crossed by a closed fissure.

Epistomial openings of the efferent branchial channels circular.

Chelipeds nearly equal, covered with a short, dense pubescence; the black colour

of the dactyl covers only the distal 3, the black of the thumb ends with an oblique line

where it joins the palm. Ambulatory legs nearly naked, upper and lower surfaces finely

denticulate, the largest denticles near the proximal end of the lower margin of the merus

of the last pair.

150. Pilumnus longicornis Hilgendorf.

Pilumnus longicornis Alcock (3), p. 193.

Diego Garcia, 14 fms.; 1 9, 1 juv. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 9; 1 3,3 juv.:

30 fms., Sta. B13; 2 4,19, 2 juv.: 28 fms., Sta. B19; 23,19, 2 juv.: 28 fms:, Stapeeeeee

1 juv. Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C 15; 19: 29 fms, Sta. C19; 1g. Amirante,

20—25 fms., Sta. E13; 19 juv. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 7; 13, 29, 4 juv.

Largest specimen (Sta. F 7) ?, C. 1. 14 mm., C. b. 20 mm.

This species has normally a small spine at the outer angle of the orbit, but it is often

broken off. Usually not more than half the outer surface of the larger palm is granulate

and hairy. In the young ? from station E13, the granules and hairs cover the outer

surface of the large palm, and the claw is smaller than is customary, approaching the lesser

claw in size as well as ornamentation.

151. Pilumnus andersoni de Man.

Pilumnus andersoni Alcock (3), p. 194.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 8; 1 ? ovig.: 30 fms., Sta. B 13; 1 3g, 4 juv.:

30 fms., Sta. B14; 14: 30 fms., Sta. B15; 4 juv.: 28 fms., Sta. B19; 29. Saya de

Malha, 47 fms., Sta. C 12; 1 juv.: 55 fms., Sta. C 15; 2 3, 22; one ? of large size,

15°7 mm. wide, has the anterior third of the carapace overgrown with a long worm tube

and an encrusting bryozoan. Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 1; 6 2, 10 $: 29 fms., Sta. E 2;

1 juv.: 25 fms., Sta. E 3; 4 3,79, 6 juv.: 32 fms., Sta. H5; 13, 192: 28 fms., Sta Hoe

30 ¢, 88 2; an adult ? has the larger claw deformed ; from the base of the thumb, a short,

stout spine projects downward; although almost entirely beyond the line of brown colour

on the thumb, this spine is also brown; its tip is broken off: 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 7 3, 4 9.

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 7; 1 ¢: 34 fms. Sta. F 8; 13, 39. Praslin, reef; 1 $ ovig.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 229

152. Pilumnus hirsutus Stimpson.

Pilumnus hirsutus Stimpson, Smithson. Misc. Coll., xlix. 1907, p. 69, pl. 9, fig. 1.

Providence, 29 fms., Sta. D 3; 1 9: 50—78 fms., Sta. D 4; 15 specimens, 1 with

Rhizocephalid parasite. Amirante, 39 fms., Sta. E16; 1 g: 20—44 fms., Sta. E 25; 1 ¢.

The species to which I give the name P. hirsutus has a strong resemblance to

P. anderson. In P. andersoni, the front is almost bare in front of the transverse fringe

of long hair, so that the outline of its oblique lobes is plainly visible ; in P. hirsutus, the

long fine hairs which cover the greater part of the dorsal front obscure the margin, the

lobes of. which are less oblique. The immovable finger of the large chela is longer in

hirsutus.

The ¢ from station E 25 is possibly not conspecific with the others; it is only 2°9 mm.

long and has a breadth of 4:4 mm., being much distorted from a Bopyrid parasite in each

branchial chamber.

153. Pilumnus orbitospinis, sp. nov. (Plate 16, figs. 14, 15).

Salomon Bank, 60—120 fms.; 2 2 (1 ovig.).

? ovigerous, C. 1, 8-1 mm., C. b. 10°7 mm.

Carapace subrotund, covered, as are chelipeds and legs, with short pubescence, and

long, soft yellow hairs; surface smooth, regions scarcely indicated. Antero-lateral margins

armed with 3 long and slightly curved spines, besides a shorter spine at the orbital angle.

Postero-lateral margins markedly convergent. Front with a V-shaped emargination of

good size, lobes slightly convex, outer angle a small triangular tooth. Orbital notches

indistinct ; upper margin granulous, lower margin spinulous; at the inner angle but

separated from the antenna, a long slender spine pointing forward and slightly inward.

Chelipeds unequal, covered with spines and spinules; 2 long curved spines near end

of upper margin of arm; strong spines on wrists, smaller palm and upper half’ of larger

palm ; on the lower half of the latter the spines are reduced to sharp granules and dis-

appear near the lower and distal margins. The spinules extend at least half way down

the fingers of the small claw and about 4 the upper surface of the large dactylus. Fingers

brown, the colour not reaching the proximal end. Legs long and slender.

This species has much the appearance of P. maldivensis Borradaile (Fauna Maldive

Arch., i. 1902, p. 247, text-fig. 47) but the hairs are longer, the lateral spines not lobiform

at base, the larger hand stouter than in fig. 47 b, the smaller hand with thumb deflexed.

Characteristic of this species is the long spine of the inner orbit visible from above and the

pair of long spies on the upper arm.

154. Pilumnus tahitensis de Man.

Pilumnus tahitensis de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., xii. 1890, p. 61, pl. 3, figs. 4,

4a, 4b.

Saya de Malha, 29 fms., Sta. C19; 12. C.1. 84 mm,, C. b. 10°8 mm.

155. Pilumnus teniola Rathbun.

Pilumnus taniola Rathbun, 1906, p. 864, pl. 11, fig. 3, text-fig. 24.

‘

230 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C15; 19. Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 3 ¢:

39 fms., Sta. E16; 1 2.

Smaller than the type. The claws of the ¢ are equal and alike, as in the 9.

156. Pilumnus turgidulus, sp. nov. (Plate 19, figs. 1, 2).

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. H 11; 8 3, 3 2, (1 S type): 20—25 fms., Sta. E 13; 1 2:

30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 juv.

# °C..1.,5°2 mm C) b. 7 mm

A narrow, subquadrate species, the carapace little broader than long, postero-lateral

margins nearly parallel, antero-lateral margins short, with 3 small spiniform teeth

diminishing in size from first to third, third minute, first tooth remote from orbital angle,

which is neither spiniform nor produced. Front strongly deflexed, lobes moderately convex,

outer angle inconspicuous. Surface of carapace short-pubescent, with scanty long hairs of

which there is a row above the front. Orbital fissures obscure.

Chelipeds and legs clothed with long soft hairs. Chelipeds unequal in both sexes; in

the females and smaller males they are similar, the palm is roughened with low granules.

In the well developed males the palm of the large cheliped is almost entirely smooth and

naked. Fingers, as a rule, long and slender, narrowly gaping, tips sharp and crossing each

other; dark colour confined to the terminal 2, except on the prehensile teeth where it

extends the whole length of the fingers; in the old males the larger thumb is swollen at

the base, having in the type specimen almost the appearance of malformation. Legs long

and narrow.

This species is very near P. teniola in the form of carapace and legs; the latter is,

however, wider, lobes of front more prominent and their outer angles more accented ; the

fingers are not so regularly tapering, nor the tips so acuminate.

157. Pilumnus trichophoroides de Man.

Pilumnus trichophoroides de Man, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., vill. 1895, p. 549; ix, 1897,

pl. 13, figs. 8a—8e.

Egmont, reef; 1 9 adult. C. 1. 9°8 mm., C. b. 13°5 mm.

Larger than the type specimen; antero-lateral teeth less distinctly marked; the

brown colour of the fingers, while restricted to the distal two-fifths on the outer margins

of the fingers, runs along the prehensile edge as far as the teeth extend.

158. Palumnus alcocki Borradaile.

Pilumnus alcocki Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna Maldive Arch., i. 1902, p. 248,

text-fig. 48.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 1; 1 juv.: 29 fms. Sta. E 2; 2 juv.: 39 fms., Sta, E 16;

1 juv.: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 3 g, 1 9.

The largest specimen, ?, measures: C. 1. 7°2 mm., C. b. 11 mm. It is more densely

covered with long hair than smaller specimens.

159. <Actumnus setifer (de Haan), var.

Actumnus setifer Alcock (8), p. 202.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 231

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 7; 1 ¢ varying towards the form described below, in

having the thumb of the large claw a little longer than is typical and the lower marginal

line of granules on the palm very indistinct.

160. Actumnus setifer amirantensis, subsp. nov. (Plate 16, figs. 12, 13).

$, type, C. 1. 8°8 mm., C. b. 11°7 mm., fronto-orbital b. 9°4 mm.

The most abundant Actwmnus in the western Indian Ocean if this collection is

an indication.

Carapace moderately convex ; tomentum short, thick and smooth; areolations little

prominent, well separated, sparingly granulate ; front broader than in A. setifer (de Haan),

outer tooth triangular, distinct, and separated by an obliquely angled sinus from the

obtuse upper angle of the orbit ; three lateral teeth tipped with a spine. Wrist sparingly

granulate, smaller palm sharply granulate.

The upper part (less than half) of the outer surface of both palms is thinly tomentose ;

the sharp granules disappear on the lower distal portion of the large palm; inner surface

smooth and shining; no inferior marginal line except near the wrist. The fingers are

rather long and the immovable fingers deflexed, that of the small claw more deflexed

than that of the large claw.

In small specimens the larger palm has a larger area of granulation than in adults,

and the ridge on the immovable finger has a line of granules on its basal half.

This subspecies, as represented by a lot of 143 specimens from Station E 6, is quite

distinct from typical Actumnus setifer. There are before me seven specimens of the

latter, from three widely separated localities, Japan, Pulo Edam, and Gulf of Siam.

They differ from the subspecies amirantensis, not only in the greater convexity of the

carapace and its areoles, as mentioned by Alcock in comparing it with A. tomentosus Dana,

but in the more granulated palm, shorter fingers, more horizontal thumb, and the inferior

marginal line of granules separating the outer from the inner surface of the palm.

Our subspecies is also smaller, the largest specimens averaging about 12 mm. in

width.

The subspecies was obtained at 19 different stations, and at some of these there

are specimens which incline toward typical A. setifer. These variations are indicated

below in the list of localities.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 8; 2 3,1 juv.; the largest ¢, about 13 mm. wide,

approaches the convexity in carapace and areole of A. setifer; chelipeds lacking: 30 fms.,

fei 14: 1 f, 19: 30 fms., Sta. B15; 8 ¢,6 9: 30 fms. Sta. B16; 1 $ juv.: 30 fms,

Sta. B17; 1 4,19, 1juv.; the ¢ about 11°5 mm. wide varies toward A. setifer, that is,

the outer surface of the larger palm is nearly all granulate, the immovable finger is

shorter, but not so short as in A. setifer, there is an inferior line of granules on the

proximal half of the palm. Saya de Malha, 47 fms., Sta. C 12; 1 ¢ without chelipeds:

55 fms., Sta. C15; 1 3,29, 1juv.; ¢,C.b. 14mm. Providence, 70 fms., Sta. D7; 1 9.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 1; 7 ¢, 112 (8 ovig.); vary toward A. setzfer, several specimens

_ having a short thumb, the lower part of palm chiefly bare, but with a few scattered

granules and granules on the proximal end of the ridge on the thumb: 29 fims., Sta. E 2;

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 30

232 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1 juv.: 25 fms., Sta. H 3; 9 g, 6 2: 32 fms., Sta. E 5; 1@ ovig.: 28 fms., Sta. E 6;

143 specimens without noticeable variations (1 f istype): 34 fms., Sta. E.9; 54,89) 29mm

(1 ¢ with Bopyrid): 32 fms., Sta. E12; 1 9. Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 35 2) juve

44 fms., Sta. F5; 3 juv.: 44 fms, Sta. F 6; 1 ¢: 34 fms., Sta. F 8:1 4 2 juv.

161. Actumnus bonniert Nobili.

Actumnus bonnieri Nobili, Bull. Sci. France et Belg., xl. 1906, p. 182, pl. 6,

fig, 32.

Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F2; 1¢juv. C. b. 4:2 mm.

The lobules of the carapace are high and deeply separated from one another. The

outline of the lateral teeth is not obscured by tomentum; the teeth are denticulated.

The marginal projections of wrist, palm and movable finger are so sharp as to resemble

spines.

162. Actumnus globulus Heller.

Actumnus globulus A. Milne Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, i. 1866,

p. 286, pl. 18, fig. 4.

Salomon; 19. C. 1. 9 mm., C. b. 12 mm.

The antero-lateral margin is cut by three closed fissures, each lobe thus formed

overlapping the one anterior to it. The two frontal lobes are oblique and are separated

from the orbital angles by a well-marked sinus.

163. Actumnus obesus Dana.

Actumnus obesus Rathbun, 1906, p. 865, pl. 11, fig. 2. :

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 2; 19: 20—25 fms., Sta. E13; 13; C.177 mm, Cb.

10°1 mm.: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 2 2.

In the specimen measured, the lateral teeth are better marked than im the larger

specimen from the Hawaiian Islands described in the report cited above. In the females,

which are all small, about 6°6 mm. wide, the tomentum almost conceals the regional

divisions of the carapace.

164. Actumnus simplex, sp. nov. (Plate 16, figs. 10, 11).

Amirante, 32 fms., Sta. E 12; 1 2.

Ovigerous female, C. 1. 8°6 mm., C. b. 11 mm.

Carapace covered with a very short, scant pubescence, not visible to the naked eye ;

a transverse line of long hairs behind the front; chelipeds and legs furnished with long,

ragged hairs which, on the arms, wrists and legs, are confined chiefly to the margins,

but cover the whole outer surface of the palms. Carapace very convex in both directions.

The only separation into regions is indicated by shallow branchio-cardiac furrows. Front

narrow, a median emargination, lobes oblique, their outer angles connected by a straight

line with the orbital angles. Two superior orbital fissures faintly indicated; external

fissure V-shaped. Antero-lateral margin cut by three shallow notches into lobes, the

posterior of which is bluntly dentiform. From it a low, finely granulate ridge runs inward

on the carapace.

EEE

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 233

Chelipeds not very unequal ; inner angle of wrist spinulous ; palm granulous on outer

surface, granules concealed beneath long hair. Fingers brown, not gaping, toothed along

prehensile edges, immovable fingers as long as wide.

This species, in the smoothness of its carapace, resembles A. nudus A. Milne Edwards

(Conf: de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., xxii. 1887, p. 49, pl. 2, figs. 2, 3), but the

latter is much broader, with strong antero-lateral teeth and smooth palms.

165. Actumnus levigatus, sp. nov. (Plate 19, figs. 3, 4).

Amirante, 25—30 fms., Sta. E11; 19 ovig. C. 1. 6°8 mm., C. b. 9°3 mm.

Carapace very convex in all directions; scarcely any indication of regions ; covered

with a short, fine, light-coloured pubescence. Antero-lateral margin with three conical

teeth, each tipped with a slender spine; the first of these teeth has a secondary spine on

its posterior slope; besides there is a small spine at the outer angle of the orbit. Front

composed of two oblique lobes, separated by a broad emargination, and without a distinct

tooth at the outer end. Two faint notches in upper margin of orbit, and a broad sinus

beneath the outer angle; margin granulate ; inner angle armed with a spinule.

The chelipeds and legs have many longer hairs mixed with the short tomentum.

Chelipeds unequal; arms with two sharp teeth above; wrists and palms granulate ;

lower distal half of larger palm smooth and bare; a few granules near the palmar end

of the dactyls ; fingers of large claw very broad and smooth ; those of small claw narrower

and with one or two grooves; prehensile edges with low irregular teeth which leave no

gape; tips acute, crossing; colour of fingers (in alcohol) light pinkish, this colour not

reaching quite to base of immovable finger. Legs rather stout, except for the long

slender, yellow, horny tips of the dactyls.

This species, like the preceding, resembles A. vudus in the smoothness of the carapace,

but differs in form, character of lateral teeth and in its hairy covering.

166. Hriphia sebana (Shaw).

Eriphia levimana Alcock (3), p. 214.

Salomon; 19. Peros, Coin; 1 3. Egmont, reef; 1 2 juv.

167. Eriphia scabricula Dana. °

Eriphia scabricula Alcock (8), p. 216.

Salomon; 1 ?. Peros, Coin; 1 ¢. Egmont, lagoon, 6—7 fathoms; 1 ¢. Praslin,

reef; 1 3, 1 2 ovig. Coetivy; 1 ¢.

168. Maldivia gardineri, sp. nov. (Plate 19, figs. 5, 6).

Salomon ; 1 ¢ ovig.

Gele3:3,mm:, C.b. 4°4mm., BF: b. 1°8 mm.

Carapace broader than long, slightly convex, smooth to the eye, but microscopically

granulate, regions scarcely indicated ; sparsely hairy with very fine soft hairs, of which

there is a row just behind the margin of the front. Body covered with numerous very

small irregular dots of reddish-brown, which have nearly faded out except along the

frontal and antero-lateral borders of the carapace and the anterior part of the ventral

30—-2

234 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

surface. Two denticles on the antero-lateral margin. Postero-lateral margins strongly

convergent. Front very broad, slightly deflexed, divided into two subtruncate lobes.

Orbital margin crenulate, not fissured. Eyes large, peduncles stout. Basal joint of

antenna not nearly reaching the front. Epistome short. Efferent ridge strong. Merus

of maxillipeds broader than long, outer angle rounded, inner angle notched for the

insertion of the palpus.

Chelipeds very unequal, outer surface very rough and pubescent. Arm stout, nearly

smooth ; wrist granulate, the granules increasing in size toward the palm. Larger palm

much swollen, covered with granules which increase in size towards the upper surface

where they become tubercles and are arranged in rows. Smaller palm about half as high

as the other, similarly roughened, the large granules being sharp. Fingers of large claw

roughened to near the tips, not gaping; prehensile edges irregularly toothed, tips sharp

pointed, crossing when flexed. Fingers of small claw thin, curved, dactylus rough,

immovable finger smooth, punctate; fingers not gaping; prehensile edges sharp, entire,

fitting neatly together, tips small, curved and overlapping.

Legs narrow, thin, margins granulate, upper edge of carpal segments terminating

in a denticle, margins scantily provided with long hairs.

The general aspect of this species is much like that of M. symbiotica Borradaile

(Fauna Maldives, i. 1902, p. 270, text-fig. 60), but the unequal chelipeds, the

peculiar fingers of the small claw, as well as the wider carapace and front, easily

distinguish it.

169. Trapezia cymodoce (Herbst).

Trapezia cymodoce Alcock (3), p. 219.

Salomon ; 10 3,79: dredged, 10-—14 fms. ; 1 3,19. Peros, Coin; 13,19. Egmont,

reef; 1 S$, 22: lagoon, 6—7 fms.; 4 3, 3 2. Diego Garcia, lagoon; 1 g, 1 9: 12 fms.;

2g. Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. Bz; 3 3,29. Saya de Malha, 26 fms., Sta. C 16;

17, 4°. Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. H2; 1 7, 12: 25—80 fms., Sta. E11 s 2a

20—25 fms., Sta. E13; 7 7,79: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 24,39. Seychelles, S4tmigeece

F 8; 13, 29 (1 with Bopyrid)) Wraslin, reef; 2 ¢,2 9. Coetivy; 4 4,52

The specimens vary considerably in the length and sharpness of the lateral tooth, —

and to a lesser degree in the form and prominence of the frontal teeth ; while the upper

border of the palm is sharp and its outer surface hairy. These characters connect the

species with the subspecies ferrugined.

170. Trapezxia cymodoce ferruginea Latreille.

Trapexna ferruginea Alcock (3), p. 220. .

Salomon; 6 3, 5 ?: dredged, 10—14 fms.; 1 2g, 1 9, varying toward 7. guttata

Riippell. Peros, Coin; 1 ¢, 19. Egmont, reef; 2 3,29. Seychelles, 20 fms., Sta. F 8 ;

2\9. Praslin, reef; 2.3, 19: sCoetiyare2ic, 19:

The two specimens dredged at Salomon have the merus and carpus of the

legs spotted, the propodus and dactylus striped, the stripes having a tendency to

break up.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 235

171. Trapezia cymodoce intermedia Miers.

Trapexia ferruginea var. intermedia Alcock (3), p. 220.

Praslin, reef; 1 ¢ ovig. Coetivy; 1 ? ovig.

172. Trapezia cymodoce maculata (MacLeay).

Trapezia maculata Alcock (3), p. 221.

Salomon; 2 ¢,1 9. Egmont, reef; 1 @.

173. Trapezia rufopunctata (Herbst).

Trapezia rufopunctata Alcock (3), p. 222.

Salomon; 3 g, 49, 4juv. Egmont, reef; 1 ¢: lagoon, 6—7 fms.; 1 2.

_ 174. Trapexa digitalis (Latreille).

Trapezia digitalis Alcock (3), p. 222.

Salomon ; 1 ¢,1 2 ovig. Peros, Coin; 19. Egmont, reef; 1%, 2 $(1 ovig.). Amirante,

29ims., Sta. KH 1; 1% juv. Praslin, reef; 1g. Coetivy; 1 g, 1 §.

175. Tetralia glaberrima (Herbst).

Tetralia glaberrima Alcock (3), p. 223.

Salomon; 1 ¢, 3 2 ovig. Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., Sta. B19; 1 juv. (identification

not certain). Saya de Malha, 26 fms., Sta. C16; 1%: 29fms., Sta. C19; 1 2 Coetivy;

3 4, 3 2: by diver, 32 feet; 1 g, 2 2 (1 ovig.).

176. Quadrella coronata Dana.

Quadrella coronata Alcock (3), p. 226.

Providence, 50 fms., Sta. D11; 6 ¢, 3? (1 ovig.). Amirante, 22—85 fms., Sta. E 10;

1? ovig.: 36 fms., Sta. E 14; 13, 1 2 ovig.: 39 fms., Sta. E16; 4 3,39. Seychelles,

Seams., ota..h 8; 1 ¢: 37 fms., Sta. F 9; 1 3, 1 8.

177. Quadrella maculosa Alcock.

Quadrella coronata var. maculosa Aleock (3), p. 226.

Cargados Carajos; 45 fms., Sta. B 29; 1 ¢ ovig. Amirante, 32 fms., Sta. E 12;

Ba ko.

In the well-developed 2 the palms are not inflated, and their upper and lower margins

are subparallel, which is not the case in a ? of Q. coronata of the same size.

178. Polydectus cwpulifer (Latreille).

Polydectus cupulifer Rathbun, 1906, p. 866.

Coetivy ; 1 9 holding an actinian in each claw.

179. Domecia hispida Kydoux and Souleyet.

Domecia hispida Alcock (3), p. 230.

Diego Garcia, 12 fms.; 1 juv. Cargados Carajos, 28 fms. Sta. B 19; 1 juv.

Amirante, 16 fms., Sta. E 23; 1 2. Coetivy; 1 3, 1 2 ovig.: by diver, 32 feet; 4 4, 2 9,

all small.

236 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

180. Lybia tesselata (Latreille).

Melia tessellata Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive

Arch., i. 1902, p. 250, text-fig. 49.

Salomon; 2 ¢, 5 3 (4 ovig.). Saya de Malha, 29 fms., Sta. C 19; 1g. Amirante,

25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 5 ¢, 5 2: 30 fms., Sta. E21; 19. Coetivy; 6 3, 7 ? (3 ovig.),

2 juv.; one of the females, 10 mm. in width, is grasping anemones which measure 5 mm.

in diameter across the expanded tentacles.

181. Lybia pugil (Alcock).

Melia pugil Alcock (3), p. 231. Lllus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. vm, 1899,

pl 38, fe. 5; ;

Saya de Malha, 47 fms., Sta. C 12; 1 2 ovig. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 1 2.

These specimens have the indentation on the postero-lateral border of the carapace,

the dorsal surface is distinctly tuberculous. Both hands of the specimen from Saya de

Malha carry an anemone, only the right hand of that from Amirante.

GARDINERIA, gen. Nov.

Carapace transverse ; antero-lateral margin directed obliquely downward to the angle

of the buccal cavity and furnished with a stridulating mechanism. Orbit subentire,

pear-shaped.

Antennules large, nearly transverse. Peduncular segments of antenne narrow;

basal segment falling far short of the front, the following segment just touching the

front ; flagellum standing in the orbital hiatus. Efferent ridge well developed posteriorly

but not reaching the anterior edge of the buccal cavity. Merus of maxillipeds expanded.

at outer angle.

Chelipeds stout, smooth. Legs slender, flattened. Abdomen of % with all the

segments free.

Type, Gardineria canora, sp. nov.

This genus is an anomaly among the Xanthidee ; it belongs to the section Hyperolissa,

the efferent ridges being strong but not continued to the epistome. The character of the

lateral margins, the formation of the orbits, the development of the wrists, are peculiar to

the genus.

182. Gardineria canora, sp. nov. (Plate 19, figs. 7, 8).

Providence, 29 fms., Sta. D 3; 1 2.

C177 mm.; ©. bs 112 mm:

Carapace oval, convex; regions, except the cardiac, not defined; surface punctate ;

antero-lateral margin a thin, granulated rim, ending posteriorly in two tuberculiform

denticles at the widest part of the carapace; a ridge on the hindmost tooth is continued

inward for a short distance ; anteriorly the marginal rim passes a little outside the angle

of the orbit and is prolonged to the angle of the buccal cavity ; a weaker ridge connects it

with the orbital angle; the under side of the marginal rim forms a stridulating ridge

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 237

crossed by fine striz; postero-lateral margin sinuous. The front viewed from above

is arcuate, but the true edge is invisible, the surface being bent abruptly down; edge

viewed from in front, the shape of a cupid’s bow, and not separated from the angle of the

orbit ; the sides of the front slope gradually into the orbital margin. Orbits pear-shaped ;

eyes stout. Two faint notches near together in the superior margin of the orbit ; inferior

margin thickened, showing some irregular crenations. Suborbital area granulate. Basal

segment of antennules deeply channeled along its ventral face. The flagellum of the

antennz is shorter than the major diameter of the orbit. Ischium of maxillipeds longer

than merus and produced at the antero-internal angle; merus with a lobe of good size at

its antero-external angle.

Chelipeds unequal, smooth, punctate; arm with a thin edge above, having a small

blunt tooth near the distal end; wrist enlarged, a laminiform expansion along its inner

side, whose thin, smooth edge can be scraped along the stridulating ridge on the ventral

edge of the carapace; palms swollen; fingers rather long, coloured like the palm, not

gaping, tips curved and crossing, prehensile edges armed with a few acute teeth, the

largest one near the base of the larger pollex, the dactyli almost unarmed in their distal

half; four impressed lines of punctze on each digit.

Legs narrow, flat, varying little in length, dactyli scantily hairy.

Male abdomen small, suboblong, segments of about equal length, save the first and

seventh.

Gonoplacide.

183. Hucrate crenata de Haan.

Eucrate crenata Alcock (6), p. 300.

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 ? juv.

184. Pilumnoplax acanthomerus, sp. noy. (Plate 18, fig. 13).

Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 # type, 1 ? ovig.

Carapace slightly convex ; surface closely covered with granules which are smaller

posteriorly ; regions indicated by narrow grooves; front and orbits set off by broad

furrows. Front obliquely inclined, 2 as wide as carapace; edge sinuous, a median

V-shaped emargination, a small lobe at outer corners, between which is a raised transverse

granulated line. Orbit separated from front by a rectangular notch; upper margin with

a single notch, prolonged inward by a fissure. Eyes large, reniform. Antero-lateral

margin half as long as _postero-lateral, quadridentate, including tooth at outer angle

of orbit ; first three teeth subequal, first obtuse, second and third acute, third narrower,

fourth very small, spiniform, close to third. Postero-lateral margins slightly concave,

converging at an acute angle.

Last joint of antennal peduncle reaches end of outer lobe of front ; flagellum 14 times

as long as width of orbit.

Chelipeds unequal in both sexes; arm, wrist and upper part of hand granulate,

the large granules acute or spinuliform ; four spines on inner edge of arm ; two spines, one

above the other, at inner angle of wrist; hand with a double row of blunt spines above,

238 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ending at the dark colour on the distal extremity ; fingers broad and thick, brown except

for white tips; the brown colour covers 2 of the length of propodus measured on lower

margin; dactylus with three low prehensile teeth ; pollex with one larger tooth near

the tip; a small tuft of yellow hairs on inner and outer sides of each finger on the

distal half.

Legs of moderate length, fringed with long hair mostly on the anterior margin ;

merus, carpus and propodus spined anteriorly, a subdistal spine on posterior border of

merus of first two pairs; dactylus bearing a double row of spines posteriorly and a few

spines anteriorly near the tip.

Third, fourth and fifth segments of male abdomen fused.

Dimensions in mm.:

| )

CL 9-1 | 10-7

C. b. 13+ 15:3

F. b. 51 6-0

Exorb. b. 102 | 118

R. Ch. 1 23-9 19°6

Ti Cheds 22:8 | 215

Wales 20-5 | 22'8

This species has the carapace broader and rougher, and the palms more elongate

than in other species of the genus.

Catoptrus A. Milne Edwards.

A series of 47 specimens in the collection shows that there are two well-marked

species, which occur together but are separable by a number of characters.

C. nitidus.

Carapace very convex, sloping evenly in all

directions.

Outer margin of front sloping gradually into

posterior margin of orbit.’

Antero-lateral region and sub-orbital region with

some coarse granules mixed with the fine ones.

Lateral teeth very uneven: the 2nd, 3rd, 4th and

5th decrease in size in order named.

Lower margin of orbits armed with three denticles

or tubercles.

Two spines on arm, one near each end.

Distal half of fingers brown.

Terminal segment of abdomen of ¢ triangular, with

straight sides.

Appendages of ¢ abdomen with tips bidentate.

C. inequalis,

Carapace moderately convex, transversely flattened

for half its width.

Outer margin of front nearly at right angles to

posterior margin of orbit.

Antero-lateral region and sub-orbital region with

granulation uniformly fine.

Lateral teeth: 2nd, 3rd and 4th nearly the same

size.

Lower margin of orbit unarmed.

One spine on arm, near distal end; it may be

reduced to a small tooth, especially in larger specimens.

Distal half of fingers pink.

Terminal segment of abdomen of ¢ with sides

partly concave.

Appendages of ¢ abdomen with tips slender,

acuminate.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 239

185. Catoptrus nitidus A. Milne Edwards.

Catoptrus nitidus Alcock (6), p. 307 (part). Laurie, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl

Fisheries, pt. v, Suppl. Rept. xz, 1906, p. 422 (part).

Gomocaphyra truncatifrons de Man, Archiv fiir Naturg., liii. 1887, p. 339, pl. 14,

fig. 1.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; 11 2, 4? (2 ovig.): 30tmss Sta: Hy Qian

Coetivy, 1 ¢.

Largest specimen, f (Sta. E 11), C. 1. 6mm., C. b. 8°7 mm. Smaller 2, same station,

C.1.3:°3mm., C.b. 5mm. A. Milne Edwards gives 15 x 23 mm.

In the specimens before me, C. nitidus is uniformly narrower than C. inequalis.

186. Catoptrus imequalis (Rathbun).

Catoptrus mtidus Alcock (6), p. 307 (part). Laurie, in Herdman, Ceylon Pearl

Fisheries, pt. v, Suppl. Rept. xz, 1906, p. 422 (part).

Gonocaphyra inequalis Rathbun, 1906, p. 870, text-fig. 29, pl. 12, fig. 9.

Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta.C 15; 1 2,1. Providence, 29 fms., Sta. D Ss i &

Amirante, 22—85 fms., Sta. E10; 1 2: 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 6 4,129 (8 with Bopyrid

parasites): 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 3,19. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F8; 3 2.

Largest specimen, ¢ (Sta. E11), C. 1. 5-4 mm.,C. b. 8°6 mm. Smaller 2, same station,

eal 36, C. b. 5°7 mm.

187. Typhlocarcinops piroculata, sp. nov. (Plate 20, figs. 1, 2).

Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E9; 3? (1 adult type, 2 juv.).

Surface pubescent ; carapace, chelipeds, and legs long-hairy on the margins; median

regions faintly indicated. Anterior and antero-lateral margins of carapace regularly

arched; postero-lateral margins parallel; posterior margin neatly transverse, sinuous.

Upper surface smooth, sides with a raised, granulate rim. Anterior third of carapace

strongly deflexed, front not twice as wide as orbit, sides parallel, lower margin obtuse-

angled at the middle. Orbits transverse, completely filled by the pear-shaped eyes, with

small cornez.

Peduncle of antenna flattened ; flagellum not exceeding it in length.

Chelipeds (of ?) of moderate size, subequal ; inner angle of wrist rounded ; palm with

length and breadth equal, outer surface covered with longitudinal rows of sharp granules

and short hairs ; fingers as long as middle of palm, deeply grooved, partly hairy, unevenly

dentate and narrowly gaping, tips crossing. Second, third, and fourth legs subequal,

rather broad ; dactyli styliform.

All the segments of the ¢ abdomen are free; the first covers the sternum and is

longest in its middle third; second and third segments a trifle wider than 4 of the sternal |

width ; seventh segment equilateral.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 31

240 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Dimensions of type female in mm.: C. 1. 5°6, C. b. 7:2, Exorb. b. 4:4, F. b. 2, Ch. 1. 8,

W.1. 1..8°7, W. L: 2.0) Woe W. 1. 4, 11-9:

This species differs from 7. canaliculata Rathbun* in the greater hairiness, angular

front, more elongated orbits, rougher hands and wider legs.

Palicide.

188. Palicus jukesii (White) (Plate 19, fig. 9). :

Palicus jukesti Alcock (6), p. 451. Calman, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Ser. 2, Zool.

viii. (1900), p. 29, pl. 1, figs. 9—18.

Palicus jukesi Laurie, Rept. Pearl Oyster Fish., v. 1906, p. 430, pl. 1, fig. 12.

Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C15; 29. Amirante, 25—80fms., Sta. H11; 1?

ovigerous.

©. 1. 13°7 mm., C. b. 14:6 mm:

In this specimen the sides of the carapace are nearly parallel, and the notches in the

same very small, the last one scarcely visible. Outer supra-orbital notch subtriangular.

Infero-orbital margin as represented in Calman’s fig. 10 (op. cit.). An arcuate subhepatic

ridge which is lost outwardly in a cluster of granules.

189. Palicus whiter (Miers) (Plate 19, fig. 10).

Palicus whiter Alcock (6), p. 453. Calman, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Ser. 2, Zool.

viii. (1900), p. 31, pl. 2, figs. 14—19.

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 2 ovigerous.

C. 1. to tips of frontal teeth 14:9 mm., C. b. 15°5 mm.

The teeth of the carapace are somewhat different from the descriptions and figures of

Miers and Calman. Median sinus of front V-shaped, but with the bottom of the sinus a

little rounded. From the frontal teeth to the tip of the innermost orbital tooth the

margin is distinctly sinuous; inner orbital sinus a narrow slit; next sinus narrow at the

base, widening anteriorly ; beyond this there is a third sinus which is triangular. Infra-

orbital sinus narrow but open. Lateral teeth defined by narrow, almost horizontal,

sinuses; as in the preceding species, there is a faint indication of a third tooth and

sinus.

190. Manella gardinert, sp. nov. (Plate 20, fig. 9).

Saya de Malha, 29 fms., Sta. C 19; 1 2 juv. Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 1 2

juv.: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 2 3 (1 juv., 1 is type). Seychelles, 37 fms., Sta. F 9; 1 3 juv.

Dimensions of fg type in mm. ; C. 1, 10:2, C. b. 12-2, right Ch. 1. 14°5, W. L. 1. 11°2,

W.. 12. 14, .W.. Liv 3., 145, Wi plbdeweens

Carapace about & as long as broad, subhexagonal, regions separated, surface covered

with short dark hairs which do not obscure the tubercles or granules arranged regularly

either singly or in groups, as follows: 3 on the mesogastric region, 3 on each protogastric

region, 4 in a transverse row on the cardiac region, 3 transversely on the intestinal

* Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xxii, 1909, p. 112,

eee po, ©

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 241

region; about 7 branchial, separable into 2 groups divided by a groove, 4 tubercles on the

posterior area, and 2 or 3 on the anterior.

Margin of front (between the antennal flagella) a little more than { as wide as the

carapace, quadridentate, the median pair of teeth bilobate, the inner lobe the smaller ;

median sinus broadly triangular, rounded at the base, other sinuses acute at base.

Upper margin of orbit cut by 2 V-shaped sinuses separated by a truncate tooth,

remainder of margin irregularly crenulate. Outer tooth of orbit falciform, followed by

2 acute teeth, the second of which is broad and bidentate and situated at the lateral

angle of the carapace. Postero-lateral margins long, convergent, and armed with obtuse

teeth or lobes which posteriorly become smaller and more elevated. Posterior margin

slightly convex, crenulate, terminating at either end in a small lobe directed laterally.

The ¢ abdomen, as in the type species of the genus, M. spinipes (de Man)*, has 7

distinct segments, the first very wide and crossed transversely by a sharp and finely

granulated crest, fringed above with appressed hairs ; the lateral margin of the second to

the seventh segments, inclusive, is sinuous ; surface of abdomen and sternum coarsely

punctate.

The right or larger cheliped of the male is about 1} times as long as carapace, and

bears a heavy propodus ; left cheliped somewhat shorter and much slenderer; both are

pubescent, and have shaggy hair on the upper surface of the fingers; merus trigonal,

dentate on inner margin, granulate above; carpus tuberculate above, a sharp crest on

outer margin. Palm widening distally ; upper surface granulate ; outer edge bimarginate,

denticulate ; lower surface smooth, punctate; inner edge erenulate, crossed in larger

chela by curved stridulating lines, which probably are scraped along the outer surface of

the left palm and wrist. Fingers stout, equal in small chela ; immovable about half as

long as movable finger in large chela.

Meropodites of legs broad, margins coarsely serrated; two rows of spinules above ;

carpopodites serrated anteriorly, terminating posteriorly in a small spine ; propodites and

dactyli finely dentate, the former nearly covered with superimposed hairs.

Differs from M. spinipes in carapace wider, surface less hairy, projections less spinous,

presence of a distinct stridulating mechanism.

Grapside.

191. Grapsus longitarsis Dana.

Grapsus longitarsis Rathbun, 1907, p. 28.

Egmont, reef; 1 large 3.

C. 1. 36°6 mm, C. b. 41°83 mm. Carapace squarish and front broad, as in other, but

always smaller, specimens previously examined ; legs relatively shorter and stouter.

192. Pachygrapsus plicatus (Milne Edwards).

Pachygrapsus plicatus Rathbun, 1907, p. 29.

Peros, Coin; 1 #, 19. Coetivy; 1 4, 1 juv.

* Conf. Rathbun, 1906, p. 837, pl. 7, fig. 6, text-tig. 3.

31—2

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

193. Pachygrapsus minutus A. Milne Edwards.

Pachygrapsus minutus Alcock (6), p. 399.

Praslin, reef’; 1 9 ovigerous. Coetivy; 1 ? ovigerous.

194. Pachygrapsus longipes Rathbun.

Pachygrapsus longipes Rathbun, 1907, p. 30.

Coetivy ; 1 ? ovigerous.

195. Plagusia depressa tuberculata Lamarck.

Plagusia depressa tuberculata Rathbun, 1906, p. 841.

Egmont, reef; 1 2, 1 $.

196. Perenon planissemum (Herbst).

Percnon planissimum Rathbun, 1906, p. 842.

Praslin, reef; 1 ¢. Coetivyselea, 2 2 juv.

197. Perenon abbreviatum (Dana).

Percnon abbreviatum Rathbun, 1906, p. 842.

Coetivy ; 1 2, 1 ? ovigerous.

Hapalocarcinide.

198. Hapalocarcinus marsupialis Stimpson.

Hapalocarcinus marsupialis Rathbun, 1906, p. 892. Stimpson, Smithsonian Mise.

Goll., xlix. No..1717, 1907; pal70jple 14, fic. 8.

Salomon; 2 ? (1 ovigerous).

Dimensions in mm.: Ovigerous 9, C. |. 4:7, C. b. 5°5, Abd. b. 8°8. Adult 9, C. 1. 4,

C. b. 8:7, Abd.’b. 4.

Hymenosomide.

199. Elamena gracilis Borradaile.

Elamena gracilis Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna Maldive and Laccadive Arch., 1.

pt. 2, 1908, p. 684, text-fig. 122.

Coetivy; 1 3, 1 2.

In these specimens the eyes do not project beyond the sides of the front; their dark

corne are however visible in dorsal view through the thin carapace.

Inachide.

200. Macropodia formosa, sp. nov. (Fig. 1).

- Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B17; 1 ¢ type.

A Macropodia with elongated body, short rostrum, extremely long slender legs, and

with such scanty hairs that it appears nearly bare to the naked eye.

Cardiac tubercle largest ; 3 gastric tubercles, of which the median is the largest; a

strong branchial tubercle in line with the cardiac tubercle; hepatic region terminating in

an acute tubercle ; a minute tubercle on the antero-lateral margin of the branchial region.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 243

Neck long; orbital arches unarmed ; rostrum reaching to middle of second movable joint

of antenne, composed of two narrow, acute, flattened horns close together ; median fissure

extending back nearly to the distal end of the basal joint of the antennz, and continued by

a groove on the carapace to the posterior end of the orbits. In the single specimen the right

horn is a little shorter than the left. Eye-stalks strongly enlarged at the corneal end where

they are produced obliquely forward and upward in a tubercle. Pterygostomian region

armed with a tubercle which shows in dorsal view behind the hepatic region. The buccal

Fig. 1. MJacropodia formosa, sp. nov.

cavity widens distally, and its anterior angles are so expanded that they too are visible in

dorsal view, but in front of the hepatic region. The sternum bears a tubercle on either

side just in front of the abdomen of the @.

Chelipeds of ¢ moderately stout, and with straight hairs on inner margins, and some

curled hairs outside. Arm with a distal spine above, and a row of spinules on the inner

and outer margins. Wrist and propodus with similar spinules arming both margins of the

inner surface. Fingers about as long as palm, occludent margins denticulate, a slightly

enlarged truncate tooth near base of dactylus, a very slight gape for basal third.

Legs extremely long, with a line of curled hairs on the anterior surface except on the

dactyls, and a few straight hairs especially on the first two dactyls; merus with a short

terminal spine on the anterior edge; first two dactyls nearly straight, last two a little

more curved and finely spinulous on their proximal third. The third right leg is abnor-

mally short.

Dimensions of $ in mm.:

ey. 1.8'4,

(On oy ee

R. 1. (from front edge of orbit) 1°7.

Antenna, free portion, 4°5.

BT. 3:5;

244 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

H. b. 1°6.

W. L. 1. 48; merop. 1. 14; carp. 1. 5:5; prop. 1. 15; dact. 1. 11°5.

W.L. 2. 45; merop. |. 13°6; carp. 1. 6; prop. |. 13°4; dact. 1. 9.

W.. Gi3s 37-53) merop.. 1 12 emerrpe il, 6:5; prop: |. W0:siedaecto! 6.

W. L. 4. 32°3; merop. 1. 10°5; carp. 1. 6; prop. 1. 8°6; dact. 1. 5°3.

This species is distinguished from all others of the genus* by its slenderness, scarcity

of hair, and flattened rostral spines.

201. Lambracheus ramifer Alcock.

Lambracheus ramifer Aleock (1), p. 168, pl. 3, fig. 1; Illus. Zool. Investigator,

Crust., pt. iV, :1896, ply, Is; ehiem

Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 2.

The rostrum is broken off near its base. The specimen is somewhat larger than the

figured type, being 7°6 mm, wide, and 10°4 mm. long from the anterior of the supraorbital

spinules to the posterior margin. ‘The carapace appears considerably rougher, and the

tubercles of the third abdominal somite more prominent.

202. Acheus lorina (Adams and White).

Acheus lorina de Man, Abh. Senck. naturf. Ges., xxv. 1902, p. 645.

Amirante, 22—85 fms., Sta. E10; 19: 35 fms., Sta. E14; 19 ovigerous. Seychelles,

39 fms., Sta. F 3; 3 3).1 92 B4tmejesta, F 8; 1 o, 1 2 ovigerous:

These specimens agree with de Man’s description above cited.

203. Acheus brevifalcatus, sp. nov.

Acheus affinis Rathbun, 1906, p. 877; not A. affinis Miers, Alcock.

Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F4; 19: 44 fms. Sta. F5; 1 ¢.

$.—The body is much like that of A. lorina, but more elongate. The rostral horns

Fig. 2. Acheus brevifalcatus, sp. nov.

end in small slender spines; the angle separating them is less than a right angle, is

rounded at the base, and is continued posteriorly by a deep furrow. Upper margin of

* Type, M. rostrata (Linneus) = Stenorhynchus rostratus of authors.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 245

orbit without spine. Median gastric elevation conical and blunt ; lateral elevations low

and small. The conical hepatic projection terminates in an outward-pointing cylindrical

spine and bears a spinule on its anterior border. The margin between the orbits and the

hepatic region shows several minute spinules. The cardiac region has 2 large tubercles

side by side and a very small one on the posterior slope. There is a large low tubercle on

the branchial region just in front of the base of the last leg; also a small sharp spine

pointing downward and a little forward, just below the antero-lateral margin of the

branchial region. A small pterygostomian spine shows slightly in dorsal view in the

sinus between hepatic and branchial regions.

The long slender eye-stalks have a small tubercle on middle of anterior margin and

an outward-pointing spinule above near end of eye. Basal joint of antenna spinulous ; the

next segment reaches a little beyond tips of rostrum; the third is as long as the first ;

movable portion of antenna half as long as carapace, and fringed on each side with long

hair. A spinule on lower surface near angle of buccal cavity.

The last or coalesced segment of the abdomen bears a spinule at its middle.

Chelipeds stout in the full-grown males, fringed with long hair on their inner edge ; arm

with margins spinulous. Wrist with a row of curled hairs and spinules along the supero-

external border, the proximal spinules largest. Hand with a few very small spinules

above and some curled hairs on the outer surface. Immovable finger arched downward so

that the fingers gape strongly in their basal half, the small truncate tooth at the base of

the dactyl fits against, and distal to, an acute tooth on the end of the palm, pointing

obliquely upward. Fingers fringed with long hair in the gape; the distal portions where

the fingers meet are finely crenulate, and the immovable finger bears a tooth at the distal

end of the gape. Dactyli of first two legs long and slightly curved ; of last two legs short

and very strongly curved. The first 3 of the long segments are furnished with curled

hairs, while the propodi and dactyli have some long straight hairs, most numerous about

the distal articulation of the propodi of the last two pairs.

Dimensions of $ in mm.:

e1...6°6.

ab. 4:5.

R. 1. (from front edge of orbit) 1.

Antenna, free portion, 3°3.

fe 37.

Heb. 1°7.

W. L. 1. 32:5; merop. 1. 10:3; earp. l. 4; prop. 1. 10; dact. 1. 6.

W. L. 2. 32; merop. 1. 10; carp. 1. 4°5; prop. 1. 9°4 ; dact. 1. 5:8.

W. L. 3. 25; merop. 1. 9°5; carp. 1. 5; prop: 1. 6°5 ¢.dant. LyZ:i,

W. L. 4. 19°5; merop. |. 7°6; carp. l. 4°8.; prop. 1. 4°6; dact. 1. 1°8.

In the ?, the chelipeds are slender and the tingers meet throughout their length.

Having been able, through the courtesy of Dr. Calman, to examine acotype of Acheus

affims Miers ($ from Thursday Island) in the British Museum, I find that the present

species is quite distinct; the carapace more slender, the horns sharper, the chelipeds

stouter with gaping fingers and the legs longer.

246 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Differs from A. lorina in lacking a spine above the orbit, in the shorter faleate dactyli

of the last 2 pairs, and the partially gaping fingers. In A. lorina, the falcate dactyli are

half as long as their propodi, and the fingers meet throughout.

204. Acheus mimicus, sp. noy. (Plate 20, fig. 3).

Mauritius, 100—200 fms., Sta. A 1; 1 ? type.

An Acheus without a “neck,” armed with slender spines including a supraorbital

spine, and with the last two dactyli faleate.

Body short, high, triangular, pubescent, widening directly behind the orbits, 3 gastric

spines, the posterior one long, erect, the two lateral much smaller, directed obliquely

forward ; 2 cardiac spines, side by side, suberect, a little divergent, shorter than the

median gastric spine ; 2 dorsal branchial spines, one long, above the base of the first leg

and pointing strongly outward and a little upward ; the other small, in front of the base

of the last leg and directed outward, also a spinule near inner angle of region ; supraorbital

spine directed a little outward and forward ; below the lateral margins of the carapace are

5 spines partly visible in dorsal view ; 2 are hepatic, the posterior one with a bifid tip; 2

are branchial, while the middle spine is on the pterygostomian region. Rostral teeth

ending in short, blunt spines, interspace rounded, median furrow extending back to

posterior margin of orbit. A few spinules on anterior surface of eye-stalk, a tubercle above

at extremity.

The basal joint of the antenna is spinulous, with the two distal spines larger. The

surface of maxillipeds and abdomen is roughened with spinules. Chelipeds rather slender,

furnished with straight hairs and spinules along the margins of their inner surface, 2 long

spines on inner edge of wrist ; fingers as long as palm, edges crenulate, meeting. Legs of

moderate length (first one missing) ; dactyli long in relation to propodi.

Dimensions of 2 in mm. :

Cross:

C. b. (exclusive of spines) 3°4.

R. 1. (from front edge of orbit) *5.

Antenna, free portion, 2.

Bele 4;

H. b. 8.

W. L. 2. 14; merop, 1. 4; carp. | 2°3; prop. 1. 3:8; dact. 1. 2:7.

W. L. 3. 12; merop. |. 3°2; carp. |. 2°4; prop. 1. 3; dact. 1. 2:1.

W. L. 4. 10; merop. 1. 3 ;%canpaliez:2; prop. 1. 2°7; dact, Vici:

This species is quite unlike any hitherto described ; its spines distinguish it readily

from all but A. spinosus Miers, which has an elongated “‘ neck,” and no spines on the wrist.

205. Acheus cadelli Alcock.

Acheus cadelli Alcock (1), p. 171, pl. 5, fig. 1.

Amirante, 28 fms., Sta. E 6; 1 ¢, with the anterior part of the body, including the

orbits, absent. Carapace, 2°7 mm. wide.

The species is remarkable for the great slenderness of its legs and the similarity of the

four pairs of dactyli. The immovable finger of the chela has a large tooth at its proximal

third, while the movable finger has two or three teeth not so large, situated near the palm.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 247

206. Acheopsis thomsoni (Norman), var.

Inspognathus thomsont Doflein, Brachyura “ Valdivia,” 1904, p. 75, and synonymy.

Saya de Malha, 300—500 fms., Sta. C 20; 1 2, adult.

This specimen has parallel horns about { as long as remainder of carapace. It differs

from typical specimens in having the anterior gastric and anterior branchial spines obsolete

or reduced to low tubercles.

The species is very close to A. spinulosus Stimpson*, which has shorter legs, described

as ‘‘minutely spinulous above,” but there is no indication, in description or figure, of

the terminal spine on the merus joints. A. spinulosus is an inhabitant of shallower

water (10 fathoms in Simons Bay, Cape of Good Hope).

207. Oncinopus aranea de Haan.

Oncinopus aranea Alcock (1), p. 183.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 14; 1 2: 30 fms. Sta. B23; 1 ¢. Providence,

50—78 fms., Sta. D4; 19. Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E9; 2 ¢: 25—80 fms., Sta. E11;

A f, 6 2 (2 ovig.): 20—25 fms., Sta. E18; 1 3,1: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 192. Seychelles,

39 fms., Sta. F 3; 1 g, 2 $ (1 ovig.): 39 fms., Sta. F 4; 19: 34 fms, Sta. F8; 44,32

(1 ovig.): 37 fms., Sta. F 9; 1 9, measuring 9°3 mm. long in the carapace.

The unbroken antennz in one case measure 4 length of carapace; the slender flagellum

is often broken off near the peduncle.

208. Apinus indicus (Alcock).

Apocremnus indicus Alcock (1), p. 188, pl. 4, figs. 2, 2a.

Amirante, 22—85 fms., Sta. E 10; 1 9, mature, with the abdomen filled with a

Rhizocephalid parasite. Seychelles, 39 fms, Sta. F 3; 1 9, immature.

In both these specimens the postocular spine is present; there is no cardiac spine, but

a tubercle in its place; a low blunt gastric spinule or tubercle; the 7 segments of the

abdomen (¢) are distinct.

PSEUDOCOLLODES, gen. nov.

Carapace subtriangular. Rostrum short, bifid. An interantennular spine, visible

from above. Eyes retractile against a strong postocular tooth. Basal antennal joint very

narrow, spinous, less advanced than rostrum. Maxillipeds fitting loosely in buccal cavity.

Merognath elongate-oval, narrower than ischiognath, the latter strongly advanced at its

inner angle. Chelipeds of moderate size. First pair of legs extremely long ; remaining

legs diminishing rapidly in length ; dactyli elongate. In both sexes the last 2 segments

of abdomen are fused.

Type, Pseudocollodes complectens, sp. nov.

This genus differs from Collodes Stimpson} in its interantennular spine, form of

merognath, greater length of first leg, in the 6 instead of 5 abdominal segments of the ? ;

from EHuprognatha Stimpson} in the lesser prominence of the basal antennal segment and

the form of the maxilliped.

* Smithson. Misc. Coll., xlix. 1907, p. 21, pl. 3, figs. 5, 5a.

+ Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vii. 1860, p. 193. ¢ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., ii. 1871, p. 122.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 32

248 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

209. Pseudocollodes complectens, sp. nov. (Plate 20, fig. 4).

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F7; 4 3, 3 2 ovig. (1 d is type).

The body and appendages are covered with a short pubescence which is inconspicuous

and in no way obscures the markings. Length of carapace little greater than width ;

posterior margin very broad, concave. Dorsal surface with 4 cylindrical spines, 1 gastric,

1 cardiac, 1 on each branchial region ; 4 tubercles in a transverse row on gastric region,

and one on each branchial region above origin of last leg. The carapace is also roughened

with very fine spinules on the higher parts and near the lateral margins. The 2 frontal

teeth are acute and curve inward. Interantennular spine less advanced than front.

Three longitudinal furrows on front. Basal antennal joint with 2 rows of spinules, the distal

inner spine a little longer; distal end visible from above, but less advanced than base of

frontal sinus. Antenna longer than width of front. A small emargination separates the

orbital arch from the postocular tooth, the end of which curves strongly forward. Hepatic

region with 2 lateral prominences, the anterior one angular and well advanced. Eyes with

cornex enlarged, a tubercle at the summit. Orbit partially defined below by a short

spinulous crest. Abdomen with a median carina in both sexes, abdomen of ¢ smooth, of g

spinulous as is also the sternum.

Chelipeds about 13 times as long as carapace, spinulous and on the margins more or less

spinous. Fingers and palm subequal in length, palm inflated in 2, fingers compressed and

curved, minutely gaping in ¢. First leg 33 times as long as carapace; last 3 legs noticeably

slenderer than the first; second reaching to end of propodus of first ; third nearly to end

of propodus of second; fourth to middle of carpus of second. No one specimen is provided

with all its legs.

Dimensions :

3g fs 3 g ? é

Cm 9-0 118 71 Dact. 2 5:2* 6:3 4:4

C. b. 8-4 hile 6-4 Werle 16-0

Wo dbs 1 36:0 39°5 29-0 Merop. 3 6:2

Merop. 1 11:0 11:7 8:0 Carp. 3 2:0

Carp. 1 4:8 5:0 3°5 Prop. 3 4+]

Prop. 1 9°6 10°5 8-0 Dact. 3 3:0

Dact. 1 9:0 10:3 7:2 W. LL. 4 15:5 18:0

Ww. L. 2 28:0* 30°3 21-0 Merop. 4 5-5 5-5

Merop. 2 10°6 10-4 75 Carp. 4 2°2 2°3

Carp. 2 3°2 3:7 2°5 Prop. 4 37 4:5

Prop. 2 6:7 70 5:2 | Dact. 4 3:0 4-2

210. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus White.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus Alcock (1), p. 192.

(a) Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 17; 1 ¢ without legs. (b) Diego Garcia

14 fms.; 1 2 ovigerous.

Dimensions in mm.: (a) C. 1. 9°3, rostrum (to anterior edge of orbit) 2°7.. (b) C.1.

9°7, rostrum (to anterior edge of orbit) 3:5.

* Tip broken off.

—

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 249

The carapace of these specimens is very smooth, there being only an enlargement

on the outer margin of the branchial region, while the gastric and cardiac regions are

separately tumid. Rostrum strongly tapering (most slender in b), but spreading again

at the horns. A minute spinule in advance of the eye and two spinules on the basal

antennal joint, one at the angle, the other behind it; 3 or 4 spinules on pterygostomian

region. The projections on upper border of arm and merus joints of legs are spinules

except for 1 or 2 nodules on the last pair.

211. Sphenocarcinus cuneus (Wood-Mason).

_ Sphenocarcinus cuneus Alcock (1), p. 193; Tilus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. Iv,

1896, pl. 21, figs. 1, la.

Providence, 70 fms., Sta. D7; 1 2 ovigerous.

Dimensions in mm.: C. 1. 27:2; rostrum (from anterior margin of orbit) 13:2.

Cardiac islet transverse, more than twice as wide as long; inner margin of branchial

islet deeply concave at middle third; these islets have very much the shape of those in

Oxypleurodon stumpsoni Miers*. The carinz on the legs ascribed to the species are, in

this specimen, evident on the carpal segments as blunt ridges, on the meral and propodal

segments they are very obscure; this may be due to the greater size of the specimen.

212. Huenia proteus (de Haan).

Huema proteus Alcock (1), p. 195.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; 2 $ (each with a Rhizocephalid parasite filling the

abdomen): 20—25 fms., Sta. E 13; 3 % (one small, with relatively large Rhizocephalid

parasite). Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 2 3,19 (the latter with Rhizocephalid parasite

filling the abdomen).

The males resemble most fig. 4, on pl. 4 of Adams and White’s “Crust. Samarang,”

while the females are of the form of fig. 6 of the same plate.

213. Simocarcinus simplex (Dana).

Simocarcinus simplex Alcock (1), p. 196.

Coetivy; 1 ?. C.1. 10 mm., rostrum (from anterior border of orbit) 3°7 mm.

Three tubercles on gastric region; a lobe at either end of posterior margin of carapace.

Rostrum straight and horizontal. Chelipeds feeble.

214, Menethius monoceros (Latreille).

Menethius monoceros Alcock (1), p. 197.

Diego Garcia, 14 fms.; 1 ¢. Cargados Carajos, reef; 1 9 immature. Saya de Malha,

29 fms., Sta. C 19; 1 2 with Rhizocephalid. Peros, Coin; 1 ¢. Salomon; 1 ? immature.

Egmont, lagoon, 6—7 fms.; 1 ¢. Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 42,39. Seychelles,

31 fms., Sta. F 2; 1 3, 1 2 with eggs: 34 fms. Sta. F 8; 1 ¢, 1 2 with eggs. Praslin,

reef; 3 9.

* Challenger Brachyura, 1886, p. 38, pl. 6, figs. 1—le.

250 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Of the 8 males 5 are like Dana’s pl. 4, fig. 7a; 2 from Amirante and one from

station F 2 are like pl. 5, fig. 3. Ten of the 12 females are like pl. 4, fig. 7 c; one female

from Amirante and one from Saya de Malha have a large anterior lateral branchial lobe

and a short rostrum.

215. Scyramathia pulchra (Miers).

Scyramathia pulchra Alcock (1), p. 202.

Scyramathia livermoret Alcock, Illus. Zool. Investigator, Crust., pt. m1, pl. 14,

fig. 3.

Saya de Malha, 125 fms., Sta. C 5; 2 2 ovigerous. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F7; 1 2.

Dimensions in mm.: (a) &, C. 1. on median line 18°3, 1. entire 27-6, b. entire 19°7,

b. without spines 13, b. between tips of horns 8, 1. of horns 9°9. (b) ¢, C. 1. on median

line 18:2, 1. entire 25°8, b. entire 19°2, b. without spines 13, b. between tips of horns 5,

1. of horns 7°7 (tips broken off). (c) ¢, C. 1. on median line 12°6, |. entire 18°2, b. entire

14, b. without spines 8°1, b. between tips of horns 6, 1. of horns 6°8. The horns of 6 are

much less divergent than those of a.

216. Halimus inermis, sp. nov. (Plate 20, fig. 6).

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 8; 1 3, with slender chelipeds: 30 fms., Sta. B14;

1 ¢, with slender chelipeds: 30 fms. Sta. B15; 1 3, 1 ? immature; the ¢ has slender

chelipeds, its left branchial region has a large spherical excrescence caused by a Bopyrid

parasite: 30 fms., Sta. B 17; 1 ? immature, with the horns absent; the bases of the horns

are smoothly rounded and polished. Saya de Malha, 47 fms., Sta. C 12; 1 ¢, with slender

chelipeds. Amirante, 28 fms., Sta. E6; 4 3, 4 2, 1 juv.; 2 ¢ have strong chelipeds, one

is the type; 2 ? are ovigerous: 32 fms., Sta. E12; 1 g, with chelipeds of intermediate

size and gape. Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 3; 3 ¢, 3 9, 11 juv.: 2 of the males have

slender chelipeds, the other is soft-shelled and has stout chelipeds; one of the females

bears eggs, the other two have shed their eggs: 39 fms., Sta. F 4; 1 $ ovigerous: 44 fms.,

Sta. F5; 3 4, one with strong chelipeds: 44 fms., Sta. F 6; 1 2, with weak chelipeds,

19: 34 fms. Sta. F7; 1 2 immature: 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 2 with eggs, 1 2 immature,

1 juv.: Praslin, reef; 1 ? ovigerous.

Adult male.—Body and legs tomentose. Carapace subpyriform, rather high ; regions

well defined, excepting the hepatic from the gastric region. Denuded carapace pitted,

pits separated. Dorsal surface without spines or tubercles. Two tubercles on ptery-

gostomian region in line with projecting angle of buccal cavity, and not visible from above.

Rostral horns horizontal, divergent, + as long as carapace on median line; space between

tips nearly as long as each horn. Supra-ocular eave produced anteriorly in a strong tooth,

posterior angle lobiform. Anterior margin of postocular tooth smuous. Antenne slightly

exceeding rostral spines; the outer anterior angle of the basal segment is produced

anteriorly in a stout tooth visible in dorsal view ; outer border partly convex ; a tubercle

just outside the green gland.

Chelipeds rather stout; palm 14 times as long as wide; 2 tubercles on wrist, one on

outer surface, one on inner edge; two tubercles on hand on proximal portion of outer

surface, one just below upper margin, the other just above lower margin. Fingers widely

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 251

gaping in the basal half, the immovable finger bowed downward ; a tooth near the base

of the dactyl; both fingers minutely denticulated. Dactyli of legs entire.

In the ? the horns are proportionally shorter, and in the ? and undeveloped 3 the

chelipeds slenderer, the fingers nearly meeting at base.

Dimensions in mm. :

feptes be, ©. 1, med. 15:5, C. I entire 19°3, C. b.-10°4, Horns I. 4:2; Ch. 1. 17°8,

Wei. 11 28.

Se ctas 6, C. I; med. 13°8,°C) | entire 16, C. b. 9-2, Horns, 1. 2°4, Ch. 1. 12:2,

Ft. 10 18°6.

The species has great resemblance to H. vrami Laurie*, which is also unarmed, but

has a tooth on the orbital border between the preocular and postocular lobes, and horns

half as long as the rest of the carapace.

The “small and young female dredged [by the Challenger] at the Philippines in

18 fathoms, lat. 11° 37’0" N., long. 123° 310" E. (Station 208)” and referred by Miers+

to Hyastenus diacanthus, is probably Halimus inermis. The orbits, antennz and

pterygostomian region are similar to those of H. diacanthus, but the latter has subparallel

horns, and tubercles and spines on the carapace; moreover it is a large species while

H. inermis is a small one.

217. Halimus elongatus Ortmann.

Hyastenus diacanthus Miers, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1879, p. 26 (part; immature 9,

near Cape Sima, 18 fathoms).

Hyastenus diacanthus var. elongata Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vil. 1893, p. 55.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E1; 1 ¢ (a): 34 fms, Sta. E 9; 1 f(b), 1 2 juv.

The largest male (a) is only 9:3 mm. long, 6 mm. wide, has one horn completely broken

off and the other broken not far from the base. The carapace is more oblong than in

H. diacanthus, and is without spines or tubercles except a vestige of one on the summit

of the gastric region; setze awl-shaped. Orbital and antennal region similar to that of H.

diacanthus. The chelipeds have the appearance of belonging to an adult; palm twice as

long as wide, a tubercle at the middle of the upper margin; fingers gaping for half their

length, dentate, the proximal tooth of the dactyl being slightly larger. Dactyli of legs

armed with spines visible to the naked eye and increasing in size toward the tip of the

dactyl.

(b) is 9°1 mm. long, 5°6 wide, horns 4°2 mm.

218. Halimus borradailei Rathbun (Plate 20, fig. 5).

Halimus borradailei Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxv. 1907, p. 64.

Cargados Carajos, 28 fms., Sta. B 20; 3 3. Amirante, 20—25 fms. Sta. E 13;

1 2 ovigerous.

The female is larger than that taken at Funafuti, but considerably smaller than

Borradaile’s figured specimen from Rotuma.

* In Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, pt. v, Suppl. Rept. xu, Brachyura, 1906, p. 379, pl. 1, figs. 4, 4a.

+ Challenger Brachyura, 1886, p. 57.

252 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Female.—Tomentose, with a few longer hairs. A tubercle on the branchial margin

at the widest part of the carapace; two granules on the anterior part of the branchial

region, 1 on the hepatic margin, five on the gastric region. Horns slender, strongly

divergent, inclined downward, slightly curved, nearly as long as carapace (in middle line).

Supra-ocular eave with a distinct but small anterior spine, outer margin oblique, almost

straight. Anterior edge of postocular cup straight. Antennal spine scarcely visible in

dorsal view. Antenna reaching about 3 of length of rostrum. A spine at distal end of

arm and of merus joints of legs; dactyli of legs spinulous.

Dimensions in mm.: 9, C. 1. med. 8, C. b. 5:2, R. 1 6. #4, C. 1. med. 4:8, Ghee

R. L 4:2.

219. Halimus uncifer (Calman) (Plate 20, fig. 7).

Hyastenus uncifer Calman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1909, p. 712, pl. 72, figs. 8, 9.

Diego Garcia, 12 fms.; 1 2.

Thinly tomentose. Carapace subpyriform, regions well defined, areolated. A stout

curved intestinal spine, a smaller curved spine on the branchial margin and a small straight

spine on the hepatic margin. On the gastric region two median tubercles and in a curved

line with the anterior one 4 other tubercles; on the branchial region two tubercles arranged

longitudinally, the posterior one in transverse line with the marginal spine, the anterior

one has a granule in front of it.

Rostral horns very slender, about 14 times as long as carapace, well separated at base,

slightly curved, nearly horizontal, their middle third beset with curled hairs. Interorbital

space with 3 deep grooves. Supraocular eave oblique, anterior angle spiniform, posterior

angle tuberculiform and widely separated from the shallow postocular cup. Basal joint

of antenna with an antero-external spine, outer margin sinuous; flagellum not reaching

middle of horn. Pterygostomian region trispinose, middle spine smallest.

The chelipeds reach beyond middle of rostrum, are moderately stout ; arm and wrist

each with a distal spine, three spines on outer surface of wrist ; palm increasing distally,

2% times as long as wide; fingers gaping in basal half, where there is a large tooth on the

dactyl, and the immovable finger is arched. The merus joints of the legs bear a stout tooth

at their extremity ; and the dactyli are armed with unusually long and very conspicuous

spines, which are directed proximally.

Horns marked with 3 or 4 broad bands of colour.

Dimensions in mm.: C. 1. med. 9°8, C. b. incl. spines 6°5, R. 1. 12.

This species in its few protuberances and length of horns resembles H. brockii de

Man*, but the carapace is less ovate, the postocular lobe more transverse, while the rake-

like dactyli of the legs are unique.

220. Halimus tenwicornis (Pocock).

Hyastenus tenuicornis Alcock (1), p. 215.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 3; 1 2 ovig.: 20—25 fms., Sta. B17; 1 ¢.

Salomon; 1 $ juv. Egmont, reef; 1 ¢juv. Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E 2; 2 3, 1 2 ovig.:

* Arch, f, Naturg., liii. 1887, p. 221, pl. 7, fig. 1.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 253

28 fms., Sta. E 6; 1 ? ovig.: 34 fms., Sta. H 9; 2 4, 4 9 (3 ovig.): 22—85 fms., Sta. E 10;

1 2 ovig.: 25—80 fms. Sta. E11; 5 3, 11 ¢ (4 immature, 4 ovigerous, 3 with Rhizo-

cephalid in abdomen): 32 fms., Sta. E12; 3 $(1 juv.), 3 9 (2 ovig., one with Rhizocephalid):

20—25 fms., Sta. E 13; 1 g, 1 2 immature: 35 fms., Sta. E14; 2 3, 2 2 (1 ovig.): 35 fms.,

Sta, E15; 4 2 (2 ovig., 2 with Rhizocephalid): 39 fms., Sta. E 16; 2 3, 1 ? (with Rhizo-

cephalid): 20—44 fms., Sta. E 25; 2 2 ovig. Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 3; 1 ¢ soft shell:

34 fms., Sta. F 8; 5 3, 5 2 (8 ovig.).

In this series the horns vary in the male from the same length as the carapace to ?

of the carapace; and in the female from # to 2 of the length of the carapace. In the very

young, the postocular lobe appears like a bifid spine, being much more slender in top view

and not so flattened on the side.

Many of the specimens are disguised by a growth of sponges, tunicates, hydroids or

aleyonarians.

221. Nazxiordes mammillata (Ortmann).

Naxia mammillata Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vil. 1893, p. 56, pl. 3, fig. 7.

Salomon Bank, 60—120 fms.; 1 fjuv. C. 1. median, 14°7 mm., C. b. 9 mm. (exclusive

of spines).

The left horn is broken off at its middle, the right one near the tip. The rostral tooth

is situated on the upper surface near the inner margin, and is directed upward, forward

and a little inward, but not so as to project beyond the margin.

222. Nas«ioides hirta A. Milne Edwards.

Naxia hirta Alcock (1), p. 218.

Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 2 g. C. 1. median 20°3 mm., C. 1. total 27:2 mm.,

C. b. (without spines) 13°7 mm., W. L. 1. 52 mm.

223. Nawioides spinigera Borradaile (Plate 20, fig. 8).

Naaioides spinigera Borradaile, in Gardiner, Fauna Maldive and Laccadive Arch., ii.

pt. 2, 1903, p. 687, pl. 47, fig. 3.

Amirante, 35 fms., Sta. E14; 2: 39 fms., Sta. E16; 1 2,3 ovigerous. Seychelles,

39 fms., Sta. F 3; 4 $ juv., 7 2? (2 ovigerous, 5 juv.): 39 fms., Sta. F 4; 1 ¢: 34 fms,

Swe; od (2 juy.), 39 (1 ovig., 1 juv.): 37 fms, Sta. F9; 12,

Dimensions in mm.:

3(F 8) 2 (E 16)

C. 1. median 17°8 16:2

C. 1. entire 25:3 21°6

C. b. (without spines) | 12:0 10-9

W.L. 1 | 52°0

224. Hoplophrys oatesii Henderson.

Hoplophrys oatesi Alcock (1), p. 233.

254 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Providence, 50 fms., Sta. D11; 13. Amirante, 39 fms., Sta. E16; 12%

The largest specimen (Sta. D 11) is 8mm. long. Neither shows any bifurcation of the

lateral branchial spine.

225. Tylocarcinus styx (Herbst).

Tylocarcinus styx Alcock (1), p. 235.

Salomon; 2 ¢, 5 ? (1adult): Egmont, reef; 12 ovigerous. Praslin, reef; 1 ? ovigerous.

Coetivy; 7 3,7 ¢ (1 juv.).

226. Chlorinoides longispinus (de Haan).

Paramithrax (Chlorinoides) longispinus Aleock (1), p. 242.

Providence, 29 fms., Sta. D3; 1 2

C. 1. from posterior margin to end of horn 12 mm., C. b. without spines 6°7 mm.

The knobs on the spines are very slight.

227. Schizophrys aspera (Milne Edwards).

Schizophrys aspera Alcock (1), p. 243.

Salomon; 1 2 ovigerous. Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. H2; 1 ¢: 34 fms., Sta. E9; 1 ¢juv.:

25—80 fms., Sta. E 11; 2 ¢, 1 9 ovig., 4 juv.: 20—25 fms., Sta. E13; 1 g, 3 juv.: 30 fms.,

Sta. E21; 1g, 12 ovig. Seychelles, 37 fms., Sta. F 9; 1 juv.

228. Cyclax suborbicularis (Stimpson).

Cyclax (Cyclomaia) suborbicularis Alcock (1), p. 245.

Mithrax suborbicularis Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Coll., xliv. 1907, p. 18, pl. 4, fig. 1.

Peros, Coin; 1 2 ovig. Salomon; 1 3. Egmont, reef; 1 ¢ ovig. Praslin, reef; 2 2,

1G ovig. Coetivy; 5 $ (2 juv. and soft shell), 2 ¢ ovig.

229. Ophthalmias cervicornis (Herbst).

Stenocionops cervicornis Alcock (1), p. 248.

Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E2; 1 ¢. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 1 ? juv.

Carapace behind the orbits suboval, very uneven, tuberculate, tufts of hairs on many

of the tubercles and on the horns; a sharp supero-posterior margin forms a prominent

overhanging intestinal lobe. Rostral horns slender, 2 as long as rest of carapace, sub-

parallel, bowed slightly outwards, tips recurved upward. A long slender supra-ocular

spine is broken off in our specimens. Basal antennal jot armed with two blunt spines,

one at anterior angle, the other on outer margin and directed downward and backward.

A strong spine just outside the green gland, another on the pterygostome ; subhepatic

region tuberculous. Extremities of epistome dilated, overhanging the buccal cavity which is

strongly widened anteriorly; exognath longitudinally grooved; first four segments of

endognath deeply hollowed ; condyle at distal end of ischium a smooth oval lobe, inner

margin of ischium denticulate ; merus strongly produced at the outer angle, inner margin

deeply incised ; palpus lamellate.

Chelipeds of male as long as carapace and half the rostrum, moderately stout and

tuberculate ; fingers 3 as long as palm, which is twice as long as wide. First leg 13 times

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 255

as long as carapace with rostrum ; legs decreasing rapidly in length, furnished with tufts

of curled hair.

Dimensions of § in mm.: C. 1. median 25, C. 1. including horns 34:7, C. b. 16°8, Ch. 1.

PW ie 8, We i. 2. 35:3, W. L: 3. 3074, W. L. 4. 23°83.

230. Micippa margaritifera Henderson.

Micippa margaritifera Alcock (1), p. 253; Illus. Invest., Crust., 1898, pl. 35,

figs. 3, 3a.

Cargados Carajos, 20—25 fms., Sta. B17; 1 g. Providence, 39 fms., Sta. D 1;

12 ovig. Amirante, 28 fms., Sta. E 6; 1 ? ovig.: 30 fms., Sta. E21; 1 3. Seychelles,

34 fms., Sta. F 8; 2 2 ovig.

In all these specimens the outer of the three posterior “pearls” are very much

smaller than the median one and inconspicuous.

In describing Lophomicippa limbata*, its relationship to M. parca Alcock was

overlooked. The principal difference lies in the absence from the carapace of M. limbata

of the coarse granulation plainly visible in M. parca; instead there are numerous punctze

not visible to the naked eye. It is possible that the single punctate specimen from the

reef at Makemo is really M. parca with the granules entirely worn off.

231. Cyphocarcinus minutus A. Milne Edwards.

? Cyphocarcinus minutus Alcock (1), p. 254.

Cyphocarcinus minutus Nobili, Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, xl. 1906, p. 109.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 13. Coetivy; 1 ? ovig.

These specimens are very different from each other; the male corresponds to the

description by Nobili (loc. cit.), but the female has a much more triangular carapace,

broader behind ; the rostrum is shorter and the horns nearer together, contiguous at their

middle, separated behind by a very narrow slit (overlooked in A. Milne Edwards’ figures,

pl. 19, figs. 8 and 9, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, iv. 1868), and at the

extremities slightly diverging ; the legs are shorter and broader, the merus of the first leg

does not reach the base of the spine at the angle of the basal antennal segment, while in

the male, the same merus reaches quite to the tip of the spine.

In Edwards’ figs. 7 and 10 (op. cit.) the gastric region is represented as overhanging

the front, which it does not do in either of the ‘“‘Sealark” specimens.

The male from Amirante has a long cylindrical sponge projecting horizontally from

the rostrum, as noted by Nobili (op. czt., p. 111).

Dimensions in mm.: C. 1. ¢ 7:0, 2? 7°3, C. b. f 2°7, & 3°8.

232. Macroceloma nummifer Alcock.

Macroceloma nummifer Alcock (1), p. 255, pl. 4, fig. 4.

Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C 15; 2 4,4 2 ovig. Amirante, 29 fms., Sta. E2; 1¢2:

25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 1 2 ovig.: 30 fms., Sta. E21; 2 3. Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2;

ing 44.tms,, Sta. F Go keg: S4ctmes., Sta. F.8; 1 3, 1 2.

* Rathbun, 1907, p. 65.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 33

256 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The immature males, as well as the females, have a more flexed rostrum than the

adult males. The protuberances on the outer and lower margins of the arm, and some of

those on the outer surface of the wrist, are short, stout spines.

233. Micippoides angustifrons A. Milne Edwards (Plate 18, fig. 14).

Micippoides angustifrons A. Milne Edwards, Jour. Mus. Godeftroy, iv. 1873, p. 78[2],

pl. 1, figs. 2—2 ¢.

Coetivy; 1 3.

Surface, except ends of fingers, covered with coarse tubular setee, mixed with longer

curved hairs of which there are many fine ones on the carapace, especially near the lateral

margins, and very coarse ones on the margins of front, antennze and legs. Carapace sub-

triangular, with the lateral angles more rounded than shown in Edwards’ figure 2 (op. cit.),

regions well delimited except the hepatic; a small areolet is situated on the inner side of

the branchial region contiguous to the posterior half of the cardiac region. Front less

deflexed than in Edwards’ figure 2c. Rostral horns about 4 length of remainder of

carapace, upturned near the extremity, tips incurved. Basal joint of antenna no broader

than long, most advanced at inner angle, unarmed ; remainder of antenna visible beside

rostrum ; first movable joint twice as long as second, together they exceed the flagellum.

Postocular lobe set off by a deep gap, above and below; supraocular eave entire. The

orbit is much less tubular than in Macroce@loma.

Chelipeds equal to median length of carapace, stoutish, palms inflated, narrowed

distally, 14 times as long as fingers, which have denticulated edges and gape in their basal

half. The fringes of curled hair on the legs make them appear stouter and more prismatic

than they really are; the first pair reaches beyond the cheliped by the length of the

dactylus.

There are two or three tubercles on the pterygostome. The merus of the outer

maxillipeds is not so strongly produced outward as in Edwards’ fig. 2b (op. cit.). The

seven segments of the male abdomen are distinct.

Dimensions of $ in mm.: C. 1. median 11, R. 1. 2°3, C. b. 8°2, Ch. 1. 11, W. L. 1. 15°6,

WG 2) 11°78, W. Ta 8: 10:2, Wao :2

Parthenopide.

234. Parthenope (Parthenope) longimanus (Linneus).

Lambrus longimanus Alcock (1), p. 260.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B 13; 1 2, 1 2: 30 fms, Sta. B14; 1¢@ juv.,

1 ¢ juv.: 30 fms., Sta. B15; 3 2: 30 fms., Sta. B16; 1 fjuv. Saya de Malha, 47 fms.,

Sta: C125 a.

In most of these specimens, none of which exceeds 17 mm. in length, there is an

acute granule on the posterior margin of the carapace between the outer and the median

pair of tubercles.

235. Parthenope (Rhinolambrus) longispinis (Miers).

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) longispinis Alcock (1), p. 266,

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 257

Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 1 juv.: 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 2 ¢: 20—25 fims., Sta.

E 13; 1 2: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 2 ovig. Seychelles, 31 fms., Sta. F 2; 1 juv.: 39 fms.,

Sta. F 3; 19: 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 4 f, 1 2; in two of these males the left cheliped, and

in one ease the first and second legs also, were broken off at the basis before shedding and

the ischium is represented by a soft-skinned stump.

In all the specimens (except where the rostrum has evidently been broken off) the

rostrum narrows suddenly and bears two pairs of spinules on the narrow portion.

236. Parthenope (Rhinolambrus) turriger (Adams and White).

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) turriger Alcock (1), p. 269.

Seychelles, 39 fms., Sta. F 3; 24, 2 ¢: 34 fms, Sta. F'8; 1%: 37 fms., Sta.

Peo 2 f.

Dimensions of 2, Sta. F 9, in mm.: C. 1. on median line 12°1, C. b. 11°3, Ch. 1. 64°6,

fom |) 27-2, H. 1. 26°6, W. L. 2. 26:3.

237. Parthenope (Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus (Adams and White).

Lambrus (Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus Alcock (1), p. 273.

Cargados Carajos, 20—25 fms., Sta. B17; 1 ¢ C. 15:5 mm., C. b. 8°3 mm.

238. Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) calappoides (Adams and White) (Plate 18, fig. 12).

Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) calappoides Alcock (1), p. 275.

Saya de Malha, 55 fms., Sta. C 15; 2 9. Providence, 39 fms., Sta. D 1; 1 2

Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 13: 39 fms., Sta. E16; 29. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8 ;

le 2)

The series shows some variability, but in the main corresponds to Laurie’s “var. calap-

poides*.” The two females from F 8 approach “ var. confragosus.” In all the specimens,

however, the tubercles on inner border of arm are well developed and situated near

together at middle of margin.

It may be noted that in typical calappoides, as figured by Adams and White, the

post-hepatic notch is well indicated.

The largest specimen (?, Sta. E 16), 22:2 mm. long, 27°2 mm. broad, has the principal

tubercles of the carapace very prominent and nodular, inconspicuously granulated, the

median gastric tubercle bifid in the median line. In the accompanying ?, 17°8 mm. long,

23°3 mm. broad, the characters are similar but less developed.

239. Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) harpax (Adams and White).

Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) harpax Alcock (1), p. 278.

Amirante, 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 9 juv. Seychelles, 34 fms., Sta. F 8; 4 3, 1 9.

Largest 9, C. 1. 20°4 mm., C. b, 22°1 mm., Ch. |. 50°5 mm.

240. Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) plana, sp. nov. (Plate 20, fig. 10).

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 1 f adult, 1 # juv., 2 2 juv.; the adult male lacks

chelipeds: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 1 2 type.

* In Herdman, Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, pt. v, 1906, Suppl. Rept. xx, p. 390.

33—5

258 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

This species is as flat as a Cryptopodia, but the carapace is shaped much as in

P. harpaz.

Female.—Carapace semi-elliptical, a little broader than long, nearly smooth. Gastric

and cardiac regions granulate ; an obscure, oblique ridge on the branchial region, which

does not reach the postero-lateral angles. Postero-lateral and posterior margins in almost

a transverse line.

Margins cristiform; no post-orbital constriction; hepatic and branchial regions

separated by a deep notch; branchial margin divided by slits into four denticulate lobes

in front of the rounded postero-lateral angle, and one lobe next to the posterior margin ;

the latter is faintly produced at the middle. Front broadly triangular, moderately

deflexed, edge denticulate.

Chelipeds uneven, less than twice as long as carapace. Arm with upper surface

broad, bordered by denticulate teeth; under edge denticulate. Wrist with two teeth

on outer edge. Right hand heavy; both hands with outer edge bilobed, inner edge

of upper surface with a few small teeth, one at the middle most prominent; inner

edge of hand denticulate, as also outer edge of dactylus. Legs with a few lobes

and spines.

Dimensions in mm. of the type (?): C. 1. 12°2, C. b. 13°7, Ch. 1. 23°38.

241. Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) erosa (Miers) (Plate 20, fig. 11).

Lambrus (Parthenopoides) erosus Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), iv. 1879, p. 25,

pled; He. 8:

Peros, Coin; 1 g. Coetivy; 1 juv.

Carapace not much broader than long, posterior half rectangular, the postero-lateral

margins transverse and a little in advance of the transverse posterior margin ; postero-

lateral angles a little produced sideways; sides of branchial region nearly perpendicular,

the margins barely visible in dorsal view ; hepatic regions slightly projecting. Front and

anterior gastric region deflexed; edge of front subtruncate, sides concave. Surface

regularly pitted and eroded, the largest depressions bounding the cardiac and posterior

gastric regions. The elevated portions are covered with confluent stellar granules, and

similar isolated granules are numerous in the depressions. Under surface of body similarly

pitted.

Chelipeds short and very stout, rough with granules like the carapace, but without

pits except near the proximal end; a dentiform tubercle on upper surface of arm; inner

margin of upper surface of palm crenated, most prominent at middle; immovable finger

half as wide again as long. Legs stout, reticulated with pits, except the dactyli, armed

with acorn-shaped spines.

Dimensions of $ in mm.: C. 1. 15:2, C. b. 18°7, C. b. between postero-lateral angles

18°4, Ch. 1. (right or larger) 19°6, H. 1. 8°8, H. b. 8-2.

In the young (C. 1. 5-3 mm., C. b. 6°2 mm.) the carapace and chelipeds are everywhere

covered with small cavities separated by narrow reticulating lines.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA 259

242. Daldorfia horrida (Linnzus).

Parthenope horrida Alcock (1), p. 279.

Amirante, 25—80 fms., Sta. E11; 1: 30 fms., Sta. E 21; 2 3, 1 2.

The specimens are similar to that figured in pl. 14, fig. 5, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.

for 1903, part 11, 1906, p. 886.

243. Daldorfia investigatoris (Alcock).

Parthenope investigatoris Alcock (2), p. 296; Illus. Investigator, Crust., iv. 1896,

pl. 23, figs. 1, 1a.

Amirante, 34 fms., Sta. E 9; 1 $: 20—44 fms., Sta. E 25; 1 Sjuv.

The sternum of the ¢ has a semi-elliptical cavity between the chelipeds ; the

ornamentation of the abdomen is similar to that in the 3.

244, Cryptopodia pan Laurie.

Cryptopodia pan Laurie, op. cit., p. 392, pl. 1, fig. 6 and text-fig. 4.

Cargados Carajos, 30 fms., Sta. B14; 1%: 30 fms., Sta. B15; 1 ¢.

The specimens are nearly of a size, the larger one (B 15) having C. 1. 15°2 mm., C. b.

21°2 mm. The meropodites of all the walking legs have their upper and lower borders

spiniferous, the lower border having also a secondary or less strongly marked crest.

245. Humedonus granulosus MacGilchrist.

Eumedonus granulosus MacGilchrist, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xv. 1905, p. 253;

Illus. Investigator, Crust., xii. 1907, pl. 27, figs. 2, 2a.

Amirante, 28 fms., Sta. E 6; 19 juv.: 25—80fms., Sta. E 11; 13, 2 adult ¢

(1 ovig.).

Dimensions in mm.: 3, C.1. 11:8, C. b. 10°6, Ch. 1. 17°8. Ovigerous 9, C.1. 12,

Gap wi4, Ch, 1, 12:8.

In the two largest specimens, measured above, the rostrum is more deeply cleft

than in MacGilchrist’s figure, the protogastric lobule is better defined anteriorly, and

from it a slight furrow runs obliquely forward to the edge of the orbit.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 15—20.

PLATE 15.

Fig. 1. Cryptodromia ornata, sp. nov., gf type. x 14.

Fig. 2. Calappa alata, sp. nov., f° type. x 1h.

Fig. 3. Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, var., 2 juv., Sta. C 2. x 1$.

Fig. 4. Oreophorus reticulatus Adams & White, ¢, Sta. E9. x 1.

Fig. 5. Prebebalia extensiva, sp. nov., f° type. x 1h.

Fig. 6. Nursilia dentata Bell, ¥, Sta. F 7. x 3.

Fig. 7. Leucosides jecusculum, sp. nov., $ type. x 2.

Fig. 8. Leucosides angulata, sp. nov., f° type. x 2.

Fig. 9. Caphyra hemispherica, sp. nov., § type, Coetivy. x 4

Fig. 10. Portwnus (Achelous) granulatus (Milne Edwards), ~, Funafuti, ventral view. Nat. size.

Fig. 11. Portunus (Achelous) orbitosinus, sp. nov., gf, Sta. B28, ventral view. Nat. size.

Fig. 12. Thalamita margaritimana, sp. nov., f type. x 14.

260 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

PuaTE 16.

Fig. 1. ILnowantho latifrons, sp. nov., 2 type, dorsal view. x 3.

Fig. 2. Same, ventral view. x 3.

Fig. 3. <Actwa tessellata Pocock, $, Coetivy. x 2.

Fig. 4. Actewa obesa A. Milne Edwards, ~ juv., Sta. E 21, dorsal view. x 3.

Same, ventral view. x 3.

Fig. 6. Dacryopilumnus eremita Nobili, $, Peros, dorsal view. x 3.

Fig. 7. Same, front view. x 3.

Fig. 8. <Actewa acies, sp. nov., ~ type, dorsal view. x 1}.

Fig. 9. Same, ventral view. x 14.

Fig. 10. <Actumnus simplex, sp. nov., type, dorsal view. x 3.

Fig. 11. Same, ventral view. x 3.

Fig. 12. Actwmnus setifer amirantensis, subsp. nov., g/ type, dorsal view. x 2.

Fig. 13. Same, ventral view. x 2.

Fig. 14. Pilumnus orbitospinis, sp. nov., ¢ type, dorsal view. x 3.

Fig. 15. Same, ventral view. x 3.

PLATE 17.

Fig. 1. Dynomene spinosa, sp. nov., f° type. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. Heteronucia ingens, sp. nov., $ type. x 3.

Fig. 3. Platypodia anaglypta (Heller), ~, Coetivy. x 1.

Fig. 4. Callinectes alewandri Rathbun, ¢ juv., Sta. B23. x 14.

Fig. 5. Carpilodes sayademalhensis, sp. nov., 2 type. x 2.

Fig. 6. ILnomera granosimana A. Milne Edwards, ¥’, Coetivy. x 2.

Fig. 7. Atergatopsis signata (Adams & White), §, Coetivy. Nat. size.

Fig. 8. Calappa bicornis Miers, g', Sta. F 8. Nat. size.

Fig. 9. Leptodius cristatus Borradaile, f°, Coetivy. x 3.

Fig. 10. Actwa suffuscula, sp. nov., ~ type, dorsal view. x 3.

Fig. 11. Same, ventral view. x 3.

PLATE 18.

Fig. 1. Husxanthus rugosus Miers, $, Salomon. Nat. size.

Fig. 2. Acta hellerti A. Milne Edwards, § type. x 2.

Fig. 3. <Actea boletaria, sp. nov., f° type, dorsal view. x 1}.

Fig. 4. Same, ventral view. x 1}.

5. Actea polyacantha (Heller), J, Coetivy, dorsal view. x 3.

6. Same, ventral view. x 3.

Fig. 7. Actea banareias, sp. nov., f° type, dorsal view. x 4

8. Same, ventral view. x 4

Fig. 9. Xanthias tuberculidens, sp. nov., f type. x 1}.

Fig. 10. Leptodius cavipes (Dana), g*, Peros. x 1}.

Fig. 11. Chlorodopsis melanospinis, sp. nov., f type. x 2.

Fig. 12. Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) calappoides (Adams & White), f, Sta. E16. Nat. size.

Fig. 13. Pilumnoplax acanthomerus, sp. nov., $ cotype. x 2.

Fig. 14. Micippoides angustifrons A. Milne Edwards, ¢*, Coetivy. x 3.

PLATE 19.

Fig. 1. Pilumnus turgidulus, sp. nov. f° type, dorsal view. x 3.

Fig. 2. Same, ventral view. x 3.

Fig. 3. <Actumnus levigatus, sp. nov., ¢ type, dorsal view. x 3.

Fig. 4. Same, ventral view. x 3.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6,

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Tig, He

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 10.

Fig. 11.

RATHBUN—MARINE BRACHYURA

Maldivia gardineri, sp. nov., 2 type, dorsal view. x 3.

Same, ventral view. x 3.

Gardineria canora, sp. nov., & type, dorsal view. x 3,

Same, ventral view. x 3.

Palicus jukesii (White), 2, Sta. E11. x 2.

Palicus whiter (Miers), 9, Sta. F 8. x 2.

PLATE 20.

Typhlocarcinops piroculata, sp. nov., ~ type, dorsal view.

Same, ventral view. x 3.

Acheus inimicus, sp. nov., 2 type. x 3.

Pseudocollodes complectens, sp. nov., f type. x 2.

Halimus borradailet Rathbun, 2, Sta. E13. x 3.

Halimus inermis, sp. nov., ~ type. x 2.

Halimus uncifer (Calman), type. x 2.

Nasioides spinigera Borradaile, ¢*, Sta. F 8. x 14.

Manella gardineri, sp. nov., ~ type. x 2.

Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) plana, sp. nov., ¢ type.

Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) erosa (Miers), ¥, Peros.

x 3.

261

Percy Siuapen Trust EXPEDITION.

IPIEVAINIS, ILEIUNINE, SOE, SIGIR, 2, ZOWJE, MOVIES XING IP

(Ratrupun)

BRACHYURA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

Percy Srapen Trust EXPEDITION.

EE estate te a TRANS. LINN SOC. SER. 2, PAO) NAME,

(RaTHBUN)

BRACHYURA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

‘

+ igh Jae

: a

alt I

s_=—

aye

Percy Siapen Trust EXpeEpirion.

(RatuBun)

TRANS.

LININ. SOG. SER:

ZOOL.

VOL.

PIN, JEL

BRACHYURA

FROM THE

INDIAN OCEAN

Percy Sirapen Trust Expepirion.

(RaTHBUN)

RRANS. EINNe SOCs SER: 2;

ZOOL, VOI. XIV BIE

BRACHYURA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION.

TRANS? EINING S©CRSE Ra 2 ZOOL VO Le xl Vas bis:

(RATHBUN)

BRACHYURA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

Percy Sitapen Trust EXPEDITION.

(RaTHBUN)

DRANS EIN Ne SOC. SER W2 ZOO VOI OV Pia:

BRACHYURA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

No. XIIL—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA.

By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.R.S.

(CommunicaTEeD BY Pror. J. STANLEY GaArRpINER, M.A., FE.RB.S., F.L.S.)

Read 19th January, 1911.

THE consignment of specimens submitted to me contained 120 species in recognisable

condition, besides others representing perhaps half-a-dozen species probably new but

so far defective that they could not be advantageously described. The Seychelles and

Aldabra species being quite distinct, it will be convenient to discuss the general character

and relations of these two faunas separately, and afterwards to give a list of the whole,

with descriptions of the new species.

I. FAUNA OF THE SEYCHELLES.

No previous records of any species exist. In the present collection there are

111 species, of which 90 are unknown elsewhere and probably truly endemic ; the other

21 are in my opinion probably all artificially introduced, judging from their known

distribution. Of these latter, 4 are domestic refuse-feeders, 5 are known to be attached

to cultivated plants, and the remaining 12 are in all likelihood similarly attached, but

their larval habits are at present unknown.

The 90 endemic species are referred to 43 genera; the high proportion of genera

would however undoubtedly be reduced by more extended collecting. Of these 43 genera,

29 are represented by one species each, 5 by two each, 4 by three each, 3 by four each,

and 2 by fourteen each; these figures are suggestive, and therefore I will group the

genera on this basis, and consider their individual affinities and distribution.

1. ApopEMIC GENERA OF ONE ENDEMIC SPECIES.

Adoxophyes Meyr. Contains 11 Australasian species, of which 3 range into the

Indian region, and 1 European.

Eucosma Hueb. Cosmopolitan; the species is probably of African type.

Bactra Steph. Cosmopolitan.

Aristotelia Hueb. Cosmopolitan.

Idiophantis Meyr. A small Indian genus, with 1 Australian species; the species

is near Ceylon forms.

Chalimastis Meyr. A single Australian species is known.

Onebala Walk. A characteristic Indian genus, most numerous in Ceylon.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 34

264 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Allocota Meyr. Contains several Indian and 1 Australian species.

Cholotis Meyr. Principally Indian, but extending into Africa and Australia.

Syntomactis Meyr. Indian and Australian.

Calicotis Meyr. A small Indian genus, extending into Australia.

Stathmopoda Staint. An extensive Indian and Australian genus, represented also

less freely in Africa, and by one species in Europe.

Ethmia Hueb. The species belongs to a closely allied group of Indo-Malayan and

African forms.

Simethis Leach. Cosmopolitan in the tropics, where the species are usually

associated with various forms of fig (Ficus); with these therefore they are sometimes

transported, and this species may not be truly native.

Macarostola Meyr. Principally Indian and Australian.

Argyresthia Hueb. Characteristic of the northern hemisphere; but the single

species is related to a Ceylon form.

Iyonetia Hueb. A nearly cosmopolitan genus of few species.

Opogona Zell. Principally Indian and Australian.

Melasina Boisd. A large Indian and African genus, with stragglers in Europe.

Proterodesma Meyr. Based on one species from the Auckland Islands.

Scardia Treit. A small but nearly cosmopolitan genus.

These genera number 21, half the total; with the exception of Proterodesma and

Chaliniastis (represented elsewhere only by single species in the New Zealand and

Australian regions, respectively, on which in the present state of our knowledge not

much stress can be laid) all occur in the Indian region, and might have been

derived thence.

2. APODEMIC GENERA OF 2—4 ENDEMIC SPECIES.

Argyroploce Hueb. Nearly cosmopolitan, but most abundant in the northern

hemisphere, and especially in the Indian region; the two species are of Indian type.

Brachmia Hueb. Especially characteristic of the Indian region, where it is very

numerously developed, but also represented by a certain number of species in Europe

and Africa.

Stagmatophora Herr.-Schiiff. Occurs throughout the Old World; the four

species are however all allied to Indian forms.

Cuphodes Meyr. A small Indian and Australian genus.

Blastobasis Zell. Cosmopolitan, or nearly so.

Glyphipteryx Hueb. Cosmopolitan.

Acrocercops Wall. Numerous in India and Australia, with a few species in other

regions.

Oinophila Steph. Besides the three species described there is one common to Europe

and Africa, and a second (possibly only a geographical form) from the Canary Isles, and

I have five from Mauritius.

Decadarchis Meyr. A small Indian and Australasian genus.

Ereunetis Meyr. Mainly Indian and Australian.

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 265

Tinea Linn. Cosmopolitan; three of the four endemic species are nearly allied

together, and related to a peculiar Indian group.

These amount to 11 genera, with 31 species. All are probably derivable from the

Indian region except Oinophila; this last appears to be characteristically Mascarene.

3. APODEMIC GENERA OF 14 ENDEMIC SPECIES.

Metachanda Meyr. The only other known species at present are two from

Mauritius.

HMieroxestis Meyr. Represented by several Indian species and two or three from

Africa and Mauritius.

These 2 genera, containing 28 endemic species, nearly a third of the total number,

are so evidently at home that it is not unreasonable to regard them as truly endemic

in origin, the few apodemic species having spread from this source.

4, ENDEMIC GENERA.

Herpystis Meyr. Related to the cosmopolitan Hucosma; one species.

Chanystis Meyr. A development of the characteristic Seychelles genus Metachanda,

from which it does not greatly differ ; two species.

Platactis Meyr. Not obviously near any other; one species.

Paraclada Meyr. Possibly related to the Indian Hermogenes; one species.

Anachastis Meyr. Allied to the Indian and African Odites; one species.

Mastigostoma Meyr. A singular form, allied to the apparently cosmopolitan

Setomorpha; one species.

Progonarma Meyr. Probably related to the preceding; one species, found also in

the Carajos Islands, but probably derived from the Seychelles.

Sporadarthra Meyr. A singular development of the cosmopolitan Tinea; one

species.

Scalmatica Meyr. Allied to Amydria, which is widely distributed, but perhaps

commonest in South Africa; one species.

These 9 genera contain 10 species; their affinities may be Indian or African, but

do not display any obvious leaning to one or the other.

General Results.

Summarising these particulars, we find as the main factor in the situation an ancient

but highly specialised fauna, represented by the Metachandide (2 genera, 16 species)

and the HMieroxestis group of Tineide (2 genera, 19 species); a similar, quite distinct

fauna, based on the same groups but somewhat more primitive in character, is found

in Mauritius and Réunion, and doubtless something analogous will be found in

Madagascar, of which nothing is known at present. All the rest of the fauna might

apparently have been derived sporadically from the Indian region, except two or three

forms more probably originating in Africa, immigration having taken place at intervals

through a long period of time, but having now long ceased (for all recent introductions,

where the specific forms are unchanged, are probably artificial).

34—2

266 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

It is noticeable that a considerable proportion of the whole fauna consists of genera

of typical Tineide whose larvee are known to feed on dead wood or dead vegetable

material ; this is characteristic of insular faunas where the wind has been the principal

agent in distribution, since insects with these habits can find food in any region, whilst

those genera whose larvee feed on leaves are usually restricted in each individual case

to some particular plant, and fail to establish themselves in a new region where they

are unable to find the foodplant to which they are accustomed. Genera whose larve

feed on lichens or animal refuse are equally advantageously circumstanced. The habits

of the Metachandide@ are entirely unknown and should be ascertained ; I think it likely

they may be lichen-feeders. Some of the other genera doubtless also owe their

establishment to suitability of habit; thus the species of Bactra probably feed on

rushes (Juncus), and Calicotis on ferns, and these are always available.

Il. FAUNA OF ALDABRA.

This interesting fauna is represented by 9 species, all endemic, so far as is known.

Unfortunately Madagascar, with which they have probably the nearest relationship,

is unknown at present, and the Aldabra fauna is therefore very much in the air. The

genera are as follows:

Meridarchis Zell. Characteristic of India, but there is one African species and

one Australian.

Eboda Walk. A small genus, but occurring throughout the tropics.

Eucosma Hueb. Cosmopolitan ; the species is allied (not closely) to the Seychelles

species.

Laspeyresia Hueb. Cosmopolitan.

Trichotaphe Clem. American, Indian, and African.

Cholotis Meyr. Indian, African, and Australian.

Stathmopoda Staint. Mainly Indian, Australian, and African.

Imma Walk. Throughout the tropics.

Opogona Zell. Principally Indian and Australian.

All are therefore seen to be genera of wide distribution ; they are doubtless all

to be regarded as casual immigrants, distributed by the winds, and in general of

doubtful origin.

Ill. SYSTEMATIC LIST.

Carposinide.

Meriparcuis Zell.

1. Meridarchis cementaria, n. sp.

?. 13mm. Head whitish-ochreous sprinkled with grey. Palpi 3, ochreous-whitish

irrorated with grey and blackish, base of terminal joint dark grey. Thorax ochreous-

whitish sprinkled with grey and blackish. Abdomen pale greyish-ochreous irrorated with

grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 267

slightly rounded, oblique ; pale greyish-ochreous sprinkled with grey and blackish, more

whitish-ochreous on margins ; seven small spots of blackish irroration on costa, two in dise

at 2 and , one on submedian fold before tornus, and several along termen; a bent

subterminal shade of grey suffusion sprinkled with black : cilia whitish-ochreous sprinkled

with grey and blackish. Hindwings grey, paler towards base; cilia whitish-ochreous

tinged with grey.

Aldabra; one specimen.

Tortricide.

ApoxopHyEs Meyr.

2. Adoxophyes ergatica, n. sp.

?. 20—21 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax light ochreous-brownish more or less

sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Forewings suboblong,

rather broad, costa anteriorly strongly arched, posteriorly nearly straight, apex obtuse,

termen sinuate, vertical; brown or light brown, sometimes with violet reflections, with

more or less indicated scattered strigule of dark ferruginous-fuscous scales; edge of

basal patch indicated by a dark stria, angulated below middle ; central fascia moderate,

irregular, oblique, reddish-fuscous, in one specimen indistinctly indicated throughout,

in the other reduced to costal and dorsal spots and traces of connecting strize; costal

patch flattened-triangular, reddish-fuscous, in the darker specimen ill-defined; in the

lighter specimen a dark stria runs from near its apex to tornus: cilia light brownish-

ochreous, sometimes mixed towards base with ferruginous-brown. Hindwings light grey,

towards costa and in disc posteriorly broadly suffused with ochreous-whitish, apex

narrowly light grey; cilia whitish-grey, with grey subbasal shade.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau and edge of forest, about 1000 feet, in

September ; two specimens.

Esopa Walk.

3. Eboda amblopis, n. sp.

?. 13mm. Head and palpi white mixed with fuscous and dark fuscous ; palpi 2,

subascending, second joint much expanded with projecting scales towards apex. Thorax

fuscous-whitish irrorated with fuscous. Abdomen light fuscous, beneath ochreous-whitish.

Forewings oblong, costa abruptly arched near base, thence straight, apex obtuse, termen

somewhat oblique, rounded beneath; fuscous, finely irrorated with ochreous-whitish,

with scattered blackish strigule of raised scales; several spots of darker suffusion along

costa, and one in dise at 2; larger tufts mixed with blackish above and beneath submedian

fold near its extremity, upper anterior : cilia light fuscous irrorated with whitish, barred

on basal half with dark fuscous. Hindwings with 4 absent, 5 closely approximated at

base to 3; grey, paler towards base; cilia pale grey.

Aldabra ; one specimen.

268 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Eucosmide.

HERPYSTIS, n. gen.

Palpi porrected, second joint rough-scaled above and beneath, terminal moderate.

Thorax without crest. Forewings with 7 to termen, separate. Hindwings with 3 widely

remote, parallel, 4 from angle, 5 approximated to 4 towards base, 6 and 7 closely

approximated towards base.

A development of Hucosma, characterised by the peculiar neuration of hindwings.

4. Herpystis rusticula, n. sp.

g. 9mm. Head whitish, with a few fuscous scales. Palpi white, second joint with

a lateral streak of fuscous irroration. Thorax fuscous-whitish, shoulders infuscated.

Abdomen greyish. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, without fold, apex obtuse,

termen slightly sinuate, hardly oblique, rounded beneath; ochreous-whitish, indistinctly

strigulated with fuscous irroration, with a few blackish scales, costa and dorsum more

or less strigulated with dark fuscous; basal patch represented by a small spot of dark

fuscous irroration on costa at 4, and a rather outwards-oblique fascia suffusedly out-

lined with dark fuscous irroration from dorsum at 2,

central fascia with costal and dorsal thirds narrow, formed of dark fuscous irroration

reaching more than half across wing;

or suffusion, dorsal concave anteriorly, middle third absent except an oblique blackish

spot representing angle, above which is a small whitish-yellowish spot; beyond this

a pale leaden-metallic stria; a slender dark fuscous fascia before termen, forming an

acute angular projection inwards above middle, finely attenuated towards tornus, fol-

lowed below middle by a pale leaden-metallic striga. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-grey,

with grey subbasal shade.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen, not

in good condition.

Eucosma Hueb.

5. Hucosma pleberana Zell.

Bird Island, Seychelles, in July, one specimen (Fryer); and I have also a specimen

taken by Mr T. B. Fletcher in Farquhar Island. Doubtless introduced; now nearly

cosmopolitan in suitable climates. Larva on Malva and allies.

6. Eucosma chlorobathra, n. sp.

?. 9—10 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous, a spot on second

joint and base of terminal joint: fuscous. Thorax whitish-ochreous, shoulders infuscated.

Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, slightly dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched,

apex obtuse, termen sinuate beneath apex, vertical, rounded beneath; whitish-ochreous,

irregularly sprinkled with fuscous; costa strigulated with blackish-fuscous; edge of basal

patch indicated by a thick curved blackish-fuscous line; space between this and termen

mostly occupied by several thick irregular subconfluent bluish-leaden metallic strize

rising from ochreous-whitish costal strigule; an irregular curved series of blackish-

fuscous marks representing posterior edge of central fascia; two small blackish spots

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 269

in ocellus; a whitish streak along termen, bifurcate on costa and interrupted beneath

apex: cilia bluish-leaden-grey, with a blackish basal line, tips whitish. Hindwings with

3 and 4 stalked; dark grey; cilia grey.

Aldabra; two specimens.

7. Eucosma temenitis, n, sp.

$?. 9—10 mm. Head whitish-ochreous tinged with rosy. Palpi whitish-ochreous,

second joint with a lateral streak of dark fuscous irroration, terminal joint whitish.

Thorax pale ochreous more or less suffused with rosy or grey, with a dark grey transverse

post-median band. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, without

fold, apex obtuse, termen nearly straight, somewhat oblique; pale ochreous slightly tinged

with rosy, with a few scattered blackish scales; basal patch large, dark grey sprinkled

with black, containing a pale ochreous and grey mark on dorsum near base, and edged

by a thick curved blackish line; median area sometimes much suffused with whitish;

central fascia represented by a moderate deep ochreous streak running from 2 of costa to

dorsum before tornus, suffused with blackish towards costa, curved or angulated inwards

above middle ; apical area beyond this irregularly clouded with dull rosy and leaden-grey,

especially towards tornus, with a quadrate blackish subapical spot connected by bars

with apex and middle of termen: cilia dark bluish-grey. Hindwings with 3 and 4

stalked; rather dark grey; cilia grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons and forest above it, in September; six specimens.

Allied to the preceding, though very distinct.

Bactra Steph.

8. Bactra legitima, n. sp.

?. 14—16mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous or ochreous-whitish, palpi 24.

Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen straight,

oblique; pale ochreous, partially slightly sprinkled with pale greyish and pale ferruginous,

veins more or less marked with lines of blackish scales; costa shortly and closely

strigulated with whitish, edge irrorated with blackish between the strigule; costal 2

undefinedly suffused with ochreous-whitish ; lower angle of cell sometimes marked with

a cloudy whitish dot preceded by slight ferruginous suffusion; terminal edge irrorated

with black: cilia whitish-ochreous. Hindwings grey; cilia grey-whitish.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1000—

1500 feet, in August and September; two specimens.

ARGYROPLOCE Hueb.

9. Argyroploce allepida Butl. (=carpophaga Wals.)

Mahé, Cascade Estate; one specimen. A species now widely distributed in South

Africa, the Indo-Malayan region, and Australia, doubtless artificially spread; the larva

feeds in fruits of Cassia, Feronia, Nepheliwm, and doubtless other trees.

10. Argyroploce aprobola Meyr.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, Morne Blanc, Mare aux Cochons district; Silhouette, Mare

aux Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 800—1500 feet; from August

270 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

to February, twenty-two specimens. Also taken commonly by Mr T. B. Fletcher in the

Amirantes and Chagos Islands. Widely distributed in the Indo-Malayan region, 8.

Pacific islands, and E. Australia; probably attached to some cultivated plant.

11. Argyroploce nebulana Wals.

g¢. 23mm. Head fuscous-whitish suffused with grey on crown, face with two

black spots. Palpi porrected, fuscous-whitish with several blackish spots. Thorax grey.

spotted anteriorly with whitish-ochreous and behind this with fuscous-crimson, thoracic

erest mixed with whitish-ochreous and crimson. (Abdomen broken.) Posterior femora

beneath tufted with long whitish-ochreous hairs, with an erect apical light ochreous

scale-tooth, tibizee with light fuscous rough hairscales above, and whitish-ochreous ones

beneath. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen bowed,

hardly oblique; light brownish, extreme tips of scales ochreous-whitish, irregularly strigu-

lated with dark fuscous, and with some spots of ferruginous-reddish suffusion ; costal

edge black marked with pairs of whitish-ochreous strigule; a large black blotch extend-

ing along dorsum from 4 to %, sides vertical, upper margin with central third forming

a broad truncate projection reaching # across wing; a triangular brown-reddish spot on

costa beyond middle; some greyish clouding in dise posteriorly; an oblique brown-

reddish mark partially suffused with black below apex resting on middle of termen: cilia

grey mixed with brown-reddish, with a patch of whitish-ochreous suffusion on tornus.

Hindwings rather narrowed, dorsum formed into a strong thickened whitish-ochreous

projecting lobe, adjoining which is a groove on upper surface, containing some long grey

hairs, termen excavated between lobe and vein 1b; dark grey; cilia grey with darker

subbasal shade, tips whitish.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800 feet, in February; one specimen. Also from W. Africa.

Described by Lord Walsingham from a single ?; I therefore describe the @.

12. Argyroploce hygrantis, n. sp.

¢. 17mm. Head and palpi dark fuscous, palpi ascending. Thorax dark fuscous,

patagia and crest bright leaden-metallic. Posterior tibize and basal joint of tarsi with

large expanded brush of white hairs above, suffused with grey beneath, tarsi short. Fore-

wings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded,

rather oblique; dark fuscous, thickly strewn with small irregular spots of raised

bright bluish-leaden-metallic scales except along costa, in middle of disc only thinly,

posteriorly tending to coalesce into thick striz: cilia rather dark leaden-fuscous. Hind-

wings reduced in size, beneath with subdorsal groove terminating in a tornal patch

of dense rough whitish-ochreous scales; grey, along dorsum suffused with whitish; cilia

whitish, round apex tinged with grey, round tornus with ochreous.

Silhouette, south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, at 1500 feet, in August; one specimen.

13. Argyroploce leucaspis Meyyr.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau; Felicité; in September and December, two

specimens. Common in India and Ceylon, and occurs also in the Maldive Islands ;

probably introduced.

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 271

14. Argyroploce conchopleura, n. sp.

g. 12mm. Head ochreous-brownish. Palpi porrected, whitish, slightly marked with

fuscous, terminal jomt rather long. Thorax light brownish, sides beneath wings suffused

with violet-white. Abdomen grey. Posterior tibize without tuft. Forewings elongate,

rather dilated posteriorly, costa anteriorly gently, posteriorly hardly arched, apex obtuse,

termen slightly sinuate, vertical; brownish sprinkled with black, more ochreous-brown

towards apex, crossed throughout by oblique irregular blue-leaden-metallic strize rising

from pairs of whitish costal strigule, costal edge blackish between these; costal third

of central fascia moderate, obliquely blackish; a blackish longitudinal mark resting

on termen above middle, cut by a white mark; ocellus margined laterally with blue-

leaden-metallic, and containing a transverse series of four linear black marks: cilia fuscous

mixed with blackish. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate; dark grey; cilia light grey with

darker subbasal shade, tips whitish.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen. Allied

to the Indian dimorpha Meyr.

LASPEYRESIA Hueb.

15. Laspeyresia miranda, n. sp.

$%. 13mm. Head pale ochreous, crown suffused with rosy-grey. Palpi ochreous-

whitish. Thorax greyish-purple. Abdomen dark purplish-grey. Forewings elongate,

moderate, rather dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen somewhat

sinuate beneath apex, rounded, little oblique; red-brown, crossed by suffused purple

striz rising from pairs of very short whitish costal strigule; two larger wedge-shaped

white strigulze on costa before apex; undefined patches of darker or greyish suffusion

on dorsum before middle and about 3, indicating margins of a dorsal patch hardly lighter

than ground-colour; two small blackish dots towards termen in middle: cilia grey,

with blackish-grey basal line. Hindwings orange; a moderate blackish-grey terminal

fascia ; cilia whitish-grey, with blackish-grey basal line.

Aldabra; two specimens.

Gelechiade.

ARISTOTELIA Hueb.

16. Aristotelia schematias, n. sp.

?. 10mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish, shoulders dark fuscous. Palpi rather

stout, whitish, second and terminal joints each with two blackish rings. Abdomen grey.

Forewings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen extremely obliquely

rounded; 6 separate; brown suffused with dark fuscous irroration; an oblique ochreous-

white fascia towards base; an oblique whitish streak from costa at 4, running into a

rather narrow somewhat curved whitish postmedian fascia, both these somewhat mixed

with blue-grey; stigmata indistinct, formed by blackish irroration, discal approximated,

plical before first discal, a curved white line running from postmedian fascia round upper

edge of first discal and thence direct beyond plical to dorsum; a white spot on costa

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 35

272 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

at &, whence a blue-grey line edged anteriorly with white and containing a blackish

dot in disc runs to tornus; three minute white dots on termen extending into cilia:

cilia pale greyish, with two blackish lines, each followed by an ochreous line. Hindwings

light grey; cilia whitish-ochreous tinged with grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, in December; one specimen. Seemingly more allied to the

widely distributed peltosema Low. than to any other known species.

IpropHANTIS Meyyr.

17. Idiophantis spectrata, n. sp.

g. 15mm. Head light fuscous, sides of crown tinged with yellow, face whitish, eyes

crimson. Palpi grey. Thorax light fuscous. Abdomen dark grey. Forewings elongate,

rather narrow, costa slightly arched, termen with deep semicircular excavation between

narrow pointed apical and broad rounded-obtuse tornal prominence; 2 and 3 separate,

6 present; light fuscous; a white stria from % of costa to tornus, rounded-angulated

in middle, edged with dark grey and on lower half suffused with grey, margined

anteriorly by an orange-ochreous stria, and posteriorly on upper half by a similar

stria terminated beneath by a black dot; an orange streak in apical prominence: cilia

golden-metallic with coppery-purple reflections. Hindwings light grey, lower margin

of cell somewhat darker-suffused, on lower surface with a fringe of hairs along it;

cilia ochreous-whitish with two grey shades, round apex yellower between these.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, about 1300 feet, in a spot with many large Pandanus

Hornei, in February; two specimens.

CHALINIAsTIS Meyr.

18. Chaliniastis chromatica, n. sp.

?. 10mm. Head grey, sides ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, second and

terminal joints each with two black bands, terminal as long as second. Thorax ferruginous

mixed with grey dorsally, patagia edged with whitish, Abdomen grey. Forewings

elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen faintly sinuate, oblique;

ferruginous, sprinkled with grey; costa suffused with dark fuscous, and marked with four

irregular oblique white streaks, and two ochreous-white spots before apex; a trilobate

patch of ground colour on middle of dorsum edged with some black scales and then with

a white line; before and beyond this are curved white lines in disc, edged beneath

with black scales, appearing to indicate somewhat rounded patches, but not extended to

dorsum; a sinuate white line from penultimate costal spot to tornus; a white line along

termen, edged with some black scales: cilia ochreous-whitish, with a ferruginous ante-

median line mixed with black. Hindwings 1, apex prominent, termen sinuate; light

erey; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish.

Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Couchons in September; one specimen.

TuroTricHa Meyr.

19. Thiotricha tenuis Wals.

(Polyhymno (?) tenwis Wals., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, 96, pl. 1v. 33.)

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 273

$f. 8—9 mm. Head and thorax shining white. Palpi white, anterior edge of

terminal joint dark fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, narrow,

costa almost straight, apex pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; 6, 7, 9 separate; shining

white; sometimes an irregular oblique dark fuscous spot from dorsum before middle ;

a very oblique dark fuscous wedge-shaped spot on costa about 3, from apex of which

a dark fuscous line runs back to submedian fold before tornus, terminating usually in an

irregular dark fuscous spot along posterior third of dorsum, which spot is however in one

specimen obsolete ; a fuscous or ochreous-fuscous apical patch touching angle of preceding,

and including a black apical dot: cilia whitish or whitish-grey, towards base silvery-

metallic on upper part of termen, at apex with three diverging dark fuscous hooks.

Hindwings light grey, thinly scaled anteriorly ; an oblique bar between vein le and

middle of cell; cilia whitish-ochreous-grey or grey-whitish.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau; Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet; in

September and October, two specimens. Also two specimens from Cerf Island (Fletcher)

in October, and occurs in W. Africa. Varies rather considerably in development of

markings.

PHTHORIMHA Meyr.

20. Phthorimea operculella Zell.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc; one specimen. Also one received from Mr T. B. Fletcher.

An introduced species, of which the larva is a highly injurious pest of the potato.

OnEBALA Walk.

21. Onebala cubiculata, n. sp.

fa. 12—13 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, crown with a whitish-ochreous line

above each eye. Palpi ochreous-whitish, second joint light fuscous except apex, terminal

joint with some light fuscous suffusion towards middle. Antenne whitish-ochreous.

Abdomen pale fuscous. Forewings elongate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa gently

arched, apex obtuse, termen nearly straight, rather oblique; 3 absent, 2 and 4 stalked,

5 approximated, 7 absent, 8 and 9 stalked; fuscous; a dark fuscous basal patch

occupying 2 of wing, edged by an irregularly sinuate cloudy line of whitish-ochreous

suffusion ; second discal stigma well marked, transverse, dark fuscous; a small whitish

spot on costa at #, whence an irregularly sinuate cloudy whitish-ochreous line runs

to dorsum before tornus: cilia fuscous. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-fuscous, with

fuscous subbasal shade.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; two specimens.

Bracumia Hueb.

22. Brachmia nesidias, n. sp.

?. 10—11 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, second joint

slightly sprinkled with brownish. Thorax pale whitish-ochreous, shoulders mixed with

ferruginous-ochreous. Abdomen pale greyish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa

gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather strongly oblique ; 7 to apex, 8 and 9

35—2

274 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

out of 7; pale whitish-ochreous, longitudinally streaked with ferruginous-brownish

suffusion between veins; plical and first discal stigmata indicated by a few longitudinally

scattered dark fuscous scales, second discal forming a distinct dark fuscous dot; some

dark fuscous scales on termen towards apex: cilia ferruginous-brownish, mixed with

whitish-ochreous. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800 feet, in February, one specimen. Also two taken by

Mr T. B. Fletcher in same locality in November. Allied to the European rufescens.

23. Brachmia cricopa, n. sp.

a9. 18 mm. Head pale ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous, irrorated with dark

fuscous except at apex. Thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate,

rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded, somewhat

oblique; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex; purplish-fuscous; discal stigmata represented

by a few blackish scales surrounded by pale ochreous rings, second larger, plical

reduced to a pale ochreous dot, slightly before first discal: cilia fuscous. Hindwings

and cilia light grey.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 800 feet, in October; Silhouette, low cultivated country,

in September ; two specimens.

4. Brachmia maicrosema, n. sp.

?. 15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark fuscous, apex of palpi whitish.

Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse,

termen nearly straight, somewhat oblique; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex; dark purplish-

fuscous ; stigmata black, plical beneath first discal, edged anteriorly by a small whitish

dot ; an ochreous-whitish dot on costa at 3: cilia dark purplish-fuscous. Hindwings

and cilia grey.

Mahé, near Morne Blane, 800 feet, in October; one specimen.

PARASPISTES Meyr.

25. Paraspistes voloncha Meyr.

Two examples, more strongly marked than usual, discal stigmata especially well

marked; Mahé, Cascade Estate, in January and February. A common Ceylon species,

probably introduced ; the larva feeds in pods of Crotalaria (Indian hemp).

Autocota Meyr.

26. Allocota procax, n. sp.

g. 11 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish. Palpi white irrorated with grey,

second joint blackish except towards apex, tuft very short, terminal joint twice second,

thickened with scales but without distinct projection, with five indistinct dark fuscous

rings. Abdomen grey, genital organs clothed with whitish-ochreous hairs. F orewings

elongate, rather narrow, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely

rounded ; 6 to termen; whitish irrorated with grey; a black linear dot beneath costa

near base; a dark fuscous costal mark at +, a black subdorsal dot at 4, and some

indistinct grey marking between these; some undefined fuscous suffusion in middle of

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 275

disc, round which are a blackish dot above middle at 3, a moderate dark fuscous spot

on middle of costa, and an undefined streak of blackish scales along fold beneath

middle; two or three small dark fuscous spots on costa beyond middle ; terminal fourth

irregularly suffused with fuscous, with some blackish scales towards tornus. Hindwings 1,

grey ; cilia light grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 800 feet, in February; one specimen.

TRICHOTAPHE Clem.

27. Trichotaphe seminata, n. sp.

? 11—12 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi whitish, second joint dark fuscous

except apex, anterior edge of terminal joint suffused with dark fuscous. Abdomen

fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa anteriorly gently arched, posteriorly

nearly straight, apex obtuse, termen slightly rounded, oblique; ashy-fuscous, with

scattered black scales, posteriorly more numerous and tending to form series between

veins; extreme costal edge ochreous-whitish from base to middle; a blackish dot in

dise at +; stigmata cloudy, blackish, discal approximated, plical small, rather before

first discal; a cloudy ochreous-whitish dot on costa at 3; a hardly defined curved

shade of black irroration from this to tornus; a series of black dots round apical part

of costa and termen: cilia pale greyish, towards base paler barred with darker and

limited by a darker antemedian line. Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia light grey, with

darker subbasal shade.

Aldabra ; two specimens.

YrsoLopuus Fabr.

28. Ypsolophus ianthes Meyr.

(Ypsolophus ianthes Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, 273; Y. ochrophanes Meyr.,

Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xvi. 981.)

Mahé, Port Victoria, in February; one specimen. Also occurs in India, Ceylon,

and Réunion, doubtless artificially spread; the larva feeds on Medicago, Cyamopsis, and

other Leguminose. I have recognised from the material now available that the two

names quoted above indicate only one species, the type of vanthes being an example with

the normal dark clouding nearly obsolete.

Metachandide.

METACHANDA, n. gen.

Head with appressed scales; ocelli absent; tongue developed. Antenne *#, in

$ ciliated, basal joint moderate, without pecten. Labial palpi very long, recurved,

second joint with appressed scales, terminal shorter, moderate, acute. Maxillary palpi

very short, filiform, appressed to tongue. Posterior tibize rough-scaled above. Forewings

with 2 from near angle, 7 absent, 11 from middle. Hindwings 1, trapezoidal-ovate,

cilia $; 3 and 4 connate, transverse vein obsolete, 5 and 6 absent (median fold well

marked, looking like a vein).

Type M. thaleropis. This genus is the type of a group, characterised by the absence

276 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

of veins 7 of forewings and 6 of hindwings, and not known at present except from the

Mascarene Islands. It appears to be probably allied to the considerable Indo-Malayan

genus Autosticha, in which however vein 6 of hindwings is present as usual. The other

described genera of the group are Chanystis described below; and Ancylometis Meyr.,

which contains two species from Mauritius and Réunion; the third species attributed to

it, viz. astrapias Meyr., is properly referred to Metachanda, and is also from Mauritius.

In my description of Ancylometis vein 6 of hindwings is wrongly stated to be present,

as I mistook the submedian fold for it; otherwise the characters are correctly given,

Ancylometis being distinguished from Metachanda by the presence of vein 5 of hindwings;

it is therefore the most primitive of the three genera. I have three other genera from

Mauritius.

29. Metachanda triwantha, n. sp.

$9. 9—11 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-yellow, shoulders dark fuscous. Palpi

ochreous-yellow, second joint with dark fuscous subapical ring. Abdomen grey, anal

tuft whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex

obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded; orange-yellow; markings dark purplish-fuscous

edged with black irroration; a small elongate spot on base of costa; moderately broad

fasciee at 4 and 3, somewhat dilated on margins; an apical patch or terminal fascia

narrowed beneath, not reaching tornus: cilia dark purplish-fuscous. Hindwings and

cilia grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet; Mahé, Morne Seychellois

(1500 feet) and Cascade Estate; in September, and from December to February,

twenty-four specimens.

30. Metachanda columnata, n. sp.

a9. 9—10 mm. Head pale yellowish, sides of crown dark fuscous. Palpi yellow-

whitish, towards base sprinkled with dark fuscous. Thorax pale yellow, anterior margin

dark fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa

gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather strongly oblique; pale yellow;

markings purplish-fuscous irrorated with black; a spot on base of costa ; a narrow fascia

from 2 of costa to dorsum before tornus, more or less obsolete towards costa: cilia pale

yellowish. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-whitish.

Silhouette, south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1500 feet, in August; three specimens.

31. Metachanda hydraula, n. sp.

?. 12 mm. Head whitish, crown with a fuscous central patch. Palpi white,

posteriorly blackish. Thorax whitish, with a dark fuscous stripe on each side. Abdomen

grey. Forewings elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, termen very

obliquely rounded ; blackish-fuscous; veins marked with irregular-edged ochreous-white

lines ; an ochreous-white line along dorsum and termen: cilia whitish, with dark fuscous

basal shade. Hindwings rather dark grey ; cilia grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, in September; one specimen.

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 277

32. Metachanda glaciata, n. sp.

?. 15mm. Head and thorax blackish-grey. Palpi black, second joint with two

undefined rings and extreme apex white, terminal joint with submedian ring and apex

white. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen

obliquely rounded; ochreous-white; markings dark ashy-grey mixed with black; a

moderate basal fascia; a trapezoidal spot on costa at 2; stigmata large, plical slightly

beyond first discal, second discal confluent with angle of lower of two confluent triangular

blotches occupying tornus and termen; a quadrate blotch on costa at 3, its angles

touching second discal stigma and angle of terminal blotch: cilia ashy-grey, mixed with

dark grey towards base. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen.

33. Metachanda mormodes, n. sp.

g. 12 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous, face paler. Palpi grey,

terminal joint darker. Forewings elongate, rather dilated posteriorly, costa gently

arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather oblique; dark purplish-fuscous ; base

blackish ; black fascia-form blotches from dorsum at 4 and beyond middle, first reaching

% across wing, margined above and on upper 3 posteriorly by a curved orange black-

edged streak, second reaching 3 across wing, with a curved orange line running round

its upper half, and an oblique orange mark across its lower anterior angle ; a somewhat

curved orange black-edged streak running from % of costa towards tornus but not quite

reaching it, attenuated beneath: cilia purplish-grey, with blackish basal line. Hindwings

blackish-grey ; cilia light grey, with blackish basal line.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 800 feet, in October; two specimens.

34. Metachanda noctivaga, n. sp.

g. 8mm. Head and thorax shining dark grey, lower part of face suffused with

ochreous-whitish. Palpi rather short, ochreous-white, second and terminal joints each

with two suffused dark fuscous bands. Abdomen dark fuscous, anal tuft mixed with

pale ochreous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded,

rather strongly oblique; shining dark leaden-fuscous ; markings blackish-fuscous ; a spot

on costa near base, edged beneath with an ochreous-whitish dot; a narrow fascia at 4,

on which first discal and plical stigmata appear as black spots preceded by ochreous-

whitish dots; a larger spot on costa at 2, from which proceed a fascia to dorsum at #2,

containing two black spots preceded by ochreous-whitish dots, upper representing second

discal stigma, and also a slender angulated fascia running to tornus: cilia shining dark

leaden-fuscous. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia fuscous, darker towards base.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen.

35. Metachanda prodelta, n. sp.

49. 9—11 mm. Head and thorax rather dark bronzy-fuscous. Palpi blackish,

more or less sprinkled with ochreous-whitish, apex of joints ochreous-whitish. Abdomen

dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa

gently arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded ; dark fuscous tinged with

purplish, sometimes more or less sprinkled with ochreous-whitish ; markings blackish,

278 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

edged in ¢ with scattered ochreous-whitish scales, in 2? with whitish-ochreous suffusion ;

a quadrate blotch on base of costa; a triangular blotch on costa before middle, its apex

formed by first discal stigma; plical stigma represented by a moderate spot rather

obliquely before this; an 8-shaped spot representing second discal stigma, and a spot

on dorsum beneath it; a spot on costa at #, whence a curved interrupted line runs

to tornus, these pale-edged posteriorly only: cilia dark grey. Hindwings dark fuscous ;

cilia dark grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons,

1000 feet; Felicité; in September and from December to February, ten specimens.

36. Metachanda thaleropis, n. sp.

29. 8—10 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous, face whitish-tinged. Palpi

dark fuscous sprinkled with whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently

arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded ; whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous,

in § more or less wholly suffused with brown-grey ; markings variably mixed with

ferruginous brown and black ; a spot on costa near base; first discal and plical stigmata

round, plical rather obliquely beyond first discal, sometimes united into a bar; a similar

spot between and above first and second discal; second discal similar, forming with

a spot on costa at 7 and a transverse mark from dorsum before tornus a more or less

complete slender fascia ; a spot towards termen in middle; two or three undefined dots

on costa posteriorly: cilia ochreous-whitish, sprinkled or dotted with blackish irroration.

Hindwings and cilia grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate (1000 feet) and Port Victoria; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons

plateau (1000 feet) and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau (1500 feet); in August, September,

and from December to February, thirty-one specimens.

37. Metachanda classica, n. sp.

29. 10—11 mm. Head and thorax whitish, sometimes sprinkled with grey. Palpi

whitish, suffusedly sprinkled or banded with blackish. Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-

ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen

very obliquely rounded; white sprinkled with dark fuscous ; blackish spots on costa

near base and at 2, accompanied beneath by ferruginous-ochreous marks; stigmata

small, blackish, accompanied by small ferruginous-ochreous spots, plical obliquely before

first discal, an additional dot beneath second discal, and a small spot between and

above first and second discal; a spot of blackish and ochreous scales on costa at %,

one on dorsum before tornus, and one towards termen in middle, united by a more

or less defined angulated ferruginous-ochreous line: cilia ochreous-whitish, base sprinkled

with dark fuscous. Hindwings in ¢ pale grey, in ? grey; cilia whitish-ochreous, in

? tinged with grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, south side of Mont Pot-i-eau,

1500 feet; in September, January, and February, three specimens. More brightly

marked than the preceding, from which it may be distinguished by different position of

plical stigma.

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 279

38. Metachanda fortunata, n. sp.

$2. 8—10mm. Head shining fuscous, sides whitish-ochreous. Palpi dark fuscous

sprinkled with whitish-ochreous, second joint with a blackish subapical ring. Thorax

fuscous sprinkled with whitish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather

narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded ; shining fuscous

or purplish-grey, suffusedly sprinkled with whitish-ochreous; markings black, edged

with ferruginous-ochreous; a spot on costa near base; a spot beneath costa at 2;

first discal stigma small, its margin confluent with preceding, plical large, irregular,

obliquely before first discal, second discal represented by an 8-shaped spot; a spot

on dorsum before tornus, sometimes touching second discal stigma; a small spot on

costa at 3, whence an angulated line of black and ferruginous scales runs to tornus :

cilia grey, basal half dark grey barred with whitish-ochreous. Hindwings rather dark

grey ; cilia grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons,

1000 feet; Felicité ; in September, December, and February, thirteen specimens.

39. Metachanda miltospila, n. sp. ;

$9. 12—13 mm. Head and thorax greyish-ochreous, shoulders with a spot of

blackish suffusion. Palpi ochreous-whitish, second joint blackish except apex, terminal

joimt sometimes sprinkled with black. Abdomen pale ochreous irrorated with grey.

Forewings elongate, rather narrow, slightly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched,

apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded; brownish-ochreous, sometimes irrorated

with light grey; an irregular black spot on costa near base, containing a tuft of

scales, beyond which are an orange-red dot beneath costa and oblique mark on fold ;

an orange-red dot above dorsum near base; stigmata orange-red, first discal elongate,

connected with a triangular black spot of raised scales on costa at 2, plical obliquely

before first discal, plical and second discal accompanied by a few black scales or black

dot beneath, and a similar red spot on dorsum obliquely before second discal; a black

mark on costa at ?, whence an angulated interrupted orange-red line with a few black

scales runs to tornus: cilia pale ochreous, basal half tinged with orange-reddish and

indistinctly spotted with blackish-grey irroration, Hindwings grey or pale grey; cilia

pale greyish-ochreous or whitish-ochreous.

Mahé, Cascade Estate and near Morne Blanc, 800 feet; Silhouette, forest above

Mare aux Cochons and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1500 feet; from August to

January, five specimens.

40. Metachanda fumata, n. sp.

S?. 9—13 mm. Head grey, sides of crown pale ochreous. Palpi ochreous-whitish,

second joint dark fuscous except apex. Thorax pale ochreous sometimes suffused with

grey, shoulders suffused with blackish. Abdomen in ¢ blackish-grey, anal tuft pale

ochreous suffused with grey towards base, in ? dark grey. Forewings elongate, rather

narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded; pale ochreous

more or less sprinkled with grey or dark grey, sometimes clouded with rather dark

purplish-fuscous ; a blackish blotch on base of costa; an undefined streak of blackish

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 36

280 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

irroration along costa towards middle, and a black dot beneath middle of costa touching

it; plical and second discal stigmata black, often partly edged with light ferruginous,

and an additional similar dot beneath and slightly beyond second discal; sometimes a

short light ferruginous streak in middle of disc; a black dot on dorsum before tornus;

a small black spot on costa at $, whence an angulated ferruginous line runs to tornus,

sometimes marked with black at angle: cilia pale ochreous, towards base more or less

spotted or barred with blackish suffusion. Hindwings dark grey, in ¢ with basal half

blackish-tinged, cilia grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate and near Morne Blanc (1000 feet); Silhouette, Mare aux

Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau (1500 feet); Felicité; from August

to February, thirty-seven specimens.

41. Metachanda crypsitricha, un. sp.

42. 10—12 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, shoulders blackish. Palpi

whitish-ochreous, second joint dark fuscous except towards apex. Abdomen whitish-

ochreous, more or less suffused with grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa

gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, rather strongly oblique; whitish-ochreous,

with some scattered dark fuscous scales, and more or less marked with variable elongate

patches of brown suffusion in disc and towards dorsum and posteriorly; a blackish mark

extending along basal fifth of costa; a blackish streak along costa from 4 to 3, attenuated

and sometimes indistinctly marked posteriorly; stigmata rather small, black, first discal

absent, an additional dot beneath and slightly beyond second discal; an oblique black

strigula on costa at $, and one on dorsum towards tornus: cilia on costa whitish-ochreous,

on termen pale grey, basal third whitish-ochreous barred with blackish. Hindwings light

grey, paler in f; in gf on under-surface with a deep groove beneath cell, filled with blackish

hairscales and with some long pale yellowish hairs towards its apex; cilia pale whitish-

ochreous.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons, Morne Blanc, Cascade Estate, Port Victoria, and Anonyme

Island; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons and Mont Pot-a-eau; from September to February,

eighty-three specimens.

42. Metachanda autocentra, n. sp.

f. 12—13 mm. §. 15 mm. Head and thorax light brownish-ochreous, in ? some-

what infuscated. Palpi ochreous-whitish, second joint irrorated with dark fuscous except

at apex, terminal joint irrorated with dark fuscous at base and on anterior edge.

Abdomen greyish, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, posteriorly slightly

dilated, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, oblique; in ¢ light brownish-

ochreous, in ? fuscous; some scattered dark fuscous scales towards costa, and sometimes

posteriorly; a black dot on base of costa, one beneath costa near base, and one above

dorsum near base; stigmata well marked, black, plical somewhat before first discal;

a more or less developed strongly curved subterminal series of blackish dots running from

a small spot on costa at 2 to a well-marked dot on dorsum before tornus; sometimes

a terminal series of indistinct dark fuscous dots: cilia in 3 whitish-ochreous, in ? greyish-

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 281

ochreous spotted with fuscous at base. Hindwings in ¢ light grey, cilia whitish, in

? grey, cilia grey.

Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons; Felicité; in September and December,

seven specimens.

CHANYSTIS, n. gen.

Head with loosely appressed scales; ocelli absent; tongue developed. Antennae *,

in ¢ shortly ciliated, basal joint elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi very long,

recurved, second joint clothed with dense scales, roughly projecting above and angularly

at apex beneath, terminal joint as long as second, moderate, sometimes loosely scaled

posteriorly, acute. Maxillary palpi rudimentary. Posterior tibize clothed with rough

scales above. Forewings with 2 from near angle, 7 absent, 11 from middle. Hind-

wings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia +; 3 and 4 connate, transverse vein obsolete, 5 and 6 absent.

Type C. syrtopa. Only differs essentially from Metachanda in the scaling of the

palpi.

43. Chanystis syrtopa, n. sp.

$f. 15—16mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, patagia with a fuscous stripe.

Palpi ochreous-whitish, second joint sprinkled with dark fuscous except at apex, terminal

joint with some dark fuscous scales towards middle. Abdomen whitish-ochreous irrorated

with grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen

obliquely rounded; whitish-ochreous; some irregular purplish-fuscous markings, viz., a

rather broad subdorsal streak from near base to 2, another from base of costa above

fold to tornus, a third from 4 of costa to dise beyond middle, and a fourth rather down-

curved from near costa beyond this to apex, marked with a patch of blackish irroration

beyond its middle; some scattered black scales along costa; a black scaletuft beneath

costa near base; stigmata represented by black scaletufts, first discal large, plical beneath

first discal, below fold, second discal reduced to a few scales, an additional black tuft

beneath and rather beyond this; an oblique interrupted series of scattered black scales

from costa at 2, reaching 4 across wing: cilia whitish-ochreous, with a median series of

black spots. Hindwings whitish-ochreous suffused with pale grey; cilia whitish-ochreous.

Silhouette, south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1500 feet, in August; two specimens.

44. Chanystis botanodes, n. sp.

$9. 15—18 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi whitish-ochreous, second joint

sprinkled with dark fuscous except towards apex, terminal joint loosely scaled posteriorly,

sprinkled with dark fuscous towards middle. Thorax whitish-ochreous, tinged with

brownish and irrorated with dark fuscous on shoulders and sometimes also in middle.

Abdomen whitish-ochreous, variably irrorated with dark fuscous. Forewings elongate,

rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; whitish-

ochreous or pale yellow-ochreous, with some scattered dark fuscous scales; a suffused

dark fuscous spot on costa towards base, terminated beneath by a large tuft of yellow-

ochreous scales mixed with dark fuscous; stigmata forming tufts of blackish and yellow-

ochreous scales, first discal very large, placed with plical on a fascia of dark fuscous

36—2

282 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

suffusion, second discal and a dark fuscous spot beneath it edged with yellow-ochreous

so as to form a somewhat 8-shaped patch, discal area before, between, and beyond stigmata

forming a large greyish-purple patch sometimes reaching dorsum anteriorly; a spot

of dark fuscous suffusion on costa at 2; a large irregular suffused dark fuscous apical spot:

cilia whitish-ochreous, on basal half spotted with dark fuscous. Hindwings in ? pale

whitish-ochreous tinged with grey, in 2 pale grey; cilia whitish-ochreous, with faint

greyish subbasal shade.

Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons, and south side of Mont Pot-ai-eau,

1500 feet, in August and September; six specimens.

Cosmopterygide.

CosmMopTERYXx Hueb.

45. Cosmopteryx mimetis Meyr.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, and near Morne Blanc, 800 feet, in October and February;

six specimens. Occurs also in Mauritius, Ceylon, India, Borneo, New Guinea, and

Australia; probably attached to some cultivated plant.

46. Cosmopteryx ingeniosa Meyr.

St Anne Island, one specimen received from Mr T. B. Fletcher. Occurs also in

India; probably introduced.

StacmatTorHora Herr.-Schiaff.

47. Stagmatophora ilarcha, n. sp.

9. 14mm. Head shining white, crown with a brownish-ochreous central line,

eyes crimson. Palpi white, anterior edge of terminal joint dark fuscous. Thorax shining

white, patagia and an incomplete central line brownish-ochreous. Abdomen grey. Fore-

wings elongate-lanceolate ; deep yellow-ochreous, sometimes tinged with ferruginous-brown ;

costal edge slenderly suffused with white, sometimes posteriorly extending broadly over

wing; a violet-blue-metallic streak from base through disc to 3, then curved downwards

and running up to a black anteriorly white-edged mark on costa at $; a rather broad

irregular-edged white streak along dorsum from base to tornus, with a more or less

marked prominence posteriorly, and margined towards this with some blackish scales;

apical area more or less wholly shining white: cilia pale grey or whitish, on termen

broadly ferruginous-brown or ferruginous towards base. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-

ochreous, sometimes partially suffused with grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet; Mahé, near Morne Blane and

Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; in September, October, and February, six specimens.

48. Stagmatophora hieroglypta, n. sp.

?. 15mm. Head and thorax pale shining brownish-ochreous. Palpi whitish, seeond

and terminal joints each with three blackish rings. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, beneath

with oblique blackish lateral bars. Forewings elongate-lanceolate; shining pale brownish,

slightly pinkish-tinged, suffusedly irrorated with fuscous; a blackish dot on base of costa,

edged beneath with whitish; a slightly curved oblique white transverse line at $,

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 283

anteriorly edged with black: stigmata rather large, black, partly edged with white,

united by a trifurcate white line, plical beneath first discal; a suffused white oblique line

running along central fifth of costa and thence to above second discal stigma, and an

oblique white costal striga near beyond this, separated from it by blackish suffusion ;

a suffused white mark along lower part of termen, and two small wedgeshaped white

marks on upper part, separated with black; a small white wedgeshaped mark on

costa towards apex, followed by some black suffusion: cilia pale greyish-ochreous, round

apex whitish with a black hook, beneath apex with a basal patch of black suffusion

between the white wedgeshaped marks. Hindwings grey; cilia light greyish-ochreous.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet, in October; one specimen.

49. Stagmatophora acris, n. sp.

f2. 8—10mm. Head ochreous-whitish, back of crown more or less suffused with

pinkish-brown, eyes marginally suffused with crimson. Palpi whitish, terminal joint with

blackish subapical band. Antennze whitish ringed with dark fuscous, towards apex

with several alternate blackish and whitish bands. Thorax light pinkish-ochreous-brown.

Abdomen grey. Forewings narrowly elongate-lanceolate, very long-pointed; light pinkish-

ochreous-brown; an oblique curved whitish transverse line at $, edged anteriorly with

some black scales on lower half, posteriorly suffused, expanded towards costa and marked

on posterior edge with a black subcostal dot; stigmata irregular, black, partly edged with

white, first discal in middle, plical beneath it; termen somewhat marked with whitish,

especially towards apex: cilia light pinkish-ochreous-brown, towards tornus light grey,

beneath apex mixed with black at base. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons, Morne Blane, and Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet; Felicité ;

from September to December, thirty-three specimens.

50. Stagmatophora tentoria, n. sp.

Sg. 8—10mm. Head ochreous-whitish, back of crown tinged with pinkish-ochreous.

Palpi ochreous-whitish, with three fuscous rings of second joint and two of terminal

indistinctly indicated, and a blackish subapical band. Antenne whitish ringed with

dark fuscous, towards apex with several alternate blackish and whitish bands. Thorax

ochreous-brown, with white postmedian bar. Abdomen grey, three basal segments

yellow-whitish with black margins. Forewings narrowly elongate-lanceolate; ochreous-

brown; base narrowly white; a slender direct white transverse fascia at 4, somewhat

expanded on costa and containing a black subcostal dot; a slender white median fascia

forming two diverging branches on lower half, marked with a black dot on anterior edge

beneath costa, and another at furcation, latter sometimes obsolete; an inwardly oblique

white mark from costa at 2, edged posteriorly with blackish; a white streak along termen,

interrupted rather above middle, upper portion black-edged beneath: cilia ochreous-brown,

towards tornus grey, on termen with a black basal line towards apex. Hindwings and

cilia dark grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet;

in September and February, eight specimens. Also taken in Chagos Islands, in May, by

Mr T. RB. Fletcher.

284 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

CHOLOTIS, n. gen.

Head smooth-scaled; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antenne #, in ¢ minutely

ciliated, basal jomt very long. Labial palpi long, recurved, second joint thickened with

appressed scales towards apex, terminal joint as long as second or somewhat shorter,

rather thick, slightly roughened anteriorly, acute. Maxillary palpi very short, filiform,

appressed to tongue. Posterior tibize rough-haired above. Forewings with 7 and 8

out of 6, 7 to costa, 11 from middle. Hindwings $—#, narrow-lanceolate or linear-

lanceolate, cilia 4—8; 2—5 remote, parallel, 6 and 7 approximated at base.

Type C. semnostola Meyr. I have hitherto included the species of this genus

under Stagmatophora, but now recognise that the different structure of the terminal

joint of palpi calls for generic separation. The typical species semnostola occurs in

Australia and Africa, probably also elsewhere; other described species referable here are

exodroma Meyr. from Australia, and phalacra Meyr. from Africa, and I have a

number of undescribed Indian species, the whole constituting an evidently natural group.

Phylogenetically the genus may be regarded as the progenitor of Stagmatophora,

probably indicating its connection with Syntomactis.

51. Cholotis sindonia, n. sp.

¢9. 7—8 mm. Head and thorax shining dark fuscous, face paler. Palpi dark

fuscous, more or less suffused with ochreous-whitish towards upper and lower margins.

Antenne dark fuscous, towards apex white. Abdomen pale grey. Forewings lanceolate;

dark purplish-fuscous; a rather broad ochreous-white fascia near base, considerably nar-

rowed towards costa; discal stigmata blackish, approximated; a small whitish spot before

tornus and similar costal spot opposite to it, second discal stigma lying between these:

cilia grey, round apex dark purplish-fuscous. Hindwings grey, darker posteriorly;

cilia grey.

Aldabra; four specimens.

52. Cholotis isotacta, n. sp.

g. 8mm. Head pale brownish-ochreous, crown sprinkled with blackish. Palpi

pale ochreous, irregularly sprinkled with blackish. Thorax pale brownish-ochreous tinged

with fuscous. Abdomen light fuscous. Forewings lanceolate; light brownish-ochreous,

indistinctly striated transversely with fuscous, with some blackish strigule; a blackish

transverse line near base; stigmata moderately large, blackish, plical beneath first discal;

costa suffused with blackish irroration on posterior half; whitish-ochreous opposite costal

and dorsal spots at #: cilia pale grey, round apex sprinkled with black points. Hind-

wings grey; cilia pale grey, towards base suffused with pale ochreous.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet, in October; one specimen. Differs from the

nearest Indian species by having plical stigma directly beneath first discal.

Synromactis Meyr.

53. Syntomactis firma, n. sp.

of. 10—11 mm. Head dark fuscous, forehead and face white. Palpi clothed

throughout with numerous whorls of blackish white-tipped scales, apex of second joint

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 285

whitish. Thorax dark purplish-fuscous. Abdomen whitish-ochreous sprinkled with grey

and blackish. Forewings very narrow, elongate-lanceolate; shining dark purplish-leaden-

fuscous; black subcostal and median dots near base; four very large blackish tufts

obscurely edged with light ochreous-yellowish, viz., one on fold before 4, one beneath

middle of costa, one above dorsum slightly beyond this, and one in dise at 2; a bent

submetallic bluish-leaden transverse line at #; some black dots on costa and termen

towards apex: cilia slaty-grey. Hindwings dark grey; cilia slaty-grey.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district, 1500 feet, in January; two specimens.

Cauicotis Meyr.

54. Calicotis animula, n. sp.

$3. 7—8 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white. Antenne and abdomen whitish.

Posterior legs white banded more or less indistinctly with dark fuscous. Forewings

very narrow, widest near base, thence narrowed to acute apex; white; an inwards-oblique

grey-yellowish transverse line before middle; a sutfused grey-yellowish or greyish spot

with some blackish scales on tornus: cilia white. Hindwings and cilia white.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district, near Morne Blane, and Cascade Estate, 1000 feet;

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, and south side of Mont Pot-ai-eau, 1000—1500 feet ;

from August to March, twenty-six specimens.

CupHopEs Meyr.

55. Cuphodes tridora, n. sp.

3?. 7 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax ochreous-white. Abdomen light

grey. Posterior legs white ringed with blackish. Forewings narrow, widest near base,

unevenly narrowed posteriorly, rather short-pointed; blackish; three short white streaks

from base, between which are two ochreous-yellow streaks; irregular rather inwardly

oblique white transverse fascie at 4 and %; median area mostly occupied by a longi-

tudinal ochreous-yellow streak above middle and a roundish patch below; a suftused

white spot on middle of termen: cilia blackish-grey, towards tips and beneath tornus

whitish, round apex sprinkled with ochreous-yellowish towards base. Hindwings dark

grey; cilia whitish, sometimes partially suffused with grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet upwards, in September; five

specimens, one labelled “highest point, 2467 feet.”

56. Cuwphodes luxuriosa, n. sp.

$2. 7—8mm. Head dark purple-bronze, forehead and face shining bronzy-whitish.

Palpi yellow-whitish. Antenne dark grey, extreme tip whitish, in ¢ with short very fine

scattered cilia, basal joint long, greyish-ochreous. Thorax deep purple, sides and apex

of patagia golden. Abdomen dark bronzy-fuscous, sides golden, beneath yellow-whitish,

Posterior tibize with basal third blackish, central third orange, apical third purple, apical

bristles orange with black base. Forewings very narrow, widest near base, thence

narrowed to acute apex; deep purple; a pale metallic brassy-yellowish triangular spot on

286 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

dorsum towards base, reaching 2 across wing: cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings and cilia

dark fuscous.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau and south

side of Mont Pot-a-eau, 1000—1500 feet, in August, September and February; nine

specimens.

STATHMOPODA Staint.

57. Stathmopoda epilampra, n. sp.

?. 10—12mm. Head and thorax dark shining bronzy-fuscous, face shining ochreous-

whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, terminal joint anteriorly dark fuscous. Abdomen dark

fuscous. Forewings very narrow, widest near base, thence narrowed to acute apex;

shining dark leaden-fuscous; a narrow irregular orange fascia near base, not quite

reaching dorsum, edged with some black scales, anterior edge prominent below middle;

two longitudinal orange streaks in disc beyond middle, upper much longer: cilia dark

grey. Hindwings and cilia dark grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet, in January and February; five specimens. Nearly

allied to an undescribed Ceylon species.

58. Stathmopoda biclavis, n. sp.

?. 10 mm. Head shining ochreous-whitish, back of crown yellowish. Palpi

ochreous-white. Thorax deep yellow. Abdomen pale whitish-ochreous. Forewings very

narrow, widest near base, thence narrowed to acute apex; rather dark purplish-fuscous;

two broad deep yellow fascis, first near base, not reaching costa, second beyond middle,

not reaching costa except at posterior angle: cilia pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings

and cilia whitish-ochreous.

Aldabra; one specimen.

59. Stathmopoda auriferella Walk.

(Gelechia auriferella Walk. Cat. xxx, 1022.)

Mahé, Cascade Estate and Port Victoria, in January and February; five specimens.

An African species, probably introduced. S, divisa Wals. and S. theorts Meyr. only

differ from this in reduction or obsolescence (respectively) of yellow posterior fascia

but appear to be constant locally. SS. theorts is a common Indian species, of which the

larva feeds in flower-heads of artichoke (Helianthus): All the Seychelles specimens

appear to be true auriferella.

Blastobaside.

Buastopasis Zell.

60. Blastobasis acarta, n. sp.

g. 15—16 mm. Head whitish-ochreous mixed with pale fuscous. Palpi whitish-

ochreous irrorated with fuscous, terminal joint moderate, acute. Antennze moderately

ciliated, and also with long fine scattered ciliations, with notch above basal joint.

Thorax light greyish-ochreous, anterior margin suffused with dark fuscous. Abdomen

grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-lanceolate ; light greyish-ochreous,

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 287

irregularly tinged with purple-brownish and sprinkled with dark fuscous; a spot of

purplish-fuscous sutfusion towards base of costa; an angulated transverse line of dark

fuscous suffusion before middle, its extremities forming purplish-fuscous spots, its angle

resting on black first discal stigma; second discal stigma black, and an additional dot

beneath it, resting on a tornal spot of fuscous suffusion; an undefined spot of fuscous

suffusion on costa beyond this; some dark fuscous dots round posterior part of costa and

termen: cilia light greyish-ochreous tinged with purplish-fuscous. Hindwings grey;

cilia light grey.

Mahé, Morne Blane and Cascade Estate, 1000 feet ; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons

plateau, 1000 feet; in September, October and February, three specimens. There is also

a female specimen probably referable to this species, but so worn as to be unidentifiable.

61. Blastobasis intrepida, n. sp.

d. 10mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous suffusedly mixed with fuscous. Palpi

dark fuscous, apex of joints pale ochreous, terminal joint much thickened with scales,

as stout as second, rather blunt-pointed. Antenne shortly ciliated, without notch.

Abdomen dark fuscous, apex whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, somewhat lanceolate,

pointed ; light greyish-ochreous suffusedly irrorated with dark fuscous; a spot of darker

suffusion in middle of disc, preceded by a paler space; second discal stigma represented

by a dark fuscous suffused spot, edged with paler, and a similar spot beneath it resting on

tornus ; indistinct dark fuscous dots round posterior part of costa and termen. Hindwings

grey, basal 2 whitish-ochreous tinged with yellowish.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, in December; one specimen, in bad condition, and therefore

the above description may be defective, but the species should be readily recognisable by

the sexual characters of palpi and antenn, and colouring of hindwings.

Ccophoride.

PLATACTIS, n. gen.

+ Head with dense appressed hairs; ocelli present; tongue short. Antenne #, in

$ strongly ciliated (25), basal joint elongate, with large anterior flap of dense scales.

Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second joint thickened with dense scales, terminal

joimt much shorter than second, moderate, acute. Maxillary palpi very short, filiform,

appressed to tongue. Posterior tibize rough-scaled above. Forewings with 2 from angle,

7 absent (coincident with 8), 8 and 9 stalked, 11 from somewhat before middle.

Hindwings almost 1, elongate-ovate, cilia 2; 3 and 4 connate, 5—7 parallel.

A distinct genus, belonging to the Hulechria group.

62. Platactis hormathota, n. sp.

gS. 16—18 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale whitish-ochreous, second

joint of palpi sometimes reddish-fuscous externally except apex, thorax more or less

tinged or suffused with reddish-fuscous anteriorly. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa

gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish-ochreous; a short

subcostal reddish-fuscous dash near base; stigmata rather large, black, plical beneath

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 37

288 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

first discal; a patch of reddish-fuscous suffusion, sometimes mixed with dark grey,

extending along costa from 2 to 3, and between stigmata nearly to fold; a curved

subterminal series of eight large irregular black dots between veins: cilia whitish-

ochreous. Hindwings pale grey or whitish-ochreous-grey ; cilia pale whitish-ochreous

tinged with grey.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet, in October; three specimens.

Xyloryctide.

PARACLADA, n. gen.

Head with loosely appressed hairs; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antenne

3 in ¢ shortly ciliated, basal joint moderate, above with dense projecting scales. Labial

palpi long, recurved, second joint beneath expanded with rough projecting scales towards

apex, forming a short tuft, terminal joint as long as second, moderate, acute. Maxillary

palpi short, filiform, appressed to tongue. Posterior tibize rough-scaled above. Forewings

with 2 from 2, 3 from considerably before angle, 4 from angle, 7 absent, 11 from middle.

Hindwings somewhat over 1, trapezoidal-ovate, cilia 2; 3 and 4 rather approximated

towards base, 5 parallel, 6 and 7 long-stalked.

Perhaps allied to Hermogenes.

63. Paraclada tricapna, n. sp.

3. 17mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen whitish-ochreous ; palpi with second

joint externally blackish on lower 2, terminal joint with some blackish irroration in front

below middle, and blackish subapical ring; thorax tinged with fuscous. Forewings

elongate, costa moderately arched towards base, faintly sinuate in middle, apex rounded-

obtuse, termen rounded, somewhat oblique; pale greyish-ochreous, sprinkled with light

grey or fuscous; three spots of dark grey suffusion on costa at +, 3, and %, first smallest ;

plical stigma faint, brownish, second discal indicated by a small brownish tuft of scales :

cilia ochreous-grey-whitish. Hindwings pale whitish-grey ; cilia whitish.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen.

ANACHASTIS, n. gen.

Head with loosely appressed hairs; ocelli present ; tongue developed. Antenne #,

basal joint moderately elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi very long, recurved, second

joint with appressed scales, terminal joint shorter, moderate, acute. Maxillary palpi

short, filiform, appressed to tongue. Posterior tibize rough-scaled above. Forewings

with 2—4 closely approximated from angle, 5 and 6 parallel, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen,

11 from 4. Hindwings 14, trapezoidal-ovate, cilia 2; 3 and 4 connate, 5—7 nearly

parallel, with a rather long oblique bar joing 7 and 8 beyond cell.

Allied to Odites, from which it differs in the neuration of hindwings.

64. Anachastis digitata, n. sp.

@. 21mm. Head pale greyish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous-whitish, sprinkled with

fuscous and crimson, Thorax pale greyish-ochreous tinged with brownish and sprinkled

with reddish-fuscous, Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-ochreous, Forewings elongate,

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 289

costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen straight, somewhat oblique; pale greyish-

ochreous irregularly tinged with crimson-pink, with scattered brown and blackish scales ;

second discal stigma dark grey; a reddish-fuscous outwardly oblique streak from dorsum

before middle, not reaching fold, and a similar inwardly oblique streak from tornus: cilia

pale greyish-ochreous suffused with dull crimson-pink, with a few blackish scales.

Hindwings light grey; cilia grey-whitish, greyer towards base.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen.

Ethmiade.

Erumia Hueb.

65. Ethmia meteoris, n. sp.

$9. 22—26 mm. Head grey-whitish, with a black spot on crown and a black

mark behind each eye. Palpi grey-whitish, second joint with some black scales above

middle and a black submedian band, terminal joint mostly occupied by two black bands.

Antennal ciliations of ¢ 14. Thorax grey-whitish, with eight black spots, viz. on

shoulders, at base of patagia, and dorsal and posterior pairs. Abdomen yellow, with

dorsal series of seven black spots, less marked in 7, beneath with two series of six

large black spots each. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex obtuse,

termen nearly straight, rather oblique; 7 to apex; pale whitish-grey, with about

seventeen small black spots or dots, partially elongate, more or less indistinctly edged

with white, viz. one in middle of base, two transversely placed beneath costa near base,

one beneath costa at 4, one towards dorsum beneath this, one on fold beyond these,

one in disc before middle, one near dorsum beneath this, one on fold beyond these, one

towards costa at %, one in disc at #, two beneath this obliquely before and beyond it

respectively, and a curved series of four towards apex ; eight irregular black dots round

termen and apex, on extremities of veins 2—9: cilia grey, basal half pale whitish-grey,

tips whitish. Hindwings with 5 and 6 nearly approximated at base; ochreous-yellow ;

a blackish-grey apical patch extending over about + of wing, not nearly reaching cell ;

cilia pale ochreous-yellow, round apex and upper part of termen dark grey,

Dennis Island, Seychelles (Fryer); Coetivy; in August and September, six

specimens. Also four others received from Mr T. B. Fletcher. This species, belonging

to a puzzling group of which the members are extremely similar, appears nearest the

Hawaiian E. colonella Wals., which is itself regarded by Lord Walsingham as probably

introduced there; it differs by the apical patch of hindwings not being angularly

produced to reach cell, and the presence of eight (not seven) terminal black dots of

forewings.

Glyphipterygide.

Imma Walk.

66. Imma questoria, n. sp.

$9. 18—19 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale brownish-ochreous, or

whitish-ochreous tinged with brownish ; thorax in ¢ with an expansible pencil of hairs

from beneath base of forewings; abdomen of # with a patch of dense expansible scales

37—2

290 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

on each side towards apex. Middle tibie in % with dense expansible hairs beneath ;

posterior tibiz in ¢ beneath fringed with very long projecting whitish hairs. Forewings

elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa hardly arched, slightly prominent beyond middle, apex

obtuse, more prominent in 3, termen faintly sinuate, little oblique; 7 and 8 short-stalked,

8 to termen; pale brownish-ochreous ; suffused dark fuscous dots on costa at 2, at

end of cell, and on dorsum at ?, in ¢ connected by a fine suffused sinuate fuscous line ;

a terminal series of minute triangular dark fuscous dots connected by a fine line, less

marked in ¢: cilia pale ochreous tinged with grey. Hindwings fuscous, suffused with

pale ochreous towards costa anteriorly; cilia ochreous-whitish, with light fuscous sub-

basal shade.

Aldabra; two specimens. Allied to transversella Snell. rather nearly, with similar

structure of legs in g, but distinct by different form of wing (prominence of costa and

sinuation of termen), paler colouring, and less developed transverse line.

SmmaeTHis Leach.

67. Simaethis gratiosa, n. sp.

g. 13 mm. Head dark fuscous partially sprinkled with white. Palpi with five

whorls of dark fuscous white-tipped scales. Thorax ferruginous-brown sprinkled with

whitish. Abdomen dark fuscous, segmental margins sprinkled with whitish. Forewings

elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen rounded, somewhat oblique ;

dark fuscous; an orange-fulvous elongate patch extending beneath costa from base to

about middle, and another occupying dorsal area beneath fold from base to middle ;

some scattered whitish scales on basal area; two fine transverse lines of white irroration,

first before middle, sinuate inwards below middle, second about %, rather irregular,

from + to below middle forming a quadrangular loop outwards; a white dot in disc

beyond first line, and a short fine white transverse mark in dise at 3, beneath costal

section of second line; some slight orange-fulvous suffusion in disc between these ;

a patch of orange-fulvous suffusion along termen, preceded by some whitish irroration :

cilia white, with basal third dark fuscous, and dark grey patches at apex, middle of

termen, and tornus. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia white, with dark fuscous basal line,

at apex and towards tornus suffused with grey.

Dennis Island, Seychelles (Fryer), in August; one specimen.

GLYPHIPTERYX Hueb.

68. Glyphipteryx dichalina, n. sp.

o%. 5—6 mm. Head and thorax fuscous or whitish-fuscous. Palpi whitish,

indistinctly banded with dark fuscous, scales short. Abdomen grey. Forewings

elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen faintly sinuate, very

oblique; 7 and 8 separate ; dark fuscous; a rather broad somewhat oblique wedge-shaped

white mark from dorsum beyond middle, reaching more than half across wing; two

somewhat curved parallel white strize from costa beyond middle to just before tornus ;

three short white wedge-shaped marks on costa posteriorly, extending into cilia; apex

suffused with blackish; a minute white dot on termen beneath apex: cilia grey, round

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 291

apex with a blackish antemedian line followed by a white shade, beneath apex indented .

with white. Hindwings dark fuscous; cilia grey.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district and near Morne Blanc, above 1000 feet;

Silhouette, south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1500 feet; in August, January, and

February, five specimens.

69. Glyphipteryx medica, n. sp.

$f. 7—8 mm. Head and thorax dark bronzy-fuscous. Palpi white with four

black rings, apex black in front, scales short. Abdomen dark fuscous, beneath banded

with white, anal segment very elongate, blackish, apex white. Forewings elongate,

costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen hardly sinuate, rather strongly oblique ;

7 and 8 separate; dark bronzy-fuscous ; a thick rather oblique somewhat curved white

streak from middle of dorsum, reaching more than half across wing ; five rather oblique

white strigule from posterior half of costa, second continued as an obtusely angulated

violet-golden-metallic stria to a white dot on dorsum before tornus, third becoming

violet-golden-metallic beneath; two small violet-golden-metallic spots before lower

half of termen, and one on termen beneath apex; apex suffused with blackish: cilia

grey-whitish, basal half dark bronzy-fuscous limited by a blackish line indented with

white beneath apex, above apex with a dark fuscous projecting hook. Hindwings dark

fuscous ; cilia grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet, in February; six specimens.

Gracilariade.

Acrocercops Wall.

70. Acrocercops euryphanta, n. sp.

dé. 8 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax white. Abdomen ochreous-grey.

Forewings very narrowly elongate, moderately pointed; light ochreous suffused with

grey; a rather broad white basal fascia; a very broad white median fascia, somewhat

expanded on costa; a white tornal spot just beyond this; a white apical spot: cilia

white, towards tornus tinged with greyish-ochreous. Hindwings grey ; cilia grey, round

apex whitish.

Felicité, in December; one specimen.

71. Acrocercops pentaplaca, n. sp.

4g. 6—7 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint suffused with fuscous

towards apex, terminal joint with dark fuscous median ring. Abdomen light grey,

anal tuft ochreous-whitish. Forewings very narrow, elongate-lanceolate ; brownish-

ochreous, suffused with dark fuscous towards costa; a white dot on costa near base ;

five somewhat oblique shining white transverse fascize edged with dark fuscous, second

before, third beyond middle, fourth sometimes interrupted beneath costa, last two

sometimes narrow ; a white mark across apex: cilia grey (imperfect). Hindwings rather

dark grey; cilia whitish-grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, south side of Mont Pot-d-eau,

1500 feet; in August and February, three specimens, of which two are much worn.

292 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

72. Acrocercops rhombocosma, n. sp.

?. 8 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint loosely rough-scaled beneath

with blackish median ring, terminal joint with black basal ring. Abdomen grey, on

sides white obliquely striped with dark fuscous. Legs white ringed with dark fuscous.

Forewings very narrowly elongate, moderately pointed; fuscous, apical third suffused

with brownish-ochreous; two moderate angulated white fasciz anteriorly, interrupted

in middle; a third fascia in middle, more widely interrupted ; a large oblique-triangular

white spot on costa about 2; an oblong white spot on dorsum beyond this; small

opposite costal and terminal white spots towards apex; an elongate suffused black apical

spot: cilia white, with basal and apical thirds dark grey, towards tornus greyish.

Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet, in February ; one specimen.

GRACILARIA Haw.

73. Gracilaria prosticta Meyr.

Mahé, Port Victoria, in February; one specimen. A South African species, probably

introduced.

Macarostota Meyr.

74. Macarostola parolca, n. sp.

fg. 11 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous mixed with whitish. Palpi with

appressed scales. Abdomen white, towards base greyish, posteriorly with a lateral groove

filled with pale yellowish scales. Posterior tibize with short dense scales above. Fore-

wings extremely narrow, short-pointed, obtuse ; whitish sprinkled with dark fuscous,

appearing to indicate oblique strigze from costa and dorsum, posteriorly distinctly marked

with oblique white strigze from costa and dorsum separated by blackish scales, on termen

towards apex with a blackish marginal streak, on costa before apex with a small blackish

spot. Hindwings dark fuscous ; cilia grey.

Mahé, Anonyme Island, in January; one specimen. In bad condition, description

therefore incomplete, but it should be easily recognisable by structure of abdomen

and legs.

Plutellide.

ARGYRESTHIA Hueb.

75. Argyresthia lustralis, n. sp.

42. 9—11 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax white, shoulders narrowly brownish.

Abdomen whitish-grey. Forewings elongate-lanceolate; 7 and 8 separate; brownish

strigulated with blackish; a broad snow-white streak occupying dorsal half of wing,

attenuated posteriorly, reaching to near apex, cut somewhat beyond middle of wing

by a slightly oblique dark fuscous bar, and upper edge notched with dark fuscous

midway between this and apex; a small dark fuscous apical spot: cilia pale brownish,

towards tornus whitish, round apex with tips dark fuscous. Hindwings grey; cilia

ochreous-grey-whitish,

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 293

Mahé, Morne Seychellois, over 1500 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau,

1000 feet; in September and February, eleven specimens. Allied to an undescribed

Ceylon species.

Tineide.

LyonetTIA Hueb.

76. Lyonetia probolactis, n. sp.

$?. 9—10 mm. Head, palpi, antennz, and thorax silvery-white, crown smooth.

Abdomen light grey, apex white. Forewings very narrowly elongate, short-pointed,

apex shortly produced, caudulate; 4 absent, 6 and 7 stalked, 7 to costa, 8 absent;

pale shining silvery-grey; an ochreous-brown fascia about %, triangularly expanded

towards costa, where it unites with an ochreous-brown apical patch, within which is

a small round black apical spot, preceded by two small white costal marks partly in cilia:

cilia pale grey, beneath apex blackish grey towards base, at apex with two blackish hooks.

Hindwings and cilia grey.

Mahé, Morne Blane (1000 feet), Morne Seychellois (over 1500 feet), Mare aux

Cochons district (1000—z2000 feet); Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau and south

side of Mont Pot-d-eau (1000—1400 feet); from August to February, twenty-two speci-

mens. The species of Lyonetea show some variation in the scaling of the head and in

neuration, but the genus is small and admits of satisfactory definition.

Opocona Zell.

77. Opogona sultana, n. sp.

S?. 10—14 mm. Crown dark purple-fuscous, face and fillet shining whitish-

ochreous. Palpi dark fuscous, internally whitish-ochreous. Antenne ochreous-whitish,

basal joint dark fuscous. Thorax yellow, anterior half purple-blackish. Abdomen fuscous.

Forewings lanceolate, acute; clear yellow; a wedgeshaped dark purple-fuscous spot along

basal sixth of costa; a dark purple-fuscous streak along posterior part of dorsum and

termen from middle of wing to apex, edge sharply marked but ragged and irregular,

often with some black scales: cilia purplish-fuscous, on costa pale yellow. Hindwings

and cilia fuscous.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-i-eau, 1000—

1500 feet, in August and September; twenty-two specimens.

78. Opogona harpalea, n. sp.

$?. 10—11mm. Crown violet-grey, face and fillet shining ochreous-whitish. Palpi

dark fuscous, internally whitish. Antenne ochreous-whitish. Thorax dark violet-grey,

posterior extremity pale yellow. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Forewings lanceolate,

acute; ochreous-yellow; markings dark purple-fuscous; a moderate streak along basal

fourth of costa, not attenuated, reaching dorsum at base; a patch occupying apical

half of wing, its anterior edge vertical, rather irregular, marked with some blackish scales,

containing a rather large subtriangular yellow spot on costa about 2: cilia grey, towards

base purple-tinged. Hindwings rather dark grey; cilia pale yellowish-grey.

Aldabra; three specimens.

294 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Hreroxestis Meyr.

In its normal forms this genus closely approaches Opogona in structure, and is

evidently the direct progenitor of that genus, differing from it only by the tuft or fringe

of rough hairs which rises from behind the fillet and projects over it, leaving the face,

fillet, and back of crown quite smooth. The neuration exhibits a deceptive tendency to

partial obsolescence, several of the veins (especially 2—4 and 11 of forewings, and 6 of

hindwings) being liable to almost complete disappearance, though a very faint trace or

impression is barely perceptible; stress cannot be laid on this, the extent of obsolescence

varying individually and specifically.

79. HMieroxestis florea, n. sp.

$9. 6—7 mm. Crown dark purple-fuscous, face and fillet ochreous-whitish. Palpi

whitish, externally with a dark fuscous lateral line. Antennze ochreous-whitish, suffused

above with dark fuscous towards base. Thorax dark purple-fuscous, posterior extremity

yellow. Abdomen grey, apex whitish. Forewings lanceolate, acute, apex somewhat

twisted and bent upwards; deep orange-yellow; a wedgeshaped dark fuscous spot occu-

pying basal sixth of costa; a rather broad deep indigo-blue transverse fascia beyond

middle, anterior edge convex; posterior edge suffused with blackish, confluent with a

black streak along upper part of termen to apex: cilia light purplish-grey, with a slender

blackish bar at apex. Hindwings grey; cilia pale greyish.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet, in February; six specimens.

80. Hieroxestis cyanodesma, n. sp.

?. 8mm. Head and thorax orange-ochreous, forehead and face shining whitish.

Palpi whitish, second joint dark fuscous externally. Antennz 1. Abdomen ochreous-

whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate, apex produced, acute, upturned; orange-yellow;

a dark leaden-grey transverse line near base, interrupted beneath costa; narrow rather

oblique dark shining blue-grey fasciz at 2 and #3: cilia yellow-whitish, round apex

ochreous-yellow except at tips, with a black subapical line. Hindwings grey-whitish;

cilia whitish-ochreous.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen.

81. Hieroxestis selacta, n. sp.

ft. 10—11mm. Head shining greyish-bronze, tuft reduced to a short fringe, face

and fillet shining whitish. Palpi grey, internally whitish. Thorax shining olive-bronze.

Abdomen pale bronzy-grey, apex ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate, apex

produced, acute, turned downwards; shining olive-bronze, with prismatic reflections;

a small spot of grey-whitish suffusion at base of costa; apical half beyond a straight

oblique fine line of dark fuscous scales running from before 2 of costa to ? of dorsum

shining silvery-whitish, containing patches of bronzy-grey suffusion on costa at 2, towards

tornus, and towards apex; a black line along posterior fourth of costa into apex,

interrupted towards apex: cilia whitish, above apex with a blackish line near base,

forming a short apical hook. Hindwings grey; cilia pale greyish.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet;

in February and September; two specimens.

MEY RICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 295

82. Mieroxestis tarsota, n. sp.

ts. 7—8 mm. Head white, crown with an irregular transverse blackish bar mixed

with ferruginous, occipital tuft mixed with dark fuscous. Palpi white, second joint

externally with a blackish line. Thorax blackish marked with white. Abdomen dark

fuscous. Forewings lanceolate, apex produced, acute, upturned; shining bronzy-fulvous;

costa suffused with black, but extreme costal edge white; a narrow white basal fascia,

and a narrow inwardly oblique white posteriorly black-margined fascia at 4, connected

below middle by a white streak edged beneath with black suffusion; a trapezoidal white

blotch on middle of costa, and an irregular white blotch crossing wing at 3, separated

on costa by a patch of black suffusion; a white longitudinal streak beneath middle of

wing, edged beneath with black; a white spot on termen beneath apex, sometimes

confluent with preceding transverse patch: cilia white, on costa with a black basal line

running into apex and blackish median shade becoming fulvous towards apex, beneath apex

with a bluish-silvery spot, towards tornus suffused with grey, mixed with blackish towards

base except on a white extension of terminal spot. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey.

Mahé, near Morne Blane, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet ;

in September and October, two specimens.

83. Mieroxestis heliogramma, nu. sp.

g. 8—9mm. Head and thorax pale bronzy-yellowish sprinkled with ferruginous-

orange, fillet, face, and palpi whitish. Antenne over 1. Abdomen light grey, anal tuft

whitish. Forewings elongate-lanceolate, apex produced, acute, strongly upturned; shining

brassy-whitish; some scattered orange scales beneath costa; narrow golden-orange median

and subdorsal streaks from base, uniting in disc at 3, thence rather upcurved and con-

tinued along costa to apex; a line of scattered black scales along lower margin of discal

portion of this streak beyond %, continued anteriorly to dorsum; a slender golden-orange

streak along termen: cilia on costa pale ochreous, at apex with a golden-orange bar,

on termen whitish irregularly sprinkled with blackish points. Hindwings light grey,

apex whitish; cilia whitish-grey, at tips and round apex whitish.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; two specimens.

84. Meroxestis rhothiaula, n. sp.

¢. 8mm. Head white. Palpi whitish, suffused with dark grey externally. Antenne 1.

Thorax white, patagia bronzy-fuscous. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate-lanceolate,

apex produced, acute, upturned; bronzy-fuscous becoming dark fuscous posteriorly, with

prismatic reflections; a moderately broad white streak along dorsum from base to tornus,

where it is truncate, but connected on margin with a narrow white streak along termen

to near apex; a fine white very oblique strigula from costa near apex: cilia whitish,

on costa with a black basal streak, round apex with a blackish median line, above

apex with a grey patch towards tips. Hindwings grey; cilia pale grey.

Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons, in September; one specimen.

85. Mieroxestis ensifera, n. sp.

a9. 9—10 mm. Head white. Palpi white, second joint dark fuscous externally,

terminal joint loosely rough-scaled anteriorly. Antenne: over 1. Thorax white, spots on

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 38

296 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

shoulders and on each side of back greyish-ochreous irrorated with dark fuscous. Abdomen

prismatic-grey. Forewings elongate-lanceolate, apex produced, acute, upturned; shining

white, with slight violet reflections; markings ochreous suffusedly irrorated with dark

fuscous; a narrow median streak from near base to near apex; a broad patch extending

along dorsum from base to tornus, narrowed posteriorly, interrupted by an oblique bar

of groundcolour beyond middle; a spot before termen beneath median streak; a very

oblique blackish striga from middle of costa to }, not reaching median streak, and another

from 2 of costa to an elongate black apical mark: cilia whitish, round apex with a brown

patch on basal 3. Hindwings grey, with prismatic brassy reflections; cilia light grey,

tinged with violet.

Silhouette, south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1500 feet, in August; two specimens.

86. Hieroxestis wrenica, n. sp.

39. 6—7 mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous-bronze, fillet and face white. Palpi

white, second joint with a dark fuscous line on side. Abdomen whitish-grey. Forewings

lanceolate, apex slenderly produced, acute, upturned; bronzy-ochreous, becoming golden-

ochreous towards apex; three oblique white fasciaform patches from costa at +, middle,

and 3, reaching half across wing; some undefined whitish suffusion towards dorsum,

apparently indicating corresponding oblique patches; a small round black apical spot:

cilia whitish, on costa with three somewhat diverging dark fuscous bars, on termen grey

towards base. Hindwings light grey; cilia grey-whitish.

Mahé. Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet;

in September and February, five specimens.

87. HMieroxestis rhodothicta n. sp.

49. 10—11 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, face shining white. Palpi white. Thorax

pale ochreous. Abdomen grey. Forewings rather broadly lanceolate, apex produced,

acute, somewhat twisted, rather upturned; pale yellow-ochreous, costal edge suffusedly

white; blackish subbasal dots on costa and in middle; small spots of fuscous suffusion

immediately beneath costa at +, 2, and #; disc slightly tinged with fuscous; small blackish

oblique triangular spots on dorsum at 4, middle, and 3; an apical patch of pale rose-

pink suffusion, including a small black apical spot: cilia ochreous-whitish, more ochreous

towards base, round apex with basal half deep ochreous, at origin on costa with a

small fuscous spot, on termen tinged with grey. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau; in

September and October, two specimens.

88. Hieroxestis hermatias, n. sp.

$9. 8—11 mm. Head and thorax light fuscous, face whitish. Palpi whitish,

second joint dark fuscous externally. Abdomen whitish-fuscous. Forewings elongate-

lanceolate, apex acute, upturned; light fuscous, sometimes mostly suffused with whitish,

or posteriorly suffused with dark fuscous irroration; oblique streaks of dark fuscous

suffusion from costa and dorsum near base, often obsolete; three strong very oblique dark

fuscous streaks from costa between 2 and apex, separated by white streaks, reaching half

across wing, first often preceded by a suffused white streak, third running into apex and

— .

MEY RICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 297

becoming blackish; two less developed variable oblique dark fuscous streaks from } and 3

of dorsum, sometimes meeting first two of preceding, often separated and followed by

more or less white suffusion; sometimes some brownish-ochreous suffusion towards apex:

cilia white, towards tornus tinged with grey, on costa with three diverging black bars

on basal half, at apex with two black projecting hooks, beneath apex with a black sub-

basal line. Hindwings grey; cilia light grey, towards tips whitish.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district, near Morne Blanc, Cascade Estate (1000—

2000 feet), Port Victoria, and Anonyme Island; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau

and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1000—1500 feet ; Felicité; from August to March,

forty-five specimens. Varies much in extent of white suffusion and development of dark

markings, so that the extreme forms differ much in appearance.

89. HMieroxestis nephalia, n. sp.

£2. 9—12mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, fillet and face ochreous-whitish.

Palpi ochreous-whitish, externally more or less infuscated. Abdomen whitish-ochreous.

Forewings narrowly lanceolate, apex produced, acute, upturned; whitish-ochreous, on

dorsal half sometimes brownish-tinged or irrorated with brownish; four very oblique

streaks of dark fuscous suffusion from costa, not reaching half across wing, and four

longer very oblique slightly curved streaks from dorsum, reaching more than half across

wing; an oval black spot in apex, preceded by some ochreous-brown suffusion: cilia

ochreous-whitish, above apex with a dark fuscous patch, beneath apex with a_ black

subbasal line, on lower part of termen sprinkled with fuscous towards base. Hindwings

ochreous-whitish tinged with grey; cilia ochreous-whitish.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons; in

September and February, twenty-three specimens.

90. HMieroxestis ichnora, n. sp.

$9. 10—11 mm. Head and thorax pale greyish-ochreous, crown sometimes dark

fuscous, fillet and face ochreous-whitish. Palpi fuscous, internally ochreous- whitish,

Abdomen light greyish-ochreous. Forewings narrowly lanceolate, apex produced, acute,

somewhat downturned; light greyish-ochreous or ochreous-grey, with prismatic reflections;

costal edge blackish towards base; a blackish spot beneath costa at 1, three in disc

at 2, 2 and #, and two towards dorsum posteriorly; an oblique blackish mark on costa

towards apex; an elongate black spot in apex: cilia ochreous-grey-whitish, above apex

with a fuscous subbasal shade tinged with ochreous, on termen sprinkled with fuscous

towards base. Hindwings grey; cilia greyish-ochreous, becoming grey towards base.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district (1000—2000 feet), near Morne Blane, and Cascade

Estate ; Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons, and south side of Mont Pot-a-eau,

1500 feet ; from August to February, thirteen specimens.

91. HMieroxestis fricata, n. sp.

4¢. 10—11 mm. Head and thorax fuscous or whitish-fuscous, fillet and face

ochreous-whitish. Palpi dark fuscous, internally ochreous-whitish. Abdomen greyish.

Forewings narrowly lanceolate, apex rather produced, acute, downturned; pale fuscous;

a small inwardly oblique dark fuscous mark on costa near base; four irregular ill-defined

38—2

298 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

patches of dark fuscous suffusion towards costa and three towards dorsum; an elongate

black mark in apex: cilia whitish-fuscous, on costa with a dark fuscous basal shade

towards apex but not reaching it, above apical black mark with a brown patch not

reaching tips. Hindwings grey; cilia whitish-fuscous.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district (1000—2000 feet), near Morne Blanc, and Cascade

Estate; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, and south side of Mont Pot-a-eau,

1500 feet; from August to February, nineteen specimens.

92. Hieroxestis lactiflua, n. sp.

?. 7—8mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen whitish, occipital tuft dark fuscous.

Forewings elongate-lanceolate, apex produced, acute, somewhat downturned ; ochreous-

whitish; a blackish-grey apical patch, with two acute projections anteriorly: cilia whitish,

round apex with a blackish median line. Hindwings and cilia ochreous-grey-whitish.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet ;

in September and October, two specimens.

93. HMieroxestis phaeochalea Meyr.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-a-eau, 1000—

1500 feet, in August and September; forty-one specimens. Occurs also in Réunion

and South Africa, probably artificially spread.

94. HMieroxestis subcervinella Walk.

(Tinea subcervinella Walk. Cat. xxv, 477.)

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet;

Felicité; from September to December, nine specimens. Occurs also in Mauritius.

OrnopHiLa Steph.

Characterised by having tufts both before and behind the fillet (frontal and occipital),

whilst the fillet itself, back of crown, and face are smooth.

95. Ornophila glomerata, n. sp.

$9. 6—7 mm. Head ochreous-grey-whitish, mixed on crown with fuscous. Palpi

ochreous-whitish, externally grey. Thorax pale greyish-ochreous mixed with dark fuscous.

Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate-lanceolate, apex produced, acute; pale greyish-

ochreous, sometimes faintly tinged with yellowish, coarsely and irregularly irrorated

with blackish; the confluence of this irroration often produces irregular blackish patches,

viz., two larger ones towards costa before and beyond middle, smaller ones before and

beyond middle of dorsum and on tornus, two or three spots on costa posteriorly, and

always one at apex: cilia ochreous-whitish more or less suffused with grey, round apex

sprinkled with blackish at base. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, Morne Seychellois, Morne Blanc (1000—1500 feet), and Port

Victoria; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau; from September to February, thirty-six

specimens.

96. Oimophila rorida, n. sp.

S?. 6—7 mm. Head ochreous, face whitish. Palpi fuscous, internally whitish.

Thorax ochreous, spotted with glistening grey-whitish. Abdomen grey, beneath white.

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 299

Forewings narrowly lanceolate; yellowish-ferruginous; a moderate suffused dark fuscous or

blackish streak along costa; markings glistening silvery-white or grey-whitish, with violet

reflections; a small spot at base; a variable suffused patch beneath costa at 4; a suffused

subdorsal streak from near base to 2; an oblique patch from middle of costa, reaching

half across wing; a dot on costa at 3, and a patch at 3; a spot on dorsum before tornus,

whence an irregular streak runs above margin to lower of two small spots on termen:

cilia whitish, towards tornus suffused with grey. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey.

Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons, sixteen specimens, one labelled

“highest point, 2467 feet”; also one from Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; in September

and February.

97. Ornophila crobylora, n. sp.

g. 12 mm. Head ochreous-whitish, frontal tuft and lower half of high occipital

tuft fuscous. Palpi ochreous-whitish. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdomen grey. Fore-

wings narrow-lanceolate, apex slenderly produced, acute, down-turned; pale brownish-

ochreous, rather deeper posteriorly; a subdorsal series of three or four small dark

fuscous spots anteriorly; seven oblique whitish strigule from posterior half: of costa,

edged posteriorly with black specks, last vertical, wedgeshaped; a blackish subdorsal

dot towards tornus; a blackish longitudinal strigula in dise at $; a streak of blackish

irroration in apex: cilia whitish-ochreous, round apex with a median line of dark

fuscous specks, beneath apex with two short blackish lines near base. Hindwings rather

dark leaden-grey; cilia grey-whitish.

Silhouette, forest above Mare aux Cochons, in September; one specimen.

DecaDARcuHis Meyr.

98. Decadarchis methodica, n. sp.

f?. 10—11 mm. Head fuscous-whitish, hairs of forehead mixed with dark fuscous.

Palpi dark fuscous, projecting hairs and apex whitish. Thorax brownish, with a black

dot on each shoulder, and one at posterior extremity. Abdomen pale fuscous. Forewings

elongate, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex obtuse, strongly upturned, termen extremely

obliquely rounded; brown irrorated with whitish; costal edge blackish towards base;

a broad streak of whitish suffusion along costa from base, narrowed posteriorly and

becoming obsolete towards 2; costal area strewn with scattered black scales; black dots

towards costa rather near base and before middle, one on fold at 4, and one beneath

middle at 2; an elongate apical patch of dark fuscous suffusion, terminated anteriorly

by a small black spot, and edged above by a patch of ochreous-whitish suffusion, in which

is a fine very oblique blackish line from costa: cilia dark grey with rows of whitish points,

round apex with a black subbasal line, beneath apex with a basal patch of black irroration.

Hindwings light grey; cilia whitish-grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; two specimens.

99. Decadarchis trichodora, n. sp.

g 8mm. Head whitish-ochreous, face whitish. Palpi long, wholly clothed with

dense rough expanded ochreous whitish hairs. Thorax whitish-ochreous. Abdomen

300 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, apex produced, acute, upturned ;

ochreous-whitish, suffusedly mixed with yellow-ochreous, with some minute scattered

blackish specks ; two undefined oblique yellow-ochreous streaks from dorsum anteriorly,

and an oblique yellow-ochreous blotch on costa posteriorly, edged by two very oblique

black costal strigulz, first very short, second moderately long: cilia whitish, with

a blackish mark at base above apex, a median blackish line, and sprinkled with blackish

towards tornus. Hindwings with pencil of long hairs from base lying along costa ;

ochreous-whitish ; cilia ochreous-whitish, round apex with two lines of blackish points.

Mahé, Port Victoria, in February; one specimen.

100. Decadarchis molynta, n. sp.

$f. 12—19mm. Head and thorax whitish-fuscous, variably mixed with fuscous.

Palpi in ¢ long, in ? very long, fuscous, second joint towards apex and terminal joint

clothed with long rough projecting scales beneath and shorter ones above. Abdomen

in ¢ light yellow-ochreous, in $ fuscous. Forewings elongate, costa gently arched, apex

obtuse, strongly upturned, termen extremely obliquely rounded; whitish-fuscous sprinkled

with dark fuscous, sometimes suffused with fuscous ; markings formed by fuscous suffusion

mixed with dark fuscous or blackish; four angulated series of three cloudy spots each,

first series near base, the spots on costa in middle and at 3, and in disc before and

beyond middle largest and most distinct; a cloudy apical spot: cilia whitish-fuscous,

round apex fuscous with three blackish lines. Hindwings in ¢ light ochreous-yellowish,

with an elongate-oval patch of fulvous modified scales beneath costa anteriorly, concealed

by forewings, in ? light fuscous; cilia in $ whitish, in 2? whitish-fuscous.

Mahé, Cascade Estate (1000 feet), Port Victoria, and Anonyme Island ; Silhouette,

Mare aux Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-’-eau, 1000—1500 feet; Bird Island,

Seychelles; Praslin; from July to September, and in January and February, twenty-eight

specimens. I have this species also from the Chagos Islands and Amirantes Islands

(Fletcher).

101. Decadarchis ewrylyta, n. sp.

d. 14 mm. Head white. Palpi long, white, second joint with moderately long

projecting scales, mixed with dark fuscous towards base. Thorax bronzy-ochreous,

patagia white. Abdomen whitish. Forewings elongate, costa moderately arched, apex

pointed, slightly upturned, termen slightly sinuate, very oblique; white, suffusedly

mixed with bronzy-ochreous along fold and posteriorly ; markings purplish-fuscous mixed

with blackish ; a spot on costa near base; an oblique patch from dorsum at 4, crossing

fold; a moderate rather oblique fascia from middle of costa, reaching ? across wing ;

a similar fascia from } of costa to near termen, thence curved round to apex. Hindwings

and cilia grey-whitish.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet, in October; one specimen, in indifferent

condition. Allied to an undescribed New Guinea species.

EREUNETIS Meyr.

102, Hreunetis scaligera, n. sp.

of. 7—8 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, centre of crown with a few

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 301

dark fuscous hairs. Palpi whitish, second joint externally with a dark fuscous line.

Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings lanceolate, apex somewhat produced, acute,

down-turned; whitish-ochreous, suffusedly irrorated with brownish or rather dark fuscous;

a moderate very oblique ill-defined shining white or silvery-whitish fascia from costa

beyond middle, usually terminated beneath by a black longitudinal dash above tornus

(but in one good specimen this is absent); a similar whitish patch on apical portion

of costa, terminated beneath by a black longitudinal mark in apex: cilia whitish, round

apex with a fine black median line. Hindwings grey-whitish ; cilia whitish.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau,

1000 feet; in September and October, six specimens.

103. Hreunetis calypta, n. sp.

g. 15mm. Head fuscous mixed with dark fuscous, hairs of face blackish. Palpi

blackish. Antenne pale fuscous. Thorax fuscous. Abdomen grey, anal tuft whitish-

ochreous. Forewings elongate, very narrow, short-pointed, obtuse, apex upturned ;

4 absent, 7 present, separate ; light fuscous, sprinkled with brown ; costal edge suffusedly

dark fuscous; a moderate streak of dark fuscous suffusion along dorsum from base to

tornus, attenuated posteriorly; an undefined elongate patch of dark fuscous irroration

towards apex, terminating in a round blackish apical spot; a very oblique white striga

from # of costa to apical spot, edged with dark fuscous suffusion: cilia fuscous.

Hindwings grey; cilia pale grey.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet, in September; one specimen.

104. Hreunetis wenica, n. sp.

$%. 7—11 mm. Head grey-whitish or whitish-fuscous, face and palpi blackish.

Thorax fuscous-whitish, shoulders blackish. Abdomen whitish-grey. Forewings elongate,

rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex pointed, upturned, termen somewhat sinuate,

very oblique; ochreous-whitish, sometimes more or less suffused with fuscous on dorsal

half; markings black; an irregular posteriorly expanded blotch along basal third of

costa; two oblique blotches from costa about middle and #, reaching half across wing,

connected in disc, angle of second running into a small round spot at apex, which

receives also a line running along posterior part of costa; two undefined cloudy oblique

marks from dorsum at 4 and 4; a line along termen: cilia whitish, sometimes partially

fuscous-tinged, round apex with a blackish median line. Hindwings grey ; cilia whitish,

at apex with a grey bar.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet, in January and February; two specimens. Also

from Kandy, Maskeliya, and Puttalam, Ceylon (Green, Pole); N. Coorg (Newcome) and

Khasi Hills, India; Kuching, Borneo (Hewitt).

MAsTIGosTOMA, n. gen.

Head with appressed hairs, face flat, retreating, smooth, forehead prominent,

somewhat raised; ocelli absent; tongue absent. Antenne ?, in ¢ simple, basal joint

long, stout, without pecten. Labial palpi long, somewhat curved, subascending, widely

diverging, second joint thickened with dense appressed scales, terminal joint as long

302 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

as second, laterally compressed, flat and rather broad, tolerably pointed. Maxillary

palpi 4-jointed, basal joint moderate, thick, second joint long, rather stout, clothed with

dense erect hairs, third joint extremely long, slender, filiform, furnished above with

a series of erect hairs, terminal joint short, slender. Posterior tibize with rough projecting

scales above and beneath. Forewings with 2 from towards angle, 7 and 8 sometimes

stalked, 7 to costa, 11 from 4. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia 2; 3 and 4 separate,

5 and 6 approximated or connate, 7 parallel.

Probably allied to Setomorpha, but with singular characters; the remarkable

maxillary palpi are unique in their exceptional length and peculiar hairs.

105. Mastigostoma gypsatma, n. sp.

$3. 15—20 mm. Head ochreous-whitish. Labial palpi ochreous-whitish, slightly

sprinkled with black. Maxillary palpi orange-ochreous, basal joint black. Thorax

ochreous-whitish, with a variable black transverse mark behind collar, sometimes obsolete.

Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse,

termen very obliquely rounded; white, strewn throughout with irregular dots and

elongate marks of black irroration, of which the larger are more or less suffused with

brown: cilia white, with an interrupted line of blackish irroration. Hindwings light grey,

with brassy and purplish reflections ; cilia whitish, with a faint grey shade.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc (1000 feet), Cascade Estate, and Port Victoria; Silhouette,

Mare aux Cochons plateau (1000 feet), and in low cultivated country ; in September,

October, and February, sixteen specimens.

SetomorPHA Zell.

106. Setomorpha rutella Zell.

Mahé, Cascade Estate (1000 feet) and Port Victoria, in January and February ; four

specimens. This species is now very widely distributed in tropical countries, the larva

feeding on various dried vegetable substances.

PROGONARMA, n. gen.

Head loosely haired; ocelli present ; tongue absent. Antenne ?, in # minutely

ciliated, basal joint moderate, with slight pecten. Labial palpi long, rather curved,

subascending, second joint beneath with rough projecting scales, externally with several

long bristles, terminal joint as long as second, moderate, obtuse. Maxillary palpi long,

several-jointed, folded. Posterior tibize clothed with long hairs above. Forewings with

2 from towards angle, 3 and 4 approximated or connate, 7 and 8 sometimes stalked, 7 to

costa, 11 from 4. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia 3; 3 and 4 remote, 5 and 6 rather

approximated at base, 7 parallel.

Apparently related to Mastigostoma and Scardia.

107. Progonarma pagetodes, n. sp.

39. 13—17 mm. Head white, sometimes tinged with fuscous. Palpi white, second

joint externally blackish except apex and projecting scales, terminal joint in one specimen

with two blackish bands. Thorax white, with a black spot on each shoulder, sometimes

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 303

much mixed with black dorsally. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa gently

arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely or very obliquely rounded; white, somewhat

sprinkled with fuscous, in one specimen tinged with fuscous; markings black; costal

edge black towards base; a variable spot on base of costa containing a white spot ;

an irregular mark from costa about 4+, sometimes interrupted, preceded and followed

by one or two variable costal dots; a narrow irregular inwardly oblique transverse

median fascia, expanded dorsally, sometimes interrupted in disc ; a more or less developed

inwardly oblique mark from costa at 3; an irregular streak along termen, rather

triangularly dilated on tornus, sometimes rather widely interrupted above this, or

forming a series of cloudy dots, sometimes extending round apical part of costa; in one

Specimen apical area largely suffused with fuscous: cilia white, sometimes variably

sprinkled with dark fuscous on basal half, at apex and beneath tornus with grey spots.

Hindwings light grey with brassy reflections; cilia whitish.

Mahé, near Morne Blane and Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux

Cochons plateau, 1000 feet; from September to December, seven specimens. There is

great variability in development of dark markings and fuscous suffusion, and the shape

of forewings also varies somewhat, but I am unable to separate any of these forms

specifically. I have also six worn specimens taken by Mr T. B. Fletcher from Siren

Island in the Cargados group of the Carajos Islands, which I refer to the same species.

SPORADARTHRA, h. gen.

Head roughly tufted; ocelli absent, tongue absent. Antenne 3, in f simple,

basal joint elongate, without pecten. Labial palpi moderate, porrected, with appressed

scales, second joint with several projecting bristles externally, terminal joint shorter

than second, somewhat pointed. Maxillary palpi several-jointed, filiform, folded.

Posterior tibize clothed with hairs above. Forewings with 2 represented by detached

apical portion only, 3 from angle, 4 nearly connate with 7, 5 and 6 out of 7, 7 to costa,

8 out of 7, 9 and 10 from cell posteriorly, 11 nearly obsolete, from near base of cell.

Hindwings 2, narrow-lanceolate, cilia 3; 2—4 remote, 5 approximated to 4 at base,

6 imperfectly developed, to costa, 7 approximated to 6 at base.

A development of the Tinea group, with neuration in process of simplification.

108. Sporadarthra sicaria, n. sp.

ff. 9—11 mm. Head whitish-ochreous on crown, rough hairs more or less

brownish, lower part of face whitish. Palpi dark grey, internally whitish. Thorax

whitish-ochreous, patagia dark purplish-fuscous. Abdomen pale greyish-ochreous.

Forewings elongate-lanceolate, acute; dark purplish-fuscous ; a whitish-ochreous dorsal

stripe from base to beyond tornus, its upper edge forming three very obtuse angulations

upwards and two downwards, latter including some blackish scales ; apex suffused with

blackish: cilia whitish-ochreous, round apex with a dark fuscous subbasal line. Hind-

wings grey; cilia whitish-ochreous tinged with grey.

Mahé, Cascade Estate (1000 feet), Port Victoria, and Anonyme Island; Silhouette,

Mare aux Cochons plateau, 1000 feet; in September, January, and February, twelve

specimens.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 39

304 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Tinea Linn.

109. Tinea milichopa, n. sp.

?. 13—15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale ochreous. Antenne %. Abdomen

whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse,

termen very obliquely rounded ; all veins separate ; brownish-ochreous ; basal area mixed

or strigulated with white ; seven fine oblique white strigule from costa between 2 and 3,

first three uniting with a patch of whitish suffusion or confluent strigule beneath costa ;

a series of gradually diminishing white strigule from middle of dorsum to middle of

termen; a transverse bar of dark fuscous or blackish suffusion before apex, with two or

three minute white dots: cilia whitish, round apex with basal third brownish-ochreous

finely tipped with dark fuscous, at apex with a brownish-ochreous bar. Hindwings pale

grey with brassy reflections; cilia whitish.

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-a-eau, 1000—

1500 feet, in August and September; three specimens.

110. Tinea trochea, n. sp.

t?. 8—9 mm. Head dark fuscous, face grey or whitish. Palpi whitish, second

and terminal joints each with blackish median band. Antennz almost 1. Thorax dark

fuscous, somewhat sprinkled with whitish posteriorly. Abdomen dark fuscous. Fore-

wings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely

rounded ; all veins separate; brown, finely sprinkled with black ; a broad streak of black

suffusion along costa; basal fourth sprinkled with white, towards dorsum suffused with |

white and sprinkled with black; a rather oblique white median fascia formed of confluent

strigule, expanded towards costa; a broader fascia of black suffusion from ? of costa

to tornus, sprinkled with white dots in disc, expanded on tornus, towards costa marked

with three very fine oblique greyish lines; a small white spot on termen beneath apex,

and one or two white dots or strigule above this: cilia white with two black lines,

beneath apex with a wholly white patch, beneath this suffused with dark grey. Hind-

wings and cilia dark fuscous.

Mahé, near Morne Blane and Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux

Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1000—1500 feet; from August to

October and in February, twenty specimens.

111. Tinea coronata, n. sp.

9. 9—11mm. Head dark fuscous, face more or less mixed with whitish-ochreous.

Palpi dark fuscous, internally whitish-ochreous. Antenne almost 1. Thorax dark

fuscous, marked posteriorly with white suffusion. Abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings

elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded ;

all veins separate ; dark fuscous ; basal third strigulated with white on costa and dorsum,

and mixed with white in disc; seven fine oblique white strigule from costa between

2 and 8, first three connected with an irregular white patch or group of suffused strigule

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 305

beneath costa ; four or five white strigule from posterior half of dorsum, and three or four

from lower part of termen, with a dark space on tornus between these groups; usually

some scattered white specks above these and towards apex; apex sometimes brownish :

cilia whitish, with a black subbasal line, at apex with a blackish bar expanded at tips.

Hindwings and cilia dark fuscous.

Mahé, Mare aux Cochons district, near Morne Blanc, and Cascade Estate, 1000 feet ;

Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons plateau and south side of Mont Pot-d-eau, 1000—1500 feet,

from August to October and in January and February, twenty-eight specimens.

112. Tinea misella Zell.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet, in November; one specimen. An introduced

European species; larva feeds on refuse.

113. Tinea fuscipunctella Hb.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc and Cascade Estate, 1000 feet, in November and December ;

two specimens. A cosmopolitan species, introduced; larva feeds on excrementitious

refuse.

114. Tinea pachyspila Meyr.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, 1000 feet; Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons, 1000 feet; in

September, January, and February. A common Ceylon species, doubtless introduced ;

larva feeding on flannel, fur, &c.

115. Tinea saucropis, n. sp.

dg. 7 mm. Head white, with some grey hairs above eyes. Palpi blackish, apex

white. Antennz over 1, stout, ochreous-whitish. Thorax and abdomen whitish.

Forewings elongate, rather narrow, apex pointed; white; a fascia of light brownish

suffusion near base, touched with dark fuscous on costa; a yellow-ochreous spot in disc

before middle, resting on a small costal spot of fuscous suffusion ; three or four scattered

yellow-ochreous dots posteriorly; two or three fuscous dots on costa posteriorly: cilia

white. Hindwings and cilia whitish.

Mahé, near Morne Blanc, 1000 feet, in November; one specimen. Not in good

order, and the neuration is not discernible, but it appears to be a true 7inea; the larva

would probably feed on lichens.

Metasina Boisd.

116. Melasina tabernalis, n. sp.

?. 11mm. Head pale ochreous, crown mixed with dark fuscous (damaged). Palpi

whitish-ochreous, terminal joint rather long, slender. Thorax dark fuscous, spotted with

pale ochreous (damaged). Abdomen dark fuscous, anal tuft large, fuscous. Forewings

elongate, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex rounded-obtuse,

termen obliquely rounded ; all veins separate, 7 to apex ; deep purple, suffused with dark

fuscous along costa, irregularly strewn with small whitish-ochreous suffused spots and

strigule ; four or five more sharply marked small whitish-ochreous triangular spots on

costa, three or four on dorsum, and a series of marks round apex and termen. Hindwings

39—2

306 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

deep purple, strewn with small whitish-ochreous spots; several more distinct and larger

round lower 2 of termen.

Mahé, Cascade Estate, in December; one specimen.

PirHarcya Meyr.

117. Pitharcha chalinea Meyr.

One specimen received from Mr T. B. Fletcher as taken in the Seychelles, without

further record. It is widely distributed in Central Africa from east to west, and is

probably artificially spread.

ScALMATICA, n. gen.

Head rough; ocelli present; tongue absent. Antenne 3, in ? clothed with

moderately long thinly strewn cilia, basal joint moderate, stout, with pecten of cilia.

Labial palpi moderately long, ascending, second joint with rough scales beneath and

some projecting lateral bristles, terminal joint shorter than second, with tolerably

appressed scales, obtuse. Maxillary palpi short, loosely scaled, ascending. Posterior

tibiae clothed with long hairs. Forewings with 2 from towards ‘angle, 7 absent,

11 from 4. Hindwings 1, elongate-ovate, cilia #; 2—4 remote, 5 and 6 rather

approximated at base,

Allied to Amydria.

118. Scalmatica rimosa, n. sp.

$?. 18—19 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish-ochreous. Fore-

wings elongate, narrow, costa gently arched, apex obtuse, termen extremely obliquely

rounded; pale greyish-ochreous tinged with fuscous, and with a very faint pinkish

tinge; numerous undefined scattered transverse strigulee of dark fuscous irroration ;

stigmata cloudy, dark fuscous, first discal near before middle, plical very obliquely beyond

first discal; a series of cloudy dark fuscous dots round posterior part of costa and

termen : cilia pale greyish-ochreous. Hindwings pale fuscous, with a slight violet tinge ;

cilia whitish-ochreous.

Mahé, near Morne Blane and Cascade Estate, 1000 feet, in October and February ;

two specimens.

PRoTERODESMA Meyr.

119. Proterodesma tomea, n. sp.

9. 12 mm. Head and thorax whitish-fuscous sprinkled with fuscous. Palpi

fuscous-whitish sprinkled with dark fuscous. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, costa

gently arched, apex obtuse, termen very obliquely rounded; 7 and 8 stalked; fuscous,

scales pale-edged; scattered dark fuscous strigule, especially on margins: cilia whitish-

fuscous, with several indefinite dark fuscous lines. Hindwings pale grey; cilia

whitish-grey.

Felicité, in December; one specimen.

MEYRICK—TORTRICINA AND TINEINA 307

Scarp1a Treit.

120. Scardia lochea, n. sp.

g. 12 mm. Head fuscous-whitish, sides of crown more fuscous-tinged. Palpi

whitish, second joint mixed with dark fuscous towards base, terminal joint with dark

fuscous subapical spot. Thorax whitish-fuscous, shoulders with suffused dark fuscous

blotch. Abdomen grey. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa gently arched, apex

obtuse, termen extremely obliquely rounded; 7 and 8 stalked ; fuscous-whitish, sprinkled

and coarsely strigulated with mixed brown and blackish scales; two or three larger

transverse spots on dorsum: cilia whitish-fuscous, darker towards tornus, with two

interrupted dark fuscous shades. Hindwings grey ; cilia pale grey.

Silhouette, jungle above Mare aux Cochons plateau, in September; one specimen.

’

}

. . -

’ 4

No. XIJJ.—HYMENOPTERA, CYNIPID/.

Par J. J. Kierrer, Doct. Phil. (Bitsch).

(CommuNIQUE PaR Pror. J. Srantey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.)

Lu le 15 juin, 1911.

La famille des Cynipides parait étre faiblement représentée dans les Iles Seychelles.

Les trente-quatre exemplaires que Hugh Scott y a recueillis, ne forment que huit espéces

différentes, dont sept appartiennent 4 la sous-famille des Hucoiine et une a celle des

Charipine ; toutes les huit reviennent donc & la Section des Cynipides zoophages. La

plus grande de ces huit espéces n'atteint méme pas 2 mm. en longueur, tandis qu’en

Europe, en Asie, en Afrique, en Amérique et en Australie on trouve des Cynipides

zoophages dont la taille atteint 10 4 15 mm.

Eucoiline.

GronotoMa, Forster.

Gronotoma, A. Forster, Verh. Ges. Wien, 1869, vol. xix. Abh. p. 342, 346; Dalla

Torre et Kieffer, Das Tierreich, 24. Lieferung (Berlin, 1910), p. 241.

1. Gronotoma seychellensis, n. sp.

49. Noir brillant; mandibules, hanches et pattes d’un roux jaunatre, les trois

premiers articles antennaires ordinairement roussatres. Téte transversale vue d’en haut,

pas plus longue que large vue de devant, un sillon oblique va de la base de I’ceil a la

bouche, face avec un enfoncement longitudinal de chaque ecdté du clypeus, joues dépassant

le milieu des yeux. Antennes du male de 15 articles, beaucoup plus longues que le corps,

articles 1 et 2 pas plus longs que gros, 3° presque double du 4°, arqué assez fortement,

4—15 subcylindriques, au moins deux fois aussi longs que gros. Antennes de la femelle

de 13 articles, au moins aussi longues que le corps, 3° article mince, arqué faiblement, de

moitié plus long que le 4° qui est 2 fois } aussi long que gros, les suivants plus gros et

graduellement raccourcis, le 5° deux fois aussi long que gros, les derniers encore un peu plus

longs que gros. Thorax plus étroit que la téte, convexe, aussi haut que long, sillons

parapsidaux profonds, fortement convergents en arriére, ot ils ne sont distants que de

leur largeur, scutellum 4 fossettes obliques et trés transversales, cupule grande, occupant

presque tout le disque, elliptique, plane, avec une petite fossette circulaire en arriére du

milieu. Ailes hyalines, ciliées, cellule radiale fermée, grande, plus de deux fois aussi longue

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 40

310 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

que sa distance de la nervure basale, non dépassée par la postmarginale, 1° partie du radius

un peu plus longue que la 3° partie de la sous-costale, 2° partie du radius deux fois et

demie aussi longue que la 1°, aréole indiquée par un point calleux, duquel part la partie

distale du cubitus. Pétiole glabre, transversal, grossiérement cannelé, abdomen faiblement

comprimé, tronqué en arriére chez la femelle. Taille: 1,5—1,8 mm.

Habitat. Tles Seychelles. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons plateau and jungle near

by, VIII. 1908, 1 $; Mare aux Cochons, IX. 1908, 2 ?; Mare aux Cochons and forest

immediately above, IX. 1908, 2 $; low coconut-planted country near the coast, Pointe

Etienne, 17. IX. 1908, 2 ¢; Mare aux Cochons and forest above, IX. 1908, 1 ?.

Cotnonaspris, Hartig.

Cothonaspis (part.), T. Hartig, Z. Ent. Germar, vol. 1. 1840, pp. 186, 200; Dalla

Torre et Kieffer, /. c. p. 104.

Subgenus PentarnorpTRa, Kieffer.

2. Cothonaspis (Pentarhoptra) scotti, n sp.

¢%. Noir brillant; mandibules, hanches et pattes jaunes, 3° article antennaire du

male et les huit premiers de la femelle, jaune brundtre. Téte vue de devant un peu plus

longue que large, un sillon réunit la base de Tceil & la mandibule. Antennes du male

beaucoup plus longues que le corps, 3° article un peu arqué, deux fois aussi long que gros,

les suivants de moitié plus longs que gros, subcylindriques ; chez la femelle le 3° article est

deux fois aussi long que gros, les cinq suivants serrés et pas plus longs que gros, les cing

derniers grossis, subcylindriques, un peu plus longs que gros. Cupule allongée et étroite.

Ailes hyalines et longuement ciliées, cellule radiale ouverte a la marge, 4 peine plus longue

que sa distance de la nervure basale, 3° partie de la sous-costale ponctiforme, 1° partie du

radius égale & la 2°. Abdomen de la femelle aussi long que le reste du corps, faiblement

comprimé, ceinture étroite et noiratre. ‘Taille: 0,8—1,2 mm.

Habitat. Iles Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1000 feet, 1 9; Cascade

Estate, about 1008 feet, II. and III. 1909, 2 ¢; Mare aux Cochons district, about

1500 feet, 26. L—2. II. 1909, 1 ¢#; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909,

My ty ae Se

Evcorta, Westwood.

Eucoila, Westwood, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi. 1833, p. 494; Dalla Torre et Kieffer,

i. c. p. 128.

Subgenus TETRAMEROCERA, Ashmead.

3. Eucoila (Tetramerocera) seychellensis, n. sp.

?. Roux marron; dessus de la téte et massue antennaire noirs, reste des antennes,

hanches et pattes, jaunes. Col, métapleures et pétiole avec un gros feutrage jaune

blanchatre. Téte vue de devant plus haute que large, yeux d’un tiers plus longs que les

joues. Article 3° des antennes deux fois aussi long que gros, 3—9 également minces,

KTIEFFER—HYMENOPTERA, CYNIPIDA 311

4—9 un peu plus longs que gros, cylindriques, massue formée par quatre articles un

peu plus longs que gros, le premier moins gros que les suivants, soies courtes et dressées.

Thorax un peu plus long que haut, capule étroite, 4 peine aussi large que sa distance du

bord. Ailes hyalines, longuement cili¢es, presque tronquées 4 l’extrémité, nervures brunes,

cellule radiale fermée, 4 peine plus longue que sa distance de la nervure basale, dépassée

dun tiers par la postmarginale, aréole remplacée par un point calleux, cubitus faiblement

marqué, 3° partie de la sous-costale presque ponctiforme, 1° partie du radius égale & la 2°.

Abdomen comprimé, aussi long que le reste du corps, ceinture blanc jaunatre. Taille:

1,5 mm.

Hatitat. Iles Seychelles. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons and forest near by,

IX. 1908, 1 9. Mahé: high forest of Morne Blanc, 24. X. 1908, 1 9.

Subgenus PstcHacra, Forster.

4. Eucoila (Psichacra) scottiana, n. sp.

?. Roux clair; téte noire sauf les mandibules, antennes jaune pile, plus sombres

vers lextrémité. Yeux trois fois aussi longs que les joues. Antennes plus longues que

le corps, 3° article un peu plus court que le 4° qui est trois fois aussi long que gros, 5° et

6° égalant le 4°, les six ou sept derniers 4 peine plus gros, 2—3 fois aussi longs que gros.

Thorax plus long que haut, cupule allongée, étroite. Ailes hyalines, ciliées, cellule radiale

fermée, deux fois aussi longue que sa distance de la nervure basale, 1° partie du radius

égale 4 la 2°, trois & quatre fois aussi longue que la 3° partie de la sous-costale, partie

distale du cubitus 4 peine arquée. Abdomen comprimé, ceinture étroite et jaunatre.

Taille: 1,3 mm.

Habitat. Iles Seychelles. Mahé: near Morne Blanc, X. 1908, 1 9.

GANASPIS, Forster.

Ganaspis, A. Forster, Verh. Ges. Wien, 1869, vol. xix. Abh. p. 334, 355; Dalla Torre

et Kieffer, Das Tierreich, 24. Lieferung (Berlin, 1910), p. 181.

5. Ganaspis mahensis, n. sp.

?. Noir brillant ; mandibules, quatre ou cinq premiers articles antennaires, hanches

et pattes jaunes. Téte vue de devant 4 peine plus haute que large; 3° article an-

tennaire deux fois aussi long que gros, les suivants de moitié plus longs que gros,

huit derniers graduellement un peu grossis, les cinq derniers d’égale grosseur, un peu

plus longs que gros, subcylindriques. Ailes longuement ciliées, hyalines, cellule radiale

fermée, de moitié plus longue que sa distance de la nervure basale, non dépassée par

la postmarginale, 1° partie du radius égale 4 la 2°, triple de la 3° partie de la sous-

costale, partie distale du cubitus arquée et percurrente. Cupule elliptique, occupant

presque tout le dessus du scutellum, plane, avec une fossette circulaire située pres

du bout postérieur. Abdomen faiblement comprimé, sans ceinture & sa base. Taille:

1—1,3 mm.

Habitat. Iles Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1000 feet (1 ?); Ibidem,

(2 2); Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet, I. 1909 (2 2); Cascade Estate, about 800 feet

and over, collected by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908.—I. 1909 (2 9);

Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909 (1 9).

40—2

312 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Ecrotyta, Forster.

Ectolyta, A. Forster, Verh. Ges. Wien, 1869, vol. xix. Abh. p. 342, 347; Dalla Torre

et Kieffer, Das Tierreich, 24. Lieferung (Berlin, 1910), p. 233.

6. Lctolyta atraticeps, n. sp.

9. Roux; téte noire, sauf les mandibules, hanches et pattes jaunes, antennes

roux jaune en entier. Téte vue de devant pas plus haute que large. Antennes plus

courtes que le corps, articles 3 et 4 deux fois aussi longs que gros, les suivants au

moins de moitié plus longs que gros, six ou sept derniers plus gros, le 7° plus mince

que le 8°, 8—13 d’égale grosseur, subcylindriques, un peu plus longs que gros. Cupule

petite, pas plus large que sa distance du bord du scutellum, creusée, elliptique, pas

plus longue que les fossettes basales. Ailes hyalines, ciliées, cellule radiale ouverte

au bord, de moitié plus longue que sa distance de la nervure basale, 1° partie du

radius faiblement arquée par en haut, trois fois aussi longue que la 3° partie de la

sous-costale, égale & la 2° partie du radius, qui est arquée faiblement par en bas,

partie distale du cubitus faiblement marquée. Abdomen comprimé, aussi long que le

reste du corps, sans ceinture basale. Taille: 1,5 mm.

Habitat. les Seychelles. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons; 1 §.

EriIsPHAGIA, Forster.

Erisphagia, A. Forster, l.c. p. 342, 347; Dalla Torre et Kieffer, l.c. p. 226.

7. Erisphagia mahensis, n. sp.

g. Noir brillant; antennes, hanches et pattes d'un roux jaune, tiers distal des

antennes assombri. Téte vue de devant pas plus haute que large, yeux deux fois

aussi longs que les joues. Antennes plus longues que le corps, deux premiers articles

pas plus longs que gros, 3° plus mince que les suivants, cylindrique, deux fois aussi

long que gros, 4° de moitié plus long que le 3°, & peine plus long que le 5°, les

suivants graduellement amincis, le 14° égal au 15°, trois fois aussi long que gros.

Thorax trés convexe, guére plus long que haut, cupule petite, moins large que sa

distance du bord du scutellum, en ellipse amincie. Ailes hyalines, ciliées, cellule radiale

fermée, de moitié plus longue que sa distance de la nervure basale, 1° partie du radius

arquée par en haut, un peu plus courte que la 2°, trois fois aussi longue que la

3° partie de la sous-costale. Abdomen piriforme, & peine comprimé, sans ceinture 4

sa base. Taille: 1,5 mm.

Habitat. Tles Seychelles. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, 1000—2000 feet,

26. 1. 1909-2. II 1909! (es):

Charipine.

Cuarips, Haliday.

Charips, Haliday, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. vi. 1870, p. 181; Dalla Torre et Kieffer, Lc.

p- 267.

8. Charips mahensis, n. sp.

4. Noir brillant; mandibules, bas de la face, métapleures et segment médian

roux marron, 4 premiers articles antennaires, hanches et pattes jaune clair, reste des

KIEFFER—HYMENOPTERA, CYNIPID/A 313

antennes brun noir. Téte transversale vue d’en haut, plus haute que large vue de

devant. Antennes de 15 articles, de moitié plus longues que le corps, 2° article sub-

globuleux, 3—15 subégaux, plus de deux fois aussi longs que gros, cylindriques, le

3° & peine plus court que le 4°, qui est un peu grossi et peu distinctement arqué.

Mesonotum fortement convexe. Ailes subhyalines, radius aboutissant aprés le second

tiers de l’aile, cellule radiale fermée, longue, 2—3 fois aussi longue que large, 1° partie

du radius triple de la 3° partie de la sous-costale, 2° partie du radius de moitié plus

longue que la 1°, toutes deux droites, partie distale du cubitus percurrente, sans

trace d’aréole. Abdomen piriforme. Taille: 1 mm.

Habitat. Iles Seychelles. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over,

collected by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909 (1 2).

No. XIV.—DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDA,

DER SEYCHELLEN-INSELN

AUS DER SAMMLUNG von Mr H. Scort.

Von Pror. Dr. J. J. Kierrer, Birscu.

(MitcEeTeILt von Pror. J. STANLEY GarpiNer, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(27 Text-figuren.)

Vorgelegt am 19, Januari 1911.

Es war bisher keine Gallmiicke fiir die Seychellen-Inseln bekannt. Die Arten, welche

in vorliegender Arbeit beschrieben werden, sind somit die ersten, welche fiir diese Inselgruppe

erwihnt werden. Sie wurden von Herrn Hugh Scott auf Silhouette, und auf Mahé (mit

Anonyme I.) gesammelt ; wahrscheinlich gehért keine derselben zu den gallenerzeugenden

Miicken, da sie solchen Gattungen angehéren, deren Vertreter keine Gallen bewirken.

LepomyiA Kieffer,

Bull. Soc. Ent. France, lxiv. 320 (1895).

Die 4 Arten, die ich zur Gattung Ledomyia stelle, zeigen dasselbe Fliigelgedder,

wihrend sie andererseits durch die Zahl und die Gestalt der Antennenglieder sehr von

einander abweichen. Sie lassen sich unterscheiden wie folgt:

1. Mesonotum mit anliegenden, goldgelben Schuppen; Antennen des ? 2 + 7-gliedrig,

kaum linger als dick, beim ¢ 2+8-gliedrig, F aaa walzenformig, Zange wie bei

OO sessconsescseclcn DLs qurofulgens, n. sp.

Mestriatut ae Pi. eahinipens Mat onet des ¢ 2+ 8-gliedrig, Flagellum-

glieder walzenformig, 2-mal so lang wie dick, Antennen des $ wenigstens 2+ 10-gliedrig.

eieictarefelajatamtereisicieleistate cleistete 2.

2. Proximaler Teil der Fliigel ziemlich linealisch, ein Drittel der Linge des tibrigen

SMI IETECIEN GUC (D Fains ta gddvences 2ecaveisesuocedscsecdscsvecssvebeareven 2. L. styloptera, n. sp.

Proximaler Teil der Fliigel keilformig, kiirzer als ein Drittel des tibrigen Fliigels

3. Flagellumglieder walzenférmig, fast 2-mal so lang wie dick, stielartiger Fortsatz

wenigstens 2-mal so lang wie dick. ...............sssceceesecsceeeseees 3. L. mahensis, n. sp.

Flagellumglieder kuglig, stielartiger Fortsatz nicht linger als dick................

Josue s «ote gaa ae eee 4. DL. monilicornis, n. sp.

316 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1. Ledomyia aurofulgens, n. sp.

29. Gelbrot; Beine gelb, mit schwarzen Schuppen; Schwinger und, beim ?, das

Scutellum gelblichweiss; beim ¢ ist der Thorax rot, das Mesonotum etwas dunkler, das

Scutellum hellrot, das Abdomen schwarzbraun. Augen kahl. Palpen 4-gliedrig, das 1.

Glied wenig linger als dick, das 2. kaum kiirzer als das 3., dieses 2—3-mal so lang wie

dick, 4. distal etwas verengt, 4-mal so lang wie dick. Antennen des ? 247-gliedrig ;

1. und 2. Glied obkonisch, nicht linger als dick; die folgenden fast. walzenformig, kaum

langer als dick, distal mit einem fast queren, stielartigen Fortsatz, Endglied um die Halfte

linger als das 6., mit einem kurzen, unbehaarten, oriffelartigen Fortsatz ; Bogenwirtel

durch einen glashellen, querlaufenden Faden ersetzt, welcher durch einen Liingsfaden mit

dem Distalende des Gliedes verbunden ist (Fig. 1). Antennen des ¢ 2+ 8-gliedrig,

Figs. 1—4, Ledomyia aurofulgens, n. sp. Fig. 1, die 3 letzten Antennenglieder des 2;

Fig. 2, Fliigel des 9; Fig. 3, Fliigel des 6; Fig. 4, Zange.

Flagellumglieder walzenférmig, 15-mal so lang wie dick, mit einer halsartigen Verlingerung,

welche fast die Linge eines Gliedes erreicht ; Bogenwirtel 14-mal so lang wie ein Glied.

Mesonotum mit zwei breiten, aus anliegenden, goldgelben Schuppen bestehenden Lings-

binden, zwischen welchen nur eine Linie frei bleibt. Fliigel (Fig. 2) dunkel, stark irrisirend,

mit dichten, angedriickten und ziemlich langen Haaren ; Vorderrand mit breiten, schwarzen,

anliegenden Schuppen, dazwischen mit zerstreuten und abstehenden Haaren; Querader

undeutlich ; Cubitus gerade beim ?, etwas nach unten gebogen beim ¢ (Fig. 3), ziemlich

weit vor der Fliigelspitze miindend, Costalis an dieser Stelle nicht unterbrochen ; Posticalis

weit vor der Fliigelmitte gegabelt. Tibien etwas linger als die zwei ersten Tarsenglieder

zusammen, bedeutend linger als die Femora; Metatarsus wenig linger als dick ; Krallen

sehr diinn, einfach, vom Grunde aus fast rechtwinkelig gebogen, ohne deutliches Empodium.

Abdomen des 7 nach hinten allmiihlich verengt; Zange (Fig. 4) mit 3 Lamellen, wie bei

Perrisia, die obere und die mittlere Lamelle sind 2-lappig und reichen nicht bis zur Mitte

der Basalglieder, die untere Lamelle, welche mit ihren beiden Hialften den Griffel umgibt,

erreicht die Mitte der Basalglieder ; Endglieder in der distalen Halfte diinn, und etwas

eingekriimmt. Abdomen des ? nach hinten nicht verschmiilert, aber abgestutzt, ohne

vorstehende Legeréhre. Linge: 1,20 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 ¢; Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet,

V909% 2a ies

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDA 317

2. Ledomyia styloptera, n. sp.

?. Rotlichgelb; Mesonotum, Abdomen und Beine mit breiten, kurz gestielten,

schwarzen Schuppen. Kopf von vorn gesehen, héher als breit, Augen oben breit

zusammenstossend. Palpen 4-gliedrig. Antennen 2+ 8-gliedrig; Flagellumglieder

walzenférmig, 2-mal so lang wie dick, fast sitzend, nur durch ein queres Stielchen getrennt,

8. Glied dreimal so lang wie dick, distal allmiihlich zugespitzt ; Borstenwirtel so lang wie

ein Glied; alle Flagellumglieder haben, von der Mitte bis zum Distalende, beiderseits einen

glashellen Faden oder eine sehr diinne Lamelle, welche oben und unten mit einem ringformig

um das Glied laufenden Faden verbunden ist. Fliigel glashell, Vorderrand schwarz

beschuppt ; Geiider wie beim ¢ von L. aurofulgens (Fig. 3), der proximale verengte Teil

des Fliigels ist aber linger, fast linealisch und erreicht ein Drittel der Linge des iibrigen

Fliigels. Femora und Tibien verdickt, die Vorderbeine miissig lang, 2. Tarsenglied kiirzer

als die Tibien, doch noch 6-mal so lang wie der Metatarsus, welcher 2-mal so lang wie dick

ist ; 5. Glied wenig kiirzer als das 4., 3—4-mal so lang wie dick; Krallen sehr fein, bogig

gekriimmt, wahrscheinlich tief 2-spaltig, 2—3-mal so lang wie das Empodium; an den

Hinterbeinen sind die Tibien linger als die Femora. Legerdhre lang hervorstreckbar

6 a

—-

Figs. 5, 6. Ledomyia styloptera, n. sp. Fig. 5, Legerdhre; Fig. 6, eine Anguillula.

(Fig. 5), am Ende mit 2 kleinen, dicht nebeneinander liegenden Lamellen, die so breit wie

lang sind und dorsal abstehende spitze Borsten und einige dickere, abgestutzte, griffelartige

Borsten tragen ; unter diesen liegen noch 2 kleinere Liippchen. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1909.

Bemerkung. Beim Zerdriicken eines Exemplares, kam eine grosse Menge von

Anguilluliden zum Vorschein, und zwar sowohl aus dem Halse und dem Thorax der

Miicke als aus dem Abdomen derselben. Diese Wiirmer waren glashell, an einem Ende

fein zugespitzt, am anderen stumpf und abgerundet (Fig. 6).

3. Ledomyia mahensis, n. sp.

g. Dunkelrot; Abdomen schwarzbraun; Beine weisslich, mit schwarzen Schuppen.

Antennen wenigstens 2+ 11-gliedrig (beide Antennen waren nimlich hinter dem 6. Glied

abgebrochen, am Vorderbein der Miicke hingen noch die 5 Endglieder des Flagellums) ;

Flagellumglieder walzenférmig, fast 2-mal so lang wie dick, stielartiger Fortsatz 3 so lang

wie ein Glied, das Endglied ohne Fortsatz, distal kaum verengt und abgerundet ; Bogen-

wirtel gestaltet wie bei voriger Art. Fliigel wie beim ¢ von L. aurofulgens (vgl. Fig. 3).

Krallen einfach, bogig, Empodium kaum sichtbar. Endglieder der Zange diinn und gestaltet

wie bei Clinodiplosis. Linge: 0,6 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1909.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 41

318 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

4. Ledomyia monilicornis, n. sp.

2. Braunrot, Abdomen dunkler, Korper und Beine schwarz beschuppt. Palpen

4-gliedrig, Augen breit zusammenstossend. Antennen 2+ 10-gliedrig; Flagellumglieder

ziemlich kuglig, stielartiger Fortsatz nicht linger als dick, Endglied eirund; Bogenwirtel

wie bei Perrisia, Borsten linger als ein Glied. Fliigel mit schwarz beschupptem Vorderrand,

Gestalt und Geiider wie beim ? von L. aurofulgens (vgl. Fig. 3). Beine schlank, 3-mal so

lang wie der Korper ; Krallen 2—3-mal so lang wie das Empodium, wahrscheinlich tief

2-spaltig. Endglieder der Zange wie bei Clinodiplosis. Liinge: 0,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, 800—1500 feet, 1909.

CHRYSODIPLOSIS, n. gen.

Diese Gattung unterscheidet sich von Clinodiplosis durch die anliegend beschuppten

Beine, und von allen Gattungen der Diplosarie durch den dicht beschuppten Fliigel-

vorderrand, wie bei Lasioptera, sowie durch die goldgelben Schuppen des Mesonotums.

Die 2 Arten unterscheiden sich wie folgt :

Distaler Knoten der Flagellumglieder birnformig, mit 2 Bogenwirteln, proximaler

Knoten Kkupligs 22s asusacseencos cane seapepee teen iicctwy ec se ciiuaissionecies 1. C. pulchricornis, n. sp.

Distaler Knoten der Flagellumglieder kuglig wie der proximale und nur mit

1 Bogemwarrtels (2. -ce cece onn-cecneteeeeeWRRER ree cen s----+5-co= coerce: 2. C. homotomus, n. sp.

5. Chrysodiplosis pulchricornis, n. sp.

¢. Kopf, Thorax und Schwinger rétlichgelb; Beine gelb, dicht schwarz beschuppt,

diese Schuppen breit, anliegend und leicht ablosbar ; Abdomen schwarzbraun. Antennen

briiunlich, linger als der Korper, 2+12-gliedrig (Fig. 7); Flagellumglieder aus 2 Knoten

zusammengesetzt, proximaler Knoten etwas quer, der distale fast

birnformig, wenig linger als dick, die stielf6rmige Einschniirung

zwischen den beiden ist so lang wie der untere Knoten, der stiel-

artige Fortsatz am Distalende der Glieder erreicht die Linge eines

distalen Knotens; Endglied mit einem kurzen Fortsatz, der kaum

linger als dick ist ; an jedem Glied tragt der proximale Knoten einen

bis zum distalen Knoten reichenden Bogenwirtel und, unter dem-

selben, einen lingeren Borstenwirtel ; der distale Knoten hat dagegen

2 Bogenwirtel und, zwischen denselben einen lingeren Borstenwirtel ;

die beiden ersten Flagellumglieder sind miteinander verwachsen. Die

Antennen dieser Art sind durch 3 Eigentiimlichkeiten ausgezeichnet,

nimlich alle Wirtel, sowohl die Bogen- als die Borstenwirtel sind der

Lingsaxe der Antenne parallel, also nicht ausgebreitet wie tiblich ; die

i : i : Fig. 7. Chrysodiplosis

Borstenwirtel bestehen nicht aus einfachen, steifen Haaren, sondern pudchricornis, n. sp.

aus Borsten, die nach aussen fein geziihnelt erscheinen ; diese Borsten- Zwei, Ende aas

Antennen.

wirtel bilden nicht blos eine Querreihe, aber sie stehen dicht gedriingt

auf dem ganzen Zwischenraum der beiden Bogenwirtel. Thorax dorsal mit gelben

Schuppenhaaren. Fliigel am Vorderrand schwarz beschuppt, wie bei Lasioptera, am

Hinterrand bewimpert ; Fliche braun, dicht und schwarz behaart, mit helleren Flecken,

KIEFFER— DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDA 319

deren 3 quere in der distalen Hiilfte liegen und vom Vorderrand bis zur Cubitalis reichen,

der proximale von diesen 3 Querflecken liegt an der Miindung der Radialis, der mittlere

verliingert sich noch tiber die Cubitalis bis zur Posticalis; 4 andere Querflecke liegen am

Hinterrande, der distale derselben befindet sich in der Fliigelspitze, der 2. und 3. umgeben

die beiden Zinken der Posticalis, der 4. hegt der Miindung der Radialis gegeniiber ;

Cubitalis gerade, kaum vor die Fliigelspitze miindend, Posticalis gegabelt. Hintertibia

so lang wie die 2 ersten Tarsenglieder, Metatarsus 2-mal so lang wie dick, 2. Glied so

lang wie die 3 folgenden zusammen, diese allmiihlich verkiirzt, 5. Glied kaum linger als

dick ; Krallen blass, klein, einfach, kaum linger als das Empodium. Liinge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909.

6. Chrysodiplosis homotomus, n. sp.

g. Braun, Mesonotum mit 2 aus goldgelben Schuppen bestehenden Lingsreihen,

Scutellum rot, Abdomen schwarzbraun. Antennen fast doppelt so lang wie der Kérper ;

die 2 ersten Flagellumglieder miteinander verwachsen ; die beiden Knoten der Flagellum-

glieder kuglig und nur mit einem Bogen- und einem Borsten-

wirtel (Fig. 8), Bogenwirtel lang, kaum kiirzer als die Borsten-

wirtel, welche die Mitte des folgenden Knotens erreichen;

stielartiger Fortsatz der beiden Knoten gleichlang, kaum

kiirzer als der Knoten. Fliigel dunkel, Vorderrand dicht Care

schwarz beschuppt, wie bei Lasioptera; die Strecke zwischen

dem Vorderrand und der Cubitalis vom Grunde bis zur Spitze,

ein langer Streifen zwischen der Cubitalis und der Posticalis 8

im der proximalen Halfte, ein Liingsfleck zwischen der Posti- Fig. 8. Chrysodiplosis homo-

calis und der Cubitalis in der distalen Hiilfte, der Zwischenraum age n, sp. Ein Flagellum-

glied.

von der Posticalis bis zum Hinterrand, vom Grunde bis zur

hinteren Zinke, und ein Streifen lings der vorderen Zinke angeraucht und stark blau

irrisirend ; die Querader trifft die Radialis in der Mitte; Cubitus ziemlich gerade, kaum

hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend; vordere Zinke der Posticalis stark bogig gekriimmt,

die hintere gerade und fast senkrecht. Beine schlank, 3-mal so lang wie der Kérper,

mit schwarzen und anliegenden Schuppen; 5. Tarsenglied nur doppelt so lang wie dick ;

Krallen einfach, stark gebogen, 2-mal so lang wie das Empodium. Endglieder der Zange

diinn, kahl, gestaltet wie bei Clinodiplosis ; die beiden Lamellen gleichlang, 2-lappig, das

Distalende der Basalglieder fast erreichend. Liinge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909.

LEPIDODIPLOSIS, n. gen.

Von der in Europa und Algerien vorkommenden Gattung Xylodiplosis, ist die Gattung

Lepidodiplosis besonders durch die nicht behaarten aber anliegend beschuppten Beine zu

unterscheiden.

41—2

320 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

7. Lepidodiplosis seychellensis, n. sp.

?. Gelblich, mit schwarzen, fast schuppenartigen Haaren bedeckt, Beine schwarz

und schwarz beschuppt, Hinterrand der Tergite und dorsale Seite der Femora und der

Tibien mit langen Haaren, diese Haare 2-mal so lang wie die Dicke der Beine; vordere

Tibien, die beiden Ende der 4 hinteren Tibien und aller Femora, sowie das Distalende der

4 proximalen Tarsenglieder gelb und gelb beschuppt ; Legeréhre gelb. Scheitel mit einem

walzenformigen, griffelartigen und fein pubeszirten Fortsatz, welcher 2-mal so lang wie

dick ist und eine sehr lange, braune, nach vorn eingekriimmte Borste trigt. Mund ziemlich

lang, linger als ein Drittel des Kopfes. Palpen mit 4 langen Gliedern. Antennen 2 + 12-

gliedrig (Fig. 9); Flagellumglieder walzenrund, 3-mal so lang wie dick, mit einem Stielchen,

das nicht linger als dick ist, die beiden ersten Flagellumglieder verwachsen, das letzte mit

einem Fortsatz, welcher die halbe Liinge des Gliedes erreicht und in seiner proximalen,

verdickten Hilfte, einen Haarwirtel trigt; jedes Flagellumglied trigt proximal einen

langen, wenig abstehenden Borstenwirtel und im iibrigen, eine Anzahl kleinerer, nicht quer

Fig. 10. Lepidodiplosis squamosipes, n. sp. Fliigel.

Fig. 9. Lepidodiplosis seychellensis,

n. sp. Zwei Endglieder der

Antennen.

gereihter Borsten; Bogenwirtel wie bei Perrisia. Fliigel dunkel, wegen der dichten,

schwarzen, anliegenden Haare; Vorderrand und Radialis mit abstehenden und sehr

dichten gelben Haaren; Cubitalis schwach gebogen, kaum hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend,

der Vorderrand an dieser Stelle unterbrochen ; vordere Zinke der Posticalis sechwach bogig

gekriimmt, die hintere fast senkrecht vom Stiel abgehend. Querader im proximalen

Viertel die Radialis treffend. Beine schlank ; Endglied der Tarsen 4—5-mal so lang wie

dick ; Krallen einfach, Empodium fehlend. Legeréhre sehr lang hervorstreckbar, 13-mal

so lang wie der Korper, am Ende mit 2 kurzen, oberen Lamellen und mit 2 noch kiirzeren

unteren Lamellen. Linge: 1,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 26 8.

8. Lepidodiplosis mahensis, n. sp.

of. Rot, Scutellum heller, Flagellum schwarz, Palpen und Schwinger weiss, Mesonotum

mit 3 schwarzbraunen Liingsbinden, Beine mit schwarzen Schuppen. Palpen 4-gliedrig,

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIID AE 321

das 1. Glied nicht linger als dick, die anderen linglich. Antennen 2+ 12-gliedrig, die

2 ersten Flagellumglieder miteinander verwachsen; beim ¢ haben die Flagellumglieder

3 gleichlange, glashelle Bogenwirtel, welche die Liinge eines Stieles erreichen, und 2 braune,

ungleichlange Borstenwirtel, jedes Glied mit einem proximalen kugligen und einem distalen,

am Grunde etwas engeren Knoten, welcher 2-mal so lang wie dick ist; Borsten des kugligen

Knotens linger, das Distalende des folgenden Knotens iiberragend ; stielartiger Fortsatz

an jedem Knoten ziemlich gleich, wenigstens so lang wie ein distaler Knoten; am 1.

Flagellumglied ist der proximale Knoten eirund. Flagellumglieder des ? walzenrund,

2-mal so lang wie dick, die zwei ersten etwas linger, stielartiger Fortsatz fast halb so lang

wie ein Glied, Bogenwirtel wie bei Perrisia. Fliigel glashell, behaart, Cubitalis in der

distalen Hiilfte stark gebogen, hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend, Vorderrand an dieser

Stelle unterbrochen, hintere Zinke fast senkrecht, vordere Zinke am Grunde kaum nach

oben gebogen, dann gerade; Querader kaum distal vom proximalen Drittel die Radialis

treffend. Beine schlank, 3-mal so lang wie der Kérper, mit sehr schmalen Schuppen,

Femora linger als die Tibien, welche so lang wie der Kérper sind; 5. Tarsenglied 6-mal so

lang wie dick; Krallen lang, diinn, einfach, schwach gebogen, Empodium fehlt. Endglieder

der Zange diinn, fast fadenformig, Griffel lang, die Basalglieder weit tiberragend. Legerdhre

hervorstreckbar, an emem Exemplar fast kérperlang, mit 2 langen, parallelen, lanzettlichen

Lamellen, diese 3-mal so lang wie breit, ziemlich lang beborstet. Linge: 1,5—2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Anonyme Island, from grass, ferns, trees, etc.,

Per909, 24,1 9.

9. Lepidodiplosis squamosipes, n. sp.

?. Rot; Mesonotum mit 3 schwarzbraunen Liingsbinden; Antennen schwarz, die

2 ersten Glieder weisslichgelb, Beine schwarz beschuppt. Palpen lang; Augen oben

breit zusammenstossend. Flagellumglieder um die Hiilfte linger als dick, walzenformig,

stielartiger Fortsatz quer und sehr kurz, Haarwirtel héchstens so lang wie ein Glied.

Fliigel (Fig. 10) glashell, Vorderrand und Fliiche behaart, Querader am proximalen Drittel

die Radialis treffend ; Cubitalis in die Spitze miindend, der Vorderrand an dieser Stelle

unterbrochen ; Gabelung der Posticalis gegentiber der Miindung der Radialis liegend,

vordere Zinke gerade, die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, die hintere fast senkrecht.

Beine sehr lang, 3-mal so lang wie der Kérper, sehr diinn und anliegend beschuppt ; Femora

ventral mit langen abstehenden Haaren; 2. Tarsenglied so lang wie die Tibien, 2.—5.

allmiihlich verkiirzt, 4. Glied fast doppelt so lang wie das 5., dieses 8—10-mal so lang wie

dick; Krallen einfach, vom Grunde aus fast rechtwinkelig eingebogen ; Empodium fehlend.

Abdomen mit 2 Lamellen. Linge: 1,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Anonyme Island, from grass, ferns, trees, etc.,

T. 1909.

10. Lepidodiplosis filipes, n. sp.

g. Schwarzbraun; Pleuren und Lamellen hellbraun; 1. und 2. Antennenglied blassgelb,

Beine mit anliegenden, schwarzen Schuppen. Palpen lang und 4-gliedrig. Antennen

2+412-gliedrig; Flagellumglieder walzenrund, doppelt so lang wie dick, stielartiger Fortsatz

quer und sehr kurz, 12. Glied mit einem Fortsatz, der scheinbar ein 13. Glied darstellt.

322 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fliigel dunkel, dicht und anliegend schwarz behaart, Vorderrand abstehend behaart,

Querader etwas hinter dem proximalen Drittel die Radialis treffend; Cubitalis schwach

gebogen, in die Fliigelspitze miindend; vordere Zinke der Posticalis fast gerade, die

Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, doppelt so lang wie die hintere, diese fast senkrecht.

Beine sehr schlank, 3-mal so lang wie der Kérper, die Schuppen gestielt, anliegend,

lanzettlich und gestreift, dazwischen kurze, zerstreute Borsten; Tibien den Femora gleich,

etwas kiirzer als das 2. Tarsenglied; Metatarsus doppelt so lang wie dick; 3. Tarsenglied

um ein Drittel linger als das 4.; das 5. halb so lang wie das 4., fast 12-mal so lang wie

dick; Krallen einfach, sehr klein, Empodium undeutlich oder fehlend. Abdomen flach

gedriickt, mit 2 kleinen Lamellen, Liinge: 1,5 mm., Beine: 5 mm. lang.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons and forest immediately

above, IX. 1908.

11. Lepidodiplosis nocticolor, n. sp.

g. Braun, Beine schwarz beschuppt. Antennen 2+412-gliedrig; die 2 ersten

Flagellumglieder miteinander verwachsen, und sowie die folgenden, aus einem proximalen

kugligen und einem distalen, kurz birnformigen Knoten zusammengesetzt (Fig. iy

proximaler Knoten mit einem langen Borstenwirtel und

einem kurzen Bogenwirtel, distaler Knoten mit 2 kurzen

Bogenwirteln und einem langen Borstenwirtel; die Borsten-

wirtel sind nicht ausgebreitet aber angedriickt, der Liingsaxe

der Antennen parallel, sehr dicht, bis zur Mitte des foloenden

Knotens reichend, wenigstens doppelt so lang wie die Bogen-

wirtel, welche ebenfalls der Liingsaxe der Antennen parallel

sind; stielartiger Fortsatz des distalen Knotens etwas kiirzer

als der Fortsatz des proximalen Knotens, dieser kaum liinger

als der proximale Knoten; Endglied mit einem dicken Fort-

satz, welcher fast so lang wie der Knoten ist. Fliigel fast Fig 11, 18) Lepiebasplaaeeee

glashell, anliegend behaart; Querader vor der Mitte der Color, 'n. sp. Fig. 11, die zwei

Radialis ; Cubitalis in der distalen Hilfte kaum gebogen, eae Antennenglieder ; Fig. 12,

in die Fliigelspitze miindend; hintere Zinke ziemlich senk- a

recht, die vordere schwach gebogen. Schuppen der Beine anliegend und lanzettlich ;

Femora so lang wie die Tibien, diese dem 2. Tarsenglied gleich; Metatarsus nicht doppelt

so lang wie dick, 5. Glied halb so lang wie das 4., 3-mal so lang wie dick; Krallen einfach,

klein, Empodium nicht sichtbar. Endglieder der Zange (Fig. 12) sehr diinn und kahl; die

2 Lamellen zweilappig. Linge: 0,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen, Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDAi 323

XyuLopieuosts Kieffer,

Bull. Soc. Ent. France, lxiv. 193 (1895).

12. Xylodiplosis calopus, n. sp.

?. Briiunlichgelb, Flagellum schwarzbraun, Beine schwarz beschuppt, Femur und

Tibia der Vorderbeine, Kniee der vier tibrigen, Distalende des 2. und 3. Gliedes der

mittleren und hinteren Tar'sen sowie die lange Legeréhre hellgelb. Antennen 2 + 12-gliedrig,

Flagellumglieder um ein Drittel linger als dick, Bogenwirtel wie bei Perrisia, halsartige

Einsehniirung quer, Endglied mit einem am Grunde verdickten und mit einem Bogenwirtel

gezierten Fortsatz. Fliigel getriibt, Vorderrand behaart, vom Grunde bis zur Miindung

des Radius schwach bewimpert, Cubitus distal schwach gebogen, kaum hinter die Fliigel-

spitze miindend, Vorderast der Posticalis schwach bogig, Hinterast schrig, Querader distal

vom proximalen Drittel des Radius liegend. Legeréhre diinn, kérperlang. Linge: 1,2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909.

PLANODIPLOSIS, n. gen.

Diese neue Gattung unterscheidet sich von Arthrocnodax Riibs. besonders durch den

beschuppten Vorderrand der Fliigel und durch die einfachen Krallen; von Ledomyia

Kieff., mit der sie grosse Aehnlichkeit aufweist, ist sie durch die Gestalt der Bogenwirtel

ihrer Geisselglieder sowie durch die Zahl der Antennenglieder getrennt.

13. Planodiplosis insularis, n. sp.

9. Orangegelb, Abdomen ventral heller, Flagellum schwarzbraun, Beme schwarz-

beschuppt. Palpen 4-gliedrig, 1. Glied fast quer. Antennen 2+ 12-gliedrig, Flagellum-

glieder walzenrund, doppelt so lang wie dick, Endglied ohne Fortsatz, halsartige Ein-

schniirung quer, Bogenwirtel wie bei Perrisia, die zwei Borstenwirtel sind der Lingsaxe

des Gliedes fast parallel und so lang wie diese. Fliigel behaart und dunkel, Vorderrand

mit schmalen schwarzen Schuppen, Cubitus weit vor der Fliigelspitze miindend, genau

wie bei Ledomyia aurofulgens ?, an der Miindung von der Costalis nicht tiberragt ; Vorderast

der Posticalis gerade, linger als der Stiel und die Richtung desselben fortsetzend, doppelt

so lang wie der schiefe Hinterast. Beine um ein Drittel linger als der Koérper, 2. Tarsen-

glied fast so lang wie die Tibia, 2.—5. allmiihlich verkiirzt, das 5. noch fiinfmal so lang wie

dick, Krallen einfach, sichelartig gekriimmt, Empodium kaum sichtbar, ktirzer als ein

Drittel der Krallen. Abdomen dick, so lang wie der tibrige Kérper, Lamellen kaum

linger als breit. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

Lestopre.osis Kietter,

Bull. Soc. Ent. France, Ixiii. 28. 1 (1894).

14. Lestodiplosis squamosus, n. sp.

$. Gelblich, Thorax etwas dunkler, Antennen braun; Beine mit schwarzen anliegenden

Schuppen, unter diesen, gelb erscheinend. Antennen viel linger als der Korper, 2 + 12-

gliedrig; die 2 ersten Flagellumglieder miteinander verwachsen, und so wie die folgenden,

324 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

mit 3 gleichlangen Bogenwirteln und 2 ungleichlangen Borstenwirteln geziert (Fig. 13),

aus einem proximalen kugligen und einem distalen fast walzenrunden, in der Mitte schwach

eingeschniirten Knoten bestehend, die stielartigen Fortsiitze zwischen den Knoten cleichlang,

kaum kiirzer als der kuglige Knoten; letzterer mit einem kurzen Bogenwirtel und einem

langen, abstehenden Borstenwirtel, welcher 4—5-mal so lang wie der Bogenwirtel ist und

bis zum Ende des distalen Knotens reicht; dieser 14-mal so lang wie dick, mit einem

SK _

UM); ty

Figs. 15, 16. Lestodiplosis scottianus, n. sp.

Fig. 15, Flagellumglied; Fig. 16, Fliigel.

Figs. 13,14. Lestodiplosis squamosus,

n. sp. Fig. 13, die 3 letzten An-

tennenglieder; Fig. 14, Fliigel.

Borstenwirtel, und 2 Bogenwirteln, der Borstenwirtel nur 2-mal so lang wie die Bogen-

wirtel; Endglied mit einem dicken Fortsatz, welcher die Hiilfte seiner Linge erreicht.

Fliigel weisslich (Fig. 14), mit 3 schwarzen Flecken am Vorderrande und 7 braunen, runden

Flecken, von denen einer zwischen den 2 Zinken der Posticalis, und drei, in der distalen

Hiilfte, zwischen der Cubitalis und der vorderen Zinke liegen, die drei tibrigen sind sehr

klein, zwei liegen an der Cubitalis, in der distalen Hiilfte und der dritte am Hinterrande,

nahe an der Fliigelwurzel; Fliigelrand mit halbkreisformig eingekriimmten Wimperhaaren,

dazwischen laingere und gerade Haare; in der proximalen Hiilfte des Vorderrandes sind

alle Haare gerade abstehend; Cubitus fast gerade, kaum hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend ;

Vorderrand an dieser Stelle unterbrochen; vordere Zinke der Posticalis die Richtung des

Stieles fortsetzend, die hintere fast senkrecht. Metatarsus nicht doppelt so lang wie dick;

Krallen einfach, Empodium fehlend oder sehr klein. Endglieder der gelben Zange lang,

sehr diinn, fast fadenformig und kahl. Liinge: 0,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

15. Lestodzplosis scottianus, n. sp.

g. Antennen braun; Thorax schiefergrau, Beine briiunlich, Abdomen weisslich, lateral

schwarzbraun, Schwinger weiss. Flagellumglieder (Fig. 15) ziemlich walzenférmig, in der

Mitte kaum verengt, doppelt so lang wie dick, stielartiger Fortsatz die Hiilfte oder die 2

der Liinge eines Gliedes erreichend, die 2 Bogenwirtel ein Viertel so lang wie ein Glied,

beide Wirtel durch einen Liingsfaden miteinander verbunden; 12. Flagellumglied distal

abgerundet, ohne Fortsatz. Fliigel (Fig. 16) dicht behaart, glashell, mit rauchbraunen

Flecken, von denen 3 nahe der Spitze, niimlich ein grosser, liinglicher, vom Vorderrande

bis zur Cubitalis, ein etwas kiirzerer, liinglicher, zwischen der Cubitalis und der vorderen

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDA 325

Zinke der Posticalis, ein schmaler, der die ganze vordere Zinke umgibt; eine durchlaufende

Querbinde beginnt an der Miindung der Radialis und umgibt die hintere Zinke bis zum

Hinterrande des Fliigels; ein Fleck verbindet die Mitte des Stieles der Posticalis mit dem

Hinterrande; Querader wenig distal von der Mitte der Radialis; Cubitalis gerade, in die

Fliigelspitze miindend. Beine kurz und behaart; Femora und Tibien dorsal mit langen,

abstehenden und zerstreuten Haaren, welche 2—3-mal so lang wie die Dicke der Beine

sind, auch die Tarsenglieder dorsal mit 1—38 sehr langen Haaren; Tibien so lang wie die

Femora oder wie das 2. Tarsenglied, 2.—5. Glied allmihlich verkiirzt, 4. doppelt so lang

wie dick, 5. kaum um die Hiilfte linger als dick; Krallen einfach, sichelartig gekriimmt,

Empodium fehlt. Abdomen mit 2 Lamellen. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

16. Lestodiplosis caliatipennis, n. sp.

?. Rotlich, Antennen braun, Beine weisslich. Antennen 2+ 12-gliedrig, Flagellum-

glieder doppelt so lang wie dick, 1. und 2. verwachsen, die ersten in der Mitte schwach

eingeschniirt, die folgenden walzenrund, 12. am Ende abgerundet, alle mit einem Bogen-

wirtel wie bei Perrisia und mit 2 Borstenwirteln, deren proximaler linger als der distale

ist und in dem 1 oder 2 lingere Borsten vorragen. Fliigel glashell, mit 2 durchlaufenden,

rauchfarbigen Querbinden und einem proximalen rauchfarbigen Fleck, die Binden und der

Fleck sind stark irrisirend und dichter behaart, beide Binden bestehen aus drei grossen

Flecken, die nur durch den Cubitus und die Posticalis voneinander getrennt sind, die

distale liegt wenig vor der Fliigelspitze, die proximale durchzieht den Hinterast der

Posticalis, der proximale Fleck liegt am Hinterrande des Fliigellappens; der ganze

Vorderrand ist so lang bewimpert wie der Hinterrand, Costalis mit den Wimpern gelb,

ausgenommen an den Flecken, wo sie schwarz erscheinen, Cubitus gerade, in die F liigel-

spitze miindend. Liinge: 0,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

17. Lestodiplosis (Coprodiplosis) nanus, n. sp.

$. Ganz dottergelb. Antennen liinger als der Kérper; Flagellumglieder mit 2

ziemlich kugligen, kaum queren Knoten, der proximale deutlicher quer, mit einem Borsten-

wirtel, welcher doppelt so lang wie der Bogenwirtel ist und den folgenden Knoten iiberragt,

dieser kaum quer, mit 2 Bogenwirteln und einem Borstenwirtel; stielartiger Fortsatz so

lang wie ein Glied; distaler Knoten des 12. Gliedes eirund. Fliigel glashell, ungefleckt;

Cubitalis in die Fliigelspitze miindend, Vorderrand an dieser Stelle unterbrochen. Beine

kurz, behaart, dorsal mit einzelnen, langen, abstehenden Haaren; Metatarsus 3-mal so

lang wie dick, fast halb so lang wie das 2. Glied; 5. wenig linger als dick, Krallen einfach,

2-mal so lang wie das Empodium. LEndglieder der Zange schlank, und unbehaart; obere

Lamelle 2-lappig, die mittlere ungeteilt, linealisch, am Ende abgerundet. Linge: 0,08 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 6 2.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 42

326 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Cuinopretosis Kieffer,

Feuille jeun. Natural., xxiv. 121 (1894).

18. Clinodiplosis scotti, n. sp.

9. Ganz dottergelb. Palpen 4-gliedrig. Antennen 2+12-gliedrig, die 2 ersten

Glieder des Flagellums miteinander verwachsen, linger als die folgenden, welche 2-bis

24-mal so lang wie dick und walzenrund sind, an den beiden Wirteln ist eine Borste

doppelt so lang wie die anderen, stielartiger Fortsatz 2 so lang wie ein Glied, Endglied

mit einem Fortsatz, welcher in der proximalen Hilfte schwach verdickt und kurz behaart

ist; Bogenwirtel gestaltet wie bei Perrisia. Fliigel glashell, lang und behaart; Cubitalis

kaum bogig, hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend, vordere Zinke gerade, die Richtung des

Stieles fortsetzend; hintere Zinke stark abgebogen; keine sichtbare Querader. Beine

behaart und sehr lang; 2.—5. Tarsenglied allmiihlich verkiirzt, 5. Glied noch 5-mal so

lang wie dick, Krallen einfach, sichelformig gebogen, kaum linger als das Empodium.

Lamellen des Abdomens 2—3-mal so lang wie breit, mit abstehenden Borsten ; Legeréhre

nicht hervorstreckbar. Linge: 2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons and forest immediately

above, IX. 1908.

19. Clinodiplosis msularum, n. sp.

49. Ganz blassgelb, die Seiten des Abdomens etwas dunkler (¢), oder briunlichgelb,

Flagellum braunschwarz (?). Antennen des ¢ fast doppelt so lang wie der Korper, 1. und

2. Flagellumglied miteinander verwachsen, ihr proximaler Knoten eirund, der distale

doppelt so lang wie dick; an den folgenden Gliedern ist der proximale Knoten kuglig, der

distale kaum um die Halfte linger als dick, Einschniirung zwischen den beiden Knoten

und halsartige Einschniirung am Ende gleichlang, so lang wie der distale Knoten; jedes

Glied mit 3 Bogenwirteln, diese glashell, gleichlang, der obere erreicht das folgende Glied,

der untere befindet sich am proximalen Knoten; Borstenwirtel dicker, briiunlich, um 4

oder um 4 linger als die Bogenwirtel. Flagellumglieder des ? walzenrund, wenig linger

als dick, doppelt so lang wie ihr Hals; Endglied mit einem griffelartigen Fortsatz (9).

Fliigel lang, Vorderrand behaart, an der Miindung des Cubitus unterbrochen, dieser stark

bogig, hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend; Vorderast der Posticalis gerade, Hinterast fast

senkrecht. Beine behaart, 5. Tarsenglied 5—6-mal so lang wie dick, Empodium % so lang

wie die sichelformig gebogenen Krallen. Endglied der Zange kahl und diinn wie tiblich,

die beiden Lamellen zweilappig. Lamellen des ¢ linglich. Linge: 1—1,5 mm,

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909;

Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons and forest above, IX. 1908.

Bremia Rondani,

Atti Soc. Sc. Nat. Milano, ii, 287 (1860).

20. Bremia mahensis, n. sp.

g. Rot, Flagellum schwarz, Mesonotum mit 3 braunen Lingsbinden, Schwinger weiss,

Beine schwarz beschuppt. Antennen 2+ 12-gliedrig, die 2 ersten Flagellumglieder

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CECIDOMYITD Ai 327

miteinander verwachsen, mit zwei eirunden Knoten, die folgenden mit einem proximalen

kugligen, und einem distalen eirunden Knoten, jeder Knoten mit einem unregelmiissigen

Bogenwirtel und einem unregelmiissigen Borstenwirtel (Fig. 17), an welchen, nach aussen,

ein Bogen, resp. eine Borste, iiberaus stark verliingert ist, niimlich 2-mal so lang wie das

ganze Doppelglied, an dem kugligen Knoten, 14-mal so lang wie das Doppelglied, am

Fig. 19. Prowinnertzia ma-

hensis, n. sp., Fliigel.

Figs. 17, 18. Bremia mahensis, n. sp. Fig. 17, zwei Flagellum-

glieder; Fig. 18, Zange von unten gesehn.

eirunden Knoten; der folgende Bogen ist der kleinste, die iibrigen, nach innen zu, allmihlich

linger werdend; stielartiger Fortsatz des distalen Knotens kaum kiirzer als der Knoten

selbst, fast doppelt so lang wie der Fortsatz des proximalen Knotens; am Grunde des

distalen Knotens befindet sich ein ringformig um das Glied laufender Faden, der die Stelle

des iiblichen basalen Bogenwirtels vertritt. Fliigel glashell; Vorderrand behaart; Querader

die Radialis proximal von der Mitte treffend; Cubitalis fast gerade, in die Spitze miindend,

hintere Zinke der Posticalis ziemlich rechtwinkelig abbiegend, vordere Zinke gerade, nur

am Grunde schwach gehoben. Beine sehr lang, 3-mal so lang wie der Korper, Femora

ventral mit zerstreuten, langen Haaren, Krallen 2-spaltig, vom Grunde aus fast recht-

winkelig gebogen, Empodium fehlt. Zange (Fig. 18) mit einer oberen zweilappigen und

einer mittleren abgerundeten Lamelle; Endglieder diinn und kahl; Griffel nach unten

stark bogenférmig gekriimmt, bis zum Grunde der Endglieder reichend. Liinge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Anonyme Island, from grass, ferns, trees, ete.,

I. 1909.

PROWINNERTZIA, n. gen.

Von Winnertzia besonders durch die Zah] der Antennenglieder und die Form der

Legeréhre zu unterscheiden.

21. Prowinnertzia mahensis, n. sp.

@. Zitronengelb; Antennen schwarzbraun, Beine briiunlich. Palpen 4-gliedrig.

Antennen 2+10-gliedrig; die beiden ersten Glieder wie gewohnlich; Flagellumglieder

ungestielt, etwas linger als dick, ziemlich walzenformig, Haarwirtel abstehend, Bogen-

wirtel durch einen queren, glashellen, ringférmig um das Glied laufenden Faden ersetzt,

welcher distal von der Mitte liegt; Endglied eirund. Fliigel (Fig. 19) behaart und

42—2

328 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

bewimpert; Vorderrand mit abstehenden Haaren; Radialis die Fliigelmitte nicht erreichend ;

Cubitalis fast gerade, wenig hinter die Mitte miindend; Posticalis einfach und fast gerade;

4. Lingsader im distalen Drittel plétzlich nach dem Hinterrand eingebogen; an der

Miindung der Cubitalis ist der Vorderrand breit unterbrochen; Querader distal vom 2.

Drittel den Radius treffend. Beine schlank, mit zerstreuten Haaren; Metatarsus wenig

linger als dick, Krallen tief 2-spaltig, Empodium sehr klein. Legeréhre weit hervor-

streckbar, Endglied siickchenartig, wie bei Pervisia, 2—3-mal so lang wie dick, am Grunde

ventral mit einem sehr kleinen Liippchen. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

Hotoneurus Kieffer,

Ent. Nachr. xxi. 115 nota (1895).

22. Holoneurus mahensis, n. sp.

3. Braun, Antennen und Beine etwas heller. Palpen 4-gliedrig. Flagellumglieder

ziemlich walzenférmig, um die Hilfte linger als dick, mit einem halsartigen Fortsatz,

welcher halb so lang wie ein Glied ist; eine Seite des Gliedes ist mit dicken Warzen

versehen, deren jede eine lange, abstehende Borste trigt ;

eigentliche Borstenwirtel sind also nicht vorhanden. Fliigel

(Fig. 20) am Grunde allmihlich verengt, behaart, mit 3

einfachen Liingsadern; die Radialis tiberragt die Fliigelmitte;

Cubitalis fast gerade, hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend ;

Posticalis den Hinterrand nicht erreichend; an der Miindung Fig. 20. Holonewrus mahensis,

der Cubitalis ist der Vorderrand nicht unterbrochen; die cai

Querader ist braun und trifft die Radialis distal von der Mitte. Beine schlank, zerstreut

behaart, Metatarsus nicht 2-mal so lang wie dick, 5. Glied 5—6-mal so lang wie dick,

Krallen einfach, etwas linger als das Empodium. Endglieder der Zange 2—3-mal so lang

wie dick, distal keulenformig verdickt. Linge: 1,2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

JOANNISIA Kieffer,

Bull. Soc. Ent. France, lxiii. 175 (1894).

23. Joannisia latipennis, n. sp.

9. Orangegelb; Thorax dorsal etwas dunkler; Beine etwas heller; Flagellum braun.

Palpen 4-gliedrig, 1. Glied doppelt so dick wie die tibrigen, um die Hiilfte linger als dick;

2. und 3. Glied fadenformig, das 3. etwas linger als das 2.; 4. ktirzer als das 3., schwach

keulenformig. Antennen 2+10-gliedrig, 1. und 2. Glied nicht linger als dick, 3. doppelt

so lang wie dick, an beiden Enden schwach verengt (Fig. 21), die folgenden kiirzer, ziemlich

keglig, 14-mal so lang wie dick, Endglied eirund; Haarwirtel wenig linger als ein Glied,

in der Mitte jedes Flagellumgliedes befinden sich pfriemliche, glashelle, stark eingebogene

Fortsiitze, welche einen Wirtel bilden. Fliigel (Fig. 22) sehr breit, nicht 2-mal so lang

wie breit, mit langen, anliegenden Haaren; Distalende der Cubitalis kaum weiter von

der Discoidalis als von der Cubitalis entfernt; die Radialis tiberragt ein wenig das proximale

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDA 329

Fliigeldrittel, nach ihrem 2. Drittel ist sie durch eine lange, schriige Querader mit der

Cubitalis verbunden; Cubitalis fast gerade, in die Fliigelspitze miindend; Discoidalis

ziemlich gerade, proximal von der Querader entspringend, die Querader ist von dem

Ursprung der Discoidalis um mehr als ihre Liinge getrennt; die Posticalis verzweigt sich

gegeniiber der Querader, die vordere Zinke ist viel liinger als der Stiel und bogig, die

hintere fast senkrecht und gerade. Beine mit anliegenden, spatelf6rmigen oder lanzettlichen,

Figs. 21—24. Joannisia latipennis, n. sp. Fig. 21, die 2 ersten Flagellumglieder ; Fig. 22, Fliigel ;

Fig. 23, Vorderfuss ; Fig. 24, Endglied des Tarsus.

gelblichen Schuppen; Tibien etwas linger als die Femora, Tarsen viel diinner als die

Tibien, hintere Tarsen kaum linger als die Tibien, Metatarsus etwas kiirzer als die 3

folgenden Glieder zusammen, 2.—5. Glied allmiihlich und sehr wenig verktirzt, das 2. fast

4-mal so lang wie dick, das 5. noch 24-mal (Fig. 23); Krallen einfach, wenig gebogen,

klein, doppelt so lang wie das Empodium (Fig. 24). Kérper dick und plump; Abdomen .

nicht doppelt so lang wie der iibrige Kérper, zweimal so lang wie dick; Legerdhre sehr

klein, kaum vorstehend, ohne Lamellen, aber mit einem sehr kleinen, ziemlich kreisrunden

Fortsatz. Linge: 2,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Forest behind Trois Fréres, about 2000 feet, 14.

I. 1909, 29.

24. Joannisia seychellensis, n. sp.

29. Orangegelb, Mesonotum dunkler, oftmals eine Spur von braunen Querbinden auf

der Oberseite des Abdomens. Augen kahl, Palpen 3-gliedrig, die Glieder wenig linger als

dick. Antennen des ? 2+8-gliedrig; Flagellumglieder (Fig. 25) ellipsoidal, fast 2-mal so

lang wie dick, mit langen, abstehenden Borstenwirteln, stielartiger Fortsatz fast so lang

wie ein Glied, am vorletzten etwas kiirzer, Endglied kurz zugespitzt. Antennen des

mehr als 2+9-gliedrig; Flagellumglieder kuglig, stielartiger Fortsatz fast 2-mal so lang

330 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

wie ein Glied, Borsten der Wirtel dicht und abstehend (die Glieder nach dem 9. Flagellum-

glied abgebrochen). Fliigel wenig breit (Fig. 26); Radialis in die Mitte des Vorderrandes

miindend, sein distaler Abschnitt 23-mal so lang wie die Querader; Cubitus distal kaum

gebogen, in die Fliigelspitze miindend und von der Costalis nicht iiberragt; Querader um

Figs, 25—27. Joannisia seychellensis, n. sp. Fig. 25, die 3 letzten Antennenglieder des 9 ;

Fig. 26, Fliigel; Fig. 27, Legerohre.

ihre doppelte Liinge vom Grunde der Discoidalis entfernt; Posticalis hinter der Querader

gegabelt, ihre beiden Zinken schwach bogig, vordere Zinke wenig kiirzer als der Stiel.

Hintere Femora die Mitte des Abdomens erreichend; vorderer Metatarsus so lang wie die

2 folgenden Glieder zusammen, 2.—5. Glied ziemlich gleich, wenig linger als dick, das 5.

kaum linger als das 4., an den 4 Hinterbeinen sind die Tarsenglieder linger, 2. und 5.

Glied wenigstens 2-mal so lang wie dick; Krallen fast rechtwinkelig gebogen, etwas linger

als das schmale Empodium. Endglieder der Zange klein und fast eiformig. Legeréhre

des ? (Fig. 27) mit zwei 3-gliedrigen Lamellen und ventral mit zwei kleinen Liippchen;

Abdomen dick und keglig. Linge, ¢: 0,5 mm., ?: 0,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909,

ML ety a) Se

No. XV.—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDA

Der SEYCHELLEN-INSELN, AUS DER SAMMLUNG von Mr H. Scorrv.

Von Pror. Dr J. J. Krerrer (Brtsca).

(Tafel 21.)

(MitcEerEILT von Pror. J. Srantey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.)

Vorgelegt am 19. Januar 1911.

Vow den Seychellen-Inseln war bisher kein Vertreter der Familie der Zuckmiicken

oder Chironomide bekannt. Deshalb freute ich mich sehr, als das Universititsmuseum

von Cambridge mir die Mitteilung machte, Herr Hugh Scott habe, von Juli 1908 bis

Marz 1909, eine Anzahl von Chironomiden auf den Seychellen-Inseln erbeutet, und

wiinsche, dass ich die Bestimmung derselben iibernehme. Wegen der geringen

Entfernung dieser Inseln vom Aequator, hatte ich mich auf neue und héchst interessante

Formen erwartet; beim Durchmustern der Sendung wurde ich aber enttiuscht. Die

darin befindlichen Arten gehérten insgesammt zu den in Deutschland vorkommenden

Gattungen, mit alleiniger Ausnahme eines Vertreters der Gattung Pachyleptus Walk.,

welche Gattung bisher nur fiir Siid-Amerika bekannt war. Auch scheint die Zahl der

auf den Seychellen vorkommenden Arten der Chironomiden eine geringe zu sein; die

Ausbeute des Herrn Hugh Scott bestand niimlich aus 433 Exemplaren, welche sich in

die geringe Zahl von 48 Arten und 5 Unterarten verteilten; in einem Falle gehérten

87 Exemplare zu einer und derselben Art und zwar stammten dieselben aus 4 ver-

schiedenen Inseln und aus 14 verschiedenen Standorten. Ferner scheinen gréssere

Arten von Chironomiden, im Gegensatz zu Kiifern, Schmetterlingen u. a. auf den

Seychellen nicht vorzukommen; Arten, deren Liinge 5—14 mm. betriigt, wie solche in

Europa und Nord-Amerika vorkommen und mir auch aus British-Indien sowie aus

Zentral-Africa bekannt sind, wurden auf den Seychellen nicht beobachtet.

Die in Betracht kommenden Inseln, auf denen gesammelt wurde, sind: Mahé,

mit Anonyme Island, Silhouette, Praslin, Félicité und Bird. Auf Mahé wurden 47

Arten und 5 Unterarten—also alle Arten mit einer einzigen Ausnahme—in 401 Exem-

plaren erbeutet; auf Si/howette 6 Arten in 21 Exemplaren; auf Félicité 2 Arten in

2 Exemplaren; auf Praslin 1 Art in 8 Exemplaren; auf Bird 1 Art in 1 Exemplar.

Zur Unterfamilie der Ceratopogonine gehéren 22 Arten und 5 Unterarten in

319 Exemplaren ; zu den Chironomine, 23 Arten in 107 Exemplaren ; zu den Tanypina,

3 Arten in 7 Exemplaren.

332 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

1. Subfamilie Ceratopogonine.

Genus Ceratopocon Meigen.

Illiger’s Magaz. Insect., 1803, vol. ii. p. 261.

1. Augen behaart; Fliigel mit mikroskopisch kleinen Borsten

Bios 5 Saat eee ee Eee 1. C. trichotomma, n. sp.

Augen kahl; Fliigel mit anliegenden langen Borsten oder Haaren ......... 2.

2. Fliigel gefleckt ; Antennen-Busch des ¢ in der distalen Hiilfte goldgelb

Rionisic 8 oss hc 9 oldntere eet 2. C. chrysolophus, n. sp.

Flugel ungefleckt ; Buschjschwamzbraun .:........0.-22.0ses<.-+0--0 4094s eee 3.

3. - Kérper schwarz oder schwaraziraun ..........2s+...cessecess unser enseee esteem A,

KK Gr per POb) .isccicaiet seen e Ree ina. t+ oe < oo nicnncile canine teehee eae 8.

4, Mesonotum dicht gelb behaart ; 2. Palpenglied stark verdickt, 3-mal so

dick wie. die Wbiie emg peer etter er .< cs :sss nate snnsecomemeeene 3. C. lasionotus, n. sp.

Mesonotum kahl, Palpenglieder fast gleichdiinn ...................eeeeeeneeeeees 5:

5. Fliigel mit 2 Radialzellen, ihre Fliche mit mikroskopisch kleinen und

zerstreuten lingeren Borsten; Mesonotum gliinzend

Me MR NR Sin885.00 4. C. lampronotus, n. sp.

Fliigel nur mit einer distalen Radialzelle und anliegenden langen

Haatren’; * Mesomottim Maite c.0..c.-.+ 00+ sncsceeee sete sess secant este eee 6.

6. Metatarsus aller Beine kiirzer als das 2. Glied ............... 5. C. psilonotus, n. sp.

Metatarsus aller Beine wenigstens 2-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied............ 6

7. Krallen linger als das 5. Tarsenglied, stark sichelformig

5 Snes c/a rata a earn 8. C. falcinellus, n. sp.

Krallen kiirzer als das 5: Tarsomotied .........+.. s+. n-enerees 9. C. mahensis, n. sp.

8. Cubitus bis zu seiner Miindung mit dem Radius verbunden

dnsicw shnadee cna tadeeneee 6. C. aplonotus, n. sp.

Cubitus nur bis zur Mitte mit dem Radius verbunden

stieloiserndneeinben aoeee ee 7. C. seychelleanus, n. sp.

1. Ceratopogon trichotomma, un. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 1, 2).

$9. Schwarz, glinzend und kahl; Schwinger milchweiss; Antennen und Zange

braun; Beine weisslich. Augen behaart; 2. Palpenglied nicht verdickt, so lang wie

die 2 folgenden zusammen. Antennen 14-gliedrig; beim ¢ sind die Flagellumglieder

quer oder kaum so lang wie dick, mit einem dicken, queren Hals; 11. Glied etwas

langer als dick, 12. und 13. diinner und linger, das 12. 4-mal so lang wie dick, 13. und

14. 3-mal, das 14. so dick wie das 11., mit einem kleinen Endgriffel; Busch schwarzbraun.

Beim ¢ sind die 8 ersten Flagellumglieder kuglig, gedriingt und ohne Hals, Haarwirtel

wenig linger als ein Glied; die 5 Endglieder zusammen doppelt so lang wie das iibrige

Flagellum, das 10, Antennenglied etwas kiirzer als das 11.; 11.—13. wenigstens 3-mal

so lang wie dick, distal wenig diinner; das 14. 4-mal so lang wie dick, mit einem kurzen

Endgriffel. Fliigel glashell, mit dichten, mikroskopisch feinen Borsten (Fig. 1), beim

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMID/Ai 333

é ausserdem mit einzelnen, zerstreuten lingeren Haaren lings der Rinder; Adern

ohne andere Borsten als die der Fliigelfliiche ; Cubitus tiber die Fliigelmitte hinausragend,

beim ¢ (Fig. 1) in der proximalen Hiilfte, beim 9 (Fig. 2) in seiner ganzen Linge mit

dem Radius verbunden; distale Zinke der Discoidalis etwas bogig, kaum hinter die

Fliigelspitze miindend ; proximale Zinke an oder kaum distal von der schiefen Querader

entspringend; die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt der Mitte des Cubitus gegeniiber.

Metatarsus so lang wie die 4 folgenden Glieder zusammen; 2. Glied 2-mal so lang wie

dick, 3.—5. wenig liinger als dick; Empodium bei $? breit und wenig kiirzer als die

Krallen. Endglieder der Zange lang, diinn, allmiihlich zugespitzt. Linge: 1, 5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: near Morne Blanc, 1 2; from near Morne Blanc,

X.—XI. 1908, 1 ?; Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet, 26. I.—2. II. 1909,

19; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 1 2, 12; marshy ground near sea-

level, Cascade, 20. II. 1909, 3 2; marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and Anse

Royale, 19—21. I. 1909, 1¢; Mahé, 2 3, 1 2.

2. Ceratopogon chrysolophus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 3).

$9. Schwarzbraun und matt; Schwinger weiss; Beine mit Ausnahme der Coxe,

Flagellum des $ mit Ausnahme der 3 Endglieder, und die Zange gelb; Pleuren, Sternum

und, beim 2, die vordere Hiilfte des Abdomens gelbbraun; Femora und Tibien mit 2

breiten schwarzen Querbinden, deren eine am Proximalende, die andere distal von der

Mitte; ebenso zeigen die 3—4 ersten Tarsenglieder einen schwarzbraunen Ring.

Flagellumglieder des $ zuerst quer, dann so breit wie lang und walzenférmig, ohne

Einschniirungen, 11. Glied schief abstehend, fast 2-mal so lang wie das 12., welches

dem 13. gleich ist, nimlich 2—3-mal so lang wie dick; 14. etwas linger als das 13.; Busch

in der proximalen Hiilfte schwarzbraun, in der distalen schén goldgelb. Flagellumglieder

des ? kurz eiférmig, jedes durch eine quere Einschniirung von dem folgenden getrennt,

ihr Haarwirtel 2-mal so lang wie ein Glied, 10.—13. Glied walzenférmig, wenig linger

als dick, das 14. doppelt so lang wie dick. Thorax mit langer, abstehender, grauer

Behaarung beim ¢, mit kurzer anliegender gelber Behaarung auf dem Mesonotum des 9,

und sehr langen Haaren am Scutellum. Fliigel (Fig. 3) gefleckt, stark irrisirend,

schwach getriibt, mit zahlreichen, langen und anliegenden Haaren, dazwischen mikro-

skopisch fein beborstet ; Vorderrand, Subcostalis, Querader und Cubitus mit schwarzen

Schuppen; an der Miindung des Cubitus befindet sich ein schwarzbrauner Fleck, drei

andere Flecke sind weniger deutlich und liegen einer am Vorderrand, der Miindung

der distalen Zinke der Posticalis gegeniiber, die 2 anderen an der Miindung der beiden

Zinken der Posticalis; Cubitus mit dem Radius verbunden, nur am Distalende von ihm

getrennt, in die Fliigelmitte miindend; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade, die Richt-

ung des Stieles fortsetzend, in oder kaum vor die Fliigelspitze miindend, proximale

Zinke an der schiefen Querader entspringend; die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt der

Miindung des Cubitus gegeniiber oder kaum distal von derselben. Beine mit anliegen-

den, spatelformigen und gestreiften Schuppen wie in der Gattung Lasioptera; Tibien mit

abstehenden Haaren, welche 3—4-mal so lang als die Dicke der Tibien sind; hintere

Tibien so lang wie die Femora, wenig kiirzer als die Tarsen; Metatarsus der Hinterbeine

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 43

334 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

3-mal so lang wie dick, 2. Glied um die Hiilfte linger als das 1.; 3. dem 1. gleich;

4, und 5. doppelt so lang wie dick; Empodium kiirzer als die Krallen. Abdomen des 3

schlank, dicht und lang grauhaarig, beim @ breit und fast unbehaart. Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909,

yah Pd (8),

3. Ceratopogon lasionotus, n. sp.

49. Kopf und Thorax dunkelbraun; Antennen briunlich beim ?, gelblich beim ¢;

Schwinger weiss; Coxe und Beine blassgelb, Tarsen dunkler; Abdomen schwarzbraun.

Schlife mit langen, nach vorn eingekriimmten Haaren; Augen kahl, oben breit zusam-

menstossend ; Mund bei ¢? etwas kiirzer als der Kopf, aus 6 langen, fast pfriemlichen

Stiicken zusammengesetzt, die 4 inneren etwas kiirzer als die 2 ausseren und an einer

Seite fein gezihnelt. Palpen 4-gliedrig; 2. Glied sehr dick, linger als das 3. und 4.

zusammen, 3-mal so dick wie dieselben, am Distalende plétzlich eingeschniirt; 3. und

4. wenig linger als dick. Antennen 14-gliedrig; 2.—9. Glied beim ¢ fast 2-mal so

lang wie dick, in der distalen Halfte allmahlich verengt, Wirtel fast doppelt so lang

wie ein Glied, die 2 hyalinen Anhinge pfriemlich und etwas kiirzer als ein Glied;

10.—14. Glied walzenférmig, 3-mal so lang wie dick, mit langen, abstehenden, spirlichen

Haaren, zusammen deutlich linger als das iibrige Flagellum. Beim ¢ sind die Antennen-

glieder 2—9 quer, fast kuglig; Busch schwarzbraun, die Mitte des 13. Gliedes erreichend ;

10.—14. Glied in schiefer Richtung laufend, walzenformig, 3-mal so lang wie dick,

zusammen linger als das iibrige Flagellum, proximaler Wirtel etwas linger als ein

Glied. Thorax so hoch wie lang; Mesonotum dicht gelb-behaart; Scutellum mit je

4—5 sehr langen Borsten. Fliigel schwarzbraun beim ¢, etwas heller beim ¢, mit

dichten, schwarzen, anliegenden Haaren, diese Behaarung bildet einen kleinen schwarzen

Fleck am Distalende des Cubitus; Querader schief; Cubitus beim ? fast in der ganzen

proximalen Hilfte dem Radius anliegend; 2. Radialzelle 3-eckig, 2-mal so lang wie hoch ;

Cubitus in die Fliigelmitte miindend; die gegabelte Schaltader zwischen dem Cubitus

und der Discoidalis sehr deutlich; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade, die Richtung

des Stieles fortsetzend, in die Fliigelspitze miindend; proximale Zinke am Grunde

erloschen; die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt dem Distalende des Radius gegeniiber.

Beim 2 ist der Cubitus in mehr als in der Hilfte mit dem Radius verbunden. Beine

mit gelben, dichten, anliegenden Haaren und langen, spirlichen und abstehenden Haaren,

oftmals zeigt das hintere Femur einen dunklen Fleck am Distalende, oftmals auch sind

die Tarsen etwas dunkler; Vordertibien so lang wie die Femora, wenig kiirzer als der

Tarsus, ihre Haare 2-mal so lang wie ihre Dicke beim 3, fast 3-mal beim ¢; Metatarsus

2—3-mal so lang wie dick ; 2. Glied doppelt so lang wie das 1.; 4. und 5. kaum linger

als dick, Krallen einfach, so lang wie das grosse, breite Empodium; Mittelbeine den

vorderen gleich; an den Hinterbeinen ist das 2. Tarsenglied fast 3-mal so lang wie

das 1., dieses 14-mal so lang wie dick; 4. fast 2-mal so lang wie dick, etwas linger

als das 5. Abdomen des ¢ doppelt so lang wie der iibrige Kérper, mit breiten, weiss-

lich gelben Querbinden und langen, abstehenden gelblichen Haaren; Endglieder der

Zange schlank, fast kahl, allmihlich zugespitzt; Lamelle abgerundet, so lang wie die

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDA 335

Basalglieder, unter derselben liegt ein gelbes, unbehaartes, tief gegabeltes Stiick, welches

kaum kiirzer ist. Abdomen des ? flach gedriickt, so breit und wenig linger als der

iibrige Kérper, besonders in der hinteren Hilfte dicht und kurz gelbbehaart. Linge

2mm. Beschrieben nach 77 Exemplaren (44 3, 33 9).

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Félicité, 1 ¢. Silhouette: near Pot-d-eau, VIII. 1908,

1 2; Mare aux Cochons and forest above, IX. 1908, 39; Mare aux Cochons plateau

and jungle near by, VIII. 1908, 2 ¢; forest above Mare aux Cochons, highest point of

Silhouette, 2. IX. 1908, 2 g. Insel Bird: VII. 1908, collected by J. C. F. Fryer, 1 3.

Insel Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected by H. P. Thomasset

and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 7 #; jungle between Trois Fréres and Morne Seychellois,

about 1500—2000 feet, XII. 1908, 1 2; near Morne Blanc, X.—XI. 1908, 1 2, 1 2;

Morne Seychellois, over 1500 feet, 4. II. 1909, 1; Mare aux Cochons district, about

1500 feet, 26. I.—2. II. 1909, 1 2, 1 $; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909,

32 3, 199; Cascade Estate, III. 1909, 2 2; scrubby forest vegetation, top of Mount

Sebert, 1800 feet or more, I. 1909, 1 2.

Bemerkung. Bei manchen Exemplaren ist die Behaarung auf dem Mesonotum, den

Fliigeln, den Beinen und dem Abdomen abgerieben, so dass man versucht sein kénnte

dieselben als eine eigene Art anzusehen.

Var. callithorax, n. var.

$¢. Thorax hellgelb wie die Beine; die 5 Endglieder der Antennen des ? nur 2-mal

so lang wie dick ; Busch des ¢ schwarz mit weisslicher Spitze.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 7 ¢, 12; Cascade Estate, about

800—1500 feet, 1909, 1 4, 12.

4, Ceratopogon lampronotus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 4, 5).

¢¢. Braun; proximale Hiilfte der Antennen, Prothorax, Scutellum, Pleuren,

Sternum, Coxe und Beine hellgelb; Schwinger weiss; Abdomen schwarzbraun, beim

? ventral heller. Augen kahl, oben breit zusammenstossend; Mund vorgestreckt und

zugespitzt, aus 4 langen, linealen, am Ende zugespitzten Teilen zusammengesetzt, deren

innere an einem der beiden Riinder fein gesiigt sind. Palpen 4-gliedrig; 1. Glied kaum

2-mal so lang wie dick, 2. so lang wie das 3. und 4. zusammen, und kaum dicker als

dieselben ; 3. und 4. etwa 2-mal so lang wie dick. Antennen 14-gliedrig; 2,—4. Glied

eirund oder fast kuglig, 5.—10. etwas quer, voneinander durch Einschniirungen getrennt,

welche kiirzer als ein Glied und kaum so lang wie dick sind; jedes der Glieder 2—10,

wie auch noch der Grund des 11., mit einem dichten Wirtel, dessen angedriickte und

sehr lange Haare die Richtung der 10 ersten Flagellumglieder fortsetzen; der Wirtel

des 11. Gliedes erreicht fast die Spitze des 13. Gliedes; an der Innenseite der Glieder

werden diese langen Haare durch 3 kurze und abstehende Borsten ersetzt, welche nur

2-mal so lang wie die Dicke eines Gliedes sind; das 11. Glied besteht aus einem

proximalen Knoten und einem diinneren, exzentrischen, schief nach innen laufenden

Hals, welches 2-mal so lang wie dick ist und kurze, abstehende, spirliche Borsten triigt ;

43—2

336 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

12.—14. Gliedes die schiefe Richtung des distalen Teiles des 11. Gliedes fortsetzend und

4-mal so lang wie derselbe, walzenformig, mit abstehenden Borsten, welche 3—4-mal

so lang wie die Dicke eines Gliedes sind; 12. Glied etwas linger als das 13.; 14. dem 13.

gleich, am Ende mit einem kurzen Griffel ; 11.—14. Glied miteinander so lang wie die 10

vorigen zusammen. Beim ¢ sind die Antennenglieder 2—9 fast kuglig, kaum linger

als dick, ihr Haarwirtel abstehend und nicht 2-mal so lang wie ein Glied; oberhalb der

Mitte tragen diese Glieder je 1 hyalines, pfriemliches, fast borstenartiges Gebilde, welches

kiirzer als der Haarwirtel ist; 10.—14. Glied walzenformig, 4-mal so lang wie das 9.

Glied, mit abstehenden, zerstreuten Haaren, welche deutlich linger als der Wirtel des

9. Gliedes sind; 14. Glied am Ende mit einem kurzen Griffel. Mesonotum glinzend

und kahl; Scutellum mit langen, gereihten Borsten. Fliigel beim ? (Fig. 4) glashell,

mit dichter mikroskopischer Beborstung, ferner am Distalende und am ganzen Hinter-

rande mit zerstreuten, lingeren, abstehenden Borsten; solche lingere Borsten kommen

auch auf allen Adern vor, ausgenommen auf dem Stiel der Discoidalis sowie auf der

ungegabelten Analader; der Radius miindet wenig vor der Fliigelmitte, der Cubitus

vor dem distalen Drittel; distale Radialzelle gleichschmal, 4-mal so lang wie die

proximale, welche fast das Distalende des Radius erreicht; zwischen dem Cubitus und

der Discoidalis befindet sich eine ziemlich deutliche, gegabelte, eingeschaltene Ader ;

Discoidalis kurz gestielt, ihre distale Zinke setzt die Richtung des Stieles fort und

verliuft gerade bis in die Fliigelspitze; ihre proximale Zinke wenig distal von der

Querader entspringend; Posticalis distal von der Gabelung der Discoidalis gegabelt.

Fliigel des ¢ nur mit der mikroskopischen Beborstung; Radius in die Fliigelmitte

miindend, Cubitus vor das distale Viertel, von der Costa ein wenig tiberragt wie beim 9 ;

distale Radialzelle 5-mal so lang wie die proximale, welche kaum sichtbar ist, indem der

Radius dem Cubitus anliegt; Stiel der Discoidalis linger als beim 9, so lang wie die

schiefe Querader. Beine fast unbehaart; an den vorderen und mittleren Beinen sind

die Femora so lang wie die Tibien, letztere distal mit einigen langen, hintereinander

stehenden Borsten aber ohne Kamm; Metatarsus kaum linger als die Hiilfte der Tibien,

fast so lang wie die 4 folgenden Glieder zusammen, 4. und 5. Glied gleichlang, um

die Hilfte linger als dick; Krallen einfach, etwas kiirzer als das breite und. dicht

behaarte Empodium ; hintere Tibien mit einem doppelten braunen Kamm; Metatarsus

aller Beine ventral mit 2 Reihen kurzer Borsten, jede Borste entspringt aus einer

braunen, zwiebelartigen, beiderseits mit einem mikroskopischen Borstchen versehenen

Verdickung (sete bulbose). Abdomen matt, beim ¢ 2-mal so lang wie der tibrige

Kérper und schmaler als der Thorax; Zange (Fig. 5) mit diinnen, allmahlich zugespitzten

Endgliedern ; Lamelle abgerundet, so lang wie die Basalglieder ; Abdomen des ? so lang

wie der tibrige Kérper, etwas breiter als der Thorax. Linge $?: 2,5 mm. Beschrieben

nach 70 Exemplaren.

Vorkommen. Seychelle. Félicité: from forest, 14—17. XII. 1908, 1 9. Silhouette:

high forest, 2000 feet, 1908, 5 2; near Mont Pot-d-eau, VIII. 1908, 1 2; Mare aux

Cochons, collected by J. S. Gardiner, 2 ?; Mare aux Cochons plateau and jungle near by,

VIII. 1908, 1 9. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected by

H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 #; near Morne Blane, X.—XI. 1908,

7 EE oor

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDAi 337

1 @; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 32 3, 20 2; forest behind Trois Fréres,

about 2000 feet, 14. I. 1909, 6 2.

5. Ceratopogon psilonotus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 6).

¢. Schwarzbraun und matt, Antennen briunlich, Scutellum rotbraun, Coxee und

Beine hellgelb. Mund spitz, so lang wie der Kopf; Palpen mit 4 gleichdiinnen Gliedern,

Augen kahl. Antennen 14-gliedrig; 2.—10. Glied kuglig, mit einem schrigen Haarwirtel

und einer halsartigen distalen Einschniirung, welche an den ersten Gliedern so lang

als dick, an den folgenden linger als dick ist, Busch schwarzbraun, das vorletzte Glied

erreichend ; 11. Glied mit einem schief abstehenden Hals, welcher linger ist als die 3 vor-

hergehenden Glieder zusammen; 12. Glied wenig kiirzer als das 11. und ebenso diinn,

am Proximalende schwach kuglig verdickt, 13. und 14. walzenf6rmig und dicker aber

bedeutend kiirzer als das 12., nur 2—3-mal so lang wie dick, das 14. mit einem kurzen

Griffel. Mesonotum kahl. Fliigel glashell, mit zerstreuten und anliegenden Haaren ;

Querader vor der Mitte liegend, Cubitus mit dem Radius verbunden, nur im distalen

Viertel sind beide getrennt und bilden eine sehr kleine Zelle, Miindung des Cubitus

vor der Fliigelmitte ; alle tibrigen Adern sehr blass; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade,

in die Fliigelspitze miindend, zwischen ihr und dem Vorderrand befindet sich eine lange,

gegabelte Schaltader, proximale Zinke an der Querader entspringend; Gabelung der

Posticalis wenig hinter der Miindung des Cubitus liegend. Tibien und Tarsen mit langen

Haaren, welche 3—4-mal so lang wie die Dicke der Tibien sind; vordere Tibien so lang

wie die Femora, oder wie die 3 ersten Tarsenglieder zusammen, ohne Kamm; Metatarsus

kaum kiirzer als das 2. Glied, 4—5-mal so lang wie dick, beide ventral mit 2 Reihen von

sete bulbose, 3. und 4. Glied ventral mit einer distalen Borste ; 5. 2-mal so lang wie dick,

Krallen stark gebogen, kaum linger als das breite Empodium ; an den 4 hinteren Tarsen

ist das 2. Glied 24-mal so lang wie der Metatarsus, das 5. Glied 3-mal so lang wie dick ;

hintere Tibien mit einem doppelten Kamm. Endglieder der Zange diinn und zugespitzt.

Linge: 1,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Anonyme Island, from grass, ferns, trees, etc. I.

1909, Ld z.

6. Ceratopogon aplonotus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 7).

9. Rot; Antennen dunkelbraun; Thorax rotbraun, Mesonotum, Scutellum und

Metanotum meist braun; Schwinger weiss; Beine hellgelb. Augen oben breit zusam-

menstossend, kahl; Mund spitz, fast so lang wie die Héhe des Kopfes; 2. Palpenglied

wenig dicker als die 3 iibrigen. Antennen kiirzer als Kopf und Thorax; 2.—9. Glied

kuglig, Haarwirtel nicht doppelt so lang wie ein Glied ; 10.—14. Glied zusammen so lang

wie das iibrige Flagellum, jedes derselben 2-mal so lang wie dick, und distal allmihlich

verengt. Mesonotum matt, fein grauhaarig. Fliigel gleichmiissig und anliegend behaart

(Fig. 7); Cubitus dem Radius bis zur Miindung anliegend, bei starker Vergrésserung

bemerkt man, dass beide von einander schwach getrennt und vor der Mitte durch

eine Querader verbunden sind, Miindung des Cubitus wenig distal von der Fliigelmitte ;

Querader schief, vor dem 2. Fliigeldrittel entspringend; distale Zinke der Discoidalis

338 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

gerade, die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, in die Fliigelspitze miindend, zwischen

ihr und dem Vorderrand eine gegabelte Schaltader; proximale Zinke der Discoidalis

kaum proximal von der Querader entspringend; die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt der

Miindung des Cubitus gegeniiber. Beine ziemlich kurz; Femora, Tibien und Tarsen

fast gleichdick; Tibien und Tarsen dorsal mit langen Haaren, welche etwa 3-mal so

lang sind, wie die Dicke der Glieder ; Metatarsus aller Beine kaum linger als das 2. Glied,

3-mal so lang wie dick, die folgenden Glieder allmihlich kiirzer, das 4. deutlich linger als

dick, 5. wenig kiirzer als das 4.; Empodium fast so lang wie die stark bogigen Krallen.

Abdomen flach gedriickt, wenig linger als der iibrige Kérper. Linge: 1—2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and

Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909, 1 $; Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 4 ?; near Morne Blanc, about

1000 feet, 3. II. 1909, 1 2; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 14 9; Anonyme

Island from grass, ferns, trees, etc. I. 1909, 2%; scrubby forest vegetation, top of

Mount Sebert, 1800 feet or more, I. 1909, | 2; marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins

and Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909, 1 9.

7. Ceratopogon seychelleanus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 8).

?. Von aplonotus nur durch die Fliigel zu unterscheiden. Dieselben sind feiner

anliegend behaart, und glashell, wihrend sie bei aplonotus, wegen der breiteren

Behaarung dunkel erscheinen. Der Cubitus ist nur bis zur Mitte mit dem Radius

verbunden, in der distalen Hilfte ist er von demselben getrennt und bildet mit ihm

eine deutliche Radialzelle, seine Miindung liegt in der Fliigelmitte; die Gabelung der

Posticalis liegt etwas distal von der Miindung des Cubitus. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 3 9.

Var. fulvithorax n. var.

Thorax orangerot, Abdomen schwarzbraun. Liinge ?: 1,2 mm. Sonst wie bei der

typischen Form.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 2 2.

8. Ceratopogon falcinellus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 9, 10).

9. Schwarz, matt und kahl; Schwinger weiss; Beine briunlich. Augen kahl;

Mund zugespitzt, halb so lang wie die Hohe des Kopfes; 2. Palpenglied lang und

kaum verdickt, 3. kaum linger als dick, 4. so lang wie das 3. Antennen kurz;

Flagellumglieder ziemlich kuglig, kaum linger als dick; 10,—13. walzenformig, 2-mal

so lang wie dick; 14. 2}-mal so lang wie dick, mit einem ziemlich langen Endgriffel.

Fliigel (Fig. 9) mit sehr dichten, langen, anliegenden Haaren; der Cubitus tiberragt

die Fliigelmitte, in seiner proximalen Hilfte ist er mit dem Radius verschmolzen, dieser

nur halb so lang wie der Cubitus; distale Zinke der Discoidalis fast gerade, in oder

kaum hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend; proximale Zinke an der schiefen Querader

entspringend; Gabelung der Posticalis distal von der Miindung des Radius, aber

- ann jn .

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHTRONOMIDA 339

proximal von der Miindung des Cubitus liegend. Beine mit abstehenden Haaren,

welche 2—3-mal so lang wie die Dicke der Tibien sind; Femora kaum linger als die

Tibien ; Metatarsus aller Beine linger als die Hilfte der Tibien, 2}-mal so lang wie

das 2. Glied, ventral mit dichten sete bulbose; 2. Glied 2}-mal so lang wie dick,

3. 2-mal, 4. wenig linger als das 5., welches kaum linger als dick ist; Krallen etwas

linger als das 5. Tarsenglied, sichelfoérmig gebogen, linger als das breite Empodium

(Fig. 10). Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over,

collected by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 2; Cascade Estate,

about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 2 9. Silhouette: marshy plateau of Mare aux Cochons or

edge of forest close by, IX. 1908, 1 2.

9. Ceratopogon mahensis, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 11).

¢. Schwarzbraun, Schwinger weisslich, Beine gelblich, Augen kahl; Mund

zugespitzt, 2 der Hohe des Kopfes erreichend, von einer fein behaarten, linealen, am

Ende zweilappigen Lippe bis iiber die Mitte bedeckt, aus 6 spitzen, kahlen, paarweise

geordneten Teilen zusammengesetzt, die 2 inneren Teile sind an der Aussenseite fein

gesigt. Palpenglieder nicht verdickt, 2. und 4. doppelt so lang wie dick, 3. kaum

linger als dick; das 1. wenig linger als dick, einem walzigen, feinhaarigen Fortsatz

entspringend, den man als ein eigentliches Glied betrachten kénnte. Flagellumglieder

kurz eirund, Wirtel 2-mal so lang wie ein Glied; die 5 Endglieder lang gestreckt, fast

walzenférmig, distal kaum diinner, proximal mit einer schwachen ringformigen Ver-

dickung, 3—4-mal so lang wie dick, das 14. wenig liinger als das 13. und mit einem

kurzen Endgriffel, alle 5 zusammen deutlich linger als das iibrige Flagellum, ihr

proximaler Wirtel wenig linger als ein Glied. Mesonotum matt und ziemlich kahl.

Fliigel glashell, mit langen, anliegenden Haaren und dazwischen fein punktirt ; Cubitus

dem Radius scheinbar anliegend, nur bei starker Vergrésserung wird eine Trennung

zwischen beiden sichtbar, sowie eine fast punktformige Querader in der Mitte derselben ;

Miindung des Cubitus hinter der Fliigelmitte ; Schaltader gegabelt und kaum sichtbar ;

distale Zinke der Discoidalis in die Fliigelspitze miindend, die proximale entspringt an

der schiefen Querader ; Gabelung der Posticalis dem 2. Drittel des Cubitus gegeniiber

liegend. Beine mit zerstreuten Haaren, welche kaum doppelt so lang wie die Dicke

der Tibien sind; vorderer und mittlerer Metatarsus fast 3-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied,

beide ventral mit dichten sete bulbose; 3. Glied wenig kiirzer als das 2., kaum mehr

als 2-mal so lang wie dick; 4. wenig linger als das 5., welches kaum linger als dick ist ;

Krallen kiirzer als das 5. Tarsenglied, kaum linger als das breite Empodium (Fig. 11).

Abdomen am Grunde etwas verengt. Linge: 1,2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet,

eo. 1.—2. Il. 1909.

Genus Cuunicorpes Latreille.

Genera Crust. et Insect. 1809, vol. iv. p. 251.

1. Fliigel braun, mit 14 weissen Flecken ; Discoidalis lang gestielt

gigas cok ba Ae 10. C. leucostictus, n. sp.

340 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Fliigel glashell, ungefleckt ; Discoidalis ungestielt (an der Querader gegabelt)

le te clebioaebts lee iatie eh ya see eteiee 2.

2. Kérper schwarz; Cubitus in oder hinter die Fliigelmitte miindend ......... 3.

Kérper orangerot ; Cubitus deutlich vor der Fliigelmitte miindend

8 ET Sis 5 och 13. C. awrantiacus, n. sp.

3. Gabelung der Posticalis proximal von der Miindung des Cubitus liegend ;

Mesonotum matt scpaeperetete eins ceccscesessecigansoesies 11. C. seychellensis, n. sp.

Gabelung der Posticalis distal von der Miindung des Cubitus liegend ;

Mesonotum olamzendi pierre tarts os- i os..ssesennyseanantenee ee ee 12. C. scotti, n. sp.

10. Culicoides leucostictus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 12).

9. Schwarzbraun, matt und fast unbehaart; Antennen proximal weisslich, distal

briunlich ; Schwinger weiss ; Beine briiunlich. Mund diinn und zugespitzt, so lang wie

die Hihe des Kopfes; das 2. Palpenglied keulenformig. Flagellumglieder kuglig, die

Endglieder 2-mal so lang wie dick, schwach kegelférmig. Fliigel (Fig. 12) braun, stark

irrisirend, mit 14 weissen Flecken und einem grésseren schwarzbraunen Fleck, mit

zerstreuten Borsten, die am Rande und an der Spitze dichter stehen, dazwischen mikro-

skopisch fein beborstet ; der schwarzbraune Fleck bedeckt die beiden Radialzellen; die

weissen Flecken sind klein und rundlich, 3 bilden eine Querreihe am Spitzenrande und

liegen zwischen Vorderrand und Discoidalis, zwischen den beiden Zinken der Discoidalis

und zwischen der proximalen Zinke der Discoidalis und der Posticalis; 5 andere bilden

eine Querreihe, der griésste liegt hinter der Miindung des Cubitus, der kleinste

zwischen dem gréssten und der Discoidalis, die 3 tibrigen zwischen den beiden Zinken der

Discoidalis, zwischen der Discoidalis und der Posticalis und zwischen den beiden Zinken

der Posticalis; eine weitere Querreihe besteht aus 4 Flecken, deren 1. zwischen dem

Cubitus und der Gabelung der Discoidalis, der 2. zwischen der Gabelung der Discoidalis

und der Gabelung der Posticalis, die 2 iibrigen iibereinander zwischen der Gabelung

der Posticalis und dem Fliigelhinterrand ; zwei grosse Flecken liegen, der eine proximal

von der Mitte des Stieles der Posticalis, der andere dicht proximal von der Querader und

reicht von der Discoidalis bis zum Vorderrand; Cubitus distal von der Fliigelmitte

miindend, in seiner Mitte durch eine Querader mit dem Radius verbunden, beide Radial-

zellen gleichbreit ; Discoidalis weit distal von der schiefen Querader aber proximal von

der Miindung des Cubitus gegabelt, distale Zinke am Grunde schwach bogig, in die

Fliigelspitze miindend; die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt der Gabelung der Discoidalis

gegeniiber. Vordere Tibien so lang wie die Femora, 2-mal so lang wie der Metatarsus,

dieser fast 3-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied, welches um die Hilfte linger als das 3. ist ;

4, wenig kiirzer als das 3., kaum kiirzer als das 5., 2-mal so lang wie dick; Empodium

durch einige Borsten ersetzt ; alle Tibien mit abstehenden Haaren, welche doppelt so lang

wie die Dicke der Tibien sind. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and

Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909.

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDA 341

11. Culicoides seychellensis, n. sp.

a2. Schwarz oder schwarzbraun, matt und fast kahl; Schwinger weisslich, Coxze

und Beine gelblichweiss; Scutellum rotgelb; Abdomen des 2 ventral rotbraun. Mund

und Palpen kurz. Antennenglieder des g ziemlich kuglig, die 4 letzten walzenformig und

2—3-mal so lang wie dick, Busch schwarzbraun und bis zum Grunde des Endgliedes

reichend. Flagellumglieder des 2 ziemlich gleichgestaltet, kurz keglig, 2-mal so lang wie

dick, mit kurzen Wirteln, Endglied linger und allmihlich zugespitzt. Fliigel glashell,

gleichmissig, lang, und anliegend behaart, dazwischen fein und dicht punktirt ; Cubitus

tiberall mit dem Radius verschmolzen, etwas hinter die Fliigelmitte miindend, von der

Costa nicht tiberragt ; Querader sehr schief und lang, deutlich proximal von der Fliigel-

mitte legend; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade, in die Fliigelspitze miindend, proximale

Zinke am Grunde fast erloschen, wenig vor der Querader entspringend ; Gabelung der

Posticalis so weit von der Querader entfernt als von der Miindung des Cubitus. Hinter-

tibien mit einem doppelten Kamm, Metatarsus der Hinterbeine so lang wie die 4 folgenden

Glieder zusammen ; 2. Glied um die Hiilfte linger als das 3., welches fast doppelt so lang

wie das 4. ist; dieses um die Hiilfte liinger als dick; 5. Glied diinn, so lang wie das 3. ;

Krallen einfach, gleichlang, am Grunde mit einigen Borsten, ohne deutliches Empodium.

Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 1000 feet and over, 1 2;

Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 1 f.

12. Culicoides scotti, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 13).

$$. Schwarz und gliinzend, fast unbehaart; Antennen braun; Schultern, Tegule,

ein Fleck unter der Fliigelwurzel, und Scutellum gelb, oftmals nur das Scutellum gelb ;

Schwinger milchweiss; Coxee und Beine schmutzig weiss. Augen sehr fein und kurz

behaart ; Mund zugespitzt, nur halb so lang wie die Hohe des Kopfes; 2. Palpenglied

linger als die iibrigen aber nicht verdickt. Antennen 14-gliedrig; Flagellumglieder des ¢

in der Mitte etwas dicker als an beiden Enden, um die Hiilfte liinger als dick, mit eimem

queren Hals; die 4 Endglieder in der Richtung der vorigen legend, 2—3-mal so lang wie

das 10., unterhalb der Mitte etwas eingeschniirt, ausgenommen das 14., ihr proximaler

Wirtel linger als die iibrigen Borsten ; Busch schwarzbraun. Beim ? sind alle Flagellum-

glieder gleichgestaltet, mit Ausnahme des Endgliedes, 2-mal so lang wie dick, schwach

keglig, das 14. 3-mal so lang wie dick. Fliigel (Fig. 13) glashell, fem und dicht punktirt,

mit langen und abstehenden Borsten liings der Riinder und auf allen Adern, auch auf der

schwachen Analader; 1 oder 2 Lingsreihen solcher Borsten befinden sich zwischen dem

Vorderrand und der Discoidalis, zwischen den beiden Zinken der Discoidalis, sowie

zwischen der Discoidalis und der Posticalis ; Cubitus in die Fliigelmitte miindend, schein-

bar mit dem Radius verschmolzen, bei starker Vergrésserung erscheint er von dem Radius

getrennt und distal von der Mitte durch eine punktformige Querader mit demselben

verbunden; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade, die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend,

in die Fliigelspitze miindend, proximale Zinke an der schiefen Querader entspringend ;

Gabelung der Posticalis wenig distal von der Miindung des Cubitus liegend. Beine mit

abstehenden Haaren, welche 2—3-mal so lang wie die Dicke der Tibien sind ; hintere

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 44

———e

342 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Tibien etwas kiirzer als der Tarsus, mit einem doppelten Kamm, Metatarsus der Hinter-

beine 23-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied, welches um die Hialfte linger als das 3. ist; das 4.

deutlich kiirzer als das 3., doppelt so lang wie dick, wenig ktirzer als das etwas diinnere 5.;

Empodium durch einige Borsten ersetzt. Abdomen matt. Linge: 0,6—1 mm. Beschrieben

nach 51 Exemplaren (47 , 4 ¢).

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 2; Cascade Estate, about 800—

1500 feet, 1909, 4 ¢, 40 $; marshy ground near sea-level, Cascade, 20. II. 1909, 6 9.

13. Culicoides aurantiacus, n. sp.

$?. Orangerot. Antennen braunschwarz, Schwinger weisslich, Beine schmutzig

weiss, Abdomen dorsal mit 8 breiten, schwarzbraunen Querbinden; die Lamellen des 2

schwarzbraun und fast kreisrund. Augen behaart; Palpen nicht verdickt, 4. Glied klein ;

Mund zugespitzt, die Hiilfte oder die 2 der Hihe des Kopfes erreichend. Antennen des ?

mit ziemlich gleichen Flagellumgliedern, diese fast keglig, 2 bis 24-mal so lang wie dick,

10.—14. 3-mal so lang wie dick, Haarwirtel doppelt so lang wie ein Glied. Flagellum-

glieder des ¢ fast kuglig, die 4 Endglieder verlingert, zusammen so lang wie das iibrige

Flagellum; Busch schwarzbraun. Mesonotum matt und kahl. Fliigel glashell, mit

zerstreuten Haaren, dazwischen dicht und fein punktirt; Cubitus dem Radius bis zur

Miindung anliegend, seine Miindung deutlich vor der Fliigelmitte, der Gabelung der

Posticalis gegentiberliegend ; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade, in die Fliigelspitze

miindend, proximale Zinke an oder kaum proximal von der Querader entspringend.

Beine schlank, Tibien etwas kiirzer als die Tarsen, die 4 hinteren mit zerstreuten,

abstehenden Haaren, welche 2—3-mal so lang wie die Dicke der Tibien sind; Metatarsus

aller Beine ventral mit 2 Reihen dichter sete bulbos@, 3-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied,

welches 24-mal so lang wie dick ist; 4. Glied noch um die Hiilfte linger als dick, etwas

kiirzer als das 5.; Empodium durch einige Borsten ersetzt. Abdomen beim ? etwas keglig.

Lange: 1—1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909,

I oe) See

Var. mahensis, n. var.

Abdomen dorsal einfarbig schwarzbraun. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 2 9.

Genus SpHaRoMIAS Curtis.

Brit. Entom. 1829, vol. vi. Pl. 285.

Ueber den Begriff der Gattung Sphewromias besteht bis zur Zeit keine Klarheit.

Dem Dipterologen, Herrn J. E. Collin, aus Newmarket, habe ich es zu verdanken, wenn

ich nun in der Lage bin, die richtige Deutung derselben zu erkennen und hier aufstellen

zu k6énnen.

Der Name Spheromias wurde, im Jahre 1829, von Stephens, in Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins.

vol. i. p. 236 auf folgende Weise aufgestellt : “Spheromias mihi: 1° annulitarsis mihi,

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDA® 343

2° varipes mihi, 3° albomarginatus mihi.” Da Stephens weder die Gattung noch irgend

eine der dazugestellten Arten beschrieben hat, so bleibt der Name Sphwromias Stephens

ein nomen nudum. In demselben Jahre hat Curtis, a.a.O., sowohl die Gattung Spheromias,

als auch zwei der von Stephens benannten Arten, beschrieben, niimlich 1° albomarginatus

und 3° varipes ; annulitarsis wird an 2. Stelle genannt aber nicht beschrieben. Aus der

langen Gattungsdiagnose ist nur Folgendes von Belang: “‘Antennen in beiden Gesch-

lechtern gleich (?), nicht ganz so lang wie der Thorax, schwach borstig behaart und

14-gliedrig ; Grundglied dick, fast kreiselformig ; 2. linger als eins der 7 folgenden, welche

beinahe walzenférmig sind; das 10. und die folgenden 2-mal so lang als eins der 7 vor

dem 10. befindlichen Glieder, Endglied ziemlich zugespitzt...Palpen 4-gliedrig, 1. und 2.

Glied gleichlang, das 1. etwas dicker und am Grunde gekriimmt, 3. das kiirzeste, 4. das

lingste und keulenférmig. Fliigel mit einer Costal- und 2 ausgebildeten Radialzellen.

Beine ziemlich dick, Tibien einfach, 1. Tarsenglied das liingste, 2. und 5. kiirzer und

gleichlang, 4. das kiirzeste, Endglied mit einer doppelten Reihe von dornartigen Borsten ;

Krallen sehr lang und stark gekriimmt.” Die typische Art, das heisst, die an erster

Stelle, nach dieser Gattungsdiagnose, beschriebene Art ist S. albomarginatus. Das

Fliigelgeiider derselben, wie aus der beigegebenen Abbildung des Fliigels erhellt, stimmt

mit dem unserer S. pulchripennis n. sp. (Fig. 15) tiberein, ausgenommen dass der distale

Abschnitt des Radius nicht, wie hier, an der Spitze, sondern wenig distal von der Mitte,

durch eine Querader, mit dem Cubitus verbunden ist ; ferner ist die Miindung des Cubitus,

bei albomarginatus, der Fliigelspitze noch niher als bei pulchripennis. Die Gattung

Spheromias muss somit in dem Sinne genommen werden, wie sie von Curtis beschrieben

worden ist. So wurde sie auch etwas spiiter (1833) von Haliday aufgefasst. Im Jahre

1856 hat dagegen Walker (Insecta Britannica, Dipt. vol. il. p. 208) der Gattung

Spheromias einen ganz anderen Sinn beigelegt; er fiihrt namlich dieselbe fiir seine

species 64 und 65 auf, also fiir tibialis Meig. und fasciatus Meig., deren Femora bedornt

sind. Somit fallt Spheromias Walker zusammen mit Palpomyia Megerlé, und kénnte

héchstens, wegen des bedornten 5. Tarsengliedes, als Untergattung bei Palpomyia stehen,

wenn der Name nicht vergeben wiire; in diesem Sinne hatte ich auch bisher Spheromias

aufgefasst.

Spheromias Curtis, non Walker, tritt nun an Stelle von Ceratolophus Kieff. und

erhiilt als Synonymen: Ceratopogon Meigen partim, Ceratolophus Kietter und Johann-

seniella Williston.

Die 3 folgenden Arten wurden auf den Seychellen entdeckt :

1. Das 5. Tarsenglied ventral mit je 3 langen, schwarzen, stumpfen Dornen ; Fliigel

ungefleckt ee RT Ge fo div Vac sencdinetaedhetdncen cee Rade Oe eDOCO NUL D.. Sp.

Das 5. Tarsenglied unbewehrt; Fliigel gefleckt .........-sseseeseeeeeeeeee teense 2.

2. Die beiden Radialzellen linealisch ...........+++++e+0+ 15. S. pulchripennis, n. sp.

Proximale Radialzelle eine kleine rhombische Areola bildend 16. S. areolaris, n. sp.

14. Spheromias hexacantha, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 14).

@. Glinzend schwarz; Abdomen glinzend braun, Stiel der Schwinger und die Tarsen

weisslich, Femora und Tibien braunschwarz. Mund zugespitzt, ein Drittel so lang wie der

44—2

344 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Kopf; 2. Palpenglied verdickt, so lang wie das 3. und 4. zusammen. Antennenglieder

2—9 walzenf6rmig, mit einem kurzen Hals, das 2. doppelt so lang wie dick, die folgenden

um die Halfte linger als dick, Wirtel nicht 2-mal so lang wie ein Glied ; 10.—14. Glied

zusammen etwas linger als das iibrige Flagellum, walzenformig, jedes doppelt so lang wie

das 9. Fliigel schwach getriibt, unbehaart; Radius wenig vor seiner Spitze durch eine

gerade Querader, mit dem Cubitus verbunden; Cubitus bis zum distalen Fliigeldrittel

reichend, von der Costa nicht tiberragt, weniger weit von der Fliigelspitze entfernt als die

distale Zinke der Posticalis, aber weiter als die proximale Zinke der Discoidalis; die

2 Radialzellen gleichbreit, die distale fast 3-mal so lang wie die proximale ; gewdhnliche

Querader senkrecht; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade, die Richtung des Stieles

fortsetzend, wenig hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend, proximale Zinke kaum proximal von

der Querader entspringend, sanft S-formig geschwungen ; die Gabelung der Posticalis hegt

der Querader gegeniiber, distale Zinke die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, die proximale

sehr schief. Beine fein und schwach behaart, nur die hinteren Tibien mit spirlichen

abstehenden Haaren ; die Hinterbeine deutlich linger und etwas dicker als die 4 vorderen ;

alle Tibien etwas kiirzer als die Femora, die vorderen mit einem einfachen Kamm, hinter

welchem noch andere Stacheln sind, die hinteren mit einem doppelten Kamm; Tarsen

wenig liinger als die Tibien ; vorderer Metatarsus 2}-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied, dieses

fast 3-mal so lang wie dick; 3. wenig linger als dick; 4. kaum linger als dick;

5. proximal mit je 3 schwarzen, stumpfen und langen Dornen, schwach bogig, linger

als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammen; alle Krallen ungleich, die liingere erreicht die 2

Drittel des 5. Tarsengliedes, die kiirzere nur 4 so lang wie die liingere (Fig. 14); die

4 hinteren Tarsen wie die vorderen, ihr Metatarsus etwas linger. Kdérper ziemlich kahl.

Linge: 2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet,

Gee 909)

15. Spheronias pulchripennis, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 15—17).

$9. Glinzend schwarz; Schwinger weiss; Tarsen weisslich, Gelenke schwirzlich ;

Antennenglieder 2—9 gelb beim 3, Flagellum briaunlich beim §. Augen kahl, oben wenig

getrennt ; Palpen 4-gliedrig, 1. Glied kurz, 2. doppelt so lang wie dick, 3. und 4. um die

Hiilfte linger als dick; Mund klein und spitz. Antennen 14-gliedrig ; beim ? sind die

Glieder 3—10 walzenformig, um die Hialfte linger als dick, 11. Glied kiirzer als das 12.,

tiber dem Grunde etwas schief verlaufend ; 12.—14. doppelt so lang wie das 9. und etwas

diinner, am Grunde schwach verdickt und mit einem Wirtel; Busch in der proximalen

Halfte gelb, in der distalen schwarzbraun, die Mitte des Endgliedes erreichend ; beim ?

sind die Flagellumglieder walzenrund, zuerst 13-mal, dann 2-mal so lang wie dick;

10.—14. um die Hiilfte linger als das 9.; Endglied in beiden Geschlechtern mit einem

kurzen Griffel. Fliigel (Fig. 15) weiss, mit schwarzen Flecken, Fliche unbehaart, dicht

punktirt ; ein kleiner Fleck proximal von der Querader, zwischen Radius und Discoidalis ;

ein grosser querer Fleck von der Querader bis zur Miindung des Radius einerseits, und

vom Radius bis zur proximalen Zinke der Discoidalis andererseits ; zwischen den beiden

Zinken der Discoidalis verliingert sich dieser Fleck distal bis zu einem etwas schmaleren

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHTRONOMID AL 345

Querfleck, welcher von der Miindung des Cubitus bis zur proximalen Zinke der Discoidalis

reicht ; ein weniger deutlicher Fleck liegt zwischen den beiden Zinken der Posticalis ;

Radius distal von der Fliigelmitte miindend, an seiner Spitze mit dem Cubitus durch eine

Querader verbunden ; Cubitus bis zum distalen Fliigelviertel reichend ; die beiden Radial-

zellen gleichbreit, die distale 24-mal so lang wie die proximale; distale Zinke in die

Fliigelspitze miindend, proximale Zinke am Grunde erloschen ; die Gabelung der Posticalis

liegt der schiefen Querader gegentiber. An den 2 hinteren Beinen sind die Femora und

Tibien gleichdick und gleichlang, linger als an den 4 iibrigen und doppelt so dick als an

den iibrigen ; die hinteren Tibien mit einem doppelten Kamm, die Stacheln des lingeren

sind weit abstehend; Metatarsus um die Hiilfte liinger als das 2. Glied, ventral mit

2 Reihen von sete bulbosw, proximal und distal mit einem schwarzen Stachel; die

3 folgenden ventral, wenig vor dem Distalende, mit 1—2 Stacheln; 5. Glied ohne

Stacheln, um die Hiilfte linger als das 4., welches etwas liinger als das 3. ist ; Krallen

einfach, ungleich, die liingere fast so lang wie die 2 letzten Tarsenglieder zusammen, die

kiirzere erreicht ein Drittel der lingeren (Fig. 16); an den 4 vorderen Tarsen ist das

4, Glied deutlich kiirzer als das 3.; Tibien der mittleren Beine diinner als die der vorderen,

etwas liinger als die Femora; Krallen der 4 vorderen Beine einfach, gleichlang, héchstens

halb so lang wie das 5. Tarsenglied. Endglieder der Zange (Fig. 17) in der proximalen

Hialfte schwach verdickt und fein behaart, in der distalen Hilfte sehr diinn und unbehaart.

Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Praslin: Cétes d’Or Estate, especially from Coco-de-Mer

forest, in the Vallée de Mai, 28. XI. 1908, 5 #, 3 9. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district,

about 1500 feet, 26. I.—2. II. 1909, 2 ¢; marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and

Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909, 1 9.

16. Spheromias areolaris, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 18, 19).

@. Schwarzbraun; Thorax rotbraun, Oberseite oftmals dunkelbraun, Schwinger

weiss ; Beine schmutzig gelb; Abdomen vorn etwas heller. Antennen linger als Kopf

und Thorax zusammen; Flagellumglieder 2—3-mal so lang wie dick, fast walzenformig,

die 4—5 Endglieder viel linger und fadenférmig. Palpenglieder diinn, das 2. linger.

Mesonotum matt. Fliigel (Fig. 18) briunlich, stellenweise heller, eine schwarzbraune

Querbinde reicht von der Gabelung der Discoidalis durch die proximale Radialzelle bis

zum Vorderrand ; Fliche mikroskopisch fein beborstet ; Querader kaum proximal von der

Fliigelmitte entspringend, schief und lang; distaler Abschnitt des Radius sehr kurz, seine

Miindung liegt der Querader gegeniiber, in seiner Mitte ist er mit dem Cubitus durch

eine schiefe Querader verbunden; Cubitus fast das distale Fliigeldrittel erreichend ;

proximale Radialzelle kaum linger als breit, eine kleine rhombische Areola bildend ;

distale Radialzelle dreieckig, 3-mal so lang wie die proximale; distale Zinke der Dis-

coidalis gerade, die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, kaum hinter die Fliigelspitze

miindend ; proximale Zinke kaum distal von der Querader entspringend ; Gabelung der

Posticalis wenig distal von der Querader liegend. Beine feinhaarig, Tibien dorsal mit

4—5 langen abstehenden Borsten; vordere Tibien etwas kiirzer als die Tarsen, die 4

hinteren so lang wie die Tarsen ; die 2 hinteren mit einem doppelten Kamm ; alle Tarsen

346 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

sehr diinn; Metatarsus so lang wie die 4 folgenden Glieder zusammen, ventral mit 2

Reihen dichter sete bulbose; 2. Glied mehr als doppelt so lang wie das 3. und 4.

zusammen ; 3. kaum linger als dick; 4. so lang wie das 3. aber distal schief abgestutzt ;

5. Glied so lang wie das 2., etwas bogig, am Grunde mit einem braunen Stachel; Krallen

ungleich, die lingere fast so lang wie das ganze Glied, 3-mal so lang wie die kiirzere

(Fig. 19). Abdomen vorn etwas verengt. Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: from near Morne Blanc, X—XI. 1908, 1 2;

Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 3 2.

Genus Serromyia Meigen.

Syst. Beschr. der bek. europ. zweifl. Ins. 1818, vol. i. p. 66.

Der Name Serromyia findet sich bei Meigen, a.a.O., nach der Beschreibung seines

Ceratopogon femoratus Fabr., in folgender Bemerkung: “Auch aus dem Kais. Konigl.

Museum als Serromyia geniculata mitgeteilt.” Hierzu gehért als Synonym Prionomyia ;

dieser Name wurde von Stephens (1829), aber ohne Beschreibung aufgestellt und blieb

somit nomen nudum, bis Westwood, im Jahre 1840 (Introduction to the Modern Classif.

of Insects, vol. i1., Generic Synopsis, p. 126) folgende Diagnose desselben gab: “ Prionomyia

unterscheidet sich von Ceratopogon durch die verdickten Hinterbeine”; Westwood gab

femoratus Fabr., Meig. als Type an.

17. Serromyia festiva, n. sp.

_ g. Kopf hellgelb; 1. Antennenglied braunrot, proximale Halfte des Flagellum gelb,

die distale Hilfte und der Busch braun; Palpen und Thorax briunlichgelb, vordere

Halfte des Mesonotum hellgelb, mit zahlreichen schwarzen Punkten, hintere Hialfte

briunlich, unpunktirt ; Scutellum und Schwinger gelblichweiss; Beine braun, an den

2 hinteren sind die Trochantere und Coxe glinzend schwarz, Vorderbeine und Tarsen

der 2 Hinterbeine schmutzigweiss, Femora der 2 Hinterbeine gelb, seitlich mit je 3

schwarzen Héckern, am Distalende mit 2 schwarzen Ringen; Abdomen gelblichweiss

und matt. Augen kahl, oben breit zusammenfliessend. Drittletztes Palpenglied so lang

wie die 2 folgenden zusammen und etwas dicker als dieselben. Mesonotum matt, kahl

oder mit sehr spirlicher und sehr kurzer Behaarung ; Scutellum mit 2 langen Borsten.

Fliigel fast glashell, das Abdomen etwas iiberragend, unbehaart, Adern blass; Querader

etwas distal von der Fliigelmitte liegend; Radius halb so lang wie der Cubitus, am

Distalende mit dem Cubitus durch eine schriige Querader verbunden; Cubitus gerade,

bis zum distalen Fliigeldrittel reichend, sein Distalende ist der Fliigelspitze kaum niher

als das Ende der distalen Zinke der Posticalis; Gabelung der Discoidalis proximal von

der Querader beginnend, vordere Zinke schwach nach hinten gebogen, kaum hinter die

Fligelspitze miindend, hintere Zinke kaum sichtbar; Gabelung der Posticalis kaum

proximal von der Querader. Die 4 vorderen Femora und Tibien sind diinn, die Femora

am Distalende aussen mit 2 Borsten, innen mit 1 Borste, die Tibien mit einer ahn-

lichen Borste oberhalb der Mitte und 1 oder 2 Borsten am Distalende; hintere Femora

iiberaus stark verdickt und etwas seitlich zusammengedriickt, so breit wie das Abdomen,

3—4-mal so breit wie die Tibien, iiberall gleichbreit, beiderseits von der Ventralseite,

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDAi 347

mit je 4 schwarzen Stacheln in der distalen Hiilfte und je 3 schwarzen Héckern in

der proximalen Hilfte; hintere Tibien kaum kiirzer als die Femora und der ventralen

Seite derselben in der Ruhe angedriickt, etwas dicker als die 4 vorderen Femora, am

Distalende mit einem braunen, kriftigen, doppelten Kamm; die 4 vorderen Tibien

etwas kiirzer als ihre Femora; Metatarsus aller Beine ventral mit kurzen, dichten und

weisslichen Stacheln, so lang wie die 3 folgenden Glieder zusammen, 4. Ghd fast 2-mal

so lang wie dick, distal schief abgestutzt, nicht dicker als die tibrigen; 5. bogig gekriimmt,

so lang wie das 3. und 4. zusammen; Krallen einfach und klem; Empodium und

Pulvillen fehlend. Abdomen fast lineal, flach gedriickt; Zangenglieder schlank, das

Endglied sehr diinn. Liinge: 2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Silhouette: low coconut-planted country near the coast,

Pointe Etienne, 17. IX. 1908.

Genus PacnyLeprus Walker.

Insect. Saunders, vol. i. Dipt. 1856, p. 426.

18. Pachyleptus rufipes, n. sp.

@. Glanzend schwarz; Spitze der Coxe und Beine hellgelb, Tarsen etwas dunkler.

Augen oben ziemlich breit getrennt, Scheitel glinzend, dreieckig, zwischen den Augen

zugespitzt. Palpen 4-gliedrig, 2. Glied etwas dicker als die tibrigen, so lang wie das

3. und 4. zusammen. Antennen 14-gliedrig; 2.—9. Glied fast walzenrund, 2-mal so

lang wie dick, Wirtel so lang wie ein Glied; 10.—14. Glied walzenférmig, 3-mal so

lang wie das 9., zusammen um die Hilfte linger als die 9 vorigen miteinander, Haare

so lang wie der Wirtel des 9. Gliedes. Fliigel glashell, dicht und fein punktirt, unbehaart ;

Hilfsader bis zur Querader reichend; Radius weit hinter der Fliigelmitte miindend,

vom Cubitus weit entfernt und nicht durch eine Querader mit ihm verbunden; Distalende

des Cubitus vor dem distalen Viertel des Fliigels; Gabelung der Discoidalis an der

Querader liegend, distale Zinke die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, hinter die Fliigel-

spitze miindend; Gabelung der Posticalis kaum distal von der Querader liegend. Vordere

Femora stark verdickt, 3-mal so dick wie die Tibien, 3-mal so lang wie dick, ventral

beiderseits mit einer Reihe kurzer, dicker, schwarzer Stacheln oder Dornen; vordere

Tibien schwach bogig, der Ventralseite der Femora dicht anliegend, mit einem einfachen

Kamm; die 4 Hinterbeine schlank und linger als die vorderen; Tibien der 2 Hinter-

beine so lang wie die Femora, um die Hiilfte linger als der Metatarsus, mit einem

doppelten Kamm, deren lingerer weit abstehende Stacheln trigt; Metatarsus fast

2-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied, ventral mit 2 Reihen von dichten sete bulbose; 3.

und 4. Glied kaum linger als dick, das 4. distal schief abgestutzt; 5. Glied diinner,

schwach bogig, wenig kiirzer als das 2., und so lang wie das 3. und 4. zusammen ;

Krallen einfach und klein; Empodium fehlend. Abdomen lang, flach gedriickt und

kahl wie der iibrige Kérper. Liinge: 2,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, 6. IX. 1908, 1 ¢. Mahé:

Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott,

348 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 ¢; near Morne Blanc, X.—XI. 1908, 2 9; Cascade Estate, III.

1909, 1 @.

Var. femoralis, n. var.

Distale Hilfte der hinteren Femora schwarzbraun.

Vorkommen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 1 9.

Genus Propezzia Kieffer.

Kieffer in: Wytsman, Genera Insectorum, Chironomid, 1906, pu

1. Krallen lang und zweispaltig; 5. Tarsenglied ventral mit schwarzen,

stumpfen und langen Dornen ...............-..--issereseceenceuessen ee 2.

Krallen klein und einfach ; 5. Tarsenglied unbewehrt..............c.sseceeeeees 3h

2..- Schwarz, nut die Marseimmmellees: .5.<. ...craosc+-vs-cceumesseembee 19. P. scott, no sp

Schwarz ; Beine, Schwinger und Abdomen hell ......... 20. P. longipennas, n. sp.

3. Beine gelb, schwarz germoeley .2...........0...4..0.cseneee 21. P. ornatissima, n. sp.

Beine einfarbig: braunpellinmmeeeecs: cic... >.<. cameo sczsee 22. P. seychelleana, n. sp.

19. Probezzia scotti, n. sp.

9. Ganz mattschwarz, mit Einschluss der Schwinger, nur die 4 ersten Tarsenglieder

schmutziggelb, Flagellum schwarzbraun. Mund vorgestreckt und zugespitzt, linger als

die Palpen, ein Drittel der Héhe des Kopfes erreichend; Augen oben breit zusammen-

stossend. Antennen 14-gliedrig, 2. Glied dicker und etwas linger als das 3.; 3.—9. kurz

ellipsoidal, Wirtel doppelt so lang wie das Glied, 10.—14. walzenformig, proximal schwach

kuglig verdickt, jedes 3—4-mal so lang als das 9., zusammen doppelt so lang wie das

2.—9. Glied zusammen, mit langen abstehenden Borsten. Thorax héher als lang;

Mesonotum matt, kahl. Fliigel kahl, schwach getriibt, das Abdomen ziemlich iiberragend,

die Adern in der Nahe des Vorderrandes braun, wie auch die Posticalis ; Querader vor

der Fliigelmitte liegend ; Radius fast halb so lang wie der Cubitus; dieser etwa gerade,

von der Costalis nicht iiberragt, das distale Viertel der Fliigel erreichend, so weit vom

Ende der proximalen Zinke der Discoidalis als von der distalen Zinke der Posticalis

entfernt ; distale Zinke der Discoidalis kaum hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend, die

Richtung der Basis fortsetzend ; proximale Zinke sehr blass, proximal von der Querader

entspringend ; Gabelung der Posticalis kaum distal von der Querader legend, distale

Zinke die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, kaum gebogen, die proximale Zinke sehr

schrig; hinter der Posticalis mit Spur einer gegabelten Ader ; ohne Spur einer gegabelten

Ader zwischen dem Cubitus und der Discoidalis. Femora ziemlich walzenférmig und

wenig dicker als die Tibien, die vorderen kaum linger als die Tibien, die 4 hinteren

wenigstens um ein Drittel linger als die Tibien; alle Tibien bewimpert, doppelt so

lang wie der Metatarsus; Tarsenglieder allmiihlich verktirzt bis zum 5., welches so lang

wie das 3. und 4. zusammen ist; Metatarsus so lang wie die 3 folgenden Glieder

zusammen, ventral mit 2 Reihen kurzer Stacheln, welche am Grunde zwiebelartig

verdickt sind; 3. Glied 3-mal so lang wie dick; 4. um die Hilfte linger als dick;

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMID Ai 349

5. ventral mit langen, schwarzen, stiibchenartigen Bildungen; Krallen aller Fiisse 2-spaltig,

die 2 gréssern Zinken erreichen zwei Drittel der Liinge des Tarsengliedes, die 2 kleineren

erreichen nur ein Drittel der Linge der grésseren. Linge: 2,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909;

marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909.

20. Probezzia lonyipennis, n. sp.

9. Matt schwarz; Antennen schwarzbraun ; Schwinger, Coxe und Beine briiun-

lichgelb ; Abdomen schmutziggelb. Antennen diinner als bei voriger Art, Wirtel kaum

linger als ein Glied. Fliigel vollkommen glashell, das Abdomen um die Hialfte tiberragend.

Im Ubrigen mit voriger Art iibereinstimmend. Linge: 2,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and

Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909.

21. Probezzia ornatissima, n. sp.

#9. Schwarz; Antennen des 7, mit Ausnahme der drei braunen Endglieder, Busch,

Schwingerstiel, Beine grésstenteils und Abdomen hellgelb; Coxee, Trochanteren, Dis-

talende aller Femora, ein Ring vor dem Distalende der vorderen Femora, die beiden Ende

und ein in der Mitte befindlicher Ring an den vorderen Tibien, proximales Drittel und

Distalende der 4 hinteren Tibien, sowie Gelenke der Tarsen schwarz; die 6 ersten Tergite

mit einem sehr kurzen schwarzen Mittellingsstrich, Zange des $ und Analsegment des ?

schwarz; Antennen des ¢ briunlich, die Einschniirungen zwischen den Gliedern heller.

Augen oben breit zusammenstossend beim ?, durch den matten dreieckigen Scheitel getrennt

beim ¢; Palpen 4-gliedrig, alle Glieder gleichdiinn, etwa 3-mal so lang wie dick.

Antennen 14-gliedrig; Flagellumglieder des ? kuglig, durch Einschniirungen untereinander

getrennt, die 5 distalen Glieder walzenférmig, 14 bis 2-mal so lang wie dick, zusammen

etwas kiirzer als das tibrige Flagellum ; Wirtel klein; beim ¢ sind die Flagellumglieder

2—10 walzenformig, breit aneinander stossend, zuerst wenig linger als dick, dann um die

Hilfte linger als dick, ihr Busch reicht bis zum 12. Glied ; 11.—14. Glied verliingert und

walzenférmig, nicht schief abstehend, das 11. fast so lang wie das 12. und 13. zusammen,

diese gleichlang, 3-mal so lang wie dick, das 14. um die Halfte linger als das 13., distal

allmihlich verengt. Mesonotum matt und kahl. Fliigel glashell, mit mikroskopisch

feiner Beborstung ; Hilfsader die Querader etwas tiberragend; Radius kaum distal von

der Fliigelmitte miindend, mit dem Cubitus nirgends verbunden; Cubitus doppelt so

lang wie der Radius, bis zum distalen F liigeldrittel reichend, von der Costa nicht

tiberragt; Querader schief, weit proximal von der Fliigelmitte; die Discoidalis gabelt

an der Querader, ihre distale Zinke gerade, die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend,

hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend ; Gabelung der Posticalis weit distal von der Querader,

distale Zinke die Richtung des Stieles fortsetzend, proximale Zinke sehr schief. Beine

ohne deutliche Behaarung; die vorderen etwas kiirzer als die 4 hinteren ; alle ziemlich

schlank ; vordere Femora walzenrund, ventral mit 3 kleinen, schwarzen Dornen in der

distalen Hilfte ; vordere Tibien kaum kiirzer als die Tarsen, Metatarsus so lang wie die

2 folgenden Glieder zusammen, 2. Glied 3-mal so lang wie dick, das 3. 2-mal, das 4. kaum

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 45

390 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

linger als dick, 5. diinn, so lang wie das 3. und 4. zusammen ; Krallen klein, einfach und

gleichlang ; die 2 hinteren Tibien mit einem doppelten Kamm; Tarsen der 4 hinteren

Beine deutlich linger als die Tibien, Metatarsus um die Hiilfte linger als der Metatarsus

der Vorderbeine, 4. Glied noch 2-mal so lang wie dick ; die beiden ersten Tarsenglieder an

allen Beinen ventral mit 2 Reihen von kurzen und dichten sete bulbose. Abdomen

matt, fast kahl, flach gedriickt; Zange mit sehr dicken Basalgliedern, Endglieder nur halb

so lang, diinn, schwach bogig, fein behaart, am Ende allmihlich zugespitzt. Lange:

2,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 ¢; marshy ground near sea-level,

Cascade, 20. II. 1909, 1 ¢; marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and Anse Royale,

19—21. I. 1909, 3 g, 1 2

Var. bipunctata, n. var.

Abdomen schmutziggelb, dorsal mit einer breiten schwarzbraunen Mittellingsbinde

auf den 5 ersten Tergiten; 6. Tergit mit einem kurzen, schwarzen Mittellingsstrich und je

einem kleinen, kreisrunden, schwarzen Fleck.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: marshy ground near sea-level, Cascade, 20. II.

1909, 1 2.

22. Probezzia seychelleana, n. sp.

t. Schwarz, Beine braungelb. Augen kahl; Palpen 4-gliedrig, alle Glieder gleich-

diinn, das 2. so lang wie das 3. und 4. zusammen, diese nicht 2-mal so lang wie dick.

Fliigel glashell, mit einer mikroskopisch feiner Beborstung ; Querader in der Fliigel-

mitte liegend, Cubitus fast 3-mal so lang wie der Radius, das letzte Fliigelviertel

erreichend, an seiner Miindung so weit von der Fliigelspitze entfernt als die proximale

Zinke der Discoidalis ; distale Zinke der Discoidalis gerade, kaum hinter die Fligel-

spitze miindend, die proximale Zinke am Grunde erloschen, sichtbar von der Querader

ab; Gabelung der Posticalis unter der Querader legend, distale Zinke die Richtung

des Stieles fortsetzend. Beine schlank; Tibien so lang wie die Femora, etwas kiirzer

als die Tarsen; Tibien und Tarsen dorsal mit gereihten, ziemlich langen Borsten ;

die 2 ersten Tarsenglieder ventral mit 2 Reihen dichter, kurzer sete bulbose, hintere

Tibien mit einem doppelten Kamm, die vorderen mit einem einfachen Kamm, hinter

welchem noch zahlreiche angedriickte Stacheln vorhanden sind ; vorderer Metatarsus fast

2-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied, dieses doppelt so lang wie das 3., welches 3-mal so lang

wie dick ist ; 4. kaum linger als dick ; 5. so lang wie das 3., aber dinten Krallen einfach

und klein; hinterer Metatarsus mehr als 2-mal so lang wie das 2. Glied. Abdomen

schlank. Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet,

AG, 4, UL Soe):

i .,

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDZE 351

2. Subfamilie Chironomine.

A. Cxtronomus—Gruppe.

Mittlere und hintere Tibien, am Distalende, mit einem unvollstiindigen, gezihnelten

Ring oder mit einem Kamm (Querreihe von Stacheln), vordere Tibien meist viel kiirzer,

selten etwa so lang wie der Metatarsus, ohne Sporn; basale Zangenglieder innen mit

einem langen durch zuriickgekriimmte Haare ausgezeichneten, und einem (Chironomus)

oder zwei (Tanytarsus) kiirzeren Anhiingen versehen.

Genus Curronomus Meigen.

Illiger’s Magazin, 1803, vol. 1. p. 260.

Bei allen folgenden Arten sind die Fliigel ungefleckt und die vorderen Tarsen beim

Miinnchen ohne abstehende Behaarung; die Kérperlinge schwankt zwischen 1 und

4,5mm. Die gesammelten Arten unterscheiden sich wie folgt :

1. . Beine grésstenteils von heller Farbe, gelb oder weisslich...cs.-..-.+s+sssasee00s 2:

Beine schwarz oder schwiirzlich, oftmals mit helleren Gelenken ............ 11

BP IV ees ech 0 Tea Sele S acfels nin s cine nb.s osc ne.siore s osie-cieleitisinntiea geielelieinsia'a's'e Sets 3}.

Meson mini alr aem tareeeianthcmaase-0a0see.ae+seoeesenseesasesieciccniech aecicemmesens a

3. Querader tiefschwarz und schwarz gesiiumt, wie auch die angrenzenden

Teile des Cubitus und der Discoidalis .................. 23. C. callechirus, n. sp.

Querader blass oder schwarzbraun, nicht gesiitumt ..........sceceeeeeeeeeeenee es 4,

4. Abdomen vorn griin oder griinlich ; Mesonotum mit 3 gelben Binden

MTP PPR car: ocean 24. C. scotti, n. sp.

Abdomen ohne grime Harbung .................csceerenecseeneeeensencececeeeeeeanes 5

5. Thorax rétlichbraun, ohne Binden; Liinge 1,5 mm.

i i Re one 25. C. brunneicornis, n. sp.

Mesonotumimit 3 Bmden ; Lange 4,5 mm. .............scecsceenessesecessecnenes 6.

6. Binden des Mesonotum rostfarbig ; 12. Antennenglied 2-mal so lang

WCUCIGOMORMEGRUAUBATATOCD ...03c.0s--csccesecscsecescncsenges 26. C. linearis, n. sp.

Binden des Mesonotum schwarzbraun ; 12. Antennenglied 3-mal so

lang wie die vorigen zusamMeN ............eseeeeeeeees 27. C. leptogastrus, n. sp.

7. Mesonotum mit je einer rotbraunen Binde ...............++- 28. C. binotatus, n. sp.

Mesonotum mit 3 Binden oder ohne Binde .............ssececssscncecccecceccencs 8.

8. Mesonotum, ausgenommen die 3 gelben Binden, und Abdomen in der

VOROOPOMMEIAIIEC VOLUN. <2 50.2 cnescecscasenccceseeeessecaanes 29. C. chloronotus, n. sp.

KGrper ohne griine Farbung ...............:scccseeeeeeeeeeeeenesenseeneaeeeneseeeees 9.

9. Schwarzbraun, Mesonotum dunkelbraun mit 3 schwarzen Binden ; ¢.

polka cased Sates 30. C. melanophilus, n. sp.

WiGrper AMGers Pear by F cnc sec cck. decks wees ecenseasanenceeesecscetenesseseees 10.

352 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

10. Mesonotum weisslich mit 3 schwarzbraunen Binden, Abdomen schwarz-

braun, Antennen des ¢ 12-gliedrig, das 12. Glied 3-mal so lang wie

die “VOrIgen ZUSAMIMIOMR Mm se.. 2... 2. .0+0+aseseeenener 31. C. seychelleanus, n. sp.

Korper blassgelb, Antennen des ¢ 14-gliedrig, das 14. Glied um die

Hilfte linger als die vorigen zusammen .........-....- 32. C. pandani, n. sp.

Kérper briiunlich, ohne Binden, Antennen des ¢ 14-gliedrig, das

14. Glied nur halb so lang wie die vorigen zusammen.

thd hvaeieseeeeeee 33. C. limnocharis, n. sp.

11. Kérper ganz schwarzbraun, Antennen des ¢ 6-gliedrig

sas epngostneseeeeeeee 34. C. nocticolor, n. sp.

Thorax und Abdomen grésstenteils gelblich, Antennen des ? 7-gliedrig,

Mesonotum mit zwei eingedriickten Mittellingslinien

dpa enon see eer 35. C. nigratipes, n. sp.

23. Chironomus callichirus, n. sp.

?. Antennen und Palpen hellgelb, das 6. Antennenglied schwarzbraun ; Thorax

briunlichgelb; Mesonotum matt und weisslich, mit 3 rotbraunen Lingsbinden, deren

seitlichen vorn abgekiirzt sind, die mittlere hinten, letztere am Hinterende mit zwei

dunkleren Flecken ; Metanotum schwarzbraun ; Schwinger weisslich ; Beine gelb, Distal-

ende der vorderen Femora, proximales Drittel der vorderen Tibien, dusserstes Distalende

der 4 iibrigen Tibien sowie der 5 Glieder aller Tarsen schwarz, Kniee der 4 Hinterbeine

gebriiunt ; Abdomen schwarz oder schwarzbraun, stellenweise briunlich. Augen stark

gebogen, oben verschmiilert und nur um ihre Endbreite von einander getrennt, was auch

fiir alle folgenden Arten gilt. Antennen 6-gliedrig ; 2. Glied walzenférmig, 3.—5 spindel-

formig, zweimal so lang wie dick, Haarwirtel zweimal so lang wie das Glied ; Endglied

diinn, walzenrund, kaum doppelt so lang wie das vorletzte. Fliigel glashell, Adern _blass,

Querader tiefschwarz, und schwarz gesiumt, wie auch die angrenzenden Teile des Cubitus

und der Discoidalis; Cubitus distal bogig gekriimmt, fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend,

von der Costa nicht tiberragt ; Gabelung der Posticalis kaum distal von der Querader

gelegen. Vorderer Metatarsus zweimal so lang wie die Tibia, 4. Glied kiirzer als das 3.,

mehr als doppelt so lang wie das 5., welches 6—8-mal so lang wie dick ist ; Vorderbeine

ohne abstehende Behaarung. Abdomen seitlich zusammengedriickt, vorn verengt, fast

doppelt so lang wie der iibrige Koérper. Linge: 3,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and

Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909.

24. Chironomus scotti, n: sp.

3?. Kopf, Antennen und Thorax gelb; 6. Antennenglied beim’ ? schwarzbraun,

Flagellum des ¢ braun; Mesonotum matt, weisslich wie das Scutellum, mit 3 gelben an

den Seitenriindern etwas dunkleren Liingsbinden, deren mittlere hinten abgekiirzt ist, die

seitlichen hinten; Schwinger weisslich ; Beine gelblich, iiusserstes Distalende der drei

ersten Glieder der Vordertarsen schwarz, die 2 folgenden Glieder sowie das Distalende der

drei ersten Glieder an den 4 Hinterbeinen gebriiunt ; Abdomen beim ¢ griinlich in der

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHTRONOMID/ 353

vorderen Hiilfte, im Leben griin, hinten gelblich oder gebriunt ; Abdomen des ¢ gelblich-

grin am 1. Segment, das 2. Segment gelbgriin mit einem grossen braunen Flecken, die

folgenden dunkelbraun mit helleren Randern. Die 4-gliedrigen Palpen so lang wie die

Antennen des 2. Antennen des f 12-gliedrig, 2. Glied linglich, 3.—11. dreimal so breit

wie lang, 12. dreimal so lang wie das 2.—11. zusammen, Busch graubraun ; Antennen des

? 6-gliedrig, 2. Glied walzenrund, 3.—5. spindelfoérmig, 2—3-mal so lang wie dick, Haar-

wirtel zweimal so lang wie das Glied, 6. Glied fast dreimal so lang wie das 5., diinn,

proximal etwas dicker. Fliigel glashell, Adern blass, Querader schwarzbraun, Radius und

Cubitus gebriiunt ; Cubitus kaum bogig, fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend, von der Costa

nicht iiberragt; Gabelung wenig distal von der Querader liegend. Vorderbeine ohne

abstehende Behaarung, ihr Metatarsus fast doppelt so lang wie die Tibia, 4. Glied kaum

linger als das 3. beim @, deutlich linger beim ?, mehr als doppelt so lang wie das 5.,

welches 8—10-mal so lang wie dick ist; die 4 Hinterbeine abstehend behaart beim 4,

ohne lange Behaarung beim ?, hintere Femora des # im proximalen Drittel etwas verdickt.

Zange mit langen, im Enddrittel diinnen Endgliedern ; die lingeren Anhinge sowie die

Lamellenspitze wenigstens die Mitte der Endglieder erreichend. Abdomen des ? doppelt

so lang wie der iibrige Kérper, depress, hinten etwas verbreitert. Linge: 4,5 mm. Diese

Art ist Herrn Hugh Scott gewidmet.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 6 ,

1 3; tbidem, collected by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 ¢.

25. Chironomus brunnercornis, n. sp.

g. Antennen und Thorax rotbraun, die Stiele der Antennenglieder etwas heller ;

Mesonotum matt, ohne Binden; Schwinger weisslich, Keule distal schwarz; Beine

gelblich, die 2 oder 3 letzten Tarsenglieder gebriiunt ; Abdomen schwarzbraun, Hinterrand

der Tergite heller. Antennen 6-gliedrig, 2. Glied walzenrund und linglich, 3.—5. spindel-

formig, etwas mehr als zweimal so lang wie dick; 6. diinn, walzenrund, doppelt so lang

wie das 5., vom Haarwirtel des 5. Gliedes iiberragt. Fliigel glashell, alle Adern blass,

Cubitus kaum gebogen, fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend ; Gabelung der Posticalis weit

hinter der Querader liegend. Vorderbeine nicht abstehend behaart, Metatarsus doppelt

so lang wie die Tibia, 4. Glied kiirzer als das 3., doppelt so lang wie das 5., welches 8-mal

so lang wie dick ist ; Tibia der 4 Hinterbeine abstehend behaart. Abdomen kaum linger

als der tibrige Kérper, vorn etwas verengt, héher als breit. Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet, 26.

I.—2. II. 1909, 1 2; Caseade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 3 9.

26. Chironomus linearis, n. sp.

é. Kopf und 1. Antennenglied hellrot, Flagellum rétlichbraun, Thorax rotbraun,

Mesonotum matt, weisslich wie das Scutellum, mit 3 rostfarbigen Lingsbinden, deren

mittlere hinten abgekiirzt ist, die seitlichen vorn; Schwinger weiss; Beine dotter-

gelb, alle Kniee und ausserste Spitze der drei ersten Tarsenglieder schwiirzlich, die

2 iibrigen Glieder gebriiunt (vordere Tarsen abgebrochen !) ; Abdomen auf den 3 vorderen

Segmenten briiunlichweiss, 2. und 3. Tergit mit einem grossen braunen Fleck, die folgenden

354 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

allmihlich dunkler, Zange schwarzbraun. Antennen 12-gliedrig, 2. Glied liinglich, 3.—11.

quer, 12. doppelt so lang wie die vorigen zusammen, Busch grau, distal dunkler. Fliigel

glashell, Adern blass, Querader schwarzbraun; Cubitus gerade, von der Costalis nicht

iiberragt, der Fliigelspitze wenigstens so nahe wie die Discoidalis ; Gabelung der Posticalis

kaum hinter der Querader liegend. Vordere Femora wenigstens um die Hiilfte linger als

die Tibien, die 4 Hinterbeine ohne abstehende Behaarung, die 2 hinteren Femora wenig

linger als die Tibien, die Mitte des Abdomens erreichend, die folgenden Glieder allmahlich

verkiirzt, 5. Tarsenglied 2—3-mal so lang wie dick. Endglied der Zange lang, in der

hinteren Hilfte diinn und kahl, am Ende mit 3 Borsten auf der Innenseite; langere

Anhinge linealisch, die Mitte der Endglieder erreichend, kurz abstehend behaart, nur am

Ende mit einigen langen und geraden Borsten. Linge: 4,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909.

27. Chironomus leptogastrus, n. sp.

d. Kopf und 1. Antennenglied hellgelb, Flagellum gebriiunt ; Thorax matt und

schwarzbraun, Mesonotum weisslich wie das Scutellum, mit 3 schwarzbraunen Langs-

binden, deren mittlere hinten abgekiirzt ist, die seitlichen vorn; Schwinger weisslich ;

Beine gelb, Distalende der Femora, proximales Drittel der Vordertibien, dusserstes

Proximalende der 4 iibrigen Tibien, diusserstes Distalende der Tibien und der 5 Tarsen-

glieder schwarz; Abdomen weisslichgelb, 2.—5. Tergit mit einem grossen, kreisrunden,

schwarzbraunen Fleck, 6.—8. Tergit schwarzbraun mit helleren Seitenrindern; Zange

gelblich. Antennen 12-gliedrig; 3.—11. Glied Z-mal so breit wie lang, 12. fast 3-mal so

lang wie das 2.—11. zusammen; Busch braun. Fliigel glashell, Adern blass, Querader

schwarzbraun, Cubitus fast gerade, von der Costa nicht iiberragt, der Fliigelspitze so nahe

wie die Discoidalis ; Gabelung der Posticalis unter der Querader liegend. Vorderbeine

ohne abstehende Behaarung, ihre Femora um die Hilfte linger als die Tibien, Metatarsus

fast doppelt so lang wie die Tibia, 4. Glied dem 3. gleich, doppelt so lang wie das 5.,

welches 8—10-mal so lang wie dick ist; Tibia der 4 hinteren Beine mit abstehenden

Haaren, welche so lang als seine Dicke sind. Abdomen schlank, 24-mal so lang wie der

tibrige Korper; Endglieder der Zange lang, im hinteren Drittel verengt, die lingeren

Anhange und die Lamellenspitze erreichen fast die Spitze der Endglieder. Liinge:

4,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet,

26. I.—2. II. 1909, 2 2.

28. Chironomus binotatus, n. sp.

g. Kopf, 1. Antennenglied und Thorax hellgelb; Mesonotum stark glinzend,

beiderseits mit einer vorn und hinten abgekiirzten rotbraunen Lingsbinde, Metanotum

rotbraun ; Schwinger weisslich; Beine gelb, an den vorderen ist das Distalende der

Femora und der Tibien schwarz und die Tarsen gebriunt, ausgenommen das Proximalende

des Metatarsus ; Abdomen in der vorderen Hilfte griinlichweiss, in der hinteren schwach

gebraunt ; Zange weiss. Antennen 12-gliedrig; 3.—11. Glied quer, 12. fast 2-mal so

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDA 355

lang wie das 2.—11. zusammen, Busch grau. Fliigel fast glashell, alle Adern blass,

Cubitus gerade, von der Costa nicht tiberragt, der Fliigelspitze so nahe wie die Discoidalis;

Gabelung der Posticalis unter der Querader liegend. Vorderer Metatarsus doppelt so

lang wie die Tibia, Vorderbeine ohne abstehende Behaarung. Endglieder der Zange lang,

an beiden Enden kaum schmiiler, lingere Anhinge bis zur Mitte der Endglieder reichend.

Linge: 2,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and

Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909.

29. Chironomus chloronotus, n. sp.

$9. Kopf gelb; beim ¢ ist das 1. Antennenglied gelb, das Flagellum braunlich,

Thorax gelb, Mesonotum glinzend und griin wie das Scutellum, mit 3 gelben Lingsbinden,

deren mittlere von einer schwarzen Mittellangslinie durchzogen und hinten abgekiirzt ist,

die seitlichen vorn abgekiirzt ; Schwinger weisslich ; Beine griinlichgelb, an den vorderen

sind das Distalende der Femora, die beiden Ende der Tibien und die Tarsen mit Ausnahme

der proximalen Hialfte des Metatarsus gebraunt ; an den 4 hinteren Beinen sind die 2—3

letzten Tarsenglieder gebriunt ; Abdomen in der vorderen Hiilfte griin, in der hinteren

braun; Zange braun. Antennen des ? gelb, Endglied schwarzbraun ; die mittlere Lings-

binde des Mesonotum ohne schwarze Mittellangslinie ; vordere Tibien weisslich, déusserstes

Distalende schwarz, 5. Tarsenglied schwach gebriiunt ; die 2 ersten Segmente des Abdo-

mens lebhaft griin, die folgenden rotbraun ; die tibrige Firbung wie beim ¢. Palpen lang.

Antennen des ¢ 12-gliedrig, 3.—11. Glied fast 2-mal so breit wie lang, das 12. doppelt

so lang wie das 2.—11.; Busch dunkelgrau. Antennen des ? 6-gliedrig, 3.—5. Glied

spindelférmig, doppelt so lang wie dick, Haarwirtel zweimal so lang wie das Glied,

6. Glied etwas mehr als doppelt so lang wie das 5., diinn, am Proximalende etwas dicker.

Fliigel glashell, Adern blass, Querader schwarzbraun ; Cubitus schwach bogig, von der

Costalis nicht tiberragt, fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend ; Gabelung der Posticalis kaum

distal von der Querader liegend. Vorderbeine ohne abstehende Behaarung, ihre Femora

fast doppelt so lang wie die Tibien, Metatarsus so lang wie das Femur, 4. Glied deutlich

linger als das 3., 25-mal so lang wie das 5., welches 6-mal so lang wie dick ist ; die 4

hinteren Beine abstehend behaart. Endglieder der Zange lang, im hinteren Drittel

verengt, lingere Anhinge und Lamellenspitze die Mitte der Endglieder erreichend, erstere

breit und abgestutzt. Abdomen des ¢ fast zweimal so lang wie der tbrige K6rper,

schlank, hinten etwas dicker. Linge: 3,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet,

26. 1—2. IL 1909, 8 $, 1 2; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909; Cascade

Estate, III. 1909.

30. Chironomus melanophilus, n. sp.

9. Schwarzbraun; Antennen gelblich, Endglied schwarzbraun ; Mesonotum sehr

dunkel rotbraun wie das Scutellum, mit 3 glinzenden, wenig deutlichen, schwarzen Lings-

binden, deren mittlere hinten, die seitlichen vorn abgekiirzt sind ; Schwinger schwarz, mit

weisslichem Stiel; Beine gelb. Antennen 6-gliedrig ; 3.—5. Glied zweimal so lang wie

356 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

dick, spindelformig ; 6. doppelt so lang wie das 5., von dem letzten Haarwirtel iiberragt.

Fliigel fast glashell, das Abdomen tiberragend, alle Adern briunlich, Cubitus schwach

bogig, der Fliigelspitze so nahe wie die Discoidalis; Gabelung der Posticalis distal weit

von der Querader entfernt. Vorderer Metatarsus mehr als doppelt so lang wie die Tibia,

4. Glied etwas kiirzer als das 3., mehr als zweimal so lang wie das 5., welches 4-mal so

lang wie dick ist; Vorderbeine ohne abstehende Haare. Abdomen seitlich zusammen-

gedriickt, etwas linger als der iibrige Korper, vorn verengt. Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909.

31. Chironomus seychelleanus, n. sp.

é?. Palpen braun und lang; 1. Antennenglied beim ¢ gelb, die folgenden gebriunt ;

Thorax briunlichgelb, Mesonotum glinzend, weisslich, mit 3 schwarzbraunen Lingsbinden,

deren mittlere hinten, die seitlichen vorn abgekiirzt sind; Scutellum gelblich, hintere

Halfte des Metanotum schwarzbraun; Schwinger weisslich; Beine dottergelb, an den

vorderen ist das Distalende der Femora, das Proximalende der Tibien, an allen Tibien das

ausserste Distalende sowie das Distalende der 3 ersten Tarsenglieder schwarz, 4. und

5. Glied der Tarsen gebriunt; Abdomen schwarzbraun, an den Seiten gelblich ; Zange

braun, hintere Hilfte der Endglieder weisslich. Beim 2 sind die Antennen, ausgenommen

das schwarzbraune Endglied, der Thorax und die Beine gelblich, Mesonotum mit 3 gliinzend-

braunen und abgekiirzten Liingsbinden, deren mittlere fast durchlaufend und hinten

allmahlich verschmiilert ist; Schwinger weisslich ; an den Vorderbeinen das Distalende

der Femora und der Tibien schwarz, die 3 oder 4 Endglieder der Tarsen sowie das

5. Tarsenglied der iibrigen Beine gebriunt ; Abdomen schwarzbraun. Antennen des #

12-gliedrig ; 3.—11. Glied zweimal so breit wie lang, 12. fast 3-mal so lang wie das

2.—11. zusammen; Busch weisslichgrau. Antennen des ? 6-gliedrig, 3.—5. Glied spindel-

formig, 2-mal so lang wie dick, 6. diinn und kaum um die Hilfte linger als das 5., vom

letzten Haarwirtel iiberragt. Fliigel fast glashell, Adern beim % blass, die Querader

schwarzbraun, Adern des ? briiunlich, Discoidalis blass; Cubitus fast gerade, von der

Costalis nicht iiberragt, fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend; Gabelung der Posticalis

unter der Querader beim 7, hinter der Querader beim ¢. Vorderbeine ohne abstehende

Behaarung, ihr Metatarsus um die Hialfte linger als die Tibia beim ¢, kaum 2-mal beim 9 ;

4. Tarsenglied kiirzer als das 3., mehr als doppelt so lang wie das 5., welches 6-mal () oder

4-mal (?) so lang wie dick ist; Tibia der 4 hinteren Beine mit abstehenden Haaren,

welche so lang wie ihre Dicke sind. Endglieder der Zange lang, an beiden Enden kaum

schmaler, liingere Anhinge kaum die Mitte derselben erreichend, von der Lamellenspitze

kaum iiberragt. Abdomen des ? etwas linger als der iibrige Kérper, seitlich zusammen-

gedriickt. Liinge, $: 3,5 mm., 9: 2,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: marshes on coastal plain at Anse aux Pins and

Anse Royale, 19—21. I. 1909, 1 g, 1 9.

32. Chironomus pandant, n. sp.

g. Korper blassgelb, nur die 4 Palpenglieder, das Flagellum und, an den Vorder-

beinen, die Tibien und Tarsen, sowie das Ende der Schwingerkeule gebriiunt, die vorderen

i a i

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDA 357

Femora und die 4 hinteren Beine weisslich. Augen oben sehr schmal und nur um ihre

Endbreite voneinander getrennt, unten so genihert wie oben. Antennen 14-gliedrig,

3.—13. Glied kaum quer, 14. Glied um die Hiilfte linger als das 2.—13., Busch grau.

Mesonotum schwach gliinzend, ohne Binden. Fiiigel glashell, fast die Spitze des Abdo-

mens erreichend, Adern blass, die in der Nihe des Vorderrandes gelb; Cubitus fast

gerade, von der Costalis nicht tiberragt, der Fliigelspitze so nahe wie die Discoidalis ;

Gabelung der Posticalis ziemlich distal von der Querader liegend. Vorderbeine nicht

abstehend behaart, ihre Femora wenigstens um die Hiilfte linger als die Tibien, Meta-

tarsus wenigstens 2-mal so lang wie die Tibien, 3. Glied um 4 langer als das 4., dieses

doppelt so lang wie das 5., welches 5—6-mal so lang wie dick ist; Tibien und Tarsen der

4 hinteren Beine abstehend behaart, ihre Haare 2-mal so lang wie ihre Dicke. Zange

schlank ; Endglieder in der hinteren Halfte allmahlich verengt, fein behaart, dorsal mit

einigen sehr langen Haaren, am Ende mit einigen kiirzeren Haaren ; langere Anhiinge fast

bis zur Mitte der Endglieder reichend, ziemlich gleichdick, aussen und am Ende mit

langen zuriickgekriimmten Haaren ; kiirzere Anhiinge wie gewohnlich, nimlich schmal,

unbehaart und bogig gekriimmt ; Lamelle ohne den gewohnlichen stielartigen Fortsatz,

nur scharf zugespitzt. Lange: 2,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909,

8 Exemplare.

33. Chironomus limnocharis, n. sp.

¢. Kopf und 1. Antennenglied gelb, Flagellum braun; Thorax briiunlich, Meso-

notum gliinzend, ohne Binden ; Schwinger schmutzigweiss, am Ende schwarzbraun; Beine

braunlichgelb; Abdomen etwas heller als der Thorax. Antennen 14-gliedrig, 3.—13.

Glied 2—3-mal so lang wie dick, das 14. halb so lang wie die 12 vorhergehenden zusammen,

Busch braun. Fliigel fast glashell, alle Adern briunlich, Cubitus fast gerade, distal

beborstet, in die Fliigelspitze miindend, von der Costalis nicht tiberragt ; Gabelung der

Posticalis etwas distal von der Querader liegend. Vorderer Metatarsus 2}-mal so lang

wie die Tibia, diese halb so lang wie das Femur, 4. Tarsenglied kiirzer als das 3., mehr

als doppelt so lang wie das 5., welches 4-mal so lang wie dick ist; vordere Femora und

an den 4 hinteren Beinen, die Tibien und die Tarsen lang abstehend behaart. Endglieder

der Zange hinten nicht verschmiilert, fast gleichbreit ; die lingeren Anhiinge iiberragen

kaum die Basalglieder. Linge: 2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 Exemplar; Mare aux Cochons

district, about 1500 feet, 26 I—2. II. 1909, 3 Exemplare.

34. Chironomus nocticolor, n. sp.

g. Schwarzbraun, nur die Schwinger briunlichweiss, Mesonotum gliinzend, mit 3

schwarzen und wenig deutlichen Lingsbinden, deren mittlere hinten und die seitlichen

vorn abgekiirzt sind. Antennen 6-gliedrig; 2. Glied walzenrund, 3.—5. kurz spindel-

formig, nicht 2-mal so lang wie dick, Haarwirtel doppelt so lang wie das Glied, 6. Glied

schmal, kaum so lang wie das 4. und 5. zusammen. Filiigel schwach gebriiunt, Adern

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 46

358 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

briunlich ; Cubitus bogig, in die Fliigelspitze miindend, Gabelung hinter der Querader

liegend. Vordere Femora fast doppelt so lang wie die Tibien, Metatarsus doppelt so

lang wie die Tibien, 4. Glied etwas kiirzer als das 3., doppelt so lang wie das 5., welches

4-mal so lang wie dick ist ; Vorderbeine ohne abstehende Behaarung, Tibien und Dorsal-

seite der Tarsen der 4 hinteren Beine lang abstehend behaart. Abdomen seitlich zusam-

mengedriickt, etwas linger als der tibrige Kérper, vorn verengt. Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Mare aux Cochons district, about 1500 feet, 26. I.

—2. II. 1909, 2 Exemplare.

35. Chironomus nigratipes, n. sp.

?. Kopf, Palpen, Flagellum und Thorax schmutziggelblich, 1. Antennenglied und

Schwinger weisslich, Metanotum schwarzbraun, ausgenommen der Hinterrand; Beine

schwirzlich, die Gelenke gelblich ; Abdomen gelblichweiss, 2.—5. Tergit mit einer breiten,

schwarzbraunen Querbinde in der vorderen Hilfte, die folgenden Segmente dunkel und

sehr klein. Palpen lang. Antennen 7-gliedrig, 3.—6. Glied spindelformig, 2-mal so lang

wie dick, 7. doppelt so lang wie das 6., diinn und walzenférmig, vom letzten Haarwirtel

kaum iiberragt. Mesonotum mit 2 nebeneinander liegenden, eingedriickten Langslinien,

die nach hinten allmihlich verschwinden. Fliigel fast glashell, alle Adern blass ; Cubitus

kaum bogig, von der Costalis nicht tiberragt, fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend und

derselben viel niher als die Discoidalis; Gabelung der Posticalis distal von der Querader

liegend. Alle Tibien mit langer, abstehender Behaarung; vorderer Metatarsus 2-mal so

lang wie die Tibien, 4. Glied dem 3. gleich, mehr als doppelt so lang wie das 5., dieses

6-mal so lang wie dick. Abdomen flach gedriickt, 4. und 5. Segment breiter, die fol-

genden sehr klein. Liinge: 3,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

Genus Tanytarsus Van der Wulp.

Tijdschr. vor Entom. 1874, vol. xvi. p. 134.

Fliigel gleichmiissig behaart, Cubitus dem Vorderrande nahe

Bais sieit edn newinindeo seen 36. T. pallidissimus, n. sp.

Fliigel unbehaart, Cubitus vom Vorderrande sehr weit entfernt

rere hs Sewtuce eR 37. T. glabripennis, n. sp.

36. Tanytarsus pallidissimus, n. sp.

S2.. Blassgelb, Abdomen etwas griinlichgelb, in der hinteren Hilfte kaum dunkler ;

Flagellum des ¢ und, an den Vorderbeinen, die Tibien und Tarsen schwach gebraunt,

Beine im iibrigen weisslich. Augen stark bogig gekriimmt, oben um mehr als ihre grosste

Breite voneinander abstehend. Antennen des ¢ 12-gliedrig, 3.—11. Glied linger als

dick, das 12. kaum mehr als halb so lang wie das 2.—11. zusammen, Busch grau. Beim

? sind die Antennen 6-gliedrig; 2. Glied walzenrund und wenig linger als dick, 3.—5.

ellipsoidal, ihr Wirtel nicht doppelt so lang wie das Glied; das 6. Glied fast walzen-

formig, diinn, um die Hiilfte linger als das vorhergehende. Mesonotum glinzend. Fliigel

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMID A 359

des f fast das Distalende des Abdomens erreichend, glashell, gleichmiissig behaart, proximal

allmiihlich verengt, ohne Lappen; Cubitus dem Vorderrande ziemlich nahe, von der

Costalis nicht iiberragt, ziemlich weit vor der Fliigelspitze miindend; Discoidalis fast

in die Fliigelspitze miindend; Querader scheinbar fehlend, die Richtung des Cubitus

fortsetzend ; Gabelung der Posticalis weit distal vom Grunde des Cubitus liegend.

Vorderbeine ohne abstehende Behaarung, ihr Metatarsus fast 3-mal so lang wie die Tibia,

4. Glied kiirzer als das 3., fast 3-mal so lang wie das 5., welches 3—4-mal so lang wie

dick ist; an den 4 hinteren Beinen sind die Tibien und Tarsen lang abstehend behaart ;

Krallen 2—3-mal so lang wie die sehr kleinen Pulvillen. Zange wie bei Chironomus

pandani, doch sind die Endglieder verhiiltnissmissig kiirzer. Liinge: 1—2,5 mm. Diese

Art hat grosse Aehnlichkeit mit Chironomus pandani und koénnte mit demselben leicht

verwechselt werden, wenn man nicht auf die Gestalt der Fliigel und der Augen sowie

der Pulvillen Acht geben wiirde.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 2 3, 42; Cascade Estate, about

800—1500 feet, 1909, 7 f, 112.

37. Tanytarsus glabripennis, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 20).

$?. Sehr blassgelb; Flagellum des ¢ gebriiunt. Augen oben, in beiden Gesch-

lechtern, nur um ihre Endbreite voneinander getrennt. Antennen des $ 12-gliedrig und

gestaltet wie bei voriger Art; Antennen des ? 6-gliedrig, 3.—5. Glied ellipsoidal, Wirtel

wenig lang, 6. Glied diinn, um die Hiilfte linger als das vorhergehende. Fliigel schmal,

fein und dicht punktirt aber ohne Behaarung, proximal allmiihlich verschmiilert ; Cubitus

stark beborstet, bogig gekriimmt, vom Vorderrande sehr weit entfernt, von der Costalis

nicht tiberragt, in die Fliigelspitze miindend; Querader schief, wie bei Cheronomus.

Vorderbeine ohne abstehende Behaarung, ihr Metatarsus 2-mal so lang wie die Tibia,

4. Glied wenig kiirzer als das 3., doppelt so lang wie das 5., welches nur 2-mal so lang

wie dick ist; Tibia der 4 hinteren Beine lang abstehend behaart. Zange (Fig. 20) mit

schlanken Endgliedern, welche fast gleichbreit, am Ende nur wenig verengt sind, und

auf der Innenseite 2 kriftige Borsten tragen, Distalende mit einer kurzen Borste ;

lingere Anhinge gleichbreit, die Mitte der Endglieder nicht erreichend, aussen mit langen,

zuriickgekriimmten Haaren; kleinere Anhiinge sehr schmal und zugespitzt; Spitze der

Lamellendecke kiirzer als die lingeren Anhiinge. Abdomen des $ so lang wie der iibrige

Kérper. Liinge, f: 1mm., ?: 0,8 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909.

B. OrrHocLtapius—Gruppe.

Die 4 vorderen Tibien ohne Kamm und ohne Ring; die 2 hinteren mit einem aus

langen Stacheln bestehenden Kamm am Distalende; vordere Tibien wenigstens so lang

wie der Metatarsus; Zange ohne Anhiinge, héchstens mit einem von der Mitte der Basal-

glieder ausgehenden Anhang.

46—2

360 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Genus Merriocnemus Van der Wulp.

Tijdschr. vor Entom., 1874, vol. xvii. p. 136.

Die Gattung Metriocnemus war bisher fiir Europa, Nord- und Siid-Amerika und

Australien bekannt.

38. Metriocnemus mahensis, n. sp.

@. Antennen, Thorax und Beine braunlichgelb ; Mesonotum glinzend, mit 3 wenig

deutlichen Lingsbinden, deren seitlichen vorn abgektirzt sind, die mittlere durch eine

Langslinie geteilt ; Schwinger briunlichgelb, Abdomen schwarzbraun. Antennen 6-glied-

rig; 3.—5. Glied 2-mal so lang wie dick, im Enddrittel halsartig verengt, Haarwirtel

nicht doppelt so lang wie ein Glied; Endglied fast walzenformig, um die Hialfte langer

als das vorletzte. Fliigel glashell, gleichmiissig und anliegend behaart; Querader vor

der Fliigelmitte liegend; Cubitus 23-mal so lang wie der Radius, gerade, weit von

der Spitze entfernt, fast so weit als die distale Zinke der Posticalis, von der Costa

um ein Drittel semer Linge tiberragt; 2. Lingsader dem Radius deutlich niiher als

dem Cubitus; Costa bis in die Fliigelspitze verliingert ; Discoidalis wenig abbiegend,

wenig hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend; Gabelung der Posticalis weit distal von der

Querader, fast so weit von der Spitze als die Miindung des Radius. Beine schwach

bebaart, ihre Haare kiirzer als ihre Dicke; vordere Tibien so lang wie die Femora, aber

diinner, kaum linger als der Metatarsus, welcher fast die Linge der 4 folgenden zusammen

erreicht ; 5. Glied kiirzer als das 4., 2—3-mal so lang wie dick. Abdomen wenig linger

als der iibrige Kérper. Lange: 1,3 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 2 9.

Genus TricHocLapDIus Kieffer.

Ann. Soe. scient. Bruxelles, 1906, vol. xxx. p. 356.

Dieses Genus war bisher nur fiir Europa und Siid-Amerika bekannt ; foleende Art

wurde auf den Seychellen gesammelt.

39. Trichocladius quadrifasciatus, n. sp.

$9. Braunlichgelb; Flagellum in beiden Geschlechtern gebriiunt; Mesonotum,

Scutellum und Metanotum braun, ohne Binden, stark glinzend; Schwinger gelblich,

Beine briiunlichgelb, vordere Tibien und die 2 proximalen Drittel der mittleren Tibien

weiss, Tarsen gebriiunt; Abdomen hellgelb, 2., 3., 5. und 8. Tergit schwarzbraun,

ausgenommen ein schmaler Vorderrand, Zange weisslichgelb. Augen bogig gekriimmt,

dicht behaart, oben um ihre ganze Linge getrennt. Palpen 4-gliedrig, 1. Glied kaum

linger als dick, 2. doppelt so lang wie das 1., 3. fast doppelt so lang wie das 2., 4. so lang

wie das 2. und 3. zusammen, aber diinner. Antennen des ¢ 14-gliedrig, 2. Glied linglich,

3. und 4. so lang wie dick, 5.—13. doppelt so lang wie dick, 14. viel ktirzer als die vorigen

zusammen, Busch schwarzbraun. Antennen des ? 6-gliedrig, Flagellumglieder walzen-

formig, etwas linger als dick, ohne deutlichen Wirtel, 6. Glied zugespitzt und doppelt so

lang wie das 5. Fliigel schwach getriibt, alle Adern braun; Radius von der Fliigelspitze

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMID A 361

weiter entfernt als die proximale Zinke der Posticalis; Cubitus so weit von der Fliigelspitze

entfernt als die distale Zinke der Posticalis, von der Costalis ziemlich weit tiberragt ;

Discoidalis in die Fliigelspitze miindend ; Gabelung der Posticalis distal von der Querader

liegend. Vorderbeine ohne abstehende Behaarung, ihre Tibien um die Hilfte linger als

der Metatarsus, Tarsenglieder allmiihlich verkiirzt, 5. Glied 3—4-mal so lang wie dick,

Empodium fadenférmig, etwas ktirzer als die Krallen, Pulvillen fehlend. Abdomen bei f¢

etwas linger als der iibrige Kérper, beim ¢ seitlich zusammengedriickt ; Zange ohne

Anhinge; Basalglieder dick, zweimal so lang wie das Endglied und dreimal so dick ;

Endglieder fein behaart, fast gleichdick, nur am Ende eingekriimmt und etwas verengt.

Linge: 1,5—2 mm. Beschreibung nach 19 Exemplaren (11 3, 8 2).

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909, 1 2; near Morne Blanc, X.—XI,

1908, 6 2, 1 9; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 4 2, 6 9. Silhouette: marshy

plateau of Mare aux Cochons or edge of forest close by, IX. 1908, 1 ?.

Genus Dacty.octapius Kieffer.

Ann. Soc. scient. Bruxelles, 1906, vol. xxx. p. 356.

1. Vorderer Metatarsus so lang wie die Tibien; die Gabelung der Posticalis

liegt der Miindung des Radius gegeniiber............ 44. D. megalochirus, n. sp.

Vorderer Metatarsus halb so lang wie die Tibien, oder Gabelung der

Posticalisivoridersmundune des Radius .....s.:.s:cadseussueroosestswsacess 2.

2. Die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt proximal von der Miindung des

Eerchitaepe pe RDU MESEMDE AEGIS sce. vcs scsececsecesesoedondveuddeastbaesedweeress SF

Die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt distal von der Miindung des Radius ;

Speman er R MR setatleacl<Aocsccctssosssnceodsccnacsdadenancadscdseameces ed ses 4.

3. Beine schmutziggelb; Antennen 12-gliedrig ...............40. D. mahensis, n. sp.

Beine schwarz; Antennen 14-gliedrig ...............065 41. D. melanostolus, n. sp.

4. Mesonotum ohne Lingsbinden, vordere Tibien 2-mal so lang wie der

iG Foi Car see role <hldgs <diseles ocscesces coer ccecensas 42, D. xanthostolus, n. sp.

Mesonotum mit 3 braunen Liingsbinden, vordere Tibien 14-mal so lang

WTS TOE WMCP DAUAIIS I sGcss.ccsccecscecccceccccccecsccnnueses 43. D. heterostolus, n. sp.

40. Dactylocladius mahensis, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 21).

3. Schwarzbraun ; Scutellum, Beine und Schwinger schmutziggelb, Antennen braun,

Zange briunlich. Antennen 12-gliedrig ; 3.—11. Glied deutlich linger als dick, das 12.

fadenformig und so lang wie die vorigen zusammen; Busch schwarzbraun. Fliigel

glashell, unpunktirt, bewimpert ; die Hilfsader iiberragt die Querader; Miindung des

Radius distal von der Gabelung der Posticalis, die 2. Lingsader ist dem Radius

niher als dem Cubitus; der Cubitus ist 2-mal so lang wie der Radius, gerade,

von der Costa um mehr als sein Drittel iiberragt, von der Fliigelspitze kaum weiter

entfernt als die distale Zinke der Posticalis; Costa fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend ;

Querader schief, vor der Mitte liegend ; Discoidalis gerade, kaum hinter die Fliigelspitze

362 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

miindend ; Gabelung der Posticalis weit distal von der Querader. Behaarung der Beine

wenig liinger als ihre Dicke; hintere Tibien um die Hilfte linger als der Metatarsus,

5. Glied 2-mal so lang wie dick (vordere Tarsen abgebrochen). Abdomen schlank, 2-mal

so lang wie der tibrige Kérper; Endglied der Zange (Fig. 21) schmal, fast walzenrund,

& der Liinge der Basalgheder erreichend ; Lamelle in eine kleine Spitze endigend. Linge:

1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Anonyme Island, from grass, ferns, trees, ete. I.

1909.

41. Dactylocladius melanostolus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 22).

$. Mattschwarz, Scutellum briunlich, Schwinger weiss. Augen nierenférmig, kahl,

oben weit voneinander abstehend. Palpen 4-gliedrig; 1. Glied kurz, von einem Vorsprung

ausgehend, der als erstes Glied aufgefasst werden kénnte ; 2.—4. Glied 3—4-mal so lang

wie dick. Antennen 14-gliedrig ; 2. Glied doppelt so lang wie dick ; 3.—5. quer; 6.—138.

allmahlich linger als dick ; 14. etwas linger als das 2.—13. zusammen; Busch schwarz-

braun. Fliigel kahl, unpunktirt, bewimpert; Hilfsader deutlich, die Querader etwas

iiberragend ; das Distalende des Radius ist von der Fliigelspitze kaum weiter entfernt als

die proximale Zinke der Posticalis ; Cubitus von der Fliigelspitze weiter entfernt als die

distale Zinke der Posticalis, von der Costa weit tiberragt ; Querader schief, proximal von

der Fliigelmitte liegend ; distaler Abschnitt der Discoidalis am Grunde abbiegend, hinter

die Fliigelspitze miindend; Gabelung der Discoidalis sehr weit hinter der Querader

liegend. Vordertibien kaum kiirzer als die Femora, fast 2-mal so lang wie der Metatarsus,

5. Glied 4-mal so lang wie dick, Krallen einfach, Empodium fadenformig, ventral mit

einigen abstehenden Haaren, so lang wie die Krallen ; an den 4 hinteren Beinen sind die

Tibien und die 2 proximalen Tarsenglieder mit sehr langen und abstehenden Haaren

versehen ; Kamm der 2 Hintertibien braun. Abdomen schlank; Basalglieder der Zange

(Fig. 22) immen mit einem dreieckigen Fortsatz oberhalb der Mitte, Endglieder halb so

lang wie die Basalglieder, feinhaarig, diinn und fast walzenrund. Liinge: 2 mm. |

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, III. 1909, 7 ¢.

Bemerkung. Alle 7 Exemplare haben vorn, auf der rechten Seite des Mesonotum,

eimem weisslichen Fleck, vielleicht ein diinnes Hiutchen.

42. Dactylocladius xanthostolus, n. sp. (Tafel 21, Fig. 23).

?. Hellgelb; Tergite mit einer kurzen, breiten, braunen Querbinde; Beine und

Antennen braunlichgelb. Augen oben breit getrennt, eiformig und kahl. Das 1.

Palpenglied kurz, die 3 folgenden 3—4-mal so lang wie dick, das 2. dicker als das 3. und

4. Flagellumglieder 2-mal so lang wie dick, in ihrer distalen Halfte halsartig verengt,

Wirtel nicht doppelt so lang wie ein Glied, die 2 Anhiinge glashell, pfriemlich, so lang

wie ein Glied; Endglied linger, allmihlich schmaler werdend. Mesonotum glinzend.

Fliigel (Fig. 23) glashell, kahl, unpunktirt, bewimpert; Cubitus fast 3-mal so lang

wie der Radius, von der Fliigelspitze weiter entfernt als die distale Zinke der Posti-

calis, von der Costa fast um die Hialfte seiner Linge tiberragt ; Querader schief, vor

der Fliigelmitte liegend ; Costa von der Fliigelspitze weiter entfernt als die Discoidalis,

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHIRONOMID/i 363

welche die Richtung ihres Stieles nicht fortsetzt und kaum hinter die Fliigelspitze

miindet ; Gabelung der Posticalis weit hinter der Querader, deutlich hinter der Miindung

des Radius liegend; die 2. Liingsader fehlt. Behaarung der Beine nicht liinger als die

Dicke derselben ; vordere Tibien fast 2-mal so lang wie der Metatarsus, 4. und 5. Glied

doppelt so lang wie dick, Empodium etwas ktirzer als die Krallen, fadenformig, ventral

mit gereihten, abstehenden, langen Haaren; hintere Tibien mit einem Kamm, wie bei

Orthocladius. Abdomen wenig linger als der tibrige Korper, von den Fliigeln tiberragt.

Lange: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Anonyme Island, from seaweed, I. 1909, 3 8.

43. Dactylocladius heterostolus, n. sp.

?. Antennen briunlich ; Thorax braun, Mesonotum matt, weisslich, mit 3 braunen

Lingsbinden, deren mittlere hinten, die seitlichen vorn abgekiirzt sind; Schwinger

weisslich ; Beine und Abdomen schmutziggelb, Tergite mit einer kurzen, breiten, braunen

Querbinde. Flagellumglieder kurz ellipsoidal, ohne halsartige Einschniirung ; Endglied

doppelt so lang wie das vorletzte, ziemlich walzenférmig. Fliigel genau wie bei

xanthostolus. Vorderer Metatarsus halb so lang wie die Tibien, 5. Glied wenig linger als

dick. Linge: 1,5 mm. Das iibrige wie bei xanthostolus.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Anonyme Island, from seaweed, I. 1909.

44. Dactylocladius megalochirus, n. sp.

g. Mattschwarz, Schwinger und Beine weisslich, Scutellum rotbraun. Busch der

Antennen schwarzbraun. Fliigel glashell; 2. Liingsader dem Radius deutlich niiher als

dem Cubitus, aber wenig deutlich ausgebildet ; Cubitus 24-mal so lang wie der Radius,

gerade, von der Fliigelspitze so weit entfernt als die distale Zinke der Posticalis,

von der Costa wenigstens um ein Drittel seiner Liinge tiberragt; die Costa ist der

Fliigelspitze so nahe wie die Discoidalis, welche fast gerade ist und die Richtung

des Stieles nicht fortsetzt; die Gabelung der Posticalis liegt der Miindung des Radius

gegentiber. Vordere Tibien so lang wie der Metatarsus, welcher wenigstens um die Hiilfte

linger als das 2. Glied ist ; 3. Glied kaum kiirzer als das 2., fast doppelt so lang wie das

4.; dieses um die Hilfte langer als das 5., welches 2—3-mal so lang wie dick ist; die 4

hinteren mit abstehenden Haaren, welche 2—3-mal so lang wie die Tibien sind. Liinge :

1,2 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: scrubby forest vegetation, top of Mount Sebert,

1800 feet or more, I. 1909.

Genus CoryNonEuRA Winnertz.

Stettin, Entom. Zeitg. 1846, vol. vii. p. 12.

Diese Gattung war bisher nur fiir Europa und Groenland bekannt.

45. Corynonewra seychellensis, n. sp.

é¢. Braunlichgelb; Schwinger und Beine weisslich, Mesonotum mit 3 braunen

Liangsbinden, deren mittlere hinten, die seitlichen vorn abgekiirzt sind. Augen kahl,

kaum ausgeschnitten, oben um mehr als ihre Linge voneinander getrennt. Palpen

364 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

4-gliedrig ; 1. Glied quer; 2. und 3. Glied etwas dicker aber auch sehr kurz und quer ;

4. linger als die vorigen zusammen aber diinner. Antennen des 3 12-gliedrig ; die ersten

Flagellumglieder 2-mal so lang wie dick, die folgenden 3-mal oder fast 3-mal; 9.—11.

miteinander verwachsen, nur durch Einschniirungen voneinander getrennt ; das 12. wenig

langer als die 2 vorhergehenden zusammen und distal allmihlich verdickt ; jedes Flagel-

lumglied mit 2 Haarwirteln, deren Linge etwa die doppelte Liinge eines Gliedes betriigt.

Antennen des ¢ 6-gliedrig ; 2. Glied walzig, 3-mal so lang wie dick, 3.—5. mitten kaum

verdickt, 2-mal so lang wie dick, 6. 3-mal. Fliigel glashell, unpunktirt und kahl,

proximal allmihlich verengt; Cubitus am Distalende keulenférmig verdickt, seine

Miindung befindet sich innerhalb des proximalen Fliigeldrittels beim ¢, in der Fliigelmitte

beim ?; die feine Ader, welche dem Vorderrande parallel und geniihert liuft, erlischt

allmihlich vor der Fliigelspitze; Discoidalis hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend; die

Gabelung der Posticalis liegt hinter der Fliigelmitte. Beine mit zerstreuten Haaren,

welche wenig linger als die Dicke der Tibien sind; Femora 2-mal so dick wie die Tibien ;

hintere Tibien am Distalende stark erweitert und mit einem Kamm, wie bei Orthocladius,

die 4 vorderen ohne Kamm; vordere Tibien so lang wie die Femora, fast 2-mal so lang

wie der Metatarsus ; 2. Glied halb so lang wie der Metatarsus und fast doppelt so lang

wie das 3.; 4. kaum linger als dick, fast halb so lang wie das 3.; 5. deutlich linger als

das 4., 2-mal so lang wie dick; Krallen einfach, Empodium fehlend. Endglieder der

Zange viel diinner und nur halb so lang wie die Basalglieder, nach hinten schwach

verdickt und mit einem kurzen nach innen gerichteten Endgriffel. Linge: 0,6 mm.

Vorkommen.- Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909,

PA Mee

3. Subfamilie Tanypine.

Genus IsopuAstus Skuse.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1889, ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 279.

1. Cubitus vom Vorderrande getrennt, ziemlich weit vor der Fliigelspitze

Hatin dene, oi. sacs ka sae ee ERM as le okies s aod se warner 47. I. minimus, n. sp.

Cubitus dem Vorderrande im distalen Drittel anliegend...................0000 2.

2. Blassgelb; Cubitus von der Costa nicht iiberragt, fast in die Fliigelspitze

Miinidend ..2414 Lecce eee Meats Petras ote sane. cJeles 46. I. pallidissumus, n. sp.

Orangefarbig; Cubitus von der Costa weit tiberragt, von der Fliigelspitze

NGO td w/cicocchs ele ee man aie hare ou Vebsicuinteemee 48. J. auwrantiacus, n. sp.

46. Isoplastus pallidissemus, n. sp.

@. Sehr blassgelb, 12. Antennenglied gebriunt. Augen stark bogig gekriimmt, oben

um mehr als ihre grosste Breite voneinander getrennt. Antennen 12-gliedrig, 3.—11.

Glied kuglig, ihre Haarwirtel doppelt so lang wie das Glied, 12. Glied dicker als die

iibrigen, 2—3-mal so lang wie das vorhergehende. Fiigel fast glashell, das Abdomen um

ihre Hiilfte iiberragend, gleichmissig behaart ; Cubitus, im distalen Drittel, der Costalis

anliegend, fast in die Fliigelspitze miindend, von der Costalis nicht iiberragt ; gewohnliche

KIEFFER—DIPTERA, CHTRONOMIDA 365

Querader schrig, die 2. Querader treffend, diese senkrecht, den Grund der distalen Zinke

der Posticalis treffend. Vorderbeine nicht abstehend behaart, ihre Tibia etwas linger als

das Femur oder als der Metatarsus, die folgenden Glieder allmihlich verkiirzt, das 4. um

die Hilfte linger als das 5., welches 3—4-mal so lang wie dick ist. Abdomen schwach

seitlich zusammengedriickt. Linge: 1 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected

by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X. 1908—I. 1909; Cascade Estate, about 800—1500

feet, 1909.

47. Isoplastus minimus, un. sp.

$. Briiunlichgelb; Beine gebraunt, Tibien dunkler; Abdomen dorsal von einer

schwarzbraunen, sehr schmalen Mittelliingslinie durchzogen ; Zange weiss. Augen bogig,

oben sehr geniihert. Die 4 Palpenglieder ziemlich lang. Antennen 15-gliedrig, 3.—13.

Glied zuerst so lang wie dick, dann linger als dick; das 14. halb so lang wie die vorigen

zusammen, schwach spindelférmig; 15. Gled keglig, halb so lang wie das 14., Busch

braun. Fliigel gleichmissig behaart ; 2. Querader kaum proximal von der gewéhnlichen

Querader liegend, den Grund der distalen Zinke der Posticalis treffend; Cubitus dem

Vorderrande nahe, ziemlich weit vor der Fliigelspitze miindend, fast so weit wie die distale

Zinke der Posticalis, vom Vorderrande nicht tiberragt; Discoidalis in die Fliigelspitze

miindend; (Tarsen abgebrochen). Zange klein, mit dicken Basalgliedern. Linge :

1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909.

48. Isoplastus aurantiacus, n. sp.

?. Orangerot, zuletzt braun; Antennen briunlich; Mesonotum und Metanotum

schwarzbraun, matt; Beine briunlich, Tibien schwiirzlich, Metatarsus aller Beine so lang

wie die Tibien, Tarsenglieder allmihlich verkiirzt, 5. Glied zweimal so lang wie dick.

Glieder des Flagellum kuglig, Wirtel lang, 3—4-mal so lang wie ein Glied; Endglied

zugespitzt, so lang wie die 2 vorhergehenden zusammen. Fliigel gleichmiissig anliegend

behaart ; Querader hinter dem proximalen Fliigeldrittel liegend, mit der 2. Querader

zusammenstossend ; Cubitus doppelt so lang wie der Radius, in der distalen Hialfte der

Costa anliegend, von derselben weit iiberragt, Costa nicht bis zur Fliigelspitze reichend ;

Discoidalis hinter die Fliigelspitze miindend ; 2. Querader den Grund der distalen Zinke

der Posticalis treffend. Behaarung der Beine nicht viel linger als die Dicke der Tibien.

Abdomen ziemlich depress, so breit wie der Thorax, fast kahl, kaum linger als der tibrige

Korper. Linge: 1,5 mm.

Vorkommen. Seychellen. Mahé: Cascade Estate, about 800—1500 feet, 1909, 2 2;

Cascade Estate, about 800 feet and over, collected by H. P. Thomasset and H. Scott, X.

1908—I. 1909, 2 ¢.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 47

366

Fig.

f=]

Fig.

10.

Hal

12.

13.

14,

15.

16.

Wie

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ERKLARUNG DER TAFEL 21.

Ceratopogon trichotomma, n. sp., Fliigel des ¢.

“4 . » Fliigel des §.

% chrysolophus, n. sp., Fliigel des ¢.

‘5 lampronotus, n. sp. Fliigel des ¢.

» » ,» Zange des ¢.

- psilonotus, n. sp., Fliigel.

+ aplonotus, n. sp., Fliigel.

4 seychelleanus, n. sp., Fliigel.

a falcinellus, n. sp., Fliigel.

a » Die zwei letzten Glieder der mittleren Tarsen.

5 mahensis, n. sp., Die zwei Endglieder des Vordertarsus.

Culicoides leucostictus, nu. sp., Fliigel.

3 scotti, n. sp., Fliigel des ¢.

Spheromias hexacantha, n. sp., Die drei letzten Glieder der Vordertarsus.

55 pulcripennis, n. sp., Fliigel des ?.

» 5 » Die zwei Endglieder des Hintertarsus.

» » » Zangenglied des ¢.

» areolaris, n. sp., Fliigel.

- A iN Die zwei letzten Tarsenglieder des Hinterfusses.

Tanytarsus glabripennis, n. sp., Zange des ¢.

Dactylocladius mahensis, n. sp., Zange des ¢.

+ melanostolus, n. sp., Zangenglied.

5 xanthostolus, n. sp. Fliigel.

= ee

PERCY. SLADEN. TRUST. EXPEDITION. TRANS. LINN. Soc, SER. 2.Z00L VOL. XIV

E.Wilson,Cambridge

DIPTERA, CHIRONOMIDA! From SEYCHELLES

No. XVI.—FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA FROM THE SEYCHELLES AND

OTHER ISLANDS IN THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By Rowianp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

(Communicated by Pror. J. Strantey Garpiner, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.)

Read 19 January, 1911.

Tue fossorial Hymenoptera of the expedition to the Seychelles and Aldabra (1908—9)

have been handed to me by Mr Scott for identification. Those from the Seychelles are

very few in number, only including thirteen species. Several of these have doubtless been

imported, such as the two species of Sceliphron and Ampulex compressa. Of the ten

remaining species one, Sphex wmbrosus, is wide ranging; three are identical with

Madagascar species, one with a Mauritius species, and five only are peculiar ; two of these

last belong to the genus Crabro, two to Pison, and one to Notogonia. But it is not

unlikely that some even of these have been imported, though not yet recorded from

elsewhere, the habits of Trypoxylon and Pison, which often make their nests in holes

in wood, rendering their transportation on ships easy. Of the eleven species recorded in

this paper from Aldabra and adjacent islands, six are common Madagascar forms, and five

are wide-ranging. One common Eastern species obtained in the Chagos Islands is also

referred to, namely Sceliphron bengalense ; this makes a total of 25 species from all the

islands investigated by the Perey Sladen Trust Expeditions of 1905 and 1908.

Fam. Scoliide.

Genus Scotia Fabr.

1. Scoha (Triscolia) hyalinata Sich.

Scolia (Triscolia) hyalinata Sichel, Sauss. et Sich. Spec. gen. Scolia, p. 53, 1864, 9.

Localities. Cosmoledo and Astove, 1907 (H. P. Thomasset); Aldabra, 1908, 1 ¢

(J. C. F. Fryer). Described from Madagascar.

The male has the wings clear hyaline and the abdomen faintly glossed with blue, but

otherwise only differs from the female by the usual sexual characters.

47—2

368 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

2. Scolia (Dielis) celebs Sich.

Elis (Dielis) celebs Sich., Spec. gen. Scolia, p. 184, 1864, @.

Localities. Assumption, 1909, several 9? (R. P. Dupont). Astove, 1907, 1 3

(H. P. Thomasset).

Probably the name erophora Klug should be used for this wide-ranging African

species, but as I am not certain I prefer to retain Sichel’s name.

3. Scolia (Dielis) pilosella Sauss.

Elis yrlosella Sauss., Grandidier: Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 220, 1892.

Locality. Astove. (R. P. Dupont.) Described from Madagascar. The specimen

from Astove is in the British Museum. This species was not obtained by the Percy

Sladen Trust Expeditions of 1905 and 1908.

Fam. Pompilide.

Genus Myenimra Shuck.

4. Mygnuimia nenitra Sauss.

Mygnimia nenitra Sauss., Mitth. Schweiz. entom. Ges. viii. 1, p. 268, 1891; Sauss.,

Grandidier : Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 410, 1892, T. 9, F. 33.

Locality. Seychelles: Silhouette Island, Mare aux Cochons, 1000 feet, August and

September, 1908. Four specimens, all females; they settled and ran swiftly on the

ground, with quivering wings (H. Scott). Described by Saussure from Madagascar.

There is a tubercle just in front of the intermediate coxz, as in the Eastern genus

Macromeris. The tibiz however in Macromeris are smooth, which is not the case in the

present species. The tubercle is also present, though less developed in M. hova Sauss.

from Madagascar, but is absent in combusta Sm. and other allied species from the mainland

of Africa.

Fam. Sphegide.

Genus AMPULEX Jur.

5. Ampulex compressa Fabr.

Sphex compressa Fabr., Spec. Insect. i. p. 445, 1781.

Ampulex compressa (Fabr.) Cam., Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool., xii. 1907, p. 76.

A common eastern species, doubtless imported on ships.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé; “frequents the outsides of houses &c. in Port Victoria”

(Scott, 1908—9). Chagos Islands, 1905 (see Cameron, /.c.).

Genus SceLtipHRon Klug.

6. Sceliphron (Chalybion) madecassum Gribodo.

Pelopeus madecassus Grib., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova xviii. p. 263, 1882.

Sceliphron violaceum Sauss., Grandidier : Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 440, 1892.

Sceliphron madecassum Kohl., Denkschr. R. Akad. Wissen. Math.-Naturwiss. Klasse

Ixxi. p. 198, 1906.

TURNER—FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA 369

Sceliphron bengalense Cam., Trans. Linn. Soe. Ser. 2, Zool., xii. 1907, p. 76 (nec Dahlb.).

Specimens of this species from Mahé and Silhouette all show the very long petiole

characteristic of madecassuwm, and differ from the specimens from the Chagos Islands

referred to bengalense correctly by Cameron, but I must consider his record from the

Seychelles as mistaken.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, road below Morne Blanc, X. 1908, Cascade Estate,

II. 1909, Long Island, VII. 1908: Silhouette, cultivated country, IX. 1908 (Scott). Also

from Madagascar.

7. Sceliphron (Chalybion) bengalense Dahlbom.

Sceliphron bengalense Dahlbom, Hym. Eur. i. 433; Cam., Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2,

ool: xu. 1907, p: 76.

This species was obtained in the Chagos Islands by the “Sealark” Expedition in

1905, and recorded by Cameron, l.c. [As stated above, the specimens obtained during

that expedition in the Seychelles, and referred to this species, are really S. madecassum. |

8. Sceliphron hemipterum Fabr.

Sphex hemiptera Fabr., Suppl. ent. syst. p. 244, 1798.

Pelopeus hemipterus Fabr., Syst. Piez. p. 204, 1804.

Sceliphron hemipterum (Fabr.), Cam., Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool., xii. 1907, p. 75.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin (1905 and 1908—9). Also from

Africa and Madagascar.

Genus AmmopuiLa Kirby.

9. Ammophila (Psammophila) capensis Lepel.

Ammophila capensis Lepel, Hist. Nat. Insect. Hym. ii. p. 368, 1845.

Localities. Assumption (J. C. F. Fryer, and R. P. Dupont). Cosmoledo, 1907

(H. P. Thomasset). A common African species, probably only a race of A. tydei Guillou.

It also occurs in Madagascar.

10. Ammophila sp.

A single specimen (¢) of a true Ammophila has been received from Mr R. P. Dupont,

who obtained it in Assumption Island in 1910. It resembles a form obtained in Réunion

and referred by Saussure (in Grandidier, Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 436) to A. sabulosa

Linn.: but Saussure’s determination of the species may be incorrect.

Genus SpHEXx Linn.

11. Sphex torridus Sm.

Sphex torrida Sm., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, xii. p. 291, 1873.

Localities. Aldabra; many specimens, chiefly found at coast (1908, J. C. F. Fryer).

Assumption (1909 and 1910, R. P. Dupont). Cosmoledo (1907, H. P. Thomasset). A

common species in Madagascar.

370 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

12. Sphex umbrosus Christ.

Sphex umbrosa Christ, Naturg. d. Insect. p. 293, 1791: Cam., Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2,

Zool., xii. 1907, p. 75.

Sphex rufinervis Pérez, Ann. Soc. Entom. France Ixiv. p. 209, 1895.

Localities. Seychelles: Praslin, Mahé (1905 and 1908—9). Also known from

S. Europe, Africa, India and Australia.

The male has the wings darkened on the basal half, but is only a slight variety of

this common species.

13. Sphex (Harpactopus) agyptius Lep.

Sphex aegyptia Lep., Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym. iii. p. 356, 1845.

Locality. Astove (R. P. Dupont). A common species in East Africa and Western

Asia. The Astove specimens are in the British Museum : the species was not obtained by

the Percy Sladen Trust Expeditions.

Genus Crrceris Latr.

14. Cerceris nenitra Sauss.

Cerceris nenitra Sauss., Soc. entom. ii. p. 25, 1887.

Cerceris nenitra Sauss., Grandidier : Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 551, 1892.

Locality. Aldabra (Fryer). Also from Madagascar.

Genus Noroconta Costa.

15. Notogonia reticulata Sauss.

Notogonia reticulata Sauss., Grandidier : Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 512, 1892.

Notogonia mahensis Cam., Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool., x11. 1907, p. 78.

Localities. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 ft., August and

September, 1908: Mahé, near Morne Blanc, October 1908; above Port Glaud, 500—

1000 ft. November 1908 (H. Scott). Many specimens of both sexes. Also known from

Madagascar.

16. Notogonia seychellensis Cam.

Notogonia seychellensis Cam., Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool., xii. 1907, p. 77, ¢ (2).

Notogonia rufofemorata Cam., l.c. p. 78, 1907 (¢).

Cameron states that he is describing both sexes of N. seychellensis, but I have seen

the types of seychellensis 2 and rufofemorata and consider that the differences are merely

sexual. He does not point out the differences between the sexes of seychellensis or com-

pare the males of his species.

Localities. Seychelles: Silhouette; Mont Pot-d-eau, over 1000 ft. (August): Mahé,

Cascade Estate, &c. Specimens always seen singly (H. Scott).

Genus TacHysPHEX Kohl.

17. Tachysphex micromegas Sauss.

Tachysphex micromegas Sauss., Grandidier : Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 481, 1892.

TURNER—FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA 371

Localities. Seychelles: Silhouette, numerous specimens settling and running on

paths on plateau of Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 ft., VIII.—IX. 1908; Mahé, from near

Morne Blane, about 800 ft., XI. 1908, and from Cascade Estate in March 1909 (H. Scott).

Astove, one specimen (R. P. Dupont). Described by Saussure from Madagascar.

Genus BemMBex Fabr.

18. Bembex madecassa Sauss.

Bembex madecassa Sauss., Mitth. Schweiz. entom. Ges. vill. p. 260, 1891.

Localities. Aldabra, many specimens, found in all places where sand or guano is

present (1908—9, J. C. F. Fryer). Assumption (1909, R. P. Dupont). Cosmoledo

(H. P. Thomasset). Also Madagascar..

Genus Pison Jur.

19. Prson speculare, sp. n.

@. Nigra, nitida, capite opaco; segmento mediano nitido, in medio longitudinaliter

sulcato; alis hyalinis, leviter infumatis.

Clypeus clothed with short, delicate, silver pubescence, the anterior margin slightly

incurved, produced in the middle into a distinct angle. Head opaque, the eyes rather

deeply emarginate, the distance between them at the base of the clypeus greater by one

half than that on the vertex ; the posterior ocelli very near to the eyes, twice as far from

each other. Antenne inserted as near to the eyes as to each other, the second joint of

the flagellum about twice as long as the first and equal in length to the third. Thorax

shining, microscopically punctured, the mesopleure rather more strongly punctured ;

median segment shining, with a longitudinal median sulcus not quite reaching the apex,

the sulcus broad at the base and marked with a short longitudinal carina and a few faint

oblique striz, except in the sulcus the segment is smooth. Abdomen smooth and shining,

the three basal segments a little depressed at the apex, the first segment a little longer

than the breadth at the apex. Second cubital cell reaching the middle of the second

transverse cubital nervure, receiving the first recurrent nervure close to the base, the

second recurrent nervure received close to the base of the third cubital cell.

Entirely black, the abdominal segments without bands of pubescence. Wings hyaline,

clouded with fuscous; nervures black.

Length 8 mm.

Localities. Seychelles: Praslin (November) : Mahé, Morne Blane, 1000 ft. (November

1908, H. Scott).

The median segment resembles in the want of sculpture that of P. insulare Sm. from

the New Hebrides, but the shape of the clypeus is different.

20. Prison argentatum Shuck.

Pison argentatus Shuck., Trans. Ent. Soc. London ii. p. 79, 1837.

Locality. Aldabra (J. C. F. Fryer). A wide-ranging species, originally described

from Mauritius.

372 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

21. Pison (Parapison) rsolatum, sp. n.

¢g. Niger, punctatus, abdomine nitido, pedibus, tegulis, scapo et flagello basi rufo-

ferrugineis.

¢. Clypeus nearly twice as broad as long, finely punctured, produced and narrowly

rounded on the middle of the apical margin. Head opaque, obscurely punctured, a carina

from the base of the clypeus reaching half-way to the anterior ocellus. Second joint of

the flagellum distinctly longer than the third ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

about equal to twice the length of the third joint of the flagellum; the posterior ocelli

rather further from each other than from the eyes; the emargination of the eyes rather

deep, the eyes are twice as far apart on the clypeus as on the vertex. Thorax finely and

rather sparsely punctured ; the median segment shorter than the mesonotum, narrowed

posteriorly, irregularly and indistinctly obliquely striated, with a median sulcus not quite

reaching the apex, the surface of the posterior truncation indistinctly transversely striated

with a deep median sulcus. Abdomen subpetiolate, smooth and shining, the first segment

longer than its breadth at the apex. First abscissa of the radius longer than the second ;

first recurrent nervure received close to the apex of the first cubital cell, second at one-

third from the base of the second (third) cubital cell.

Black ; scape, four basal joints of the flagellum, mandibles in the middle, tegule and

legs (except the coxee and the apical joint of the tarsi) ferruginous. Wings hyaline,

tinged with fuscous, nervures black.

Length 8 mm.

g. Clypeus produced into a point on the middle of the apical margin; apical dorsal

segment of the abdomen large, rounded at the apex. Otherwise as in the female.

Localities. Seychelles: Silhouette, specimens settling on paths on plateau of Mare

aux Cochons, over 1000 ft., VITI—IX. 1908: Mahé, Cascade Estate, about 1000 ft., IIT.

1909 (H. Scott).

Genus TryPoxyton Latr.

22. Trypoxylon errans Sauss.

Trypoxylon errans Sauss., Reise Novara Zool. ui. Hym. p. 84, 1867.

Trypoxylon gardinert Cam., Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool., xii. 1907, p. 76.

Localities. Mauritius (Saussure). Mahé, Cascade Estate, November to March, and

Long Island, July (H. Scott). Coetivy, 1905 (J. Stanley Gardiner).

“This species comes into rooms at Port Victoria and goes into nail holes in walls.”

Species of Trypoxylon and Pison have similar habits in other countries, often forming

their nests in key-holes.

Saussure gives the colour of the clypeus as yellow (Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 527,

1892); in the Seychelles the colour is black, but this is also the case in specimens from

Mauritius in the British Museum, and Saussure’s original description only gives “ Clypei

margo testaceus.”

TURNER—FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA 3738

23. Trypoxylon scutifrons Sauss.

Trypoxylon scutifrons Sauss., Grandidier : Hist. Madagascar xx. p. 523, 1892.

Locality. Astove (R. P. Dupont). Also from Madagascar. The Astove specimen

is in the British Museum. This species was not obtained by the Percy Sladen Trust

Expeditions.

Genus Crasro Fabr.

24. Crabro (Rhopalum) oceanicus, sp. n.

?. Minuta, nigra, scapo, pedibusque anterioribus et intermediis flavis; abdomine

subtus ferrugineo, segmento dorsali tertio fusco-ferrugineo ; alis hyalinis.

?. Mandibles bidentate at the apex; clypeus flat, without a carina, covered with

delicate silver pubescence. Antenne inserted close to the eyes, much further from each

other than from the eyes, which are separated by a distance equal to about half the length

of the scape, the first joint of the flagellum a little longer than the second. Posterior

ocelli near together, about twice as far from the eyes as from each other and further from

the posterior margin of the head than from the eyes. Head, thorax and median segment

smooth and shining, the anterior angles of the pronotum slightly rounded ; the mesonotum

with a delicately impressed line from the anterior margin to the middle; median segment

with a longitudinal sulcus, shallow on the dorsal surface, deep on the posterior slope.

Petiole very slender, as long as the thorax without the median segment, swollen at the

apex ; second abdominal segment more than half as long as the petiole, very narrow at the

base, gradually widened to the apex; the fourth segment the broadest ; apical segment

broadly triangular. Posterior tibize swollen towards the apex, with a few delicate spines

on the outer margin. The recurrent nervure is received beyond the middle of the cubital

cell.

Black; the scape and the anterior and intermediate legs pale yellow; abdomen

beneath ferruginous, the third and fourth dorsal segments ferruginous at the base, the

third at the apex fuscous. Tegulze testaceous ; wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures black.

Length 5 mm.

g. Similar to the female. There are four minute teeth on the anterior margin of

the clypeus.

Length 4 mm.

Localities. Seychelles: Mahé, 1 specimen obtained flying round a Roscheria-palm

in high damp forest on summit of “montagne Anse Major,” over 2000 ft., 1. IL. 1909:

Silhouette, 1 specimen obtained in forest above Mare aux Cochons, 1908 (H. Scott).

25. Crabro (Dasyproctus) scotti, sp. n.

?. Nigra, alutacea, mandibulis, clypeo, flagelloque basi ferrugineis ; scapo, pronoto,

pro- et mesopleuris, tegulis, mesonoti macula magna margine posteriore lineisque laterali-

bus ante tegulas, scutello, postscutello, segmento mediano basi apice lateribusque, pedi-

busque ochraceis.

?. Mandibles tridentate at the apex, the inner tooth small and short. Clypeus

much broader than long, opaque and almost smooth, with an obscure median carina, with

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 48

374 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

two broad short teeth on the middle of the apical margin, clothed with short close silver

pubescence. Head large and massive, much broader than the thorax, opaque, with a

shining furrow on the inner margin of each eye near the summit; antennz inserted

nearer to the eyes than to each other, the second joint of the flagellum a little longer than

the third and half as long again as the first. Posterior ocelli as far from each other as

from the eyes and fully half as far again from the posterior margin of the head as from

each other ; eyes separated at the base of the clypeus by a distance equal to about one-

third of the length of the scape, the facets in front much larger than elsewhere. Thorax

opaque, the scutellum slightly shining ; pronotum transverse, rounded at the angles, with

a deep groove in the middle ; mesonotum broadly and shallowly depressed in the middle

anteriorly, with short longitudinal strize on the middle of the apical margin; scutellum

almost smooth, with a few scattered punctures ; median segment with a deep sulcus from

base to apex, obliquely striated at the base. Mesopleure opaque, with a vertical sulcus

below the anterior wings, moderately hollowed for both the anterior and intermediate

femora. Abdomen petiolate; the first segment a little longer than the mesonotum and

scutellum combined, gradually and evenly broadened from the base, about half as wide

at the apex as long; apical segment pointed, very narrow. Posterior tibize spinose,

intermediate almost smooth. The recurrent nervure is received beyond two-thirds from

the base of the cubital cell.

Black; the mandibles, except at the apex, clypeus and four basal joints of the

flagellum dull ferruginous brown ; scape, pronotum, tegul, pro- and mesopleuree, a large

spot on the posterior margin of the mesonotum, a line above the tegule, scutellum,

postscutellum, a large triangular mark at the base of the median segment, the apex of the

median segment extending onto the sides, a very small obscure spot on each side of the

first abdominal segment near the apex and the legs reddish chrome. Wings hyaline,

nervures black.

Length 9 mm.

3. The first abdominal segment is much narrower than in the female, very little

broadened to the apex, and is longer. The median segment is wholly black.

Localities. Seychelles: Silhouette, Mare aux Cochons, over 1000 ft. (September) :

Mahé, Cascade Estate (February). 3 9, 1 2.

The colour of the markings is reddish chrome (Roy. Horticultural Soc. Colour Chart

51, shade 4). Mr Scott informs me that the colour is natural and not changed by

cyanide.

No. XVII.—LIST OF THE BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OBTAINED BY

PROF. STANLEY GARDINER* ON HIS SECOND EXPEDITION TO THE

SEYCHELLES AND ALDABRA.

By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

(ComMUNICATED BY Pror. J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

(3 Text-figures.)

Read 2nd February, 1911.

I. SEYCHELLES.

BATRACHIANS.

APODA.

1. Hypogeophis rostratus, Cuv.

Mahé: sea coast below Cascade; Baie Lazare; Cascade, 800 ft.; W. side of Mt.

Seychellois, 1200 ft. Praslin. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, 1400 ft.

2. Hypogeophis alternans, Stejn.

Mahé: Baie Lazare, Cascade (J. C. Fryer). Praslin. Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons,

1400 ft. (a pied albino).

3. Hypogeophis brevis, sp. n. (Fig. 1.)

About 12 teeth on each side of each jaw. Snout obtusely pointed, very strongly

projecting ; eyes very indistinct, the distance between them less than the length of the

snout ; tentacle below and a little behind the nostril. Body very short, its diameter 14

or 15 times in the total length; 130 folds, the first 9 to 15 complete, the following

alternately complete and incomplete, the last 93 to 100 complete. Tail indistinct, rounded.

Uniform dark brown.

Total length 112 mm.

Two specimens from Mahé, the smaller (measuring only 40 mm.) from Cascade, the

larger from the west side of Mt. Seychellois, altitude 1200 ft.

* [I made no attempt to obtain complete collections of these groups on this Expedition, having secured

a large number of specimens in 1905 (see G. A. Boulenger, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xu. p. 291). Indeed I only

collected in the indigenous jungle and even then rejected forms which I knew I had previously obtained. The

present list raises the number of Seychelles species of the Amphibia from 8 to 11. Mr J. C. Fryer visited Bird

and Dennis coral islands to the north of the Seychelles Bank, spending a fortnight on each. He then went to

Aldabra for four months visiting other islands en route. J. Stanley Gardiner. }

48—2

376 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

4. Dermophis sechellensis, sp. n. (Fig. 3.)

14 or 15 teeth on each side of upper jaw, 12 on each side (outer row) of lower jaw.

Snout obtusely pointed, prominent; eyes rather indistinct or scarcely distinct, the distance

between them nearly equal to the length of the snout; tentacle in front of and below the

eye, three times as distant from the nostril as from the eye. Body short, its diameter

17 to 22 times in the total length; 147 to 160 folds, the first 18 to 26 complete, the

following alternately complete and interrupted, the last 43 to 77 complete. Tail indistinct,

rounded. Dark brown or blackish ; vent usually in a whitish spot.

Total length 190 mm.

Overlooking the very small inner mandibular teeth, I referred the first specimens

obtained by Prof. Gardiner to the allied Cryptopsophis multiplicatus, and recorded them

under that name in my previous list. The larger material which has now been placed at

my disposal shows this Czcilian to belong to the genus Dermophis, of which four species

occur in Tropical America, one in the West-African Island San Thomé, and one in British

East Africa.

Mahé: Cascade (J.C. Fryer); W. side of Mt. Seychellois, 1200 ft. Praslin. Silhouette:

Mare aux Cochons, 1400 ft.

5. Praslinia cooperi, Blgr.

Mahé: Cascade (J. C. Fryer).

Fig. 2. Nectophryne gardineri. x14. Fig. 3. Dermophis

sechellensis. x 3.

Fig. 1. Hypogeophis brevis. Nat. size.

Head x 3,

EcAUDATA.

6. Rana mascareniensis, Dum. and Bibr.

Mahé: Cascade; Marsh at Anse Takamaka. Silhouette.

BOULENGER—BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES 377

7. Nesomantis thomasseti, Bler.

Mahé: Top Mt. Pilot, 2700 ft.; Top of Mt. Harrison, 2400 ft. Silhouette: Summit,

2467 ft.

8. Sooglossus sechellensis, Boettg.

Mahé: Mt. Harrison over 2000 ft.; high jungle over Cascade; Top mountain, 2700 ft.

Silhouette: high jungle, Morne Capucin, 1800 ft.

9. Megalixalus sechellensis, Dum. and Bibr.

Mahé: Cascade (J. C. Fryer). Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons, 1400 ft.

10. Nectophryne gardineri, sp. n. (Fig. 2.)

Snout pointed, prominent, hardly as long as the eye; loreal region vertical ;

interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum hidden. Fingers and toes

short, much depressed, with a rudiment of web and no subarticular tubercles, the former

terminating rather suddenly into a point, the latter expanded into well developed round

disks ; two feebly prominent metatarsal tubercles. Tarso-metatarsal articulation reaching

the tip of the snout. Head and back more or less distinctly granular; a flat round

tubercle on the upper eyelid, sometimes followed by a series of four similar tubercles along

each side of the back. Pinkish brown above, blackish brown on the sides, the two shades

sharply deliminated; dark brown spots or markings, sometimes confluent into a broad

band along the middle of the back, may be present ; one specimen with a light vertebral

streak ; oblique dark bands may be present on the limbs; lower parts yellowish, spotted

or marbled with dark brown. |

Total length 15 mm.

This tiny toad, one of the smallest known, belongs to a genus represented by several

species in the African and Oriental regions, and which probably includes the viviparous

toad described by Tornier as Pseudophryne vivipara.

Mahé: Morne Pilot, 2700 ft. Silhouette: highest jungle.

REPTILES.

LACERTILIA.

1. Hemidactylus frenatus, Dum. and Bibr.

Bird I. (J. C. Fryer).

2. <Atluronyx sechellensis, Dum. and Bibr.

Praslin. Silhouette.

3. Phelsuma madagascariense, Gray.

Praslin. Silhouette. Bird I. (J. C. Fryer). Dennis L (J. C. F.).

4. Mabuia sechellensis, Dum. and Bibr.

Silhouette. Dennis (J. C. Fryer).

378 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

5. Scelotes braueri, Boettg.

Mahé: Cascade (J. C. Fryer): high jungle. Silhouette.

6. Scelotes gardineri, Blgr.

Mahé: high jungle. Silhouette.

RHIPTOGLOSSA.

7. Chameleon tigris, Kuhl.

Mahé. Silhouette.

OPHIDIA.

8. Boodon geometricus, Schleg.

Silhouette.

9. Lycognathophis sechellensis, Schleg.

Mahé: Cascade. Silhouette.

II. ALDABRA, etc.

(CoLLEcTED By Mr J. C. Fryer.)

REPTILES.

1. Hemidactylus gardinerr, Bler.

Aldabra: Malabar, Takamaka, Picard. Cosmoledo: Menai. Astove.

2. Phelsuma madagascariense, var abbotti, Stejn.

Aldabra: Malabar, Takamaka, Picard. Assumption.

3. Zonosaurus madagascariensis, Gray.

Cosmoledo: N.E. Island. Peculias.

4. Ablepharus boutoni, var. peronn, Coct.

Aldabra: Takamaka, Picard. Cosmoledo: Menai. Assumption. Astove.

The only other species recorded from Aldabra, but unrepresented in this collection,

are: Testudo gigantea*, Schweigg, and Hemidactylus mabouia, Mor. The latter, however,

rests on Stejneger’s identification and is probably the same as the small form described by

me as H. gurdinerv.

* [Mr Fryer’s notes on this species will be found in his report on Aldabra in this volume. J. 8S. G.]

No. XVIIL—THE ARANEA, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES.

By 8S. Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

(CommunicaTeD BY Pror. J. STANLEY Garpiner, M.A., F.B.S., F.L.S.)

(11 Text-figures.)

Read 2nd February, 1911.

I. NOTES ON DISTRIBUTION.

THE total number of species of spiders in the collection is forty-nine; forty-five

of which occur in the Seychelles group. Thirteen of them had not been recorded

previously from these islands, but four of these cannot be determined with certainty,

owing to the immaturity of the specimens collected; they belong, however, to genera

hitherto unrecorded from these localities. Five others are new species. The total number

of spiders now known from the Seychelles is seventy-one, more than half of which are

believed to be peculiar to them, and seven of the latter (Sason seychellanum Sim., Crypto-

thele alluaudi Sim., Drassodes inaudax Sim., Steriphopus lacertosus Sim., Clubiona

nigromaculosa Blackw., Tetragnatha nigrigularis Sim., and T. modesta, n. sp. (and also

Conothele sp. which is only represented by immature specimens)), are of especial interest

in that they are closely allied to species which occur in the Oriental region or in

Australasia. Two others (Argiope anaswja Thor., and Gasteracantha brevispina Dol.)

are also known to inhabit the Oriental region. Two species (Nephila madagascariensis

Vins., and Oxyopes dumonti Vins.), are found also in Mauritius, Madagascar and East

Africa. Nearly all the remaining species have a wide range and none of them are of

especial interest.

Six out of the eight species of spiders which were collected in the Farquhar islands,

have a wide distribution. Another species (Rhitymna valida Blackw.), occurs besides

in the Amirantes and Seychelles, and the remaining species (Lathrodectus menavodi

Vins.) was only known from Madagascar. An immature example of a species of

Platyoides, a genus which has representatives in S. Africa and Madagascar, was also

collected in Farquhar.

From the islands of the Chagos group, nine species of spiders were obtained. Five

of them belong to species which have a wide range in the tropics. Another species

(Scytodes velutina Lowe) is known to occur in the Canary islands, in many parts of

Africa, in Madagascar and in the Seychelles. Two of the others (Carrhotus viduus Thor.,

and Gasteracantha brevispina Dol.) have a wide distribution in the Oriental region ; the

former has been recorded from the Laccadives (Minikoi) and the latter from both the

380 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Maldives and the Laccadives, and, as mentioned above, it is also found in the Seychelles

(Coetivy). The remaining species (Argiope anaswja Thor.), occurs in the Seychelles,

Laceadives, and in Southern India, but the specimens from the Seychelles and Chagos

belong to a well-marked variety, which differs from the Indian form in coloration.

Apparently the central islands of the Seychelles group are the only ones of those

visited by the expedition in which Opiliones are found. Six species belonging to this

order have already been recorded from these islands and examples of five of these are

present in Prof. Stanley Gardiner’s collection. In addition, four new species were obtained,

so that ten species of Opiliones are now known from the Seychelles, all of them being

peculiar to this group. They all belong to the Opiliones laniatores. It is interesting to

note that the family Trizenonychiide*, which has a number of representatives in 8. Africa

and Madagascar, does not occur in the Seychelles. From a zoogeographical standpoint the

most interesting of the seven genera into which these species fall is Zbalonius, which is

represented by four species; it has representatives also in New Guinea, Fiji and the

Philippines. Four of the remaining genera are peculiar to the Seychelles, but one of

them (Holozoster) is closely allied to [balonius. The genus Sttalces;} occurs besides in the

island of Réunion, whilst Hinzwanius has a wide distribution but is practically restricted

to the countries bordering on the Indian Ocean.

The Pseudoscorpion in the collection (Feaella affinis, n. sp.) belongs to a genus, which

has been recorded from Portuguese Guinea and Natal. It is probable that this species

has been introduced into the Seychelles, whilst clinging to some insect host.

I must express my sincere thanks to Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner for having allowed me

to study the material on which this paper is based, and also to Prof. L. Jiigerskidld,

Dr J. C. C. Loman, and M. Eugtne Simon, for their kindness in lending me specimens of

Arachnids from the Seychelles and of closely allied species from other localities.

* This interesting family is considered to be restricted to the Southern continents and neighbouring islands,

I take the opportunity to point out that the genus Sclerobunus Banks (occurring in the Western United States

of N. America and Alaska) also belongs to the Z’rienonychiide. Immature specimens of a species from Bassett,

Queen Charlotte Island, British Columbia, which either belongs to the genus Sclerobunus or to some closely

allied genus, are preserved in the Brit. Mus. Coll.

+ Some time after this paper had left my hands, my attention was directed to Dr W. Sorensen’s report on

the Opiliones collected by the Swedish expedition to Kilimandjaro and Meru. In this report Dr Sérensen

describes, amongst other novelties, a new genus (Palpipes) with two new species, for which he creates a new

family (Palpipedoide), the principal character being that the tarsi of the first and second legs are divided into

two joints.

It seems to me that Sttalces novem-tuberculatus Sim., and S. gardineri, n. sp., are congeneric with these two

species described by Dr Sérensen under the name Palpipes. The tarsi of the anterior legs of S. gardineri are

formed exactly as described by Dr Sérensen for his species.

In his well-known paper on the extra-European Opiliones (Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.) 1902, pp. 198 and 200),

Dr J. C. C. Loman places the genus Sitalces in the family Epedanide. I must say here that I, also, think that

it belongs to that family. Quite recently, I have received a specimen of an Opilion from Izu, Japan, which

resembles the species of Sttalces rather closely in structure, the shape of the ocular-tubercle, pectination of the

femur of the first leg and granulation of the body being remarkably similar. This Japanese species undoubtedly

belongs to a genus (undescribed), which is closely allied to Sttalces. The tarsi of its legs are very different from

those of Sitalces, however, for that of the first has three segments and that of the second four. From this

it would appear that the number of the tarsal segments in these Opiliones is, at the most, only of generic

importance.

HIRST—ARANEA®, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 381

II. LIST OF THE SPECIES.

Aranez.

Localities *.

1. Conothele, sp.? fy. vi i: ... Silhouette.

2. Sason seychellanum, Simon oo ... Silhouette.

3. Nesiergus insulanus, Sim. ... ort ... Silhouette, Récif.

4. Chetopelma gardineri, n. sp. ade ... Silhouette, Praslin, Félicité.

5. Uloborus geniculatus, Oliv. Bae ... Mahé, Egmont.

6. Dinopis, sp. ? 506 as sa ... Silhouette.

7. Scytodes velutina, Lowe... aoe ... Mahé. Coetivy. Salomon.

8. A pholcoides, Sim. ... aye ... Mahé.

9. Platyoides, sp. ant Bo see ... Farquhar.

10. Steriphopus lacertosus, Gira ies ... Mahé.

11. Cryptothele alluaudi, Sim. . ae .... Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin.

12. Artema mauriciana, Walck. BE ... Farquhar. Mahé, Praslin, Bird Island. Coin (Peros).

13. Smeringopus elongatus, Vins. sal ... Siren (Cargados). Farquhar. Poivre (Amirantes),

Mahé, Long Island, Praslin. Coetivy. Egmont,

Coin (Peros), Salomon.

14. Lathrodectus geometricus, C. L. Koch ... Establishment Island (Cargados).

5s ss menavodi, Vins. are ... Farquhar.

16. Argyrodes cognatus, Blackw. 500 ... Mahé.

te 5 rostratus, Blackw. Sas ... Poivre. Silhouette. Coetivy.

18. Tetragnatha nigrigularis, Simon ... .... Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin, Félicité.

19. 3 foliifera, Sim. ae ... Mahé, Silhouette.

20. . mandibulata, Walck. ... ... Praslin. Coetivy.

Ze . modesta, n. sp. nie ... Mahé, Silhouette.

22. Nephila madagascariensis, Vins. ... ... Astove. Poivre and St Joseph (Amirantes). Mahé,

Silhouette, Praslin. Coetivy.

2BE ie cruentata, Fabr. ... Age ... Farquhar. St Pierre. Providence. Mahé, Silhouette,

Praslin.

24. Argiope tr vfasciata, Forsk. ie Establishment Island (Cargados). Praslin.

25. » anasuja, Thor, var. fletcheri, var. n. Salomon, Coin (Peros), Diego Garcia. Mahé (a single

specimen only).

26. Araneus citricola, Forsk ... Safe .... Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin.

ils a theis, Walck. wae sy. ... Farquhar. St Pierre. Mahé, Silhouette, Bird Island.

Coetivy. Salomon, Diego Garcia.

28. if rumpfi, Thor. ... ans ... Farquhar. St Pierre. Mahé,

29. <Arachnura, sp. : sa ane ... Silhouette.

30. Cyclosa insulana, Gos bee ape ... Mahé.

31. Gasteracantha brevispina, Dol. ... ... Coetivy. Salomon, Coin (Peros).

32. Firmicus marginatus, Sim. aisle ... Mahé, Silhouette.

* (Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin, Félicité and Récif are among the larger granite islands of the Seychelles.

Long and Anonyme are islands in the fringing reef of Mahé. Bird and Dennis are coral islands on the N. edge

of the Seychelles bank. Coetivy is a coral island lying to the S.E. of the Seychelles from which it is separated

by comparatively deep water. Poivre, St Joseph, Darros and Desroches are islands of the Amirantes to the

S.W. of the Seychelles. Providence, St Pierre, Farquhar and Astove are isolated coral islands between the last

and Madagascar. Cargados lies due N. of Mauritius, and the atolls of the Chagos group are Peros, Salomon,

Egmont and Diego Garcia. J.S. G.]

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XTV. 49

34.

+6.

OOM rm ow po

in the islands, is Garypus insularis Tuller.

PERCY SLADEN

Phrynarachne, sp.? ...

Selenops secreta, 0. sp...

Rhitymna valida, Blackw.

Heteropoda regia, Fabr.

Rhacocnemis guttatus, Blackw.

- elegans, 0. sp.

Thomasettia seychellana, vu. sp.

Clubiona nigromaculosa, Blackw. ...

55 mahensis, Sim.

Voraptus tenellus, Sim.

Lycosa urbana, Cambr.

Asemonea pallens, Blackw.

Hispo striolata, Sim.

Baviola braueri, Sim.

Myrmarachne constricta, Blackw. ...

Carrhotus viduus, C. L. Koch

Plexippus paykulli, Aud. ...

Ibalonius inscriptus, Loman

is karschii, Lom.

ie flavopictus, n. sp.

S lomani, n. sp.

Holozoster ovalis, Lom.

Sitalces gardineri, un. sp.

Mitraceras crassipalpum, Lom.

Hinzuanius parvulus, 0. sp.

Acudorsum albimanum, Lom.

Feaella affinis, n. sp.

TRUST EXPEDITION

Localities,

Mahé, Silhouette.

Mahé, Long Island, Silhouette.

Farquhar. Desroches, Darros, St Joseph, Poivre.

Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin, Bird Island, Dennis

Island.

Desroches, Poivre. Mahé, Praslin, Bird Island, Dennis

Island. Diego Garcia, Coin (Peros), Salomon.

Mahé, Silhouette.

Anonyme Island.

Mahé, Silhouette.

Astove. St Pierre. Mahé, Praslin, Félicité.

Mahé, Silhouette, Dennis Island.

Mahé, Silhouette.

Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin, Dennis Island.

Coin (Peros).

Siren, Establishment Island (Cargados). Bird Island.

Coetivy.

Opiliones.

Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin.

Mahé.

Silhouette.

Mahé.

Mahé, Silhouette.

Praslin.

Mahé.

Pseudoscorpiones.

Silhouette, Praslin.

So far as I am aware, the only other species of Pseudoscorpion, which has been found

HIRST—ARANEA, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 383

Ill. THE NEW SPECIES, WITH NOTES ON SOME INCOMPLETELY

KNOWN SPECIES.

Aranee.

3. Nesiergus insulanus, Sin.

Nesiergus insulanus, Sim., Hist. Nat. Araign., Vol. ii. (1903) p. 928.

?. Carapace much longer than wide, and about equal in length to the patella and

tibia (together) of the first or fourth legs ; the cephalic part considerably elevated. Eyes

of anterior row slightly procurved and equidistant from one another; the medians rounded

and of considerably larger size than the elongated laterals. Apex of /abiwm and the inner

angles of the maaille furnished with numerous spinules. Legs 4, 1, 2, 3. Anterior legs

unarmed except for a single apical spine on the ventral side of the metatarsi; the tibize

and metatarsi of the posterior legs armed with a number of spines. Patella and tibia of

first leg (together) slightly longer than those of the fourth. Patella and tibia of third

(together) slightly shorter than the metatarsus of the fourth. Spinnerets very short, the

distal segment conical in shape and shorter than that which precedes it.

Measurements in mm. Length of body 15, of carapace 8°5, greatest width of

carapace 6, length of first leg (from base of femur) 22°5, of second 19°5, of third 17°25, of

fourth 25°25.

Material. An adult female example from Silhouette, and three young examples from

Récif (H. P. Thomasset).

4. Chetopelma gardineri, n. sp. (Fig. 1).

Colour : russet brown, the carapace yellowish to yellowish brown.

Carapace. Fovea of small size and very slightly recurved. Anterior row of eyes

much more strongly procurved than is the case in C. olivacewm C. Koch; the anterior

medians slightly further apart from one another than from the elongate

anterior laterals, and of smaller size than them.

Legs: less hairy than those of C. olivaceum, and the anterior surface of

the trochanter and of the femur of the first and second legs (and the

posterior surface of the trochanter and femur of the palp) are not furnished

with a scopula. Scopule of the metatarsi and tarsi of the anterior legs

undivided ; those of the tarsi of the third and fourth divided by a line of

setee; that of the metatarsus of the fourth occupies about half the length

of the segment and is interspersed with long pale-coloured hairs. Tibia of Fig. 1. Che-

second leg armed below on the outer side towards the base, with a pair of Flag pee

. . . . . . . . ¢ me ? 3 2

spines as in C. olivacewm, but the spine which is present in the middle part Palpal organ

of the tibia in that species is absent. The armature of the other legs is the rane! alee

same as in C. olivaceuwm.

49—2

384 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

g. Carapace: about equal in length to the patella and tibia of the second leg and

to the metatarsus of the fourth, and shorter than the patella and tibia of the first or

fourth.

Palp. Spine of palpal organ long and fine, but shorter than in C. olivacewm ; its

point blunt and very slightly enlarged (Fig. 1).

Legs. Tibial spurs of first leg resembling those of C. olivacewm very much in general

appearance, but the outer spur is more strongly curved, and the spines of the longitudinal

series are only nine in number. Inner spur stouter than that of C. olivaceum. Metatarsus

of first leg straight.

Measurements in mm. Length of carapace 11, of patella and tibia of first leg 13, of

patella and tibia of fourth 13, of metatarsus of fourth 11°5.

?. Carapace: usually about equal in length to the patella and tibia of the first leg

and a little shorter than the patella and tibia of the fourth.

Measurements in mm. Length of carapace 10°25, of patella and tibia of first leg 10°5,

of patella and tibia of fourth 11°25, of metatarsus of fourth 9.

Material. A single male (the type) and several females from Silhouette. Females

and immature examples from Mahé, Praslin and Félicité.

Remarks. The genus Chatopelma is known to occur in Egypt, Syria, Central Arabia,

and German East Africa (Bagamoyo).

18. Tetragnatha ngrigularis, Sim.

Tetragnatha ngrigularis, Sim., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxvi. p. 377 (1897).

Material. Numerous examples from Mahé, Silhouette, Praslin, and Félicité.

Remarks. A minute anterior tooth is present below on the chelicera in the female of

this species; and there are 9—12 inner teeth, besides the large tooth. T. nigrigularis is

closely allied to the species from Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa, which was referred with doubt

by Keyserling and Koch to 7. mandibulata, Walck., and to which the name 7’. keyserlingw

was subsequently given by Simon*.

20. Tetragnatha mandibulata, Walck.

Tetragnatha mandibulata, Walck., Ins. Apt. i. p. 211 (1841): TZ. minazx, Blackw.,

Proc. R. Irish Acad. Ser. 2, iti. (1877) p. 20, pl. 2, fig. 14: 7. mina, Sim., Bull. Soe. Zool.

France, xvill. (18938) p. 206.

Material. Several specimens from Coetivy and Praslin.

Remarks. This species has already been recorded from Burma to the Sandwich

islands. A number of female specimens from Mauritius (Keyserling Coll.) are preserved

in the British Museum. They were identified as 7. protensa by Keyserlingt. Judging

from the figure that he gives, the male belongs to some other species ; unfortunately the

* Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Sér. 6, x. (1890) p. 134. The references to the descriptions by Keyserling and

Koch are given by Simon in this paper.

7 Verh. z.-b, Wien. xv. p. 847, pl. 21.

HIRST—ARANEA, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 385

male is no longer present in his material. Examples of the true 7. protensa, Walck., from

Mauritius (collected by Mr T. W. Eyre) are also present in the Brit. Mus. Coll., so that it

appears that both species occur in the island.

21. Tetragnatha modesta, n. sp. (Fig. 2).

Colour. Carapace fawn colour ; maxille, labium and sternum infuscate.

Abdomen greenish, and densely sprinkled with minute whitish specks, its dorsal

surface marked with five pairs of dark lateral spots, which are arranged in two longitudinal

series. Legs greenish brown.

Carapace very long and narrow ; the central impression and grooves

similar to those of 7. geniculata Karsch. Median eyes occupying a

quadrate area; the anterior medians larger than the posterior medians.

Posterior laterals a little smaller than the posterior medians, but slightly

larger than the anterior laterals; the lateral eyes being separated from

one another by an interval which is greater than the diameter of a

posterior lateral.

Fig. 2. Tetragna-

Abdomen very long and slender. tha modesta, n.

, : sp. Chelicera

Chelicera rather short, the first (distal) tooth of the ventral row from below.

being of moderate size and separated by a considerable gap from the ten

remaining teeth of the row, which form a continuous series; the two distal teeth of

the continuous series of fairly large size, but the others minute. The first tooth of the

upper row is a little larger than the first of the lower, and, like it, is separated by a gap

from the remaining teeth of the row, but the gap is much greater than is the case in the

lower row. The remaining teeth of the upper row are five in number, and the distal one

is of fairly large size; they follow one another closely, progressively diminishing in size.

Fang of chelicera furnished ventrally, at a little distance from its base, with a strong

curved tooth, and also with a minute tubercle at the base (Fig. 2).

Measurements in mm. Length of carapace 2°25, of abdomen 7.

Material. A female specimen (the type) from Mahé, and several others from

Silhouette.

Remarks. This new species of Tetragnatha is very closely allied to 7. geniculata,

Karsch (a species which occurs in Ceylon and India), but the fang of the chelicera is not

geniculate and the armature of the proximal segment of the chelicera is also a little

different.

25. Argiope anasuja, Thor. (Fig. 3).

Argiope anasuja, Thor., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxv. (1887) p. 162.

var. fletcheri, n. var.

This variety differs from the Indian specimens of A. anaswa preserved in the British

386 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Museum, in the following respects. The more posterior of the two dark narrow transverse

lines, which are present on the pale anterior trapezoidal area of

the abdomen, runs backwards on each side so as to join the broad

dark central band; a small median pale-coloured patch, which

may become divided into two, is thus separated off from the rest

of the pale trapezoidal area (Fig. 3).

Material. Fourteen examples from Salomon, two from Coin

(Peros), a single example from Diego Garcia (Point Marianne) and

another from Mahé.

All of them are females.

Remarks. Argiope anaswja is known from the south of India Fig. 3... Argione Malema

and from the Maldives. I have not had the opportunity of — var. fletcheri, n. var.

: : : : Dorsal view of abdomen.

comparing examples from the last mentioned locality with my

material.

34. Selenops secreta, n. sp. (Fig. 4).

Colour brownish, carapace with a broad longitudinal yellowish (or yellowish brown)

band occupying the centre; the sides dark brown, variegated with a number of yellowish

specks. Femora of legs marked above with yellowish bands,

the other segments of the legs with pale spots above; in the

paler specimens (badly preserved) the yellowish markings are

indistinct.

Carapace about as wide as long.

Chelicera armed in a similar manner to that of S. radiatus

Latr., and the armature of the tibie and metatarsi of the

anterior legs also the same as in that species.

I gd. The row formed by the four anterior eyes is only very ge eae et pel Tale

slightly recurved, and these eyes are of larger size than is the from below.

case in S. radiatus, the inequality in size* between them and

the posterior laterals being less marked than in that species. Moreover the anterior

medians are only a little smaller than the anterior laterals, and the space which separates

the medians from one another is very much less than the diameter of the eye.

Palp. Tibial apophysis very different in shape to that of S. radiatus. It is strongly

excavated below, the margin of the excavation being produced on its inner side into

a rather long and slender process; a minute intermediate tubercle is present on the sharp

edge (of the margin) which intervenes between this process and the main (upper) cusp of

the apophysis (Fig. 4).

Measurements in mm. Length of body 9°75, of carapace 4°5, breadth of carapace 4°5,

length of first leg 23, of second 22°5, of third 22:5, of fourth 23. In the other male

* The relative size of the eyes and the distances which separate them from one another are subject to

considerable variation in this species.

HIRST—ARANEA, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 387

specimen length of body 10, of carapace 4°5, breadth of carapace 4°25, length of first leg

22°5, of second 24°5, of third 21°5, of fourth 22°5.

2. Anterior eyes further apart from one another than in the male, and the difference

in size between the medians and the laterals a little more pronounced.

Vulva very similar to that of S. radiatus, but the anterior part of it rather more

strongly chitinized.

Measurements in mm. Length of body 15°5, of carapace 6, breadth of carapace 6,

length of first leg 22°75, of second 24°5 (that of the other side 21°75), of third 22:5, of

fourth 2375.

Material. Two males (one of which has been selected as the type) and several

females and immature examples from Mahé ; females and immature examples were also

obtained from Long Island and Silhouette.

Remarks. According to M. Simon, Selenops radiatus, Latr., occurs also in the

Seychelles, but no specimens of this species were collected by Prof. Stanley Gardiner’s

Expedition.

38. Rhacocnemis elegans, n. sp. (Fig. 5 A, B).

This species resembles R. guttatus, Blackw., so closely that I have not thought it

necessary to give a detailed description of it. It differs from &. guttatus in the following

respects :

Size larger. Carapace paler in colour and with eight central spots more distinct.

Tibial apophysis of the palp of the male straighter and its basal portion much inflated,

the terminal part being slender ; a small dark tooth, which is bifid apically, is present on

the tibia, to the inner side of the apophysis (Fig. 5 a).

Fig. 5. Rhacocnemis elegans, n. sp. A. Tibial apophysis of palp from below. B. Vulva.

Vulva more produced than is the case in the female of FR. guttatus and differing some-

what in shape (Fig. 5 B).

Measurements in mm. Length of body of male 11°75, of female 16.

Material. An adult male from Mahé, and six specimens from Silhouette, two of

them being adult females and one an adult male.

THOMASETTIA, n. gen.

Carapace a little longer than broad, highest posteriorly and sloping downwards to

the ocular region; a short median, longitudinal impression is present in the hinder part.

Kyes of anterior row sub-equal in size, equidistant from one another and slightly recurved.

388 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Eyes of posterior row almost straight, the posterior medians smaller than the posterior

laterals and closer to one another than to them. Width of clypeus about equal to the

diameter of an anterior eye.

Labium broader than long.

Metatarsi of anterior legs furnished with a single pair of spines, which are situated at

a little distance from the proximal end of the segment.

According to M. Simon, who has kindly examined a couple of specimens of this new

genus, which I sent to him, it is very closely allied to Pleorotus Sim. and is a little inter-

mediate between that genus and Theleticopis.

39. Thomasettia seychellana, n. sp. (Fig. 6 A—C).

Colour. Carapace pale brown, faintly marked anteriorly and in the middle with fine

palish longitudinal stripes, and with a radial series of pale streaks or spots towards the

middle ; its lateral margins also faintly marked with a series of pale dots and the hinder

margin palish (Fig. 6B). Sternum and ventral surface of coxee and trochanters of legs

pale brown in colour. Femora of legs also pale brown and marked with yellowish bands ;

A. R.

Fig. 6. Thomasettia seychellana,n. sp. A. Vulva. 3B. Carapace. c. Palpal organ from below.

the distal segments (with the exception of the tarsi) are a deeper shade of brown than the

femora. In a number of specimens the abdomen is almost quite dark above, but even in

these specimens traces of a pattern, picked out in yellowish brown, are usually present.

In the paler examples (especially the young ones), in which the abdomen is distended, the

ground colour of the abdomen is rather pale yellowish brown (both above and below), the

dorsal surface and the sides being speckled with dark brown, the central specks above

often uniting to form V-shaped markings, which are arranged in a longitudinal series.

Chelicera. Three teeth are present on the lower side of the fang-groove, the inner

one of them is much smaller than the other two and is separated from them by a short

interval. The teeth above the fang-groove are also three in number.

Legs. Tibi of anterior legs furnished with five pairs of spines below; tibize of

posterior legs with three pairs below.

2. Carapace very slightly longer than the tibia of the first leg and equal in length

to the tibia of the second and to the metatarsus of the fourth.

Palp. Patella and tibia of palp about equal in length. Tibial apophysis bifid, the

upper part of it being curiously shaped ; inner side of the lower surface of the tibia also

HIRST—ARANEA, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 389

somewhat produced. Tarsal organ complicated in structure (for further details of the

tibia of the palp and of the tarsal organ see Fig. 6 c).

Measurements in mm. Length of body 14, of carapace 7, breadth of carapace 6,

length of first leg (from base of femur) 25°5, of second 27, of third 22, of fourth 24°25.

?. Very similar to the male, but with shorter legs (for the structure of the vulva,

see Fig. 6 A).

Measurements in mm. Length of body 15, of carapace 7°25, breadth of carapace 6:5,

length of first leg 22°5, of second 24, of third 20, of fourth 22°5.

Material. Numerous examples from Mahé and Silhouette (including an adult male

(the type) and several adult females). A few specimens, which probably belong to the same

species, were collected on Praslin ; the vulva is slightly different in shape in the only adult

example.

Remarks. This species varies much in size, the carapace of the adult female varying

from 4—7'25 mm. in length, yet an immature specimen in the collection has the carapace

6°5 mm. in length.

Opiliones.

1. Ibalonius inscriptus, Loman (Fig. 7).

Material. Numerous examples from Mahé and Silhouette, and a few from Praslin.

Remarks. The pattern formed by the dark markings of the scutum is essentially

the same in the forms described by Mr Loman under the names J. bimaculatus and

I. inseriptus (see Fig. 7). The two large pale-coloured spots which form

so conspicuous a feature of the more typical examples of the former are

replaced in others by minute and inconspicuous spots or streaks. It is

evident therefore that this character cannot be relied upon to distinguish

this species from J. imscriptus. There do not seem to be any constant

structural characters by which it is possible to separate these two forms

from one another, and I think that they should be regarded as belonging

to a single species.

In many of the specimens the scutum is only armed with the five

principal spines. In others it is furnished with a number of small addi- Fig. 7. Ibaloniue

; . ; : ; inscriptus, Lo-

tional processes or tubercles ; a pair of them being situated in the middle — man. __ Dorsal

of the posterior part of the cephalothoracic area, and in the middle of each eae Peay:

of the abdominal segments except the last, which has a single median tubercle, besides the

large spines. An outer pair of tubercles is also present in these specimens on the second

abdominal segment or on both the first and second abdominal segments. Some of the

individuals from Mahé in which these additional tubercles are present are very dark in

colour and the bands on the legs are scarcely visible, moreover the dorsal surface seems to

be more convex in these specimens than is usually the case in I. inscriptus.

3. Ibalonius flavopictus, n. sp. (Fig. 8).

Colour. Ground-colour of scutum pale yellowish white ; its sides much obscured with

SECOND SERIES—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 50

390 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

blackish markings, which are fused to form continuous dark patches on the cephalothoracie

area and first abdominal segment, the centre of these divisions of the

seutum being occupied by a well-defined and almost rectilinear band of

yellowish ground-colour. Posterior segments with the dark markings

more isolated ; the bases of the central spines of these segments are ringed

round with black (Fig. 8). Ventral surface often darkened, but the coxe

and trochanters are pale in colour. Distal segment of chelicera pale-

coloured ; palps slightly darkened; the legs banded.

Scutum. Grooves of scutum rather indistinct. In addition to the

large anterior (unpaired) thorn, the cephalothoracic area is furnished Fig. 8. Tbaloniie

posteriorly with a row of thorns and conical tubercles, and a somewhat —_flavopictus, _n.

tae 4 c : sp. Dorsal view

similar row is present on each of the abdominal segments. These projec- of body (Cheli-

tions usually diminish in size towards the outsides of the segments, the cere diagram-

9 : : : 0 matic).

central pairs being of rather large size. The anterior (unpaired) thorn and

the central pair of the row in the hinder part of the cephalothoracic area are especially

long, and the thorns placed on either side of the central pair of the series on the third

abdominal segment are also very long, sometimes almost equalling them in length. The

projections of the row in the hinder part of the cephalothoracic are six in number,

the four outer ones being of very small size. Those of the first and second abdominal

segments number eight, the central pairs being of moderate size. The projections on the

third abdominal segment are also eight in number, but, as mentioned above, in this row

those placed next to the central pair are much the largest. Those of the fourth abdominal

segment are six in number, the central pair being of moderate size. Three large thorns

are present in the middle of the fifth abdominal segment, which is the last of the scutum.

A number of scattered granules are present, especially round the large anterior thorn, but

most of the surface is free from granules.

Each of the free abdominal segments is furnished with a row of small thorns or

tubercles.

Palp slightly longer than the body, its armature very similar to that of I. inscriptus,

Lom. Femur with a single inner spine at the distal end and with 4—5 outer spines

below ; patella with two inner and one outer, tibia with three inner and three outer,

tarsus with two inner and two outer, and with a pair of minute spines (at the distal end)

besides.

Legs. Femur of first leg furnished with five long ventral spines, and with a number

of tubercles and spines above. Patellee of legs of all four pairs with a pair of small conical

tubercles at the distal end above, each of which bears a hair (smaller tubercles are some-

times present behind this apical pair, and at the apex of the femora). Number of tarsal

segments (in the adult example) 3, 9, 5, 5.

Measurements in mm. Length of body 2°5, of palp 2°75.

Material. An adult male example (the type) from Mare aux Cochons, Mahé, and

three young examples from the Forét Noire district, Mahé.

Remarks. Very closely allied to I. inscriptus, Lom., chiefly differing in the coloration

of the dorsal surface, in the presence of a pair of small conical tubercles on the patellee of

HIRST—ARANE®, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 391

the legs, and also in the armature of the dorsal surface, but the last-mentioned character

is subject to considerable variation in the species of Zbaloniws and must be used with

caution.

4. Ibalonius lomani, n. sp.

Colour dark brown, the tarsi pale yellowish.

Scutum strongly convex, and with its surface roughened throughout by minute

granules ; the grooves ill-defined. Four pairs of long thorns are present, besides the long

median anterior thorn ; the first pair is situated in the hinder part of the cephalothoracic

area, a little in front of the slight groove which indicates the boundary between cephalo-

thorax and abdomen ; the remaining pairs occur on the second, third and fifth abdominal

segments respectively. The thorns of the first and third pairs are very long, those of the

third pair being slightly the longest, and much further apart from one another than is the

case with the others.

Ventral surface. Coxze more closely granular than is the case in J. inscriptus ; the

sternites are also granular.

Palp slightly shorter than the body; its armature is exactly similar to that of

I. flavopictus, n. sp.

Legs of moderate length. Femur of first furnished with a row of tubercles and spines

both above and below. Number of tarsal segments 3, 8, 5, 5.

Measurements in mm. Length of body 3°25, of palp 3.

Material. A single specimen of the male sex from Silhouette.

Remarks. This species is closely allied to J. inseriptus, Lom., chiefly differing in that

the surface of the scutum is closely granular; the spinal armature of the scutum is also

different.

Genus SiTAuces, Sim.

Scutum convex, the cephalothoracic area being a little more elevated than the rest of

the scutum and separated from it by a well-marked groove. Ocular tubercle high and

conical and armed with two or three conspicuous prominences, which are arranged in

a longitudinal series; eyes situated at the base of the tubercle.

Palp rather weak and armed with spines, which, with the exception of the two

strong basal spines of the femur, are not borne on processes.

Legs. Femur of first leg pectinate.

6. Sitalces gardiner, n. sp. (Fig. 9).

Colour pale yellowish brown. Scutum faintly marked with an irregular fuscous

pattern: the posterior plates of the ventral surface (and the last abdominal plate) are also

fuscous.

Scutum. Grooves rather indistinct, with the exception of that which forms the

50—2

392 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

boundary between the cephalothoracie area and the rest of the scutum. Ocular-tubercle

of large size and furnished dorsally with three prominences, which

are arranged in a longitudinal series; the anterior one being very

long and pointing forwards and upwards; the second very much

smaller; and the posteriormost minute and tubercular (Fig. 9).

The whole surface of the scutum is covered with large and con-

spicuous granules, each of which carries a short and stout hair.

A pair of enlarged and almost tubercular granules is present in the

middle of the second abdominal segment, they are separated from

one another by an interval equal to their diameter. Another pair,

which are slightly further apart from one another, are placed in

the middle of the third. Slightly enlarged granules, which are Fig. 9. Sitalees gardineri,

n. sp. Ocular-tubercle

from the side.

also paired, occur on the first and fourth abdominal segments, and

the granules of these pairs are further apart from one another than

those of the second and third segments. A number of the granules of the middle part of

the cephalothoracie area are also enlarged. Posterior margin of the scutum furnished

with three conspicuous projections (the middle one being much the largest), and also with

enlarged granules.

Ventral surface furnished with granules similar to those of the upper surface, but of

smaller size. Coxa of fourth leg a little broader and much longer than the coxze of the

other legs; the anterior side of the free part of the segment with 5—6 little projections,

and the dorsal side with a somewhat larger projection.

Palp rather weak and shorter than the body. Femur armed below, at the proximal

end, with two spines, and with a distal spine on the inner side. Patella about half the

length of the femur, about equal in length to the tibia, and a little shorter than the

tarsus; it is armed with two inner spines and with a minute outer spine. Tibia with

three inner and two outer spines. Tarsus much longer than the claw and furnished with

three spines on each side, the distal pair being much more slender than the others.

Legs of moderate length. Femur of first pectinate both above and below, the teeth

in the dorsal series 13 in number, those in the ventral series 11—12 in number; its

trochanter with 1—2 small dorsal prominences and with three small ventral prominences.

Measurements in mm. Length of body 2°75, of palp (from base of femur) 1°7.

Material. A single mutilated female example from Mahé.

Remarks. M. Eugéne Simon, to whom I sent a sketch of the ocular tubercle of the

new species described above, kindly informs me that I am right in thinking that it belongs

to the genus Sttalces. According to Loman, however, the two species of this genus (both

of which are from the island of Réunion) probably belong to different genera. Judging

from Simon’s description I should say that this is very possibly the case, but I have not

examined specimens of these species, and therefore I am unable to express a definite

opinion upon them. There is little doubt, however, that the species from the Seychelles

is closely allied to S. novem-tuberculatus, Sim., and I propose to regard the latter as the

type-species of the genus Sitalces.

HIRST—ARANE, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 393

8. Minzuanius parvulus, n. sp. (Fig. 10).

Colour. Body dark brown; distal ends of the tibize of the second and fourth legs

white; the distal tarsal segment of the third and the distal end of the metatarsus and

the tarsal segments of the fourth are also pale-coloured; the

remaining segments of the legs being dark brown in colour.

?. Seutum. Dorsal surface of scutum and free segments

roughened with minute granules and entirely unarmed. Eyes

situated on the outer sides of very slight elevations, and very

widely separated from one another; they are separated from the

lateral margins of the scutum by an interval which is rather less Fig. 10. Hinzwanius par-

than twice the diameter of an eye. Cephalothoracic area marked pee eel sean Oe

off from the rest of the scutum by a deep groove; a fine trans-

verse groove is also present a little in front of the posterior margin of the scutum, and

it is connected with the anterior transverse groove by a pair of fine lateral (longitudinal)

grooves (one on each side of the seutum), which run parallel to the outer margins, and are

continued a little distance forwards (after joining the anterior transverse groove), coming

to an end below the eyes.

Palp very long and slender. Femur of great length and armed below with a few

minute spines. Patella longer than tibia, and with only a very short narrowed portion

-at the base, the rest of the segment gradually increasing in stoutness; it is armed with a

single apical spine on the inner side. Tibia with two inner and three outer spines. Tarsus

equalling the claw in length and armed with two spines on each side (Fig. 10).

Legs. Proximal tarsal segment of the two posterior pairs of legs longer than the four

distal segments together. Number of tarsal segments 3, 5, 5, 5.

Measurements in mm. Length of body 2°25, of palp (including trochanter), 3°9.

g. Resembling the female very closely in colour and in almost all the structural

details also. The structure of the tarsi of the posterior legs is strikingly different, how-

ever ; the number of tarsal segments of these legs is the same as in the female, but the

second segment of the tarsus of the third leg is much swollen and about twice as long

as the proximal segment ; whilst the corresponding segment of the fourth leg is a little

swollen, but is shorter than the proximal. The mandibles are not enlarged, but the

genital operculum is distinctly narrower than in the female.

Measurements in mm. Length of body 2°25.

Material. Two females and a male from Praslin.

Remarks. The genus Hinzwanius is practically confined to the countries bordering

on the Indian Ocean. In the Oriental region, species have been recorded from Sumatra,

the Malay Peninsula, Burma and India. In the African continent and neighbouring

islands, species are known from Abyssinia, the islands of Socotra and Abd-el-Kuri, Natal,

Cape Colony, and from Madagascar.

The new species from the Seychelles does not appear to be very closely allied to any

of the previously described species of the genus. The chief characters by which it may be

394 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

distinguished from them are the position of the eyes, which are situated very near to the

lateral margins of the scutum, the shape and proportions of the segments of the palp

(especially the shape of the patella) and the coloration of the legs.

PSEUDOSCORPIONES.

1. Feaella affinis, n. sp. (Fig. 11).

Colour reddish brown, the legs and the fingers of the palp paler in colour than the

rest of the animal.

Cephalothorax much longer than broad. Prominences of the anterior part the same

in number as those of F'. mucronata, Tullgr., and very similar to them in appearance, but

the lateral ones of the anterior row are much broader

than the central ones (Fig. 11). A pair of small lateral

tubercles are present as in F. mvrabilis, Ell., and F. mu-

cronata. Two transverse depressions or furrows are

present ; the anterior one, which is situated immediately

behind the second row of prominences, is shallow and

recurved; the posterior one is rather deep and well

marked, and is separated from the anterior furrow by Z |

a somewhat elevated area. A slight furrow also occurs a ei

between the: two rows of prominences. Very similar ponte (he nee = on

grooves are present in F’. mucronata, but they have not nences of the cephalothorax is also

been described. Eyes (of each pair) separated from one nee

another by a space which is a little less than the diameter of an eye.

Abdomen resembling closely that of F. mucronata; it is as broad as long, and the

sculpturing of the tergites is reticulate.

Palp very similar in structure to that of 7’. mucronata, but the spine on the anterior

edge of the trochanter is shorter, as compared with the width of the segment, than is the

case in that species, and there is only a very slight prominence on the anterior side of the

base of the femur. Length of hand (including immovable finger) equal to or a little longer

than that of the femur (Fig. 11).

Legs. Trochantin of first leg about equal to the femur in length; tibia shorter than

the femur ; tarsus very long and considerably exceeding the other segments of the limb in

length. Trochantin of fourth leg about half the length of the femur; the latter a little

shorter than the tibia or tarsus. A gap is present between the coxe of the first two legs,

much as in Ff. mucronata.

| Measurements in mm. Length of cephalothorax ‘55 (in the largest example ‘64), of

abdomen 1:06, of femur of palp “4, greatest breadth of femur of palp ‘28, length of tibia

‘37, of hand (including immovable finger) ‘46.

Material. Seven specimens from Silhouette and Praslin.

Remarks. The genus Feaella was instituted by Mr Ellingsen in 1906, for a highly

peculiar species of Pseudoscorpion (F. mirabilis, Ell.) collected by the late Sig. Fea in

HIRST—ARANE®, OPILIONES AND PSEUDOSCORPIONES 395

Portuguese Guinea. A second species (Ff. mucronata, Tullgr.) was collected in Natal

by Dr Trigardh. The new species is very closely allied to the latter species, the principal

differences being that the lateral prominences of the anterior margin of the cephalothorax

are broader than the middle ones, and that the palp is less strongly armed. These

differences are, perhaps, not important enough to be regarded as of specific value, and it is

possible that this form should be regarded as a local variety of /. mucronata.

IV. LITERATURE.

The following is a list of the papers which contain descriptions of Seychelles

Arachnida (belonging to the orders Aranez, Opiliones and Pseudoscorpiones). Nos. 1—3

deal exclusively with Seychelles Arachnida.

1. A List of Spiders captured in the Seychelles Islands, by Prof. E. Perceval

Wright, M.D., F.L.S.; with descriptions of Species supposed to be new to Arachnologists,

by John Blackwall, F.L.S. Notes and Preface by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge, M.A.,

C.M.Z.S., Proc. R. Irish Acad. Ser. 2, Sci. iii. (1877) pp. 1—22, pls. 1 and 2.

2. Mission scientifique de M. Ch. Alluaud aux [les Seychelles (mars, avril, mai

1892), Arachnides, by M. Eug. Simon, Bull. Soc. zool. France, xviii. (1893) pp. 204—211.

3. Etudes Arachnologiques, 29th Mémoire. Arachnides recueillis en 1895 par

M. le Dr Brauer (l'Université de Marburg) aux Iles Seychelles; par M. Eug. Simon.

Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxvi. (1897) pp. 370—388.

4. Neue aussereuropiiische Opilioniden, by Dr J. C. C. Loman, Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.)

xvi. (1902) pp. 163—216, pl. 9: (Seychelles Opiliones, pp. 189, 200—206, 209—210).

5. Histoire naturelle des Araignées, by M. Eug. Simon, Vol. ii. (1897—1903)

1080 pp. (Notes on a number of species from the Seychelles and the original description

of a new species (Nesiergus insulanus, Sim.) are to be found in this work.)

6. Zur Kenntnis aussereuropiischer Chelonethiden, by A. Tullgren, Jahrb. Hamb

Wiss. Anst. xxiv. (1906) pp. 21—73, pls. 1—5, Garypus insularis, Tullgr. pp. 62 and 63,

pe 5, fig. 19.

ié j

‘ 1

: P 7

‘

iY Dy) }?

j ive

i Pee ©

7 mi Waik '

. i a 4

"eT

r fl

} yeS ; .

) J e 3.

ie, a

7 |

# mah) i .

_ ai

5 z 7

, y

a a) : i

No. XIX.—THE STRUCTURE AND FORMATION OF ALDABRA AND

NEIGHBOURING ISLANDS—WITH NOTES ON THEIR FLORA AND

FAUNA.

By J. C. F. Fryer, B.A., Balfour Student in the University of Cambridge.

(Plates 22—29 and Text-Figures 1—3.)

(CoMMUNICATED BY Pror. J. STanLEY GarpiNneR, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.)

Read 3rd November, 1910.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE PAGE

I. Intropuction a see .. 397 IV. Axpasra, Frincinec RrerF—Reer Fauna 412

Reasons for the Expedition—History of V. Aupasra. THe Lanp Fora AnD

the Aldabra regions—Topography of Fauna ... 856 506 w. 414

the Aldabra regions. Vil, -AStovE: =-- ke aa 0 426

II. Apsara ... coc S08 .- 400 VII. CosmotEpo ne st .. 428

A. Physical features. VIII. Assumption Sot oe nese oll

B. Land topography. IX. Farquwar, PRovipENcE anp St Pierre 433

C. Structure: (a) Coralline limestones; X. Tue Formation AND FUTURE OF THE

(6) Abnormal rocks (phosphatic lime- IsLaNnDs See aes we = 484

stones). BIBLIOGRAPHY se sas .. 440

III. Atpasra. Lacoon anv PassEs, AND THEIR DESCRIPTION OF PLATES nok w. 441

Fauna ... Se Ase «. 408

I. INTRODUCTION.

VoLuMEs xii. and xii. (Ser. 2, Zool.) of the Transactions of this Society contain a

series of papers dealing with the various biological problems of the Indian Ocean, and

constituting the results of the Percy Sladen Trust expedition in H.M.S. “ Sealark,” under

the leadership of Professor J. Stanley Gardiner. Ina previous expedition Stanley Gardiner

had investigated the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, and, before turning to what

may perhaps be considered the last expedition of the series, it is necessary to refer in

greater detail to its forerunners.

The Maldive and Laccadive expedition was mainly devoted to an elaborate investiga-

tion of the formation of those archipelagoes, and the results show that their islands were

formed by the elevation of flourishing coral reefs, and that the bases, on which these reefs

grew, consist of the remnants of a continental bridge, which connected India and Africa

approximately from carboniferous to tertiary times.

The two problems thus involved, that of the formation of coral reefs and of the conti-

nental land connection, were considered of such importance that the “ Sealark” expedition

was organised largely, though not entirely, for their further consideration ; many of the

islands in the western Indian ocean had never been visited by scientific observers, and

their structure in most cases was but vaguely known.

The results of the “Sealark” expedition, taken in conjunction with those of the

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 51

398 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

previous expedition, show that the Indo-African bridge was in all probability reduced by

subsidence to a narrow isthmus or chain of islands, and that then by the power of current

erosion it was gradually cut down below sea-level, until at the present day the Seychelles

archipelago alone remains above water. With the exception of the above archipelago and

Mauritius all the islands visited by the “ Sealark” were shown to be coralline in structure,

and all indications as to their mode of formation, as in the case of the Maldives, favoured

the theory of elevation and not of subsidence.

The “Sealark” expedition, however, found it impossible to investigate one group

of islands, which Gardiner*, when classifying the islands of the Indian Ocean, has termed

the Farquhar series, though, for reasons which will become obvious, I shall in future refer

to it as the Aldabra series. It contains the islands of Aldabra, Assumption, Cosmoledo,

Astove, Farquhar, Providence and St Pierre, of which the three latter only were visited

by the “Sealark.” The whole series lies to the north of Madagascar between longitudes

45° E. and 52° E. and between latitudes 9° S. and 10°5° S., the component islands being

separated by from 20 miles (Aldabra and Assumption) to 180 miles (Astove and Farquhar).

Of the various islands, Astove, Cosmoledo and Assumption were practically unknown, but

Aldabra had become famous as the last home in the Old World of the giant land-tortoise ;

its land avi-fauna also was known to be peculiar, while contradictory reports made difficult

any conception of its structure. In 1907 the analysis of samples of guano, received from

the locality, pointed to the existence there of rocks other than those of reef formation, and

it therefore appeared possible that a further remnant of the Indo-African bridge might yet

be existing on Aldabra. Further investigation seemed desirable, and Professor Stanley

Gardiner, who with Mr Hugh Scott was planning a further expedition to the Seychelles,

made provision for the author to accompany the expedition and undertake the work of

thoroughly investigating the Aldabra series of islands. This paper gives a brief history of

the latter work, and the deductions made from it, though the reports of the specialists on

the material collected must be consulted for confirmatory or contradictory evidence.

Before turning to the description of the expedition a few more facts of general bearing

on the region must be mentioned, while in addition the scanty details of history about the

islands may at once be disposed of. They first appear on the charts of the early sixteenth

century, Aldabra itself being called Alhadara on the “Carte de Madagaskar d’aprés

Pilestrina” in the year 1511. In subsequent charts one or more of the other islands are

usually indicated but not sufficiently well to make sure as to which is really intended,

though the name Joao de Nova for Farquhar is usually constant. In different times

Aldabra is called Ya d’Arena, Y d’Areo, Ilhadara and Adarno, names which appear to

indicate sand island—as will be seen later, a most inappropriate designation. Voeltzkow,

who visited Aldabra in 1895, makes the reasonable suggestion that the island was first

discovered by the Arabst, who named it Al-Khadhra, “ the Green,” and the early European

navigators, the Portuguese, translated it phonetically to Al-hadara, and so obtained the

various names, by which it has since been known. No written records of the islands

* Geographical Journal, Oct. 1906, p. 326.

+ Arab craft employed in the slave and other trades regularly plied between Zanzibar and the Comoros in

very early times.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 399

appear to exist, but we know that during the French occupation of Mauritius there was

a regular trade in land-tortoises, which were much esteemed as food both in the Seychelles

and Mascarenes; it is from the captains and ships employed in this trade that the names

of the various places on Aldabra have been obtained.

As the tortoises became scarce the trade fell off, and eventually, after the Seychelles

became British, was prohibited altogether.

Of scientifically-trained observers the first to visit Aldabra was Dr Abbott, who spent

some months there in 1893, and obtained fairly complete collections of the larger forms of

lite*. Dr Voeltzkow, in the course of his travels in East Africat, spent a month on the

atoll, and made observations on its structure ; but neither of these explorers in the time at

his disposal was able to penetrate the dense jungle with which it is clothed, and so their

observations only apply to scattered areas.

A bird collector for the Tring museum spent a year there, and in 1906 Lord Crawford

in the “ Valhalla” { touched for a day or two; in 1907 Messrs Thomasset and Dupont

made a short visit, and obtained samples of the flora, rocks and guano. From a structural

point of view, however, the atoll was quite unknown, and as the late Professor A. Agassiz

even thought of investigating it himself§, no doubt was felt as to the advisability of

further exploration.

Politically all the islands of the series are dependencies of the Seychelles, with the

exception of Farquhar, which is under the administration of Mauritius. They are leased

by the Crown at an annual rent, the lessee importing labourers and deriving what profit

he can from the export of guano, mangrove bark and green turtle. The present lessee is

M. D’Emmerez de Charmoy, of Mahé, to whom I am very grateful for permission to visit

the islands, and for much assistance when there.

To complete this introduction a few more words must be said as to the general

topography of the Aldabra series. Their position has already been roughly defined ; it

may be pointed out in addition that the neighbouring lands are the Seychelles to the

north-east, the Amirantes to the north, Africa to the west, the Comoros, volcanic islands,

to the south-west, Madagascar to the south, and the Saya de Malha Bank and the open

expanse of the Southern Indian Ocean to the east. Of the various islands, Aldabra is the

most westerly ; Assumption lies 20 miles to the south-east, and Cosmoledo 70 miles to the

east (E. by 8.); Astove, the most southerly, is some 20 miles south of Cosmoledo, while

180 miles to the east is Farquhar, to the north of which at distances of about 70 miles are

Providence and St Pierre.

Unlike the Maldive or the Seychelles series of islands, the Aldabra series has no

shallow bank from which its various members arise, though it may be mentioned that

there are indications of a deep bank some 1000 fathoms from the surface of the sea; all

the islands therefore are separated by depths of at least 1000 fathoms.

* A short account of Aldabra by Dr Abbott is to be found in the Proce. of the U.S.A. Mus. Vol. xvi.,

p. 597: in the same volume are papers on the mammals, birds and reptiles which he obtained.

+ Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Reisen in Madagaskar und Ost-Afrika.

t Vide Three Voyages of a Naturalist, Nicoll.

§ The Geographical Journal, Sept, 1910, “The South-West Indian Ocean” (discussion on), Prof. J. Stanley

Gardiner,

51—2

400 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The ocean currents in the neighbourhood are both uniform in direction and strong

(2—4 knots); they run from east to west, varying slightly to the north or south according

to the seasons, which are respectively those of the S.E. Trades and of the N.W. Monsoon

or calm season. The S.E. Trade winds blow strongly from May to October, and the

season is one of drought, during which the vegetation on the islands becomes parched,

trees lose their leaves, and life generally seems at a standstill. Owing to the partial

coincidence of wind and ocean current, the latter is at its strongest during this season.

In November the S.E. Trades break and the calm season sets in, for, though sometimes

called the season of N.W. Monsoons, the latter winds rarely extend to such southern lati-

tudes. The rainfall is very heavy, and, as a rule, a dead calm prevails, though at times

heavy squalls may spring up from any point of the compass, and very occasionally a

cyclone is experienced. The temperature is higher than that of the S.E. Trades, and often

stands for long periods at or over 100° F., while the atmosphere is almost saturated. The

calm season is the one of activity on the islands both for animals and plants. My visit

lasted from August 1908 to February 1909, and both seasons were experienced.

With this introduction I now turn to Aldabra, taking this, the most important,

island first.

II. ALDABRA. (Plates 22—27.)

A. Puysicat Features. (Plate 22.)

Aldabra is situated in latitude 9° 22’ 35” South and in longitude 46° 14’ 41” East,

and thus lies 240 miles from Cape Amber and 600 miles from the Seychelles, while the

African coast is distant only some 400 miles. In form the island is an atoll measuring

25 miles long and from 4 to 10 miles wide, the long axis running approximately east

and west. In total area the atoll perhaps measures 120 square miles, of which some 60

are land, though, owing to the presence of numerous islands in the lagoon and of a

large area of mangrove swamp, half land half water, this estimate cannot be considered

accurate.

The land consists of the land-rim, forming the circumference of the atoll, and of the

various small islands in the lagoon. The former is unusually perfect, and is divided by

narrow passes into four main islands, named respectively Picard, Polymnie, Malabar, and

Main or South Island. Picard is a small island situated in the north-west, measuring

about 2 square miles, and is divided from Polymnie by the Grande Passe, 750 yards wide,

of which about 400 yards are deep channel. Polymnie, another small island about 1 square

mile in area, may really be considered part of the larger Malabar Island, from which

it is divided by a shallow pass, the Johnny Channel. Malabar itself is some 9 miles long,

and averages 3 mile in width; it is divided from Main Island by Passe Houareau, a

large pass 400 yards wide, though the actual channel is narrower. Main island varies

greatly in width, in the east measuring as much as 5 miles, while at one place in the south

it is only 4 mile from the lagoon to the sea: it forms at least two-thirds of the total

circumference of the land rim, extending from the north-east round the south of the atoll

to the west near Picard Island, from which it is divided by the western channels, a series

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 401

of shallow passes broken by small islands, which have obviously been cut away from the

adjoining portions of the land rim.

Of the numerous islands in the lagoon immediate reference need only be made to the

two largest, Michel in: the east of the lagoon and Esprit in the west, of which the former

is unimportant, the latter of great geological interest.

Other physical features, to which attention should be called, are the fringing reef and

the mangrove swamp; the former extends entirely round the atoll, except that it is

divided by the channels (passes) into the lagoon, and is indefinite to the east and south-

east, where the sea is shallow for about a mile. The mangrove swamp is found round the

shores of the entire lagoon and varies up to a mile in width, occupying all suitable spots

between tide marks.

It will doubtless be noticed, without further reference to topographical features, that

the atoll is divided into certain definite physical divisions, and for convenience in discussion

it is proposed to deal with each separately. These sub-sections will be :—

(1) The land.

(2) The lagoon, comprising the lagoon shores (mangrove swamp) and the passes.

(3) The fringing reef and also the outer slope, though as to the latter very little

information can be given.

The animals and plants collected are being dealt with in subsequent papers and so

lengthy reference would be out of place in this article: a short section will, however, be

devoted to those which are not to be treated later, and to other forms of special interest, or

from which definite deductions can be made.

B. Lanp Topoeraruy. (Plates 23—25.)

In this sub-section I propose to give some general description of the superficial features

of the land of Aldabra, and then pass on to a more detailed account of its structure. All

the various islands of which the atoll is composed are formed entirely of rock, which is

usually found quite exposed on the surface, and is rarely covered by soil of any kind:

exceptions to this generalisation are found in parts of Picard, Main, Michel and Esprit

Islands, where sand has been piled up by the joint forces of wind and wave and forms

a thin covering. In addition to this, in former times a large quantity of guano was

distributed over the atoll, but now it is only found in holes and crevices, the greater bulk

having been washed down by rain-water and to a large extent absorbed into the constitu-

tion of the rocks.

The rock itself comprises a variety of limestones, all of coral reef origin, though many

have been much altered and phosphatised by the guano referred to above ; there is no rock

on Aldabra which has persisted from any continental connection and the atoll has had an

entirely different origin.

The surface of the rock produces perhaps the most striking impression of anything on

the atoll, for, instead of being smooth or slightly rough, it has been attacked by rain-

water, which has gradually dissolved much of it away leaving a surface fretted as if by

a powerful acid; sharp points, projecting pinnacles and deep pits are found everywhere,

making work exceedingly trying. Under these circumstances it might be expected that

402 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

the Aldabra flora would be very poor even for a coral island, but this is not the case, for it

is covered with a type of vegetation which appears to dispense easily with soil, provided

there are crannies and fissures in the rock, into which roots can be driven: this vegetation

takes the form of a low jungle or bush 10—20 feet high, which densely clothes every foot

of rock.

The average height of the land above high tide-mark is about 12 feet, though an

elevation of 15 feet is usually found near the seashore, from which point there is a gradual —

slope down to the lagoon.

Seaward the land is bounded by rocky cliffs (15 feet high), which are always much

overhanging, obviously being washed away by the sea. Large fallen masses of rock are

frequent, lying on the reef below, and at intervals caverns pass up into the cliff-face, often

to find openings to the surface some distance inland. Where the cliffs have been washed

away unevenly, small protected bays are formed and these get partly choked with sand

and then form small sand-beaches known locally as “lances,” the only landing-places for

boats and favourite breeding-grounds of the green turtle (Chelone mydas). Within a

short distance of the top of the cliffs the bush begins. To explore the country tracks

about 6 feet wide were cut across the land-rim through the bush from the sea-cliffs to the

lagoon and then by means of smaller paths the land surface on each side was examined.

This somewhat laborious method was chosen on account of the extreme density of the

vegetation, which is so impenetrable that it is quite impossible to proceed in any direction

without employing several men to cut a path; in addition these “sections,” as I shall in

future term them, proved of great interest as showing the complete dependence of each

class of vegetation on the type of rock which supports it.

In order to demonstrate more clearly the types of country encountered, two of

these sections may be described, one typical of the north of the atoll and the other of

the south.

The typical sectional track across the land-rim in the north of the atoll. This section

passes across Malabar Island, about 3 miles from Passe Houareau, and is opposite an

island in the lagoon known as Verte. From the sea cliffs the rock at first is moderately

rough and strikes the observer forcibly from the fact that it is composed of corals which,

though fossil, are but little broken and are undoubtedly in the same relative positions as

when alive. This type of rock is always found in the sea cliffs and for some little distance

inland. It is usually sparsely covered with sand blown up from the reefs forming a little

soil which supports the type of vegetation usually found on coral sand islands; bushes of

Scevola* and Tournefortiat are common and at intervals large clumps of screw-pines{

occur. On the northern part of the land-rim this country is only a few yards wide, and

then both rock and vegetation rapidly change ; the edge of a dense jungle rises like a wall

and thenceforward no natural paths or glades occur and every inch has to be gained at

the expense of much time and labour. The rock becomes more rough until its surface

resembles a miniature forest of little pinnacles and sharp jagged edges, which make

progression difficult. The jungle is composed largely of Pemphis acidulu, a tree known

locally as “almond-tree” ; it has a very hard wood and grows so thickly that the bush is

* Scavola kenigit. + Tournefortia argentea. t Pandanus vandermeeschit.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 403

like a continuous well-grown hedge about 15 feet in height. The trees have a short thick

trunk, long slender branches, and are very uniform in size, so that it is impossible to climb

a tree and obtain any view of the surrounding country. This type of bush is found where-

ever the jagged pointed rock occurs, and as the latter from its curious appearance is

known* as “champignon,” the country is always referred to as “ champignon country.”

Throughout the northern section the Pemphis jungle continues and the monotony is

only broken by the frequent occurrence of curious natural pits in the rock ; up to within a

quarter of a mile of the sea they are partially choked with guano but after this are usually

found to contain salt water, which fluctuates tidally, thus showing that the land-rim can

be more or less completely traversed by sea-water. Naturally the water dissolves the

rock away, and thus the sides of the pits overhang and break down, and the pits are

always increasing in size.

After a mile of “champignon,” creeks from the lagoon were met with and soon after

the mangrove swamp was reached. At the junction of land and swamp are low cliffs

3 or 4 feet high which show the effects of erosion in that they are much overhanging,

while small islands and large rocks are continually being cut off from the mainland. After

a time the latter take on the mushroom shape typical of erosion ; then, the “stalk” of the

mushroom breaking down, the rock or island tumbles over and is itself gradually eroded

away.

The mangrove swamp measured a quarter of a mile in breadth in the section. It is

very flourishing, the trees standing in thick white mud, which may be very shallow

or may have a thickness of many feet before rock is reached. The trees usually grow

in this mud, but may also be found in numbers on the sides of the rocks and islands, and

along the lagoon cliffs: their roots then pass down through holes and cracks in the

overhanging portions of the rock to the mud underneath and by increasing in size form

powerful instruments for breaking off large masses of rock. At high tide the swamp fills

with water, which churns up the white mud and then, as it descends, sweeps it away into

the lagoon and the finer particles out to sea, though the larger particles remain as sand in

the lagoon until sufficiently triturated and reduced by sand-living animals to be carried

away also. The loss in this manner must be very large and, as there is no evidence

that the total quantity of mud is decreasing, it appears that rock disintegration must

be speedy enough to counterbalance such loss, a subject which must be referred to again

later.

The typical section for the south-east of the land-rim. The second section passes from

the lagoon near a creek known as Abbot’s creek past the wells of Takamaka (see Chart)

to the south coast. Beginning again at the sea it is at once noticeable that the cliffs,

though formed of the same rock as was noted in the cliffs of the northern section, are not

so overhanging and are marked by projecting buttresses, indicative of a slower rate of

erosion. Descending to the reef to find a reason for this, the quantity of sand was

immediately remarked, and it appears that this sand forms a partial protection against

the waves, even though the latter are particularly powerful on this, the windward side

of the atoll.

* The language usually spoken is Credle, a debased and often hardly recognisable French patois.

404 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Inland from the cliffs for some distance sand is again the prominent feature; it

has been blown up from the reef and further down the coast forms the high sand hills

called “Dunes Jean Louis” and “ Dunes de Maistre”: in the region of our section it

supports a somewhat stunted vegetation of coral-sand plants and forms a definite belt

200—300 yards wide, which may be called the “coast-zone.” It is bounded by a rocky

ridge 20 feet above sea level, which appeared to be the highest point on the section :

thence inland a fresh type of country was met with, for the rock, instead of being of

the “champignon” type, is flat and smooth. It is formed of fragments of corals and

other organisms consolidated together. Under the influence of the weather it exhibits

large pavement-like slabs on the surface and is called “ platin” in Credle. Pits and

shallow depressions are frequent, the pits being usually deep and containing tidally

fluctuating water ; as was noticed on the northern section they are all increasing in size

owing to erosion. The shallow depressions are not apparently homologous with the pits,

for the latter are natural spaces left in the rock during formation, while the former are

due to weathering ; they usually contain guano mixed with vegetable humus and support

a grove of trees. The vegetation of the “platin” country differs markedly from the

Pemphis scrub, for it is composed of a large number of trees and shrubs, which form small

groves separated by open bushy spaces; near the sea the trees were all much stunted

by the prevalent winds, even the hardy Pemphis trees being dwarfed into a low thick

scrub resembling patches of gorse in consistency. As the section passed further inland

and the surface of the ground was lower, the vegetation became more luxuriant, the

depressions in the rock serving to retain a little rain-water collected during the wet

season. The rock remained of the same nature throughout almost the whole section with

the exception of two belts of ‘“‘champignon,” overgrown with Pemphis, about $ and ? mile

from the sea. Near Takamaka are found the only permanent wells of fresh water on

the atoll: they consist of pits in the rock about 6 feet deep and 2 or 3 feet wide, with

a spring at the bottom; apparently a rather impervious stratum of limestone in the

immediate neighbourhood has prevented the ingress of salt water and enough rain falls

in the wet season to preserve a steady though small flow in the dry. At Takamaka itself

is a grove of large banyan and “takamaka”* trees (40 feet)+, the latter not occurring

elsewhere on Aldabra. I suspect that the seeds were originally brought by the tortoise-

hunters, who regularly visited the wells for water, though it is just possible that they were

brought by birds, as the small pigeon, Alectrocenas aldabranus, eats them greedily.

The section ended in the mangrove swamp at Abbot’s creek, which does not differ

from any other creek found in the swamp into which it extends for about 4 mile.

Other sections were cut from the lagoon to Poimt Hodoul, the most easterly part

of the atoll ; opposite Dunes Jean Louis; in the west of Main Island; on Picard Island ;

and at other places in the north of the atoll, but detailed description is unnecessary.

The whole of the north of the atoll, Polymnie, Malabar, the north of main island, supports

only Pemphis-bush growing on “champignon” rock. The east of Main Island and south

as far as Dunes Jean Louis is of the “platin” type, interspersed with belts and patches

of Pemphis; from Dunes Jean Louis to Dunes de Maistre there is a wide “shore zone,”

* Calophyllum Inophyllum. + Where a number of feet is given in brackets, heights or elevations are intended.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 405

a narrow belt of Pemphis and then the swamp. The west of Main Island belongs almost

entirely to the ‘“‘champignon” type of country, though at Couroupa a depression in the

rock (2 or 8 acres) has been filled with sand and supports a thick jungle.

Picard Island has a narrow sandy belt along the south-west shore, on which the

settlement is situated, and behind is a varied jungle and certain peculiar rocks which will

be described later: the north of the island is largely Pemphis scrub, though opposite

Grande Passe is a small sandy area covered with old Casuarina trees, marked on the

chart as the “Admiralty Observation Spot.”

I have now indicated the general nature of Aldabra and in the next subdivision

I propose to deal in greater detail with its component rocks, from which even without

expert knowledge certain deductions of great importance can be made.

Mr Hughes, of Bangor University, who has very kindly undertaken their examination,

writes (19th June, 1910), “All my work up to the present seems to support your theories

completely ; I cannot think of any other possible explanation,” so his paper, which will

appear subsequently, may be expected to confirm the general principles of my deductions,

though no doubt he will modify many of my details.

C. StrructurRe*.

The rocks of Aldabra fall naturally into two divisions :

(a) those which have a high percentage of calcium in the form of calcium carbonate

and are obviously of coral reef origin ;

(b) certain exceptional rocks in which the acid radical in calcium carbonate has been

replaced by phosphoric acid derived from guano.

(a) Coralline Limestones. There are three classes of coralline limestone, of which

the first forms a zone encircling the atoll and constituting the outer portions of the

land-rim. It is characterised by being composed very largely of reef corals, which have

retained their structure very perfectly, and are in most cases in the position of growth,

a phrase which means that the different coral colonies are still in the same positions

as when alive and stand on the same bases. This rock therefore has been formed by

a reef flourishing beneath the sea. From it we can deduce with certainty that the land

has been formed by the elevation of a reef in relation to the surface of the sea, and

not by the piling of broken fragments during a long period of subsidence, as is demanded

by an explanation based on Darwin's theory. From the facies of the corals we can deduce

that before elevation the reef was existing in quite shallow water. (Plates 23, 24.)

The outer portions of the whole atoll were searched diligently in relation to this type

of rock and it was never found to be missing; indeed the most striking impression was

given by these elevated corals, which on the face of the cliffs from top to bottom stood

out in a way which can be realised only from the illustrations, while on the top of the

cliffs so perfect were they, that it was difficult to believe they were long dead.

* [Mr J. O. Hughes, who has been examining the rocks chemically, has kindly read through this section.

J. 8. G.]

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 52

406 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

It is felt that this rock satisfactorily determines a most important point in the history

of the atoll.

The second class of rock is that which was described as “platin.” It also is obviously

composed of corals to a large extent, but differs from the preceding class of rock in that the

component corals are much broken and triturated, and are seldom if ever* in the position

of growth. With the coral fragments are pieces of lithothamnia, numerous mollusc shells,

echinoderm spines and pockets of foraminifera, among which Orbitolites is prominent.

After weathering the surface of the rock becomes flat, and pavement-like slabs break away,

leaving again a flat surface underneath. By means of the pits and wells it was possible

to make observations at some distance from the surface (6—8 feet), but the components of

the rock seemed to be similar, though in consistency they differed somewhat in being softer

and more chalky. It is suggested that the pavement-like surface has been produced by suc-

cessive solutions and re-depositions of calcium carbonate by rain-water. (Plate 25, fig. 2.)

The formation of this rock is to some degree a matter of speculation, but to me

it appears to be strictly comparable with that of the rock found on the inner portions

of a reef fringing an atoll, which consists in the consolidation of broken fragments washed

from the growing edge. The first class of rock shows that Aldabra once lay beneath

the sea and was fringed by a flourishing reef; the currents sweeping over it must have

carried large quantities of débris and waste material away from the living corals. Now it

is known that the latter are very intolerant of such substances and therefore towards

the interior of the reef conditions were unsuitable for them. Consequently the inner

portions of the reef must have been built up by débris rather than by live corals.

At present the débris rock or “platin” is found mainly in the east of the atoll,

but, as the next class of rock has been much metamorphosed, it is uncertain what its

former distribution may have been. Assuming that when Aldabra was under the sea

the currents flowed in the same direction as at present (mainly from east to west), it

is probable that the east of the reef inside the growing edge was then the most barren,

while further west patches of live reef would have existed, becoming more numerous up to

the growing edge in the west.

The third class of rock, the “champignon,” is a metamorphosed rock, which must

be regarded as a secondary derivative of coral-limestone. It is somewhat crystalline, and

is always marked by the possession of inclusions of calcium phosphate, the pure calcium

carbonate being white, while the inclusions show on a freshly fractured surface as sharply

defined brown patches. (Plate 25, fig. 1.)

Metamorphosis is of course frequent in coral rock, but it must be regarded as peculiar

that the metamorphosed coral limestones in Aldabra and the neighbouring islands always

contain inclusions of calcium phosphate. The origin of the phosphate is certainly to

be found in the deposit of guano, portions of which were washed into spaces in the rock

and included during metamorphosis. There appears to be some connection between the

metamorphosis and the presence of the phosphate. It is hoped that Mr Hughes may throw

further light on the question.

The distribution of this rock is very wide, for it is found over the greater part of

* One large colony of Celoria was noticed in position of growth near Takamaka.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 407

the atoll and always supports the Pemphis type of vegetation. Its surface has already

been sufficiently described and it will suffice to point out that it indicates extensive

rain-water denudation. An experienced observer would without further data be able

to hint at the extent of this, but fortunately I have more definite evidence in the abnormal

rocks, with which I am about to deal.

(b) Abnormal Rocks. Rocks, which cannot be considered as normal forms of coral

limestone, were found on Picard Island and on Esprit Island, of which the latter will be

considered first.

Esprit consists of a crescent-shaped ridge of rock about $ mile long and 30 feet high,

being thus the highest rocky point on the atoll. The ridge itself at its widest measures

about 200 yards and is densely clothed in a varied jungle, containing several small forest

trees not found elsewhere. The hollow of the crescent is occupied by mangrove swamp.

The ridge is composed of a curious conglomerate or pudding-stone, which is yellow

or brown at the higher levels, but which contains a quantity of dark brown, almost

black substance lower down: this in places along the shore projects as large boulders,

which have been greatly wind-polished, giving the island an appearance most foreign

to coral islands. On the top of the ridge is a small quantity of rock, which superficially

resembles flint, while on the sides are pinnacles of a rock composed largely of mollusc

shells, though a few fossil corals were also found. These pinnacles on the south side

were but 3 or 4 feet high, but on the north measured 15 or 16 feet and were arranged

like some fantastic natural maze, out of which it was difficult to find a path. The strange

form of the rock had evidently been produced by great rain-water denudation and a

natural chimney in the ridge appeared to prove that the shell rock penetrated the

conglomerate, which must have been formed round it. (Plate 27.)

A rough analysis of specimens from the ridge shows that all (both conglomerate

and flint-like rock) are chiefly composed of calcium phosphate, the colouring being

probably due to a small percentage of iron. No evidence as to the mode of formation

was found on Esprit, but fortunately similar rocks exist on Picard and here a clue was

obtained. In the south-west is a small plain of “platin” rock, in which is a large basin

(10 feet at deepest) partially filled with salt water, which is tidal, being in subterranean

connection with the lagoon. Round the sides of the basin were found masses of phosphatic

rock resembling that of Esprit, while in addition there was some quantity of a highly

erystalline mineral resembling calcite, veins of which radiated into the surrounding

“latin” rock. A conglomerate containing an anomalous assortment of vertebrate

remains, such as teeth of Carcharias, of Diodon, of Scarus, with bones of giant land-

tortoises, was also found, its components being apparently cemented together by the

ealctum phosphate.

The general mode of formation of these rocks was fairly obvious ; the basin represents

a large cavern, into which various marine deposits and, later, tortoise bones were washed.

After the deposition of guano, it also was washed by the rain into the cavern and formed

the various phosphatic rocks just described : under the influence of rain-water denudation,

assisted by the breaking in of the lagoon, the cavern was thrown open to the surface, and

now by erosion is rapidly increasing in size.

522

408 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The details of this process of rock formation must be left to the specialist, but

there seems no doubt that the general method is correct, and applies not only to Picard

but also to Esprit Island. It appears, therefore, that the ridge of the latter island

was formed underground in a large fissure or series of caverns in the rock, to which guano

or a solution of its main constituents obtained entrance. It follows directly then that

the general level of Aldabra was originally over 30 feet high and that it has been reduced

to its present level by a process of rain-water denudation and erosion; the limestone,

being soluble, has been washed away while the insoluble phosphatic rock remains.

Carrying our deductions further, we see that in early times there was no lagoon,

for the land round Esprit must have been over 30 feet high. It was probably a low

portion of the future atoll, for in order that such a large quantity of phosphate may have

collected in one place it is necessary to suppose that the region above Esprit was the

lowest part or sink of a large area*.

Though of less interest a word must be said about the shell rock, which was

undoubtedly laid down beneath the sea. I have already shown it to be probable that

the mner portions of the reef before elevation were built rather by the accumulation

of débris than by active coral growth, and therefore were probably somewhat lower than

the edge. This depression in the reef before elevation I call the ‘“ primary lagoon.”

As we see from the shell rock, it was a favourable position for molluse beds. After

elevation it must have become dry and was filled with guano, ultimately forming the

collecting area from which the phosphatic material drained to form the present

Esprit Island.

This small island in the Aldabra lagoon therefore plays a most important part in any

attempt to reconstruct the past history of the atoll.

Ill. ALDABRA. LAGOON AND PASSESt, AND THEIR FAUNA. (Plate 26.)

The first point to be noticed about the lagoon is its extreme shallowness, for only

in the channels radiating from the main passes are more than a few feet of water

found. At low spring tides a large area becomes almost dry, and even at low neaps

most of its surface is impassable to a large dug-out canoe. In the centre of the lagoon

is a slight depression, which at low spring tides contains perhaps 4 feet of water and

is known as “Barachois Torti” from the fact that green turtles often become imprisoned

there until the tide rises. The channels in the lagoon are 8 or 9 fathoms deep near

Grande Passe, but within a mile become very shallow and, except that they float

a boat when the rest of the lagoon is impassable, would hardly be noticed by a casual

observer.

A second feature of the lagoon is the great extent to which it is landlocked, the

passes being wholly inadequate to allow the tides to flow evenly inside and outside

* [Mr Hughes suggests that birds may have especially congregated in this area. This seems to me to be

not improbable since in my experience some islands and some areas of islands are occupied by “ breeding fairs ”

while others in the neighbourhood, apparently equally suitable, are quite free from breeding birds. J. Stanley

Gardiner. |

+ The “passes” are the channels through the land-rim from the outer sea to the lagoon.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 409

the atoll. As an instance of this it may be mentioned that, when the tide has flowed

for 3 or 4 hours outside Passe Houareau, it is only just full ebb near Michel island,

while at the same time the tide has been ebbing for 3 hours in the west of the

lagoon. The currents, especially in the neighbourhood of the passes, are naturally

very powerful.

The bottom of the lagoon is rock, but in the centre it is so covered with sand,

and near the land-rim with mud, that it is difficult to determine its nature; the few

observations made pointed to rock of the “‘champignon” type. The origin of the mud

and sand is of great interest, for owing to the strength of the currents the falling

tide is often rendered quite milky or white by the amount of suspended matter. Little

material is carried in by the tides and there is no doubt that the mud is the product

of lagoon erosion. When describing the typical northern section I pointed out the

signs of erosion discovered round the lagoon shores there: these signs extend round

the entire lagoon, while all the multitude of islands have overhanging cliffs, and the

rocks are all mushroom-shaped owing to the removal of material between tide marks.

The evidence leaves no doubt that all the lagoon islands were once connected and formed

part of the main land-rim, and thus at least half the present lagoon is due to its own

erosive powers. The latter are somewhat difficult to explain; but the low level of

the land near the lagoon, when considered in connection with the mangrove swamp,

may account for some of them. Mention has already been made of the power of the

roots of the mangroves to split off overhanging pieces of rock. A more important factor

in lagoon erosion is to be found in the mud of the swamp, which is extremely foul

with decaying organic matter; it is therefore charged with carbon dioxide and various

organic acids, all of which dissolve or react with the calcium carbonate. The lagoon

shores are thus coated with a substance which has considerable power in breaking down

limestone and this may be sufficient to account for the rapidity of erosion. In any

ease there is no doubt that the land-rim is rapidly decreasing in size and is gradually

being split up into islands. At this point therefore it is opportune to consider the

formation of passes.

An examination of the chart will show that sea erosion has acted very uniformly

over long stretches of coast, while lagoon erosion on the other hand is very irregular

and tends to the production of long creeks and bays. From this fact and from the

foregoing remarks on erosion it will be readily understood that fresh passes must form

from the lagoon and not from the sea. All stages of pass formation are demonstrated

on Aldabra:

Stage 1. At Camp Frigate a long creek from the lagoon has passed almost through

the land-rim, the mangrove swamp extending across and opening into what was formerly

a basin in the rock but now is open both to sea and swamp. The sea is thus enabled

to sweep right in but yet does not seem to have sufficient erosive power to force a channel,

and it remains for the lagoon to dissolve away a little more rock, when a powerful tidal

current will sweep through at each tide and speedily cut a pass.

Stage 2. The next stage is shown by several of the western channels, as for instance

Passe Femmes, that nearest to Picard Island. The channel itself is fairly open though

410 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

a few rocks are still left standing well away from the land ; it is very shallow (2 fathoms),

but yet, owing to the rapidity of the current, carries a large bulk of water. An important

point to notice is that the fringing reef is not broken by a channel opposite the pass and

the escaping water therefore has to spread over the reef instead of flowing directly into

the ocean. There is evidence however that the reef is being worn away opposite the pass

and in time doubtless will be divided by a channel.

Stage 3. The third stage is shown by Passe Johnny dividing Polymnie and Malabar

Islands, and Passe Dubois, the oldest of the ‘‘ Western Channels.” They only differ from

Passe Femmes in being deeper (4—6 fathoms) and in continuing through the fringing reef

to the sea.

Stage 4. The final stage is represented by Grande Passe and Passe Houareau, which

differ from passes in stage 3 in the channel being deeper (Grande Passe 10—14 fathoms,

Passe Houareau 8 fathoms) and further in that they are fringed at the sides by a reef,

which exactly resembles the fringing reef of the whole atoll. This last poimt is of

considerable interest, for from large rocks of elevated coral limestone, still im situ, it was

abundantly clear that the reef on either side of the pass had not been formed by the

active growth of corals, but was in reality a ledge of elevated coral rock and the base

of land now washed away.

As soon as the rock of the land-rim by a pass has been cut down below low water-

mark it is colonised by corals and lithothamnia, which protect it from further erosion,

while above low water-mark it is unprotected, and therefore the reef by the pass is due to

the difference in rate of erosion above and below low water-mark. From this we see that

the channel of a pass may speedily reach a limit in width, yet the reef will increase in size

continually at the expense of the land. Thus ultimately the islands will become separated

by increasing stretches of reef, a point which is of great assistance in considering the

present state of the atoll of Cosmoledo, and also the formation of the fringing reefs of all

the islands of the series.

Before proceeding it may be well to say a few words as to the distribution of life

in the lagoon and passes, though for obvious reasons it was impossible to make complete

collections of the marine as well as of the land-fauna. Collections were made of the more

sedentary forms, and for details the reader must be referred to the papers by the

specialists who have kindly consented to work them out. In general, it may be stated

that the lagoon was extremely barren, a fact which is undoubtedly explained by the

universal presence of mud in the water. The swamps themselves were excessively foul,

and consequently no surprise was felt that the fauna was so limited.

Live corals in the lagoon were almost limited to the regions of the passes, though

a few colonies of Porites were found along the various channels. In the neighbourhood

of Grande Passe is a definite flourishing reef, which is almost dry at low spring tides.

It is divided by numerous channels leading up to the pass, but does not seem to have

the power to encroach on them. The reef itself contained a uniformly varied assortment

of corals, although Madrepora of a branching facies in places formed definite fields to the

exclusion of other forms. As compared with other reefs visited Tubipora was unusually

common. Corals from this reef included species of Millepora, Tubipora, Heliopora,

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 411

Stylopora, Pocillopora, Seriatopora, Celoria, Hydnopora, Galaxea, Prionastrea,

Acanthastrea, Favia, various Fungida, Dendrophyllia, Madrepora, Montipora, Astreo-

pora and Porites. Towards the mouth of the pass itself the corals became stunted and

often encrusted with lithothamnia* and finally ceased, with the exception of the hydro-

coralline Millepora, which was very abundant in the channels and took on a branching

facies. The reef by the side of the pass itself was covered with fragments of coral

encrusted with lithothamnia, which appeared to flourish exceedingly in the strong current,

to the dirt carried by which was attributed the scarcity of reef corals.

The Passe Houareau reef in most respects resembled that near Grande Passe, but

was small and showed a tendency to block the channel somewhat ; the corals were mainly

of a massive type, though Seriatopora, scarce at Grande Passe, was quite common. In

the mouth of the pass itself Millepora and lithothamnia were again abundant. Near

Passe Johnny is a small and unimportant reef and in the channel itself few corals were

noted except Dendrophyllia, which elsewhere seemed to frequent deeper water.

A large area between Esprit Island and the western channels was scattered diffusely

with coral colonies, massive forms being scarce and the prevalent type a Madrepora of

a slender, horizontally branching facies.

The sandy portions of the lagoon were searched at low tide but were disappointing ;

various holothurians were very common and no doubt play an important part in

triturating and reducing the sand. Amphioxus was absent, but in the sand itself were

found a few specimens of an enteropneust which Professor Spengel kindly informs me

belong to the genus Spengelia or Willeyia; various polychets, molluscs, burrowing

echinoderms and gephyreans were also obtained, but on the whole the impression was

one of great barrenness and absence of life.

The swamps were even worse in this respect; in the mud a small polychet,

a glycerid, was common, and a large sipunculid not infrequent. On the surface of the

mud a large molluse with a spiral shell was usually present and a few crabs (Sesarma

quadratum, Fabr.) climbed about the roots of the mangroves. At high tide numerous

free living forms were naturally washed up the creeks but the endemic swamp fauna

was small, a fact which Mr Cyril Crossland tells me he also noted in the swamps near

Zanzibar. Boring animals, chiefly sipunculids, were obtained from the rock near the

shore, but they were very scarce as compared with the number found in the rock of

the sea cliffs.

Fish were numerous in the lagoon at high tide: they all appeared to be widely

distributed marine, forms which drifted in with the tide, and no endemic species were

obtained.

Further reference to this subject is however unnecessary, as subsequent reports will

speak for themselves.

* Lithothamnia is throughout used collectively for the calcareous alg, often erroneously termed nullipores

in coral-reef literature. (Vide Foslie, Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool. Vol. xii. pp. 177—192.)

412 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

IV. ALDABRA. FRINGING REEF—REEF FAUNA.

The fringing reef outside the islands of the atoll-rim varies in width, at its widest

measuring about 500 yards, though near Point Vaquois it is hardly 200 yards between

the cliffs and the breaking edge. In the composition of its surface there are two extremes

(though with every intermediate grade) found respectively on the north and south coasts.

To simplify description I give the chief characters of the reef in two places, first near the

northern section across the land-rim, and secondly in the south near the Takamaka

section. The reef to the north, bounded by the cliffs previously described, may be divided

into four somewhat ill-defined zones. The first consists of a narrow depression in the

rock at the foot of the cliffs: it is usually 5 or 6 yards wide and 6 feet deep, and owes its

origin to the backwash from the waves which at high tide beat with great violence against

the cliffs.

Outside this zone is the reef-flat, a broad flat zone with a surface consisting of

a coarse rubble of broken coral fragments, all much encrusted with lithothamnia; in

places are small accumulations of sand, which usually support a vigorous growth of the

cotyledonous plant, Cymodocea. To seaward of the flat, which forms the greater part of

the reef, is a narrow boulder zone, 20—30 yards wide, the boulders consisting of broken

coral colonies rarely more than a foot high and hardly deserving the name “boulder”; they

always become encrusted with lithothamnia, Squamariacez, and rarely Polytrema. Out-

side the boulder-zone is a rather indefinite buttress-zone, the buttresses being composed

of coral rubble, while the intervening channels contain scattered and sickly coral colonies,

mostly of the genus Pocillopora. Outside the breaking edge I was only able to make

scattered observations, but the slope appeared to be steep and to support scattered colonies

of massive corals. I append sections kindly taken for me by Captain Parcou, F.R.G.S., on

the outer slopes of Assumption and Astove, which reefs appeared to have similar slopes to

that of Aldabra. (Plate 29.)

The reef to the south of Takamaka differs from the reef of the north of the atoll in

being very completely covered with sand, which is usually bound down by extensive beds

of Cymodocea: areas covered with the usual coral rubble are scarce. The boulder-zone is

almost absent, and the buttress-zone ill-defined, though it was interesting in that the

buttresses were composed of sand held together by Cymodocea, the rhizomes of which

were coated with lithothamnia and in a few cases with an encrusting form of Millepora,

the sand being thus bound together by calcareous ropes. Live coral was naturally almost

absent.

The outer slope seemed to be gradual and to be covered with sand, with here and

there a coral colony or large mass of some colonial aleyonarian. Again I would call

attention to the outer slopes to the south-east of Astove and Assumption which are

probably similar.

These two types of reef cover almost all that are found round Aldabra, though

intermediate stages are frequent. The reef on the north coast as far east as Point Hodoul

is of the first type, while southwards it becomes more sandy as far as Dunes Jean Louis

and Dunes de Maistre. After this it becomes less sandy round the west of Main Island

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 4138

and rather more so near Picard Island, though much of the sand in the west disappears in

the calm season and collects again in the south-east trade season. Under these conditions

the forms of life usually found on a coral reef were naturally scarce: at low tide the most

conspicuous animal was an eel (Murena mudivomer sp.?) which crawled about with its

mouth wide open, biting with great ferocity at whatever came in its way. A second eel

(Murena chilospilus) burrowed in the sand with astonishing rapidity, and it was noted

that it could burrow backwards as well as forwards. On one occasion a sea-snake was

seen but not captured. In the sand were found various polycheets, gephyreans, burrowing

crustacea and, where coral rubble was overlaid by a layer of sand, there lived a large

species of Balanoglossus (9 inches long), which gave out the characteristic smell of

iodoform to a marked degree ; owing to the fact that it lived in the rubble rather than in

the sand it was most difficult to obtain unbroken. The cliffs formed the haunt of a

large number of molluscs among which a chiton was prominent, while a small fish

(Periophthalmus sp.*) frequented the rock pools, often lying outside on the bare rock

and jumping from pool to pool with great agility when pursued. In the cliff face boring

animals were not uncommon, a small sipunculid being sufficiently numerous to assist the

sea materially in its work of destruction.

As a whole, however, the fringing reef was disappointing in comparison with the

reefs I had visited in the Seychelles in company with Professor Stanley Gardiner, and

the reason is probably to be ascribed to the presence of such large quantities of sand,

while the mud of the lagoon must also contaminate the waters round the atoll to some

extent.

The characters of the Aldabra fringing reef at first found no explanation, but the

reefs on the sides of Grande Passe and Passe Houareau yielded a clue. Before I left

I was quite satisfied that the fringing reef was merely a ledge of the elevated coral rock,

piled with rubble, and protected to seaward by lithothamnia and corals. As in the case

of the reef by the sides of the passes the rock below low water-mark is protected from

speedy erosion, while that above is continually washed away. The fringing reef therefore

is not a sign of the growth of the atoll seawards but of the amount of its loss of land due

to erosion. Whether the outer edge of the reef is holding its own or slowly receding is

impossible to say, but I am inclined to believe the latter, from the fact that it follows the

present conformation of the coast line so closely.

A final problem to be dealt with is the presence of so much sand on the south coast.

The destruction of rock round the whole coast has already been pointed out: the result

of this disintegration is the production of sand. Owing to the fact that the current flows

from east to west, and the prevalent winds are south-east, this destruction of land is

greatest in the east of the atoll, and indeed it seems very probable that the shallow bank

to the south-east is the site of lost land. The sand produced in this process is driven

along the reef by the current and on the north coast the greater part is washed away : on

the south coast, however, the south-east winds drive it inshore and pile it on the reef and

against the cliffs, which in the region of the dunes are low and become almost covered up,

the beach being sandy and sloping gradually up to a height of 60 ft. In other places it

has formed numerous small sand “lances,” and in the west of Picard has been heaped up

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 53

414 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

to form the sandy area on which the settlement stands*. This sand piling is compara-

tively unimportant at present, but in future times, as the atoll of Cosmoledo will show, it

may be the cause of the existence of land on the atoll.

I have now dealt with the main physical features of Aldabra, and in summary

I would emphasise that the atoll is losing on every side in its fight with sea and weather ;

the sea coast is being eaten away; the lagoon is getting larger; the rain is dis-

solving away the surface of the land and, to balance all, there is only a slight piling

of sand.

Vv. ALDABRA. THE LAND FLORA AND FAUNA.

In this section it is intended to give a short account of the land flora and fauna

of Aldabra, dealing rather with those groups which will not be the subjects of subsequent

reports.

Flora. A collection was made containing specimens of the majority of the plants

of the atoll, though a few trees were never found in flower and so perhaps cannot be

identified. The flowering plants will be reported on at Kew, while a small collection of

algze are in the hands of Mr. and Mrs. Gepp.

A certain number of plants were such as could easily be recognised, but the majority,

and perhaps the most interesting, were entirely unfamiliar. It is impossible therefore to

do more than broadly indicate the cecology of the atoll flora, leaving a complete list to

the Kew report. The floral seasons naturally coincide with the climatic, which were

indicated in the Introduction. The season of south-east trades is generally a season of

drought and rest and, many of the trees being leafless, all forms of bush have then an

extremely barren and dead appearance.

At the end of October signs of renewed life are visible, and after the first rains in

November many plants begin to flower often before their leaves have appeared. In

December and January the remainder of the plants are in flower, with the exception of

a few, which by their condition suggest that they flowered quite at the end of the calm

season (March).

There are roughly four types of vegetation corresponding to four different classes of

situation. These are:

1. Mangrove Swamp.

2. Pemphis Bush.

3. Varied or Open Bush.

4. Shore Zone.

1. The mangrove swamp fringes the lagoon, but is also found on the seaward coast

of the atoll at Camp Frigate and on Magnan Island (in the western channels), where it is

protected from the direct force of the waves. It is composed mainly of true mangroves

(Rhizophoraceze), the genera observed being Rhizophora, Bruguera, and Ceriops. The

* See Geographical Journal, September 1910.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 415

genus Rhizophora* is uniformly scattered through almost every part of the swamp and

also forms forests in one or two places, notably Picard and Camp Frigate, which

contain but few trees of other species. In habit it prefers a deep mud and an abundant

supply of water. The genus Brugwiera is represented by two species, B. gymnorhiza

and another not yet determined, which together form a large proportion of the forest

along Malabar and Main Islands and especially to the south of Michel Island. It is the

largest tree on Aldabra and reaches a height of 60—70 ft. When old, the trunk is

usually straight without any branches on the lower portions, and is consequently much

used for timber.

Of the genus Ceriops there are apparently three species, C. Candolleana and two

others. On Aldabra it is an uncommon genus and is most prevalent at ‘‘ Lance Cavallier,”

south of Esprit Island, on Esprit itself, and on Main Island north-east of Michel. One

species, known in Credle as “ manglier xerophé,” forms a very straight trunk and is much

used for poles and posts.

Both the last two genera do not require much mud, and are tolerant of a rocky

situation, and one which the tide reaches for but a short period. Rhizophora and

Bruguiera are both cut for the bark, which contains a high percentage of tannin and forms

the chief export of the atoll.

Of other mangrove-swamp trees there are five genera, the most prevalent being

Avicenma (A. officinalis) which is found all round the lagoon between tide marks,

especially in sandy places; it also forms a large forest in the extreme east of the atoll,

where the trees attain a large size.

Sonneratia acida, the second pseudo-mangrove, is decidedly scarce and occurs only

on Esprit and on Picard Islands. It is known as “manglier fleurs” for its large and

conspicuous flowers.

Carapa obovata and moluccensis are both found on Esprit Island, and the latter on

Picard and on one of the islands in the western channels. At Esprit a small forest is

formed by C. moluccensis between the ridge of rock, previously described, and the true

mangrove swamp.

A comparison with other mangrove swamps is difficult, as the writer has had little

further personal experience of them. It may however be mentioned that the Seychelles

swamps compared with those on Aldabra were scattered and the trees small, while the

latter, when compared with those further East, appear to be formed more entirely

of true mangroves and to contain less undergrowth, the palm (Nipa fruticans) being

absent.

2. Pemphis Bush. This type of bush is composed almost entirely of Pemphis

acidula and is found in conjunction with the metamorphosed limestone. The habit

of growth of the species has already been dealt with; it may be mentioned in addition

that dead small branches do not always drop off but season in position, forming hard

skewer-like spikes. The wood is extremely hard and speedily turns the edge of an axe,

while it is hardly touched by insects, though occasionally a tree will be found to contain

a nest of large ants.

* Rhizophora mucronata.

416 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

It covers the greater part of Aldabra, and in conjunction with the “ champignon”

rock forms the great obstacle to exploration. It is quite useless, for the timber is too

small, and the bark, though reputed rich in tannin, would not pay removing.

3. Open bush is found in the neighbourhood of Takamaka and extends round the

atoll eastward as far as a line drawn from Michel Island to Hodoul point; to the west-

ward it extends nearly to Dunes Jean Louis, but in this direction is much reduced in size

by the shore-zone passing far inland. Plain Cabris on Picard Island also supports the

same type of vegetation. It is always coincident with “ platin” rock which is such that

a little soil (largely formed of guano) can collect on its surface. The vegetation is mostly

formed by low trees and bushes. Herbaceous plants are scarce and are only found in the

wet season, when a few sedges and grasses occur in places. ‘The bushes and trees are

usually leafless, or partially so, in the dry season and flower at the commencement of the

rains, often before the leaves appear.

Almost all the Aldabra plants are to be found in this type of country. A few that are

easily recognised are Euphorbia Abbotti, various species of Ficus, two species of Grewia,

several papilionaceous plants (Mimosa ?, Casalpinia, Cassia). A thorny (rosaceous 4)

bush is not uncommon, and large clumps of Pandanus Vandermeeschii are very frequent.

The majority of the plants in this country, however, were not identified in the field.

4. The shore-zone extends all round the atoll varying much in size. It owes its

existence to a little soil formed of sand blown up from the reef and is naturally therefore

widest on the south-east coast. Characteristic plants are Scevola Kanigit, Tournefortia

argentea, and in places Cordia subcordata. At intervals large clumps of Pandanus exist,

and very stunted bushes of Pemphis acidula are found on the south coast.

A few exceptional patches of vegetation, almost jungle, occur, the chief being on

Esprit Island, which contains several plants scarce elsewhere. Picard Island has a peculiar

bush, which, though very dense, is formed of the same plants as ordinarily form the “ open

country.” Couroupa, which has a deep sandy soil, supports a mixed vegetation, partly of

‘open country” plants but mainly of “ shore-zone” forms.

Casuarina* has established itself at Picard and Michel Islands, and on each side

of Grande Passe and Passe Houareau; other introduced plants are found to some extent

on Picard but the conditions are such that few fresh plants can obtain a foothold.

Fauna. («) Mammalia. The only indigenous mammals belong to the order

Chiroptera ; the most interesting being a peculiar species of Fruit-eating Bat (Pteropus

aldabrensis, True +). It is a rather small species and is peculiar in having the bony

orbit complete, a feature which it shares with Pteropus nicobaricus. Its food consists

of the fruit of the banyan (Ficus sp.?) and when obtainable of the “takamaka”

(Calophyllum inophyllum), while coconut flowers are also much sought after. The species

is often observed flying by day as well as night, though it was most active in the bright

moonlight. It never forms large gatherings on a tree during the daytime, as is the case

with the Seychelles flying fox (Pteropus edwardsii).

* Casuarina equisetifolia. [Of course introduced, }

+ Proc. U.S.A. Mus. 1893, Vol. 16, p. 533.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC, 417

Two insectivorous bats were noted; one, Taphozous mauritianus, was seen but was

scarce, while a second, Trienops furcula, Trouessart, was not uncommon on Picard near

the settlement. A specimen of the latter species was sent to M. Trouessart, who has

kindly compared it with his type and confirms my identification.

Of introduced mammals there are rats (Mus rattus), mice (Mus musculus), cats and

goats. Of these the rats alone deserve further mention, for they have spread over the

whole atoll, extending even to the small lagoon islands where they catch and eat the land

crabs (Cardiosoma, ete.) for want of other food. These must form serious antagonists to

the land birds, and perhaps to the giant tortoise also, as they are reputed to eat its eggs.

The cats*, which only exist at Takamaka, are, I think, decreasing, and consequently

cannot be expected to keep down the rats, which will probably continue to increase until

want of food sets a definite limit to their numbers.

(b) Aves. The resident land birds have been described by Ridgeway +. They are

of interest in being almost all peculiar to the atoll. It is however noticeable that all are

very closely related to Malagasy forms and doubtless their origin is thus indicated. Full

descriptions need not be given here, but a few notes as to their natural history, which does

not seem to be anywhere recorded, may be of interest.

Most conspicuous and typical of the atoll is undoubtedly the ibis (Ibis abbotti), which

resembles the sacred ibis and is closely related to Ibis bernieri of Madagascar. It formerly

was abundant, but now is absent from Picard Island and uncommon over the north of the

atoll, though it is still fairly distributed along Main Island, in the east of which it is,

indeed, common. In habit it is a shore bird, feeding along the edge of the lagoon in the

mangrove swamp when the tide is low, and at high tide flighting inland, where it is to be

found round the freshwater springs of Takamaka and the brackish pools which abound

everywhere. Its food consists of small crabs and other marine creatures, but a few birds

were always to be found picking through the rubbish from Michel Island camp and

generally playing the part of scavengers. Night is spent roosting on a tree, the large

Calophyllum trees round the wells being especially haunted. Its ery is a harsh wheeze.

In flight the ibis is heavy and laboured, though its broad wings allow it to soar so

that it occasionally circles round for some time on outstretched pinions when it is

choosing a site on which to perch. In character it is tame and inquisitive, while owing

to its peculiar form, colouration and a habit of continually twisting its head about, it has

always a rather ludicrous appearance, and this is especially the case when it is draggled or

soaked with rain.

The ibis nest in colonies in the trees, choosing especially those in the depths of the

mangrove forests. Only one nesting tree was found tenanted. It was a small Ceriops,

the top of which had been so trampled down as to be flat. The nests, seventeen in all,

were composed of a few sticks and resembled those of the gannet (Sula leucogaster). Two

chalky-shelled eggs of a greyish-white colour were the maximum found in one nest.

If the following habit is general but a small percentage can reach maturity. Before the

birds have commenced incubation, they leave en masse when the tide is low to feed, but

* Tf numerous they would completely kill out the rails and possibly other endemic species,

+ Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, Vol. xvi., p. 597.

418 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

return singly, and each bird reaches its nest by partly flying and partly running over the

flat top of the tree, the result beg that most of the eggs in the path of a returning bird

are either broken or rolled off the nest into the water below. Out of eighteen eggs

counted when the birds were away, but two remained whole after they had all returned.

If this manceuvre is often repeated, it is difficult to understand how the birds are as

numerous as they are.

Next perhaps to the ibis in point of interest is a small rail, Dryolimnas aldabranus,

closely allied to D. cuviert of Madagascar and Mauritius. It is a pretty bird, olive green

above, and underneath a rich chestnut with white chin and neck. It is generally distri-

buted over the atoll, though it is scarce on Picard, and has apparently been exterminated

in the neighbourhood of Takamaka by the cats. It is extremely tame, and at Esprit

Island would often come inside the hut, where several attempts were made to photograph it,

but owing to its preference for dark places and its quick jerky movements, these always

resulted in failure. Its most marked peculiarity is the astounding variety of noises which

it can utter, the most curious being like a stroke on a native drum, which is usually

followed by a long whistle, often an exact reproduction of a curlew’s call: when the bird

is excited it makes such a remarkable series of grunts and shrieks that Nicoll (Three

Voyages of a Naturalist) has likened them to the noise produced by a drove of pigs.

All these cries are produced with the head pointing upwards and the throat much

distended, and are very loud for the size of the bird, which is smaller than that of

a water-rail (2. aquaticus). Flight is but rarely indulged in, though the birds can flutter

along, and are certainly not flightless as stated by Abbott. They are the only bird which

inhabits the dense Pemphis bush, and are often to be found at low tide in the rocky pits,

which abound in the “champignon.” Their food consists of insects and small crustaceans.

No nest was found or young birds seen, and it is probable that they do not breed until

February or March.

Another interesting bird is the Aldabra cuckoo (Centropus aldabranus), which

resembles the Madagascar C. towlow and is known locally as “toulouse.” It inhabits

chiefly the open country in the south-east of Mam and Picard Islands. In character

it is very terrestrial and is often found on the rock underneath the bushes, though, when

disturbed, it climbs about among the trees and shrubs with actions like those of a parrot.

Towards sunset the male flies to the top of a tree and utters repeatedly a peculiar and

melodious call consisting of a series of notes (semitones) descending the scale for three or

four tones: the birds do not all have the same range of notes, and it was not uncommon

for two birds to call together producing a series of chords down the scale. The ery carries

a long distance and can be heard at least a mile away: it forms one of the lasting

impressions in connection with evening on Aldabra. Only one nest was seen, and this

consisted of a large mass of sticks low down in a bush: it had no eggs in it.

Of doves there are two:—Alectrocenas aldabranus or “ pigeon hollandais” and

Turtur aldabranus (satwratus?). The latter, which resembles a small 7. pictwratus, was

not uncommon near the settlement and also at Michel Island, while the former inhabits

the less frequented parts of the atoll and was common at Takamaka. Both birds seem to

have a definite time of flight in the evening.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 419

A drongo (Buchanga aldabrana) is not uncommon, especially on Main Island. It

is a glossy black bird, the size of a thrush, with a powerful beak and long forked tail :

it is very pugnacious and attacks any frigate or crow (Corvus scapularis) which approaches

near its perch.

A cardinal (Foudia aldabrana) is common round the settlement: it differs from

F. madagascar in being larger and of a brighter red.

A beautiful species of sun-bird (Cimnyris aldabrensis) haunts the edge of the man-

grove swamp: the male is velvet black, with a wonderful green iridescent gorget and,

when hovering in the sun, is a most striking sight.

The remaining land birds consist of a “white-eye” (Zosterops aldabrensis), a little

green bird with habits like a warbler, a bulbul [Zxocencla (Hysipetes) rostrata], a small

kestrel (Tinnunculus newton), and a small goat-sucker (Caprimulgus parvulus, sp. ?), the

last being very scarce.

Considering the land birds as a whole it will be seen that no land connection is

necessary to explain their presence on Aldabra, for even the most flightless, the rail, can

still fly and no doubt was once easily able to establish itself over the whole Madagascar

region. The birds are all closely related to Malagasy forms and their origin is thus

doubtless indicated, for isolation and new conditions will amply account for the slight

differences which exist.

It is impossible to give any complete account of the littoral and marine birds. A few

of the more important may be mentioned, most striking of which are undoubtedly the

frigate birds, Frigata aquila and F. minor. These birds are present in countless numbers

all the year round. Camp Frigate takes its name from the enormous breeding place (of

both species) situated there, while another exists on Picard. The whole coast of Malabar

Island is often patrolled by a long line of frigates, and there is no part of Aldabra in which

these birds are not always in sight. They live almost entirely as parasites on the gannets

(chiefly S. lewcogaster), which also exist on the atoll in very great numbers. Each gannet

on returning from fishing has to run the gauntlet of two or three frigates, which are

usually successful in bullying it into disgorging its last meal. Considering this perpetual

enmity it is curious that the two birds should frequently nest side by side. In addition

to the fish looted from the gannets, frigates are very fond of young turtles newly hatched,

and the damage caused by this propensity is very large; they were rarely seen to fish for

themselves and never to plunge into the water. Towards evening there is a considerable

flight back to Aldabra of the birds, which have followed the gannets to sea. They roost

along the lagoon fringe of the mangrove swamp, their position when asleep being very

curious, for their heads are allowed to fall loosely on their breasts.

The flight of the frigate is marvellous, and a sight never to be forgotten is that

of a column of the birds wheeling round on motionless wings, the lowest individuals within

shot and the highest only to be discovered by the aid of glasses. This however is

a subject which has often been written on, and the other habits of the frigate have only

been set forth at some length as they appear to differ somewhat from those previously

recorded (cf. Camb. Nat. Hist. Birds).

Of other resident aquatic birds the flamingoes (Phaniconaias minor) with their

brilliant plumage and goose-like cry are sure to strike the attention of an observer.

420 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

Gannets are everywhere extremely abundant: the usual species is the red-footed Sula

leucogaster, but Sula piscator (cyanops ?) and Sula capucina also occur.

Of migratory birds a fair variety of waders were noticed. Curlews and whimbrels

(Numenius arquatus, N. pheopus) were very abundant in the swamps until January,

when they commenced to leave. Turnstones (Strepsilas interpres) were abundant along

the beach and had not diminished at all in number when I left the atoll in January. It is

presumed that all these birds go north to breed and therefore their winter wanderings

must be extremely wide.

land tortoise (Testudo elephantina). It still occurs in fair numbers on the extreme east of

Main Island and is scattered in small numbers in the rest of the island. It is also found

on Malabar and Picard Islands, but it is stated to have been reintroduced. This is

certainly the case in regard to Picard, but there is no evidence as regards Malabar.

The species obtained on Main Island is Testudo elephantina, and a further species,

T. daudinii*, is supposed by Voeltzkow and others to have inhabited Malabar Island and

to have given rise to those at present existing on the Seychelles. Only two tortoises were

found on Malabar, both young specimens, and these were indistinguishable from the Main

Island tortoises.

The question as to the number of species is further complicated by the fact that

T. elephantina has been divided into several species. It seems probable, however, that

these animals, free from enemies, would be able to vary somewhat without harm to them-

selves, and that the species into which 7. elephantina was divided were based on such

minor variations. No evidence was obtained indicative of more than one species.

The most interesting point in connection with the land tortoises is undoubtedly their

distribution. It is generally supposed either (1) that Aldabra had a previous land con-

nection, or (2) that the tortoises were placed there by man. It has already been shown

that the first alternative is not possible, and it remains to deal with the second. If it

were possible to consider Aldabra alone human transportation might give a natural

explanation. It is necessary, however, to consider the other islands on which giant land

tortoises have occurredt. These are (1) the Seychelles Group, (2) the Mascarenes,

(3) Madagascar, (4) the Galapagos, (5) Cosmoledo, (6) Assumption, and probably

(7) St Pierre, the last three being added in the course of the expedition here described.

A previous land connection may explain the existence of tortoises in the localities Nos. 2,

3, 4, and with the exception of Bird and Dennis Islands of No. 1 also. It is totally

inapplicable however to Cosmoledo, Assumption, St Pierre and Bird and Dennis Islands,

all of which are of purely oceanic origin. As regards Dennis Island a certain amount of

history exists: it was discovered in 1773{ and was described as being covered with land

tortoises and sea turtles, a clear distinction being made between land and marine tortoises.

Bird Island was also described in much the same terms. Both Bird and Dennis were

visited by the author§ and they are merely sand cays built up by the waves. On Cosmoledo

* It may be stated, as a personal opinion, that the modern Seychelles tortoises are very probably true

descendants of the original tortoises which occurred in the Archipelago when it was discovered.

+ In recent times. t Geographical Journal, 1907, p. 154.

§ Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser. 2, Vol. xiv. p. 15 (Percy Sladen Trust Expedition, Vol. iii., p. 15).

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 421

the eggs were found sub-fossil in the phosphatic rock underneath the guano. At

Assumption bones of several specimens were found in the pits in the rock, and they also

seem of great age. The bones in the rock of Aldabra are deeply imbedded and cannot

have been fossilised very lately, and consequently if human transportation is to account

for the distribution of the tortoises it must have taken place in very early times.

The difficulty then arises that we know of no nation which could have sailed the

Southern Indian Ocean in such early times and have acclimatised land tortoises on the

majority of its islands. There is therefore this extraordinary problem to be solved, viz.

that most of the islands of the South Indian Ocean, whether of coral or not, were

inhabited by giant land tortoises which, to quote Dr Gadow (Camb. Nat. Hist. Reptiles),

“are so absolutely terrestrial that wherever we find them, unless they have been brought

artificially by man, these tortoises must have arrived by land.” It has been shown that

neither of Dr Gadow’s alternatives will satisfactorily account for the facts. Tortoises are

not the kind of animal to be distributed by drifting on logs, unless they belong to a small

species. If the “giants” are derived from a small species distributed in this way then

they show a wonderful case of parallel evolution, and further, if this is so, small tortoises

must have been drifting about the Indian Ocean in considerable numbers to account for

the colonisation of so many islands. Finally, it is generally held as impossible that land

tortoises could have had aquatic ancestors*. All means of escape from the problem are

therefore withdrawn and any explanation must be liable to great objections. Nothing

further can therefore be said, and it remains to conclude with a short account of the

natural history of the tortoise.

The day is spent in the midst of the densest jungle or in a large clump of Pandanus,

a very favourite haunt being a clump of this tree near a brackish pool. At night they

become active and move about in search of food, which in the wet season consists of erass

and leaves, and in the dry of bark, if nothing else can be obtained: as a rule their move-

ments are very slow and deliberate, but at times, perhaps when moving to fresh feeding

grounds, they crash straight through the jungle at a pace which is astonishing for so

clumsy an animal.

The breeding of the tortoises takes place about March, and the hard-shelled eggs are

buried in small guano-filled concavities in the rock. As the atoll was left at the end of

January only one nesting-place was found, and this contained no eggs, though the guano

had been obviously disturbed. Tortoises are never found far within the Pemphis bush

and as the latter appears to be increasing at the expense of the more open country it may

in time seriously restrict them. Possibly the present greatest enemy of the tortoise is the

rat, which is reputed to destroy the eggs. Frigate birds and herons would undoubtedly

devour the young ones if accessible, but the thick bush affords abundant protection.

There has recently been a suggestion put forward to remove the tortoises to some

Seychelles island for safety: it is, however, quite unnecessary, for tortoises are already

plentiful in the Seychelles and there does not appear to be any danger of their extinction

on Aldabra unless hunted by man.

Of other chelonians the green turtle (Chelone mydas), the hawksbill (Chelone

* Vide Geographical Journal, Sept. 1910, Discussion on the “South-West Indian Ocean.”

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 54

422 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

imbricata), and probably the logger-head (Thalassochelys caretta) occur; and, though these

can hardly be considered land animals, it is most convenient to consider them in conjunction

with their relative, the land tortoise. The green turtle occurs in enormous numbers,

which are perhaps only equalled in Assumption. There are two divisions, marked by

the season at which they lay their eggs. In the season of S.E. Trades only a small

number of turtles stay round the coast and breed, while in December, at the beginning of

the N.W. Monsoon, an enormous horde of turtles arrives off the atoll and remains until

May. The origin of this migratory horde is open to some doubt, for, since turtles only

frequent shallow water where they can get food, they must either live near the shore or on

a shallow bank: they have not been recorded from the latter and therefore it must be

supposed that they come either from Madagascar or the coast of Africa. Presumably the

number of suitable islands for breeding is now small on account of the fact that most have

been long settled. Assumption, however, was only colonised in 1908, and Aldabra is so

large that until recently the people of the settlement have not disturbed much of the

coast. Turtles are now being killed so rapidly and the waste is such at both Assumption

and Aldabra that their numbers are already markedly on the decrease.

The turtles on arrival extend round the shore and pair, during which process great

fights take place among the males for the females. The latter ascend at night the small

sand beaches, which occur at intervals along the coast, and dig deep holes in the sand,

the fore-flippers being chiefly used for the task. The holes may be only a few feet above

high-tide mark, or at some distance from the shore, as in the case of one found on the top

of Dunes Jean Louis (60 ft. high). The number of eggs laid is about 200 and the females

are supposed to come up the beach twice in each season. They always ascend with one

flowing tide and go to sea again on the next; consequently a night with the tide becoming

high at sunset is the most favourable.

The young turtles hatch in 40 days and go straight down the beach to the sea. The

hatching of all the eggs in a nest takes place almost simultaneously, and the young turtles

dig their way up out of the sand as fast as they can be counted and crawl down to the sea

ina long procession. By what sense they find the right direction was not discovered ; their

eyes are not open but even if placed on a flat surface they know their way to the sea.

The hatching of the whole nest only takes about 10 minutes and forms a remarkable and

pretty sight. The mature turtles are either speared from a boat or are turned on the

beach, the latter method being very destructive, for only females are caught and this

occurs as a rule before they have time to lay their eggs. Steps will have to be taken to

preserve the eggs, if the green turtle is to continue to exist.

The hawksbill turtle (Chelone imbricata) is much scarcer than the green turtle. It

ascends the beach in the day to lay its eggs, which are said to take 60 days to hatch, and

the female is supposed to come at least twice, at an interval of a fortnight, to lay in the

same place. Those turtles, which have lived long in the lagoon, are always coated with

a layer of mud, and this prevents the “ tortoise shell” from developing dark markings, the

absence of which adds considerably to its market value. Their natural food has been said

to consist of fish, but this did not seem to be the case on Aldabra, as a fisherman, who

had spent twenty years on the atoll fishing hawksbill, said he had never found fish in

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC, 423

those he caught but always “mousse,” 7.e. algee. It was also an undoubted fact that

certain beds of algze in the lagoon were always the favourite haunts of hawksbill, which

visited them with every high tide. It seems therefore that the evidence is in favour

of the hawksbill, like the green turtle, bemg mainly a vegetarian.

The remaining turtle found on Aldabra is probably the logger-head (Thalassochelys

caretta). It is scarce, and one was not obtained to make identification certain. The

fisherman above mentioned said that this turtle came into the lagoon to eat a small kind

of mussel: he had never found algee inside it and did not know where it bred, for it never

came up the Aldabra beach to lay its eggs. It appears to be commoner at Cosmoledo

than at Aldabra.

Besides chelonians there are only three other reptiles (two geckoes and one skink)

found on Aldabra; these are

Hemidactylus gardineri, Boul.,

Phelsuma madagascarensis, var. abbottz,

Ablepharus bouton, var. peroni,

all of which were kindly identified for me by Mr Boulenger.

Amphibians were not present on the atoll, which is indeed quite unsuited to them.

(d) Crustaceu. All species of land crabs were carefully collected for comparison

with those of other coral islands, a comparison which has proved of great interest, as will

be seen from the paper by Mr Borrodaile, who was kind enough to take over my collection.

The most common form was Cardiosoma, which lives in holes in the rock and appears

to act as general scavenger. It was particularly objectionable from its habit of digging

holes in the mud which had collected round the wells, which were thus so filled with dirt

as to make the water undrinkable.

Birgus latro, the robber crab, was also very numerous, especially at Takamaka, where

it was a great nuisance, for it carried off anything left out at night and also got into the

house, unless it was securely closed, and, once inside, occupied itself in pulling everything

to pieces in search of food. Eighty were killed on the first three nights, but their

numbers did not seem much reduced, though afterwards the camp was left more in peace.

Their great chelze have immense strength, as is instanced by the fact that a turtle

turned on the beach one night had its tail completely hacked off before the morning and

was quite dead.

Two species of land hermit crabs were exceedingly common and showed distinct signs

of migration on Esprit Island, a swarm coming down to the sea in December, the females

in all cases with eggs. It was most difficult to force the members of this migratory horde

to alter their direction : all obstacles were surmounted instead of being avoided. My hut

lay directly on the line of migration, but I was quite unable to turn them aside, and

during my visit numberless crabs entered and crossed the hut on their way to the sea.

(e) Insecta. The insects of the atoll were collected as thoroughly as possible, as it

was felt that this group would be large enough to compare both with the insect fauna of

other islands and of neighbouring continental lands. The collections have been distributed

to specialists on the various orders, whose papers will speak for themselves. It may be

54—2

424 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

mentioned that the majority of the insects belong either to Madagascar or East African

forms, this being especially the case with the Lepidoptera. Dr Neils Holmgren, however,

records the three species of termites obtained as belonging to East Indian forms (though

two of the species are new). When it is remembered that termites are distributed by the

sea on floating logs and that the current runs from east to west, this result is precisely the

one which would be expected. In general it is probable that those insects which are

distributed by flying will on Aldabra belong to Madagascar or African forms, while on the

other hand those that are sea-distributed will be Oriental in origin.

(f) Myriapoda, One small species was very common among dead leaves in the

jungle. It seemed to play the same part in reducing the vegetable débris to humus as is

usually done by earthworms, which are extremely local and scarce in Aldabra.

Three different forms of Chilopoda were obtained, the largest about 3 inches long.

All were found under stones, dead leaves, etc., but only one, the largest, was at all

common.

(g) Arachnida. One species of scorpion is common, especially near the settlement.

A large variety of spiders await determination. Phalangids were altogether absent.

Chetifers (Chemeidze) were represented by three kinds, all apparently of different genera.

One was conspicuous for the large amount of silky web which it spins under stones in

crevices in the rock.

(h) Mollusca. Especial attention was paid to the land mollusea. Bulimnus aldabre

was found to be well distributed over the whole atoll, though most plentiful at Couroupa.

The dry season is spent on the branches of bushes and trees, when the shell is always

covered with a coat of what appears to be mud; but, from the fact that the latter is not

obtainable in the dry season, it is more probable that the mollusc covers itself with mucus

to which small particles of guano adhere. In the wet season it is hard to find, as it

is completely hidden by the foliage. A fresh species of land shell, a Helicinid, was found

on Esprit Island, but it did not seem to occur on any other part of the atoll.

About five species of minute land shells occurred in rotting trees (especially man-

groves), and in the wet season in holes in rocks.

(¢) Oligocheta. Worms were represented by one earth form which was scarce in drift

rubbish on Esprit Island, and more common in the small area of sandy land on Picard. It

occurred nowhere else on the atoll, and was not found at all in the dry season.

Malaria. In conclusion it may be of interest to mention a curious outbreak of

malaria which occurred. Previous to May 1908 malaria was unknown on the atoll. At

the end of April 1908 a steamer arrived vid the Seychelles, bringing a number of labourers,

among whom were several men from Nossi Bé, Madagascar. A little over a fortnight

after their arrival several cases of malaria occurred, and during the dry season the number

increased, the maximum being reached when the disease had as victims two-thirds of the

entire population of the atoll, which at the time numbered 150.

During August the number of fresh cases decreased, and none were recorded after

September, though many still suffered from the disease. It was at first thought that the

epidemic could not be malaria, though showing every symptom of tertian fever. Men

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 425

suffering were conveyed to the Seychelles, where Drs Addison* and Power+ made blood

preparations (films) which showed sporulating plasmodia, seeming to prove the nature of

the disease conclusively.

A search was then made by the author personally for Anopheles, both by observing

the imagos and larvee, but this was absolutely without success and never during the entire

visit was an Anopheles found.

There are therefore two alternatives : the first is that Anopheles arrived in April 1908,

propagated themselves so rapidly as to be able to infect over 100 people, and then died

out, also with such speed as to be extinct in September. It is conceivable that Anopheles

might not be able to persist at all in Aldabra, or that it might live for a short time and

then gradually die out, but that it should do so with such suddenness seems highly

improbable. This alternative therefore is not a likely one.

The second is that Stegomyia can be capable of a modified transmission of malaria.

It is almost certain that no sexual processes of the plasmodium can take place in

Stegomyia. It seems just possible however that this insect may act as a passive trans-

missor: it is present in such numbers even in the dry season that there is seldom

a moment, night or day, when the inhabitants of Aldabra are not being bitten, and

a transmission of blood is quite probable. Supposing this occurred when the plasmodia

were about to sporulate, or even just after, it seems possible that a fresh patient might be

affected. However, in the absence of sexual processes the stock of the protozoan would

probably become senescent, and ultimately die out. This is exactly what occurred, for at

the date of departure (end of January) there was not a single malarial patient in the atoll.

Supposing that this explanation could be proved correct it would explain the occasional

malarial epidemics which occur in other islands in which Anopheles is apparently

unknown.

A few scattered notes have now been given concerning the fauna of Aldabra: as

however these could not be put in a very explicit form, it may be permitted to make

a short summary :—In the littoral fauna Aldabra resembles, or is perhaps somewhat

poorer, than any of the coral islands in the same region. The land fauna, probably on

account of the greater extent and age of the land, and also because of its more varied

vegetation, is larger than that of any of the neighbouring coral islands. It is composed

mainly of peculiar forms, but most of these are closely allied to Malagasy animals and are

such, with the exception of the land tortoise, as might easily have arrived by sea, and then

have altered somewhat under the fresh conditions found in an isolated land.

* Chief Medical Officer. + Assistant Medical Officer and visiting Magistrate to the outlying islands.

426 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

VI. ASTOVE.

Astove is situated in latitude 10° 6’ S. and longitude 47° 45’ E. ; the chart shows it to

be 2 miles long by 1} miles broad, but the survey appears inaccurate and the island is

probably longer.

In form it is an atoll with an extremely perfect land-rim encircling a large though

very shallow lagoon, which is in connection with the sea by one pass situate in the

south-east. The atoll is surrounded by a fringing reef which I was only able to investigate

near the pass where it is very narrow (about 200 yards). The long axis of the island runs

nearly north and south dividing it into an eastern and western portion of which I only

had time to visit the latter.

The land-rim in the west measures from 4 to } a mile in breadth and is slightly

curved on the seaward side, thus enclosing an open bay, the shores of which are sandy,

though at intervals coral rock cliffs intervene for short distances and also occupy the

ASTOVE ISLAND

Sketch by M"S.C.E. Baty,Gov* Surveyor 1895.

Lat.10°6'S, Lang. 47°45E (from Chart 2762!

° 6 io Cables or

no eed 1 Sea Mile

Fig. 1. From the Admiralty Chart of Astove.

coast for half a mile to the north of the pass. Cliffs again form the north-western point

but give way to a sandy beach on the north (north-east) coast of the atoll; here, as

everywhere throughout the region, cliffs are always much overhanging and are evidently

rapidly crumbling away.

Immediately inside the beach in the western “bay” there is a narrow (100 yards)

sandy stretch somewhat resembling that on Picard Island, Aldabra; it is covered with

a sparse scrub of common shore-zone plants, and may perhaps have an elevation of 18 feet

above high tide mark. Rising somewhat abruptly from the sandy zone, and perhaps

4 feet higher, is a stretch of coral rock passing to the lagoon shores, which in the north-

west are sandy but to the south-west are formed by low overhanging cliffs exactly like

the lagoon cliffs of Aldabra. In the north-west, near the lagoon, the wind has covered

the rock with low dunes, the sand being derived from the lagoon shore ; further south

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 427

however it is either bare or (near the lagoon) is covered by a thick layer of dark

brown guano. The surface of the rock is almost as rough as the ‘“‘champignon” of

Aldabra but, unlike it, was obviously composed of coral, which differed from anything

I saw elsewhere in the region by forming fields of unbroken colonies all in position of

growth, even the short spike-like form of Madrepora projecting from the surface as if

still on a growing reef. At Aldabra corals in position of growth were abundant on the

cliffs and cliff faces but never were they found seated on the surface of the ground as

if elevated but yesterday. There is no doubt therefore that Astove is an elevated atoll,

and in addition I deduced that no great rain-water denudation had occurred ; but

Professor Gardiner considers that the corals might still project undamaged on the

surface even after the island had been much reduced in level by denudation, a supposition

which is upheld by the fact that Aldabra, Assumption and Cosmoledo must all have

suffered greatly from this cause, and it is almost inconceivable that an island distant less

than a hundred miles should have escaped.

Metamorphosed rock is scarce, but a little was discovered near the lagoon to the

south and as usual contains phosphatic inclusions.

The eastern part of the land-rim was not visited but it was obviously narrow and

much heaped with sand.

The lagoon is extremely shallow and is hardly more than a foot deep at low tide ;

the bottom is covered with a very fine white sand or mud, which on windy days is so

churned up that the whole lagoon looks white and the shores are covered with white

foam. As the tide descends all suspended material is swept to sea and the loss is thus

very large. Judging by this fact and by the form of the lagoon cliffs (where existing)

it is evident that the lagoon is increasing both in size and depth. Considering its

extreme shallowness and the absence of small islands and rocks, I am inclined to think

that the Astove lagoon is a primary lagoon the greater part of which existed at the time

of elevation.

The single pass is narrow (150 yards), and even shallower than the lagoon, being

almost dry at low tide: the bottom is of coral rock, apparently metamorphosed, and

practically devoid of any living corals or débris, though the east shore of the pass is

somewhat piled with rounded lumps of coral rock. This pass is obviously of recent

formation and there is no doubt that a little time ago the lagoon was absolutely enclosed

except for subterranean connections, of which I remarked one in the north of the lagoon.

In future, more passes will undoubtedly form, the land-rim in places on the north and

east being very narrow. The reef outside the pass is obviously not a reef which has

grown up in situ but a ledge of elevated coral rock cut down to low water-mark ; owing

to the rush of water from the pass, it has not been covered either with coral or débris,

though it is somewhat encrusted with lithothamnia. There is a marked tendency to form

a series of descending terraces, down which the water from the lagoon rushes on its way

to the sea. The remainder of the atoll fringing reef is doubtless of the same character,

though it has been piled with coral débris and sand much in the same way as the

Aldabra reef.

The time I spent on Astove was insufficient to properly investigate its structure

428 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

and therefore the flora and fauna were quite neglected. Birds seemed scarce, but I noticed

a Cinnyris and a rail (Dryolimnus abbotti?) which seemed to be the Assumption species.

No remains of land tortoises were obtained, but I shall not be surprised to hear of their

being found when the guano is dug*.

Insects were very numerous and it was a matter of great regret that few could

be taken; butterflies were more common than on any other island and comprised one

species, the beautiful Precis rhadama, not noted elsewhere. The bush in places resembles

Aldabra Pemphis scrub and in others the open country of Assumption : it was very bare

and dead during my visit and hardly a score of plants were obtained in flower, though

during the dry season it is supposed to be the most luxuriant of all the Aldabra series.

I had intended to revisit Astove to complete my investigation and take photographs on

the homeward voyage ; unfortunately during a dead calm the strong current carried the

schooner altogether out of her course and it was impossible to put back.

VII. COSMOLEDO.

Cosmoledo is a large atoll about 9 miles long by 7 miles broad, situated in

lat. 9° 41’20” S. and long. 47° 32/12” E. Contrasted with the other two atolls visited

it is remarkable in having less than 10 miles of its 24 miles of circumference capped with

land. The latter is divided into eight main islands, of which Menai and Wizard Islands

are the most important.

The islands in all cases are fundamentally of coral rock, though sand has been

blown on from all sides and in some cases has completely hidden the rock under large

sand dunes and ridges. The rock is elevated coral rock, which in most places has been

much metamorphosed, and which always contains varying amounts of phosphate. ‘“ Platin”

rock was not found, and corals in position of growth were only occasionally observed. It

was obvious that the islands were once larger and there is evidence in the form of small

islets and rocks to show that the land-rim was formerly almost perfect. Erosion is still

progressing rapidly in many parts of the atoll, an actual measurement being obtained

at a point on the lagoon side of Wizard Island, which showed the loss of 15 yards in

fifteen years (1893—1908).

The nature of the islands visited is as follows: the North-East Islands and Goélette

Island are almost entirely rocky +; the shores to seaward and towards the lagoon are

formed by overhanging cliffs as at Aldabra. Extensive phosphate deposits have existed

on all, and on West North-East Island is a certain amount of a phosphate rock, which

appears to be composed of sand and rubble cemented together by phosphoric acid. It was

interesting to find eggs of a giant land tortoise embedded in this rock, thus proving that

once these reptiles lived on Cosmoledo.

Menai Island is rocky, but is also considerably overlaid with sand, which has been

blown up from the lagoon. The shore is formed partly by cliffs and partly by sand:

* A letter from Capt. Parcou just received informs me of the find of large bones cemented into a rocky

pinnacle. I have every confidence that these will be found to be those of giant tortoises.

+ There is a small dune on the lagoon side of Great North-East Island.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 429

on the lagoon side is a small mangrove swamp, which appeared to be decreasing in size

owing to insufficient protection from the waves. It is perhaps the last remains of a

mangrove swamp, which once extended completely round the lagoon.

Wizard Island is sandy, and coral rock hardly occurs on the surface, though it

ean be found by digging. Beach sand-stone is common round the shore. It appears

likely that the island will soon be divided into two. Of all islands in this region Wizard

was most like such a sand cay as Bird Island, Seychelles*, for it seems to have lost most

of the peculiarities of such rocky atolls as Aldabra or Astove.

The reef was only visited at a point south-east of Moustique Island where it

measured half a mile from lagoon to open sea. The seaward edge is conspicuous for

Magnetic Variation i 1903, darcanng about Varuolly OSes se

COSMOLEDO GROUP Seeceos :

Obs? Islet Lato 4020S. Long. #79212 E - °

‘oCahire g 2 4 {Sea Miles «

Fig. 2. From the Admiralty Chart of Cosmoledo.

vigorous massive lithothamnia, but no live coral was noted. Inside the edge lithothamnia

is still abundant but consists chiefly of encrusting forms found on broken pieces of

coral thrown up on the reef. Sloping towards the lagoon is a sort of buttress-zone

with channels and pools containing some live coral, the whole resembling the seaward

edge of an atoll reef. The lagoon at this point is largely choked with sand, and partially

dry at low tide. In places are large beds of Cymodocea. There was no sign of any large

blocks (negro-heads) thrown on the reef edge.

* Trans. Linn. Soc., Ser. 2, Zool. Vol. xiv., pp. 15—17, 1911.

SECOND SERIES—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV.

430 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The lagoon as a whole is not deep (2—3 fathoms) ; the bottom is sandy as far as can

be seen and living coral colonies are scarce. There are two true passes through the reef,

both to the south of the atoll, and there seems to be a tendency to form a deep basin in

the south of the lagoon between the passes.

As Cosmoledo is important theoretically a summary of its chief structural points may

be given:

(1) Cosmoledo is an elevated atoll.

(2) The land-rim was once almost perfect but has been broken up by erosion: the

rock islands left are in process of disappearance from the same cause.

(3) The reef dividing the islands is in just such a condition as should be required

for the formation of land by wave-piling : there is, however, no sign of this.

(4) Great quantities of sand are everywhere present, and much is being piled up on

the islands.

There is no evidence as to the height of elevation of the atoll; the summit of

the rock is now about 10 feet above high spring tides, and the elevation cannot have

been less than 20 feet, and was probably more. If Aldabra and Cosmoledo were elevated

simultaneously, the interior of the latter atoll must have been much more cavernous

to account for the more rapid disintegration of land.

Of the flora and fauna little can be said, as the few days of my visit were all occupied

in examining the formation of the atoll. The sandy islands, e.g. Wizard and Polyte,

are clothed solely with coral-sand plants, the type of vegetation such as was found on

Aldabra being quite absent. Menai Island, where sandy, resembled Wizard, but in

the centre is a small piece of almost typical Pemphis bush, a form of vegetation which

apparently clothed South Island on which I was unable to land. The North-East Islands

had been too much disturbed by guano digging to determine their original state, but

Goélette was thickly covered with Plumbago aphylla, a herb which produces leaves at

the beginning of the wet season but like the broom (Spartiwm scoparium) speedily loses

them, and for the majority of the year assimilates by means of the chlorophy] in its stems.

The fauna seemed rather poor, though a lizard, Zonosaurus madagascarensis, found

on the North-East Islands was not observed elsewhere in the Aldabra region*. A rail

(Dryolimnas abbotti?) still exists on South Island, and a Cinnyris perhaps forms a local

race, but land birds were scarce on Cosmoledo, which as a whole seemed too broken into

small islands to be suitable for a land fauna.

* The skink Ablepharus boutonii var. peronii and the gecko Hemidactylus gardineri were also obtained.

Vide G. A. Boulenger, Report XVII. of this Volume.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 431

VIII. ASSUMPTION. (Plates 28 and 29.)

Assumption Island is situated in lat. 9° 46’20’S. and long. 46° 30’ 30” E., and unlike

the islands previously noted is not an atoll. It is crescent-shaped, about 3% miles long,

and varies from 1 mile to about a third of a mile in width. In composition it is

undoubtedly an elevated reef, corals in position of growth being abundantly seen,

especially along the cliffs of the east coast and on the sides of large pits in the rock,

which are extremely common. Much metamorphosis has occurred in places in the

interior of the island, and as usual phosphatic inclusions are always present, and give

SCALE

(0 Cables J 1Mle

Fig. 3. Assumption Island,

evidence of the quantity of guano which was deposited on it. There is still a fair quantity

of this substance in hollows in the rock and also along the east coast, where it forms

a covering over the rock about 6 inches deep.

A conglomerate somewhat resembling the Aldabra “‘platin” is generally distributed,

but from the nature of the component corals it appears probable that this limestone

is the result of great denudation acting on a rock composed of corals in position of

growth: it is in the nature of a superficial layer and does not extend downwards for

many feet. Underneath it the corals in the rock are almost all in the position

of growth.

Variations in level over the island were, owing to a thick bush, difficult to estimate,

but judging from three tracks cut from the east coast to the west coast, there is a slight

55—2

432 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

ridge running from the north to the south near the west shore measuring some 18—20 feet

above sea level, assuming that the rest of the island is about 12 feet (above sea level).

In the south-west this ridge sinks gradually, but in the north-west the slope is steep and

even forms low cliffs, leaving a sort of terrace or flat near the shore, which is piled with

blown sand.

The pits, before referred to, are most common in the interior of the island, but

also occur within a few yards of the sea. As at Aldabra they probably owe their origin

to the imperfect consolidation of the reef before elevation. The pits vary exceedingly

both in area, depth and contents; the largest measured 18 yards by 14 yards wide

and 9 feet deep; the deepest was 45 feet. A considerable number contained water

always salt and fluctuating tidally ; others contained guano and mud, but even in these

salt water could be reached within a few feet of the surface and usually showed tidal

fluctuations; as at Aldabra therefore sea water can penetrate completely through the

island.

The sides of the pits were always much overhanging and erosion was everywhere

obvious in those which contained water, though even in the dry pits weathering seemed

to cause an increase in size. The pits are gradually connecting, and will eventually

divide the island into a number of islets or rocks, which will of course be rapidly removed

by wave abrasion. It is important to notice that, if the reef had been basin-shaped

before elevation, then the pits in the interior would naturally have connected before those

near the outside, and thus a lagoon would have been formed and the island would have

been an atoll.

Large sand dunes (90 feet high) occur in the south-east of the island ; the soundings

taken by Captain Parcou, previously mentioned, demonstrate much loss of land in the

south-east and the sand resulting from the process of erosion is driven on to the

coasts and forms the material from which the wind has built up these large dunes.

The shore of the island is chiefly rocky, though there is a long stretch of sand in the west,

and small sand “lances” are not uncommon elsewhere. Erosion is everywhere obvious.

Owing to the visit occurring during the neap tides the reef was imperfectly examined.

It seemed to have a very ill-defined edge, to be very sandy and indeed hardly existant

to the south-east. It is probably of the same nature as the Astove and Aldabra

fringing reefs, but is less definite on account of the sand acting as a check to reef-

building organisms.

The two chief points of theoretical interest in connection with Assumption are :

(1) The fact that it is not an atoll, and

(2) The bad consolidation of the rock as a whole.

Both are probably due to the same cause. The base on which the island is built

has probably a narrow summit, and the reef was enabled to build vertically more quickly

than it could form a talus slope on which to extend horizontally. Supposing it was

elevated when it became nearly awash it presumably had not had sufficient time to form

a reef of large area or of solid composition; there is therefore but little difference in

primary rock structure throughout the island. Secondary rock changes again show the

importance of phosphate in metamorphosis, and give evidence of great denudation. The

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 433

height to which it was elevated was probably the same as was Aldabra though we have no

definite evidence as in the latter case.

The vegetation over the majority of the island consists of a tangled network of

Plumbago (P. aphylla sp.?), Astephanus (A. arenarius sp.?) with numerous low bushes

not identified. Small trees such as Euphorbia Abbotti, banyan (Ficus sp.?) were not

uncommon, while Dracena (D. reflexa sp. ?) occurred in guano-filled pits. A few trees of

Pemphis acidula occur near the west coast but do not unite to form bush.

The birds of the island include a Cinnyris (C. abbotti), the Aldabra cuckoo (Centropus

insularis), rail (Dryolimnus abbotti), a brown turtle dove (Turtur assumptionis) resembling

the Aldabra dove (Turtur aldabranus) and a gannet (Sula abbott:) which is peculiar

to Assumption and Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). On Assumption it inhabits the

large dune, never descending to low parts of the island, and only going a few miles

to sea to fish; it was never seen on Aldabra*. Its distribution seems quite inexplicable.

The giant land tortoise formerly occurred on the island, for I found the remains of several

specimens in the pits in the rock. They do not seem to differ specifically from Testudo

elephantina of Aldabra. Living reptiles consist of the skink (Ablepharus boutonw var.

peronii) and the gecko (Phelsuma madagascarensis var. abbott).

In one of the pits in the rock, which was at least 8 feet deep and about 10 feet square

and contained salt water, I obtained an eel, for which Mr Tate Regan tells me a new

family will have to be made. I could see no open connection between the pit and the sea,

but presume one must exist, as the sides are overhanging and the water never reaches

within 4 feet of the surface. Invertebrates are not numerous; Mr Dupont has since

visited the island and has very kindly made a collection, which contained a series of

several species, of which I only obtained single specimens and one or two I had failed to

observe at all.

IX. FARQUHAR, PROVIDENCE AND ST PIERRE.

A page must here be devoted to summarising the peculiarities of the remaining

islands of the Aldabra series though the reader will find full accounts with illustrations

and charts on pp. 142—149 of the first volume of Perey Sladen Trust Expedition to the

Indian Ocean (Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser. 2, Zool. Vol. xii. pp. 141—9).

Farquhar is an atoll 11 miles by 4 situated in lat. 18° 6’ 45” S. and long. 51° 103” E.

The points to which I would call attention are as follows :

(a) The atoll has a very imperfect land-rim.

(b) The land is mainly in the form of sand islands formed by wind and wave

piling, though a few minute islands of elevated coral rock still remain to show that the

atoll is elevated and resembles Cosmoledo, except that the process of erosion has been

carried further.

* This species is also recorded on Christmas Island. I have not compared my specimens with those from

this island but if identical the distribution becomes even more curious.

434 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

by means of the vigorous growth of lithothamnia. This reef, if, as seems probable, it

resembles that of Cosmoledo, is really elevated coral rock cut down below low tide mark

and now protected from further loss.

(dq) The lagoon is shallow but shows a tendency to form basins which are deeper

(6 fathoms, 9 fathoms) than the basin forming on Cosmoledo (3—4 fathoms).

(ec) The vegetation consists of coral sand plants.

In the concluding section I shall show that Farquhar accurately represents the future

condition of any of the three atolls visited.

Providence, which lies 40 miles north of Farquhar, is uninteresting, being a sand

cay without evidence of coral rock. A dredging taken to the west of the island in

744 fathoms obtained coral rock coated with manganese and nodules of volcanic mud, also

similarly coated. These are of great interest as tending to show that the Providence

bank is based on a volcanic mound.

St Pierre, 17 miles west of Providence Bank, apparently resembles Assumption in

most respects, being an elevated coral rock island with overhanging cliffs. It differs

in containing a dry primary lagoon which however has been elevated to such an extent

that it is improbable that St Pierre can ever form an atoll.

The vegetation rather resembles that of Assumption than that of a sand island, for

numerous Pemphis and Euphorbia trees are recorded.

The present lessees of the island, the Mahé Syndicate, are exporting guano and, while

on the Seychelles, I was shown by Mr Stephens, a member of the firm, an egg obtained in

the guano, apparently that of a giant land tortoise.

Before proceeding it may be well to add a word of warning as to the heights and

measurements given. No surveying instruments were taken and estimations of height

were made very roughly and indeed could often be only guessed at. Professor Stanley

Gardiner records the cliffs of St Pierre as varying up to 30 feet and I feel it quite possible

that many of my elevations are underestimated. On the other hand I have every

confidence that the various measurements are correct in relation to each other and for

purposes of theorisation may be entirely relied on.

X. THE FORMATION AND FUTURE OF THE ISLANDS.

In this, the concluding chapter, I wish to consider from a wider point of view, first,

the formation of the Aldabra series of islands, and secondly, their future, basing the

various deductions on the processes which can be seen taking place at the present

day. A certain amount of repetition is unavoidable, but is perhaps excusable as this

section may be regarded as in part a summary of the results of the whole work.

Before a reef can be built up underneath the sea by the active growth of corals,

it is first necessary for there to be some base rising to within at least 40 fathoms of

the surface, since reef-building corals, which feed largely by means of symbiotic alge,

cannot flourish at greater depths. Of this base in the case of the various members of the

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 435

Aldabra series we have no actual knowledge; but, as there are only a limited number of

methods by which such a base could be obtained, the matter can be carried somewhat

further. By the most famous theory of coral islands, that of Darwin, it would be

supposed that, as the Indo-African bridge disappeared, mountain-tops were left projecting

above the sea and in tropical regions would naturally be surrounded by a fringing reef.

As the mountains continued to sink, the fringing reef would become a barrier-reef and the

barrier-reef an atoll, which by active growth and wave piling could remain at the surface

in spite of the subsidence. We have seen however that all evidence gained on Aldabra

and its neighbours points to a method of formation by elevation and not by subsidence,

and Darwin’s theory is therefore untenable.

In the case of the Maldives, Gardiner showed that the base on which this archipelago

is built, is probably the higher part of the Indo-African bridge, cut down below the

surface of the sea by current erosion, and at first it was felt probable that the same

_ explanation might apply to the Aldabra series, but, on learning that its members arise

abruptly from a depth of 1000 fathoms, this supposition seemed unlikely*. There

remains but one alternative. It is known that during submarine volcanic action mounds

of ashes and mud are produced, which can even form islands, as in the case of Graham's

Island+, and these mounds arise abruptly from the sea-bottom as appears to be the case

with the members of the Aldabra series. In addition we know of an active volcano in the

Comoros, of volcanoes but recently extinct in Madagascar, and the “ Sealark” dredged

undoubted volcanic mud from off the slope of Providence, and therefore the whole area

of the South-West Indian Ocean appears to be liable to voleanic action and it does not

seem too rash a theory to suppose that the bases in the case of the Aldabra series are

voleanie mounds.

These mounds may have reached to within 40 fathoms of the surface when formed ;

may have been volcanic islands, which were cut down to that depth by the sea or

may have been built up from great depths by the gradual deposition of animal remains

from the surface ; these are problems which we cannot decide, but it is quite certain that

in the case of each island or atoll some base reached to within 40 fathoms and was

colonised by reef-building corals.

Up to this point I have referred to the members of the series collectively, but

henceforward I shall take Aldabra as my type on account of the superior historical

evidence it contains. The shape of the Aldabra reef before elevation has already been

dealt with in relation to the “platin” and phosphatic rocks{, and without further

discussion it will suffice to say that it is supposed to have been that of a shallow

basin with the outer edge formed by flourishing corals and perhaps lithothamnia, while

the inner portions were covered with rubble and sand with here and there a live colony of

corals and in parts extensive mollusc beds. From the facies of the fossil corals we know

that this reef had nearly reached the surface (within 10 fathoms) but its exact depth

is naturally indeterminable.

* It is of course just possible that low peaks of the submerged bridge have been built up by deposition

of material from the surface, but Gardiner’s proof of the existence of deep currents in the South Indian Ocean

makes this unlikely.

+ Vide Lyell, Principles of Geology, Vol. ii., p. 59.

ft Ante p. 405.

436 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The reefs of Cosmoledo, Farquhar and perhaps St Pierre, when under the sea,

presumably resembled that of Aldabra, though it is not assumed that they had all reached

the same distance from the surface. Astove differs from the above in that its whole reef

seems to have been in a flourishing condition, while Assumption, perhaps because the base

on which it is built is elongated and narrow, had no primary lagoon.

The next stage in the history of our atoll was its “elevation” in relation to the surface

of the sea and here again we can only guess at the means by which it took place. The

natural method would have been for a slight local elevation of the ocean-floor to have

placed all the reefs near the surface out of water, but in this connection it must be

pointed out that numerous points throughout the whole south-western Indian Ocean

show a simultaneous elevation of about an equal amount; thus Mauritius has coral rock

at 65 feet, the Aldabra series formerly at 50 feet. Zanzibar has been slightly elevated

(coral rock at 200 feet) as also the Seychelles (30 feet), while the Maldives were probably

elevated to something under 100 feet. I am not aware of any similar elevation being

recorded on either Ceylon or Madagascar, but it must be remembered that, owing to

its small extent, its effects are so slight that they might easily be removed by nature

or neglected by observers. However this may be, there is no doubt that an area

approximately between lat. 9° N.—9°S. (without including Mauritius), and long. 40° E.—

75° E., has been “elevated” through at most 100 feet, and it seems most improbable that

there should occur an elevation of the earth’s crust which should be so very regular even

in extent over such a large area. The only alternative is a change in the level of the sea

and it may be well to point out the possibilities of such a theory in order to obtain,

if possible, more information on the subject. It has been shown that the level of the sea

at Karachi is 300 feet higher than the level of the sea near Ceylon, this being due to

a banking of the water in the north owing to the attraction of the large mass of the

Himalayas. Again observations show that there is an even greater difference of level

between the centre of the Pacific and that near the South American coast, a phenomenon

attributed to the attraction of the large land mass of South America and the Andes. It

is possible therefore that during the last great land changes (late miocene) an alteration

occurred in the level of the sea, sufficient to elevate the land in the Indian Ocean, though

it remains for the geologist to say whether this suggestion is reasonable.

A further, but to me less probable explanation, of a change in ocean level is that

water has been accumulating as ice in Antarctic regions for a long period and that this

is sufficient to account for a considerable drop. Against such an explanation applying

to the Indian Ocean islands I would urge first that the effect so produced would be

world-wide, and secondly that such a movement would have been too slow to have formed

such an island as Aldabra which would have had to be cut down by the sea more quickly

than it was being raised in relation to the sea level.

After the elevation of our reef and the formation of an island a series of retrograde

processes commences and the senescence of the reef, if such an expression is permissible,

dates from this period.

At first Aldabra was not a true atoll, for the primary lagoon was elevated to such an

extent that it became dry, a statement which is also true of St Pierre and probably of

Cosmoledo and Farquhar. Astove is different, for the lagoon of this atoll is probably

——

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 437

to a large extent the primary lagoon of the reef when under the sea ; from the luxuriance

and distribution of the fossil corals’it is probable that it was not so near the surface before

elevation as that of Aldabra, and consequently did not rise to such a height.

The next event of importance which happened to Aldabra (and also to the neigh-

bouring islands) was the deposition of a large quantity of guano, and though we do

not know exactly when this took place, yet it is fairly certain that it occurred before

the secondary lagoon was formed. The guano was deposited solely by marine birds,

which at the present day, though very plentiful in the Indian Ocean, do not exist in

sufficient numbers to form guano at all rapidly on more than one or two islands (cp. Bird

Island, Seychelles *, Cargados Carajost). So great is the quantity of guano on the various

islands of the South Indian Ocean, that it probably amounts even now to over a million

tons, and it is a matter of interest as to why there were formerly such vast numbers of

birds where now there are relatively few. Two explanations have been offered ; firstly,

that the birds were driven from their breeding places by man, and secondly, that the

increasing vegetation gradually reduced and obliterated the open spaces necessary for

ground-breeding birds. Against the former is the fact that many of the guano islands

have only just been colonised and have never been known to be “bird islands,” while

against the latter I might mention that on Bird Island, Seychelles, on which I spent

a fortnight, the birds are quite capable of preventing the continuous growth of any form

of vegetation on their breeding places by means of fresh guano, which is quite unsuitable

to plant life. To provide an alternative theory I would question the effects of the last

glacial period (post-pliocene) on the bird-life of the northern hemisphere. The birds must

have been driven south, and marine birds would find it necessary to breed on oceanic

islands, for the shores of continental lands for many reasons could not be suitable.

A temporary congestion might thus have been produced which, with the retreat of the ice

in the north, would have been relieved by a return wave of migration.

Whatever may be the true explanation of this enormous quantity of guano, there

is no doubt that the derived phosphoric acid has played a most important part in the

post-elevation history of the Aldabra series ; its universal inclusion in the metamorphosed

limestones has already been mentioned; in addition it shows that the reef when first

elevated must have been very porous and slightly consolidated, for the guano has been

washed into the greater part of the rock on the atoll. At the present day we know that

the land-rim can be completely penetrated by salt water, and from the phosphatic

inclusions it appears certain that at first the island was equally, if not more, porous ;

from the beginning therefore sea water could penetrate far into the land, enlarging

caverns and crevices by solution and erosion, though at the same time, this process,

by allowing concavities to collapse, must have resulted ultimately in better consolidation

at the expense of a reduction in surface level. Rain water denudation has probably been

an even more potent factor in reducing the level of the land from its original 50 feet

or more above sea level to its present average of about 12 feet. This gradual surface

sinkage was apparently more or less equal over the whole island and thus the primary

* Percy Sladen Trust Expedition, Vol. xiv., p. 15 (Trans. Linn. Soc.).

+ Op. ctt., Vol. i, p. 125.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 56

438 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

lagoon continued to be the lowest area. When it had decreased to some 20 feet or less

above sea level, the formation of the secondary lagoon could begin, and this is supposed to

have taken place as follows. The pits in the rock both at Aldabra and Assumption have

been mentioned as also the fact that they are usually filled with tidal water and are

continually increasing in size owing to erosion. On Assumption it was also easy to see

that they had been underground caverns, which owing to erosion and denudation had

become open to the surface, while in several cases pits were seen which had evidently

been formed by the interconnection of two or more smaller concavities. It is supposed

that at some point in the primary lagoon of Aldabra several such pits by coalescing

formed a small secondary lagoon, filled with salt water and in subterranean connection

with the sea. Gradually this increased in size by erosion and ultimately obtained a free

channel to the sea probably on the site of Grande Passe (the oldest pass). Continued

decrease in level by denudation made the centre of the atoll progressively more subject to

erosion and in time a second opening to the exterior was gained in the neighbourhood of

Passe Houareau. There was thus formed a small lagoon with two openings to the

exterior. From this point onward it is easy to imagine a gradual increase in the area of

the lagoon, the formation of more passes and a decrease in level of the land until the

present stage is reached.

A similar history perhaps applies to Cosmoledo and Farquhar; Astove however,

if my deductions are correct, always had a lagoon (the primary lagoon) though it is only

recently that it has obtained a free channel to the sea. St Pierre is very small and the

primary lagoon is not deep enough to convert it into an atoll, while Assumption has no

marked depression in the centre, but on account of the interconnection of pits is gradually

being split up into a number of rocks.

Sea erosion appears to have been of small importance when compared with lagoon

erosion, but it must not be forgotten that it is responsible for the fringing reef, and in

connection with the ocean current for the shallow area, the site of lost land, which occurs

to the east and south-east of Aldabra and Assumption.

Enough has now been said to indicate the early history, which is supposed to be

common to the atolls and islands of the Aldabra series, and it remains to point out their

probable future which is more easy than the discovery of their past, for various members

of the series illustrate each probable stage. These may be briefly tabulated as follows,

though the atolls for convenience are considered apart from the islands without lagoons.

Stage 1. This is represented by two atolls, Aldabra and Astove. They are

characterised by a very perfect land-rim, which is composed almost entirely of coral

rock, though a tendency to sand piling is noticeable, locally, on each. In both sea erosion

has formed a fringing reef, which is very barren and is not extending seawards, while

lagoon erosion is forming new passes and reducing the area of land. The lagoon, very

shallow in both atolls, is increasing in depth and Aldabra, with the greatest number

of passes, has the deepest lagoon. The latter atoll is also somewhat in advance of

Astove in that process of subdivision of the islands by stretches of reef is already

noticeable in the formation of the reefs by the sides of Grande Passe and Passe

Houareau.

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 439

The lagoon of Astove is a primary lagoon, and that of Aldabra is secondary and

therefore the two atolls should perhaps be placed in different classes, though they are

in much the same stage.

The vegetation on each is of a varied type.

Stage 2. Cosmoledo Atoll is characterised by an imperfect land-rim, less than half

of its circumference being capped with land. The atoll circumference between the islands

is formed by a reef awash which consists of rubble and débris piled on elevated coral rock,

but in places the edge of this reef is covered with flourishing lithothamnia and is perhaps

beginning to grow seawards.

The land, which once almost encircled the atoll, has been cut up by lagoon erosion

into the islands which exist at present. The latter consist of elevated coral rock, which

may be uncovered as at Aldabra—and in this case are obviously suffering great erosion on

both faces—or may be so piled with sand as to be almost hidden, in which case gain

or loss are difficult to determine*.

The lagoon is deeper than those of atolls in Stage 1, but contains little coral growth.

The true passes (with channels) are not more numerous than at Aldabra, for after they

reach a certain size a balance is struck between the power of growth of the calcareous

organisms on the sides of the pass, and the speed of the tidal current (which broadly

speaking determines both its erosive power and its power of preventing coral growth).

The vegetation on rock is varied, but on the sand is typical of any sand cay.

Stage 3. This stage is shown by Farquhar Atoll, which has little land on its

circumference, and this land is mainly in the form of sand cays, though enough elevated

coral rock is found to make it not improbable that Farquhar once had an almost complete

rocky land-rim. The reef between the islands is more flourishing than at Cosmoledo

and definitely shows signs of growth seawards. The lagoon is somewhat deeper than

those of the previous atolls, and is perhaps becoming more so. The vegetation is almost

entirely of a coral sand type.

Among the non-atolls the series is not so complete, but Assumption and St Pierre

are an early state of Stage 1, while Providence corresponds to the sandy Stage 3.

Considering the important features of the three stages, it does not seem to be

straining the imagination to predict in the case of Aldabra or Astove a gradual reduction

of the land-rim into small islands, which will be divided at first by stretches of barren

reef. The islands, as they are reduced in size, will become more sandy, until elevated coral

rock may appear quite absent, and at this period the vegetation will consist of the regular

coral sand plants. The lagoon will continue to grow deeper, and the “Farquhar” stage will

be the result. Beyond this it is impossible to foresee, for the ultimate fate of the atoll

depends on various conditions of which we have no data, though without further elevation

we can feel sure that no coral rock land will continue to exist. The atoll may continue

for ever with its reef awash and bearing a few sand islands, or on the other hand it

may be cut down fathoms beneath the sea to form the base on which corals can build

a fresh reef.

* Loss is shown on Wizard Island by the presence of beach sand-stone.

56—2

440 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The Aldabra series thus provides an interesting comparison between the various

phases in the life-history of an atoll, and it might perhaps be asked as to how it is

that several atolls, if they came into existence simultaneously, can have reached such

different stages in the same time, and in this connection it may be pointed out that

the rapidity of the various retrograde processes will depend (1) on the height to which

the atoll was elevated, (2) on the depth of the primary lagoon, (3) on the width and

perfection of the land-rim, of all of which we know little in the case of atolls in an

advanced stage, such as Cosmoledo and Farquhar.

Further speculation would suggest the questions as to whether the Chagos and

Amirantes were once completely formed of coral rock, and whether the Saya de Malha

and Nazareth Banks represent the site of former coral rock islands, or whether they

are new formations. The data to determine such points however no longer exist, and

speculation without the necessary basis of facts is unsatisfactory, and indeed useless.

In conclusion I desire to place on record my indebtedness to the Master and Fellows

of Gonville and Caius College for electing me Shuttleworth Research Student of the

College, to His Excellency W. E. Davidson, Governor of the Seychelles, and to the many

gentlemen, who by their advice and kindness materially assisted me in my work.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

AppotT. Proc. U.S. Nat. Hist. Mus., Vols, xvi. and xviii.

AaassiZ, ALEXANDER. The Islands and Coral Reefs of Fiji. Pacific Coral Reefs. Mem. Mus, Comp.

Zool., Vol. xviii.

Anprews, C. W. A Monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean).

CRrossLAND, Cyrit. The Coral Reefs of Pemba and Zanzibar. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. Vol. xi.

pp. 493—503, Vol. xii. pp. 35—42.

Dana, J. D. Corals and Coral Islands.

Darwin, C. Coral Reefs.

GarpInER, J. STANLEY. Coral Reefs of Funafuti, Rotuma and Fiji. Proceedings of the Cambridge

Philosophical Society, Vol. ix. pp. 417—503.

—— Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Camb Univ. Press, 4to.

Vols. i—ii. 1902—6. Coral Formations, pp. 12—50, 146—83, 313—46, 376—428, 1046—5’7.

—— Transactions of the Linnean Society (The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition), Ser. 2, Zool., Vol. xii.

pp. 1—55, 111—75.

—— Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, 1906, p. 331.

—— Origin of Coral Reefs as shown by the Maldives. American Journal of Science, Vol. xvi.

pp. 2083—138, 19038.

Guppy, H. P. The Cocos-Keeling Islands. Scottish Geo. Mag., Vol. v. 1889, pp. 281—97, 457—74

569—88.

Jukes. The Voyage of H.M.S. Fly.

Kent, W. SAavitLe. The Great Barrier Reef.

Murray, J. Structure and Origin of Coral Reefs. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,

Vol. x. p. 508.

Semper, C. Animal Life. The Formation of the Coral Reefs of the Pelews.

VorLtzkow. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Reisen in Madagaskar und Ostafrika. Senckenbergischen

naturforschenden Gesellschaft, Bd. xxvi. 1901.

Ripceway, R. Proc. U.S. Nat. Hist. Mus., Vol. xvi. p- 597. (Also in same volume further articles

on the fauna of Aldabra by other contributors.)

FRYER—FORMATION OF ALDABRA, ETC. 44]

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

PLATE 22.

Map of Aldabra Island. (Reproduced by permission of the Cambridge Philosophical Society.)

Fig.

PLATE 23. Aldabra.

1. Sea cliffs and reef on the north coast near Passe Houareau. Note overhanging cliffs and

large fallen mass of rock due to sea erosion. On the top of the cliffs is a Casuarina tree and

a belt of Pemphis and Scevola.

2. Portion of the cliff-face (to seaward) of Malabar Island to show fossil corals in position of

growth, The cliff at this point measures 12 feet in height. On the top of the cliffs is the beginning

of the Pemphis bush.

PLATE 24, Aldabra.

1. Sea cliffs to the south of Main Island (the end of the Takamaka section). Note the sloping

buttressed cliffs and the “shore zone” piled with sand and carrying a short dune grass.

2. Portion of the sea cliff of Picard Island to show the composition of the rock. The coral colonies

are all in same relative positions as when alive.

PLATE 25. Aldabra,

1. “Champignon country” on Picard Island. The rock is metamorphosed coral limestone pitted

and denuded by rain-water. In the distance is the edge of the bush.

2, “Platin country” on Picard Island. The rock consists of a conglomerate of worn coral fragments

and reef débris. The shallow depressions are caused by rain-water denudation.

3. A typical example of a small island or large rock in the lagoon. The birds on the rock are

Noddy Terns (Anous leucocapillus).

4, View in Lagoon showing island masses off the shore of the land-rim of the atoll.

PLATE 26. Aldabra.

1, A natural pit in the rock on Picard Island. It is in subterranean connection with the lagoon

(distant } mile) and is filled with tidally fluctuating water. The pit is rapidly becoming larger

owing to erosion.

2. “Basin Cabris” on Picard Island. It forms a small lake with a subterranean connection to

the lagoon, its waters being tidal.

3. Camp Frigate on Malabar Island. The mangrove swamp has penetrated through the land-rim

and is here seen arriving at the sea. After the lagoon has washed away a little more land a tidal

current will be enabled to sweep through and cut a fresh pass.

4. One of the Western Channels (from the lagoon looking seawards). The lagoon has cut a passage

through the land-rim to the sea but has not yet removed two small islands, These are being cut

away by current erosion (as is shown by their overhanging cliffs) and in time an open pass will be

formed,

PLATE 27. Aldabra.

1. Esprit Island, showing its wall of shell rock (see pp. 401, 402) with a Banyan tree (Ficus sp.?) to

the left.

Fig. 2. Esprit Island: cliffs of south shore showing pinnacles of shell rock with phosphatic rock below.

442 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

PLATE 28. Assumption.

Fig. 1. A typical scene in the interior of the island. The surface of the land is fairly rough, and jagged

pinnacles, the result of rain-water denudation, are not uncommon.

The vegetation consists of low trees and shrubs separated by stretches of rock covered with

tangled herbaceous plants among which Plumbago aphylla is conspicuous. The tree in the fore-

ground is Huphorbia A bbotti.

Fig. 2. A stretch along the east coast of the island is covered with guano. The illustration shows an

area from which the guano has been cleared while in the distance on the cliffs are trees of Pemphis

acidula.

PLATE 29. Sectional Diagrams.

Fig. 1. Assumption.

Fig. 2. Astove.

These sections are drawn up from soundings kindly made for me by Captain R. Parcou. I would

call attention to the steep slope to the west and the long gradual slope to the east or windward. It is

believed that the latter has been caused partly by the loss of land due to sea erosion and partly by the

piling of sand (foraminiferal) by the sea.

In order to bring the diagrams within reasonable dimensions it was necessary to greatly magnify

the vertical scale in relation to the horizontal. The heights are in feet and the depths in fathoms.

The seaward slope to the west is in each section inset in natural scale.

orga tal vada vont

(navn)

~ ar Vor

fy ee at

(Ca Fo

Thes ave Bi

es : oe

et Lee ' o¥

"ond

deont

get

: paps S eae vo eua. =

Pa e

r mer aot

Percy Sirapen Trust Exprpirion.

(owns) TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER. 2, ZOOL. VOL. XIV. PL. 22

Anse Malalat

oa Champignon Rock ona

i] : ne” SAT - pier tae ot en : Bee :

Mang

now Srohen

per

Ths avem all about d

Scattered

Channels Cey

Ceval t Low Water

aderable exlen dion

alow tt Jathern- On Te

wate Se

ofron\ Whole ts nay

ay Vee

S Barachas Torts |

mangrove

ut Wey

an tar stveth spgeast is mach a ro

yanes SUTYEY,

Cham pignen Recht

And Femphis jurdie

ALDABRA ISLAND

Obs® Spot + Lat. 9° 22) 36°S.- Long: a6" 14 ae

Nagneuc Variation in 1905, decreasing about S’arrually

10 Caden

ALDABRA ATOLL

(From the Admiralty Chart with additions by J, (7 F. Pryer)

SSrahA VIX IOV JOOS § ABA DOS MMI 2vAAT

nae”

wv id

+ F i.

% , . . r

& e nen

. *

a oe

¥ :

° € .

4 =

-? a

- cle Were

ait teed oe Chae

= “

~ MS ic Mistnsan

BAsaas

me ba, oo

oo amaters ;

Perey SLADEN Trust ExXPEpDIvrion.

(FRYER)

VAIN SS elNIN SOC TSE RT 2 ZOO, VOILE: AIV, PE 23

Fic. 1. Cliffs near Passe Houareau.

Fig. 2. Cliff-face of Malabar Island.

ALDABRA

Prerey Stapen Trust Expepirion.

(Fryer) TRANS. EUNIN. SOG: SER.2) ZOOL, VOIX Pies 24

Fic. 1. South shore of Main Island.

Fic. 2. Corals in cliff of Picard Island.

ALDABRA

EXPEDITION.

Trust

(FRYER)

SLADEN

PERCY

ZOO, VOW. IVE Ee

SOG, SER

TRANS. LINN.

‘uOOSe’T UI MITA ‘Ff

‘pueIS] PredI_ JO ,,UNeTds,

“OTS

Vddva lv

‘yOOWM uoOoseT ‘E ‘yIg

EXPEDITION.

RUST

(FRYER)

SLADEN

PERCY

Z@OOESVOLRR IN see

TRANS. LINN. SOC. SER.

‘sjauUueYyD UID}Sa~AA 9} JO UC

‘pue[s] prieorg uo ,,stiqeg

VddvVd lv

‘pueIS] Jeqe[ey{ uo o3e811y dues

‘purys] presig uo Hq

[OL

€ “OL

Percy SLADEN Trust EXPEDITION.

(FRYER)

Fic. 1. Esprit Island: wall of shell rock.

Fic. 2. Esprit Island: cliffs of South shore.

ALDABRA

Percy SLADEN Trust Exprpitton.

(Fryer) TRANS: EININ, SOG: SER: 2) ZOOL, VOLYXIv. PE 2s

Fic. 1, Scene in the island.

ASSUMPTION

Percy Stapen Trust Exprprrion.

(FRYER)

AAOLSV GNV NOILAWNSSY SSOYOV SNOILOAS

‘2AOISY GDI

OOT

isvi<—e— 1S4mM

YT YT

TSA51 WAS

rere) OF

‘uoljduinssy ‘| ‘iy

OTL

OL orl

or on 9

T3A37 Was

LSvi<—e— 153M

MOO 1WHOO

ae ee eS ii’

¢ .

No. XX.—ON POLYTREMA AND SOME ALLIED GENERA. A STUDY OF

SOME SEDENTARY FORAMINIFERA BASED MAINLY ON A COLLEC-

TION MADE BY PROF. STANLEY GARDINER IN THE INDIAN OCEAN.

By Sypney J. Hickson, F.R.S., Professor of Zoology in the University of Manchester.

(CommunNiIcATED BY Pror. J. STANLEY GARDINER, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.)

Read 4th May, 1911.

(Plates 30—32 and one Text-Figure.)

I. INTRODUCTION.

SoME years ago Professor Stanley Gardiner sent to me a small collection of

Stylasterina from the Indian Ocean for investigation and description; but I found

included in the consignment some purple and yellow corals which, having a superficial

resemblance to some varieties of Distichopora, might easily be mistaken for Stylasterina

in the process of sorting out the specimens of such a large collection as Prof. Gardiner

made in the course of his expedition. Having no special knowledge of the Foraminifera

it did not occur to me at once that these large dark red and yellow corals could have any

relation to the well-known genus Polytrema, but further investigation convinced me that

the specimens were identical with or closely allied to the specimens collected in the Gulf

of Manaar by Captain Warren and described by Carter (5) as Polytrema cylindricum.

Carter's description of his new species was very brief and I found it very difficult to

understand the reason for including it in the genus Polytrema, as there are many characters,

apart from its great size and its colour, in which it differs from the Polytrema miniaceum

that is found in the Mediterranean Sea and elsewhere and is so well known to zoologists

by the researches of many investigators. I endeavoured, therefore, in the first place to

clear my mind as to the essential characters of the genus Polytrema; but, on reference

to the literature, I came across a great difficulty which it took me some time to unravel.

The accounts given of the structure of Polytrema by different authors of repute are

not consistent, and the inconsistencies cannot be accounted for by any supposition that

they are due to gross inaccuracy of observation and description.

Fortunately there is in the Manchester Museum the large and valuable collection of

Foraminifera made by Mr E. Halkyard and included in this collection are several specimens

of Foraminifera labelled Polytrema miniacewm. On making a careful examination of one

series of specimens in this collection from the West Indies I found that the structure of

the surface corresponds very closely with the description given by Carpenter and is totally

different to that given by Max Schultze, Merkel and Lister, but on the other hand the

descriptions given by Max Schultze, Merkel and Lister agree quite accurately with the

structure I was able to observe on the specimens collected at Nice and from a locality off

the Kermadecs in the S. Seas.

444 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

This led me to test the provisional hypothesis that the specimens examined by

Carpenter and those examined by some of the other observers belong to quite distinct

genera. I therefore searched through all the many bottles of Corals, Aleyonaria and other

specimens of marine fauna in the laboratory and examined any red patches I could find

that had the least resemblance to a Polytrema; and I also examined a large number of

specimens of the genus in the collections at the British Museum.

The result was to prove conclusively that there are at least two distinct genera of

Foraminifera included in the group of specimens which are usually labelled in Museums

“ Polytrema miniaceum” and that these two genera differ from one another by constant

and well defined characters. For the form that is certainly common in the Mediterranean

Sea but is also widely distributed in other parts of the world I propose to retain the generic

name Polytrema, for the other genus which does not, so far as my information goes at

present, occur in the Mediterranean Sea at all, I propose the new generic name Homotrema.

But to return to the specimens identified as Polytrema cylindricum. A critical

examination of my own specimens proved that their structure was in many respects quite

distinct from that of either Polytrema or Homotrema, and having convinced myself that

they are not gross, overgrown or hypertrophied specimens of either of these two genera

I propose now to constitute for them a new generic name Sporadotrema.

I wish to acknowledge the assistance I have received in the course of this investigation

from Mr H. Sidebottom, a well-known authority on the Foraminifera, and from Professor

Burrows of the Manchester University whose advice I have followed in the construction

of the new generic names.

I am also indebted to the authorities of the Free Public Museum at Liverpool for the

loan of the type specimens of Sporadotrema cylindricum and to Mr Kirkpatrick for his

assistance in my study of the specimens of Polytrema in the British Museum.

The very fine set of specimens and preparations of the genus Polytrema made by

Mr E. Halkyard which was recently presented to the Manchester Museum with the rest

of his rich collection of Foraminifera has been of invaluable assistance to me in the study

of the genus.

Il. DIAGNOSES OF THE THREE GENERA.

1. PotytTREMA.

The original description of this genus given by Pallas (14) is as follows :

Millepora miniacea—M. pumila subramosa rubra, punctis crebris impressis minutis.

Maris Mediterranei, Americani, Indicique Corallia.

Tournefort* committed himself to the view that this coral was the beginning of the

true red coral, i.e. Coralliwm. It was Risso, in 1826, who separated it from the genus |

Millepora, but Dujardin, in 1841, first placed it tentatively among the Rhizopoda.

Coming down to more recent times the more important papers on the genus are by

Max Schultze (15), Mobius (18), Carter (3) and Merkel (12).

* Mem. Acad. Sci. 1700, p. 35.

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 445

The coral may be in the form of small flat encrusting disks on corals, shells and rocks,

or in the form of short branching coralline structures rising from a flat and sometimes

spreading base. The usual size of the branching forms from the Mediterranean Sea is

about 3—4 mm. in height and 4—5 mm. in diameter at the base. The flat encrusting

forms are very variable in shape and size, the largest patch from the Mediterranean

1 have seen is 6 mm. in length but of irregular shape. The specimens from other parts

of the world do not seem to grow much larger than the Mediterranean specimens. The

greatest height attained by the branched specimens in Mobius’ large collection off Mauritius

was only 3'5 mm. The finest specimen I have seen came from the Ki [slands in the Malay

Archipelago (Plate 30, fig. 1, Plate 81, fig. 8), Siboga station 250, 90 metres. It is 7 mm.

in height and one branch alone is 6 mm. in length.

The colour is usually pale red, of a tint that has variously been described as

“cinnabar,” “ carmine” or “ peach colour,” but pale pink and white varieties are known.

There can be no doubt that the genus has a very wide distribution in the tropical and

temperate seas. It certainly occurs in the Mediterranean Sea, the Indian Ocean, the Malay

Archipelago and the 8. Pacific Ocean (Kermadecs, Funafuti, etc.) but I have not yet found

any specimens from the W. Indies or from the shores of the American continent.

It is not necessary to describe the structure of Polytrema in detail but it may be

useful for purposes of comparison with the two allied genera (cf. pp. 447 and 450) to state

the principal characters that can be used for distinguishing the genus.

The surface is perforated by two kinds of pores, the larger or pillar pores

(“Pfeilerporen” of Merkel) gradually shelving from a diameter of 0°08 mm. to

a diameter of 0:03 mm. and the smaller and far more numerous pores or foramina

opening abruptly with a diameter of about 0'005 mm. (Plate 32, fig. 23). Below

the surface there is a series of laminae perforated by foramina similar to those

of the surface lamina and these laminae are connected together and supported

by the hollow pillars (Pfeiler) (Plate 32, figs. 18 and 27). The walls of the

pillars are not perforated by foramina but there may be one or more than

one passage (“Lochern” of Merkel) by which the cavities of the pillars are

connected with the intralaminar spaces.

2. HomoTrReMA.

It is difficult to determine whether the original specimens described under the names

Millepora miniaceum, Polytrema corallina and Polytrema miniaceum by Pallas, Risso

«and Dujardin belong to this new genus Homotrema or to the genus Polytrema., Lamarck

(10) described his specimens of Millepora rubra, some of which came from the “ American

ocean,” as “ sublobata, poris crebris minutis punctata.” I believe these specimens belong

to the new genus Homotrema. The specimens described by Max Schultze (15) clearly

belong to the genus Polytrema and it is evident that the specimens described by Carpenter

(2) belong to the genus Homotrema. Max Schultze’s specimens came from the Mediterranean

and he states that he examined Carpenter’s specimens which came from the South Sea, and

although they showed more variation than his, he had no doubt they were the same specific

form. Schultze’s opinion that the specimens from the two localities are undoubtedly the

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 57

446 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

same species is difficult to understand when the descriptions given by the two authors are

compared.

Carpenter for instance lays stress on the fact that ‘the surface is always areolated ”

and ‘the areole are porous while their boundaries are composed of solid shell substance.”

In describing the internal structure he says that the chambers communicate by large

circular pores and smaller orifices. It is noteworthy that he does not state that the walls

of the chambers are perforated by foramina nor in the figure does he show any foramina

except those at the surface. Carpenter's statement moreover that “sometimes its stalk,

instead of branching swells into a globular protuberance” is quite consistent with the view

that the form he described was a Homotrema. I have not seen any specimens of Polytrema

for which this statement of the shape could be considered accurate*.

If Max Schultze’s account of Polytrema be compared with that of Carpenter it will

be noticed that on all these important points the two authors are at variance.

Carter (3) evidently examined a large number of specimens which he considered to be

Polytrema miniaceum from the Mediterranean Sea and from other parts of the world.

His figure 6 of the species appears to me a composite production, the upper part

being taken from a true Polytrema and the lower part from a Homotrema. I have never

seen any such combination of the characters of the two genera in any one specimen. Both

his figures and his description appear to have been composed from notes taken from

the examination of a number of specimens of a mixed collection of the two genera.

The very careful and accurate description of Polytrema by Merkel gives absolutely

no support to Carter’s views.

The coral may be in the form of flat encrusting disks, or of a short erect coralline

structure rising from a flat and sometimes spreading base and showing an expanded crown

springing from a constricted stalk terminating in a number of short arms or verrucz

(Plate 30, fig. 2, Plate 81, fig. 9). The size of the erect forms in my collection is from

5—6°5 mm. in height, 4—6 mm. in diameter across the crown, and 2—3 mm. in diameter

across the stalk. The specimens of flat encrusting forms that I have seen are (1) from

S. America 12 x7 mm. and 8x8 mm.; (2) from Coin, Peros Banhos Atoll 6 x 8 mm. and

6x6mm. The colour is nearly always red, but the tone of colour is darker and more

purplish than is usually the case in Polytremat.

One series of specimens from Coin, Peros Banhos Atoll, was pink, and I have seen

* Pallas, p. 252, wrote “ Americana varietas plerumque verruce magne inzqualis speciem habet, que

superficie sparsos ramulos exserit.” This is remarkable because it would apply admirably to many specimens of

Homotrema in my collection but not to any specimens of Polytrema, and at present there is not any evidence

that the genus Polytrema occurs on the American coast although Homotrema is common.

+ Note on colour. As it is very difficult to express in words the exact difference in colour between these

“red” corals I have consulted Mr H. Cadness of the Manchester Municipal School of Art and the suggestion he

makes is that the term “apricot red” might apply to the specimens of Polytrema from the Mediterranean Sea

and “salmon-colour ” to the specimens from the West Indies. It is of considerable interest, in this connection,

to note that Pallas in his description of Millepora miniacea records his observation of a difference in colour

between his specimens from the Mediterranean and those from the American sea, the former being in all

probability specimens of Polytrema and the latter of Homotrema. His words are, “Color hujus elegantissimi

Corallioli ex Mari Mediterraneo allati, pallide roseus solet, interdum saturatior, Quod in Coralliis Indicis

reperitur pulchre cinnabarinum colorem exhibet, saturatissimum vero specimina in Coralliis testisque exesis

Maris Americani reperiunda.”

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 447

some white specimens, but it is probable that all of these were technically dead. The

distribution of Homotrema is still imperfectly known, but I have seen specimens from the

Ki Islands 129 fms. and from Celebes in the Malay Archipelago, from various localities in

the Indian Ocean, from the West Indies, and from the Coast of 8. America.

In both Homotrema and Polytrema, as in other sedentary coralline structures, the

form of the full grown skeleton is very variable, but the study of a large number of

specimens shows that in Polytrema the ramification is more complete and the branches

longer and more slender than in Homotrema. This difference between the genera is not

only indicated by Pallas (p. 446 footnote), but also by Lamarck, who by the use of the word

“sublobata” instead of ‘“subramosa” suggests that his own specimens of Millepora rubra

did not branch. In Homotrema the larger specimens often assume a mushroom shape, the

free end being considerably expanded and giving off short blunt processes, whereas the

proximal end is contracted into a relatively slender stalk.

The combination of the two characters of colour and form are frequently sufficient to

determine a specimen without the use of any magnifying glass at all. But of course no

specimen can be determined with certainty to be a Polytrema or a Homotrema until its

surface characters have been examined by at least a half-inch microscope objective.

The description of the structure of Homotrema for comparison with that given for

Polytrema on p. 445 is as follows.

The surface is marked by clearly defined areolae about 0'1 mm. in diameter

perforated bya large number of small foramina, ‘001mm. indiameter. The boun-

daries of the areolae are solid, and there are no pillar pores. Below the surface

there may be seen a number of chambers communicating with one another by

large open passages and bounded by solid walls. There are no hollow pillars

and no foramina except those on the outer walls of the superficial chambers

(Plate 32, figs. 19, 22, 28).

3. SPORADOTREMA.

The specimens of this genus that were first discovered were found by Captain Warren

in the Gulf of Manaar and described by Carter (5) under the name Polytrema cylindricum.

By the kindness of the authorities of the Public Museum at Liverpool I have been able to

examine the type and co-type specimens. They belong to the “ Amirante” facies* of

Sporadotrema but are very small specimens. The type specimen is 6 mm. in height and

2mm. in diameter. The illustration of Polytrema miniaceum in Brady’s Plate CI, fig. 5,

of the Challenger “ Foraminifera” represents a Sporadotrema. There is a specimen of

Sporadotrema similar in general structure to the “ Amirante” facies in the British Museum

from the Macclesfield Bank and there is also in the same institution a pink specimen

resembling the “Saya de Malha” facies. I have examined the type specimen of Carter's

Polytrema mesentericum in the British Museum and found that it belongs also to the

genus Sporadotrema, but it is a distinct species. The type specimen is very much water-

worn and the locality from which it came is unknown, but I have found a number of fine

specimens in a collection of Aleyonaria made by Professor Haddon in Torres Straits.

* For an explanation of the use of this term see p. 451.

448 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The type species has always the form of branching coralline structures but the degree

of ramification varies considerably in the different varieties, the details of which will be

related later. Flat encrusting varieties have not been found at present.

One of the chief characters of the genus is undoubtedly the great size which it

attains. The largest specimen in the collection is from 70 fathoms of water off Providence

Island (Plate 30, fig. 3)*. It is no less than 27 mm. in height and 28 mm. in expanse. It

rises from a base 7 x 5 mm. and the diameter of the short stumpy arms is 5—6 mm. This

is truly a giant foraminifer. Selecting three fine specimens of other facies of the genus in

Prof. Gardiner’s collection I find that a specimen of the ‘‘ Amirante ” facies from 32 fathoms

is 10 mm. in height with an expanse of 13 mm., that a specimen of the “Saya de Malha”

facies from 29 fathoms is 11 mm. in height with an expanse of 15 mm. and that an orange

coloured variety from Cargados is 16 mm. in height with an expanse of 18 mm. All

of these specimens are many times larger than the largest known specimens of either

Polytrema or Homotrema and a great deal larger than the type specimen discovered by

Capt. Warren. Another very well marked character of the genus is the colour variety.

The type specimen from the Gulf of Manaar and the specimens from the Indian Ocean

which for convenience sake I call the “‘ Amirante” facies are dark purplish red in colour

(Plate 30, fig. 6). It is darker and more pronounced, “saturatior” as Pallas would have

said, than the colour of Homotrema and Polytrema, but still it is a red colour. The “Saya

de Malha” facies is a pale purplish pink (Plate 30, fig. 4) very different in tone to the pale

pink varieties of Polytrema, but the specimens of the ‘‘ Providence” variety are yellow

(Plate 30, fig. 3) and a specimen from Cargados is deep orange, colours which so far as my

knowledge goes are quite unknown among the varieties of the other two genera.

But size and colour, although useful as easy guides to identification and valuable as

supplementary characters are not by themselves trustworthy characters upon which to

base a generic distinction.

A careful examination of the structure of the specimens proves that these specimens

possess other and more fundamental characters which justify the conclusion that they

constitute a distinct genus.

When the surface of the stem of a Sporadotrema cylindricum is examined it is found

to be smooth and often porcellanous in texture but perforated by a number of relatively

large and scattered foramina (Plate $2, fig. 21). There are no honeycomb markings nor

defined areas of any kind. The foramina are all of the same kind and there is no trace of

anything corresponding with the pillar pores of Polytrema. The foramina at the surface

are very much larger than those of either of the other two genera. In the specimens from

Providence island the average size of these apertures is 0°057 mm. in diameter. In

Polytrema the average size of the external openings of the foramina is 0:005 mm. and in

Homotrema about 0°001 mm.

When the branches of Sporadotrema are examined, the surface may be found

to be marked by a pattern of grooves bounding convex areas which correspond with

the subjacent chambers (Plate 31, fig. 15 and Plate 82, fig. 24). The foramina on

* The specimen drawn in Plate 30, fig. 3, and photographed in Plate 31, fig. 10, is smaller than the largest

specimen in the collection.

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 449

these areas are smaller and more numerous than the foramina on the stalk. At the

extremity of an unbroken branch the outlines of the chambers may be even more

clearly traced. The terminal chambers seem to be inserted on the edge of the branch

like a series of biconvex or irregularly spherical bricks on the top of a chimney. The

outer wall is perforated by foramina, the inner wall turned towards the axis of the branch

shows two or three large spout-like apertures by which the protoplasm in the cavity of

the chamber communicated with the exterior (Plate 31, fig. 16 and Plate 32, fig. 24). At

the free edge of some of the chambers there is a cock’s comb of short tubercles. The

axis of the branch sometimes terminates in a veritable forest of siliceous sponge spicules.

The extent to which the outlines of the chambers can be seen on the branches

varies a good deal. In the “Providence” facies they can be seen only at the extremities

of the branches. In the “Amirante” and “Saya de Malha” facies they may be seen

along the whole length of the branches and in some cases on the upper part of the

stalk as well (cf. Plate 30, figs. 3, 4, 6, 7).

When the internal structure of Sporadotrema is examined, several points of great

interest can be discovered. As in Homotrema it is only the outer walls of the chambers

that are perforated by foramina, the walls of the chambers turned towards the axis

are not perforated by foramina. In some of the larger branches and stems the axis

is occupied by almost solid skeleton around which the chambers are arranged, but usually

the axis exhibits a number of cavities and irregular spaces communicating with one

another by large apertures but bounded by very thick and solid* walls (Plate 32, fig. 20).

The size of the chambers varies a great deal with the size of the specimen examined

and varies also within wide limits in every individual. An average diameter for the

chamber of Sporadotrema cannot be given in this paper with any approach to mathe-

matical accuracy, but roughly speaking the average diameter of the chambers of the

“Providence” facies of Sporadotrema is ten times as great as that of the chambers

of Homotrema.

Another very striking feature of Sporadotrema is the thickness of the outer wall

on the stem and larger branches. In some of the specimens from Providence the distance

between the outer wall of the chambers and the surface of the coral is no less than 2 mm.

(Plate 31, fig. 14). It is this thickness of the outer wall that is responsible in some

measure for the smoothness of the surface of the stem and main branches. At the

free extremities of the branches where the outer wall is thin the outlines of the chambers

can be readily distinguished on the surface, but on the older parts where the wall is

thicker all traces of these outlines are lost.

The initial chambers of one megalospherie form of Sporadotrema have been discovered.

Three of these chambers can be seen in the section (Plate 82, fig. 29 ic.) distinguished from

the other chambers of the specimen by their regular shape and by the fact that, although

buried in the base of the stalk, their outer walls are clearly perforated by true foramina.

The size of the central chamber is perhaps an important point in the general argument

that Sporadotrema is distinct from Polytrema. At first I was inclined to believe that

* The term “solid” is used only in a relative sense, the whole skeleton is undoubtedly perforated by fine

canaliculi as is the skeleton of Polytrema according to the researches of Merkel.

450 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

these large specimens from the Indian Ocean are merely large or hypertrophied specimens

of Polytrema, and even after observing the difference in structure between them and

Polytrema 1 considered the possibility that they may have passed through either a

Polytrema-stage or a Homotrema-stage.

Two facts seem to render any such view quite untenable. There is a small branch

of some dead coral in the collection to which are attached in close proximity a specimen

of Homotrema 5:25 mm. in height and 5mm. in diameter at the crown, and a young

specimen of Sporadotrema 3°25 mm. in height and 1°'75 mm. in diameter. Both of these

specimens show the surface characters of their respective genera with great distinctness,

although the Sporadotrema is actually smaller than the Homotrema.

In the section of the initial chambers of the specimen of Sporadotrema from

Providence the central chamber is 0°33 mm. x 0°48 mm. in measurement. In Polytrema

miniaceum the average diameter of the central chamber of ten specimens is 0°051 mm.

according to Lister (11), but the average diameter of eleven specimens in the Halkyard

collection I have found to be about 0°075 mm.

The description of the structure of Sporadotrema for comparison with that of

Homotrema and Polytrema on pp. 445 and 447 is as follows.

The surface of the stem and, in many cases, of the proximal parts of

the branches as well are not marked by areolae at all. The foramina are

scattered irregularly on the surface and are of relatively large size. There are

no pillar pores. Below the surface there may be seen a number of chambers

communicating with one another by large open passages and bounded by

solid walls. There are no hollow pillars and no foramina except those on

the outer walls of the superficial chambers (Plate 32, figs. 20, 21 and 26).

III. ON THE GENERIC AND SPECIFIC NAMES.

There can be no doubt that Pallas, one of the earliest writers on these corals,

examined specimens of both the genera Polytrema and Homotrema. The distinction

he draws between the colour of his Mediterranean specimens and the colour of those

from the American sea, together with his special description of the form of the

American variety, indicate this with sufficient clearness. It is therefore a matter of

choice, governed by no special rule of nomenclature, which genus shall retain the

original name. It will be doubtless the more convenient plan to assign to the very

common Mediterranean foraminifer which has been so well described by Max Schultze

and Merkel the generic name Polytrema.

In selecting a name for the specimens from the American seas and elsewhere which

I have shown to be distinct I have chosen the generic name Homotrema, signifying

“pores together” (cf. opeaopos =sown together) with reference to the character that the

foramina are confined to defined areas on the surface. For the third genus which is

characterised by the fact that the foramina on the surface are relatively few in number

and are scattered without reference to any defined areas I propose the generic name

Sporadotrema.

The questions of the specific names present some difficulties. It is clear that the

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 451

name of the Mediterranean form must be Polytrema miniaceum, it is also necessary to

retain the specific name cylindricum for the type specimens of Sporadotrema from the

Gulf of Manaar originally described by Carter (5) under the name Polytrema cylindricum.

The specific name of the only species of the genus Homotrema should be “rubrum”

(Lamarck).

But when it comes to a question of subdividing the three genera into a number

of specific groups a much more debateable ground is reached.

The three genera described in this paper are sedentary animals and have, in all

probability, ’a very wide geographical distribution. Beginning their lives as free floating

organisms they settle down casually on some hard substance at the bottom of the sea

and gradually assume a coralline form. The actual environmental conditions to which

the individuals are subject during the remainder of their lives vary enormously according

to the locality, depth, condition of the tides and the neighbouring benthos of the spot

on which they have happened to settle, and these varying conditions undoubtedly exercise

a considerable influence in the determination of the actual size, shape and ramification

of the full grown individual. It cannot be assumed that the form of a full grown

individual is entirely a matter of environmental influence. A comparison of a large

number of specimens of Homotrema and Polytrema must convince any one that there

is an underlying hereditary influence controlling to some extent the growth of the

individual. It is impossible to determine in any particular example, with any pretence

to scientific accuracy, the part played by the environment and the part played by

heredity in the determination of shape, and it becomes therefore a matter of judgment,

based upon a knowledge of a large number of specimens of each genus, whether a

particular specimen or group of specimens should be separated from the others as a

distinct species.

In many cases among sedentary animals, a particular form of growth seems to be

associated with some particular conditions of the environment such as we see for example

in many forms of corals such as Millepora and Madrepora, and the specimens may be

arranged in groups, which are practically discontinuous groups, according to their shape.

Detailed examination of the structure of the members of these groups may show no

differences of importance correlated with the differences in shape, and it appears to

me that to regard such groups as separate species is unsound. Nevertheless it is of

importance to be able to give to them group names, in order to be able to record

briefly the general influence of the environment on the specimens from a_ particular

locality or depth, and such group names I have in a previous paper (8) called “facies.”

As regards the two genera Polytrema and Homotrema I do not consider that we are

in a position to subdivide the two species. I believe that a more detailed comparison

of the structure of the 8. Pacific, Indian Ocean and Mediterranean forms of Polytrema

may necessitate the constitution of two or three new species. There are some differences

to be observed between the Polytremas from the Mediterranean and those from the Indian

Ocean, but I am not in a position to state that these differences are constant.

For the present I consider that there is only one species of Polytrema (P. miniaceum

Pallas) and it is convenient to recognise in this species two “facies,” the flat plate-like

452 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

forms (repens) and the branching forms (ramosuwm). The same remarks apply to the

genus Homotrema. I can recognise in this genus only one species H. rubrum and two

facies repens and ramosum.

The question of colour is an important but difficult one. The colour of Polytrema

miniaceum and the colour of Homotrema rubrum are remarkably constant (cf. p. 446).

In these species neither yellow nor orange coloured varieties have been observed. White

varieties have been recorded by Carter, Brady, etc. I have also met with many white

specimens from many different localities, but it appears to me that the white specimens

are in all cases ‘‘dead” corals and that the whiteness is due to post-mortem discolouration.

In the genus Sporadotrema on the other hand there is a great range of colour. Yellow,

orange, pale pink, red and deep red specimens being known. My own view is that

differences in colour, unless associated with differences in form or structure are untrust-

worthy guides for the separation either of species or facies.

The well known example of Melitodes chameleon should serve as a warning to

those inclined to put their trust in colour. But when colour is associated with form

and structure it may be used as a valuable supplementary character.

Of the genus Sporadotrema I recognise two species, S. cylindricum (Carter) which

is fully dealt with in this paper and S. mesentericum (Carter).

Sporadotrema cylindricum may be conveniently divided into three facies.

Facies Providentiz. This is a very robust form of great size, the largest specimens

being 27 mm. in height, with short branches, yellow to orange in colour, with a very

thick outer wall on the stalk and with the chamber outlines obliterated except at the

extremities of the branches (Plate 30, fig. 3).

Facies Amirantize. This is a more delicate form, with longer branches than in

“Providentie,” red or orange in colour with the outlines of the chambers well marked

on the branches and sometimes on the upper part of the stalk (Plate 30, figs. 6, 7).

Facies Saya de Malhensis. This is a more delicate form even than “ Amirantize”

with longer and more cylindrical branches, pale pink in colour with the outlines of

the chambers usually well marked on the branches, but with the stalk usually remarkably

smooth and almost porcellanous in texture (Plate 30, fig. 4).

There can be no doubt that intermediate forms will be found between these facies

but at present the facies Providentiz is very well defined, the other two being more

difficult to distinguish.

Sporadotrema mesentericum (Carter), Plate 30, fig. 5, Plate 31, figs. 11 and 12.

Syn. Polytrema mesentericum Carter (5).

This species was described from a single water-worn specimen now in the British

Museum. Carter remarked at the end of his description that ‘‘when perfect” it “probably

resembled Polytrema cylindricum.”

Having found in a collection of Alcyonaria made by Professor Haddon in Torres

Straits several perfect specimens of this species preserved in spirit, I can confirm Carter’s

opinion in so far as to include it with his species P. cylindricum in the new genus

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 453

Sporadotrema, but I believe that the resemblance between the two species is not so

close as he anticipated from the examination of his worn specimen.

The description of the species may be amended as follows:

Test composed of more or less erect sinuous lamine arising from a spreading

encrusting base. The free margin is thick and crenated.

Colour, salmon-red.

The surface of the vertical sides is perforated by foramina and exhibits a pattern

of lenticular convexities corresponding with the subjacent series of chambers (Plate 31,

fig. 12). In the larger specimens the convexities are obscured in the lower or basal

parts of the surface. The internal structure of the laminz consists of two parallel

series of chambers whose outer walls are pierced by foramina. The chambers communi-

cate with each other by wide cylindrical passages. Between the two series of chambers

interlocular spaces occur at the free edges but these spaces become closed up with

growth of the chamber walls, so that, at and near the base of the lamina there are

no interlocular spaces (Plate 32, fig. 25).

At the edge of the lamin the upper portions of the chambers are free and exhibit

a cock’s comb row of short tubes as in S. cylindricum.

The larger lamine in my collection are from 15—20 mm. in length, from 7—8 mm.

in height and from 1°5—2 mm. in thickness.

The species differs very noticeably from S. cylindricum in shape. The large and

perfect specimens in my collection show that it does not break up into branches com-

parable with the branches of S. cylindricum. In some of the larger specimens several

lamin arise from a common spreading base and are united together to form a plexus

or labyrinth. I have not, at present, been able to determine whether this is due to

concrescence or irregular ramification. Carter’s expression that the lamin are ‘united

mesenterically” is not very clear to me, but it may be intended to signify that the

edges of some lamine are united with the vertical sides of others in the formation of

the labyrinth.

Carter correctly describes the colour of his specimen as pinkish red. It was, as

already stated, very much water-worn and probably dead when dredged up. The colour

may have been as dark in tone as my specimens when it was alive. In the older parts

of the laminz where the outlines of the chambers can no longer be recognised in the

surface view, the foramina are 0°7 mm. in length and 0°03 mm. in diameter and are

distinctly tabulate (Plate 32, fig. 25). The chambers vary a good deal in size but are

approximately 0°7 mm. in horizontal length and 0°5 mm. in depth.

IV. DISTRIBUTION.

Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas).

Syn. Millepora miniacea Pallas 1776.

Polytrema corallina Risso 1826.

The only specimens of this species that I have found in Professor Stanley Gardiner’s

collection are from Providence (D, 8) 125 fathoms and Coetivy.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 58

454 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

The species has a wide distribution in the warm and tropical seas. It certainly

occurs in the Mediterranean Sea, the Indian Ocean including the coast of Ceylon, the

Malay Archipelago and the South Pacific Ocean. I have no record of it however from

the West Indies or from the American coast.

The following species have also been described but subsequently assigned to other

genera.

P. balaniforme (Carter 1876) =(Carpenteria balaniformis Carter 1877).

P. planum (Carter 1876) =(Gypsina melobesioides Carter 1880).

P. utriculare (Carter 1876) =(Carpenteria utricularis Carter 1880).

P. cylindricum (Carter 1880) =(Sporadotrema cylindricum Hickson).

P. mesentericum (Carter 1880) =(Sporadotrema mesentericum Hickson).

Homotrema rubrum. (Lamarck.) New Generic name.

Syn. (Millepora miniacea Maris Americani Pallas 1776.)

Millepora rubra Lamarck 1816.

Polytrema rubra Carpenter 1862.

Specimens of this species were found in Professor Stanley Gardiner’s collection from

the following localities:

Amirante (E. 9) 34 fathoms.

Amirante (E. 12) 32 fathoms.

Providence (D. 4) 50—78 fathoms (Plate 30, fig. 2).

Providence (D. 4) 78 fathoms.

Providence (D. 11) 50 fathoms.

Coin, Peros Banhos, Surface Reef.

All these specimens with the exception of those from Coin, Peros Banhos, form small

coralline growths 3—7 mm. in height, with a spreading knob-like crown 5—6 mm. in

greatest diameter, covered with short wart-like protuberances. The stalk and base of

attachment are usually but not invariably constricted. Other specimens I have examined

belonging to the same genus and probably the same species are from:

The West Indies, Halkyard collection.

Coast of South America, Manchester Museum.

Antigua, Author’s collection.

Celebes, Author’s collection.

Ki Islands, 129 fathoms, Challenger, British Museum.

Unknown locality, British Museum, 40, 10, 23, 95, 6.

Korean Strait, 40 fathoms, Capt. St John, British Museum.

The specimen described as Polytrema by Dakin (6) from Ceylon may be a Homo-

trema. I have at present seen no specimens of the genus from the Mediterranean sea.

Sporadotrema cylindricum (Carter). New Generic name.

Syn. Polytrema cylindricum Carter 1880.

It is convenient to divide this species into three “ facies.”

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 455

S. cylindricum, facies Providentiz.

Providence (D. 7) 70 fathoms. Several large specimens (Plate 30, fig. 3).

S. cylindricum, facies Amirantize. —

Amirante (E 1) 29 fathoms, 2 specimens.

Amirante (E 2) 29 fathoms.

Amirante (E 9) 34 fathoms (Plate 30, fig. 6).

Amirante (E 12) 32 fathoms.

Amirante (E 13) 20—22 fathoms. |

All the above are salmon colour.

Saya de Malha (C 1) 150 fathoms.

Saya de Malha (C 16) 26 fathoms, 2 small specimens (Plate 30, fig. 7).

Providence (D. 4. 10. 05) 50—78 fathoms.

Cargados Carajos (B 9) 30 fathoms.

The above are orange coloured.

The type of the species is red in colour and belongs to the “ Amirante” facies. It

came from the Gulf of Manaar. In the British Museum there is an orange coloured specimen

of the Amirante facies from the Macclesfield bank.

S. cylindricum, facies Saya de Malhensis.

Saya de Malha (C 16) 26 fathoms.

Saya de Malha (C 19) 29 fathoms (Plate 30, fig. 4).

Providence (D. 4) 78 fathoms.

In the British Museum there is a specimen of this facies, locality unknown.

Sporadotrema mesentericum (Carter).

This species is found in Torres Straits (Plate 30, fig. 5).

V. SOME NOTES ON STRUCTURE.

The siliceous spicules. All the specimens of the three genera I have examined have

the habit of picking up and incorporating the siliceous spicules of sponges. This habit is

not peculiar to these genera but occurs in other genera, such as Carpenteria; and it is

probably comparable with the habit of picking up sand grains and other foreign bodies by

the arenaceous Foraminifera, as in some cases I have found grains of sand and the frustules

of Diatoms (Coscinodiscus, ete.) enclosed in the chambers. Lister (11) speaks of the sponge

spicules taken up by Polytremea as “a temporary scaffolding for the support of the extended

pseudopodia, in advance of the proper wall.” The number of sponge spicules seen in different

specimens varies very considerably. In many specimens of Sporadotrema the spicules are

so numerous that the free edges may be said to bristle with them, in others only a few

scattered spicules may be observed. (Some of the spicules may be faintly seen in Plate 31,

fig. 16.) In the chambers broken fragments of siliceous spicules are invariably found but

in the solid calcareous walls of the chambers and particularly in the central hard core of

the larger specimens of Sporadotrema very few spicules can be found. It is difficult to

58—2

456 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

believe that any of the spicules that are seen at the free edges are cast off when they have

served the purpose of a “temporary support for the extended pseudopodia” because the

greater number of them are firmly fixed into the solid calcareous skeleton and cannot be

withdrawn by pulling hard with a pair of forceps. Nevertheless there are far fewer

spicules in the calcareous substance, at a little distance from the free edges, than one would

expect to find if it is a fact that they remain unchanged as a matrix for the deposit of the

calcium carbonate. I am forced to the conclusion that in the process of the deposition

of the caleareous skeleton many of these siliceous spicules are dissolved. If there is not

some solution of the silex it is very difficult to account for the numerous fragments of

spicules that occur in the intralocular protoplasm. The spicules are taken up whole at

the ends of the branches and so far as I can observe at the ends of the branches only.

No spicules or fragments of spicules can be seen in the foramina that perforate the sides

of the main stem, base or branches. The fragments of spicules in the chambers therefore

must be derived from spicules taken up when those chambers were first formed and at the

growing points, or possibly passed down to them with the flow of protoplasm from other

chambers at the growing points. At the growing points however all the spicules seem to

be perfect, at least they are much longer than the diameter of the chambers and very

much longer than most of the fragments of spicules found in the older chambers. The

sponge spicules must therefore either be forcibly broken or partly dissolved after they are

incorporated into the substance of the organism and it seems to me that the view that they

are partly dissolved is the more reasonable of the two.

It is difficult to account for the presence of the spicules in these Foraminifera. They

are quite constant in their occurrence and consequently it seems probable that they play

some essential part in the physiological processes of the species. The regularity of their

arrangement and the fact that, usually, very few other foreign bodies than the monaxon

siliceous spicules of sponges are found, show that they are not picked up at random but

selected from the mud in the neighbourhood and deliberately placed in position.

That they are of foreign origin there can be no reasonable doubt. The sponges from |

which they collect their spicules must live in the neighbourhood of the Polytremids, or the

Polytremids must live in a region where sponge spicules play an important part in the

formation of the sand or mud. Not infrequently the sponges cover a part of the Foraminifer

or, in some cases, completely overwhelm it. This is a special danger to which the Poly-

tremidee and some other calcareous organisms are exposed. Forty years ago there was

an interesting discussion on the origin of the siliceous spicules in these Foraminifera,

Gray (7) and Carpenter (2) maintained that both the siliceous spicules and the calcareous

skeleton are the products of the same organism, Max Schultze (15) and Carter (3) on the

other hand strongly opposed these views and maintained that the siliceous spicules are of

foreign origin. The controversy would be of little more than academic interest in these

days were it not for the fact that in a recent paper Kirkpatrick (9) has suggested that

Merlia, which he considers to be a sponge, does actually secrete siliceous spicules and a

calcareous chambered shell. Having had an opportunity of examining the structure of

specimens of Merlia and arrived at different conclusions to those of Kirkpatrick I will

postpone the discussion of this question to a subsequent paper.

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 457

The structure of the shell. In comparing the three genera, attention may be called

to the relative hardness and density of the skeleton. In Sporadotrema and particularly

in the “ Providentize” facies of the genus and in S. mesentericum the skeleton as a whole

is very hard and rigid. This hardness of the skeleton may be expressed by the use of

Carter's words “‘Consistence stony.” In Polytrema on the other hand the consistence of

the skeleton is very brittle. It may be easily crushed into fragments between the finger

and thumb. In Homotrema the consistence of the skeleton is intermediate between that

of Sporadotrema and Polytrema.

This difference in consistence is due to the difference in structure of the three genera.

The structure of the branches of Polytrema is very difficult to understand when taken by

itself. The structure of the branches of Homotrema and Sporadotrema seem to me to

throw light upon it and render its understanding more easy. If the growing end of a

branch of a Sporadotrema is examined it will be found to consist of a circle of more or less

biconvex or almost spherical chambers arranged on edge at the tip of the branch. The

convex surface facing outwards of each of these chambers is perforated by foramina, the

convex surface facing inwards is not perforated by foramina (Text-fig. A). The free edge of

each chamber is produced into three or four tubular processes sometimes arranged like the

points of a cock’s comb (Plate 81, figs. 15 and 16). In well-preserved specimens one or more

of these tubes has a trumpet-shaped mouth the lips of which are the beginnings of a new

chamber. Tubular processes similar to those at the edge are sometimes situated on the

inner convex surface. Surrounded by these terminal chambers there is an interlocular

space (Text-fig. A 7).

The structure of the branches of Polytrema is far more difficult to understand, and

the descriptions given of it by Schultze, Mébius and Merkel are not consistent. After

careful observation of several specimens from different parts of the world I am quite

convinced that there is a wide range of structure of these parts and that a new series of

investigations based on the study of a large number of specimens is very desirable. There

ean be no doubt that zoologists who have given their attention to the Foraminifera have

been inclined to “lump” all the Polytremidz into one species. I believe that when the

detailed structure is more carefully examined there will be a swing of the pendulum and

the genus Polytrema will be split into a large number of species.

However, I will in this statement refer only to one or two points upon which there is

inconsistency of statement in the descriptions of previous writers and then describe what

I believe to be the structure of the growing point of specimens of Polytrema miniaceum

from the Mediterranean.

Mobius describes in the branches of specimens of Polytrema he obtained in Mauritius

a central canal (eine centrale Kammer) around which the chambers are arranged spirally

or in circles. Merkel denies the existence of a true central canal but describes excentric

canals and spaces opening to the exterior with imperforate walls (Scheidewiinde) formed

by the fusion of the pillar walls. Lister writes of “axial spaces” which open widely at

the ends of the branches.

The spaces with imperforate walls, sometimes opening to the exterior at the end of

the branches, can be clearly distinguished in some specimens (Text-fig. B 7); but in a very

458 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

large number of specimens they do not occur at all and the presence of centric or excentric

canals is certainly not an essential feature of the structure of the branches of the genus

Polytrema or of its species P. miniaceum. The statement that the branches of Polytrema

consist of 3—4 joints (gliederartigen Abschnitten) made by Merkel and confirmed by a

good figure, is not of general application. I have examined a very large number of

specimens from the Mediterranean Sea and from other localities and I have not yet been

fortunate enough to discover a single one that corresponds with this description. The

chambers of the arm of a Polytrema are very variable in shape and size and they

communicate freely with their neighbours of the same row or stratum. Their outlines

are indicated only by the pillars (Text-fig. B P). At the free end of a branch there may

be seen a variable number of openings. In the diagrammatic text-illustration B, I have

shown four such openings. Of these three may be regarded as homologous with the

Fig. 1. Diagrams to illustrate the structure of the growing points of A. Sporadotrema, B. Polytrema,

C. Homotrema, c’ incomplete chambers, c completed chambers, 7 interlocular spaces, P pillar pores of

Polytrema.

openings of incompleted chambers and the fourth (7) as the opening of an interlocular canal

or space. The incompleted chambers have walls perforated by foramina on the sides that

are free and external as in Sporadotrema, but unlike Sporadotrema the walls separating

one chamber from another that lies internal to it are also perforated by foramina.

The wall of a chamber that separates it from an interlocular space is imperforate.

At the growing point of a Sporadotrema (text-illustration A) there is, as a rule, only

one circle of chambers enclosing an irregular interlocular space. In Polytrema on the

other hand there may be a cluster of chambers, two, three or more deep on one side, and

one or two deep on the other, enclosing an excentric or possibly in some cases a centric

interlocular space. The pillars P represent the distal and proximal sides of chambers of a

row and their cavities are really interlocular spaces which may be continuous with the walls

of the deep seated interlocular canals.

The characteristic feature of the branch of a Polytrema is that the chambers appear

to be very irregular in outline and this is due to fusion of neighbouring chambers which

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 459

may be explained as an expansion of the communicating passages which are seen in

Sporadotrema and Homotrema.

In Homotrema (text-illustration C) there are apparently no interlocular spaces. In

a vertical section through one of the verruce a cluster of chambers may be seen, communi-

cating with one another by large irregular passages. All these chambers, except those at

the surface, have solid walls which are not perforated by foramina. The chambers at the

surface exhibit a convex outer wall perforated by foramina. At the apex of each verruca

a few chambers, with incomplete outer walls, can always be seen.

The foramina. When a specimen of Sporadotrema is decalcified and stained, one ot

the most noteworthy features to be seen is a series of approximately parallel moniliform

tubes which break up into branches at the inner end before terminating in a perforated

membrane on the outer wall of a chamber and open by a single large aperture at the

surface (Plate 32, fig. 32).

These tubes line~4he foramina, as can be seen in a stained section of hard and soft

parts together, and they are of a chitinous texture. Similar chitinous tubes have been

described and figured for Polytrema by Merkel and Mobius, but whereas in Sporadotrema

the tubes may be as much as 2 mm. in length, in Polytrema they are rarely more than

02 mm. in length. In Polytrema the tubes are usually simple, but as Merkel has correctly

pointed out they sometimes divide at their inner ends. In Sporadotrema they are simple

only in the region of the terminal chambers; but, on the branches and stems they always

divide into a considerable number of smaller tubes which terminate in the chambers. In

the figures I have drawn only three or four of these secondary tubes—that is the number

that can be seen in a thin vertical section—but there must be actually nine or ten branches

springing from each of the main foraminal tubes.

In many of the tubes there may be seen a few or in some cases several chitinous plates

stretching transversely across the tubes and these plates have all the appearance of the

tabulze of a tabulate coral except in texture. In the specimen of Sporadotrema mesentericum

that I have examined these tabule seem to be more pronounced than in the other species

and, as shown in Plate 32, fig. 25, the foraminal tubes in this species have the appearance

of being regularly tabulate.

Two important questions naturally arise concerning these tabule: (1) Are they

complete tabulz, that is to say, do they completely occlude the foramen? (2) Are they

supported in any way by calcareous tabule ?

To the first of these questions it is difficult to give a definite answer. In nearly all

the good sections I have examined of decalcified sections and of ground sections of the hard

parts they seem to be perforated, but it is still quite possible that in some cases they do

completely close the passage. With such delicate structures as these are, it is always

difficult to determine the extent of the damage done either by the process of decalcification

or of grinding.

To the second question the answer is that in Sporadotrema mesentericum there are

certainly narrow projecting shelves of calcareous substance supporting the chitinous

tabulz (Plate 32, fig. 33), and it is probable that they also occur in some of the older

foramina in S. cylindricum as well.

460 PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

In Carpenteria the chitinous tubes were shown by Mobius (13) to be marked by

transverse lines, and these lines probably represent ring-shaped thickenings of the chitin.

In Polytrema they are shown to be marked by a series of rings (see Plate 32, fig. 31,

copied from Merkel (12)).

In Sporadotrema (fig. 32) they are usually moniliform and frequently marked by

a series of ring thickenings. These facts alone, which are easily demonstrable, point

to the conclusion that the growth in thickness of the outer wall is not continuous but

marked by a series of intermittent stages of activity, and it is at each of these stages

of activity that the narrow calcareous shelves are or may be formed.

VI. LITERATURE.

1. Brapy, H. B. Foraminifera. Challenger Reports, Vol. ix. 1884.

2. Carpenter, W. B. and JonEs, Rupert. Introduction to the study of the Foraminifera. Roy.

Society, 1862.

3. Carter, H. J. On the Polytremata. Ann. N. H. Ser. 4, xvii. 1876, p. 185.

4. Carrer, H. J. On the locality of Carpenteria balaniformis. Ann. N. H. Ser. 4, xix. 1877, p. 209.

Carter, H. J. Report on Specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar. Ann. N. H. Ser. 5,

v. 1880, p. 437.

6. Dakin,J. W. Foraminifera. Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, Vol. v. 1906, p. 240.

7. Gray, J.E. On Carpenteria and Dujardinia. Proc. Zool. Soe, xxvi. 1858.

Hickson, 8. J. Report on the genus Millepora. Willey’s Zoological Results. Pt m. Cambridge,

1899.

9. Kirkpatrick, R. A sponge with a siliceous and calcareous skeleton. Nature, May 19, 1910.

10. Lamarck, B. P. Animaux sans Vertébres, 1816, p. 202.

11. Lister, J. J. Foraminifera in “A treatise on Zoology” by Sir E. Ray Lankester, Part 1. Fasc. 2,

1903, p. 120.

12. MerkeL, F. Beitriige zur Kenntnis des Baues von Polytrema. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. lxvii. 1900.

13. Mosius, K. Beitrige zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius. Berlin, 1880.

14. Patuas, P. 8. Elenchus Zoophytorum, 1776, p. 251, and in Elenchus Zoophytorum. German

translation by Wilkens and Herbst, 1787, Part 1. p. 321.

15. ScHuLTzE, Max. On Polytrema miniaceum. Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1863, p. 81. Translated by

W. S. Dallas, Ann. N. H. Ser. 3, xii. 1863, p. 409—423, pl. 7.

Fig.

HICKSON—POLYTREMA 461

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE 30.

1. Polytrema miniaceum. A specimen from 90 metres off Ki Islands x 44 diameters, showing the

characteristic pale pink (or apricot red) colour.

. 2. Homotrema rubrum from Providence 50—78 fathoms x 44 diameters, showing a darker (salmon

colour) red tint.

. 3. Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Providentiz; from Providence 70 fathoms x 2 diameters, showing

the characteristic orange yellow colour.

. 4, Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Saya de Malhensis. Saya de Malha 29 fathoms x 2 diameters,

showing the pale pink colour.

. 5. Sporadotrema mesentericum from Torres Straits x 2 diameters, showing the characteristic dark

red colour.

. 6. Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Amirantiz. Amirante 34 fathoms x 2 diameters, showing a

darker red colour than (in Fig. 4) fac. Saya de Malhensis,

g.7. Sporadotrema cylindricum, tac. Amirantiz. Saya de Malha 26 fathoms x 1} diameters. This is

an orange coloured variety of the facies.

PuaTE 31.

. 8. Polytrema miniaceum. A specimen from 90 metres off Ki Islands (Siboga Expedition) x 44

diameters, showing the branching method of growth,

g.9. Homotrema rubrum from Providence 50—78 fathoms x 44 diameters, showing the characteristic

solid and tuberculate method of growth.

g.10. Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Providentie; from Providence 70 fathoms x 2 diameters. Note

that the magnification of this is much less than that of Figs. 8 and 9.

. 11. Sporadotrema mesentericum (Carter) from Torres Straits (Haddon coll.) x 2 diameters.

.12. Sporadotrema mesentericum from Torres Straits x 2 diameters. Side view showing the convex

surfaces marking the outlines of the chambers.

. 13. Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Saya de Malhensis. Saya de Malha 29 fathoms x 2 dia meters.

. 14, Transverse section through a stem of Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Providentie x5 dia meters,

showing the thick outer wall perforated by the foramina, and the ring of chambers surrou nding a

more solid core. Pl. 32, fig. 20.

15. Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Saya de Malhensis. A terminal branch x 9 diamete rs, To

show the outlines of the chambers clearly marked at the extremity where they are superimposed,

becoming less clearly marked as the walls thickened and quite obliterated at the base of the branches

and below,

16. Sporadotrema cylindricum. View of the same specimen as in fig. 15, to show the free edge.

The spout-like openings of the terminal chambers may be seen and also the scaffolding of spicules

which support the growth of the terminal chambers.

17. Vertical section through Polytrema cylindricum, fac. Providentie x 6% diame ters, showing the

arrangement of the chambers in the stem and in one of the branches.

PLATE 32.

18. Transverse section of a thick branch of a Polytrema, showing four concentric circles of chambers.

x 100 diameters. p. pillar pores.

19. Transverse section of one of the verrucose processes of a Homotrema, showing that the outer

wall (O) of the outer circle of chambers alone are foraminate. The other chambers composing the

process are not arranged in definite circles, have imperforate walls but communicate with one another

by large open passages. x 100 diameters.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV. 59

Fig.

PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

. 20. Transverse section through the base of a branch of Sporadotrema, showing a single circle of

chambers with very thick and continuous outer walls perforated by foramina (f). Within the circle

of chambers there is a core of calcium carbonate perforated by interlocular passages (7). x 6

diameters. Compare this drawing with the photographs on Plate 31, figs. 14 and 17.

. 21. Surface view of a portion of a stem of Sporadotrema, showing the irregular arrangement of the

foramina (cc). x 50 diameters.

. 22. Surface view of a portion of a Homotrema, showing the areole (A) perforated by foramina and

bounded by solid walls. x 50 diameters.

g. 23. Surface view of a portion of a Polytrema, showing the pillar pores (P) and the foramina

perforating all the other parts of the surface (f). x 50 diameters.

24. Drawing of a growing point of a specimen of Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Amirantie,

showing the young chambers (cc) at the edge with a cock’s comb row of short tubes (7’) opening

freely on the distal margin. x circa 9 diameters. Compare this drawing with the photographs on

Plate 31, figs. 15 and 16.

. 25. Vertical section through a lamina of Sporadotrema mesentericum to show the tabule in the

foramina (f). These tabule are probably never quite complete but perforated in the centre by

a pore (compare fig. 33). x 20 diameters.

. 26. Transverse section of a part of a branch of Sporadotrema to show the relation of the foramina

to the chambers (c, c). x circa 18 diameters.

. 27. Transverse section of a part of a branch of Polytrema to show the relation of the pillar pores

(P) to the chambers (c) and the interlocular spaces (7). x circa 200 diameters.

28. ‘Transverse section of a part of a branch of Homotrema to show the perforated outer walls

of the external chambers and the passages which establish communication between the chambers,

x circa 200 diameters.

. 29. Vertical section through the base of the stem of Sporadotrema cylindricum, fac. Amirantiz,

showing three of the initial chambers (¢.c). These chambers can be recognised by their regular oval

shape and by the foramina which perforate their walls. Camera drawing x 10 diameters.

. 30. Chitinous tubes lining the foramina of Carpenteria raphidodendron. Copied from Mobius (18).

Plate VI, fig. 3. x 150 diameters.

31. Chitinous tubes lining the foramina of Polytrema miniaceum. Copied from Merkel (12).

x 580 diameters.

32. Chitinous tubes lining the foramina of Sporadotrema. x 150 diameters.

33. One of the joints in a foramen of Sporadotrema, very much enlarged, to show the narrow

shelf-like tabula.

Perey Strapen Trust Exprpirion

TUEYVAINGSy IEMINING SHOW SNE Ie 2 VAOVOIE, WAOIE,, JAIN, INE, Bill

(Hickson)

8. Polytrema xX q?. 9g. Homotrema X q'. Io. Sporadotrema X 2

II—17. Sporadotrema, various magnifications.

POLYTREMA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

Percy. SLADEN. TRUST. EXPEDITION.

TRANS. LINN, Soc, SER. 2. ZOOL VoL. XIV PL. 32.

(Hicxson )

—

g LU /'

——

S&S

E. Wilson, Cambridge.

FORAMINIFERA FROM THE INDIAN OCEAN

INDEX.

[Nore.—Synonyms and Native Names are printed in ‘italics. A star is added to names which

Ablepharus boutonii, var. peronii,

Coet, 378; mentioned, 423, 430,

433.

Acanthastea, Milne-Edwards

Haime, mentioned, 411.

Acanthotermes, Sjéstedt,

tioned, 136.

Acheopsis spinulosus,

mentioned, 193, 247.

thomsoni, var. Norman, 247.

Acheus affinis, Miers, mentioned,

245,

affinis, Rathbun, 244.

brevifalecatus*, Rathbun,

mentioned, 193.

men-

Stimpson,

eadelli, Alcock, 246; men-

tioned, 193.

inimicus*, Rathbun, 246;

mentioned, 193, 261.

lorina, Adams & White, 244 ;

mentioned, 193, 246.

lorina, de Man, 244.

‘spinosus, Miers, mentioned,

246.

Achelous granulatus, Milne

Edwards, 205 ; mentioned, 192,

259.

granulatus, Alcock, 205.

orbicularis, Richters, 206 ;

mentioned, 192.

orbicularis, Alcock, 206.

orbitosinus*, Rathbun, 205 ;

mentioned, 192, 259.

petreus, Alcock, 204; men-

tioned, 192.

Acridiidz, mentioned, 36.

Acritocheta, Grimshaw, 158; men-

tioned, 159.

maculipennis*, Stein, 158.

Acritochta trilineata, Stein, men-

tioned, 159.

Acrocercops,

tioned, 264.

euryphanta*, Meyrick, 291.

men-

Wall, 291;

pentaplaca*, Meyrick, 291.

rhombocosma*, Meyrick, 292.

Acta, De Haan, mentioned, 191,

223.

acies*, Rathbun, 219; men-

tioned, 193, 260.

affinis, Dana, 219; men-

tioned, 193.

affinis, Rathbun, 219.

armata, A. Milne Edwards,

223.

banareias*, Rathbun, 223;

mentioned, 193, 260.

boletaria*, Rathbun, 221;

mentioned, 193, 260.

cavipes, Dana, 223; men-

tioned, 193.

cavipes, Alcock, 223.

flosculata, Alcock, 222; men-

tioned, 193.

garretti, Rathbun, 218; men-

tioned, 193.

granulata, Alcock, 221.

hellerii, A. Milne Edwards,

221; mentioned, 193, 260.

hellerii, Nobili, 221.

hirsutissima, Ruwppell, 218;

mentioned, 192.

hirsutissima, Alcock, 218.

nodulosa, White, 222;

tioned, 193, 221.

nodulosa, Alcock, 222.

obesa, A. Milne Edwards,

218; mentioned, 193, 260.

men

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV.

appear to be used for the first time. |

Acta obesa, de Man, 218.

peronii, Milne Edwards ; men-

tioned, 222.

perspinosa, Borradaile, 222 ;

mentioned, 193.

polyacantha, Heller, 222;

mentioned, 118, 193, 222,

260. (Gigantione — rath-

buna*, Stebbing), taken from

Branchial cavity of, 118.

polyacantha, Nobili, 222.

remota, Rathbun, 217; men-

tioned, 192.

rufopunctata, Milne Edwards,

218; mentioned, 193, 218.

rufopunctata, Alcock, 218.

rufopunctata, var. retusa,

Nobili, 218.

ruppellii, Avawss, 219; men-

tioned, 193, 220.

ruppellit, Alcock, 219.

savignyi, A. Milne Hdwards,

221; mentioned, 193. (Hr-

gyne savignyi*, Stebbing),

host of, 116.

speciosa, Dana, 219; men-

tioned, 193.

speciosa, Laurie, 219.

spinosissima, Borradaile, 222 ;

mentioned, 193, 222.

suffuscula*, Ruthbun, 220;

mentioned, 193, 260.

tessellata, Pocock, 217; men-

tioned, 192, 260.

tomentosa, Milne Edwards,

217; mentioned, 192.

tomentosa, Alcock, 217.

variolosa, Borradaile, 220;

mentioned, 193.

464

Actza variolosa, Rathbun, 220.

amirantensis, Rathbun, 231.

bonnieri, Nobili, 232; men- |

tioned, 191, 193.

globulus, Heller, 232; men-

tioned, 191, 193.

globulus, A. Milne Edwards,

232.

levigatus*, Rathbun, 233;

mentioned, 193, 260.

nudus, A. Milne Edwards,

mentioned, 233.

obesus, Dana, 232 ; mentioned, |

193;

obesus, Rathbun, 232.

setifer, var.

mentioned, 193, 231.

setifer, Alcock, 230.

setifer amirantensis*, Rathbun,

231; mentioned, 193, 260.

simplex*, Rathbun, 232; men-

tioned, 193, 260.

tomentosus, Dana,

Trapezicepon amicorum,

Giard & Bonnier, 114.

Acudorsum albimanum, Zom., men-

tioned, 382.

Adoretus, sp. mentioned, 34.

Adoxophyes, Meyrick, 167; men-

tioned, 263.

ergatica*, Meyrick, 267.

figa, Leach, 101.

ommatophlax, Stebbing, 101;

mentioned, 84, 120.

Aigide, 101.

Eluronyx sechellensis, Dum. &

Bibr., 377.

/Hpinus indicus, Alcock, 247 ; men-

tioned, 193.

Alcirona, H. J. Hansen, 99.

maldivensis, Stebbing, 99 ; men-

tioned, 84.

Aldabra, Fauna of, 266.

Land Flora and Fauna of, |

414.

Reef Fauna of, 412.

and Neighbouring Islands,

structure and formation of,

with Notes on their Flora

and Fauna, by J. C. F.

Fryer, 397-442,

Alectrocenas aldabranus, Slater,

small pigeon, eats greedily seeds

of “takamaka” tree, mentioned,

404.

de Haan, 230; |

host of |

INDEX

| Alectroceenas aldabranus (“pigeon |

Actumnus, Dana, mentioned, 231. |

hollandais”), mentioned, 418.

Allocota, Meyrick, 274 ; mentioned,

264.

procax*, Meyrick, 274.

Alluaudinella, Giglio-Tos., 151.

albivitta, Stein, mentioned,

| 151.

arguta, Karsch, mentioned,

151.

bivittata, Meg., 151.

evanescens, Stein, mentioned,

151.

gigas, Stein, mentioned, 151.

lativentris, Stein, mentioned,

151.

phasieformis, Stein, mentioned,

151.

“ Almond-tree”” (Pemphis acidula,

Forst.), mentioned, 402, 404.

Aloysia, Raff: Issel, mentioned foot-

note, 179.

phyllosoma, aff: Jssel, men

tioned footnote, 179.

Ammophila, Kirby, 369.

capensis, Lepel, 369.

sp. 369.

(Psammophila) capensis, Lepel,

369.

Amphioxus, Yarrel, mentioned,

411.

Amphitrite gladiator, var. de Haan,

205.

| petreus, Alcock, 204.

Ampulex, Jur., 368.

compressa, Fubr., 368; men-

tioned, 29, 367.

Amydria, Clem., mentioned, 265,

306.

Anachastis*, Meyrick, 288; men-

tioned, 265.

digitata *, Meyrick, 288.

Ancylometis, Meyrick, mentioned,

| 276.

astrapias, Meyrick, mentioned,

276.

Andropogon (scented lemon-grass),

mentioned, 29.

Anilocra trichiura, Miers, 102.

trichiura, White, 102.

Anilocride, 101.

Anisolabis annulipes, Lucas, men-

tioned, 125.

stali, Borm., 125.

stali, Burr, 125.

Anobiide, mentioned, 26.

Anopheles, Meigen, search for,

without success, mentioned, 425.

Anous leucocapillus, Gould, colony

of, mentioned, 17, 441.

Anthomyia, Meigen, 160.

ameena, Msq., 160.

oculifera, Big., mentioned, 160.

pluvialis, Zinn., mentioned,

160.

| Anthomyide, mit den Gattungen

Rhinia und Idiella, von P. Stein,

149-163.

Anthonymia leucosticta, Meigen,

155.

Anthribide, mentioned, 26.

| Anthura aflfinis, Chilton, men-

tioned, 93, 94.

gracilis, Montagu, mentioned,

91.

Anthuride, 84, 90.

Apanthura, Stebbing, 93.

abyssorum, Vorman & Stebbing,

mentioned, 93.

affinis, Richardson, mentioned,

93.

sandalensis, Stebbing, men-

tioned, 93, 94.

xenocheir*, Stebbing, 94;

mentioned, 93, 119. From

Egmont Reef, mentioned, 83.

| Aphanizophleps, Znderlein, 68.

coxata, Hnderlein, mentioned,

68.

flavipes*, Hnderlein, 68.

| Aphodiini, mentioned, 24.

Apocremnus indicus, Alcock, 247.

Apoda, 375.

| Apseudes, Leach, 85; mentioned,

86, 88, 89.

intermedius, H. J. Hansen,

mentioned, 86, 90.

robustus, Sars, mentioned, 90.

sp. ? juv., 85; mentioned, 84.

Apseudide, 84, 85.

Arachnida, mentioned, 424.

Arachnura, sp. mentioned, 381.

Aradide, mentioned, 36,

Aranex, Opiliones and Pseudo-

scorpiones. By 8. Hirst, 379-

395.

Araneus citricola, Yorsk., men-

tioned, 381.

rumpfi, Zor, mentioned,

381.

theis, Walcker, mentioned,

381.

Ardetta, sp. (white egret or heron),

mentioned, 17.

Argathona, Stebbing, 99.

normani, Stebbing, mentioned,

100.

reidi*, Stebbing, 100; men-

tioned, 84, 120.

Argathonidee, 99.

Argiope anasuja, Thor, 385; |

mentioned, 379, 380, 381, 386.

var. fletcheri*, 385; men-

tioned, 381, fig. 386.

trifasciata, Yorsk., mentioned,

381.

Argyresthia, Huebner,

tioned, 264.

lustralis*, Meyrick, 292.

Argyrodes cognatus, Blackw.,

mentioned, 381.

rostratus, Blackw., mentioned,

381.

Argyroploce, Huebner, 269 ; men-

tioned, 264.

aprobola, Meyrick, 269.

carpophaga, Walsingham, 269.

conchopleura*, Meyrick, 271.

dimorpha, Meyrick, mentioned,

271.

hygrantis*, Meyrick, 270.

illepida, Butler (= carpophaga,

292 ;

; men-

Walsingham), 269, larva

feeds in fruits of Cassia,

Feronia, Nephelium, «c.,

mentioned, 269.

leucaspis, J/eyrick, 270.

nebulana, Walsingham, 270.

Aricia bivittata, Giglio-Tos., 151.

Aristotelia, Huebner, 271; men-

tioned, 263.

peltosema, Low, mentioned,

272.

schematias*, Meyrick, 271.

Arrhinotermes, Wasmann, 143;

mentioned, 136, 144.

canalifrons, Sjést., 143; men-

tioned, 135, 144.

heimi, Wasman, mentioned, |

136.

oceanicus, Wasman, mentioned,

136.

Artema mauriciana, Walcker, men-

tioned, 381.

Arthrocnodax,

323.

Artocarpus integrifolia, Linn. f.,

mentioned, 30.

Riibs.,

mentioned, |

INDEX

Asconiscus, Sars, mentioned, 115.

simplex, Sars, is parasitic on

Boreomysis arctica, Avrdyer,

mentioned, 115.

Asellota, 108.

Asemonea pallens, blackw., men-

tioned, 382.

Asplenium WNidus, Linn. (big

epiphytic ferns), mentioned, 26.

sp. (large fern), men-

tioned, 19.

Astephanus, 2. Brown, mentioned,

433.

arenarius, Decne., mentioned,

433.

Astreopora,

411.

Atelecyclidee, 211.

Atella philiberti, Joan., mentioned,

23,30;

Atergatopsis signata, Adams &

White, 214; mentioned, 191, 192,

260,

signatus, A. Milne Edwards,

214.

Atherigona, Rondani, 157; men-

tioned, 159.

bimaculata*, Stein, 157.

scutellaris,

158.

trilineata, Stein, 159.

Atlanta, Zeswewr, 173 ; mentioned,

iit

gibbosa, Souleyet, 174; men-

tioned, 186, 188.

helicinoides, Souleyet,

mentioned, 186, 188.

inclinata, Souleyet, 174 ; men-

tioned, 185, 186, 188.

inflata, Souleyet, 173; distrib.

of, mentioned, 187.

lesueuri, Souleyet, 173; men-

tioned, 185, 186, 187.

peroni, Lesuewr, 173;

tioned, 185, 186, 187.

Blainv., mentioned,

Stein, mentioned,

174;

men-

turriculata, d’Orb., 174; men- |

tioned, 185, 188.

Atlantide, 173; mentioned, 172.

Aulacolambrus hoplonotus, Adams

d& White, 257; mentioned, 194.

hoplonotus, Aleock, 257.

Autosticha, Meyrick, mentioned,

276.

Avicennia, Linn., mentioned, 415.

officinalis, Zinn., mentioned,

415,

“ Bee,

465

Bactra, Steph., 269; mentioned, 263.

species of, feed on rushes

(Juncus), mentioned, 266.

legitima*, Meyrick, 269.

“ Badamier” (Terminalia Catappa,

Linn.), mentioned, 37.

Balanoglossus, Delle Chiaje, large

species of, mentioned, 413.

Banareia, Milne Edwards,

tioned, 223.

Bat, fruit eating (Pteropus alda-

brensis, Z’rwe), mentioned, 416.

“ Batatran” (Ipomeea

Roth), mentioned, 17.

Batrachians and Reptiles, List of

the, obtained by Prof. Stanley

Gardiner on his Second Ex-

pedition to the Seychelles and

Aldabra, by G. A. Boulenger,

375-378.

Bats, insectivorous, mentioned, 417.

Baviola braueri, Sion, mentioned,

382.

men-

Pescapre,

leaf-cutter ”

seychellensis,

tioned, 28.

Bembex, /abr., 371.

madecassa, Sauss., 371.

* Bilimbi marron Baumes” (Colea

(Megachile

Cameron), men-

pedunculata, Laker), mentioned,

56.

Bird Island, is economically of

value on account of its eggs, 17.

Bird and Dennis Islands, Seychelles,

by J. C. F. Fryer, 15-20.

Birgus _latro,

423,

Blastobasidee, 286.

Blastobasis, Zeller, 286; mentioned,

264.

acarta*, Meyrick, 286.

intrepida*, Meyrick, 287.

Blattide, mentioned, 26,

“ Bois blanc” (Hernandia peltata,

Meissn.), mentioned, 17, 19.

“ Bois de fer” (Vateria seychel

larum, Dyer), mentioned, 33.

‘* Bois de (Imbricaria

seychellarum, Oliver), mentioned,

37.

* Bows (Craterispermum

microdon, Baker), mentioned, 31.

“ Bois dur” (Plectronia bibracteata,

Baker), mentioned, 31.

“ Bois rouge” (Wormia ferruginea,

Baill.), mentioned, 24, 26.

60—2

Linn., mentioned,

natta”

doux”

466

Boodon geometricus, Schleg., 378.

Bopyridex, 111.

Bopyroidea, mentioned, 111.

Borellia, Burr, 125;

123.

stali, Dohrn., 125.

stali, Burr, 125.

Boreomysis arctica, Aréyer, men-

tioned, 115. (Asconiscus sim-

plex, Sars), parasitic on, 115.

Boulenger, G. A. List of the

Batrachians and Reptiles ob-

tained by Professor Stanley

Gardiner on his Second Ex-

pedition to the Seychelles, and

Aldabra, 375-378.

Brachmia, Huebner, 273;

tioned, 264.

cricopa*, Meyrick, 274.

microsema*, Meyrick, 274.

nesidias*, Meyrick, 273.

Haw.,

mentioned,

men-

rufescens,

274.

Brachylabine, 126.

Brachylabis, Dohrn, 126; men-

tioned, 127.

chilensis, Blanch, mentioned,

127.

philetas, Burr, mentioned, 127.

scotti*, Burr, 126;

tioned, 123.

Brachyura marine, by Mary J.

Rathbun, 191-261.

Bregmocerella tricornis,

footnote, 107.

Bremia, Rondani, 326.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 326, fig. 327.

Broom (Spartium scoparium, Linn.),

mentioned, 430.

Bruguiera, Lam., mentioned, 414,

415, is cut for the bark which

contains a high percentage of

tannin, mentioned, 415.

gymnorhiza, Lam., mentioned,

415.

Buchanga aldabrana, Ridgway

(Dorongo), mentioned, 419.

“ Bulbul” (Iscocincta (Hysipetes)

rostrata, tidgway), mentioned,

419.

Bulimnuus aldabra, v. Martens, men-

tioned, 424.

Burr, Malcolm, Dermaptera, 123-

133.

Bush-groundsel (Senecio seychel-

lensis, Baker), mentioned, 23, 25.

mentioned,

men-

aswell,

INDEX

Butterflies, very common in Astove,

mentioned, 428.

Caddis-fly (Hydromanicus seychel-

lensis, Ulmer), mentioned, 32.

(Leptodermatopteryx — tenuis,

Ulmer), mentioned, 28.

(Petrotrichia palpalis, Ulmer),

mentioned, 33.

Cesalpinia, Zinn., mentioned, 416.

“Café marron” (Randia sp., and

Erythroxylon laurifolium, Zam.),

mentioned, 31.

Calamoceratide, mentioned, 42.

Calappa alata*, Rathbun, 198;

mentioned, 192, 259.

bicornis, Miers, 197;

tioned, 192, 260.

men-

calappa, ZLinn., 197; men-

tioned, 192.

depressa, Miers, mentioned,

198.

fornicata, Alcock, 197.

gallus, Herbst, 197; men-

tioned, 192.

gallus, Alcock, 197.

gallus, var.

197.

hepatica, Linn.,

tioned, 192.

hepatica, Alcock, 197.

wood-masoni, Alcock, 197.

Calappide, 197.

Calathura, Vorman & Stebbing, 91.

Calathura, H. J. Hansen, 91.

Calathura, Sars, 91.

Calathura, Whitelegge, 91.

Calathura, H. Richardson, 91.

Calathura, Ohlin, 91.

Calathura, Stebbing, 91.

bicornis, Miers,

men-

USyres

borradailei, Stebbing, men-

tioned, 91.

brachiata, Stimpson, men-

tioned, 91.

crenulata, ichardson, men-

tioned, 91.

gigas, Whitelegge, mentioned,

gil Se,

sladeni*, Stebbing, 91; men-

tioned, 84, 119.

Calicotis, Meyrick, 285 ; mentioned,

264 ; species of, feed on ferns,

mentioned, 266.

animula*, Meyrick, 285.

Callinectes, Stimpson, mentioned,

TOT

| Calotermes,

Callinectes alexandri, Rathbun, 206 ;

mentioned, 192, 260.

Callirhiphis, read Callirrhipis, Latr. ;

(Rhipiceridz), mentioned, 26.

Calophyllum Inophyllum, Linn.

(“Takamaka”), mentioned, 3,

19, 37, 404, 416.

Hagen, 137; men-

tioned, 136, 140, 142.

braueri, Frogg, mentioned,

136.

brevis, Hagen, mentioned,

136.

domesticus, Sjést., mentioned,

140.

hova, Wasm., mentioned, 135.

laticollis*, Holmgren, 137;

mentioned, 135.

madagascariensis, Wasm., men-

tioned, 145.

pallidus, Ramb., mentioned,

135.

truncatus, Wasm., mentioned,

136.

(Glyptotermes?) longus*, Holm-

gren, 142 ; mentioned, 135.

(

mentioned, 135.

(Procryptotermes) fryeri*,

Holmgren, 139; mentioned,

135, 140, 143.

Calotermitine, 137.

Cancer sculptus, Milne Edwards,

215.

Cancricepon, Giard & Bonnier,

116; mentioned, 111, 114.

elegans, Giard & Bonnier,

mentioned, 116; mentioned,

112.

sp. 116; mentioned, 85.

Caphyra hemispherica*, Rathbun,

204 ; mentioned, 192, 259.

levis, A. Milne Edwards,

mentioned, 204.

natatrix, Zehniner, 204.

rotundifrons, A. Milne Hdwards,

204.

rotundifrons, Rathbun, 204.

Caprimulgus parvulus, Gould

(“‘Goat-sucker”), mentioned, 419.

Capritermes, mentioned,

136.

“ Capucin trees” (Northea seychel-

larum, Hook. f.), mentioned, 25.

Carapa moluccensis, Lam., men-

tioned, 415.

Wasm.,

) scotti*, Holmgren, 140; .

Carapa obovata, Blume, mentioned,

415.

Carcharias,

407.

Carcinophora ceruleipennis, Borm.,

125.

dohrni, Burr, 125.

dohrni, Kirby, 125.

Cardiapoda, d’Orb., 179;

tioned, 176, 177, 178,

district of, 187.

acuta, Z'esch, 180; mentioned,

186.

pedunculata, d’Ord., mentioned,

181.

placenta, #. A. Smith, men-

tioned, 180.

sublevis, Tesch, 179;

tioned, 180, 186, 188.

trachydermon, Tesch, 179;

mentioned, 180, 186, 188.

Cardinal (Foudia madagascar.,

Linn.), mentioned, 17.

(Foudia aldabrana, Ridgway),

mentioned, 419.

Cardiosoma, Latreille, mentioned,

teeth of, mentioned,

180 ;

men-

417, 423.

Carinaria, Lamarck, 174; men-

tioned, 177, 178.

cithara, Benson, mentioned,

174.

macrorhynchus, Tesch, 176;

mentioned, footnote, 177.

mediterranea, Sowerby, district

of, mentioned, 188.

pseudorugosa, Vayosiere ; men-

tioned, 176, 179.

sp. mentioned, 174.

Carinariidz, 174.

Carinaroida _ placenta,

mentioned, 179. f

Carpentaria, Gray, mentioned, 455.

balaniformis, Carter, 454;

mentioned, 460.

raphidodendron, Moebius, men-

tioned, 462.

utricularis, Carter, 454.

“ Carpenter-bee” (Koptorthosoma

caffrum, Linn.), mentioned, 28.

Carpilius convexus, Forskal, 211 ;

mentioned, 192.

conveaus, Alcock, 211. |

Carpilodes cariosus, Alcock, 212;

mentioned, 192.

levis, A. Milne Edwards, men-

tioned, 211.

Souleyet,

men-

INDEX

Carpilodes monticulosus, Alcock,

212.

pallidus, Borradaile, 212;

mentioned, 192.

Carposinid, 266.

Carupa

mentioned, 192.

leviuscula, Alcock, 210.

Heller, 210;

leeviuscula,

monticulosus, A, Milne

Edwards, 212; mentioned,

192.

pediger, Alcock, 212; men-

tioned, 192.

sayademalhensis*, Rathbun,

211; mentioned, 192, 260.

stimpsonii, A. Milne Edwards,

212; mentioned, 192.

stimpsoni, Alcock, 212.

tristis, Dana, 211 ; mentioned,

192.

tristis, Alcock, 211.

vaillantianus, A. Milne

Edwards, 212; mentioned,

192.

vaillantianus, Alcock, 212.

virgatus, Rathbun, 212; men-

tioned, 192.

Carrhotus viduus, 7hor., distrib. of,

mentioned, 379.

viduus, C. L. Koch, mentioned,

382.

Cassia, Zinn., mentioned, 416.

Cassidinella, mentioned, 107.

Cassytha _ filiformis,

tioned, 17.

Casuarina, Linn., mentioned, 17,

19, 405, 416.

equisetifolia, Zinn., mentioned,

5, footnote, 416.

Catoptrus, A. Milne

238.

inequalis, Rathbun, 239 ; men-

tioned, 193, 238.

nitidus, A. Milne Edwards,

239; mentioned, 193, 238,

nitidus, Alcock, 239.

Cavolinia, Abildgaard, 167.

Linn., men-

Edwards,

gibbosa (Rang), 167; men- |

tioned, 17].

globulosa (Rang), 167; men-

tioned, 169, 170, 171.

inflexa (Leswewr), 167; men-

tioned, 170.

longirostris (Leswewr), 167; |

mentioned, 169, 170, 171,

172.

Ceratothoa carinata,

467

Cavolinia tridentata (Forskal), 167 ;

mentioned, 170, 171, 172.

uncinata (Rang), 167; men-

tioned, 169, 171, 172.

Cavoliniide, 166.

Cecidomyiide, der — Seychellen

Inseln, von J. J. Kieffer, 315-

330.

Centropus aldabranus, Ridyway

(Aldabra cuckoo), mentioned, 418.

insularis, Ridgway, mentioned,

433.

toulou, JMiiller (‘“ toulouse”),

mentioned, 418.

Cepon, Leidy, 111.

Bonnier, 112.

naxice, Bonnier, mentioned,

112;

Ceratocephalus, Ward, mentioned,

107.

grayanus, Woodward, footnote,

107.

Ceratolophus, Kieffer, mentioned,

343.

Ceratopogon, Meigen, 332; men-

tioned, 343, 346.

aplonotus*, Kieffer, 337 ; men-

tioned, 332, 338, 366.

chrysolophus*, Kieffer, 333 ;

mentioned, 332, 366.

falcinellus*, veffer,

mentioned, 332, 366.

femoratus, Fabr., mentioned,

338 ;

346.

lampronotus*, Kieffer, 335 ;

mentioned, 332, 366.

lasionotus*, Kieffer, 334;

mentioned, 332.

—— var. callithorax*, Kieffer,

335.

mahensis*, Kiefer, 339; men-

tioned, 332, 366.

psilonotus*, Kieffer, 337; men-

tioned, 332, 366.

seychelleanus*, Kieffer, 338 ;

mentioned, 332, 366.

var. fulvithorax*, Kieffer,

338.

trichotomma*, Kieffer, 332;

mentioned, 332, 366.

Ceratopogonine, 332; mentioned,

Sols

Schiddte &

Meinert, 103.

Cerceris, Latr., 370.

nenitra, Sauss., 370.

468

Ceriops, Arn., mentioned, 414.

Candolleana, A7m., mentioned, |

415.

Ceroplatinz, 66.

Chetopelma, Auss.,

384.

gardineri*, Hirst, 383; men-

tioned, 381.

olivaceum, C’. Koch, mentioned,

383, 384.

Cheetospania inornata, Karsch, men-

tioned, 131.

Chaliniastis, Meyrick, 272; men-

tioned, 263, 264.

chromatica*, Meyrick, 272.

Chalybion bengalense, Dahlbom,

369

madecassum, Gribodo, 368.

Chameleon tigris, Kuhl, 378.

mentioned,

“Champignon Country,” men-

tioned, 103.

Chanystis*, Meyrick, 281; men-

tioned, 266, 276.

botanodes*, Meyrick, 281.

syrtopa*, Meyrick, 281.

Charipine, 309, 312.

Charips, Haliday, 312.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 312.

Charybdis erythrodactyla, _La-

marck, 206; mentioned, 192.

erythrodactyla, Rathbun, 206.

hoplites, Wood-Mason, 207;

mentioned, 192.

paucidentata, A, Milne

Edwards, 206; mentioned,

192.

sp. 207; mentioned, 192.

subornata, Ortmann, men-

tioned, 207.

(Goniohellenus) hoplites, Alcock,

207.

Chelifera, 84, 85.

Chelisoches, Scudder, 133.

morio, Yabr., 133; mentioned,

123.

Chelisochine, 133.

Chelone, R2tg., mentioned, 421.

imbricata, Boulenger, men-

tioned, 421, 422.

mydas, Linn. (Green turtle),

mentioned, 19, 421; breeding

grounds of, mentioned, 402.

Chironomide der Seychellen Inseln,

von J. J. Kieffer, 331-366 ; men-

tioned, 32, 33.

Chironominez, 331, 351.

INDEX

Chironomus, Meigen, 351.

binotatus*, Kieffer, 354; men-

tioned, 351.

brunneicornis*, Kieffer, 353;

mentioned, 351.

callichirus*, Kieffer, 352 ; men-

tioned, 351.

chloronotus*, Kieffer, 355;

mentioned, 351.

leptogastrus*, Kieffer, 354;

mentioned, 351.

limnocharis*, Kieffer, 357;

mentioned, 352.

linearis*, Kieffer, 353; men-

tioned, 351.

melanophilus*, Aveffer, 355 ;

mentioned, 351.

nigratipes*, Kieffer, 358;

mentioned, 352.

nocticolor*, Kieffer, 357 ; men-

tioned, 352.

pandani*, Kieffer, 356; men-

tioned, 352, 359.

scotti*, Kieffer,

tioned, 351.

seychelleanus*, Kieffer, 356;

mentioned, 352.

Chlorinoides longispinus, de Haan,

254; mentioned, 194.

Chlorodiella barbata,

225; mentioned, 193.

352; men-

Borradaile,

levissima, Dana, 225; men-

tioned, 193.

niger, Yorskal, 225; mentioned,

193.

Chlorodius barbatus, Borradaile,

205.

levissimus, Alcock, 225,

niger, Alcock, 225.

polyacanthus, Heller, 222.

Chlorodopsis, Milne Edwards, men-

tioned, 227.

melanospinis*, Rathbun, 226 ;

mentioned, 193, 260.

melanochira, A. Milne Edwards,

mentioned, 227.

spinipes, Heller,

tioned, 193.

spinipes, Alcock, 226.

scabricula, Dana, 226; men-

tioned, 193.

scabricula, Rathbun, 226.

venusta, Rathbun, 226; men-

tioned, 193.

wood-masoni, Alcock,

mentioned, 193.

226; men-

226;

Chloropidz, mentioned, 35.

Cholotis*, Meyrick, 284;

tioned, 264.

exodroma, Meyrick, mentioned,

284.

isotacta*, Meyrick, 284.

phalacra, Meyrick, 284.

semnostola, Meyrick, 284.

sindonia*, Meyrick, 284.

Chrysodiplosis*, Kieffer, 318.

men-

homotomus*, <veffer, 319;

mentioned, 318, fig. 319. —

pulchricornis*, Kieffer, 318,

fig. 318.

Chrysopide, mentioned, 27.

Cicindela melancholia, Fabr., men-

tioned, 36.

Cilicea, Leach, 106.

Cilicea, H. J. Hansen, 106.

Cilicea, Stebbing, 106.

latreillii, Leach,

tioned, 84.

latreillei, H. J. Hansen, 106.

Stebbing, 106.

Ciliceeopsis, mentioned, 107.

“Cinnamon tree” (Cinnamomum

106 ;

men-

zeylanicum, ees), mentioned,

27.

Cinnyris, Cuv., mentioned, 191,

428, 430, 433.

abbotti, Ridgway, mentioned,

433.

aldabrensis, Ridgway, men-

tioned, 419.

Cirolana, Leach, 98.

chiltoni, Richardson, men-

tioned, 97.

minuta, H. J. Hansen, 98;

mentioned, 84.

minuta, Stebbing, 98.

parva, H. J. Hansen, men-

tioned, 98, 99.

truncata, Norman, 95.

Cleodora pygmea, Boas, mentioned,

footnote 167, 170, 171.

Clinodiplosis, Kiefer, 326; men-

tioned, 318, 319.

insularum*, Kieffer, 326.

scotti*, Kieffer, 326.

Clio, Linn., 167.

cuspidata, Bosc, 167;

tioned, 169, 171.

pyramidata, Linn., 167; meén-

tioned, 169, 170, 171, 172.

Clionopsis grandis, Boas, mentioned,

165.

men- —

Clubiona mahensis, Simon, men-

tioned, 382.

nigromaculosa, Blackw., men-

tioned, 379, 382.

Coccinellide, mentioned, 27.

“Coco de mer” palm (Lodoicea

seychellarum, Zabill.), mentioned,

36.

Coconuts do not flourish well in

Bird Islands, mentioned, 17.

Cecilians with eggs, mentioned, 5.

Celoria, group of, mentioned, foot-

note, 406, 411.

Ceenosia, Meigen, 160.

pallipalpis*, Stein, 160.

exigua*, Stein, 161.

Colea pedunculata, Baker (Bilimbi

marron), mentioned, 56.

Coleopterous larvee, mentioned, 25.

Collodes, Stimpson, mentioned, 247.

Coniopterygid, species of, mentioned,

28.

Coniopterygide und Hemerobiide,

von Dr Giinther Enderlein, 55-58.

Coniopterygine, 57.

Conothele Thor., sp., mentioned,

379, 381.

Copelatus, sp., a form only found

in the moisture between Pan-

danus leaves, mentioned, 25.

Coprodiplosis nanus*, Kieffer, 325.

Coptotermes, Wasm., 144;

tioned, 136, 143, 146.

truncatus, Wasm., 144; men-

tioned, 27.

truncatus, Holmgr., 144.

Coptotermitine, 143.

Coracopsis barklyi, A. Newton, men-

tioned, 36.

Coral, live, almost absent from

Aldabra, 412.

Corallanide, 99.

Coralline Limestones, mentioned,

405.

Corvus scapularis, read scapulatus,

Daud, mentioned, 419.

scapulatus, Daud, mentioned,

419.

Corynoneura, Winnertz, 363.

seychellensis*, Kieffer, 363.

Coscinodiscus, Zhrenb., mentioned,

455,

Cosmopterygide, 282.

Cosmopteryx, Huebner, 282.

ingeniosa, Meyrick, 282.

mimetis, Meyrick, 282.

men-

INDEX

Cothonaspis, //artig, 310.

(Pentarhoptra) scotti*, Kieffer,

311.

Crab, robber (Birgus latro, Linn.),

mentioned, 423.

Crabro, Yabr., 373 ; mentioned, 367.

(Dasyproctus) scotti*, Turner,

373.

(Rhopalum)oceanicus*, Z’urner,

373.

Crabs (Sesarma quadratum, Fabr.),

mentioned, 411.

land hermit, migration of,

mentioned, 423.

Craterispermum microdon, Baker

(‘bois doux”), mentioned, 31.

Creseis, Rang, mentioned, 166.

acicula, Rang, 166 ; mentioned,

170, 171, 172.

virgula, Rang, 166; mentioned,

169, 170, 171, 172.

Cryptodromia, Stimpson, mentioned,

195.

canaliculata,

mentioned, 192.

canaliculata, Alcock, 194.

gilesii, Alcock, mentioned, 195.

ornata*, Rathbun, 195; men-

tioned, 192, 259.

pentagonalis, Hilgendorf, 194 ;

mentioned, 192.

Cryptopodia, Milne Edwards, men-

tioned, 258.

pan, Linn., 259; mentioned,

194.

pan, Laurie, 259.

194;

Stimpson,

Cryptopsophis multiplicatus, Bou-

lenger, mentioned, 376.

Cryptotermes, Banks, mentioned,

136.

cavifrons, Banks, mentioned,

136.

Cryptothele alluaudi, Simon, men-

tioned, 379, 381.

Cuckoo (Centropus aldabranus,

Ridgway), mentioned, 418.

Culicid larve, swarms in water in

Nepenthes pitchers, mentioned, 25.

Culicide, mentioned, 33.

Culicoides, Latreille, 339.

aurantiacus*, ieffer,

mentioned, 340,

var. mahensis*, Kieffer,

342;

342.

leucostictus*, Kieffer,

mentioned, 339, 366.

340 ;

Culicoides scotti*, Kiefer, 341;

mentioned, 340, 366,

seychellensis*, ieffer, 341;

mentioned, 340.

Cuphodes, Meyrick, 285; men-

tioned, 264.

luxuriosa*, Meyrick, 285.

tridora*, Meyrick, 285.

| Curculionide, mentioned, 26.

Curlews, migration of, mentioned,

420.

Cuvierina, Boas, 166.

columnella, Rang, 166; men-

tioned, 169, 171.

Cyathura, Norman & Stebbing, 91;

mentioned, 88.

carinata, Kréyer,

94,

pusilla? juv., Stebbing,

mentioned, 84.

Cyclax suborbicularis,

254; mentioned, 194.

(Cyclomaia) suborbicularis, Al-

cock, 254.

Cyclomaia suborbicularis, Alcock,

254.

Cyclosa insulana, Costa, mentioned,

381.

Cycloxanthops angustus, Rathbun,

217; mentioned, 192.

mentioned,

Silie

Stimpson,

Cymbulia, Péron et Lesweur, 168.

sibogee, Z'esch, mentioned, 168.

sp., 168; mentioned, 169, 170,

172.

Cymbuliide, 168.

Cymo andreossyi, Audouin,

mentioned, 193.

andreossyi, Alcock, 227.

melanodactylus, de Haan, 227;

227 ;

mentioned, 193.

melanodactylus, Alcock, ‘

quadrilobatus, Jiers,

mentioned, 193.

quadrilobatus, Alcock, 227.

Cymodoce, Leach, 104.

| Cymodoce, H. J, Hansen, 104.

aculeata, //aswell, mentioned,

105, 106.

bicarinata, Stebbing, 106 ; men-

tioned, 84, 107.

longistylis, J/iers, mentioned,

105, 106.

pilosa, Milne Edwards, men-

tioned, 105, 106, 107.

pubescens, Milne Edwards, 104;

| mentioned, 84.

470

Cymodoce pubescens, H. J. Hansen,

104.

pubescens, Haswell, 104.

zanzibarensis*, Stebbing, 105 ;

mentioned, 84, 120.

Cymodocea, Koenig, leaves of, men-

tioned, 16, 19; growth of, 412,

429.

Cymothoa, Fabricius, 102; men-

tioned, 103.

Cymothoa, Schiddte & Meinert,

102.

Cymothoa, H. Richardson, 102.

eremita, Briinnich, 102; men-

tioned, 84.

eremita, Schiddte & Meinert,

102.

gaudichaudii, Milne Edw., men-

tioned, 104.

cestrum, Linn., mentioned, 102.

stromatei, Bleeker, 101.

trigonocephalam, Milne Ldvw.,

mentioned, 104.

(Ceratothoa) carinata, Hilgen-

dorf, 103.

Cymothoe carinata, Bianconi, 103.

Cymothoide, 101.

Cynipide, par J. J. Kieffer, 309-

313.

Cyproniscus cypridinz, Sars, men-

tioned, 114.

minutus, 4. Milne Edwards,

255; mentioned, 194.

minutus, Alcock, 255.

Nobili, 255.

Cyrnodes*, Ulmer, 45; mentioned,

42.

scotti*, Ulmer, 46 ; mentioned,

53.

Cyrnus, Steph., mentioned, 42, 45.

Dacryopilumnus eremita, Mobili,

228; mentioned, 193, 260.

Dactylocladius, Kieffer, 361.

heterostolus*, Kieffer,

mentioned, 361.

mahensis*, Aveffer, 361; men-

tioned, 361, 366.

megalochirus*, Kieffer, 363;

mentioned, 361.

363;

melanostolus*, Kieffer, 362;

mentioned, 361, 366.

xanthostolus*, Kieffer, 362;

mentioned, 361, 366.

Dactylokepon*, Stebbing, 113 ; men-

tioned, 85.

INDEX

Dactylokepon catoptri*, Stebbing,

113 ; mentioned, 85, 121.

richardsone*, Stebbing, 113; |

mentioned, 85, 122; found

in branchial cavity of Tra-

pezia cymodoce, Herbst, men-

tioned, 113.

Daira perlata, Herbst, 223; men-

tioned, 193.

Daldorfia horrida,

mentioned, 194.

investigatoris, Alcock, 259;

mentioned, 194.

Danaida chrysippus, Linn.,

tioned, 28.

Dasyproctus scotti*, Turner, 373.

Decadarchis, Meyrick, 299; men-

tioned, 264.

eurylyta*, Meyrick, 300.

methodica*, Meyrick, 299.

molynta*, Meyrick, 300.

trichodora*, Meyrick, 299.

Deckenia palms, mentioned, 36.

Dendrophyllia, Blainv., mentioned,

411.

Dennis Island, Seychelles, forma-

tion of, 18—20.

Dermaptera, by

Linn., 259;

men-

Malcolm Burr,

123-133.

Dermophis, Peters, | mentioned,

376.

sechellensis*, Boulenger, 376,

fig. 376.

Desmopterus, Chun, 168; men-

tioned, 165.

gardineri*, Zesch, 168; men-

tioned, 169, 188.

papilio, Chun, 168 ; mentioned,

169, 170, 171, 172.

Diacria, Gray, 167.

quadridentata, Leswewr, 167 ;

mentioned, 170, 171.

trispinosa, Lesuewr, 167; men-

tioned, 169, 171.

Dielis celebs, Sichel, 368.

eriophora, lug, mentioned,

368.

pilosella, Sazss., 368.

Dinops, sp.? mentioned, 381.

Diodon, Storr., teeth of, mentioned,

, 407.

Diplosarie, 318.

Diptera, mentioned, 23.

Cecidomyiide der Seychellen-

Inseln, von J. J. Kieffer,

315-330.

Diptera, Chironomid der Seychel-

len Inseln, von J. J. Kieffer,

331-366.

Mycetophilide, von Dr Gunther

Enderlein, 59-81.

Dipterous larve, rat-tailed (?Eri-

stalis, sp.), mentioned, 25.

Distichopora, Lamarck, varieties of,

mentioned, 433.

Dolichopid (Leptorhethrum, sp.),

mentioned, 32.

Dolichopide, mentioned, 32, 35.

Domecia hispida, Hydoua & Souleyet,

235; mentioned, 193.

hispida, Alcock, 235.

Dorippe dorsipes, Zinn., 197 ; men-

tioned, 192.

dorsipes, Alcock, 197.

Dorippide, 197.

Dove, ground, Geopelia striata?

(Linn.), mentioned, 17.

Dracena, Vand., mentioned, 433.

reflexa, Lam., mentioned, 433.

Dragon-flies, mentioned, 28.

Drassodes inaudax, Sim., mentioned,

379.

Dromia cranioides, Alcock, 194.

(Cryptodromia) canaliculata,

Alcock, 194.

( ) pentagonalis, Hilgen-

dorf, 194.

Dromidia cranioides, de Man, 194;

mentioned, 192.

Dromiide, 194.

“ Drongo” (Buchanga aldabrana,

Ridgway), mentioned, 419.

Drosophilide, mentioned, 32.

Dryolimnas aldabranus, Grinther,

mentioned, 418, 428, 430, 433.

cuvieri, Pucher, mentioned,

418.

Dugongs, extinct, mentioned, 19.

“ Dunes Jean Lowis,” 404.

“ Dunes de Maistre,” 404.

Dynomene hispida, Desmarest, 195 ;

mentioned, 192.

hispida, de Man, 199.

platyarthrodes, Stebbing, men-

tioned, 104.

predator, A. Milne Edwards,

196; mentioned, 192.

predator, de Man, 196,

pugnatrix, de Man, 196.

brevimana*, Rathbun,

subsp. noy., 196 ; mentioned,

192.

a Se

Dynomene spinosa*, Rathbun, 196;

mentioned, 192, 260.

Dynomenide, 195.

Eagris sabadius, Gray, mentioned,

23.

Eboda, Walker, 267.

amblopis*, Meyrick, 267.

Echinosoma, Serville, 124.

afrum, Beawv., mentioned, 124.

bolivari, Rodz., 124;

mentioned, 123.

concolor, Bor., mentioned, 124.

congolense, Borm., mentioned,

124,

forbesi, Kirby, mentioned, 124.

fuscum, Borm., mentioned, 124.

insulanum, Karsch., mentioned,

var.,

124,

occidentale, Borm., mentioned,

124.

parvulum, Dohrn, mentioned,

124,

sekalavum, Borm., mentioned,

124,

sumatranum, Haan (= E. wes-

termanni, Dohrn), men-

tioned, 124.

wahlbergi, Dohrn, mentioned,

124,

westermanni,

tioned, 124.

yorkense, Dohrn, mentioned,

124,

Ecnomus, MacLachlan, mentioned,

42, 43.

Dohrn, men-

deceptor, MacLachlan, men-

tioned, 46.

insularis*, Ulmer, 46; men-

tioned, 43, 53.

obtusus, Ulmer, mentioned, 46.

tropicus, Ulmer, mentioned, 46.

Ectolyta, Férster, 312.

atraticeps*, Kieffer, 312.

Eel, new from Assumption, men-

tioned, 433.

Eggs of a giant land tortoise, found

in Cosmoledo, mentioned, 428.

Elamena gracilis, Borradaile, 242 ;

mentioned, 193.

Electropsilotes*, U/mer, mentioned,

42.

Elis pilosella, Sauss., 368.

(Dielis) celebs, Sichel, 368.

Embia ova, Saussure, 57.

latreillei, Rambur, 56.

INDEX

Embiide, mentioned, 30.

Embiidina und Neuroptera (Coni-

opterygide und Hemerobiide),

von Dr Giinther Enderlein, 55—

58.

Enderlein, Dr Giinther, Embiidina

und Neuroptera (Coniopterygide

und Hemerobiidee), 55-58.

Diptera, Mycetophilide, 59-81.

Entomological, Eight Months’, Col-

lecting in the Seychelles Islands

1908-1909, by Hugh Scott, 21—

39.

Epedanide,

380.

Ephemeride, mentioned, 28.

Epicaridea, 110.

Epicypta, Winn., mentioned, 76.

Epixanthus corrosus, 4. Milne

Edwards, 227; mentioned, 193.

Ereunetis, Meyrick, mentioned, 264.

mentioned,

mentioned, footnote

Ergyne, Risso, 115 ;

114.

Ergyne, Stebbing, 115.

cervicornis, Risso, mentioned,

115.

hendersoni, Giard & Bonnier,

mentioned, 112, 115.

savignyi*, Stebbing, 115 ; men-

tioned, 85, 120; host of

Actea savignyi, A. Milne

Edwards, mentioned, 116.

Eriphia levimana, Alcock, 233.

scabricula, Dana, 233; men-

tioned, 193.

scabricula, Alcock,

sebana, Shaw, 233 ;

193.

Erisphagia, Forster, 312.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 312.

Erythroxylon laurifolium,

mentioned, 31.

Ethmia, Huebner, 289; mentioned,

264.

colonella, Walsingham, 289.

meteoris*, Meyrick, 289.

Ethmiadz, 289.

Etisodes electra, Herbst, 217; men-

tioned, 192.

electra, Alcock, 217.

Etisus dentatus, Herbst, 217 ; men-

tioned, 192.

dentatus, Alcock, 217.

levimanus, Randall, 217; men-

tioned, 192.

233.

mentioned,

Lam.,

levimanus, Alcock, 217.

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV.

471

Eucoila, Westwood, 310.

(Psichacra) scottiana*, Kiefer,

sll.

(Tetramerocera) seychellensis*,

Kieffer, 310.

Eucoilinz, 309.

Eucosma, Huebner, 268 ; mentioned,

263, 265.

chlorobathra*, Meyrick, 268.

plebeiana, Zeller, 268.

temenitis*, Meyrick, 269.

Eucosmid, 268.

Eucrate crenata, de Haan, 237;

mentioned, 193.

crenata, Alcock, 237.

Eumedonus granulosa, MacGilchrist,

259; mentioned, 191, 194.

EKumenes alluaudi, Pérez, mentioned,

29.

Euphorbia <Abbotti, Baker, men-

tioned, 416, 433, 442.

Eupleea mitra, dM/oore, mentioned,

23, 33.

Euprognatha, Stimpson, mentioned,

247.

Eureunetis, Meyrick, 300.

calypta*, Meyrick, 301.

sealigera*, Meyrick, 300,

xenica*, Meyrick, 301.

Buruppellia tenax, Alcock, 228.

Eurydice, Leach, 95.

achata, Slabber, mentioned, 96.

convexa, Richardson,

tioned, 96.

elegantula, H. J. Hansen, men-

tioned, 96, 97.

humilis*, Stebbing, 96; men-

tioned, 84, 119.

inermis, //. J. Hansen, men-

tioned, 96.

pulchra, Leach, mentioned, 96.

men-

truncata, Vorman, 95; men-

tioned, 84.

truncata, H. J. Hansen, 95.

truncata, Tattersall, 95.

Eurydicide, 95,

Euryops, Zesch, 181.

mutabilis, 7'esch,

tioned, 189.

Eurytermes, Wasm., mentioned, 136.

Eutermes (Hag.), Fr. Miiller, 146 ;

mentioned, 136.

183; men-

mahéensis*, Holmgren, 148;

mentioned, 136.

mauricianus, Sjést, mentioned,

135,

472

Eutermes nigrita, Wasm., 146;

mentioned, 136, 147, 148.

subsp. mahéensis*, Holm-

gren, 148; mentioned, 136.

salebri thorax, $jés¢, mentioned,

135.

subtilis, Wasm., 145.

truncatus, Wasm., 144.

Eutermitine, 146.

Euthecosomata, 165.

Euxanthus exsculptus, Herbst, men-

tioned, 215.

easculptus, var. rugosus, Miers,

215.

herdmani, Lawrie, 215; men-

tioned, 192.

rugosus, Miers, 215; men-

tioned, 192, 260.

Exoceetus evolans, Linn., mentioned,

102.

Expedition, Description of, (con-

cluded) by J. Stanley Gardiner,

1-7.

Fannia, Robineau-Desvoidy, 155.

leucosticta, Meigen?, 155.

Fauna of Aldabra, 266.

of the Seychelles, 263-266.

Fauna and Flora, Notes on, of

‘Aldabra and neighbouring Is-

lands, by J.C. F. Fryer, 397-442.

Favia, Oken, mentioned, 411.

Feaella, Hllingsen, mentioned, 394.

affinis*, Hirst, 394; mentioned,

380, 382, fig. 394.

mirabilis, #/lingsen, mentioned,

394.

mucronata, 7ullgr., mentioned,

394, 395.

Félicité Island, Entomological col-

lecting in (H. Scott), 35.

“Ferns epiphytic” (Asplenium

Nidus, Linn.), mentioned, 26.

Ficus, sp.? (“La fouche”) men-

tioned, 19, 416, 433.

Filao trees (Casuarina equisetifolia,

Innn.), mentioned, 5.

“ Fireflies” (Luciola,

tioned, 29, 33.

Firmicus marginatus, Simon, men-

tioned, 381.

Firola gegenbauri, Vayssiére, men-

tioned, 183; distrib.

tioned, 187.

Firoloida, Leswewr, 184 ; mentioned,

172.

sp.), men-

of, men-

INDEX

Firoloida desmaresti, Vayssiére,

mentioned, 184, 185.

kowalewskyi, Vayssiére, 184;

mentioned, 185, 186; distrib.

of, mentioned, 187, 188.

Flabellifera, 84, 90.

“ Flamingoes” (Phceniconaias minor,

Geoffr.), mentioned, 419.

Flora and Fauna, Notes on, of

Aldabra and neighbouring Is-

lands, by J. C. F. Fryer, 397-442.

a Study of

sedentary, by Sydney J. Hick-

son, 443-462.

Forcinella stali, Dohrn, 125.

Forficula morio, Fabr., 133.

riparia, Pallas, 126.

Forficulide, 24, 133.

Forfiscelia cwrvicauda, Motsch, 127.

pilicornis, Motsch, 129.

Foraminifera, some

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the

Seychelles and other Islands in

the Indian Ocean, by Rowland

E. Turner, 367-374.

“Fossorial Wasp, metallic-blue ”

(Sceliphron madecassum, G'rib.),

mentioned, 28.

Foudia aldabrana, Ridgway (“ Car-

dinal”), mentioned, 419.

madagascar, Linn., mentioned,

17, 419.

Fox, flying, mentioned, 416.

Fregata aquila, Zinn., mentioned,

419.

minor, mentioned, 419.

Frigata aquila, 419, read Fregata.

minor, read Fregata, Linn.,

419.

Frigate Birds, flight of, mentioned,

419.

Fryer, J. C. F., Bird and Dennis

Islands, Seychelles, 15-20.

The Structure and Formation

of Aldabra and neighbouring

Islands—with Notes on their

Flora and Fauna, 397-442.

Fungida, mentioned, 411.

Galaxea, Oken, mentioned, 411.

Gallinula, sp. (dfoorhen),

tioned, 17.

Ganaspis, Yoérster, 311.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 311.

Gannets (Sula leucogaster, Ridg-

way), nests of, mentioned, 417,

419.

men-

Gannets (Sula piscator, Linn.),

colonies of, mentioned, 17.

Gardiner, J. Stanley, Description of

the Expedition (concluded), 1-7.

Gardineria*, Rathbun, 236; with

a stridulating mechanism, men,

tioned, 191.

canora*, Rathbun, 236; men-

tioned, 193, 260.

Garypus insularis, Z'wllg., men-

tioned, 382, 395. ‘

Gasteracantha brevispina, Dol.,

mentioned, 379, 381.

Geckos of Bird Island, mentioned,

Wit

Gelechia auriferella, Walker, 286.

Gelechiade, 271.

Geonemertes arboricola, Punnett,

mentioned, 3.

Geopelia striata? (Linn.) (Ground

dove), mentioned, 17.

Giant land tortoises, bones of, men-

tioned, 407.

Gigantione, Giard & Bonnier, 117.

Gigantione, Kossmann, 117.

bouvieri, Bonnier, mentioned,

117; taken from the bran-

chial cavity of Pilumnus

hirtellus, Zinn., var. inermis,

A, Milne Edwards & Bon-

nier, 117.

moebi, Kossmann, taken from

the branchial cavity of Riip-

pellia impressa, de Haun,

117.

rathbunee*, Stebbing, 117 ; men-

tioned, 85, 120; taken from

branchial cavity of Actea

polyacantha, Heller, 118.

Gleichenia dichotoma, Hooker, men-

tioned, 28.

Glossobius, Schiddte

mentioned, 103.

Glyphipterygidz, 289.

Glyphipteryx, Huebner, 290; men-

tioned, 264.

dichalina*, Meyrick, 290.

medica*, Meyrick, 291.

Glyptotermes, Froggatt, 140; men-

tioned, 136, 142.

& Meinert,

borneensis, Hav., mentioned,

136.

longus*, Holmgren, 142; men-

tioned, 135.

scotti*, Holmgren, 142; men-

tioned, 135.

Glyptotermitine, mentioned, 142.

“Goat-sucker” (Caprimulgus parvu-

lus, Gould), mentioned, 419.

Goniocaphyra inaequalis, Rathbun,

239.

truncatifrons, de Man, 239.

Goniohellenus hoplites, Alcock, 207.

Gonioneptunus, Ortmann,

tioned, 207.

Goniosoma paucidentatum, A. Milne

Edwards, 206.

Gonoplacide, 191, 237.

Gracilaria, Haw., 292.

prosticta, Meyrick, 292.

Gracilariade, 291.

Grapsicepon, Giard & Bonnier,

112; mentioned, 114.

amicorum, Giard & Bonnier,

114.

Grapside, 241.

Grapsus_ longitarsis, Dana, 241;

mentioned, 193.

longitarsis, Rathbun, 241.

strigosus, Herbst, host of Kepon

typus, Duvernoy, mentioned,

men-

Te 2:

Green turtle (Chelone mydas,

Linn.), breeding grounds of,

mentioned, 402, 408.

Grewia, Linn., two species of,

found in Aldabra, mentioned,

416.

Gronotoma, Forster, 399.

seychellensis*, Kieffer, 399.

Guettarda speciosa,

tioned, 3.

Gymnosomata, Blainv., mentioned,

165.

Gypsina melobesioides, Carter, 454.

Linn., men-

1 Halacritus, sp., mentioned, 35.

Halictus mahensis, Cameron, men-

tioned, 28.

Halimus, Zatreille, 250.

borradailei, Rathbun,

mentioned, 194, 261.

elongatus, Ortmann, 251;

mentioned, 194.

inermis*, Rathbun, 250 ;

tioned, 194, 251, 261.

Laurie, mentioned,

men-

irami,

251.

tenuicornis, Pocock, 251; men-

tioned, 194.

uncifer, Calman, 252; men-

tioned, 194, 261.

INDEX

Halopsyche gaudichaudi, Bronn,

mentioned, 165.

Hamalodromia coppingeri, Miers,

mentioned, 192.

Hamitermes, Silvestri, mentioned,

136.

Hapalocarcinidee, 242.

Hapalocarcinus marsupialis, Stimp-

son, 242; mentioned, 193.

marsupialis, Rathbun, 242.

Harpactopus wxgyptius, Lep., 370.

Heliopora, Blainv., mentioned, 16,

410.

FHellenus

206

Hemerobiide und Coniopterygide,

von Dr Giinther Enderlein,

55-58.

Hemerobius humuli, ZLinn., men-

tioned, 58.

Hemidactylus frenatus, Dum. &

Bibr., 377.

longispinosus, Alcock,

gardineri, Boulenger, 378;

mentioned, 423, footnote

430.

mabouia, J/or., mentioned, 378.

Hermit Crab, land, migration of,

mentioned, 423.

Hermogenes, Zeller, mentioned,

265, 288.

Hernandia peltata, Meissn. (“ Bows

blanc.”), mentioned, 3, 17, 19.

Heron or white egret (Ardetta, |

sp. ?), mentioned, 17.

Herpystis*, Meyrick, 268; men-

tioned, 265.

rusticula*, Meyrick, 268.

Hesperiide, mentioned, 28.

Heteronucia, Alcock, 199.

ingens*, Rathbun, 199; men-

tioned, 192, 260.

mesanensis, Rathbun, men-

tioned, 200.

venusta, Jobdili, mentioned,

200.

vesiculosa, Alcock, mentioned,

200.

Heteropoda regia, /abr., mentioned,

382.

Heteropoda and Pteropoda,

J. J. Tesch, 165-189.

Heterotanais, Sars, 90.

anomalus, Sars, 90 ; mentioned,

84.

Heterotermes, Froggatt, mentioned, |

footnote 142.

473

Heterotermitinz, mentioned, foot-

note, 142.

Hibiscus _ tiliaceus,

tioned, 3, 19.

Hickson, Sydney J. On Polytrema

and some allied Genera. A

| study of some sedentary Fora-

Linn., men-

minifera based

Collection made by Prof. Stanley

Gardiner in the Indian Ocean,

433-462.

Hieroxestis, Meyrick, 294; men-

tioned, 265, 266.

cyanodesma”™, Meyrick, 294.

ensifera*, Meyrick, 295.

florea*, Meyrick, 294.

fricata*, Meyrick, 297.

heliogramma™, Meyrick, 295.

hermatias*, Meyrick, 296.

ichnora*, Meyrick, 297.

irenica*, Meyrick, 296.

lactiflua*, Meyrick, 298.

nephalia*, Meyrick, 297.

pheochalea, Meyrick, 298.

rhodothicta*, Meyrick, 296.

rhothiaula*, Meyrick, 295.

selacta*, Meyrick, 294.

subcervinella, Walker, 298.

mainly on a

tarsota*, Meyrick, 295.

Hinzuanius, Karsch, mentioned,

380.

parvulus*, Hirst, 393; men-

| tioned 382, fig. 393.

Hirst, 5., The Arane, Opiliones

and Pseudoscorpiones, 379-395.

Hispo striolata, Simon, mentioned,

382.

| Hodotermes,

136.

Holmgren, Nils F., Isoptera, 135-

148.

Holoneurus, Aveffer, 328.

Hagen, mentioned,

mahensis*, Aveffer, 328, fig.

| 328.

Holothurians, mentioned, 411.

Holozoster, Loman, mentioned,

380.

ovalis, Loman, mentioned,

382.

Homalodromia coppingeri, JMers,

195.

Homoptera, mentioned, 23.

Homotrema*, Hickson, 445; men-

tioned, 444.

rubrum, Lamarck, 454; men-

| tioned, 452, 461.

61—2

474

Hoplophrys oatesii, Henderson,

253; mentioned, 194,

oatesii, Alcock, 253.

Huenia proteus, de Haan, 249;

mentioned, 193.

proteus, Alcock, 249.

Hughscottiella*, Ulmer, 51; men-

tioned, 42.

auricapilla*, Ulmer, 52; men-

tioned, footnote 33, 54.

Hyalea rotundata, Boas, mentioned,

footnote 167, 170.

Hyalocylix, Fol., 166.

striata, Rang., 166 ; mentioned,

169-172.

Hyastenus diacanthus, Miers, 251.

diacanthus, var.

Ortmann, 251.

tenuicornis, Alcock, 252.

uncifer, Calman, 259.

Hydnopora, Phill., mentioned, 411.

Hydromanicus, Lrawer, mentioned,

42, 43, 46.

seychellensis*, Ulmer, 47;

mentioned, 32, 43, 46, 54.

Hydrophilid beetle, mentioned, 30.

Hydrophilide, mentioned, 30.

Hydroptilide, 43, 47.

Hymenoptera, Cynipide.

Kieffer, 309-313.

Fossorial, mentioned, 23.

elongata,

Par dove

Fossorial from the Seychelles

and other Islands in the

Indian Ocean, by Rowland

E, Turner, 367-374.

parasitic, mentioned, 23.

Hymenosomidee, 242.

Hyperolissa, 236.

Hypocelus sculptus, A. Milne

Edwards, 215.

Hypocolpus diverticulatus, Strahl,

215; mentioned, 192.

Hypogeophis alternans, Stejn, 375.

brevis*, Boulenger, 375, fig.

376.

rostratus, Cwv., 375.

Hysipetes rostrata, Ridgway, men-

tioned, 419.

Taniride, 108.

Ibalonius, Karsch, mentioned, 380.

bimaculatus, Zoman, men-

tioned, 389.

flavopictus*, Hirst, 389;

mentioned, 382, fig. 390,

391,

INDEX

Ibalonius inscriptus, Loman, 389 ;

mentioned, 382, fig. 389,

391.

karschii, Zoman, mentioned,

382.

lomani*, Hirst, 391; men-

tioned, 382.

Ibis abbotti, Ridgway, mentioned,

417.

bernieri, Bonaparte,

tioned, 417.

Ichthyophilus, Latreille, 102.

Idia rostrata, Robineau-Desvoidy,

men-

mentioned, 163.

Tdiella, Diptera, Anthomyida, mit

den Gattungen Rhinia und, von

P. Stein, 149-163.

Idiella, Brauer & Bergenstamm, 163.

cyanea*, Stein, 163.

Idiophantis, Meyrick, 272; men-

tioned, 263.

spectrata*, Meyrick, 272.

Idotea, Fabricius, 108.

metallica, Bose,

tioned, 85.

metallica, H. J. Hansen, 108.

metallica, Tattersall, 108.

metallica, H. Richardson, 108.

Idoteide, 108.

Imbricaria seychellarum, Oliver

(“Bois de nattes”), mentioned,

37.

Imma, Walker, 289.

questoria*, Meyrick, 289.

transversella, Snellen, 290.

Inachide, 242.

Insects, very numerous in Astove,

mentioned, 428.

Ipomea, Zinn., mentioned, 18, 23.

108; men-

Pescapre, oth, mentioned,

Isoplastus, Skuse, 364.

aurantiacus*, Kieffer, 365;

mentioned, 364.

minimus*, Kieffer, 365; men-

tioned, 364.

pallidissimus*, Kieffer, 364.

Isopoda, from the Indian Ocean

and British East Africa, by

Thos. R. R. Stebbing, 83-122.

Anomala, 84.

Genuina, 85.

Isoptera, von Nils F. Holmgren,

135-148.

Ixocincla (Hysipetes) rostrata,

Ridgway, mentioned, 419.

Jerid, 108.

Janira, Leach, 108.

Janira, H. Richardson, 108.

Janira, Stebbing, 108.

crosslandi, Stebbing, 108;

mentioned, 85, 109, 118.

maculosa, Leach, mentioned,

110.

minuta, H. Richardson, men-

tioned, 109, 110.

nana, Stebbing, mentioned,

109, 110.

Janiride, 108.

Joannisia, Kieffer, 328.

latipennis*, Kieffer, 328, fig.

329.

seychellensis*, <vieffer, 329,

fig. 330.

Johannseniella, Williston, men-

tioned, 343.

Jussiza, sp.

tioned, 31.

(Onagracez), men-

Kalliapseudes *,

mentioned, 84, 118.

makrothrix*, Stebbing, 86,

from Wasin, mentioned,

83, 84, 118.

Kepon, Duvernoy, 111.

Kepon, Stebbing, 112.

halimi*, Stebbing, 112; men-

tioned, 85, 121.

typus, Duvernoy, mentioned,

111, 112 ; Grapsus strigosus,

Herbst, host of, mentioned,

111.

“Kestrel, small” (Tinnunculus

newtoni, Gurney), mentioned,

419.

Kieffer, J. J., Diptera, Ceci-

domyiidz der Seychellen Inseln,

315-330.

Diptera, Chironomide der

Seychellen Inseln, 331-366.

Hymenoptera, Cynipide, 309—

313.

Kraussia integra, de Haan, 211;

mentioned, 192.

integra, Alcock, 211.

nitida, Stimpson, 211; men-

tioned, 192.

nitida, Rathbun, 211.

Labia, Leach, 127.

alluaudi, Burr,

tioned, 123.

127; men-

Stebbing, 86;

Labia curvicauda, Motsch., 127;

mentioned, 123, 128.

curvicauda, Dohrn, 127.

curvicauda, Borm., 127.

curvicauda, Burr, 128.

fryeri*, Burr, 129.

minor, Linn., mentioned, 129 ;

mentioned, 130,

pilicornis, Motsch., 129; men-

tioned, 123, 130.

pilicornis, Borm., 129.

pilicornis, Burr, 129.

Labidura, Leach, 126.

Jemoralis, Dubr., 124.

riparia, Pallas, 126; men-

tioned, 123.

var. inermis, B7., men-

tioned, 126.

Labiduride Echinosomatine, 124.

Labidurine, 126.

Labiide, 127,

Labiine, 127.

Lacertilia, 377.

“La fouche” (Ficus, sp.?), men-

tioned, 19, 416, 433,

Lambracheus ramifer, Alcock, 244;

mentioned, 193.

Lambrus longimanus, Alcock, 256.

(Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus,

Alcock, 257.

_ (Parthenolambrus) calappoides,

Adams & White, 257.

(——) harpax, Alcock, 257.

(Parthenopoides) erosus, Miers,

258.

(Rhinolambrus)

Alcock, 256.

( ) turriger, Alcock, 257.

Lamellicorn beetles, mentioned, 24.

Lamellicornia, larve of, mentioned,

26.

Lampides, Hiibner, mentioned, 28.

beeticus, Zinn., mentioned, 28.

telicanus, Zang, mentioned, 28.

Land hermit crabs, migration of,

mentioned, 423.

Lasiodromia coppingeri,

195.

Lasioptera, Meigen, mentioned, 318,

319, 333.

Laspeyresia, Huebner, 271.

miranda*, Meyrick, 271.

Lathrodectus geometricus, C. ZL.

Koch, mentioned, 381.

menavodi, Vins., 379; men-

tioned, 381.

longispinis,

Alcock,

INDEX

Latreillia pennifera, Alcock, 196;

mentioned, 192.

Latreilliide, 196,

Ledomyia, Kieffer, 315;

tioned, 323.

aurofulgens*, Kieffer, 316;

mentioned, 315, 317, 318,

323.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 317 ; men-

tioned, 315.

monilicornis*, <viefer, 318;

mentioned, 315.

styloptera*, Aveffer, 317 ; men-

tioned, 315.

Leia, Meigen, 69.

maculicoxa*, Hnderlein, 69 ;

men-

mentioned, 70.

seychellensis*, Hnderlein, 70.

Lemon-grass, scented (Andropogon),

mentioned, 29.

Lepidodiplosis*, Kieffer, 319.

filipes*, Kieffer, 321.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 320.

nocticolor*, Kieffer, 322, fig.

- 322.

seychellensis*, <teffer, 320,

fig. 320.

squamosipes*, Kieffer, 321,

fig. 320.

Lepidopterous larve, mentioned,

25.

Leptoceridz, mentioned, 42.

Leptodermatopteryx*, Ulmer, 49 ;

mentioned, 42.

tenuis*, V/mer, 50 ; mentioned,

28, 54.

Leptodius cavipes, Dana, 216;

mentioned, 192, 260,

cristatus, Borradaile, 216;

mentioned, 192, 260.

exaratus, Milne Edwards, 215;

mentioned, 192,

gracilis, Dana, 216;

tioned, 192.

gracilis, Rathbun, 216,

men-

molokaiensis, Rathbun, 216 ;

mentioned, 192, 215.

nudipes, Dana, 216; men-

tioned, 192.

nudipes, Rathbun, 216.

sanguineus, Milne Edwards,

216; mentioned, 192.

(Xanthodius) cristatus, Borra-

daile, 216.

Lestodiplosis, Aiteffer, 323.

ciliatipennis*, Kieffer, 325.

475

Lestodiplosis cottianus*,

324, fig, 324,

nanus*, Kieffer, 325.

Squamosus*, Kieffer, 323, tig.

324,

(Coprodiplosis) nanus*, Kieffer,

325.

Leucosia, Fabr., mentioned, 203.

elata, A. Milne Edw., men-

tioned, 203.

Leucosides angulata*, Rathbun,

202; mentioned, 192, 259.

Kieffer,

cumingi, Bell, mentioned,

202.

hilaris, Nobili, mentioned,

202.

jecusculum*, Rathbun, 202;

mentioned, 192, 259.

sima, Alcock, mentioned, 202.

Leucosiide, 199.

Leucotermes, St/vestri, mentioned,

footnote 136, 142.

tenuis, Hagen, mentioned, foot-

note, 142.

Leucotermitine, 143.

“Trane sans fins” (Cassytha fili-

formis, Zinn.), mentioned, 17.

Limacina, Cuvier, 165.

bulimoides, @’Orb., 166 ; men-

tioned, 170, 172.

inflata, d’Orb., 165; mentioned,

170; 172:

trochiformis, @Orb., 166;

mentioned, 170, 171, 172.

Limacinide, 165,

Limnobiidz, mentioned, 32.

Limnophora,

155.

fasciolata*, Stein, 155; men-

tioned, 156, 157.

Robineau-Desvoidy,

notabilis, Stein, mentioned,

156, 157.

notata, Fall., mentioned, 155,

156, 157.

obsignata, /tond., mentioned,

156, 157.

Osten-Sackenii, Jaenn., men-

tioned, 156, 157.

procellaria, Walker, mentioned,

156, 157.

Liomera cinctimana,

mentioned, 192.

cinctimana, Alcock, 212.

Milne Ed-

mentioned,

White, 212;

granosimana, A,

wards, 213;

192, 260.

476

Lioxantho, Alcock, mentioned, 213.

latifrons*, Rathbun, 213;

mentioned, 192, 260.

punctata, Milne Edwards, 213.

Lispa, Latr., 159.

lateralis, Stein, 156.

pectinipes, Becker, 159.

Lispognathus thomsoni, Doflein, 247.

Lissocarcinus orbicularis, Dana,

204; mentioned, 192.

orbicularis, Alcock, 204.

polybioides, Adams & White,

204; mentioned, 192.

polybioides, Alcock, 204.

Lithothamnia, mentioned, 20, 411,

412.

Lizard (Zonosaurus madagascari-

ensis, Gray), mentioned, 430.

Lodoicea seychellarum, Labill.

(‘coco de mer” palm), men-

tioned, 36.

Lophactea anaglypta, Alcock, 214.

semigranosa, Alcock, 214.

Lophomicippa limbata, Hathbun,

mentioned, 255.

Lophozozymus dodone,

214; mentioned, 192.

dodone, Alcock, 214.

pulchellus, A. Milne Hdwards,

214; mentioned, 192.

Luciola, sp. (fireflies), mentioned,

33.

Lupea granulata, Milne Edwards,

205.

Lupocyclus quinquedentatus, Rath-

bun, 210; mentioned, 192.

rotundatus, Adams & White,

210; mentioned, 192.

rotundatus, Alcock, 210.

Lybia pugil, Alcock, 236; men-

tioned, 193.

tessellata, Lutreille, 236 ; men-

tioned, 193.

Lycenide, mentioned, 28.

Lycognathophis sechellensis, Schleg.,

378.

Lycosa urbana, Cambr., mentioned,

382.

Lydia tenax, Riippell, 228; men-

tioned, 193.

Lyonetia, Huebner, 293; mentioned,

264.

probolactis*, Meyrick, 293.

Herbst,

Mabuia sechellensis, Dum. & Bibr.,

317.

INDEX

Macarostola, Meyrick, 292;

tioned, 264.

parolea*, Meyrick, 292.

Machilide, mentioned, 26.

Macrobrachius, Dziedzicki, 75.

brevifurcatus*, Hnderlein, 75.

men-

Macroceloma, Miers, mentioned,

256.

nummifer, Alcock, 255; men-

tioned, 194.

Macromeris, Zep., mentioned, 368.

combusta, Sm., mentioned,

368.

hova, Sawss., mentioned, 368.

Macropodia, Leach, mentioned,

242.

formosa*, Rathbun, 242, fig.

243 ; mentioned, 193.

rostrata, Linn.,

footnote 244.

Madrepora, mentioned, 410, 411.

Magnetism, Terrestrial, Obser-

vations for, by Commander

Boyle T. Somerville, 7-14.

Mahé, Entomological collecting in

(H. Scott), 27-35.

Maldivia gardineri*, Rathbun, 233;

mentioned, 193, 261.

symbiotica, Borradaile, men-

tioned, 234.

Manella gardineri*, Rathbun, 240;

mentioned, 191, 193, 261.

spinipes, de Jan, mentioned,

241.

“ Manglier fleurs” (Sonneratia

acida, Zinn.), mentioned, 415.

““Mapou” (Pisonia Calpidiat,

Steud.), mentioned, 19.

Marie Anne Island, Entomo-

logical Collecting in (H. Scott),

35.

Marilia, Fr.

42.

Marine Brachyura, by Mary J.

Rathburn, 191-261.

Mastigostoma*, Meyrick,

mentioned, 265, 302.

gypsatma*, Meyrick, 302.

Medeus ornatus, Dana, 216;

mentioned, 192.

ornatus, Rathbun, 216.

simplex, A. Milne Edwards,

216; mentioned, 192.

simplex, de Man, 216.

Megalixalus sechellensis, Dum. &

Bibr., 377.

mentioned,

Miiller, mentioned,

301 ;

Meinertia, Stebbing, 103.

carinata, Bianconi, 103 ; men-

tioned, 84.

Melanitis leda, Zinn., mentioned,

23,

Melasina, Boisd., 305; mentioned,

264.

tabernalis*, Meyrick, 305.

Melastoma, pink flowered, men-

tioned, 23.

Melia pugil, Alcock, 236.

tessellata, Borradaile, 236.

Melissa diverticulata, Strahl, 215.

Melitodes chameleon, V. Koch,

mentioned, 452.

“‘Melolonthid beetle” (Perissosoma

zenescens,

29.

Menethius monoceros,

249; mentioned, 193.

monoceros, Alcock, 249.

Meridarchis, Zeller, 266.

cementaria*, Meyrick, 266.

Merlia, mentioned, 456.

Mesochria*, Hnderlein, 65; men-

tioned, 60.

scottiana *, Hnderlein, 65.

Mesotermitide, 143.

Metachanda*, Meyrick, 275 ; men-

tioned, 265, 276, 281.

autocentra*, Meyrick, 280.

classica*, Meyrick, 278.

columnata*, Meyrick, 276.

erypsitricha*, Meyrick, 280.

fortunata*, Meyrick, 279.

fumata*, Meyrick, 279.

glaciata*, Meyrick, 277.

hydraula*, Meyrick, 276.

miltospila*, Meyrick, 279.

mormodes*, Meyrick, 277.

noctivaga*, Meyrick, 277.

prodelta*, Meyrick, 277.

thaleropis*, Meyrick,

mentioned, 275.

trixantha*, Meyrick, 276.

Metachandide, mentioned, 265,

266; habits of, unknown, 266,

275.

Metatermitide*, 145.

Metisolabis malgacha, Burr, men-

tioned, 127.

Waterh.), mentioned,

Latreille,

278 ;

Metriocneumus, van der Wulp,

360.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 360.

Meyrick, E., ‘Tortricina and

Tineina, 263-307.

Micippa iimbata, Rathbun, men-

tioned, 255.

margaritifera, Henderson, 255 ;

mentioned, 194.

margaritifera, Alcock, 255.

parea, Alcock, mentioned, 255.

Micippoides angustifrons, A. Milne

Edwards, 256; mentioned, 194,

260.

Microcerotermes, Silvestra,

mentioned, 136, 146.

birdi, Desn., mentioned, 146.

145;

bouvieri, Desn., mentioned,

146.

cylindriceps, Wasm., men-

tioned, 146.

distans, Havil., mentioned,

146.

dubius, Havil., mentioned, 146.

fuscotibialis, Sjés¢., mentioned,

146.

heimi, Wasm., mentioned, 146.

palzarcticus, Sjést., mentioned,

146.

parvus, Sjdést, mentioned, 146.

serratus, Havil., mentioned,

146.

sicore, Wasm., mentioned,

146.

struncki, Sér, mentioned, 146.

subtilis, Wasm., 145; men-

tioned, 135, 136, 146.

turneri, Froggatt, mentioned,

146,

Microcerotermitine, 145.

Micromus, Rambur, mentioned, 58.

intricatus, Wesm., mentioned,

58.

paganus,

58.

timidus, Hagen, 57.

variegatus, Fabr., mentioned,

58.

Millepora, Linn., mentioned, 16,

410, 411; encrusting form of,

412, 444,

miniacea, Pallas, 453; men-

tioned, 444, 445, footnote

446.

rubra, Lamarck, 458; men-

tioned, 445, 447.

Mimosa? mentioned, 416.

Mirotermes,

136.

Mithrax suborbicularis, Stimpson,

254,

Linn., mentioned,

Wasm., mentioned,

INDEX

Mitraceras

382.

Molannidz, mentioned, 42.

Mollusca, mentioned, 424.

Montipora, Quoy & Gaim., men-

tioned, 411.

Moorhen (Gallinula, sp. ?), men-

tioned, 17.

Morinda citrifolia,

tioned, 3.

Mortoniella, Ulmer, mentioned, 43.

crassipalpum, Lom.,

Burm., men-

Mosquitoes (Stegomyia), abundant,

mentioned, 37.

Murena chilospilus, Blecker, men-

tioned, 413.

mudivomer,

tioned, 413.

Mursia spinimanus, Rathbun, 198 ;

mentioned, 192, 259.

Mus musculus, Zinn., mentioned,

417.

rattus, Linw., mentioned, 417.

Musea, Linn., 149.

fasciata*, Stein, 149.

niveisquama, Thoms., 149.

Mycetobia, MJeigen, mentioned, 65.

Mycetobiine, 60.

Mycetophila, Meigen, 80.

collaris*, Hnderlein, 81.

luridiceps*, Enderlein, 81.

seychellensis*, Hnderlein, 80 ;

mentioned, 81.

Mycetophilide, Diptera, von Dr

Ginther Enderlein, 59-81.

Mydea, Robineau-Desvoidy, 151.

compressipalpis*, Stein, 151.

fasciculifera*, Stein, 153.

mediana*, Stein, 152.

Mygnimia, Shuck., 368,

nenitra, Sauss., 368.

Myra brevimana, Alcock, 201.

darnleyensis, Alcock, 201.

Jugax, Alcock, 201.

Myriapoda, mentioned, 424.

Myrmarachne constricta, Blackw.,

mentioned, 382.

Giinther, men-

Nannisolabis,

127.

willeyi, Burr, mentioned, 127.

Nannopygia dohrni, Kirby, 124.

dohrni, Borm., 124.

Nawxio hirta, Alcock, 253.

mammillata, Ortmann, 253.

Naxioides hirta, A. Milne Edwards,

253 ; mentioned, 194.

Burr, mentioned,

477

Naxioides mammillata, Ortmann,

253; mentioned, 194.

spinigera, orradaile, 253 ;

mentioned, 194, 261.

Nectophryne gardineri*, Boulenger,

377, fig. 376.

Nepenthes pitchers, water in,

swarming with Culicid larve,

25.

Nephila cruentata,

tioned, 381.

madagascariensis, Vins, men-

tioned, 379, 381.

Neptunus (Achelous) granulatus,

Alcock, 205.

(

Fabr.,

men-

) orbicularis, Richters,

206.

(Amphitrite) petreus, Alcock,

204.

(Hellenus) longispinosus,

Alcock, 206.

Nerocila, Leach, 102.

Nerocila, H. Richardson, 102.

Stebbing, 102.

trichiura, JJiers,

102;

tioned, 84; found on wing

men-

fin of a flying-fish Exoccetus

evolans, Linn., 102.

trichiura, Schisdte & Meinert,

102.

Nesiergus insulanus, Sim., 383 ;

mentioned, 381, 395.

Nesomantis thomasseti, Boulenger,

377.

Neuroptera und Embiidina (Coni-

opterygide und Hemerobiide),

von Dr Giinther Enderlein,

55-58.

Nitidulide, mentioned, 30.

Noddies, grey-headed (Anous

leucocapillus, Gould), colony of,

mentioned, 17.

| Northea seychellarum, //ook., f.

(Capucin), mentioned, 25.

Notobrancheea valdivie, mentioned,

165.

Notogonia, Costa, 370; mentioned,

367.

mahensis, Cam, 370.

reticulata, Sawss., 370.

rufofemorata, Cam, 370.

seychellensis, Cum, 370.

Notonectid bug, mentioned, 28.

Numenius, Zinn., mentioned, 420.

mentioned,

arquatus, Linn.,

420.

478

Numenius pheopus, Zinn., men- | Oreophorus

tioned, 420.

Nursilia dentata, Bell, 203; men-

tioned, 192, 259.

dentata, Alcock, 203.

Nyctiophylax, Brauer, mentioned,

45,

Odites, Walsingham, mentioned,

265, 288.

Odontoceride, 49 ; mentioned, 42.

Odynerus, Zatr., mentioned, 28.

Ccophoride, 287.

Oinophila, Steph., 298; mentioned,

264, 265.

crobylora*, Meyrick, 299.

glomerata*, Meyrick, 299.

rorida*, Meyrick, 299.

Oligochxta, mentioned, 424.

Oligotoma, Westw., mentioned,

30, 31.

latreillei, Rambur, 56; men-

tioned, 57.

saundersi, Westw., 57.

scottiana*, Hnderlein, 55.

Oligotomide, 55.

Oniscus eremita, Briimnich, 102.

estrum, Spengler, 102.

Onagracez, mentioned, 31.

Oncinopus aranea, de Haan, 247 ;

mentioned, 193.

aranea, Alcock, 247.

Onebala, Walker, 273; mentioned,

263.

cubiculata*, Meyrick, 273.

Ophidia, 378.

Ophthalmias cervicornis,

254; mentioned, 194.

Ophyra, Kobineau-Desvoidy, 154.

Herbst,

zenescens, Wied., mentioned,

154.

chalcogaster, Wied, men-

tioned, 154, 155.

leucostoma, Wied., mentioned,

154.

nigrisquama*, Stein, 154.

Opiliones, Aranez, and Pseudo-

scorpiones, by 8. Hirst, 379-395.

Opogona, Zeller, 293; mentioned,

264, 294.

harpalea*, Meyrick, 293.

sultana*, Meyrick, 293.

Orbitolites, Lamarck, mentioned,

20, 406.

Oreophorus reticulatus, Adams &

White, 199 ; mentioned, 192, 259.

INDEX

reticulatus, Alcock,

199.

Orthocladius-Gruppe, 359, 364.

Oxygyrus rangi, Souleyet, 173;

mentioned, 185, 188.

Oxyopes dumonti, Vins., 379.

Oxypleurodon stimpsoni, Jers,

mentioned, 249.

Ozius (EHuruppellia) tenax, Alcock,

228.

Pachygrapsus longipes, Lathbun,

242; mentioned, 193.

minutus, 4A. Milne Edwards,

242; mentioned, 193.

minutus, Alcock, 242.

' plicatus, Milne Edwards, 241 ;

mentioned, 193.

plicatus, Rathbun, 241.

Pachyleptus, Walker, 347 ;

tioned, 331.

rufipes*, Kieffer, 347.

var. femoralis*, Kieffer,

348.

Palex sparattoides, Bormans, men-

tioned, 132.

Palicide, 191, 240.

Palicus jukesii, White, 240; men-

tioned, 193, 261.

juckesii, Alcock, 240.

jukesi, Laurie, 240.

whitei, Miers, 240 ; mentioned,

193, 261.

whitei, Alcock, 240.

Palm-trees, endemic, mentioned, 24.

Palpipedoidz, mentioned, footnote,

380.

Palpipes, Roth, mentioned, footnote,

380.

Palpomyia,

343.

Pandanus, Zinn., mentioned, 36,

416.

clump of, favourite haunt of

the giant land tortoise,

mentioned, 421.

Hornei, Balf. f.; mentioned,

24, 33, 34, 272.

seychellarum, Balf. f., men-

tioned, 24, 30.

Vandermeeschii, Balf. f:

(“‘serew-pine”), mentioned,

416, footnote 402.

“ Papaya” trees, mentioned, 17.

Papilionaceous plants, mentioned,

416.

men-

Megerlé, mentioned,

Paracilicea*, Stebbing, 107 ; men-

tioned, 84.

hanseni*, Stebbing, 107 ; men-

tioned, 84, 120.

Paraclada*, Meyrick, 288;

tioned, 265.

tricapna*, Meyrick, 288.

Paramithrax (Chlorinoides) longi-

spinus, Alcock, 254.

Paranebalia longipes, v. Willemoes

Suhm, mentioned, 83.

men-

Parapison isolatum*, Zurner, 372.

Parapseudes, Sars, 88 ; mentioned,

90.

hirsutus*, Stebbing, 89; men-

tioned, 84, 118.

latifrons, Sars, mentioned, 89.

Parasellidz, 108.

Parapistes, Meyrick, 274.

ioloncha, Meyrick, 274 ; larva

feeds in pods of Crotalaria

(Indian hemp), 274.

Parastasia coquerelii, _Fawrm.

(Rutelid beetle), mentioned, 34.

Parathranites orientalis, Miers,

204; mentioned, 192.

orientalis, Alcock, 204.

Parnara, spp., mentioned, 28.

Parrot (Coracopsis barklyi, 4.

Newton), mentioned, 36.

Parthenolambrus calappoides,

Alcock, 257.

harpax, Alcock, 257.

Parthenope horrida, Alcock, 259.

investigatoris, Alcock, 259.

(aulacolambrus) —hoplonotus,

Alcock, 357; mentioned,

194.

(Parthenope) longimanus

(Linn.), 256; mentioned,

194.

(Pseudolambrus) calappoides,

Adams & White, 257 ; men-

tioned, 194. :

) var. calappoides, Laurie,

mentioned, 257.

(

( ) var. confragosus,

Calman, mentioned, 257.

( ) erosa, Mfers, 258;

mentioned, 194, 261.

( ) harpax, Adams & White,

257; mentioned, 194, 258.

( ) plana*, Rathbun, 257 ;

mentioned, 194, 261.

(Rhinolambrus) — longispinis,

Miers, 256 ; mentioned, 194.

Parthenope (Rkinolambrus) — tur-

riger, Adams & White, 257;

mentioned, 194.

Parthenopide, 256.

Parthenopoides erosus, Miers, 258.

Pelagonemertes rollestoni, Moseley,

mentioned, footnote, 175.

Pelopeus hemipterus, Fabr., 369.

madecassus, Grib., 368.

Pemphis, Forst., 415.

acidula, Yorst., a tree known

locally as “almond tree,”

mentioned, 4, 18, 19, 402,

404, 415, 416, 433, 442.

Pentarhoptras, Kieffer, 310.

scotti*, Kieffer, 310.

Peraclis, Forbes, 166.

apicifulva, Pelsener, men-

tioned, footnote, 166.

brevispira, Pelsener, men-

tioned, footnote, 166.

moluccensis, 7esch, mentioned,

165.

reticulata, @dOrb., 166; men-

tioned, 170, 172.

triacantha, Fischer,

tioned, 172.

Perenon abbreviatum, Dana, 242 ;

mentioned, 193.

abbreviatum, Rathbun, 242.

planissimum, . Herbst, 242;

mentioned, 193.

planissimum, Rathbun, 242.

Periophthalmus, sp.? small fish of,

mentioned, 413.

Perissosoma nescens,

mentioned, 29.

Perrisia, Mars., mentioned, 318,

320, 323, 325, 326, 328.

Persephona _ brevimana,

201; mentioned, 192.

brevimana, Rathbun, 201.

darnleyensis, Haswell, 201;

mentioned, 192.

fugax, Yabr., 201 ; mentioned,

192. ;

Petalomera, Stimps., mentioned,

195.

Petrotrichia*, Ulmer, 43.

palpalis*, Ulmer (‘‘Caddis

fly”) 44; mentioned, 33,

53.

Phasmidee

tioned, 25.

Phelsuma madagascariense, Gray,

377.

men-

Waterh.,

Alcock,

(stick-insects), | men-

INDEX

Phelsuma

abbotti, Stezjneger’,

tioned, 423, 433.

Pheeniconaias minor, Geoffr., men-

tioned, 419.

Phoride, mentioned, 32.

Phronia, Winn., 71.

areolata*, Hnderlein, 73;

mentioned, 74.

flabellipennis*, Hnderlein, 71.

silhouettensis*, Hnderlein, 72.

subvenosa*, Enderlein, 74.

Phrynarachne, sp.? mentioned,

382.

Phthorimea, Meyrick, 273.

operculella, Zeller, 273,

Phymodius laysani, Rathbun, 226 ;

mentioned, 193.

nitidus, Dana,

tioned, 193.

sculptus, A. Milne Hdwards,

225; mentioned, 193.

sculptus, Alcock, 225.

ungulatus, Milne Edwards,

225; mentioned, 193.

ungulatus, Alcock, 225.

Pigeon hollandais (Alectrocenas

aldabranus, Giinther),

tioned, 404, 418.

Pilodius nitidus, Dana, 225.

paumotensis, Rathbun,

mentioned, 193.

Pilumnoplax acanthomerus*, Rath-

bun, 237 ; mentioned, 193, 260.

Pilumnus, Leach, mentioned, 191.

aleocki, Borradaile, 230; men-

tioned, 193.

andersoni, de Man, 228 ; men-

tioned, 193, 229.

andersoni, Alcock, 228.

hirtellus, Zinn., var. inermis,

A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier,

117.

hirsutus, Stimpson, 229 ; men-

tioned, 193.

longicornis, Hilgendorf, 228 ;

mentioned, 193.

longicornis, Alcock, 228.

maldivensis, Borradaile,

tioned, 229.

orbitospinis*, Rathbun, :

mentioned, 193, 260.

teniola, Rathbun, 229; men-

tioned, 193, 230.

tahitensis, de Man,

mentioned, 193.

madagascariense, var.

378; men-

225; men-

men-

227 ;

SECOND SERIES—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XIV.

479

Pilumnus trichophoroides, de Man,

230 ; mentioned, 193.

turgidulus*, Lathbun,

mentioned, 193, 260.

Pilzmiicken, 59.

Pines, screw, large clumps of, men-

tioned, 402.

Pinnotheridx, mentioned, 191.

Pison, Jur., 371; mentioned, 367.

argentatum, Shuck., 371.

argentatus, Shuck., 371.

isolatum*, Turner, 372.

speculare*, Turner, 371.

(Parapison) isolatum*, 7’wrner,

372.

Pitharcha, Meyrick, 306.

chalinea, Meyrick, 306.

Plagusia depressa _ tuberculata,

Lamarck, 242; mentioned, 193.

depressa tuberculata, Rathbun,

242.

Planodiplosis*, Kieffer, 323.

insularis*, Kieffer, 323.

Platactis*, Meyrick, 287;

tioned, 265,

hormathota*, Meyrick, 287.

Platurocypta*, Hnderlein, 76.

limbatifemus*, Enderlein, 76 ;

mentioned, 77.

Platylabia, Dohrn, 130.

camerunensis, Borg, 128.

dimidiata, Dohrn, 128.

dimidiata, Borm., 128.

dimidiata, Dohrn, var. guine-

230 ;

men-

ensis, Dohrn, 128.

dimidiata, var. camerunensis,

Borg, Borelli, 128.

dimidiata, Dohrn, 128.

dimidiata, Borm., 128.

major, Borm., mentioned, 130.

thoracica, Dohrn, 130; men-

tioned, 123, 131.

Platyoides, sp., mentioned, 379, 381.

Platypodia anaglypta, Heller, 214 ;

mentioned, 192, 260.

cristata, A. Milne Edwards,

214; mentioned, 192.

cristata, Alcock, 214.

Heller,

mentioned, 192.

Platyprosthiogyne*, Enderlein, 78.

Enderlein,

214 ;

semigranosa,

metameromelina*,

78.

Platypus, sp., mentioned, 26.

Platyura, Meigen, 66.

levis*, Hniderlein, 66.

480

Plectronia bibracteata, Baker

(“ Bois dur”), mentioned, 31.

Pleorotus, Simon, mentioned, 388.

Pleuropus longifilis, Z’rosche/, men-

tioned, footnote, 167, 170, 171,

172.

Plexippus paykulli,

tioned, 382.

Plumbago aphylla, Boj., mentioned,

430, 433, 442.

Plutellide, 292.

Pocillopora, Lam., mentioned, 16,

411.

Aud., men-

colonies of, mentioned, 412.

Polycentropide, 45.

Polycheta, mentioned, 411.

Polydectus cupulifer, Latreille, 235;

mentioned, 193.

cupulifer, Rathbun, 235.

Polyhymno (?) tenuis, Walsingham,

272.

Polytrema, on, and some allied

genera, by Sydney J. Hickson,

433-462.

Polytrema, Pallas, mentioned, 412,

444, 443-462.

balaniforme, Carter = (Car-

pentaria balaniformis,

Carter), 454.

corallina, isso, mentioned,

445, 453.

cylindricum, Carter, 454=

(Sporadotrema cylindricum,

Hickson), 454; mentioned,

443, 444, 451, 461.

mesentericum, Carter = (Spora-

dotrema mesentericum, Hick-

son), 454; mentioned, 447,

452.

miniaceum, Pallas, mentioned,

443-447, 450-462.

planum, Carter = (Gypsina

melobesioides, Carter), 454.

rubra, Carpenter, mentioned,

454.

utriculare, Carter = (Carpen-

teria utricularia, Carter),454.

Polytremide, mentioned, 456.

Pompilide, 368.

Pontogelos*, Stebbing, 97; men-

tioned, 84, 119.

aselgokeros*, Stebbing, 97 ;

mentioned, 84, 119; from

Mauritius, mentioned, 83

Porites, Lamarck, colonies of, men-

tioned, 410, 411.

INDEX

Portunicepon, Giard & Bonnier,

mentioned, 114, 115.

Portunide, 204.

Portunus (Achelous) granulatus,

Milne Edwards, 205; mentioned,

259.

(——) granulatus, Rathbun,

205; mentioned, 192.

(——) orbicularis, Richters,

206; mentioned, 192.

( ) orbitosinus*, Rathbun,

205; mentioned, 192, 259.

(——) petreus, Alcock, 204 ;

mentioned, 192.

(Xiphonectes) longispinosus,

Dana, 206 ; mentioned, 192.

( ) macrophthalmus, Rath-

bun, 206 ; mentioned, 192.

Prebebalia*, Rathbun, 200.

extensiva*, Rathbun, 200;

mentioned, 192, 259.

Praslin, Félicité, and Marie Ann

Islands, Entomological collecting

in (H. Scott), 35-37.

Praslinia cooperi, Boulenger, 376.

Prawns, freshwater, mentioned,

28.

Precis rhadama, Boisd., mentioned,

428.

Prionastrea, Milne Edw. & Haim.,

mentioned, 411.

Prionomyia, Stephens, mentioned,

346.

femoratus, Yabr., mentioned,

346.

Probezzia, Kieffer, 348.

longipennis*, Kieffer, 349,

mentioned, 348.

ornatissima*, Kiefer, 349;

mentioned, 348.

var. bipunctata*, Kieffer,

350.

scotti*, Aveffer, 348.

seychelleana*, Kieffer, 350 ;

mentioned, 348.

Procryptotermes*, Holmgr., 139 ;

mentioned, 136.

canalifrons, Holmgr.,

mentioned, 144.

domesticus, Hav., mentioned,

136.

fryeri*, Holmgren, 139; men-

tioned, 135, 140, 143.

Progonarma*, Meyrick, 302 ; men-

tioned, 265.

pagetodes*, Meyrick, 302.

148 ;

Prorhinotermes*, Holmgren, men-

tioned, footnote, 136.

Protatlanta, Jesch., 173.

souleyeti, #. A. Smith, 173; ,

distrib. of, mentioned, 185,

187.

Proterodesma, Meyrick, 306 ; men-

tioned, 264.

tomea*, Meyrick, 306.

Protoptila, Banks, mentioned, 43.

Prowinnertzia*, Kieffer, 327.

mahensis*, Kieffer, 327, fig.

327.

Psaline, 124.

Psalis, Serville, 124.

dohrni, Burr, 125.

dohrni, Kirby, 124; mentioned,

123.

Jemoralis, Borm., 125.

Pseudocollodes*, Rathbun, 247.

complectens*, Rathbun, 247,

248; mentioned, 193, 261.

Pseudolambrus calappoides, Adams

& White, 257; mentioned, 194,

260.

var. calappoides, Lawrie,

mentioned, 257.

—— var. confragosus, Rath-

bun, mentioned, 257.

erosa, Miers, 258 ; mentioned,

194, 261.

harpax, Adams & White, 257 ;

mentioned, 194.

plana*, Rathbun, 257; men-

tioned, 194, 261.

Pseudophilyra melita, de Man, 203;

mentioned, 192.

melita, Alcock, 203.

Pseudophryne vivipara, Jornier,377.

Pseudoscorpiones, &c., by S. Hirst,

379-395.

Pseudothecosomata, 168.

Pseudozius caystrus, Adams &

White, 227; mentioned, 193.

caystrus, Alcock, 227.

Psichacra, Forster, 311.

scottiana*, Kiefer, 311.

Psilopine, mentioned, 365.

Psilopsyche, Ulmer, mentioned, 42.

Psocide, mentioned, 26,

Psychodide, mentioned, 28, 32.

Psycholide, mentioned, 33.

Pteropoda and MHeteropoda, by

J. J. Tesch, 165-189.

Pteropus aldabrensis, Zrwe, men-

tioned, 416.

Pteropus edwardsii, Geoffrey, men-

tioned, 416.

nicobaricus, Jitzinger, men-

tioned, 416.

Pterosoma, Lesson, 174; men-

tioned, 176, 178; distrib. of,

mentioned, 187.

Challengeri, Zesch, mentioned,

ile day

planum, Lesson, 175;

tioned, 178, 186, 189.

Pterotrachea, Forskal, 181; men-

tioned, 174, 182, 184.

gegenbauri, Vayssiére,

tioned, 183.

microptera, Zesch, 181.

mutabilis, Tesch, 183.

mutica, Gegenbauer, mentioned,

184.

scutata, Gegenbauer, 182; men-

tioned, 183, 185, 186, 189.

sp. 181; mentioned, 185, 186.

men-

talismani, Vayssiére, men-

tioned, 183.

(Euryops) mutabilis, Tesch,

183; mentioned, 186, 189.

Pterotracheidx, 181.

Puffinus, sp. ? (Shearwaters),

colonies and nests of, mentioned,

iliye

Pygophora, Schiner, 162.

lobata, Stein, 162.

Quadrella coronata, Dana, 235 ;

mentioned, 193.

coronata, Alcock, 235.

var. maculosa, Alcock,

235.

maculosa, Alcock, 235; men-

tioned, 193.

Rail (Dryolimnas aldabranus,

Giinther), mentioned, 418.

Rallus aquaticus, Linn., mentioned,

418.

Rana mascariniensis, Dum. & Bibr.,

376.

Ranatra-like bug, mentioned, 28.

Randia, sp., mentioned, 31.

Rathbun, Mary J., Marine-

_Brachyura, 191-261.

Rats catch and eat land crabs (Car-

diosoma, Zatr.), mentioned, 417.

Reptiles and Batrachians, List of

the, obtained by Prof. Stanley

Gardiner on his Second Ex-

INDEX

pedition to the Seychelles and

Aldabra, by G, A. Boulenger,

375-378.

Rhacocnemis elegans*, Hirst, 387 ;

mentioned, 382, fig. 387.

guttatus, Blackw., mentioned,

382, 387.

Rhinia, Robineau-Desvoidy, 162.

scotti*, Stein, 162; mentioned,

163.

apicali, Wied., mentioned, 162,

163.

Rhinolambrus longispinis, Miers,

256; mentioned, 194.

longispinis, Alcock, 256.

turriger, Adams & White, 257 ;

mentioned, 194,

turriger, Alcock, 257.

Rhinotermes,

136, 143.

Rhinotermitine, 143.

Rhipiceride, mentioned, 26.

Rhiptoglassa, 378.

Rhitymna valida, Blackw., men-

tioned, 379, 382.

Rhizophora, Zinn., cut for the bark

which contains a high percentage

of tannin, 414, 415.

mucronata, Lam., mentioned,

footnote, 415.

Rhizophoracee, 414.

Rhopalum oceanicum*,

373.

Robber crab (Birgus latro, Linn.)

mentioned, 423.

Rocinela, Leach, 101.

orientalis, Schiddte & Meinert,

101 ; mentioned, 84,

orientalis, Stebbing, 101.

Rosaceous? thorny bush, men-

tioned, 416. .

Roscheria palms, mentioned,

25.

Riippellia impressa, de Haan, 117.

Rutelid beetle (Parastasia co-

querelii, Fairm.), mentioned, 34.

Hagen, mentioned,

Turner,

24,

Seophride, 101.

Sason seychellanum, Simon, men-

tioned, 379, 381.

Scevola, Jinn., mentioned, 18,

402.

Kenigii, Vahi,

tioned, 16, 402, 416.

Scalmatica*, Meyrick, 306; men-

tioned, 265.

men-

481

Scalmatica

306.

Scardia, Zreit., 307; mentioned,

264, 302.

lochea*, Meyrick, 307.

Scarus, Gron., teeth of, mentioned,

407.

Sceliphron, King, 368 ; mentioned,

367.

rimosa*, Meyrick,

bengalense, Dahlbom, 369;

mentioned, 367.

bengalense, Cam., 369.

hemipterum, Fabr., 369.

madecassum, Gribodo, 368;

mentioned (metallic-blue

fossorial wasp), 28, 369.

madecassum, Kohl, 368.

violaceum, Sauss., 368.

(Chalybion) bengalense, Dahi-

bom, 369.

) madecassum, Gribodo,

368.

Scelotes braueri, Boetig., 378.

gardineri, Boulenger, 378.

Schizophrys aspera, Milne Edwards,

254; mentioned, 194.

aspera, Alcock, 254.

(

Sclerobunus, Banks, mentioned,

footnote, 380.

Scolia, Fabr., 367.

eriophora, Klug, mentioned,

368,

(Dielis) celebs, Sichel, 368.

( ) eriophora, Klug, men-

‘tioned, 368.

( ) pilosella, Sauss., 368.

(Triscolia) hyalinata, Sichel,

367.

Scoliide, 367.

Scolytide, mentioned, 26.

Scott, Hugh, Eight Months’

Entomological Collecting in the

Seychelles Islands, 1908-1909,

21-39.

Scottella*, Znderlein,

tioned, 63.

argentosquamosa *,

61; mentioned,

60; men-

Ender-

lein, 61,

64.

formosana*, Hnderlein, 63.

Screw-pines, large clumps of, men-

tioned, 402.

Scyramathia pulchra, Miers, 250 ;

mentioned, 194.

pulchra, Alcock, 250.

livermoret, Alcock, 250.

62—2

482

Scytodes pholeoides, Sim., men-

tioned, 381.

velutina, Zowe, mentioned,

379, 381.

Selenops radiatus, JZatr., men-

tioned, 386, 387.

secreta*, Hirst, 386; men-

tioned, 382, fig. 386.

Semidalis africana, Hnderlein, 57 ;

mentioned, 28;

Gleichenia dichotoma,

57.

Senecio seychellensis, Baker (Bush-

groundsel), mentioned, 23, 25.

Seriatopora, Lam., mentioned, 411.

Serritermitine, 143.

Serromyia, Meigen, 346.

festiva*, Kieffer, 346.

geniculata, mentioned, 346.

Sesarma quadratum, Yabr., men-

tioned, 411.

Setemorpha, Zeller,

tioned, 265, 302.

rutella, Zeller, 302.

Seychelles, Fauna of, 263-266.

flying fox of, mentioned, 416.

Islands, Eight Months’ Ento-

mological Collecting in the,

1908-1909, by Hugh Scott,

21-39.

Shearwaters

found on

Hooker,

302 ;

men-

(Puffinus, sp. 2),

Colonies of, mentioned, 17.

nest of, mentioned, 17.

Silhouette, Entomological Collecting

in (H. Scott), 22-27.

Simaethis, Leach, 290; mentioned,

264.

gratiosa*, Meyrick, 290.

Simocarcinus simplex, Dana, 249 ;

mentioned, 193.

simplex, Alcock, 249.

Sipunculid, mentioned, 411.

Sitalces, Simon, 391; mentioned,

380, 392.

gardineri*, Hirst, 391; men-

tioned, 380, 382, fig. 392.

novem-tuberculatus, Simon,

mentioned, 380, 392.

Smeringopus elongatus, Vins., men-

tioned, 381.

Somerville, Commander Boyle T.,

Observations for

Magnetism, 7-14.

Sonneratia acida, Linn. f., men-

tioned, 415; known as “ Man-

glier fleurs,” mentioned, 415.

Terrestrial

INDEX

Sooglossus sechellensis, Boettg., 377.

Sparatta, Serville, 131 ; mentioned,

132.

brunneri, Borm., mentioned,

132, 133.

gardineri*, Burr, 131.

Sparattine, 130.

Spartium scoparium, Linn., men-

tioned, 430.

Spengelia, mentioned, 411.

Spheromias, Curtis, 342.

albomarginatus, Stephens, men-

tioned, 343.

annulitaris, Stephens,

tioned, 342.

areolaris*, Kieffer, 345 ; men-

tioned, 343, 366.

fasciatus, Meigen, mentioned,

343.

hexacantha*, Kieffer,

mentioned, 343, 366.

pulchripennis*, Kieffer, 344;

mentioned, 343, 366.

tibialis,

343.

varipes, Curtis, mentioned, 343.

Spheromide, 104.

Sphegide, 368.

Sphenocarcinus cuneus, Wood-

Mason, 249; mentioned, 193.

cuneus, Alcock, 249.

Spheroma pubescens,

Edwards, 104.

Sphex, Linn., 369.

egyptia, Lep., 370.

compressa, Fabr., 368.

hemiptera, Fabr., 369.

rufinervis, Pérez, 370.

torridus, Sm., 369.

umbrosus, Christ., 370; men-

tioned, 367.

(Harpactopus) egyptius, Lep.,

370.

Spilogaster albivitta, Stein, men-

tioned, 151.

arguta, Karsch, mentioned, 151.

evanescens, Stein, mentioned,

151.

gigas, Stein, mentioned, 151.

lativentris, Stew, mentioned,

151.

phasizformis,

tioned, 151.

Sporadarthra*, Meyrick, 303 ; men-

tioned, 265.

sicaria*, Meyrick, 303.

men-

343 ;

Meigen, mentioned,

Milne

Stein, men-

Sporadotrema*, Hickson, 447;

mentioned, 444.

cylindricum, Carter, 454;

mentioned, 444, 447, 448;

452, 453, 455, 459, 461,

462.

cylindricum, Hickson, 454.

mesentericum, Carter, 455;

mentioned, 452, 457, 459,

461, 462.

mesentericum, Hickson, 454.

Squamariacee, mentioned, 412.

Stagmatophora, Herrick-Schaffer,

282; mentioned, 264, 284.

acris*, Meyrick, 283.

hieroglypta*, Meyrick, 282.

ilarcha*, Meyrick, 282.

tentoria*, Meyrick, 283.

Staphylinide, mentioned, 30.

Stathmopoda, Stainton, 286; men-

tioned, 264.

auriferella, Walker, 286.

biclaris*, Meyrick, 286.

divisa, Walsingham,

tioned, 286.

epilampra*, Meyrick, 286.

theoris, Jeyrick, mentioned,

286; larva feeds in flower-

heads of artichoke (Heli-

anthus), mentioned, 286.

Stebbing, Rev. Thos. R. R.,

Isopoda from the Indian Ocean

and British East Africa, 83—

122.

Stegomyia, Theobald (mosquitoes),

abundant, mentioned, 37, 425.

Stein, P., Diptera, Anthomyide,

mit den Gattungen Rhinia und

Idiella, 149-163.

Stenetriide, 110.

Stenetrium, Haswell, 110.

chiltoni, Stebbing, 110; men-

tioned, 85.

Stenocionops cervicornis,

254,

Stenorhynchus rostratus, Rathbun,

mentioned, footnote, 244.

Steriphopus lacertosus, Sim., men-

tioned, 379, 381.

Stevensonia-palms, mentioned, 24,

men-

Alcock,

28, 36; many insects from

leaves of, 26.

Stick-insects (Phasmide), men-

tioned, 25.

Stomoxys, Geoffroy, 150; men-

tioned, 35.

Stomoxys glauca, Griinb., 150.

Strepsilas interpres, Zinn., men-

tioned, 420.

Stridulating mechanism, Gardineria,

with a, mentioned, 191.

Stylasterine, collection of, men-

tioned, 433.

Styliola subula, Quoy & Gaimard,

mentioned, 170, 172.

Stylopora, Hhrenb., mentioned, 16,

411.

Sula, Briss., mentioned, 420, 433.

abbotti, Ridgway, mentioned,

433.

capucina, Ridgway, mentioned,

420.

cyanops ? Suwndev., mentioned,

420.

leucogaster, Bodd., mentioned,

417, 419, 420; nests of,

mentioned, 417.

piscator, Linn., colonies of,

mentioned, 17, 420.

“Sun-bird ” (Cinnyris aldabrensis,

fiidgway), mentioned, 419.

Synacanthotermes, mentioned, 136.

Syntomactis, Meyrick, 284; men-

tioned, 264.

firma*, Meyrick, 284.

Tachysphex, Kohl, 370.

micromegas, Sauss., 370.

“ Takamaka” (Calophyllum Ino-

phyllum, Zinn.), mentioned, 19,

37; seeds of, mentioned, 404, 416.

Tanaide, 90.

Tanypine, mentioned, 331, 364.

Tanytarsus, van der Wulp., 358.

glabripennis*, Kieffer, 359;

mentioned, 358, 366.

pallidissimus*, Kieffer, 358.

Taphozous mauritianus, Geoffroy,

mentioned, 417.

Teeth of Carcharias, Raf, men-

tioned, 407.

of Diodon, Linn., mentioned,

407.

of Scarus, Gron., mentioned,

407.

Termes, Linn., mentioned, 136.

bellicosus, Smeath, mentioned,

135, 145.

canalifrons, Sjést., 143 ; men-

tioned, 144.

natalensis, J/av.,

135, 145,

mentioned,

INDEX

Termes subtilis, Wasm., 145.

(Coptotermes) truncatus,

Wasm., 144.

Terminalia Catappa, Linn. (“‘ Bada-

mer”), mentioned, 3, 37.

Termitogetonine, 143.

Terns, Noddy (Anous leucocapillus,

Gould), mentioned, 441.

Tesch, J. J., Pteropoda and Hetero-

poda, 165-189,

Testudo, Zinn., mentioned, 420.

daudinii, Dum. & Bibr., men-

tioned, 420.

elephantina, Dum. & Bibr.,

mentioned, 420.

gigantea, Schweigg., mentioned,

378, 433.

Tetragnatha, JZatr., mentioned,

385.

foliifera, Sim., mentioned,

381.

geniculata, Karsch, mentioned,

385.

mandibulata, Walcker, 384;

mentioned, 381.

modesta*, Hirst, 385; men-

tioned, 379, 381.

nigrigularis, Simon, 384;

mentioned, 379, 381.

protensa, Keyserling, men-

tioned, 384.

Tetralia glaberrima, Herbst, 235 ;

mentioned, 193.

glaberrima, Alcock, 235.

Tetramerocera, Ashmead, 310.

seychellensis*, Kieffer, 310.

Thalamita admete, Herbst, 208;

mentioned, 192.

admete, Rathbun, 208.

auauensis, Rathbun, men-

tioned, 208.

bouvieri, Vobili, 210; men-

tioned, 192.

cooperi, Borradaile, 210 ; men-

tioned, 192.

crenata, Latreille, 207 ; men-

tioned, 192.

crenata, Alcock, 207.

dane, Stimpson, 207; men-

tioned, 192.

dane, Alcock, 207.

exetastica macrodonta, Borra-

daile, mentioned, 209.

macrospinifera *, subsp.

nov., Rathbun, 209;

tioned, 192.

men-

483

Thalamita — spinifera,

mentioned, 209.

gardineri, Borradaile, 209;

mentioned, 192.

granosimana, Borradaile, men-

tioned, 208.

integra, Dana, 208;

tioned, 192.

integra, Alcock, 208.

investigatoris, Alcock, 208 ;

mentioned, 192.

margaritimana *, Rathbun,

208; mentioned, 192, 259.

oculea, Alcock, 210; men-

tioned, 192.

poissonii, Audouin, 208 ; men-

tioned, 192.

poissonti, Alcock, 208.

prymna, Herbst, 208;

tioned, 192.

prymna, Alcock, 208.

quadrilobata, Miers, 208 ; men-

tioned, 192.

quadrilobata, Alcock, 208.

sexlobata, Miers, 209; men-

tioned, 192.

sealobata, Alcock, 209.

Thalassochelys caretta, Linn., men-

tioned, 422, 423.

Thamastes, Hagen, mentioned, 43.

Theleticopis, Karsch,

388.

Theleticopis, 388, read Thelcticopis,

Karsch.

Thelictopis, 388, read Thelcticopis,

Karsch.

Thiotricha, Meyrick, 272.

tenuis, Walsingham, 272.

Thomasettia *, Hirst, 387.

seychellana*, Hirst, 388 ; men-

tioned, 382, fig. 388.

Thrypticomyia, sp., mentioned, 32.

Thysanura (Machilidze), mentioned,

26 ; form of (Silhouette Island),

never seen elsewhere, mentioned,

25.

Tinea, Linn., 304; mentioned, 265,

305.

coronata*, Meyrick, 304.

fuscipunctella, Huebner, 305.

milichopa*, Meyrick, 304.

misella, Zeller, 305.

pachyspila, Meyrick, 305.

saucropis*, Meyrick, 305.

subcervinella, Walker, 298,

Borradaile,

men-

mentioned,

trochea*, Meyrick, 304.

484

Tineide, 293.

Tineina and Tortricina, by E.

Meyrick, 263-307.

Tinnunculus newtoni, Gurney

(“small kestrel”), mentioned, 419.

Tipulide, mentioned, 28, 33,

giant land (Testudo

elephantina, Dum. & Bibr.),

mentioned, 19, 420; bones of,

mentioned, 407; eggs of, found

in Cosmoledo, mentioned, 428 ;

favourite haunt of, mentioned,

421,

Tortricide, 267.

Tortricina and Tineina,

Meyrick, 263-307.

“ Toulouse” (Centropus

Miiller), mentioned, 418.

Tournefortia, mentioned,

402; seedlings of, mentioned,

WG Kes 1S

argentea, Linn. /., mentioned,

16, 402, 416.

Trapezia cymodoce, Herbst, 234;

mentioned, 113, 114, 193.

cymodoce, Alcock, 234.

cymodoce ferruginea, Latreille,

234; mentioned, 193.

intermedia, Miers, 235 ;

mentioned, 193.

maculata, MacLeay, 235 ;

Tortoise,

by E.

toulou,

Tinn.,

mentioned, 193,

digitalis, Latreile, 235; men-

tioned, 193.

digitalis, Alcock, 235,

ferruginea, Alcock, 234.

var. intermedia, Alcock,

235,

guttata, Rdippell, mentioned,

234.

maculata, Alcock, 235.

rufopunctata, Herbst, 235;

mentioned, 193.

rufopunctata, Alcock, 235.

Trapezicepon, Bonnier, 114; men-

tioned, 113, 115.

amicorum, Giard & Bonnier,

114; mentioned, 85, 111,

113, 121. (Actumnus to-

mentosus, Dana), host of,

114, 115.

amicorum, Bonnier, 114.

Triznonychiide, mentioned, 380,

footnote, 380.

Triznops fureula, 7’rowessart, men-

tioned, 417.

INDEX

Trichocladius, Kieffer, 360.

quadrifasciatus*, Kieffer, 360.

Trichoptera, von Georg Ulmer,

41-54.

Trichopterygide, mentioned, 35.

Trichotaphe, Clem., 275.

seminata*, Meyrick, 275.

Triplectidine, 42.

Triscolia hyalinata, Sichel, 367.

Trypoxylon, Zatr., 372 ; mentioned,

367 ; species of, mentioned, 29.

errans, Sauss., 372.

gardinert, Cam., 372.

scutifrons, Sauss., 373.

Tubipora, Zinn., mentioned, 410.

Rowland E., Fossorial

Hymenoptera from the Sey-

chelles and other Islands in the

Indian Ocean, 367-374.

Turnstones (Strepsilas interpres,

Linn.), mentioned, 420.

Turtle dove (Turtur picturatus,

Temm.), mentioned, 19.

Turtle, green (Chelone mydas,

Linn.), mentioned, 19, 408, 421 ;

breeding-ground of, mentioned,

402.

hawksbill (Chelone imbricata,

Boulenger), mentioned, 421.

logger-head §(Thalassochelys

caretta, Linn.), mentioned,

421.

Turtur aldabranus, Sclater (Satu-

ratus? Ridgway), mentioned,

418, 433.

assumptionis, Ridgway, men-

tioned, 433.

a picturatus, Z’emm., mentioned,

19, 418.

saturatus? Ridgway, men-

tioned, 418.

Tylocarcinus styw, Alcock, 254.

styx, Herbst, 254 ; mentioned,

194.

Typha angustata, Bory & Chaub.,

mentioned, 19.

Typhlocarcinops, canaliculata,

Rathbun, mentioned, 240.

piroculata*, Rathbun, 239 ;

mentioned, 191, 193, 260.

Turner,

Ulmer, Georg, Trichoptera, 41—

54,

Uloborus geniculatus, Oliv., men-

tioned, 381.

Valvifera, 108.

Vateria seychellarum, Dyer (“ Bois

de fer”), mentioned, 33.

Verschaffeltia palms, mentioned, ,

24,

Vinca rosea, Linn., mentioned, 19,

28.

Voraptus tenellus,

tioned, 382.

Simon, wen-

Water rail (Rallus aquaticus,

Linn.), mentioned, 418.

Whimbrels, migration of, men-

tioned, 420.

White egret or heron (Ardetta,

sp. 4), mentioned, 17.

“Whiteeye” (Zosterops alda-

brensis, Ridgway), mentioned,

419.

Wide-awakes, mentioned, 17.

Willeyia, mentioned,

411.

Wormia ferruginea, Baill. (“ Bois

rouge”), mentioned, 24, 26.

Punnet,

Xanthias,

224.

Rathbun, mentioned,

alcocki, Rathbun, 223; men-

tioned, 193.

lamarckii, Jfilne Edwards,

223; mentioned, 193.

minutus, Rathbun, 225; men-

tioned, 193,

sp., 224; mentioned, 193.

tuberculidens *, Rathbun, 224 ;

mentioned, 193, 260.

Xanthide, 191, 211, 236.

Xantho impressus, Alcock, 215.

impressus, Lamarck, 215;

mentioned, 192.

(Leptodius) cavipes, Alcock,

216.

( ) ewaratus, Alcock, 215.

(——) sanguineus, Alcock,

216.

Xanthodes lamarckii, Alcock, 223.

Xanthodius cristatus, Borradaile,

216.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, White,

248; mentioned, 193.

tuberculatus, Alcock, 248.

Xiphonectes longispinosus, Dana,

206; mentioned, 192.

macrophthalmus, Rathbun,

206 ; mentioned, 192.

Xylodiplosis, Kieffer, 323; men-

tioned, 319.

Xylodiplosis calopus*, Kieffer, 323.

Xyloryctide, 288.

Ypsolophus, Mabr., 275.

ianthes, Meyrick, 275; larva

feeds on, Medicago, Cya-

mopsis, and other Legumi-

nosa, 275,

INDEX

Ypsolophus ochrophanes, Meyrick,

275.

Zeuxo longicollis, Aossmann, men-

tioned, 115.

Zizera lysimon, Hiibn., mentioned,

23.

485

Zonosaurus madagascariensis, Gray,

378 ; mentioned, 430.

Zosimus xeneus, Linn. 214 ; men-

tioned, 192.

Zosterops aldabrensis, Ridgway

(‘‘ White-eye”), mentioned, 419.

Zozymus ceneus, Alcock, 214.

Zygomyia, Winn., mentioned, 78.

ST _

CAMBRIDGE : PRINTED BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS

(

‘ ‘

;

‘i

;

| .

= ,

j.? oh .

~ P

aLy 4 ‘

| i

ry ‘

aa, © F

emer ms bm = ane ee mes eee Ea ree me

aa, 8

oe eee 2. ie Wem ee AR cack) oo

2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XIV. PART 1.

; THE

TRANSACTIONS Kae

ILIBRARY|=0

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905.

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr J. STANLEY GARDINER.

LONDON :

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

‘ BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETYS APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

November 1910.

e\ aye

F } ? met F .¢ i

4 ) } o

ObPt

7 f Pil

a i

( Ley f\ : '

ity

’ oid i

é { v

! : ‘ a Re ‘ F f | Ad

ey ,

\ a ta i i i |

fal -

Neen vote! ie)

P ae te

‘ oo ~ ‘

ae.

' yi Patio

‘ ai oe ‘

7 t

Z x

’ ‘ i.

igy

‘ f ae ®

, WCET ALERT

. tae R

q ° ae.

. CO: ARRAS

2 4 ‘' oy

ips sh VAL ‘

( ff? a. y 4

. ‘ . tp i ny "

TSMR LATOR Ay WOR AED ALTE aed i Ua? ) ‘ oly a ALT

VON ET BAO AE

’

e wy

‘

{

, vr

i ’

oe)

4 ‘

‘

7 4) ¢

! ,

a. i ‘

" Ril Uae ed j :

erin

U 4 4 ‘

]

7 i

i - ‘ be

TA net bowl

ye...

CTE Esa 6 )

Reh i 4 Py

aka | re Ae er. Ye

An PA

Nal seh

ores Dae Ua

Lidl

Ata:

NIE

i my) ii i) yas,

oy i ‘

—_ & .

“

‘

’

‘

4 i.)

’ ‘

}

’ ‘

= ¥

. of

Stee

Volume ! Published Public ows :

P Bos di te ig fess edie

I. Parts L-VIHI. 1875-79 ...8 10 0... 6 eG | aks -Part ly | oe 1903 . - 0 9° @

F Part IL «= 1903 ... @ 8

IL Parts I, XVIII. 1879-88 ...7 17 0...5 18 5 Part: [1 De' an” 1908 :.. da

ae “rl Part IV. .= 1904 ...0 6

We Parts I, VI, 1884-88..5 18 O04 8 6 Part XG cae MOO44 A. OF 6

my | $9 Paxt> Vie - cme £904". 0 6

’ Parts BW 1886-88 ...3 8 0..2M 0 Part VIL ... 1904 ...0 6

, - Part VIEL ... 1904 ... 0 1

V. Parts I-Xi. 1888-94...6 10 6..417 9 Part EX) Je) 1905. 32,0!

mae! Part K, -« 1906... 0

VI Pant Wig. (tee! 2 0 OL MOG Part XL = 1907 ... 0

Pare Mi 8 1894 oe Oger Tomes Part XIE... 1907 ... 0

Part IN **.. 1804 «<0 10, 0,1 oe » Part XH... 1907 ... 0

y Part IV. ... 1896 1 4 .0...0 18° 0; Part XIV. Index 1907 ... 0

f Pan Vi |... 1886 O10 Qa 76, Sa pte ui

Part Vii =. 1896 ...0 8 0..0 6 0 ‘Pat 3 WOOL 2"

012 0 9 0

0 6 20

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. |

completed in 30 Vols., and a few entire wad, are still for sale. Only certain he valitaal or

complete sets, may be. obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is

the public, and 6s. to, Fellows; to Vols. 26- 30, As. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows, iy

The Second Series of the Transactions is ‘divided into Zoological and Botanical. sections.

of si Zoological parts of those which have betes published are as aaah ca p

SECOND- Bingnis Mpolouse

When Price to the Pie to

Volume rs ‘pate Public

Part VIL. ey 1896 12 oo 0 Part th we 1904 ian) f

1905 .

Part Til. aie 1897 . ae 0: 6 0) wa

Part: Ie .-:: 1898 ..0 10 O':.

Part Ve.» 1898 «1018 0... ;

Bact Vip \ ov 1808s «5043 @:. (Im progress.)

Part VIL ... 1899 ...0 18 0. Part I.

.)) (Bant VELL) @22, 4809 00712 0%

tie, Banh DXg ‘cnt 1899). -.2 kh 0) Or:

Sar Padt Xe wn 1900+ 20 6) Oy.

Pemb Me*....° 1900 ..90 2 Oi.2

VIII. Part I. 1900 10

Part II. 1900 10

Part III. 1900 10

Part IV. 1901 14

: v. Index 1909 .

Part V. sd 1901. , “4

Part VI. ... 1901

Part VII. ... 1901

(Rant VIEL <2. 2908"...

ine gant “ERs. °c: SMR,

Part KX... 1908...

(pant Nees ae 1903. Bs

‘Part XII. ... 1908...

Part XIII. Index

ecoecesoes

eae

ie)

eS e em

2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XIV. PART 2.

THE

| TRANSACTIONS

| HE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE PERCY SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905.

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr J. STANLEY GARDINER.

VOLUME III.

REPORTS Nos. 11 and 12 of this volume; Nos. 49 and 50 of the whole series.

LONDON :

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

July 1911.

va ot | YOO 1OGN ee Gas

UTE

’ j , j '

‘ 1 Py Pee

"Ty

ti {

a F or: : ‘ a

; Bud , if aN i A (

Lily

7 : " e ba

. wy Dib Als Th . iA oLLORE bY

' ¥ 7 es te a? ae

ett 7 mn ay

& :

. ri ie

: Ma ig

. c ¥e \

; 4

WOR: AAG ike

’ 5 La

MU HOUEAD Gee. CRTe eee

* ; <

A pEROOVE aBUOTE Holey Arie Ee ee

sere WOsHUYROMINET AG 1.000 (Aan

Se HAT AT Se SA ae

‘ f Roe ;

€», Sede ® S- tee a e

J ‘

Rin}

iwi i j

HOGS tj

‘ ‘

‘

iii ‘

| ‘

i :

ru it

}

rel Cas 4

uly ee ov, ay

vou a]

oN) 6

OU Bon eee

agi”...

TURP 3.

SHeaP he, wl

1s i

tae hi

ei iet)) SCOUT ae

}

“dh

}

j \

vik

LIN PLA

‘

“4

Tee

> PUR

i { an

ih val

i i}

me at

, ii

' 1

Lah

iva

17 4)

‘

i i

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been

completed in 30 Vols. and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to a

complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to. 7

the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows. :

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections.

of the Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

Seconp SERiEs.—Zoo.oey. Seconp SeRiEs.—ZooLoey (continued).

When Price to the Price to When Price to the

Volume Published Public Fellows | Volume Published Public

i Speeds or 8: 7d. £8. wide

i Parts“1.—-VIIL 1875-79 ..08 10 0mome 16 IX. Part Te %.781903)2.0"-Oma0

Part II. \... 1903 ... 0 8990

II. Parts I. XVIII. 1879-88 ...717 0...518 5 Part IDD.e -t.. 1903a0-201 "Ano

Part IV... 1904... 0) 6000

III. Parts J. Vi. 1884-88 ...5 18 O28: 16 Part V. .... 1904-2. 0° (Gang

Part Vi. ... 1904 2> 0} Geno

IV. Parts I-III. 1886-88 ...3 8 0...211 0 Part; VIL ... 19047... 0 Guam

‘ Part VIII. ... 1904 ...010 0

V. Parts I.-XI].-1888-94...6 10 6...417 9 Part- IX, 2: 11905) ==. OF 6080

Bart X. \-.... 1906) = One mG

Vi Pat [- ... 1894 ...2 0 \0.70" pa Pant. XI) te 190 fea 0) ee

Pant 200, .... 1894 9... 1-70 seaeeo Ss ie Part XID Seelsoser-- On sano

Part’ Hi, ... 1894 ...0 10 O-a0 gms Part XIII. \}-37'1907 «. 0 6 0

Part TV. —s. 18965". I Aa Oeil 0 Part XIV. Index 1907 ...0 3 O

Parti Vemeea- 0896) 005..10 slOMnO gh T 6 , a

Part VI. ao 1896: ..:..0 “8 (O;aeOuon, Olay ox; Part I. ... IS904ee= Osean

Part) Vil; “sas S965. 0) 12° (ORs nO) Part I]. ... i904: es0 peau

Part VIII. oe BOT ESO 2. 6. OR Part Ill, .:. GSO5eenQueoes

; Part: IV. «... “i905ee>- OmiOms

MI; ‘Partd. Sy ap06. ....0 10 OSG Part V.) seg (HOURS 0 eae

Panto Ili .... M1887. ... 0 12) 7020 20 Part VI. ..: f00be.. O08

Part’ IIL; ~.... “ig97. ::..0. 16) (ORO eG Part VII. ... W90re- Ones

Paré [Vi-<... *1888' <.:0: 10 40RamOwareeo Part VIII. ... 1907 ...0 4

Part Vs ::4°'1898 ..4 0.18) “0 0 iseao Part IX. .:. #1909%e- eet

Part VI. <.. 1898 ... OWS) 20 -.nORee (In progress.)

Part: Vil. ... 1899) 3). O Sao ren) iz 6 MiwuePart. I. <.. MoOSeemOnees :

Part Vill.) .-. 1899 ...\0: 128500 9) 10: Part II. ... 1909s. 0 "coe

Partie 9... 1899 .-. 1 0) (ORO aaa 0 Part III. ... W9CSeenOeoms

Part 3X6, ss - 1900. 40) "620 eo eee aG Part IV. .... 1909°200 eae

Part XE“... 1900 «....0) Zee cr aGee 20 part V. ... 290980 2 |

(In progress.) i

WillBart s L900 --. (0 OPORTO Raiaeb, XU GBart' I. o. LOOT eat

Part II, ‘... 1900. ... OO i0)se7Omeupeb Part 10. ... U90essemal ;

Part Ill. ... 1900. ...0: 10 90 250mm Part III. ... 1908 ... 0 16

Part IV. ...° 1901 <0. 147-0 -s30s0mG Part IV. ... 1909 ... 1

Part V. .... 1901 «0 5 0722 03Ieo Part V. Index 1909 ... 0

Part VI; .. 1901 2.5010: 20). 10 aan,

Part VII... 1901 ...1 8 O..1 1 0 | XITL Part TL .. 1909 ...1

Part''ViIL. :..- 1902)-92.-10) “42S 0s Oem) Partials s+» L910. s.82

Part? [EX :.. “1902S et0> 5! 0s Om Mee Part Ill. ... 1910... 0 16

Part X. 2... 1908!224° 0 0... ORD Part IV. Index 1910... 0 5

Part “XD.» «2. (21908 (cx00 6 oD... 04 ae Qk

Part XIL ..: 1908.0 10 0%..0 7 6 | XIV) GParbevees. 1910 .-7ay 1B

Part XIII. Index $90" 2) 19.1092) a? Part Wee 1900 i

2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | [VOL. XIV. PART 3.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE PERCY.SLADEN TRUST EXPEDITION

THE INDIAN OCEAN IN 1905.

UNDER THE LEADERSHIP OF

Mr J. STANLEY GARDINER.

VOLUME III.

REPORTS Nos. 13—20 of this volume; Nos. 51—58 of the whole series.

LONDON :

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

BY JOHN CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETYS APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

September 1911.

LiL)

i ; ;

A ae

Beret,

ar G

a? Salat AH ae

OSE AT ERO OE GAG

‘

5 :

(vt

ut t

uid

| ‘

it 4

i) }

With )

‘

PA ieee ere |

THe ee

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS.

The First Series of the Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been

completed in 30 Vols., and a few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to

complete sets, may be obtained at the original prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to

the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices

of the Zoological parts of those which have been published are as undermentioned :—

Srconp Srrres.—Zooxoey. Seconp SeR1es.—Zoooey (continued).

When Price to the Price to When Price to the Price to

Volume Published Public Fellows Volume Published Public Fellows

£ os ad. ~ eeiystaa: if £e a Bo gs) ds

I, ' Parts [.—VIIL. 1875-79'::. 8 10 0 sao egeG Part IE. <.., 1903 <2 2 44) (00m See 4

Part IV. ... 1904 .. 0 16° 0) .:..Oueaee

a Part VI. ..' 1904 .. 0) 6 (0) -20eeG

4 f 4 . 1884-88 ...5 18 0... 4 1356 :

eo cee Part VII. ... 1904 .. 0 6 0... 00NNE

IV. Parts [=00. 1886=88\<203) 8) 0)... Zee Part VIIL ... 1904.3 0:10) 0) 5 0RezeeG

V. Parts I-XI. 1888-94...6 10 6...417 9 Part X. «: 1906 «. 0°12 0 .. OMMSmG

Dye y ;

VL Part. I, =. 1894 ...2°0 0... 1oome Fart XI. 5 Ne Oe

. Part XII. «.. W907 .2°0 3 0) cesOueaeees

Part Il, ... 1894 ...1 1% (0'.. (meme :

Part XIII. ... “190K 0 26.0, 23) (On aaa

Part IIT. ... 1894 ..010 0../0¢ngane Part XIV. Index 1a0r’, @ a ee

Part IV. <. 1896 ...1 4 0.5 .0micmmO Fil Or 0 “ee

Part V. ... 1896 ..010 0...0 7 6| X Part I... 1904.0 3 0 ... OM

Part Ville it 1896 ...0 112 (On. OOM Part III. ... 1905 ... 0: 9) 10)-..500MGmee

Part VIII. ... 1897 1.0) 2° 6) .5. OREO Part IV. ... 1905 ... 0:10) (0) 20a :

Part V. ... 906%. OF 7% 6 =: \ORiomees

VII. Parts, <;. 1896) .. 00) (0)... Oe Part VI. .:, 49f@hw 0 3.0 .. Ogu

Part IH. ice 1897 se O D2) 10) 22 Oe ea Part VT ae “AeOe... 0. 2 (0 oO oe

Part II ... 1897 ..0 6 0...0 4.6 Part VIII. «M08 :.0 4 0...0 3 6

Part. Vs ..2 1898) 25.0) 118) “Ol aOreiee Part X. »dec° LOU «2 OF 4 Ol ee Ooan

Part) VIL *:... $1898) 7. OMS) 0) Omeo me ‘(In progress.)

Part VIU. 9%. "1899" 7210912" (0).5./08 somo Part <I :... 1909 .. 0 8 0... Onveuae

Part IX. .:. 1899-41) 0, Os0 aaa Pari Ht. .... 1909... 0 6 0 - O Uae

Part X. ... 1900 ...0 6 0...0 4 6 Pars dV, ... 1909... 012 0 ..0 990

Part: Xdiv 2 91900) (270) 259) Omen) Pant Ve’. s« 1909 .. 0 2) Ole 0 ane

VIIL Part I... 1900 ...010 Ow. O02" 6 Pe 1910 Oa ee

: Part. Vil. ... 1910 ... (0) 5 40). Oheanee

Part II. -- 1900 O10) 10) AO a6 (Bi progress.) /

Fart IL. -.- 1900. .-0 10 05.) 2 SS pan... 1907... (enema

ParteDV.. s. prgor - O14 (O52 OGG ,

Parte es +...’ 1907 ... 1 410s. OmaieG

Part’), Vi...) 1900 4.20) 5esOe le Outen,

Rant Dk ... 1908 ... 0 16> 0)... (Osha

Part Vi. «: 1901 <- O10 O70 ieG: A

Part IVa W.. 1909 ::. 1 1010) -lenzee

Part: VII. =). 19017 3.9888: 20a en Part Vi ndax 1909 05 0 03 9

Part VIIL .°.. 1902 «0 4° 0..00) a0 3 Fs ps

Part, IX... 1902)... 0 5 OR 0) 6S a9) art aeele ro 1909 ... 1 AsO Onis

Part. X: ..., 1903 2.1 10 0 = Oullae 0 Part. Mesos LOL0 ... 2 2oenOiee: Vio

Part Xi 7 61903) 5 On Gin OO medeane Part Ike Ye. 1910 ... 0 16 0 ..10moeo

Part X10. s 9.5 71903" ... OM1O) (Ores ven 6 Part, IV, Index-1910 ... 0 5 0 .. 008 9

Pee aeeee 0 2 9.0 2 3 Fie Perea aeIaD’... 1 leno an 5

IX. "Bart EE 9.., “1903.- 10" Gee Ore ang ano Part) ad 2 901... 1 OF 10s... OMI bare , :

Part» TL ..., 1903 «2.0! 8) Ole s0] eGanO Part 00: .agglliled.,. 148 00>... eG ?

; 4 2nd Ser. ZOOLOGY. | . (VOL. XIV. PART 4.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

TITLEPAGE, CONTENTS, AND INDEX.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

AT THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

; SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W.,,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW.

March 1912.

“ ' : 4. ; oN

2 ‘

;

‘

ae :

> '

‘ ' * +

‘ «

‘ *

~ : Hoam sie

. ’ ‘-

L .

wy £} Witte is

‘ \

’

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. : ; | e

~ MEMORANDA CONCERNING TRANSACTIONS. wach

The First Series of the ‘Transactions, containing both Botanical and Zoological contributions, has been

completed in 30 Vols., and a, few entire sets are still for sale. Only certain single volumes, or parts to

complete sets, may be obtamed at the original prices. ‘The price of the Index to Vols, 1-25 is 8s to —

the public, and 6s. to Fellows; to Vols, 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s, to Fellows,

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological and Botanical sections. The prices:

of the Zoological parts of those which have been-published are as undermentioned:—

Srconp Sreries.—Zooxoey. 4 iy! Srconp ‘SERIES: —ZooLoey (continaed).

When Price to the Price,to Wy ig When ‘Price to the Price to

Volume Published Public Fellows Volume >. Published Public Fellows

; £ ss DG £ os d. : SS. Ga: (Ae So sare

L. ‘Parts L2VIDL: -1875-79-5810 OrweBem 6 | X. Park YES na 1904 ox OB 40.20) Qoikaee

By Partially, "ay 1904.52 © B, -O%.. 0, LENORE

Il. Parts. XVII. 1829-88 as. 7 1 0 5-93) ee 5 PawhidEliy hig) L905 mc. OY O) cer O: 6

Dest —e Te ise ag iar Part®:EWa. & 45:5: 1905 0 0°10 “O° i OF

Ill. Parts & Nile 1884-88-05 LB Ore '4e 8) 6 Pau eee aoe : 6

IV. Parts: L=I0L, 1886-88 ..3 8 O.. 21 0 Part. “VI, se jp E906. cm O 3. O- ve Oone

Part’ Vib ai. 2907 veh B 0 4 O72

V. Parts Pat 1888-94 ... 6-10: -6s228 4 17, 9 Part VIII. seid 1907 ... 0 er () nO 433

VI. Parts I-VI. 1894-99...617 6..5 3 3 Part Tsoi 1900 <2 lO

Part X. .. 1911 a. 0. 4 O 4.0) Begs

VIL. Parts I.-XI. 1896-1900...6 7 9...415 9 (In progress.) ibe a

Part “DV < tae LOOT . pO: 14 Ow... 0 10 6 Part [Ve “ae? 1909).. 0 12 0...0 9 0

Park .Vet vas. 1901 apr®: B Oraee 38 9 Part, . Wace? 0908: gay O20 OME

Part VL... 1901 6.10 Onu20 7 6 Part Vi. se ONO. ges OFT. 0, «0 O Bane

Part: Villy = xe 1900s “od 8 Ore LO Part VIL. 19103 OS O..0 3 9

Part: Villz <=... 1902 .....0 4 045.0. 3 0 Part. VII. a9 O 4 0... 0 8 oO: oan

Part EX, <x. 1902 +40 5 Om.0 B 9 Ponti EX. . a. 1901 5 2. 6... 0 Byam sf

Part: Bi xy 1908 ed 10 SOiOnie a Part, Xe (4910 4 2 6... 0 i Remmennee

Part Bie > wy 1903: O 6 OagO 4 6 _ (In progress.) a

Part MU wis 1908 ....0 10, Ori 6 eras :

Part XIII. Index 4. 0 2 Sigg Bo) Rly ~Bame ok es? HOOT 4. 2 8 Oise

. drape Me sg. 1907... D4 Oe

PX, Parti! Tess, 2908 4. 0-9: Oas OLA69 Pan ID, °.... 1908 ... 016 0 «.

Rat. 6. 1903... O'S Oks PII 30 Pam, Wy s. 1909 ... 1 10 “Ox

Part Tie ss, 1908 sw. 1 COM OTRO Part V. Index 1909... 0 5 O..

Part TV; s. 1904 ... 0 6) On Oye 6 | Bee ss

— Ha A8OL | OG Oe RM Nth... 1909 -... Tea

at We doe 1904 on 0 60. ee

Part: WI, 1904 «0 6: BO r ae eae spe. 1910 ~: 2 Bee

Part VIE. ... 1904.0 Woo AOE oe Part Ill. ... 1910 ... 0 16) 0 ..

Pod EX. ho 905, a0. 266 30 ya@eile ees Pant; IV. Index1910 ... 0 iy Or

Pare. 1906 «es O12 0.029 0 i

Parts Eb nie’ 1908"... 012" 50:2 SOB OaxTV, “Part I... 1910 «110g

Part MES ass 90M Pe. :O- B, SONORA” Part Ul. «2 1911 2340 OP Ons

Part eas W907 O 6 107. OA Part oli ee 1911. col Se eon

0s BO Waa, Serio Part IV. Index 1912 ...0 5 O..

Part XIV. Index 1907